mm
 
 m^rm^ 
 
 
 j^-n 
 
 THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 LOS ANGELES
 
 THE 
 
 ORIENTAL INTERPRETER 
 
 Citnsiiri{ nf (fust 3iiiiin luniulrligt. 
 
 COMPANIOX TO "THE HAND-BOOK OF BRITISH INDIA." 
 
 By J. H. STOCQUELER, Esq. 
 
 AUTHOR OF 
 
 = TI1E IIANK-ISOOK OF INDIA;" "THE MEMORIALS OF AFGHANISTAN;" "FIFTEEN 
 
 months' pilgrimage through PERSIA, TURKEY, RUSSIA, AND 
 
 GERMANY;" "THE 1;\-ELLINGT0N MANUAL," ETC. 
 
 LONDON : 
 
 C. COX, 12, KING WILLIAM STREET, STRAND; 
 
 AND SOLD V,Y ATX BOOKSF.LIiEES.
 
 
 >jod 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 This is a compllatioii. It has been suggested by the compiler's daily 
 experience of the ahuost universal ignorance of Oriental terms, phrases, 
 expressions, places. Every fortnight brings a mail from India, and the 
 intelligence which it imparts is fraught with words which perplex the 
 multitude. The despatches from India — the conversation of Orientalists — 
 the speeches in Parliament, turning upon Eastern affairs — the Oriental 
 novels, travels, and statistical works — likewise abound with terms 
 " caviare to the general." The new arrival in India, ignorant of the 
 language of the country, is puzzled, for some time, to comprehend his 
 countrymen, whose conversation " wears strange suits," and even he, 
 who has been for years a sojourner in India is, to the last, unacquainted 
 with the meaning of numerous words which occur in his daily newspaper, 
 the Courts of Law, and the communications of his Mofussil or up-countiy 
 correspondents. 
 
 The following pages impart a knowledge of all the terms in question 
 as far as they have occurred to the communicant during an examination 
 of two or three years, diligently pursued, and an appeal to his recol- 
 lection of the phrases in common use in India and Persia. 
 
 The authorities from whom the " explanations" have been borrowed 
 are numerous. They are mentioned below, as much from a .sense of 
 
 1430713
 
 IV PREFACE. 
 
 the obligations of justice, as from a desire to protect the publisher fi-om 
 injunctions, or the protests of holders of copyrights. They are: — 
 
 The compiler's own " Hand Book of Bi'itish India" (whence are 
 derived the description of domestics, and of one or two places in India) ; 
 Williamson's " Vade Mecum ;" Symonds's " Geography and History " 
 (from which the Gazetteer portion has been chiefly borrowed); Cole- 
 biooke's " Hindoo Mythology ;" Eraser's " Kuzzilbash ;" Ward's " Hin- 
 doos ;" Bellew's " Memoirs of a Griffin ;" the " Dictionnaii'e Historique ;" 
 Ballln's " Fruits of India ;" Colonel Sleeman's " Rambles of an Indian 
 Official;" Hebei-'s "Journal;" Mrs. Postan's "Western India;" the 
 " Asiatic Journal ;" the " Oriental Herald ;" Selkirk's " Ceylon ;" 
 Forbes's " Eleven Years in Ceylon ;" Galloway's " Law of India ;" 
 Miss Emma Roberts's " Scenes and Sketches in Hindostan ;" Luard's 
 " Views in India ;" the "' Glossai'y of Revenue Terms ;" the " Bengal 
 and Agra Guide and Gazetteer ;" the " Encyclopedia Britannica ;" 
 "Real Life in India," &c., &c. 
 
 In the orthogra})hy of the words, pains have been taken to convey 
 Oriental sounds without resorting to accents or arbltraiy pronunciations. 
 The reader is only required to bear In mind, that the letter " A," wherever 
 it may occur, is to be sounded as in the interjection "AH !" 
 
 The compiler ■will be happy to find that, in the preparation of a work 
 which has consumed more time, and involved more labour, than its bulk 
 would lead the reader to imagine, he has supplied a public want, and 
 added a useful mite to the stock of Oriental Literature.
 
 ORIENTAL OTEKPPiETEE. 
 
 AB 
 
 AARON AL RASCHID Ccommonly 
 written Haroim al Rascliid), the first 
 caliph of the Abassides. His zeal 
 for the Mahometan religion induced 
 liim to carry the Arab conquests 
 into Spain and the Indies. He was 
 a mild and humane prince, and a 
 great patron of men of letters. 
 
 ABAD, " built hj." In the names of 
 Indian towns the concluding syllable 
 usually affords some clue to their 
 past history; thus "abad" signifies 
 " built by," as Ahmed-abad, a city 
 built by Ahmed Sliah ; Aurung-abad, 
 Hyder-abad, &c. 
 
 ABBAH, a warm woollen cloak of dust- 
 colour, sometimes striped black or 
 brown, and worn by the Arabs of 
 the Persian and Arabian Gulfs. 
 
 ABDAR (literally " keeper of the 
 water"), the name given to the do- 
 mestic who used to cool the wines, 
 water, &c., with saltpetre, before en- 
 terprise afforded the residents of Cal- 
 cutta, Madras, and Bombay the de- 
 lightful luxury of American ice; and 
 his services are still called into requi- 
 sition wlien the non-timely arrival 
 of the ice-ships throws back the 
 citizens upon tlieir old resources. 
 The Abdar now manages the ice; 
 but it is only in wealthy establish- 
 ments that such a servant is retained, 
 as the Khedmutgar and Sirdar bearer 
 between them can manage well 
 enough. 
 
 ABKARREE, taxes or duties on the 
 manufacture and sale in India of spi- 
 rituous liquors and intoxicating 
 drugs. 
 
 ABWAB, items of taxation, cesses, 
 
 AD 
 
 imposts, taxes. This term was par- 
 ticularly used under the Mahratta 
 government to distinguish the taxes 
 imposed subsequently to the estab- 
 lishment of tlie assal, or original 
 standard rent, in the nature of addi- 
 tions thereto. In many places they 
 had been consolidated with the assal, 
 and a new standard assumed as the 
 basis of succeeding imposition. Many 
 were levied on the Zemindars as the 
 price of forbearance, on the part of 
 native governments, from detailed 
 investigations into their profits, or 
 actual receipts from the lands, accord- 
 ing to the hastabuod. 
 
 ACBAR, otherwise called IMahomed 
 Galladeen, one of the Mogul em- 
 perors, who reigned at Deliii in the 
 latter part of the sixteenth and the 
 beginning of the seventeentli cen- 
 tury. He was a wise and just sove- 
 reign, and so accessible to all his 
 subjects, that it is recorded of him 
 that he was accustomed to ring a bell, 
 the rope of which was suspended in 
 his chamber, to announce to his 
 people that he Avas prepared to 
 receive their petitions and com- 
 plaints. His name is still revered 
 in Hindostan. 
 
 ACHEKN is situated at the north- 
 western extremity of the island of 
 Sumatra. This was formerly the 
 principal trading port in that part of 
 the world, and its sultann was held in 
 great respect throughout the East. 
 It has since greatly declined, and 
 is now a place of no consequence. 
 
 ADAWLUT, justice, equity; a court 
 of justice in India.
 
 AD 
 
 AF 
 
 ADEN, a port in the Eed Sea, cap- 
 tured from the Arabs by tlie 
 British, and now forming an entre- 
 pot for the coals of the steamers 
 which ply between India and Suez. A 
 British and a Sepoy regiment garri- 
 son Aden, prepared to resist any at- 
 tacks from the Arabs of the desert. 
 
 ADIGAR, a title of rank among the 
 natives of Kandia, in the island of 
 Ceylon, divided into three ranks, as 
 foliows: — I. The iirst, second, and 
 third adigars, who only are allowed 
 to wear gold and silver lace in their 
 caps; 2. the gaja nayaka nilame; 
 3. the disave; 4. the mohottal ; 5. 
 the has nayaka nilame, the lay 
 head of the wiharas; 6. lekam ma- 
 hatmaya ; 7. kate mahatmaya; 8. 
 korala; 9. kanghanama ; 10. gama 
 rala. Of these the adigars, gaja 
 nayaka, nilame, disave, mate mahat- 
 maya, and korala, wear ivhite caps ; 
 the rest black ones. The kanghanama 
 and gama rala are not allowed to wear 
 any caps. Great numbers of these 
 headmen are attached to the governor, 
 and several to the government agents 
 in the different parts of the country. 
 Of the practices and privileges of 
 the adigars, a complete account wiU 
 be found in Forbes, Selkirk, and 
 other writers. There is one custom, 
 however, peculiar to the Kandian 
 adigars, which is worthy of notice, 
 i. e., the custom of having a certain 
 number of whipcrackers whenever 
 they appear in public. On all public 
 occasions, when they are carried on 
 elephants, or in palankeens, or in 
 carriages, in addition to the persons 
 reqiiired to attend upon the horses, 
 palankeens, or carriages, the first 
 adigar has twenty-four men bearing 
 immense whips, with a lash about 
 three yards long, and the handle 
 about half a yard. These persons, 
 curiously dressed, clear the way for 
 them, cracking their whips with all 
 their might. Near the adigar go 
 two men bearing talpats, large tri- 
 angular fans, made of the talpat leaf, 
 and ornamented with talc. On each 
 side of him is one native headman. 
 
 called the madige nilame, then a 
 korala, a lekam mahatmaya, and 
 two arachies, one bearing a gold 
 cane, and the other a silver one, 
 eacli holding it with both his hands. 
 The duty of these persons is to keep 
 silence. Then go fifty or sixty men 
 with large spears, and in a peculiar 
 dress, a mat-bearer, a kettle-drum- 
 bearer, a torch-bearer, and a kang- 
 hanama bearing betel. These are 
 his 7iecessan/ attenditnts on a festival 
 occasion, at the wihara, or at a 
 levee. In travelling the number 
 of attendants is much increased. 
 The second adigar is only entitled 
 to twenty-four spearmen, and fifteen 
 whipcrackers. The third to twenty- 
 four spearmen, and twelve whip- 
 crackers. No other headmen are 
 allowed the honour of having whip- 
 crackers. 
 
 AI>KAREE, a governor, or superin- 
 tendent; or any thing relating to a 
 superior. A term applied in India to 
 villages where an individual holds 
 the entire iindivided estate. 
 
 ADMEE, Hindostanee, for a man; 
 hurra admee, a great man. 
 
 AFEREEN ! Persian. An expression 
 of praise and surprise: Admirable! 
 Capital! You don't say so! 
 
 AFGHANISTAN. This kingdom lies 
 upon the north-western frontier of 
 Hindostan. It is bounded on the 
 north by ranges of mountains sepa- 
 rating it from 'J'artary; east, by 
 Cashmeer and the Indus; south, by 
 Sind and Beloochistan ; and west, 
 by Persia. It is divided into a num- 
 ber of districts, corresponding with 
 the divisions of tribes of the inhab- 
 itants; but its main portions maybe 
 considered as included under the 
 following general heads: — Herat, 
 Kafiristan, Cabul, Peshawur, and 
 Candaliar. The principal mountains 
 are the Hindoo Koosh, or Indian 
 Caucasus, wliich are a continuation 
 of the Himalayas, and run westward, 
 terminating nearly north of the city 
 of Cabul; the Paropamisan, which 
 run from north to south, from about 
 34 deg. to 29 deg. north latitude.
 
 AF 
 
 AF 
 
 There are several other inferior 
 ranges of hills connected with those 
 above mentioned, which cross the 
 country in various directions. Nu- 
 merous mountain streams flow 
 tlirouEch the country, but with the 
 exception of tlie Cabul river, the 
 Helniund, and the Urghundab, none 
 are of any size. The Cabul river 
 rises in the Paropamisan mountains, 
 and flows past Cabul easterly into the 
 Indus, a little above Attock. The 
 Helmund also rises in the same 
 mountains, about thirty miles to the 
 we^tward of Cabul, and flmvs south- 
 erly and westerly into a large lake 
 called the Zoor, on the borders of 
 Persia. The Urghundab rises in the 
 liills, about eighty miles north-east of 
 Candahar, and flows south-westerly 
 into the Helmund. This country pos- 
 sesses great variety of surface, as well 
 as of climate and productions. It may 
 be described generally as consisting 
 of wild, bleak moimtains and hills, 
 ■with extensive tracts of waste land, 
 together with fertile plains and val- 
 leys, populous and well cultivated. 
 The climate of different parts varies 
 extremely, owing partly to the dif- 
 ference of latitude, but cbiefly to the 
 difference of elevation. About Herat 
 the snoAv lies deep through the winter 
 months, and in the Cabul district the 
 cold is severe. At Ghuznee, espe- 
 cially, where the snow is often on 
 the ground from October to March, 
 while the rivers are frozen, the cold 
 is quite equal to that of England, 
 The climate of Candahar is mild, 
 snow being rarely seen, and that of 
 I'eshawur is oppressively hot during 
 summer, and not colder in winter 
 than that of Ilindostan. During 
 "winter, the inhabitants of the cold 
 districts clothe themselves in woollen 
 garments, and in some places in 
 clothes of felt, over which they M^ear 
 a large great coat, called a posteen, 
 made of tanned sheep skin, with 
 the Avool inside. They have fires in 
 their houses, and often sleep round 
 stoves. Kafiristan occupies the 
 mouatainous country lying along 
 
 the northern frontier of Cabul. It 
 is composed of snowy mountains, 
 covered with deep pine forests, with 
 small but fertile valleys, producing 
 abundance of grapes, and furnishing 
 pasture for sheep and cattle. Cabul 
 is also mountainous, but has exten- 
 sive plains and forests, though 
 between the city of Cabul and the 
 Indus there is a great scarcity of 
 wood. The i)art lying between 
 Cabul and the mountains is called the 
 Kolnstan or highlands. Candahar is 
 more open, but not so fertile, and large 
 portions are desert. Herat is hdly to- 
 wards the north and north-east, but 
 generally open, and one of the most 
 fertile countries in the world. Wheat, 
 barley, and rice, are the principal 
 grains produced in this country. 
 Wheat is the general food, barley 
 being given to the horses. It also 
 yields abundance of fruits and vege- 
 tables, both European and Asiatic, 
 besides tobacco, sugar, assafoetida, 
 alum, rock salt, saltpetre, sulphur, 
 lead, antimony, iron, copper, and a 
 little gold. The wild animals are 
 generally the same as in India, the 
 elephant excepted, which is not au 
 inhabitant of AfghMuistan. The 
 common Indian camel is found in all 
 parts of the level country, and wild 
 sheep and goats are numerous. 
 Herat is celebrated for a fine breed 
 of horses, and Bameean for a descrip- 
 tion of poneys called yahoos, much 
 used for carrying burdens. Mules 
 and asses also abound, and are used 
 for the same purpose. The sheep, 
 of which large flocks are pastured, 
 are generally of the broad, fat tailed 
 kind. There are fine dogs, especially 
 greyhounds and pointers, and cats of 
 the long-haired description, known 
 in India as the Persian. Snakes and 
 scorpions are foiind, bxtt no alligators. 
 Wolves are numerous, and during 
 winter are fierce, sometimes attack- 
 ing men. The commonest woods 
 are oak, cedar, walnut, and a species 
 of fir. Wind-mills and water-mills 
 are generally used for grinding the 
 corn. Neither palankeens uor 
 b2
 
 AF 
 
 AG 
 
 ■wheeled carriages are used, both 
 sexes being accustomed to travel on 
 horses or camels. Coal is found 
 about Kohat in the Peshawur dis- 
 trict, and naphtha, or pstroleum, that 
 is, earth oil. Silk Avorms are also 
 reared in this part. Tlie principal 
 towns are Herat, Cabul, Julalabad, 
 Peshawur, Ghuznee, Candahar, 
 Khelat-i-Ghilzee, and Dura Ismail 
 Khan. By Europeans, this comitry 
 is commonly designated by the 
 general name of Cabul. By the 
 Persians it is styled Afghanistan, 
 meaning the land of the Afghans, 
 by which name also it is usuahy 
 mentioned in Indian history. The 
 inhabitants are known by the 
 general name of Afghans, which is 
 a Persian appellation. Their com- 
 mon national designation, among 
 themselves, is Pooshtanu or Pookh- 
 tanu, but they more frequently use 
 the names of the different tribes. In 
 India, they are generahy denomi- 
 nated Pathans, and in the province 
 of Delhi, PohiUas. The Afghans 
 assert that tliey are descended from 
 the Jev/s, and often style themselves 
 " Bun-i-Israeel," or children of Israel, 
 though they consider the term 
 Yahoodee, or Jew, as one of reproach. 
 It is certain that they have in many 
 points a strong resemblance to the 
 Jews, and there appears reason to 
 believe that the tradition of their 
 origin is not unfounded. They are di- 
 vided into a number of distinct tribes, 
 or Oolooss, each consisting of a num- 
 ber of separate clans, and these last 
 again subdivided into khails, which 
 means a band or assemblage. The 
 principal are the following: — First, 
 the Dooranee, formerly called the 
 Abdallee, which includes amongst 
 its clans the Populzye, the head 
 I^ail of which is the Suddoozye, 
 the chief division of the whole of the 
 Dooranees, and containing the royal 
 family; the Barikzye, the Achikzye, 
 Noorzye, and others. Second, tlie 
 Ghilzees. Third, the Berdooranees, 
 or eastern Afghans, including the 
 Yoosoofzyes, liliyberees, and others. 
 
 The termination zye means son, 
 corresponding with the Mac prefixed 
 to Scotch names. There are also in 
 the towns many of mixed descent, 
 from different parts of Asia; amongst 
 whom are the Kuzzilbashes and 
 Tajiks of Persian origin, and the 
 Ilindkees, the descendants of settlers 
 from Ilindostan. The inhabitants 
 of Kafiristan, which means the land 
 of the infidels, are called the Syah 
 posh, or Syah posh Kafirs, from 
 their usually wearing dresses of 
 black sheep skin; syah signifying 
 black, and posh a covering. They 
 are a fine handsome race, very fair, 
 many of them having light hair and 
 blue eyes, on which account it has 
 been conjectured tliat they are the 
 descendants of the Greeks. There 
 seems reason, however, to believe 
 that this is not the case, and that 
 they are the descendants of the ori- 
 ginal inhabitants of Cabul and Can- 
 dahar. They are a brave and hos- 
 pitable people, though in a rude 
 state, and have never been conquered 
 by the Afghans. They have no 
 king, but are divided into a number 
 of independent tribes. Some of the 
 tribes, occupying the borders, are 
 termed Neemchu-jMoosulmans, or 
 half Moosidmans, from their having 
 partially adopted the Mahomedan 
 faith. They are generally idolaters. 
 The language of the Afghans is 
 called Pushtoo. It is written in the 
 Persian character. Persian is also 
 used by the chiefs, and the descend- 
 ants of the Hindoo settlers speak 
 a mixed dialect, resembling Hin- 
 dostanee, called Hindkee. 
 
 AGA, Turkish and Persian. Equi- 
 valent to " gentleman" in English, 
 and used when the person addressed 
 is not noble, neither khan, bey, nor 
 meerza, neither in the civil nor mili- 
 tary service of the court. 
 
 AGHON, the eighth month m the 
 Hindostanee year. See Bysack. 
 
 AGNI is, according to the Hindoo 
 mythology, the personification of 
 Ag', fire, and the regent of the 
 south-east division of the earth.
 
 AG 
 
 AG 
 
 He is variously described : some- 
 times with two faces, three legs, and 
 seven arms, of a red or flame colour, 
 and riding on a ram, his vahan, or 
 vehicle. Before him is a swallow- 
 tailed banner, on which is also 
 painted a ram. He is by others re- 
 presented as a corpulent man, of a 
 red complexion, with eyes, eye- 
 brows, head, and hair of a tawny 
 colour, riding on a goat. From his 
 body issue seven streams of glory, 
 and in his right hand he liolds a 
 spear. The Brahmuns, who devote 
 themselves to the priesthood, should, 
 like the priests of the Parsee (guebre) 
 religion, maintain a perpetual fire; 
 and in the numerous religious cere- 
 monies of the Hindus, Agni, the re- 
 gent of that element, is commonly 
 invoked. 
 AGRA. This province is bounded on 
 the north by Delhi; east, Oude and 
 Allahabad; south, ilahva; west, 
 Ajmeer. Its divisions consist of 
 Narnool, Agra, Aligurh, Furruk- 
 habad, Etaweh, Macheree or vVlvar, 
 Bhurtpoor, Gwalior, Gohud, Kalpee. 
 The tract of coimtry between the 
 Ganges and Jumna, comprehending 
 the districts of Aligurh, Furruk- 
 habad, and Etaweh, is also com- 
 monly designated tlie Dooab, from 
 (loo two, and ab river. The rivers 
 are the Ganges, Jumna, Chumbal, 
 and several smaller streams. The 
 Chumbal rises in Malwa, and flows 
 northerly and easterly into tlie Jum- 
 na, running between tlie districts of 
 Bhurtpoor and Gwalior. iS'orth- 
 ward of the Jumna the surface of 
 the province is in general flat and 
 open, and for the greater part very 
 bare of trees. Southward and west- 
 ward it becomes hilly and jungly. 
 Though traversed liy several rivers, 
 the province is not well watered, and 
 depends greatly upon tlie periodical 
 rains. The heat, during tlie iirc- 
 valence of the hot winds, is intense, 
 and the jungly districts very un- 
 healthy, but at other seasons the 
 climate is generally temperate, and 
 occasionally cold, llice is grown in 
 
 the vicinity of the rivers, but the 
 general cultivation is of dry grains, 
 as millet, barley, gram, &c. The 
 staple article of product is cotton. 
 The province also yields abundance 
 of indigo, with tobacco, sugar, salt- 
 petre, and salt. It has the commoa 
 breeds of cattle and sheep, and 
 horses of a good description. Fire- 
 wood is scarce throughout the 
 Dooab, and expensive. The jungly 
 districts swarm with peacocks, 
 which are held in great veneration 
 by the natives. The only manufac- 
 ture of note is that of coarse cot- 
 ton cloths. The towns of the pro- 
 vince of Agra are, Narnool, Nooh, 
 IMuttra, Agra, Dholpoor, Attaer, 
 Anoopshuhr, Cowl, Moorsaum, Se- 
 cundra, Hatras, Furrukhabad, Futih- 
 gurh, Kanoje, Mimpooree, Etaweh, 
 Bela, Alwur, Macheree, Kajgurh, 
 Deeg, Bhurtpoor, Eeeana, Gualior, 
 Antra, Peclior, Nurwur, Bliind, Ja- 
 lown, Kalpee, and Koonch. The 
 present name of this province is de- 
 rived from tliat of its capital. The 
 inhabitants are Hindoos, including 
 the Mewatties and Jats, and Ma- 
 homedans, among whom are many 
 Pathans. They are generally a 
 handsome, robust race of men, much 
 superior to the natives of the more 
 eastern provinces.' 
 AGKA, the capital of the province of 
 Agra, stands on the southern side 
 of the Jumna, in Lat. 27 deg. 1 1 min. 
 N., Long. 77 deg. 53 min. \L During 
 the reign of the Emperor Akbar, 
 by whom it was greatly enlarged 
 and embellished, Agra was made 
 the capital of the Mogul empire, 
 and became one of the most splendid 
 cities in India. Tlie seat of govern- 
 ment having been subsequently re- 
 established at Delhi, Agra greatly 
 declined, and is now much decayed. 
 Amongst the still remaining edifices 
 whicli bear witness of its former 
 grandeur, the most remarkable is 
 the Taj Mahal (q. v.), erected by the 
 Emperor Shah Julian, for the cele- 
 brated Noor Jchan, and which is 
 considered the most beautiful and
 
 AG 
 
 AJ 
 
 perfect specimen of oriental archi- 
 tecture in existence, unequalled by 
 any thing in India. 
 
 AGRAHARAH, Avho takes first, an 
 epitliet given to Brahmuns. Rent- 
 free villages held hy Brahmuns. 
 
 AHMEUABAD, a zillali station in 
 Guzerat, Western India, under the 
 government of Bombay, distant fi'om 
 the presidency 300 miles. Long. 72 
 deg. 37 min. E., Lat. 22 deg. 5s min. 
 N. It was originally a ■well fortified 
 town, but, nevertheless, fell to the 
 British arms late in tlie last century. 
 
 AHMEDNUGGER is situated in Lat. 
 19 deg. 5 min. N., Long. 74 deg. 55 
 min. E. It was built in 1493, b}' 
 Ahmed Nizam Shah, wdio made it his 
 capital. At present it is one of the 
 principal civil stations of the Bri- 
 tish Government. It contains about 
 twenty thousand inhabitants, and 
 has a strongly -built fort. See Nug- 
 
 GUR. 
 
 AHMEDNUGGUR, a fortified city of 
 the Deccan, under the government of 
 Bombay, from which presidency it is 
 distant, via Poonah, 180 miles. It was 
 founded by the Emperor Aurungzebe, 
 who made it his head-quarters 
 during the progress of his conquest 
 of the Deccan and Cnrnatic. It is 
 now garrisoned by one or two native 
 infantry regiments. Long. 150 deg. 
 E., Lat. 19 deg. 10 mm. N. See 
 
 NCGGUR. 
 
 AHON, Persian, a moollah (q. v.). 
 
 AIGRETTE, or EGRET, a tuft of 
 feathers worn in the turban of the 
 Sultan of Turkey and other persons 
 of great distinction. 
 
 AITEMAD-U-DOWLUT, a Persian 
 term, signifying " the hope (or de- 
 pendencej of the state," a title 
 bestowed on officers in the Shah's 
 confidence, generally on the jirime- 
 minister or vizier. 
 
 AJMEER, or RAJPOOTANA, is 
 bounded on tlie nortii by Alooltan and 
 Delhi ; east, Delhi and Agra ; south, 
 Malwa, Guzerat, and Cutch; west, 
 Sind. The Bhattee country, Bika- 
 neer, Jussulmeer, IMarwar or Joud- 
 poor, Jeyi)oor, including Skikawut- 
 
 tee, Ajmeer, IMeywar or Ode3-poor, 
 Boondee, and Kota, form the bound- 
 aries of tlie province, which is des- 
 titute of rivers, except in the south- 
 ern and eastern parts. The only 
 streams of any note are the Banass, 
 which rises in the disti-ict of Odey- 
 poor, and flows south-westerly, until 
 it is lost in the Run of Cutch; and the 
 Churabul, which enters the district of 
 Kota from JMalwa, and flows north- 
 erly into the province of Agra, to 
 the Jumna. In its south-eastern 
 district this province is fertile, well 
 watered, and hilly; but westward 
 and northward, witli a few excep- 
 tions, it is absolutely desert, the 
 whole surface of the country being 
 either covered with loose sand, which 
 in some places is driven by the wind 
 into mounds and hillocks, some of 
 them 100 feet in height; or else com- 
 posed of hard flat salt loam, wholly 
 destitute of vegetation. In the midst 
 of these burning plains, the water- 
 melon, tlie most juicy of all fruits, is- 
 found in astonishing perfection and 
 of large size. Water is procured, but 
 in small quantitj-, and brackish, from 
 wells, which are frequently 300 feet 
 deep, though not more than three or 
 four feet in diameter. During the 
 hot season, the passage of the desert 
 cannot be attempted without great 
 risk of suffocation from whirlwinds 
 of driving sand. The productions 
 of the cultivated parts of this pro- 
 vince are wheat, barley, rice, sugar, 
 cotton, indigo, and tobacco. Camels 
 are numerous, and bullocks of a su- 
 perior description. Salt is abundant, 
 and the Odeypoor districts yield 
 copper, lead, sulphur, and iron. The 
 chief towns in the province of Aj- 
 meer are Bhatneer, Bikaneer, Jus- 
 sulmeer, Nagore, Joudpoor, Jeypoor, 
 Ajmeer, Chitore, Odeypoor, Nee- 
 much, Boondee, Kota. This pro- 
 vince derives its name of Ajmeer 
 from that of the city of Ajmeer, 
 which was its jMahomedan capital; 
 but it is more commonly designated 
 as Rajpootana, or the country of 
 the Rajpoots, from its being the
 
 AJ 
 
 AL 
 
 seat of the chief Eajpoot principal- 
 ities of India. The inhabitants 
 are Rajpoots, Jats, Bhatteeas, Bheels, 
 and a small proportion of Malio- 
 medans. 
 
 A JMEEE, formerly the capital of the 
 province of Ajmecr, stands at the 
 bottom of a fortified hill, in Lat. 26 
 deg. 31 min. N., Long. 74 deg.28 min. 
 E. This was once a large and opu- 
 lent city, and occasionally the resi- 
 dence of the Emperor of Delhi. The 
 English had a trading factory here 
 in 1616. It was nearly ruined during 
 the disorders Avhicli followed upon 
 the dissolution of the Mooghul em- 
 pire, and the establishment of the 
 Mahratta power; but since its trans- 
 fer to the British in 1818, it has 
 greath' improved, and is now a hand- 
 some town. At Nusserabad, fifteen 
 miles from Ajmeer, is a British can- 
 tonment, and there is a British poli- 
 tical agent in the town. 
 
 AJUNTEE, in Lat. 20 deg. 34 min. 
 N., Lon. 75 deg. 56 min. E., is a 
 large town, but not populous. In 
 the neighbourhood are some excava- 
 tions resembling those of Ellora. 
 
 AKHBAR-NURVEES. news-writers, 
 a class of men formerly employed at 
 the native courts of India to record 
 the proceedings of the princes and 
 their ministers. The newspaper has 
 almost superseded tlie functions of 
 these court chroniclers. 
 
 AKHERJAUT AURUNG, Hindos- 
 tanee. Expenses of an uurung, or 
 place where goods are manufactm-ed. 
 Charges for transporting salt to the 
 place of sale; for weighmen, erection 
 of storehouses, &c. 
 
 AKYAB, the principal military sta- 
 tion of the British troops in Arracan. 
 
 AL, an Indian plant, rising(w hen fit to be 
 dug) less than a foot above ground, and 
 having a ligneous root above eighteen 
 inches in length, and of a bright yel- 
 low colour. It is grown only in the 
 black soil, and receives no watering. 
 It is an article of consiilerable traffic 
 in the Dooab and to the south, and 
 is used for dyeing the coarse red 
 cloth called Kurwa. 
 
 ALEEKOOM SALAAM, " "With you 
 be peace !" the usiial reply to the or- 
 dinary Mahometan salutation, " Su' 
 Ilium Alec/wom." 
 
 ALEEWAL, a village on the banks of 
 the Sutlej, which has acquired cele- 
 brity from its contiguity to the 
 scene of a great battle, in which. 
 Major General Sir Harry Smith, 
 witli a division of the army assem- 
 bled under Lords Hardinge and 
 Gough to oppose the Sikhs, in 1845, 
 totally defeated an immensely su- 
 perior body of the enemy's troops. 
 
 ALEBriE, in the province of Travan- 
 core, is on the IMalabar coast, about 
 midway between Cochin and Nuilon. 
 It is the chief depot from which the 
 Travancore government exports its 
 pepper and timber. 
 
 AL HUM ID ILLAH! Thanks be to 
 God! A Moslem ejaculation. 
 
 ALIGURH, a strong fortress, situated 
 about fifty miles to the north of 
 Agra. In 1803 it was one of Dow- 
 let Rao Scindia's principal strong- 
 holds, and was stormed by the 
 I'.ritish troops under Lord Lake. 
 The town is called Coel. A regiment 
 of Sepoys is quartered here, and 
 there is a civil court of justice and a 
 collector of revenue. 
 
 ALLAH, the name given by the Ma- 
 hometans of all classes to the Al- 
 might3^ 
 
 ALLAHABAD, a province of India, 
 bounded on the north by Agra and 
 Oude; east, Bahar; south, Baliar and 
 Gonduana; Avest, jMalwa and Agra. 
 The divisions are Cawnpoor, Alla- 
 habad, Manikpoor, Juwanpoor, Be- 
 nares, Mirzapoor, Bundulkhund, 
 Rewa. It is watered by tlie rivers 
 Goomtee, Ganges, Jumna, Tonse or 
 Tunsa, Betwa, and numerous others. 
 The Gogra flows along part of the 
 northern frontier of the province, di- 
 viding it from Oude. Tliis province 
 is one of the richest and most pro- 
 ductive in India. The surface of the 
 districts adjacent to the Ganges and 
 Jumna is level and very fertile. In 
 Bundulkhund and Rewa, the country 
 forms an elevated table laud, occa-
 
 AL 
 
 AL 
 
 sionally mountainous and jungly, 
 and diversified with high hills; but 
 for the greater part open and capa- 
 ble of being made very fruitful. The 
 northern frontier of the Rewa coun- 
 try consists of an abrupt front of 
 sandstone rock, rising perpendicu- 
 larly from 200 to 300 feet from a 
 sloping base. A large proportion of 
 the water that falls during the I'ainy 
 season on the table land of ]\ewa is 
 precipitated over this rocky margin 
 in numerous catara(;ts; amongst 
 which those of the Beyhar and Tonsa 
 rivers are of remarkable grandeur. 
 The Beyhar cataract is one of the 
 highest in tiie world, forming a single 
 unbroken fall of 360 feet. AVheat, 
 barley, rice, maize, and other grains, 
 are the productions of this province, 
 as well as opium, sugar, indigo, 
 cotton, and flax; in the hilly districts 
 are dj'eing drugs and gums; chironja 
 nut, catechu, and iron-diamonds, 
 sometimes of large size, are found in 
 the Punna district of Bundulkhund; 
 and in the district of Benares there 
 are extensive stone quarries. A great 
 deal of alkali is also supplied from 
 the country between the Goomtee 
 and Ganges, from Kurra to Benares. 
 The province has long been noted 
 for its cotton fabrics, i^articularly 
 muslins and brocades. Carpets are 
 also manufactured, and coarse cum- 
 lies. The towns are Rusoolabad, 
 Cawnpoor, Akberpoor, Futihpoor, 
 Kurra, Shahzadabad, Allahabad, 
 Manikpoor, i\Iahowl, Azimgur, JIow, 
 Juwanjjoor, Benares, CImnar, Ghazi- 
 poor, Mirzapoor, Dittea, Jhansee, 
 Keeta, Banda, Kallinjer, Chuttur- 
 poor, Punna, ilaltown, llutta, Dou- 
 ree, and Rewa. By the Hindoos, Alla- 
 habad is named Bliat Prayaga, or, by 
 way of distinction, as the largest 
 and principal, .simply Prayaga, and it 
 is much resorted to by pilgrims; 
 amongst whom suicude, by drowning 
 themselves at the spot M'here the 
 rivers unite, is a frequent practice. 
 The word Prayaga means the con- 
 fluence of any two or more sacred 
 rivers. 
 
 ALLAHABAD, a city, and civil and 
 military station in the province of 
 Oude in Hindostan. It is situated 
 at the confluence of the rivers 
 Ganges and Jumna, 470 miles N. W. 
 of Calcutta, in Long. 82 deg. E., Lat. 
 25 deg. 45 min. N. Allahabad was 
 founded by the Emperor Acbar, 
 who intended it as a defensive post; 
 but the fortifications, of which rem- 
 nants still exist, in spite of the subtle 
 and undermining assaults of the 
 Jumna's waters, could never have 
 been of any importance. Allahabad 
 is the seat of a superior court of 
 justice, and it has been sometimes 
 contemplated to convert it into the 
 locale of the Supreme Government of 
 India, a distinction for which it 
 appears from its central position to 
 be well adapted. 
 
 ALLAH HUAKBER! Persian. God 
 
 ALLAH KEREEM! God is merciful! 
 A ^loslem expression. 
 
 ALMORA. In the province of Ku- 
 maoon. It is situated in Lat. 29 deg. 
 35 min. N., Long. 79 deg. 44 min. E. 
 It is the modern capital of the pro- 
 vince, and the only place of any 
 consequence in it. A regiment of 
 Bengal infantry and a detacUment of 
 artillery are quartered here. At AJ- 
 morah there are five bungalows, 
 called sick bungalows, belonging 
 to Government; these are kept in 
 good repair, and are exclusively for 
 the use of such officers as may go 
 upon sick leave, who are furnished 
 with one to live in, free of all cost, 
 on application, through the executive 
 officer, in whose charge they are, to 
 the officer commanding. These sick 
 houses are, of course, totalh' unfur- 
 nished. As to climate, Almorah is 
 sufficiently cool and pleasant, and it 
 is, unquestionably, a very healthy, 
 renovating one. In regard to so- 
 ciety-, likewise, there is a sufficiency. 
 Those who visit Almorah on leave, 
 merely for their own pleasure, can 
 always procure bungalows for hire 
 to live in, there being more than are 
 needed for the accommodation of
 
 Ah 
 
 AN 
 
 the officers of the regiment, and 
 others permanently residing at the 
 place, and the rent charged is ex- 
 tremely reasonable. The military 
 cantonments are at the western ex- 
 tremity of, and close to, the city oi" 
 Almorah. Prior to our invasion 
 and conquest of Kuniaon, Almorah 
 was the place of residence of the 
 Goorka Viceroy, who was appointed 
 from Katmandoo; and previous to 
 the Goorka invasion, it was the 
 seat of government of the Ilajahs of 
 Kuniaon. The town is built on tlie 
 top of a ridge, running east and 
 west, at an elevation of 5400 feet 
 above the level of the sea. From 
 the nature of its situation, the city 
 of Almorah is principally composed 
 of one long street of nearly a mile in 
 length, though there are suburbs 
 which extend down a long way on 
 both sides of the hill. It is paved 
 with stone throughout, and the 
 houses are generally very good, none 
 being under two stories, and many 
 three and four stories high; the 
 houses even of the poorest people 
 are all built of stone, and have slated 
 roofs, so that they are remarkably 
 substantial. Indeed, those in the 
 town of Almorah are unlike any 
 thing one ever sees in the plains of 
 India, and reminds the visitor of 
 England, to a small town in wliich 
 country Almorali has altogctlier a 
 greater resemblance than to one in 
 Hindostan. The officer command- 
 ing at Almorah has, also, tlie general 
 command of all the troops in the 
 district. 
 
 ALVAK, or ALWIJR, is situated in 
 Lat. 27 deg. 44 min. N., Lon. 7G 
 deg. 32 min. E., at the base of a 
 strongly fortified hill. It is the 
 capital of the ilacheree rajah's 
 territories. 
 
 AMANUT DUKTl':il, an office in In- 
 dia for deposits, or perhaps for 
 recording the re])orts of Aianeens. 
 
 A1\I AUN ! A Persian cry for " Mercy !" 
 
 AMROOlt, a town situated near the 
 eastern liills of tlie I'aramahal, about 
 120 miles westerly of Madras. It is 
 
 neat and well built, and manufactures 
 large quantities of castor oil. On a 
 mountain, at one side of the town, 
 there was formerly a strong fort. 
 
 AMBOYNA, a spice island in the 
 Indian Ocean, Long. 12 deg. 70 min. 
 E., Lat. 40 deg. S. Originally 
 occupied by English and Dutch 
 settlers; the latter expelled the 
 former, but Avere in their turn 
 driven out in 1796. It was subse- 
 quently ceded to the Dutch, in 
 whose hands it now remains. 
 
 AMEER, (or Emir,) a nol)leman. The 
 terra is Asiatic and African. Its 
 origin is Moslem. 
 
 AMEER UL OMIIAH, noble of noble, 
 lord of lords. 
 
 AMHEKST. See Ava. 
 
 AMLAII, IIindosta,nee. Agents, offi- 
 cers ; the otKcers of government 
 collectively. A head of zemindar?/ 
 charges. N.B. It is sometimes writ- 
 ten omlali, or umlah. 
 
 ANAM. See Cochin China. 
 
 ANARUSII {bromcUa atianas), the 
 pine-apple. As the name for this 
 fruit is Persian, and there being no 
 Sanscrit one, it is supposed to be an 
 imported fruit in India, though com- 
 mon all over the country where the 
 climate is not too severe for its 
 growth in the open air; a green- 
 house, hot-house, or cooZ-house for 
 plants or fruits, being yet entirely 
 unknown in India, even amongst 
 Europeans. The common bazar pine 
 of India is a very inferior fruit to 
 the English liot-house pine, and 
 even to those which have been raised 
 with care and under shade (which 
 tliey seem to prefer) in India. Those 
 of the eastern islands are very far 
 superior, the conunonest JMalay or 
 Javanese anana being equal, it is 
 said, to the best in India, except, 
 j)erliaps, those of Goa and other 
 Portuguese establishments on the 
 western coast, where, as in the case 
 of the mango and some other fruits, 
 we still finil traces of the care which 
 the early Portuguese colonists be- 
 stowed on them. This is probably 
 owing to pecidiarities of soil and cli-
 
 10 
 
 AN 
 
 AN 
 
 mate, as well as care, though the 
 Portuguese, like the Dutch, were 
 good gardeners and paid attention to 
 horticulture, which the English, hi- 
 therto, cannot be said to have done. 
 It is said, and with much justice, 
 that no fruit in India requires to be 
 eaten more cautiously than this, both 
 by new comers and old residents; it 
 is accused, and with some consi- 
 derable truth, of occasioning very 
 severe and dangerous attacks of 
 pseudo-cholera and dysentery. To 
 the newly-arrived Europeans, espe- 
 cially of the lower orders, it is in- 
 deed a most tempting fruit, and its 
 powerful acid and tough flesh may 
 often make it dangerous to them. 
 An exceedingly beautiful flax, of 
 great fineness and strength, may be 
 prepared from the leaves of this 
 plant by simple maceration and 
 beating. lu the Philippine Islands 
 dresses, equal to the finest nuislin, 
 are woven from it, and embroidered 
 with extraordinary taste ; and though 
 expensive, they last for many years, 
 being in duration, colour, and beauty, 
 equal to fine Flanders lace. 
 ANATHEE, an Indian word, signify- 
 ing having no lord, master, or owner; 
 from natha, a lord or master, with 
 the primitive a prefixed. Old waste 
 land ; lands not cultivated within the 
 memory of man. 
 ANDAMANS. In the Bay of Bengal, 
 opposite to the Tenasserim coast, 
 and a short distance from it, between 
 Lat. 10 deg. 32 min. and 13 deg. 40 
 min. N., lie two islands, called the 
 Andamans. The northernmost, or 
 great Andaman, is about 140 miles 
 in length by twenty in breadth. 
 Though considered as only one, the 
 great Andaman consists in reality 
 of three islands, as it is divided in 
 two x>laces by very narrow straits. 
 In the centre of the great Andaman 
 is a mountain named Saddle Peak, 
 about 2,400 feet high. The south- 
 ernmost, or little Andaman, is about 
 twenty -eight miles in length by 
 seventeen in breadth. There are no 
 rivers of any size. These islands pro- 
 
 duce various kinds of wood, amongst 
 which are ebony, red wood, damoner, 
 bamboo, and rattans. The coasts 
 abound with fish of every description. 
 In the woods are a few kinds of birds 
 and fowls, and the shores abound 
 with a variety of beautiful shells. 
 There are no other animals, with the 
 exception of swine. Within the 
 caverns and recesses of the rocks are 
 found the edible birds' nests, so 
 highly prized by the Chinese. The 
 vegetable productions are few, and 
 there are no cocoa-nut trees. The 
 inhabitants of these islands are a 
 very singular race, differing entirely 
 not only from all the inhabitants of 
 the neighbouring continent, but also 
 from the natives of the Nicobar 
 islands, though not a hundred miles 
 distant. In appearance, they re- 
 semble a degenerate race of negroes, 
 having woolly hair, flat noses, and 
 thick lips. Their eyes are small 
 and red, and their skin of a deep dull 
 black. In stature they seldom 
 exceed five feet, with large heads, 
 high shoulders, protuberant bellies, 
 and slender limbs. They go quite 
 naked, their only covering being 
 composed of a coat of mud, which 
 they plaster all over their bodies, 
 in order to protect themselves from 
 the insects. Their heads and faces 
 they paint with red ochre. They 
 are an exceedingly savage and igno- 
 rant race, and have always evinced 
 an inveterate hatred towards 
 strangers, constantly rejecting all 
 intercourse, and frequently attacking 
 boats' crews landing for water. They 
 do not appear ever to have made any 
 attempt to cultivate the ground, but 
 subsist upon what they can pick up 
 and kill. They are armed with wooden 
 spears, and bows and arrows, which 
 they use with much dexterity. As 
 far as can be ascertained, they have 
 no distinct ideas of religion. They 
 appear to pay some sort of adoration 
 to the sun, and to spirits whom they 
 suppose to rule over the woods, and 
 waters, and mountains. They were 
 formerly supposed to be cannibals.
 
 AN 
 
 All 
 
 11 
 
 that is, men wlio eat human flesh, 
 but there is reason to believe tliat 
 tliis is not the ease. As far as is 
 known of their lang-uage, it does not 
 possess the least affinity with any 
 spoken in India, or among the 
 neighbouring islands. The total 
 population is supposed not to exceed 
 2500. 
 
 ANJAR is situated in Lat. 23 deg. 
 3 min. N., Lon. 70 deg. 11 min. E., 
 about ten miles from the Gulf of 
 Kuch. It contains about 10,000 in- 
 habitants, and is the iirincipal town 
 of the British district of Anjar. It 
 was much injured in 1819 by the 
 earthquake. 
 
 ANNA rUONA DEVI, a Hindoo 
 household goddess, extensively wor- 
 shi])ped by the Hindoos. Her name 
 impUes " the goddess who fills with 
 food," and they believe that a sin- 
 cere Avorshipper of her will never 
 want rice. In the modern represen- 
 tations of this beneficent form of 
 Parvati, she is described of a deep 
 yellow colour, standing, or sitting on 
 the lolus, or water-lil^^ Slie has two 
 arms, and in one hand holds a spoon, 
 in the other a dish. 
 
 AOUL, or OOLOOS, Turkish. A 
 subdivision of a tribe or camp. 
 
 AP, unleavened cakes, eaten in the 
 west of India. 
 
 ARARAT, Turkish. Literally " a 
 place of prisons." Purgatory, a mid 
 receptacle of souls between Paradise 
 and Hell. 
 
 ARCHIPELAGO. See Eastern Is- 
 lands. 
 
 ARCOT (Urkat) is situated on the 
 south side of the river I'alar, seventy 
 miles south-westerly from JMadras. 
 This was the capital of the Carnatic 
 under the government of the Maho- , 
 medan nabobs, and it is still a favou- 
 rite place of residence with Maho- 
 medan families. 'J"he fort was for- 
 merly large, and tolerably strong, 
 but it is now in ruins. The cele- 
 brated Clive took it in 1751 with a 
 small party of 200 European and 
 300 natives, although the garrison 
 then consisted of 1100 men. The 
 
 place was immediately besieged by 
 rajah Sahib with an army of 10,000 
 men, assisted by 150 French and 
 artillery; but after a hard struggle 
 of fifty days, Clive, with his handful 
 of men, entirely defeated them. Oa 
 the north side of the river is an 
 English cavalry cantonment, and a 
 large open town connected with it. 
 This, also, is named by Europeans 
 Arcot, but by the natives it is 
 usually termed Raneepet. 
 AREKA, the betel nut. See Paun- 
 
 SOOPAKEE. 
 
 ARGAUM, a village in the province 
 of India, where the armies of Scindia 
 and the Basla rajah were defeated 
 in 1803 by the British troops, under 
 the Duke of Wellington, then Ge- 
 neral Wellesley. 
 
 ARISTOO, the Persian pronunciation 
 of Aristotle, whose works are highly 
 esteemed among the Orientals. 
 
 ARNEE is situated about twenty 
 miles to the south of Vellore, in 
 the province of Central, or Middle 
 Carnatic. During the wars with 
 Hyder All, this was a place of con- 
 siderable consequence, and its for- 
 tress was Ilyder's chief magazine. 
 It is noted for its clever workman- 
 ship in cloths, which are held in 
 great estimation by the natives of 
 this part of Hindostan. 
 
 ARRA. Vide Bahau. 
 
 ARRACAN. Arracan lies to the 
 south-east of Bengal, betAvcen Lat. 
 18 deg. and 21 Aag. N., and is 
 bounded on the north by the dis- 
 trict of Chittagong, in the province 
 of Bengal, from which it is separated 
 by the river Nauf; east, by a chain 
 of mountains dividing it from Ava; 
 south, by the district of Bassein in 
 Pegu; and Avest, by the Bay of 
 Bengal. It is divided into the dis- 
 tricts of Arracan, Kamree, SandoAvy, 
 and Cheduba. The district of Ram- 
 rce is an island separated from the 
 mainland liy a narrow creek. Che- 
 duba is also an island in the open 
 sea, a few miles from the coast of 
 Ramree. It is one of a small cluster, 
 and is in length thirty miles, by
 
 12 
 
 AR 
 
 AS 
 
 about ten miles in breadth. Lime- 
 stone is tmind in these ishmds. Be- 
 tween the mountains and tlie sea, 
 this country is covered with thick 
 jungles, inundated and intersected 
 in all directions by small rivers, 
 lakes, and creeks. In extreme 
 lengtli it may be estimated at 230 
 miles from north to south, by an 
 average breadth of fifty miles from 
 east to west. The great chain of 
 mountains, forming the eastern 
 boundary, commences at Cape Ne- 
 grais, and runs northerly almost as 
 far as the southern bank of the 
 Brahmapootra in Assam. By the 
 natives, these mountains are called 
 the Yomadoung. Their general ele- 
 vation seems to be from 3000 to 
 5000 feet. In both Kainee and Che- 
 duba are many small volcanoes, 
 mostly of the description called mud 
 volcanoes; generally, when in their 
 tranquil state, throwing up greasy 
 mud mixed with petroleum, and 
 strongly impregnated with sulplmr; 
 and occasionally also discharging 
 flames and quantities of iron pyrites. 
 These volcanoes are worshipped by 
 the Mugs, who think they are occa- 
 sioned by the great Naga, or serpent, 
 which supports the world. The 
 productions of this country are prin- 
 cipally rice, salt, tobacco, indigo, 
 cotton, hemp, ivory, timber, and 
 bees' wax. Lead is found in the 
 mountains, and in the streams to- 
 wards Basseiu small quantities of 
 gold and silver. The forests afford 
 abundance of timber of various 
 kinds; but, although they produce 
 the teak, it is generally found in 
 places so difficult of access, that 
 little advantage is derived from it. 
 The animals are, in general, the 
 same as in Bengal, the principal 
 being the elephant. The principal 
 towns are Arracan, Akyab, Kamree, 
 and Sandowy. This country is 
 called by tiie natives Kekhaing, and 
 l)y Mahomedan writers " Urkhung," 
 from the name of its capital; and 
 from this last is derived the English 
 name Arracan. Its inhabitants con- 
 
 sist of ]\Iugs, who are tlie original 
 natives, jNIahomedans, originally from 
 India, and Burmese. The Mugs are 
 called by the Burmese " Great 
 Mrunmas," and are considered by 
 them as the original source of their 
 own race. The total population in 
 182G, including the islands, was 
 estimated at not more than 100,000, 
 of whom G0,000 were Mugs, 30,000 
 Mahomedans, and 10,000 Burmese. 
 
 ARRACAN, the capital of the pro- 
 vince of Arracan, is situated inland, 
 about forty miles from the coast, 
 upon a river of the same name, 
 which flows into the sea. Lat. 20 
 deg. 30 min. N., Lon. 92 deg. 5 
 min. E. 
 
 AS AR, the third month in the Hindos- 
 tanee year. See Rysack. 
 
 ASH AM, or AHSHAM, Hindostanee. 
 Retinues, militar^^ pomp, and parade; 
 the military. 
 
 ASHAM OMLAH, retinues of the 
 public officers, whether for protection 
 or parade. 
 
 ASHAM SESSAYE, retinues of sol- 
 diers, military pomp, or parade, 
 ^lilitary jaghires, or assignments of 
 land, for defraying military ex- 
 penses. 
 
 ASIA, a quarter of the globe, extend- 
 ing eastward from the twenty -fifth 
 degree of east longtitudeto the hun- 
 dred and seventieth degree of west 
 longitude, and from the seventy- 
 eiglith degree of north to the tenth 
 degree of south latitude. It is about 
 GOOO miles in breadth from the Dar- 
 danelles on the west, to ihe eastern 
 coast of Tartary, and about 5500 
 miles in lengtli from the most 
 northern cape of Asiatic Russia to 
 the most southern part of Malaya. 
 It is bounded on the north by the 
 Arctic or Frozen Ocean; north-east, 
 by Bhering's Straits; east, by the 
 Pacitic; south, by the Indian Ocean; 
 west, by the Indian Ocean, h'ed Sea, 
 Mediterranean, Black Sea, and Hussia 
 in Europe. The principal countries 
 of Asia are Tartary, which includes 
 Asiatic Russia, Chinese Tartary, 
 Tartary, and Thibet; Turkey in
 
 AS 
 
 AS 
 
 13 
 
 Asia, Persia, China, Arabia, Ilin- 
 dostan, or India, Burma, or Ava, 
 Siam, Cochin China, Malaya, and 
 some islands. The people of Asia are 
 called by the general name of Asiatics. 
 All religions exist among them, the 
 heathens being the most numerous. 
 
 ASIN, the sixth month in the Ilindos- 
 tanee year. See Bysack. 
 
 ASSAL, written also ASIL, AUSIL, 
 AUZIL, origin, root, foundation; 
 capital stock, principal sum. Origi- 
 nal rent, exclusive of subsequent 
 cesses. The word is in use through- 
 out India. 
 
 ASSAM. This country lies on the 
 north-eastern frontier of Bengal. 
 On the north it has Bootan, and a 
 range of lofty mountains dividing it 
 from Thibet ; on the east, it is believed 
 to be bounded by other ranges of 
 mountains separating it from China; 
 south, it has the Shan country, 
 Mogaong, and Cossia districts of 
 Ava and Kachar ; and west, the 
 district of Gentinpoor, adjoining the 
 Silhet district of Bengal, the Garrow 
 mountains, and Bijnee. It is divided 
 into three provinces, Kamroop on the 
 west, Assam in the centre, and See- 
 diya on the east. The province of 
 Kamroop was formerly an extensive 
 division in Hindoo geography, and 
 included a large part of Assam, with 
 the modern districts of Kungpoor and 
 Kungamutty, part of Mymunsing, 
 Silhet, Munnipoor, Gentia, and Ka- 
 char. As the name is now used, how- 
 ever, it is restricted to the western 
 divisions of Assam, and extends from 
 the province of Bengal eastward about 
 130 miles. In number and magni- 
 tude the rivers of Assam probably 
 surpass those of any other country 
 in the world of equal extent, the 
 total number being said to be sixty- 
 one. The principal are the Brahma- 
 pootra, or, as it is called in Assam, 
 the Loohait ; and the Dihong, 
 I3ihong, Dikho, and Diprong, all of 
 which fall into the Brahmapootra, 
 or some of its branches. Tiie whole 
 of this country may be considered as 
 forming the maia valley of the Brah- 
 
 mapootra river, extending in its 
 greatest dimensions about 350 miles 
 in length, by sixty, its average 
 breadth. It is enclosed on all sides 
 by ranges of mountains. Those on 
 tiie north and east particularly 
 are very lofty, and have their sum- 
 mits constantly covered with snow. 
 There are hilly tracts covered with 
 woods in different parts of the valley, 
 and the mountains also are covered 
 with forests. The productions of 
 Assam are much the same as those 
 of Bengal, which country it greatly 
 resembles in appearance. The prin- 
 cipal articles are rice, mustard-seed, 
 black pepper, chillies, ginger, betel, 
 tobacco, and opium. The sugar-cane 
 thrives, but is generally eaten by the 
 natives fresh from the iield; cocoa- 
 nuts are very rare, oranges abound. 
 The most remarkable produce of 
 Assam, however, is silk. No fewer 
 than four different kinds of silk- 
 worms are reared, silks of several 
 varieties forming great part of the 
 native's clothing, besides leaving a 
 quantity for exportation. The 
 native women of all classes, from 
 the rajah's wives downwards, wear 
 the four sorts of silk. The cul- 
 tivation of tea has lately been intro- 
 duced, and promises to become of 
 much importance. Gold is found in 
 all the rivers, particularly in the- 
 Dikrong ; and there are probably- 
 other metals. Buffaloes and oxen 
 are common, but horses, sheep, and' 
 goats are scarce, and there are nO' 
 asses. The wild animals are gene- 
 rally the same as in BengiU. The 
 principal towns are Gaohati, Jorhat, 
 Gerghong, Kungpoor, and Snddiya. 
 The inhabitants of Assam consist of 
 numerous different tribes, some of 
 Hindoo origin, others apparently from 
 Thibet and China. The following are 
 the names of some of the principal 
 classes: — Ahanis, Mismees, Maha- 
 maris, INIeorces, Singhpos, and 
 Kolitas; all differing from each other 
 more or less in language and man- 
 ners. The whole arc, however, com- 
 monly denominated by European
 
 14 
 
 AS 
 
 AT 
 
 •writers by the general name of 
 Assamese. The amount of the 
 population is doubtful, but it may be 
 estimated not to exceed 150,000, 
 including the petty states adjacent. 
 
 ASSEERGURH is a strong hill 
 fortress, situated about twelve miles 
 nortlierly and easterly from Boor- 
 hampoor. It is noted on account of 
 its siege in 1819 by the British 
 troops, by whom it was captured 
 after an obstinate resistance. 
 
 ASSYE, a village in the province of 
 Berar, remarkable as having been 
 the scene of a great battle between 
 the British troops under the Duke of 
 Wellington (then General Wellesley), 
 and the Mahratta armies of Scindia 
 and the Basla rajah. 
 
 ATA {minona squamosa), the Indian 
 custard apple. The fruit of a small 
 tree which grows above fifteen feet 
 high in all parts of India. The 
 leaves are smooth and soft, and 
 about three inches long, tapering at 
 both ends, The fruit is nearly 
 round, with a rough outside, about 
 the size of an orange. When ripe, 
 it is easily burst. It is filled Avith a 
 soft white substance of a sweet taste, 
 and separable into small portions, 
 each containing a small black seed. 
 It bears once a year. The fruits are 
 ripe in July, and are much sought 
 after. Perhaps there is no Indian 
 fruit about -which we liear so many 
 various opinions expressed by Euro- 
 peans. To some it is the most 
 delicious fruit in the country, while 
 to others its flavour seems not merely 
 a mawkish sweetness, but almost 
 nauseating. In a word, it is rare to 
 meet two persons who agree in their 
 opinion of the custard apple. Care 
 should be taken when eating it, not 
 to scrape off with the spoon the part 
 •which adheres to the outside scales 
 of the fruit; for this certainly will, 
 if frequently repeated, cause a smart 
 inflammatory sore throat. And the 
 finer the fruit the more liable it is to 
 cause this. The part which sur- 
 rounds the seeds, and which adheres 
 to them, should alone be eaten. The 
 
 kernels of the seeds are also poison- 
 ous, though the seeds are frequently 
 swallowed whole without any ill 
 effects. In countries where it meets 
 with peculiar soils and careful culti- 
 vation, as in the Mauritius and the- 
 Eastern islands, the ata attains a 
 very large size, at least double that 
 of the largest in India, and its flavour 
 is generally improved; this last dif- 
 ference may be observed here, and 
 indeed with many fruits in all coun- 
 tries, the largest sized are generally 
 the best flavoured. There is much 
 imcertainty as to whence this fruit, 
 and its congener, the annona reticu- 
 lata, or sour-sop of the West Indies, 
 were originally derived; it has been 
 supposed that both were originally 
 brought from Spanish or Portuguese 
 America, and thus propagated 
 through their Asiatic dominions and 
 to China, though from its abundance 
 in China and Cochin China, it may 
 equally have been obtained from 
 those countries. It is probable that 
 the Portuguese settlements on the 
 eastern coast of Africa may have 
 furnished it on the one side and 
 China on the other; but if the truth 
 be told, there is but little or nothing 
 known of what are the peculiarities 
 of the various kinds of this and 
 many other fruits, which are, how- 
 ever, well worthy of more attention 
 and study than they have hitherto 
 obtained from us. The annona 
 reticulata is said to be indigenous 
 in the mountainous country east of 
 Bengal, but the absence of any- 
 Sanscrit name for the fruit is evidence 
 enough that it is of foreign introduc- 
 tion, though now the commonest 
 fruit in India. 
 
 ATCHKUTT, Hindostanee. Eice- 
 fields, lands prepared for the culture 
 of rice. 
 
 ATTA-GOOL, the Hindostanee term 
 for the essence of the rose; caUed in 
 England, and vulgarly spelt, " Otto 
 of Roses." 
 
 ATTAH, coarse flour. This is as much 
 in use in the north of India as rice 
 is in the south and west. It is
 
 AT 
 
 AU 
 
 16 
 
 simply mixed ■with water, and baked 
 into cakes on a thin circular iron 
 plate. The cakes are called Chup- 
 patties. 
 
 ATTI, the name of a deed, by which 
 the Jalmkars, or hereditary tenants 
 of the soil in IMalabar, pledge their 
 lands, reserving to themselves two- 
 thirds of their value, besides a certain 
 interest therein, amounting to about 
 one-third. 
 
 ATTI PER, the name of a deed in 
 Malabar, by which an hereditary 
 tenant transfers the whole of his in- 
 
 - terest in his land to a mortgagee. 
 
 ATTOK, a fortress situated on the 
 eastern bank of the Indus, in Lat. 
 33 deg. 56 min. N., Long. 71 deg. 57 
 min. E. It is noticed as being placed 
 on the principal route across the 
 Indus, and as marking the point at 
 which Alexander the Great, Tymoor, 
 and Nadir Shah all entered India. 
 The name Attok (Utok) means limit, 
 or hindrance. It is a place of little 
 strength, and does not contain more 
 than 2000 inhabitants. 
 
 AUB-E-DOOGH, Persian. Butter- 
 milk and water, a common and 
 much-esteemed beverage, especially 
 among the Persian soldiery and 
 wandering tribes of lllyaixts. It is 
 generallv made from goats' milk. 
 
 AUB-E-GOSHT, Persian. LiteraUy, 
 water of meat. Soup. 
 
 AUGIAREE (from Ag', or Aug, /re). 
 The temple, or place of devotion of the 
 Parsees or fire-worsliippers. Within 
 these temples the sacred fire is kept 
 constantly burning, the priests ful- 
 filling the office of the vestals in con- 
 tinually watching and feeding the 
 fiame. Pious Parsees, in going to 
 the Augiaree for purposes of prayer, 
 take with them lumps of fragrant 
 sandal wood, which are handed to one 
 of the priests or officers of the temple, 
 who see to its appHcation to the in- 
 tended object. It is usual with 
 wealthy Parsees to endow a temple 
 with a vase of silver for the recep- 
 tion of the sacred fire. There are 
 two or three Augiarees in Bombay 
 and in Surat, the cities in Western 
 
 India where the Parsees chiefly 
 reside. 
 AUM, the mango (fruit of the man- 
 gijha Indica), a rich fruit, of a 
 bright orange-coloured pulp and a 
 coat of orange or green intermingled 
 with a red bloom. There are in In- 
 dia so many sorts and varieties of 
 this rich fruit, whicli, in fact, may 
 be called for its abundance, the In- 
 dian Apple, that it would take a 
 volume to describe them. As a mere 
 tree it is valuable, being of not very 
 slow growth, and affording, by its 
 dense, dark shade, the most grateful 
 shelter from " the traveller's enemy," 
 the sun. Its wood is most exten- 
 sively used, and, in fact, the planks 
 suppl}^ for a large part of India, the 
 uses of fir plank in Europe, and 
 when carefully preserved by paint, 
 it lasts many years. The fruits, in 
 their season, are so abundant in all 
 the bazars that the cows are oftea 
 regaled with them, and always Avith 
 the stones, which they crunch, appa- 
 rently with great delight. A curious 
 fact is, that in remote villages, near 
 extensive forest tracks, the bears, at 
 the season of the fruit, are known to 
 invade the mango topes, and to take 
 possession of them till they have de- 
 voured all the fruit, in spite of all 
 the efforts of the villagers to drive 
 them out! The finest mangoes on 
 the Bengal side of India are said to 
 be those of Malda, though there are 
 certainly some in the neighbourhood 
 of Calcutta equal, or superior to 
 tliem. The finest in all India are 
 said to be those of Goa, where tliey 
 have been cultivated by the Portu- 
 guese. Until of late years, however, 
 little or no attention was paid to the 
 sorts planted, or, at all events, it was 
 rarely thought, by natives at least, 
 worth tlie trouble or expense of send- 
 ing far for good kinds; the tvpes, in- 
 deed, being as often iilantcd as an 
 act of piety to afli)rd sliade, as for 
 the fruit, which, he who planted 
 rarely expected to taste. Good 
 grafts, and these upon good stocks, 
 ar-c now more sought after, especially
 
 16 
 
 AU 
 
 AU 
 
 in the neiglibourliood of larj^e towns, 
 where a few mango trees, if bearing 
 choice fruit, are valuable property. 
 Perhaps nothing can show more 
 strongly what the mango may be- 
 come, by careful cultivation, than 
 the fact that, at tlie plantation of 
 Black River, in the Isle of France, 
 no less than twelve varieties, of the 
 most exquisite flavour, of sizes from a 
 large apple, to that of a man's head, 
 some almost witliout stones, have 
 been obtained by the care and atten- 
 tion of a long series of years. The 
 mango, in India, is eaten in every 
 possible form, and an extensive trade 
 is carried on in the young green and 
 acid fruits, which, being dried in the 
 sun, are sold in all the bazars as a 
 favourite condiment for curries. The 
 crop of this fruit is very uncertain, 
 as the prevalence of fogs at the time 
 of flowering, drought, or storms, will 
 often destroy a large crop in a few 
 hours. 
 
 AUMANY, AUI\r ANL or AUM ANIE, 
 trust, charge. Land in charge of an 
 Aumeen, or trustee, to collect its re- 
 venue on the part of government. 
 K.B. In the peninsula of India the 
 term is particularly applied to a set- 
 tlement under which the government 
 receives its share of the produce of 
 the lands from each cultivator in 
 kind, instead of stipulating for a pe- 
 cuniary commutation, or farming 
 them out to individuals by villages, 
 or large portions of territory. The 
 same term appears to prevail in 
 Behar. 
 
 AUMEEN, trustee, commissioner. A 
 temporary collector, or supervisor, 
 appointed to tlie charge of a country 
 on the removal of a zemindar, or for 
 any other particular purpose of local 
 investigation, or arrangement. 
 
 AUMIL, agent, ofScer, native col- 
 lector of Indian revenue. Superin- 
 tendent of a district or division of a 
 country, either on the part of the 
 government, zemindar, or renter; the 
 same as Ausiildak, q. v. 
 
 AUMILUAR, agent, the holder of an 
 office in India. An intendant, and 
 
 collector of the revenue, uniting 
 civil, military, and financial powers 
 under the Mahomedan government. 
 
 AURUNG, the place in India where 
 goods are manufactured. 
 
 AURUNGABAD, a province of the 
 Dcccan. Its boundaries consist of, 
 north, Guzerat, Khandesh, and 
 Berar; east, Berar and Beder; south, 
 Bejapoor and Beder; Avest, the sea. 
 Tlie following are the principal dis- 
 tricts: — Jowar, Kallianee, Bombay, 
 below the mountains ; Sumgumneer, 
 Jooneer, Ahmednuggur, Perraiuda, 
 above the mountains, belonging to 
 the British dominions, and Aurung- 
 abad; Bheer, occupying its eastern 
 side, and belonging to the Nizam of 
 Hyderabad. The rivers are the 
 Godaver}^ Seena, Beema, all of 
 Avhich have their sources in this 
 province, Moota, Moola, and many 
 smaller. This province is traversed 
 from nortli to south by the great 
 range of western^mountains, and its 
 surface throughout is very irregular 
 and broken, abounding with rocky 
 jungly hills. It is in general fertile, 
 and its climate, above the mountains, 
 temperate. There are some remark- 
 able caves or excavations in diSerent 
 parts, which are noticed in con- 
 nexion Avith the towns near which 
 they are situated. On the coast, ia 
 about 19 deg. N. Lat., and separated 
 from the main land by a narrow- 
 strait, are several small islands, of 
 Avhich the principal are Salsette and 
 Bombay. The productions of the soil 
 are rice and other grains, and 
 cotton. Horses of a small, but very 
 active and hardy breed, are reared in 
 great numbers on the banks of the 
 Beema. Fruits of different kinds 
 are abundant and fine, particularly 
 grapes, melons, oranges, and figs. 
 The towns are Jowar, Basseen, 
 Kallianee, and Bombay, below the 
 mountains ; Nassuck, Sungumneer,. 
 Jooneer, Ahmednuggur, Perrainda, 
 Aurungabad, Jalna, and Peytun. In 
 ancient Hindoo geography, this pro- 
 vince, with some others, was included 
 under the general name of Mahrash-
 
 AU 
 
 AV 
 
 17 
 
 ■tin. After its subjugation by the 
 IVIabomcdans, it received successively 
 the names of Dowlutabad, Ahmed- 
 nutjgur, and Aurungabad. Tlie in- 
 liabitants of tliis province are prin- 
 cipally INIahrattas, this being the 
 original country of that people. 
 AURUNGABAD, the capital of the 
 province of Aurungabad, is situated 
 in Lat. 19 deg. 54 min. N., Long. 75 
 deg. 33 min. E. This city was 
 originally named Goorkha, but 
 having become the capital of the 
 province, and the favourite residence 
 of Aurungzebe, when viceroy of the 
 Deccan, it received from him the 
 appellation of Aurungabad. It is a 
 large, well built town, abundantly 
 supplied with water brought in 
 stone conduits from the neighbouring 
 hills, and distributed through pipes 
 into numerous stone reservoirs in 
 every quarter. It has a large and 
 handsome bazar named the IShah- 
 ginj, particularly noted for silks and 
 shawls. Aurungabad is the usual 
 residence of the governor of the 
 northern division of the Nizam's 
 dominions. 
 AURUNGZEBE, or ALUMGIIEEE, 
 one of the descendants of Tamerlane. 
 He reigned at Delhi, as Great Mogul, 
 from IfiGO until 1707, obtaining his 
 place on the throne by imprisoning 
 his father and causing his brother to 
 be murdered or driven into exile. He 
 was a prince of warlike habits, and 
 extended his conquests over the Dec- 
 can, the Carnatic, and the coast of 
 Golconda. Several towns and public 
 ediiices in India owe their origin to 
 this sovereign. 
 AVA. Ava is situated to the east- 
 ward of India. It is bounded on 
 the nortli by Assam; north-easterly 
 by China; east, by Slam; south, ])y 
 Siam and the sea; west, by the 
 sea, Arracan, and Bengal. It is 
 divided into the following chief pro- 
 vinces: — Ava, Tegu, Martaban, Ta- 
 voy, and Tenasserim, of Avhich the 
 latter two are subject to the British 
 government. The province of Ava 
 extends to Tromc, which Avas the 
 c 
 
 southern boundary of the empire 
 ])revious to the conquest of Pegu. 
 Its principal districts are Cossai, Mo- 
 gaong, Ava, and the Shan country. 
 Mogaong borders upon Cossai on the 
 west, and Assam on the north. Ava, 
 so named from the capital, constitutes 
 what was originally the whole ex- 
 tet.t of Burma Proper, and comprises 
 the remainder of the province. 
 The province of Pegu extends south- 
 ward from Prome. Its principal 
 districts are the following: — Prome, 
 larawadi, Ilengawadi, Donabew, 
 Bassein, Negrais, Syriam, Rangoon, 
 Sitong, and Tongo. The provinces 
 of Martaban, Tavoy, and Tenas- 
 serim, follow in succession southward 
 from Pegu, and embrace the whole 
 of the coast from the south side of 
 the Saluen river. The principal 
 rivers are the Irawadee, Kienduem, 
 Saluen, or Martaban river, Pegu 
 river, and Lokiang. This country 
 may be described, in general terms, 
 as consisting of the great valley of 
 the Irawadee, intersected by several 
 other smaller rivers and low hills, 
 and having ranges of mountains 
 along its northern and western sides, 
 Avith another cross range separating 
 it from the Shan country. The 
 inland districts of Pegu arc also 
 generally hilly. The plains and 
 valleys near the rivers are fertile 
 and well cultivated, and yield abun- 
 dance of rice, wheat, and other 
 grains; sugar, tobacco, cotton, and 
 indigo. The tea plant grows in a 
 district to the north of Amrapoora, 
 named Palongmyoo, but its leaf is 
 very inferior to that of the Chinese 
 plant, and is seldom used except for 
 a pickle. The most remarkable 
 product of the country is petroleum 
 oil, an article of universal use 
 throughout the provinces, and af- 
 fording a large revenue to the go- 
 vernment. Tin, antimony, iron, 
 coal, and saltpetre, are also ibund in 
 ditl'erent parts; and it is said that 
 in the mountains of the northern 
 frontier, there are mines of gold, 
 silver, and precious stones; but it
 
 18 
 
 AV 
 
 AV 
 
 does not appear that these have ever 
 been in any great abundance. There 
 are quarries of excellent white marble 
 a few miles from Amrapoora. The 
 forests abound with teak and almost 
 every description of timber known 
 in India. The animals are the same 
 generally as in India, with the ex- 
 ception of the camel, Avhich does not 
 appear to be known to the eastward 
 of India. The elephant abounds 
 most in Pegn, it is sometimes found 
 of a white, or sandy colour, the 
 consequence, it is supposed, of some 
 leprous disease. The w hite elephant 
 holds a very remarkable place in the 
 estimation of the Burmese, who 
 consider it an indispensable part of 
 the royal establishment, and the 
 ■want of one woidd be deemed a sure 
 sign of some great evil about to come 
 upon the country. The residence of 
 the white elephant is contiguous to 
 the royal palace, and connected with 
 it by a long open gallery, at the 
 further end of which a curtain of 
 velvet embroidered with gold con- 
 ceals the august animal from vulgar 
 eyes. Its dwelling is a lofty hall 
 covered with gilding, and supported 
 by numerous gilt pillars. Its fore 
 feet are secured by silver chains, and 
 its hinder ones by chains of iron. 
 Its bed consists of a thick mattress, 
 covered with cloth, over which is 
 spread another softer one covered 
 ■with silk. Its trappings are of 
 gold, studded •with diamonds and 
 other precious stones. Its betel-box, 
 spitting-pot, bangles, and the vessel 
 out of which it feeds, are also of gold, 
 inlaid with precious stones, and its 
 attendants ami guard exceed a 
 thousand persons. It ranks next 
 in honour to the king himself, and 
 all ambassadors attending the court 
 of Ava, are expected to show it 
 their respect by offerings of muslins, 
 chintzes, silks, &c. The horses are 
 small, but very active and hardy; 
 those of Pegu especially are much 
 valued. Amongst the wild fowl, is 
 one named the henza, or braminy 
 goose, the tigure of which is used by 
 
 the Burmese as the symbol of their 
 nation. The principal cities are the 
 following: — In Ava: Umrapoora, 
 Ava, Yandaboo, Pagam, Melloon, 
 and Meeaday, all situated on the 
 banks of the Irawadee. In Pegu: 
 Pronie, on the bank of the Irawadee, 
 Tongo, and Pegu inland, Sarawa, 
 Henza, Donabew, Bassein, Negrais, 
 Syriam, Dalla, and Rangoon, all on 
 the banks of the Irawadee and its 
 branches. In ilartaban : Martaban, 
 Amherst, and iMoulmein. In Tavoy : 
 Tavoy. In Tenasserim: JMegnii. 
 Its inhabitants are composed of the 
 following principal classes : Burmese, 
 properly so called; Cossayans, Ta- 
 liens, or the people of Pegu ; Karens, 
 also inhabitants of Pegu; and Shans. 
 The total population of the empire 
 is estimated at about 3,500,000. In 
 regard to religion, the Burmese are 
 followers of Booddh, whose image is 
 worshipped throughout this country 
 xmder the name of Gaodhma, or 
 Gaotoom. The Booddhist system is 
 not much superior to mere Atheism, 
 as according to it, the world and all 
 its affairs are left to go on as chance 
 may determine, the Deity not taking 
 any concern therein. The Boodd- 
 hists, therefore, offer no Avorship to 
 tlie eternal God, but say, that from 
 time to time men of surprising piety 
 have appeared, who have, in conse- 
 quence, after their death, received 
 power over the living, and these 
 saints are the direct subjects of 
 their worship. This system has, 
 notwithstanding, one advantage over 
 Ilindooism and Mahomedanism, as 
 it leaves the people entirely free, 
 both from the absurd prejudices of 
 caste, and the evil feelings of igno- 
 rant bigotrj^ Christian mission- 
 aries have latterly gone amongst 
 them, and many have embraced the 
 gospel, particularly amongst the 
 Karens. The common language of 
 this country is called the Burman, 
 and is written from left to right in 
 characters of a circular form. The 
 language in which all their religious 
 books arc composed is called the
 
 AV 
 
 EA 
 
 19 
 
 Pali, and is written in the Sanscrit 
 character. The Burmese use the 
 Palmira leaf, and for common pur- 
 poses, the iron stj'le; their religious 
 and other books of value are "written 
 with lacquer, or sometimes with 
 gold and silver, and the leaves are 
 splendidly gilt and ornamented. 
 
 AVADAVAT, a small East Indian 
 bird, with very pretty plumage 
 (brownish black, spotted white), red 
 legs, &c., but no song. They arc 
 much kept by the natives of India in 
 small wicker cages, and are sold in 
 the bazars as pets. 
 
 AVATAE, incarnation; applied to 
 the alleged several appearances of 
 Vislinu, q. v. 
 
 AYACUT, reputed measurement of 
 land ; land in India prepared for cul- 
 tivation. 
 
 AYAH, a lady's maid in India. The 
 Ayah has no innate taste for dress- 
 ing, but can usually plait hair well, 
 and contrives to fasten a hook, and 
 to stick in a pin so that it shall soon 
 come out again. She is often the 
 wife of one of the khedmutgars 
 (q. v.), and then the double wages 
 make the service valuable to the 
 worthy couple. Frcquentlj' she is 
 an Indo-Portuguese woman, and 
 though a sad and ugly drab, is in 
 most respects superior to the 5Ius- 
 siolman woman. 
 
 B. 
 
 BABA LOGUE, literally, in Hindos- 
 tanee, the " children people." It 
 is the name by which the olfspring 
 of Europeans of the higher classes 
 are called by the domestics. 
 
 BABOO, master, sir. A Hindoo title 
 of respect paid to gentlemen. Mer- 
 chants, head clerks, &c., in Bengal, 
 are invariably called Baboos. 
 
 BACKEIIGUNGE, a district of 
 Bengal. 
 
 BAEE, a tea garden, or garden in 
 Assam, where the cultivation of tea 
 is carried on. 
 
 BAFTAII, a coarse description of silk 
 
 mauTifactured at Bhaugulpore, a 
 town on the Ganges. 
 
 BAGDAD, a Turkish town on the 
 banks of the Tigris, where an ofScer 
 of the Indian army, representing 
 English interests, usually resides. 
 
 BAHADOOE, a great person, a pom- 
 pous fellow. 
 
 BAIIAR, a province of India. It is 
 bounded on the north by tlie hills of 
 Nepal; east, Bengal; south, Orissa 
 and Gondwana; west, Gondwana, 
 Allahabad, and Oude. The divisions 
 are Sarun, including Bettia, Tirhoot, 
 Shahabad, Bahar, Boglipoor, Ilam- 
 ghur, including Chota-Nagpoor. 
 The rivers are the Ganges, Gunduk, 
 Kurumnasa, and Sone, all three flow- 
 ing into the Ganges, and many others. 
 The Kurumnasa, though but an insig- 
 nificant stream, is noticed on account 
 of the singular character it bears 
 amongst the Hindoos. They con- 
 sider its waters to be so impui'e, that 
 if a pilgrim, crossing it on his return 
 from BenaiX's, do but touch them, all 
 the sins Avhich the Ganges had 
 washed away, will return upon him 
 doubled. From its northern frontier 
 southward, including Sarnn, Tirhoot, 
 Shahabad, and Bahar, the country 
 in general presents a level open 
 surface, copiously Avatered, and re- 
 markably fertile. There are, how- 
 ever, some low sterile hills scattered 
 through the district of Bahar. Bog- 
 lipoor is occasionally hilly, and 
 towards its eastern frontier moun- 
 tainous and Avoody. Ramghur is 
 mountainous throughout, A'cry 
 rocky, and much covered with 
 jungle. There are liot springs in 
 various parts, and the climate of the 
 northern and central districts is 
 temperate and healthful. Agricul- 
 ture, manufactures, and commerce 
 have alwa3's flourished in this pro- 
 vince; opium may be considered its 
 staple commodity. Its other chief 
 articles of produce are rice of the 
 finest kind, excellent wheat and 
 other grains, sugar, indigo, tobacco, 
 cotton, hemp, pun, castor and seed 
 oils, and a gi'cat variety of flower 
 C2
 
 20 
 
 BA 
 
 BA 
 
 essences, particularly atta, usually 
 called otto of roses, and rose-water. 
 Sarnn abounds in large timber, much 
 used for ship building, and produces 
 a superior breed of cattle. Very 
 good horses are bred in Tirhoot; 
 amongst the wild animals a species 
 of baboon is found in Boglipoor, 
 named the Ilunooman, which is held 
 by the Hindoos as sacred as the cow. 
 IBears also are numerous, and in the 
 hilly parts, tigers, wolves, and 
 hyenas. Large quantities of nitre 
 are supplied from Sarun and 
 Tirhoot, and iron, lead, antimony, 
 and mica are found in Kamghur. 
 The manufactures are principally of 
 cotton goods, and earthenware, in 
 imitation of English crockery. 
 Opium, which has been mentioned 
 as the stajjle of this province, is 
 produced from a species of the 
 poppy. When ripe, a small incision 
 is made in the pod of the flower 
 towards evening, from which the 
 juice distils during the night. In 
 the morning this is scraped oii', and 
 afterwards, being dried in the sun, 
 becomes opium. The towns are 
 Bettia, or Chumpanm, Chupra, 
 Cheerun, MoozufJurpoor, Hajeepoor, 
 Buxar, iXrra, Hotasgurh, Dinapoor, 
 Patna, Bar, Bahar, Daoodnuggur, 
 Gaya, Monghir, Clmmpranuggur, 
 Boglipoor, Eajmahal, Sheergotti, 
 Palamow, liumgarh, and Burwa. 
 The present name of this province is 
 derived from that of the town of 
 Bahar, or Vihar, which is supposed 
 to have been its capital at some 
 former period. In Hindoo writings, 
 the districts north of the Ganges 
 vere called Ma'dhila, and Bahar and 
 Shaliabad were included under the 
 name of Moogadha. The inhabitants 
 of Bahar are Hindoos, including a 
 great number of Brahmuns, and a 
 large iiroportion of INIahomedans; 
 this province having been conquered 
 by them at an early period. The 
 hills of Boglipoor are inhabited by a 
 number of original tribes, living in 
 a very uncivilised state, and in the 
 southern parts of Eamghur are the 
 
 Lurkakoles and other wild moun- 
 taineers. Amongst the Hindoos of 
 tliis province there are a consider- 
 able number of the Sikh sect, and 
 some Jains. The Boglipoor, and 
 other hill tribes in general, have not 
 adopted the Brahminical system, but 
 still follow their original practices. 
 The language is Hindostanee and 
 Moogadhee. The latter, which is 
 the vernacular language of the Hin- 
 doos of the province, does not greatly 
 differ from Hindostanee. 
 
 BAIR (zi:/phus jiijuha), the egg plum. 
 Of this fruit there are several 
 varieties. Originally from Western 
 India and Persia, it is now natu- 
 ralised in all the gardens about Cal- 
 cutta, and in some of the larger 
 towns. The inferior and hedge sorts 
 are met witli all over India. The 
 common wild kind much resembles 
 in shape, colour, flavour, and size 
 an unripe crab-apple, and one would 
 almost suppose that from it a good 
 cider might be made. The better 
 and fine sorts are of the flavour of 
 an inferior apple, or wild plum. 
 They are eaten in large quantities 
 l)y natives of India, by whom the 
 fruit, in all its states, is very highly 
 esteemed, not only when green 
 and ripe, but also when dried and 
 preserved in various ways. The 
 best produce of the wild tree, how- 
 ever, is not its fruit, but the strong 
 and durable silk (Tusser) which it 
 produces. The trees, even in the 
 midst of the tOAvns, are often seen with 
 numbers of worms upon them, and 
 in the districts where the silk is an 
 object of culture, the moths are bred 
 from the cocoons, and the worms fed 
 upon the leaves like silk-worms. 
 'J'hcy are, however, kept in close 
 baskets, being very active, and 
 crawling away fast if left on open 
 spots. The great enemies to the 
 culture are crows and other birds, 
 and ants, Avhich devour the 3'oung 
 caterpillars in all the stages of their 
 growth. 
 
 BAJAREE, a Hindostanee word for 
 the grain called millet.
 
 P.A 
 
 BA 
 
 21 
 
 BAJJA, a band of music— Ilinilos- 
 tanee. 
 
 BAJRA, a grain (holcus spicatus), 
 much used in India in feeding horses 
 and cattle. 
 
 BALAGHAT, the name of the Ceded 
 Districts in soutliern India. Tlie 
 houndaries are, on tlie nortli, the 
 rivers Toombudra and Kistria, sepa- 
 rating it from Bejapoor and Hyder- 
 abad; east, tlie mountains dividing 
 it from the northern Circars, and 
 northern Carnatic; south, Mysore; 
 and west, the Dooab. Its princijjal 
 districts are Doossad, Kurnoul, Adoni, 
 Curamum, Bellary, Gooty, Gundi- 
 cotta, Cuddassa, iSidout, llaidroog, 
 Gurrumconda, and Punganoor. The 
 rivers are the Vedavutti, also named 
 the Hajnee, or Pajnee, flowing north- 
 erly into the Toombudra, twenty 
 miles from Adoni, the Pennar, 
 Toombudra, Kistna, and several 
 smaller streams. This province con- 
 sists for the greater part of an 
 elevated open plain, intersected in 
 different directions by ranges of low 
 hills, and generally very barren of 
 trees. The soutliern portion of the 
 province consists of valleys lying 
 between the eastern mountains, 
 •which extend from Colar to Gurrum- 
 conda, and thence stretch inland to 
 the vicinity of Sera. The soil is 
 remarkably good. The scarcity of 
 trees is not natural, but has been 
 occasioned by the continual passage 
 and encampments of the large 
 armies, by which this province was 
 desolated during tlie constant wars, 
 of which it was Ibrmerly the seat. 
 The climate of this province is 
 intensely hot, and it is much subject 
 to drought, and consequently to 
 famine. Cotton, indigo, sugar, rice, 
 and various dry grains, are the 
 natural productions of this province. 
 Diamond mines arc found cliiefly in 
 the Cuddassa district; all the dia- 
 mond mines in this part of India, 
 •with a few exceptions, lie between 
 the Kistna and Pennar rivers, from 
 which tract the Golconda iliamonds 
 were procured, the district of Goi- 
 
 conJa itself not producing any. The 
 district of Bellary is noted for the 
 manufacture of cumlies. The prin- 
 cipal towns are of the same names as 
 the districts. The word Balaghat 
 means " above the passes," and was 
 first used by the Mahomedans to 
 distinguish the whole of the ujiper 
 country, extending from the Kistna 
 to the southern extremity of Jlysore, 
 from the Paeen Ghat, or country 
 " below the passes." The term 
 " Ceded Districts" was given to the 
 province in 1800, when it was ceded 
 or given up by tlie Nizam of Hyder- 
 abad to the British. The original 
 name of this province was " Karna- 
 tuk, or Karnuta Desum," subse- 
 quently misapplied by both Maho- 
 medans and Europeans to the Paeen- 
 ghat country, to which it is now 
 exclusively appropriated, although 
 no part of the ancient "Kurnata" 
 was below the mountains. With 
 the exception of a few thousand 
 Pathans, the inhabitants of this 
 province arc all Hindoos; generally, 
 they are more robust and active 
 than the people of the Paeenghat 
 countries, and of a bolder character. 
 The total population is estimated at 
 2,200,000. 
 
 BALA-HISSAR, literally, the upper 
 palace, the citadel of a fortified 
 town in central Asia. 
 
 BALA KAMA, the name of a Hindoo 
 god, the brother of Krishna. He 
 was saved from the fury of Consa, 
 by being translated from the womb 
 of his mother into that of another 
 female. He is frecpiently represented 
 as the coadjutor of his brother in his 
 exploits, and his image usually accom- 
 panies that of Krishna in his re-ani- 
 mation (after having been killed) 
 iinder the form of Juggarnath. He 
 married one of the mo3t beautiful old 
 maids of ancient times, of a standard 
 somewhat above tlie usnal size; his 
 wife, Kevati, having been, " at the 
 time of her marriage, 3,888,000 years 
 of age, and so tall, that her stature 
 readied as higl'i as tlie hands clapped 
 seven times could be heard."
 
 22 
 
 BA 
 
 BA 
 
 BALASORE (Balisliwar), the prin- 
 cipal sea-port of the province of 
 Orissa, is situated near tlie moutli 
 of a small river called tlie Boori 
 Balang, in Lat. 21 deg. 32 min. N., 
 Lon. 86 deg. 56 min. E. This was 
 formerly a flourishing town, and at 
 an eai'ly period of tlieir intercourse 
 ■with India, the Portuguese, Dutch, 
 and English had factories here. It 
 is still tlie principal trading place of 
 the province, and is tlie regular re- 
 sort of the Maldive vessels. It has 
 dry docks capable of receiving small 
 vessels, not drawing more than 
 fourteen feet. 
 
 B.^LKH, in Tartary, is situated in 
 Lat. .36 deg. 48 min. N., Lon. 65 deg. 
 16 min. E. It is believed to be one 
 of the most ancient cities in the 
 world. By Asiatics it is commonly 
 designated as the mother of cities, 
 and it is said by them to have been 
 built by Kyamoors, the founder 
 of the iirst empire of Persia. It 
 was long celebrated after the con- 
 quest of the country by Alexander, 
 as the capital of the kingdom of 
 Bactria; and it was the residence of 
 the chief of the Magi, or fire worship- 
 pers of Persia, until conquered by 
 the Jlahomedans about the year 
 710. In the early part of tlie thir- 
 teenth century the city was taken 
 and plundered by the celebrated 
 Jungez Khan; and in the course of 
 the many vicissitudes to which it 
 has since been exposed, it has de- 
 cayed into an insignificant town, of 
 not more than 2,000 inhabitants, 
 though its ruins extend over a cir- 
 cuit of aboitt twenty miles. It is 
 remarkable for a great abundance of 
 fruit of various kinds, apricots, for 
 example, being commonly sold at the 
 rate of 2000 for a rupee. Snow 
 is brought from the mountains 
 about twenty miles distant, and 
 sold in the bazar during the sum- 
 mer. 
 BALLAKHAXEH, Persian. Balcony, 
 an upper room, open in front, and 
 cenerally overlooking another and 
 lower apartment. 
 
 BANAS, a river of Guzerat, flowing 
 along the nurth-wcstern frontier into 
 Ilnnn. 
 
 BANDA, isles of. These form a small 
 cluster, situated about 120 miles 
 south-easterly from Amboyna, the 
 principal being the island of Banda. 
 They are almost exclusively appro- 
 priated to the cultivation of the 
 nutmeg, which they produce in great 
 abundance. Tliey belong to the 
 Dutcli, and in their history, inhabit- 
 ants, religion, and language, resemble 
 the Moluccas. 
 
 BANDA is situated in Lat. 25 deg. 
 30 min. N., Long. 80 deg. 20 min. 
 E. This is the modern capital of 
 Bundulkliund, and the residence of 
 the principal British authorities of 
 the district. The cotton of the 
 neighbouring country is of a superior 
 quality. 
 
 BANDICOOT, a very large description 
 of rat common to the East Indies. 
 They grunt like little pigs, which 
 they have sometimes been found to 
 equal in size. 
 
 BANDIES, the name given at Madras 
 to a clumsy description of gig or 
 buggy in very common use. 
 
 BANGALOHE, in the IMysore pro- 
 vince, is a lai'ge fortified town, 
 situated about 200 miles nearly due 
 Avest from flladi'as. It is one of the 
 principal military stations of the 
 Enghsh, and much resorted to by 
 them on account of its climate, which 
 is much more temperate and health- 
 ful than that of tlie low country. 
 The cantonment, which is extensive 
 and well arranged, stands about two 
 miles from the Petta. The fort is 
 weak, and only calculated for defence 
 against a native enemy. There are 
 coarse cloth and silk manufactories 
 at this place. Bangalore is famous 
 for its gardens, which j)roduce a 
 great variety of fruits and excellent 
 vegetables. 
 BANGIIY, Ilindostanee. A slip of 
 bamboo, perhaps five feet in length, 
 which in tlie middle may be four 
 inches in width, the thickness about 
 an inch ; towards the ends it tapers
 
 BA 
 
 BA 
 
 23 
 
 a little, and has shoulders left 
 ■whereby to secure ropes or nets, in 
 vhich are placed two tin boxes or 
 two baskets, made either of rattans, 
 or of reeds, very closely worked, and 
 probably covered with painted can- 
 vas or leather. The bangliy-wallah 
 that is, the bearer who carries the 
 laanghy, supports the bamboo on his 
 shoulder, so as to equipoise the 
 ■baskets suspended at each end. The 
 Ibangliy generally contains the bag- 
 gage of a dawk or palankeen tra- 
 veller. If not overladen, tlie banghy- 
 ■wallah will generally keep pace with 
 the palankeen, the bearer shifting 
 the bamboo from one to the other 
 shoulder as he proceeds. 
 
 BANGLES, armlets or anklets, some- 
 times of silver or gold, sometimes of 
 glass or cane. They are worn by 
 the Hindoo, and Parsee and Mogul 
 women. 
 
 BANKA, buck, beau, rake, debauchee, 
 and much else which it is difficult to 
 define, save that to these explana- 
 tions we may not unfrequently add 
 the term blackguard. They are a 
 species of dare-devils in Mahometan 
 society, who pride themselves in their 
 dress, which is extravagant to a 
 degree, their profuse expenditure, 
 and their prowess iu love and fight- 
 ing. They are, of course, generally 
 young men, and to ape them and their 
 manners is the fashion with youths 
 of family. 
 
 BANKOK. This town, Avhich became 
 the capital of Siam on the capture of 
 Yoodia, is situated on the banks of 
 the Menam, in Lat. 13 deg. 40 mln. 
 N., Lon. 101 deg. 10 min.^E. It is 
 the chief sea-port of Siam, and is a 
 busy flourishing town, containing 
 about 40,000 inhabitants. It is 
 built almost entirely of wood, the 
 houses being all raised upon posts, 
 so as to i)lace them above the rise of 
 the tide and the periodical inunda- 
 tions. The greater part of the 
 town floats upon the river, the houses 
 being constructed upon bamboo 
 rafts, and moored in rows of ten or 
 more from each bank. The popu- 
 
 lation forms a mixed assemblage of 
 Siamese, Burmese, Shans, Malays, 
 and Ciiinese, the last amounting to 
 a half of the whole number. The 
 principal manufactures are in tin, 
 iron, and leather, carried on entirely 
 by Chinese artisans. Nearly all 
 the junks used iu the eastern trade 
 are built here. 
 BANYAN, a Hindoo merchant, shop- 
 keeper, or confidential cashier and 
 broker. The term is used in Bengal 
 to designate the native who manages 
 the money concerns of the European, 
 and sometimes serves him as an 
 interpreter. At Madras the same de- 
 scription of person is called a Dubash, 
 a corruption of Dwl bashi, one who 
 can speak two languages. Some ban- 
 yans usurp the designation of dewan, 
 which should imjily an extensive 
 delegated power; that oflace, under 
 the emperors of Hindostan, and even 
 now in the courts of Lucknow, 
 Hyderabad, &c., being confidential, 
 and never bestowed but on persons 
 in high favour. The banyans are 
 invariably Hindoos, possessing in 
 general very large property, with 
 most extensive credit and influence. 
 So much is this the ease, that Cal- 
 cutta was, some years ago, absolutely 
 under the control of about twenty or 
 thirty banyans, who managed every 
 concei'n in which they could find 
 means to make a profit. It is incon- 
 ceivable what property was in their 
 hands ; they were the ostensible 
 agents in every line of business, 
 placing their dependents in the 
 several departments over which 
 themselves had obtained dominion. 
 Was a contract to be made Avith 
 government by any gentlemen not 
 in the company's service, these be- 
 came the securities, under the con- 
 dition of receiving a per ccntage, and 
 of appointing their friends to such 
 duties as might control the principal, 
 and save themselves from loss. When 
 a person in the service of the com- 
 pany was desirous of deriving benefit 
 from some contract, in the disposal 
 of which he had a vote, and which,
 
 24 
 
 BA 
 
 BA 
 
 consequent!}', lie could not obtain in 
 his own name, then the banyan 
 became the principal, and the donor 
 either received a share, or derived 
 advantage from loans, &c., answering 
 his purpose equally well. The same 
 person frequently Avas banyan to 
 several European gentlemen, all of 
 ■whose concerns were, of course, accu- 
 rately known to him, and thus be- 
 came the subject of conversation at 
 those meetings the banyan of Cal- 
 cutta invariably held, and do yet 
 hold, after the active business of the 
 day has been adjusted. A banyan in- 
 Tariably goes attended by several un- 
 derling sircars, liirharalis. Sec. He, to a 
 certain degree, rules the office, enter- 
 ing it generally with little ceremony, 
 making a slight obeisance, and never 
 divesting himself of his slippers: a 
 privilege which, in the eyes of the 
 natives, at once places him on a foot- 
 ing of equaUty with his employer. 
 Of late 3'ears, however, the power of 
 the banyan has diminished greatly; 
 for, if we except a few large concerns, 
 such as banking-houses and the 
 principal merchants, who, having 
 valuable cargoes on hand, are each 
 under the necessity of retaining one 
 of these people, for the purpose of 
 obtaining cash to make up pay- 
 ments, or to furnish advances to 
 indigo factors, &c. It cannot, how- 
 ever, be denied that many specula- 
 tions are carried on by the aid of 
 banyans, which, but for the strength 
 of their resources, could never have 
 been attempted. We owe our present 
 extended trade in the fabrics of Dac- 
 ca, &c., in the sugar of the western 
 and northern districts, in indigo 
 throughout the country, and numer- 
 ous other branches of connnerce, to 
 the support given by this class to 
 such gentlemen as appeared to them 
 likely to succeed. 
 BANYAN THEE. This tree is com- 
 mon tin-oughout Indi;u Its branches 
 are nearly horizontal, and they send 
 fortli great numbers of roots, which, 
 ■when tliey reach the ground, soon 
 grow, and act as supports to the 
 
 branches. Tliere are some trees of 
 this description whose ponderous 
 branches have extended themselves 
 for many yards in every direction, 
 and unless supported by these smooth 
 columns formed of their own roots,, 
 would probably soon fall. When 
 these roots descend from branches 
 overhanging a jtublic road, it becomes 
 necessary, when they have descended 
 so low as to be Avithin reach, to 
 twist several of them together, and 
 in this way, by tying them with a 
 rope, to give them a slanting direc- 
 tion, till they are sufficiently long 
 to reach the earth at the other side 
 of the road. Thus the road actually 
 passes through between the roots of 
 the tree. The wood is of little ser- 
 vice, being coarse and soon decay- 
 ing. 
 BARAHAT, a town situated on the 
 Ganges, in Lat. 30 deg. 35 min. N., 
 Long. 78 deg. 22 min. E., is the 
 modern capital of the province of 
 Gurral 
 BARAilAIIAL. This province is 
 bounded on the north by Mysore and 
 Central Carnatic; east, by Central 
 Carnatic; south, by Salem; and 
 west, by IMysore. Its principal 
 rivers are the Palar and the Panar» 
 This is a small province, situated 
 among the Eastern Mountains. It 
 is generaUy of a Avild, irregular 
 appearance, and in former times 
 was thickly studded with formidable 
 hill forts. The valleys produce rice 
 and other grains, but the articles 
 principally cultivated are dry seeds, 
 vegetables, and plantations of cocoa- 
 nuts and palms. The manufactures 
 are coarse, and consist of little be- 
 sides inferior cumlies, and cottoa 
 cloths. The principal towns are 
 Venkatagherry, Satgurh, Oossoor, 
 Sooloogherry, Vaniambadd}', Eut- 
 nagherry, Kistnagherry, llyacotta, 
 Tripatoor, and Allambaddy. 
 BARA ROOPA, a class of men whose 
 profession it is to disguise them- 
 selves, and most admirably do they 
 effect it. For this reason they are 
 often employed as spies with the
 
 BA 
 
 BA 
 
 25 
 
 Indian army, and it is next to im- 
 possible to detect them. 
 
 BAREILLY, a large town, and for- 
 merly the capital of one of the 
 Rohilla chiefs, situated in Lat. 28 
 deg. 23 min. N., Long. 79 deg. 16 
 min. E. Amongst other manufac- 
 tures it is noted tor brass water-pots, 
 carpets, and cabinet work. 
 
 BAREKILLAH, a Persian exclama- 
 tion in constant colloquial use, lite- 
 rally signifying "Good God!" "Praise 
 be to ^God!" "Excellent!" "Well 
 done!" " Bravo!"' 
 
 BAROCH, or BROACH, is situated on 
 the north bank of the Narbudda, 
 about twenty -five miles from the 
 sea, in Lat. 21 deg. 46 min. N., Long. 
 73 deg. 14 min. E. At an early 
 period this place is noticed in history 
 as a very flourishing seaport. It has 
 since much declined, but still carries 
 on a considerable coasting trade. Its 
 present population is estimated at 
 about 30,000 inhabitants, including 
 a large proportion of Banyans and 
 Parsees. 
 
 BARODA is situated in Lat. 22 deg. 
 21 min. N., Long. 73 deg. 23 min. 
 E. This is the capital of the 
 Gaicowar. It is a large and 
 flourishing town, and contains about 
 100,000 inliabitants. 
 
 BAROONEE, an ample cloak -with 
 sleeves, made to cover tlie whole 
 person. It is worn by the Turks 
 and Persians, and is considered to 
 be a good defence from barooii (rain), 
 ■whence the name takes its deriva- 
 tion. 
 BARRACKPORE is in the province 
 of Bengal ; it is at a distance of 
 about twenty miles from Calcutta. 
 Barrackpore, called by the natives 
 Achanuck (corruiUed from Charnock, 
 the founder of Calcutta, who abided 
 here), consists of a large park and a 
 military cantonment, in the former 
 . of which is the spacious country- 
 house of the Governor-general, wiiile 
 the latter affords accommodation to 
 six regiments of native infantry and 
 the full proportion of officers. Lord 
 ' Auckland established a native school 
 
 at Barrackpore, and left funds for its 
 support. The regiments here, with 
 the artillery at Dum-Dum (seven 
 miles from Calcutta), and tlie troops 
 in Fort William, constitute the pre- 
 sidency division of thejarmy, which 
 is commanded by a general officer, 
 who resides at Barrackpore. 
 
 BASIN, Bengalee. A mixture of 
 orange peel, ground fine on a stone, 
 and mixed with flour made from 
 peas. It is successfully used in 
 cleansing the hair. 
 
 BASSA, a Turicish title of honour 
 bestowed upon governors of pro- 
 A'inces and privy counsellors of the 
 Grand Signor. 
 
 BASSEEN is a seaport, separated 
 by a narrow strait from the island 
 of Salsette, and distant about thirty 
 miles from Bombay. This place 
 was obtained by treaty from the 
 sultaun of Cambay in 1531, by the 
 Portuguese, Avho lost it about 17.50 
 to the Mahrattas, from whom it 
 was subsequently taken by the 
 English. 
 
 BATAVIA is the capital of the island 
 of Java, and of all the Dutch pos- 
 sessions in the east; it is situated 
 on the northern coast, in Lat. 6 deg. 
 8 min. S., Lon. 106 deg. 54 min. E. 
 Its population, of all classes, is esti- 
 mated at about 50,000. It was 
 founded by the Dutch in the year 
 1619. 
 
 BATCIIEET, Ilindostanee for chit- 
 chat. 
 
 BATTA, Ilindostanee. Deficiency, 
 discount, allowance. Also allow- 
 ance to troops in the field. In the 
 garrison troops are allowed half- 
 batta. 
 BATTAS, savage inhabitants of 
 
 Sumatra, q. v. 
 BAUBOOL, a species of mimosa, ge- 
 nerally growing wild all over India. 
 The crooked billets of the Banbool 
 are deservedly in great estimation, 
 and its bark is considered to be, if 
 any thing, superior to that of oak 
 for the tiinncr's use. 
 BAUGDOHE, a leading halter, a 
 strong cotton cord, which the Si/ce,
 
 26 
 
 BA 
 
 BE 
 
 or ghora wallah (groom), in India, fas- 
 tens to the left cheek of tlie bit when 
 leading a horse, and does not loosen 
 until his master lias mounted, when, 
 by drawing a slip knot, the animal 
 is liberated from the groom's control. 
 
 BAWURCHEE (orBABBACHEE), a 
 cook. To small establishments in 
 India he is not essential, for the 
 khedmutgar and miisalchee will 
 there manage the business very cre- 
 ditably between them: and where he 
 is kept, he is i^aid according to his 
 excellence. 
 
 BAZEE ZAilEEN, smidry or miscel- 
 laneous goods. The term is parti- 
 cularly applied to such lands as were 
 exempt from paj^ment of public re- 
 venue, or very lightly rated, during 
 the native rule in the Indian penin- 
 svda. It refers to not only such as 
 are held by Ura'inmns, or appro- 
 priated to the support of places of 
 worship, &:c., but also to the lands 
 held by the officers of government, 
 such as zemindars, canongoes, put- 
 war ries, &C. 
 
 BECHESil! a Persian expression. 
 "By my eyes!" 
 
 BEDEK. Tills province is bounded 
 on the north by Aurungabad and 
 Berar; east, Hyderabad and Gond- 
 wana; south, the Kistna; west, 
 Bejapoor and Aurungabad. The 
 divisions consist of Puthree, Nan- 
 dair, Calliany, Beder, Akulcotta, and 
 Kulburga. Tiie rivers are the Go- 
 davery, Munjera, Beema, Ivistna, 
 and several smaller rivers. The 
 surface of this province is broken 
 and hilly, but not mountainous, 
 generally open, and \cvy jiroductive, 
 but thinly peopled, and consequently 
 not well cultivated; though, under 
 its ancient Hindoo government, it is 
 said to have been exceedingly popu- 
 lous and fruitful. The productions 
 are wheat, cholum, and otlier dry 
 grains, and cotton. The towns are 
 Nandair, Neermul, Calliany, Beder, 
 Akulcotta, and Kulburga. Notwitli- 
 standing its having so long been 
 under a Mahomedan government, 
 this province contains few Maho- 
 
 medans, the inhabitants beingchiefly 
 Hindoos. The junction of three 
 languages takes place in this pro- 
 vince. Northward and westward 
 of Beder, the prevailing language is 
 the Mahratee; northward and east- 
 ward, the Teloogoo; southward and 
 eastward, the Teloogoo; and south- 
 ward and westward, the Kanarese. 
 
 BEDER, the capital of the province of 
 Beder, and formerly of the Bhamenee 
 empire, is situated in Lat. 17 deg. 
 49 min. K, Lon. 77 deg. 48 min. E. 
 The present town of Beder was built 
 near the ruins of the old Hindoo 
 city of the same name, by Ahmed 
 Shah Bhamenee about the year 
 1440, and was called by him Ahmed- 
 abad. It was noted for works of 
 tutenague inlaid with silver, such as 
 hookah bottoms, and similar articles, 
 which are still denominated Beder« 
 ware. 
 
 BEDOUINS, Arabs, who constantly 
 live in tents. They wander over the 
 whole of Turkey, Persia, Arabia, 
 Egypt, and Syria. They recognise 
 no government but that of their own 
 sheik or superior. 
 
 BEEANA stands on the banks of the 
 Ban-Gunga, in Lat. 26 deg. 57 min. 
 N., Lon. 77 deg. 8 min. E. It is a 
 large and flourishing town, and was 
 the capital of the province before 
 Agra. 
 
 BEEGAH, or BIGGAH, a land 
 measure, varying in different parts 
 of India. In the west it measures 
 3025 square yards; in Bengal, 1600 
 square yards; in Malw, or Central 
 India, nearly two roods. 
 
 BEENA, the musk deer. This little 
 animal, which inhabits the Himalaya 
 range, seems to have puzzled the 
 savans, who find a difficulty in plac- 
 ing it, and it generally stands be- 
 tween the lamas and the deer. The 
 musk is timid and solitary; the male 
 and female are hardly ever seen to- 
 gether; but if one is found in a kud 
 or dell, it is very likely the next 
 kud Mill contain its mate. It is 
 supposed the musk is for the purpose 
 of enabling them to rejoin each other
 
 BE 
 
 BE 
 
 27 
 
 at night, for their liabits are noc- 
 turnal. None of the other musk 
 deer species have tlie bag or poucli 
 peculiar to the male of this animal, 
 and at some seasons of the year, and 
 far to the north of Thibet, the con- 
 tents of the bag, even of this species, 
 are almost inodorous. 
 
 BEGLEEBEY, a Turkish title, mean- 
 ing lord of lords, a title equivalent to 
 duke or prince. 
 
 BEGUil, a Hindoo lady, princess, 
 woman of high rank. 
 
 BEJAGUR is a large hill fort, si- 
 tuated in the Satpoora mountains, 
 in Lat. 21 deg. 36 min. N., Lon. 75 
 deg. 40 min. E. This was the ca- 
 pital of the old Hindoo province of 
 Neemar, and was subsequently that 
 of the Mooghul province of Khan- 
 desh, until supplanted by Boorhan- 
 poor. 
 
 BEJAPOOE. Thisprovince is bounded 
 on the north by Aurungabad; east, 
 Aurungabad and Beder; south, tlie 
 Dooab; and west, the sea. Its 
 principal divisions are Sattara and 
 Kolapoor, the former composing tlie 
 present dominions of tlie Maliratta 
 rajah, tlie latter belonging to a petty 
 chief, styled tlie Kolapoor rajah; 
 and on the coast, the northern and 
 southern Konkan. The rivers are 
 Beema, Kistna, Gutpnrba, and some 
 others. In the vicinity of the moun- 
 tains, along its western boundary, 
 this province is very hilly, and 
 thickly wooded ; eastward it becomes 
 more level and open. The produc- 
 tions are cholum, maize, gram, 
 and other dry grains, with a small 
 proportion of rice, cotton, and 
 sugar. The principal towns are 
 Colaba, Poona, Sevcrndroog, Sattara, 
 Sholapoor, Rutuagherry, Kolapoor, 
 IVIerrich, Bejapoor, Vingorla, and 
 Goa. 
 
 BEJAPOOR, called by old European 
 writers " Viziapour," is situated in 
 about 17 deg. N. Lat., and 76 deg. 
 E. Lon. This was in former times 
 one of the largest cities in Asia, the 
 fort measuring not less than eiglit 
 miles round the outside. At pre- 
 
 sent, it is almost entirely in ruins, 
 but there remains enougli to show 
 that the place was, originally, of 
 great magnitude. It contained 
 numerous handsome edifices, many 
 of them are still in good order. 
 Of these, the principal are the mau- 
 soleum an<l musjid of Ibraheem 
 Adil Shah, and the mausoleum of 
 Mahomed Shah. The latter is a 
 plain square building, surmounted 
 by a dome of 350 feet in circum- 
 ference, the largest in India, and 
 visible from the village of Kunnoo, 
 fourteen miles distant. Bejapoor 
 was the capital of the Mahomedan 
 kingdom of that name. 
 
 BEKTEE, or COCKUP, a fish of the 
 Indian seas, which very strongly re- 
 sembles the jack, and grows to an 
 enormous size. The average size at 
 which they are brought to market 
 may be from eighteen to thirty in- 
 ches in length ; and their weight 
 from two to ten or twelve pounds. 
 They flake like cod, to which, also, 
 their flavour greatly assimilates. 
 
 BELATEE, or'Velagut, Hindostanee 
 for foreign, European. 
 
 BELGAUM, or Shapoor Belgaum, is 
 a large flourishing town in the Dooab, 
 or southern ilahratta country, well 
 situated in an elevated plain in Lat. 
 15 deg. .02 min. N., Lon. 74 deg. 42 
 min. E. It consists of two distinct 
 towns, Helgaum, which has a strong 
 well-built fort, and Shapoor. Amongst 
 the inhabitants of Belgaum are many 
 of the .Jain sect. 
 
 BELINGAIIA, the Cingalese name 
 for the Bilimbi tree. The tree 
 grows in the island of Ceylon to 
 about twenty feet in height, and has 
 small leaves. The fruit springs 
 immediately out of the trunk, and 
 is seldom more than an inch and a 
 half long. The blossom is like the 
 " London I'ride." It bears twice a 
 year, in January and INFay. 
 
 BELLAEY, the ca])ital of the province 
 of B;daghat (the Ceded Districts), is 
 situate(Hn about 15 deg. N. Lat., and 
 77 deg.* E. Long. It has a small 
 hill fort and a fortiticd pettah.
 
 28 
 
 BE 
 
 BE 
 
 About 30 miles N. W. from Bellar}' 
 are the ruins of tlie ancient Hindoo 
 city of Anagoondee, or Bijanagur 
 (VijayaniiiTgur), formerly the capital 
 of the Hindoo Empire of Kurnata, 
 already noticed in the account of 
 Bejapoor. 
 
 BELLI, literally (in Persian) "Yes;" 
 but colloquially used as an expression 
 of acquiescence, or an exclamation of 
 gratified surprise. 
 
 BELOOCHEE, an inhabitant of Be- 
 looehistan. 
 
 BELOOCHISTA^\ Beloochistan lies 
 to the north-westward of Hindostan. 
 It is bounded on the north by Persia 
 and Afghanistan; east by Afghan- 
 istan, and the Brahooee mountains, 
 separating it from Sind; south, by 
 the sea; and west, by Persia. Its 
 chief divisions are iShawl, Kelat, 
 Kuch-Gundava. formerly called Se- 
 Tvistan, and Alukran. The general 
 character of this country is moun- 
 tainous, and its climate in M-inter, in 
 the northern parts, intensely cold, 
 the snow lying deep, even in the 
 valleys, from the end of Koveraber 
 to the beginning of February. The 
 soil is generally sandy, stony, and 
 arid, but there are occasional tracts 
 of great fertility. Kuch-Gundava, 
 in particular, was formerly much 
 celebrated as a very populous and 
 well-cultivated district, though now, 
 from the prevalence of light drifting 
 sand, almost desert. Its productions 
 are in general the same as those of 
 Afghanistan and Sind. Wheat, bar- 
 ley, and other grains, but no rice. 
 Fruits of all kinds, both European 
 and Asiatic. Sheep and cattle are 
 numerous, and camels and horses in 
 abundance. The woods are princi- 
 pally the apoor. resembling the teak, 
 tamarind, and the babool. The date 
 also grows in the plains. Slinerals of 
 all descriptions are said to be found in 
 different parts, but our information 
 on this subject is as yet defective. 
 The greyhounds of this country are 
 excellent, and are bred with great 
 care by the Eeloochese, who hold 
 them in great estimation. The prin- 
 
 cipal towns are Kevetta. in Shawl; 
 Kelat, Dadur, Bhag, and Gundava, ia 
 Kuch-Gundava; andKedje, in Muk- 
 rau. The inhabitants are called by 
 the general name of Beloochees. 
 They are composed of two great di- 
 visions, the one named Beloochee, 
 the other Brahooee, and both sub- 
 divided into a number of smaller 
 tribes and families. There are also 
 many Hindoo and Afghan settlers, 
 and a tribe called Jats, who appear 
 to be descended from the original 
 Hindoo inhabitants of the country 
 converted to IMahomedanism. In 
 religion, both Beloochees and Bra- 
 hooees are Mahomedans of the 
 Soonnee sect. 
 
 BENARES is situated on the northern 
 bank of the Ganges, in Lat. 25 deg. 
 30 rain. N., Long. 83 deg. 1 niin. E. 
 This is considered to be the largest 
 and most populous city in Hin- 
 dostan, its population (consisting of 
 all classes, including natives of all 
 parts of India, with considerable 
 numbers of Turks, Tartars, Persians, 
 and Armenians), being estimated at 
 not less than 700,000 persons. It is, 
 however, very badly built, the streets 
 being extremely narrow, and the 
 whole town remarkably dirty. By the 
 Hindoos it is usually styled Kusee, 
 or " the splendid," and according 
 to the Brahminical legends, it was 
 originally constructed of gold, which 
 in consequence of the wickedness of 
 the people became stone, and latterly 
 has degenerated into mud and 
 thatch. The city, with the surround- 
 ing country for ten miles distance, 
 is held by the Hindoos to be sacred, 
 and it is resorted to by great numbers 
 of pilgrims. Many chiefs of distant 
 provinces, who cannot visit it in 
 person, are accustomed to send 
 deputies thither to wash away their 
 sins for them by proxy. It is a 
 place of considerable commerce, and 
 a noted mart for diamonds procured 
 chiefly from Bundulkhund. 
 
 BENCOOLEN, or Fort Marlborough. 
 It lies on the south-Avestern coast of 
 the island of Sumatra, and formerly
 
 BE 
 
 BE 
 
 29 
 
 ■belonged to the English, who made 
 a settlement there in 1685, but in 
 1825 it Avas given over to the 
 Dutch. 
 BENGAL, a large province in the East 
 Indies; its boundaries are, nortli, 
 Nepal and Bootan; east, Assam and 
 Arracan ; south, Arracan, the Bay of 
 Bengal, and Orissa; west, Bahar. Ex- 
 clusive of the dependent states, Avhich 
 ■will be separately noticed, the prin- 
 cipal divisions of this extensive pro- 
 vince are the following: Purnea, 
 Eungpoor, Dinajpoor, Mymoonsing, 
 Silhet, Beerbhoon), IMoorshedabad, 
 Eajshahee, Dacca- Julahpoor, Burd- 
 M-an, Jungal Mahals, Midnapoor, 
 Hoogly, Twenty-four Purgannas, 
 Kuddea and Jessoor, Bakergtmj, 
 Tippera, and Chittagong. The 
 rivers are the Ganges, Hoogly, 
 Teeta, Brahmapootra, and numerous 
 others. Along the whole northern 
 frontier of this province there runs 
 a bed of low land from ten to twenty 
 miles in breadth, covered with the 
 most exuberant vegetation, particu- 
 larly aujaerga grass, wliich some- 
 times grows to the height of thirty 
 feet, and is as thick as a man's wrist, 
 mixed with tall forest trees. Beyond 
 this Ixjit rise the lofty mountains of 
 Northern Hindostan. Eastward of 
 the Brahmapootra are other ranges 
 of mountains, and along the west- 
 ward and south-westward of Beerb- 
 hoom and Midnapoor. the country 
 becomes hilly und broken. The 
 whole remainder of the province 
 may be described as one immense 
 open plain, intersected in every 
 direction by rivers and jhecls, or 
 small lakes, and liaving large tracts 
 subject to annual inundation, forming 
 one of the most fertile countries in 
 the world. 'J'he whole extent of the 
 southern coast, between the Hoogly 
 en the west and the Mcgna on the 
 cast, forming tlie delta of the 
 Ganges, is broken into numberless 
 small marshy islands called the Sun- 
 derbunds, covered with forest, and 
 swarming with tigers of the largest 
 description and alligators. These 
 
 are uninliabited, but are resorted to 
 during the dry season by woodcutters 
 and salt makers, wl;o carry on their 
 trade at the constant hazard of 
 their lives. Latterly, attempts have 
 been made to clear one of tlie prin- 
 cipal of these islands, named Sugor, 
 occupj'ing the south-western corner, 
 but as yet little has been accom- 
 plished. There are hot sulphurous 
 springs in some parts of this pro- 
 vince, and the vicinity of Calcutta 
 is occasionally stibject to slight 
 earthquakes, llice in the greatest 
 abundance, wheat, barley, chenna, 
 and other grains; indigo, cotton, 
 silk, hemp, tobacco, opium, sugar, 
 mustard, ginger, madder, lac, dyeing 
 and medicinal drugs and gums, 
 various seed oils, betel, wax, ivory, 
 iron, saltpetre, limestone, shell lime, 
 coal, and salt. Its manufiictures of 
 silk, and of muslins, calicoes, and 
 other descriptions of cotton goods, 
 have long been the most celebrated 
 in India. Amongst its fruits are 
 oranges of the finest kind, which are 
 produced in Silhet in such (iuantities 
 that they have been sold at the rate 
 of 1000 for a rupee. The sheep and 
 cattle are small, as are also the 
 horses, of whicli there are some 
 breeds of a remarkably diminutive 
 size. Elephants abound, witli tigers, 
 bears, apes, monkeys, and other wild 
 animals and snakes of all descrip- 
 tions. The rhinoceros is likewise 
 found in this province, chiefly in the 
 northern and north-western parts, 
 and otters are numerous. The silk, 
 of which mention has been made 
 above, comes from a small worm 
 which feeds upon the leaves of the 
 midbcrry tree. The worm, when 
 full grown, spins from its body, like 
 the spider, a fine thread, which it 
 winds round itself so as to form a 
 ball. Tliis ball, which is called a co- 
 coon, is thrown into hot water to kill 
 the worm inside, and then the silk is 
 wound off on a wlicel. If tlie worm 
 be not killed in this way, it changes 
 into a motli, and eating its way out 
 of the cocoon spoils the silk. The
 
 30 
 
 BE 
 
 BH 
 
 towns are Purnea, Eangamathy, 
 Goalpara, Clielonaree, Dinajpoor, 
 Nussiirabad, Silhct Chera Poonjee, 
 Moorsliedabad, Burhampoor, Cossim- 
 bozar, Nattoor, IJacca, Jiircedpoor, 
 Narraiiigunj, Biirdwan, Bankrora, 
 Midnapoor, Jcllasore, Chunder- 
 nagore, Sernmpore, Calcutta, llish- 
 enagur, JMoolec, Burrishol, Lukhi- 
 poor, Romilla, Chittagong, and 
 Cox's Bazar. In Hindoo books 
 this province is generally designated 
 as the Gour or Bunga Desa. The 
 lower part of the province was 
 anciently called Bung, from which, 
 probably, has been derived its pre- 
 sent general appellation of Bungalee, 
 or Bengal. The upper parts of the 
 province, not liable to inundation, 
 were distinguished by the term Ba- 
 rindra. The inhabitants are Hin- 
 doos of various classes, and Maho- 
 medans. The Hindoos of the central 
 parts of the province are styled 
 Bengallies, or Bengalese, and are 
 distinguished for their effeminate 
 and timid character, though in 
 ■words, forward and litigious. There 
 are also connected with this pro- 
 Tince several savage tribes, probably 
 the original inhabitants, dwelling in 
 the woods and hills. The principal 
 of these are the Garrows, Cosseahs, 
 or Khasiyas, and Kookees. The 
 prevailing language of the iirovince 
 is called Bengalee, and is written in 
 the Deva-Nagree character. Hin- 
 dostanee, or Ilindee, is also general. 
 BERAR, a province of India. It is 
 bounded on the north b}' Khandesh 
 and Gondwana; east, Gondwana; 
 south, Beder and Aurungabad; west, 
 Aurungabad and Kliandesh. The 
 province is divided into a number of 
 small districts, but which are not 
 sufficiently well defined to be cor- 
 rectly enumerated. The rivers arc 
 the Tuptee, Wurda, Paeen Gunga, 
 and two Poornas. The Wurda and 
 Paeen Gunga both have their 
 sources in this province. The Paeen 
 Gunga'flows easterly into the Wurda, 
 and the Wurda south-easterly, join- 
 ing the Wyne Gunga in Gondwana; 
 
 one Poorna flows westerly into the 
 Tuptee, and the other south-easterly 
 into the Godavery. The principal 
 portion of this province consists of an 
 elevated valley shut in on the south 
 by ranges of hills, extending from 
 Ajuntee to the Wurda; other ranges 
 of hills traverse the province further 
 northward, but the country in 
 general is open. The soil is chiefly 
 of the description designated black 
 cotton, and is naturahy fertile, 
 though, owing to the very disturbed 
 state in which tlie province has long^ 
 been, it is poorly cultivated. The 
 jjroductions are wheat, maize, gram, 
 and other grains; cotton and flax. 
 The bullocks of this province are 
 noted for their size and strength. 
 The towns are Gawilgurh, NarnuUa, 
 Ellichpoor, Mulkapoor, Balapoor, 
 Akola, Oomrawutti, Ajuntee, Jaffur- 
 abad, ]\Iaikher, and IMahoor. 
 
 BERRIARAH, or GURREARAH, 
 a shepherd. Bej'ond the metropolis 
 of India a Berriarah is included 
 among the usual servants attendant 
 upon the out-door concerns of a 
 family. It is a common, and often 
 an unavoidable practice, for up coun- 
 try families to keep their own flocks 
 and herds, or they stand an indif- 
 ferent chance of getting supplied 
 Avith good meat. 
 
 BETEL, the Areka. See Padxsoo- 
 
 PAREE. 
 
 BEY, a Turkish title of nobility. 
 
 BEYA, or BE A S, a river (the Hyphasis 
 of the Greeks), which rises in the 
 Himalayas, and falls into the Sutlej 
 some distance above Ferozepoor. 
 
 BHADON, the fifth month in the 
 Ilindostanee vear. See Bysack. 
 
 BHAGIRUTTEE, the name which 
 the Ganges acquires in the province 
 of Gurwal, where it has its source. 
 
 BHAIRAVA, or BIIYRU, in the 
 Hindoo mythology, is an incarnation 
 or son of Siva, in his destructive 
 character, and Kali. He is a terrific 
 deity, and can only be satisfied by 
 blood. He cut off the fifth head of 
 Brahma with his thumb nail. There 
 are two Bhairavas, the fair and the
 
 BH 
 
 BH 
 
 31 
 
 black (Gora and Hiila), ■who, in the 
 field of battle, are the standard- 
 bearers of their mother. The sable 
 deity is the one most Tirorshipped. 
 The dog is sacred to him, and in 
 sculptures he is commonly repre- 
 sented on one. He is also called 
 Bajranga, or of thunderbolt fame. 
 Under the name of Bhairava, Siva 
 is regent of Kashi (Benares). All 
 persons dying at Benares are entitled 
 to a place in Siva's heaven ; but if 
 any one violate the laws of the 
 Shastre during his residence, Bhair- 
 ava grinds him to death. 
 
 BHAT, boiled rice, the staple food 
 of the natives of Lower India. It is 
 likewise much used by Europeans 
 in that country, in conjunction with 
 fried fish, curried meat, &c. 
 
 BHATA'EEE, in the province of 
 Ajmeer, is the principal town of the 
 Bhattee tribe, and is a i)lace of some 
 antiquity, as it is mentioned as 
 having been taken by Tymoor in 
 1398. It stands on the eastern 
 border of the Great Desert. 
 
 BHATOTUE, from b/iaat, a class of 
 brahmuns ; meaning a maintenance 
 for the bhaat brahmuns . 
 
 BIIATS. Sec Guzerat. 
 
 BHATTEAS, inhabitants of the pro- 
 vince of Ajmeer, or Rajpootana. 
 They were originally shepherds, but 
 have long been noted as a plundering 
 tribe, remarkable for carrying on 
 their depredations on foot, and for 
 the length and rapidity of their ex- 
 cursions. See CuTCH. 
 
 BllATTIAS, a Hindoo tribe, the prin- 
 cipal merchants of the country, 
 actively engaged in trade with 
 Arabia and the west of India. 
 
 BHAUGULrOOIl. The Ganges is 
 here of great breadth. In the rainy 
 season, when tiie waters have risen, 
 the river is not less than eight miles 
 across! The situation of Bhaugid- 
 poor is pretty and healthy. It com- 
 mands a distant view of Mount 
 Mandar, an insidated conical hill, 
 renowned as a place of Hindoo pil- 
 grimage. There are some silk ma- 
 nufactories here, which produce a 
 
 coarse stuff, called baftah, and a 
 lighter silk termed tusser, much 
 used, when stretched upon a frame, 
 for room-punkahs, and also for gen- 
 tlemen's blouses and ladies' morning- 
 dresses. The station is a civil one, 
 but a corps of hill rangers, composed 
 of the Puharees or hill men, is kept 
 up in an excellent state of discipline, 
 to protect the country from banditti, 
 and otherwise to act as the magis- 
 trate may occasionally require. The 
 Puharees, who inhabit the neigh- 
 bouring hills, are not many degrees 
 removed from the savage race. 
 They live chiefly b}'' the chase, and 
 always go armed. They are hospi- 
 table and honest in tlieir intercourse 
 with one another, though accustomed 
 to make predatory inroads upon 
 their neighbours or hereditary foes. 
 Their probity is remai'kable, and 
 they are faithful when employed as 
 servants. They believe in a Supreme 
 Being, to whom they offer up sacri- 
 fices, and have adopted the doctrine 
 of Metempsychosis. 
 
 BHAVAXI, in Hindoo mythology, 
 another form of Parvati. She is 
 nature personified; in which cha- 
 racter she is fabled. Parvati is very 
 generally known under the form of 
 Bhavani among the Jainas, Bhud- 
 das, and other heterodox sects. At 
 Omer Kantuc, near the sources of 
 the Nerbuddah and the Soane, she 
 is fancifully worshipped as Bhavani, 
 under the symbol of Narmada, or 
 the Nerbuddah river. 
 
 BHAY KHELAUT, cost of robes of 
 honour called hlielats. Farms under 
 the Deccan government. A cess, or 
 contribution, was levied to defray 
 the expense of i)roviding such 
 dresses. 
 
 BHEAEER, an annual ^Mahomcdan 
 fete, which takes place at night. It 
 is instituted in honour of the escape 
 of an ancient sovereign of Bengal 
 from drowning, who, as the tradition 
 relates, being upset in a boat at night, 
 would have perished, his attendants 
 being unable to distinguish the spot 
 where he struggled iu thoAvater, had
 
 32 
 
 BH 
 
 BH 
 
 it not been for a sudJcn illumination 
 caused by a troop of beauteous 
 maidens, 'vvlio had simultaneously 
 laimched into the river a great 
 number of little boats, formed of 
 cocoa nuts, garlanded with flowers, 
 and gleaming with a lamp, whose 
 flickering flame each viewed with 
 anxious hopes of happy augury. The 
 followers of the king, aided by this 
 seasonable diflusion of light, per- 
 ceived their master just as he was 
 nearly sinking, exhausted by vain 
 efforts to reacli the shore, and guid- 
 ing a boat to his assistance, arrived 
 in time to snatch him from a watery 
 grave. Tliis is the connnon, though 
 not the universal interpretation of 
 the origin of the festival. Whatever 
 may have been the motive of its 
 institution, the scene which is ex- 
 hibited on the occasion of its cele- 
 bration is exceedingly beautiful. The 
 banks of the Ganges are brilliantly 
 lighted uj) on the evening of the 
 festival, and numerous flights of 
 rockets announce the approach of a 
 floating palace, built upon a raft, 
 and preceded by thousands of small 
 lamps, which cover the surface of 
 the water, each wreathed with a 
 chaplet of flowers. Tlie raft is of 
 considerable extent, formed of plan- 
 tain trees fastened together, and 
 bearing a structure which Titania 
 lierself might delight to inhabit. 
 Towers, gates, and pagodas, appear 
 in fantastic array, liright with a 
 thousand colours, and shining in 
 the light of numberless glittering 
 cressets. 
 BHEELS (Coolies, Eamoosees). The 
 Bheels, a race of people Avho inhabit 
 the northern part of the chain of 
 Ghauts running inland parallel with 
 the coast of Malabar. On one side 
 they are bordered by the Coolies, 
 and on another by the Goands of 
 Goandwana, They are considered 
 to have been the aborigines of Cen- 
 tral India ; and with the Coolies, 
 (joands, and liamoosees, are bold, 
 daring, and predatory marauders ; 
 occasionally mercenaries, but inva- 
 
 riably plunderers. There are, how- 
 ever, many shades of difference in 
 the extent of the depredations of 
 these several people, in which the 
 balance of enormity is said to be 
 considerably on the side of the Bheels. 
 They arc, nevertheless, described as 
 faithful wlicn employed and trusted, 
 and the travellers who pay them 
 their choute, or tribute, may leave 
 untold treasure in their hands, and 
 may consider themselves as safe with 
 them as in the streets of London. 
 " Their word is sacred, their promise 
 imimpeachable." The Bheels are a 
 distinct and original race, claiming 
 a high antiquity, and that they were 
 masters of the fertile plains of India, 
 instead of being confined, as they 
 now are, to the rugged mountains, 
 and almost impenetrable jungles. 
 The Eajpoot princes deprived them 
 of the fairest portions of their coun- 
 try, leaving them the wild and im- 
 cultivated tracts which they now 
 inhabit. The Bheels are divided 
 into many tribes, the chief of which 
 claim a distinct celestial origin, in 
 addition to their common divine de- 
 scent. Some of these tribes have 
 been converted to Mahomedanism, 
 but the larger part of them are pro- 
 fessedly Hindoos. They worship the 
 same deities, but limit their ceremo- 
 nies to propitiating the minor in- 
 fernal deities, [particularly Sita 
 Maya (Shetula), the goddess of the 
 small-pox, M'hom they invoke under 
 various names, in the hopes of avert- 
 ing its dreadful ravages. They pay 
 great reverence to Mahadeo. 
 
 BHEESTY, properly Bihishtee, a wa- 
 ter-carrier. Hanging a " sheepskin 
 on his recreant hip," filled with the 
 fluid obtained from wells, tanks, or 
 rivers, the bheestee supplies water 
 to the domestic establishments in 
 India (pumps being unknown in 
 the houses) and the troops on the 
 line of march. 
 
 BHOGUEWITTEE, from hhogu, en- 
 joyment, possession, and oottin, a 
 maintenance to any person. A Hin- 
 doo grant.
 
 BH 
 
 BH 
 
 33 
 
 BHILSEA, a large town on the east 
 side of the Betiva, about thirty-two 
 miles to the north-eastward of Bho- 
 pal. It is celebrated for the tobacco 
 of the surrounding district, which is 
 carried to all parts of India. 
 
 BHOOJ, the capital of Cutch. It is 
 situated inland in Lat. 23 deg. 15 
 min. N., Lou. 69 deg. 52 rain. E. 
 It is a modern town, having been 
 founded by the Eao of Cutch, about 
 the commencement of the seven- 
 teenth century. It is tolerably well 
 built, and contains about 20.000 
 inhabitants, among Avhom are artists 
 remarkable for their ingenuity in 
 working gold and silver. This town 
 was nearly destroyed in June, 1819, 
 by a severe earthquake. 
 
 BHOOTEAS, inhabitants of Bootant, 
 a division of the province of Ku- 
 maoon in India, q. v. 
 
 BHOOWANI, a town in the pro- 
 vince of Coimbatore, which, being 
 situated at the conflux of the rivers 
 Bhoowani and Cavery, is considered 
 a sacred place, and is in consequence 
 much resorted to by the Hindoos. 
 
 BHOPAL is a JMaliomedan princi- 
 pality, founded in the latter yjart of 
 the seventeenth century by a Pathan 
 cliief, to whom the district was as- 
 signed as a reward for his services 
 by Aurungzebe. His family still 
 continue to hold the government, 
 having succeeded in maintaining 
 their indepemlence against all tlie 
 attacks of the neighbouring ]\Iah- 
 ratta chiefs, without any aid from 
 the English, until 1816, when, in con- 
 sequence of the widely increasing 
 power of the Pindarees, the British 
 government foimd it necessary to 
 take his state under its protection. 
 Bhopal has ever since remained in 
 peace. 
 
 BH(JPAL, a town situated about 100 
 miles to the eastward of Oojein, on 
 the frontier of the province of 
 ]\lalwa, having one gate in Malwa, 
 and the opposite one in Gondwana. 
 It. is the capital of the nabob of 
 Bhopal, but in other respects is not 
 a place of any particular note. 
 
 BHOWANEE, the popular name of 
 one of the Hindoo goddesses, more 
 correctly called Parvati, which see. 
 
 BHOWLEY, the term, as applied to 
 land, used under the native go- 
 vernments of India, where the pro- 
 duce of the harvest is divided be- 
 tween the government and the culti- 
 
 BHOWNUGGUK, a smaU town in 
 Guzerat. 
 
 BHUND MOORG, the jungle cock. 
 This bird is pretty generally known 
 to Indian sportsmen. It is found in 
 almost every part of the country 
 where there is jungle. Being ex- 
 ceedingly shy, and frequenting the 
 thickest cover, an elephant is ne- 
 cessary for this sport, though an oc- 
 casional bird may be shot on foot. 
 The cock weighs about 3lbs. 2oz., 
 being something smaller than the 
 game bird; the hen smaller still, and 
 of a dirty brown colour, except here 
 and there, M'here she shows the game 
 feather. The bills of both are much 
 shorter and more curved than the 
 common or game fowl, and the spurs 
 of the cock much longer and thicker, 
 and he has a peculiarly brilliant fea- 
 ther in the wing, which the other 
 cannot boast of. They occasionally 
 rise in pairs, affording an easy shot, 
 though likely to flurry a young 
 sportsman on first coming across 
 them. 
 
 BIIURRAL, or bunbhera, or nahoor, 
 the wild sheep of the Himalays, is a 
 variety of the ovis unmon, the ar- 
 gali of Siberia, or the Asiatic ar- 
 ffali, and the ovis muswox. 
 
 BHURTPORE, the capital of the 
 Bhurtpore rajah, one of tlie j)rinci- 
 pal Jat Chieftains, is situated in 
 Lat. 27 deg. 17 min. N., Lon. 77 deg. 
 23 min. E. This place is much 
 noted on account of its siege in 1805 
 by the EngUsli, who four times 
 assaulted it, and were repulsed with 
 severe loss. The rajah, however, 
 fearing to continue his resistance, 
 sent his son to the Englisli camp 
 with the keys of the fort, and sub- 
 mitted. This chief, who so gallantly
 
 34' 
 
 BH 
 
 BO 
 
 defeniled his capitnl, died in 1824, 
 and was succeeded by liis son, who 
 jilso died immediately afterwards, 
 leaving a son, then seven years of 
 age, under the guardianship of the 
 mother and an uncle. In 1825, a 
 cousin of the young rajah murdered 
 the uncle, and seized the person of 
 the rajah, on which the British go- 
 vernment being compelled to inter- 
 fere, Bhurtpore was once more at- 
 tacked by the English, and in Janu- 
 ary, 1826, was taken by assault after 
 a siege of six weeks. The town 
 was subsequently restored to its 
 lawful chief. 
 
 BIJANAGUK, on the bank of the 
 Toombudra, in Lat. 15 deg. 14 min. 
 N., Long. 7G deg. 37 min. E. About 
 30 miles north-westerly from Bel- 
 lary, are tlie ruins of the ancient 
 Hindoo city of Bijanagur (Vijaya- 
 nuggur, the city of ^^ctory). Though 
 long uninhabited, except by a few 
 Brahmuns, the numerous pagodas, 
 choultries, and other buildings, com- 
 posed of massive blocks of granite, 
 still in excellent preservation, bear 
 witness to its former grandeur. 
 Amongst other remarkable buildings, 
 there is at a part of the town called 
 " Humpee," a magnificent temple 
 dedicated to Jlahadeva, the gobrum 
 of which is of ten stories, about 160 
 feet in height. Including Anagoondy, 
 on the opposite bank, this celebrated 
 city is said to have been twenty-four 
 miles in circumference. It was 
 founded in the year 1336. 
 
 BIJNEE, a dependency of the pro- 
 vince of Bengal. It adjoins Kooch 
 Bahar, having on the north Bootan; 
 cast, Assam and the Garrows; and, 
 on the south, the Bungpoor district 
 of Bengal. This district is sepa- 
 rated by the Brahmapootra into two 
 divisions, the northern called Khun- 
 taghat, and the southern Ilowraghat. 
 It is fertile, and, if well cultivated, 
 would be a very valuable district, 
 being well Avatered and open, and 
 having an excellent soil. The chief 
 productions are rice, wheat, barley, 
 betel, and sugar. It also possesses 
 
 the mulberry-tree, which, however, 
 has not as yet been made iise of for 
 the rearing of silkworms. The prin- 
 cipal town is Bijnee, situated in Lat. 
 
 26 deg. 29 rain. N., Long. 89 deg. 
 47 min. E. 
 
 BIKANEER, in the province of Aj- 
 meer, is situated in the midst of a 
 very desolate tract of country, Lat. 
 
 27 deg. 57 min. -N., Long. 73 deg. 2 
 min. E. It is a fortified town, and 
 the capital of the rajah. 
 
 BIMLirATAM, a seaport, and place 
 of considerable coast trade in the 
 district of Chicacole, in the Northern 
 Circars. The chief articles of ex- 
 port are cotton cloths, commonly 
 called " piece goods," which are ma- 
 nufactured in various parts of the 
 district. 
 
 BINTANG is a small island, lying off 
 the south-eastern end of Malaya, iu 
 Lat. 1 deg. N., about thirty-five miles 
 in length by eighteen in breadth. It 
 belongs to the Dutch, who have a 
 town there, named Rhio. 
 
 BISHNOTTER (correctly, vishnootter), 
 from Vishnoo and oottur, i. e., a grant 
 of land under the native government 
 of India for the worship of Vishnoo. 
 A Hindoo grant. 
 
 BISMILLAH! Persian. "In the name 
 of God!" an exclamation constantly 
 in the mouths of Mahometans, 
 who pronounce it on all occasions 
 before commencing even the most 
 common operations of life: it is 
 prayer, invocation, blessing. 
 
 BOBBERY, BOBBERY WALLAH, 
 noise, a noisy fellow. The word is 
 properly Bapre. 
 
 BO-GAIIA, the Botree, or "God-tree" of 
 Ceylon. It is considered sacred by the 
 natives of Ceylon, as being the tree 
 under Avhich Budha, when in the 
 island of Ceylon, Avas accustomed to 
 sit and preach to the people, and 
 against Avhich he leaned at his death. 
 Those bogahas that grow near the 
 wiharas, or temples, are generally 
 enclosed Avith stones, to the height 
 of three or four feet, the roots care- 
 fully covered Avith earth, and the 
 space around swept clean. Sometimes
 
 BO 
 
 BO 
 
 35 
 
 the natives carry their veneration 
 for the tree so far, as to erect an 
 altar, or place a table under it, and 
 burn lamps near it, and offer flowers, 
 &c., to it ilaily, as they do to the 
 images of Budha. If they find one 
 of these trees in the jungle, the place 
 is cleared round it, and it is pro- 
 tected with iis much care as those 
 uear the temples. It is held to be a 
 vcrk of great merit to plant these 
 trees, as he who does so is sure to 
 enjoy heavenly beatitude hereafter. 
 It grows to a great height, and has 
 long spreading branches. 
 BOKHARA, in Tartary. It stands 
 about six miles from the southern 
 or left bank of the Zur-Ufshan, in 
 Lat. 39 deg. 43 min. N., Long. 64 deg. 
 30 min. E. This is a city of great 
 antiquity, and particularly celebrated 
 amongst the Mahomedans from 
 its having been at an early period 
 conquered and converted to their 
 faith. On this account, as well as 
 because of the number of learned 
 men whom it produced, its Jlaho- 
 medan rulers gave it the title of 
 slmreff, or holy, by which name it 
 poon became distinguished in the 
 cast. It w^as for many centuries a 
 very rich and populous city, but in 
 common with all other places under 
 jMahomedan rule, it has undergone 
 many changes, and has long cdased 
 to be of any importance. The pre- 
 sent city is about eight miles in cir- 
 cumference, and is surrounded by a 
 vail having twelve gates. It has a 
 great many mosques with lofty mina- 
 rets, particularly the Great Mosque, 
 part of which was built by the re- 
 nowned Tymoor, besides colleges of 
 various kinds, said to be 306 in num- 
 ber, frequented by students from all 
 parts oi the country. It has a popu- 
 lation of about 1. '50,000, including 
 about 4000 Jews of a remarkably 
 handsome race, emigrants from Me- 
 fchid in Persia, and about 300 Hin- 
 doos, chiefly Shikarpoorees from 
 Hind. In this city may be found 
 Persians, Turks, Kussians, Tartars, 
 Chinese, Afghans, and Indians, all 
 
 assembled together in tlie same 
 bazars. This city is remarkable for 
 the prevalence of guinea-worm, 
 nearly one-fourth of its population 
 being attacked by it in the course 
 of every year. 
 
 BOLAUK, a nasal trinket, worn by 
 native Indian women; it is fiat, and 
 has a small ring, with hook and eye, 
 at its narrowest part, for the pur- 
 pose of appending it to the middle 
 of the nose, by means of a gold ring 
 passing through the septum, or divi- 
 sion between the nostrils; the orna- 
 ment lying fiat upon the upper lip, 
 and having its broad end furnished 
 with pendants. It is inconceivable 
 what the Hindoo women undergo for 
 the sake of displaying their riches in 
 this way. Not only does the holaitk 
 interfere with the operations of the 
 lips during meals, but ulcers of the 
 most unsightly description are often 
 created in that very tender part to 
 which the ornament attaches. 
 
 BOLEAH, a small covered boat, used 
 on the Ganges. 
 
 BOMBAY, in the province of Aurung- 
 abad, is the third principal Eng- 
 lish town in India. It is situated in 
 Lat. 18 deg. 50 min. N.,Long. 72 deg. 
 57 min. E., on a small island, about 
 ten miles in length and three in 
 breadth, lying south of Salsette, from 
 which it was formerly separated by 
 an arm of the sea about 200 yards 
 across, but now communicating witli 
 it by a causeway, which was com- 
 pleted in 1805. The first European 
 settlement here was formed by the 
 Portuguese, Avho acquired possession 
 of the island in 1530, from the chief 
 of Tanna in Salsette. In 1601 the 
 Portuguese ceded it to the English. 
 It is a place of very extensive com- 
 merce with every part of the world. 
 Its harbour is the best in India, 
 and its dockyards large and good. 
 Vessels of the largest size, as well 
 for the British navy, as for the mer- 
 chant service, are built here by I'ar- 
 see sliipwrights, ))erl'cctly equal to 
 those constructed in tin- dockyards 
 of England. The population of thu 
 i>2
 
 36 
 
 BO 
 
 BO 
 
 town of Bombay is estimated at 
 200,000 persons, comprising a mixed 
 multitude of Hindoos, Parsees, Ma- 
 liomeduns, Portuguese, Jews, and 
 a few Armenians. About five miles 
 eastward from Bombay is a small 
 island named Klephanta, in which 
 is a remarkable cave, formerly 
 used as an idol-temple. It is 
 eiiihteen feet high, fifty-five feet 
 long, and as many broad, and is 
 filled with large idols, of whicli the 
 principal is a colossal Trimoorti, 
 or three-formed figure, combining 
 Brahma, Vishnoo, and Siva. The 
 cavern is not now used as a place of 
 worship. Near the landing-place, 
 leading to the cavern, is a large ele- 
 phant hewn out of the rock, from 
 which the Portuguese gave the island 
 its present name. Ihere are also 
 other remarkable excavations at 
 Kanneri in Salsette. 
 
 BOONDEE, a handsome, well built 
 city, in Lat. 25 deg. 28 min. N., 
 Long. 75 deg. 30 min. E., the resi- 
 dence of the rajah of the district, in 
 the province of Ajmeer. 
 
 BOOKHANPOOE, formerly the capi- 
 tal of the province of Khandesh, 
 is situated in a fine plain on the 
 banks of the Tuptee, in Lat. 21 deg. 
 19 min. N., Long. 76 deg. 18 min. E. 
 This is one of the largest and best 
 built cities in the Deccan, and abun- 
 dantly supplied by water brought 
 into the town by aqueducts, and 
 distributed through every street, 
 the stream being conveyed at a 
 certain depth below the pavement, 
 and the water drawn up through 
 apertures by means of leather 
 buckets. The grapes grown in the 
 vicinity of this town and Asseergurh 
 are considered the finest in India. 
 
 BOORRAUK, a proper name in Persia 
 for a swift horse. Literally, "light- 
 ning." 
 
 EGOS A, chopped straw; food given to 
 cattle in India. 
 
 BOOSSAH (Hindostanee), chaff, 
 
 BOOTAN. The province of Bootan is 
 adjacent to the northern frontier of 
 the province of Bengal. It is bounded 
 
 on the north by the Himalaya moun- 
 tains separating it from Thibet; east, 
 by China; south by Assam, and the 
 frontier districts of Bengal; and 
 west, by the river Teesta, separating 
 it from Sikkim. It has no divisions 
 worthy of particular notice. Its 
 rivers arc numerous. Tlie principal 
 are the Teesta, on the west ; the 
 Gudhadhur towards the centre; and 
 Monas or Goomarce, to the eastward; 
 all flowing from the Himalaya range, 
 the Teesta into the Ganges in the 
 province of Bengal, the others into 
 the Brahmapootra. The northern 
 portion of this country consists of 
 an irregular assemblage of lofty 
 mountains known by the general 
 appellation of Tangustan, some co- 
 vered with snow, others clothed with 
 fo;-ests. Amongst these are popu- 
 lous villages, surrounded by orchards 
 and plantations; at the base of the 
 liills, towards the Bengal frontier, is 
 a plain of about twenty-five miles in 
 breadth, covered with luxuriant ve- 
 getation, and marshy forests abound- 
 ing with elephants and rhinoceroses. 
 From its mountainous character the 
 climate of Bootan varies greatly, 
 the inhabitants of the more elevated 
 parts shivering with cold, while a 
 few miles lower down the jjeople are 
 oppressed by intense heat. Every 
 favourable spot is cultivated, the 
 sides of the mountains being indus- 
 triously cut into terraces. Its prin- 
 cijial productions are wheat and 
 other grains, numerous fruits and 
 vegetables, including peaches, apri- 
 cots, strawberries, and other fruits; 
 bees' wax, Ivor}", and coarse woollen 
 manufactures. In the forest there is 
 a variety of useful timber, such as 
 the ash, birch, yew, pine, and fir, the 
 last growing to a considerable size; 
 and the hills yield abundance of 
 limestone. Wild animals are not 
 numerous, with the exception of 
 those m the low country. Monkeys 
 of a large and handsome kind 
 abound, and are held sacred. Bootan 
 has also a peculiar breed of horses, 
 noted for strength and activity. They
 
 BO 
 
 BO 
 
 37 
 
 are small and short-bodied, seldom 
 exceeding thirteen hands in height, 
 but remarkably well proportioned, 
 and commonly piebald. They are 
 known in India by the name of Tan- 
 gun, or Tanyan, from Tangustan 
 tlieir native country, and numbers of 
 them are brought to llungpoor for 
 sale by the annual caravans from 
 Bootan. The principal towns are 
 Tassisudon, Poonukka, and Wandi- 
 poor, towards the north, and Dellam- 
 cotta, Lukheedwar, Bukhsheedwar, 
 and Kuchboobaree, lying along the 
 eouthern hills, nearly in a line from 
 ■west to east. The inhabitants are 
 styled Bhootiyas, or Bootanners. 
 They are part of a numerous tribe 
 of Tartar origin, which has peopled 
 the greater part of the mountainous 
 tract bordering upon the Himalaya 
 range. In features they resemble 
 tlie Chinese, and like the Chinese 
 they are remarkable for cowardice 
 and cruelty, though in person a very 
 robust and active race. Their wea- 
 pons are chiefly bows and arrows, 
 and swords; their arrows Ixiing gene- 
 rally poisoned. They have also fire- 
 arms, but of a very inferior kind. 
 There are also some thousands des- 
 cendants of Bengalese and Assamese. 
 The total population is believed not 
 to exceed 150,000. The government 
 of this country is of a very peculiar 
 cliaracter. There are in fact two 
 sovereigns, one styled the Dehor 
 Deva rajah, who exercises all the 
 real authority; and a second,- styled 
 the Dhurma rajah, who is the 
 legitimate sovereign. The Dhurma 
 rajah, however, being considered 
 a sacred person, and an actual 
 incarnation of tlie Deity, never 
 interferes in any but religious mat- 
 ters, leaving every thing else to 
 the Deva rajah, who is nominally 
 his deputy. The religion of Bootan 
 is the Booddhist system of Thibet, 
 or, as it i> termed, the lama religion. 
 3-\)ur (lillL-reiit diulei-ts are spoken in 
 diifcrent parts of this country. The 
 whole are generally designated as tlie 
 Bhootiya language, and it is believed 
 
 to be derived from the language of 
 Thibet. 
 
 BORAS, a singular class of men found 
 in all the larger towns of Guzerat, 
 and in parts of Khandesh and the 
 adjacent provinces, who, although 
 Mahomedans in religion, are Jews 
 in features, manners, and character. 
 They form everywhere a distinct 
 community, and are noted for their 
 skill in trading and their extreme 
 devotion to gain. They profess to 
 be quite uncertain as to their own 
 origin. 
 
 BORNEO. This island, which is the 
 largest in the Eastern Archipelago, 
 extends from Lat. 70 deg. N. toLat. 
 4 deg. S., and from Long. 109 deg. 
 to 118 deg. E. In length, it is esti- 
 mated to be about 750 miles by an 
 average breadth of 350. It com- 
 prehends several distinct principal- 
 ities, of which the principal and only 
 one of note is Borneo, occupying the 
 north-western coast along a line of 
 about 700 miles. Little is known of 
 its interior, but as far as has been 
 ascertained, the island is in general 
 level towards the coast, and culti- 
 vated; and inland, mountainous and 
 covered Avith forests. Its produc- 
 tions are abundant ; rice, sago, 
 pepper, caraplior, cinnamon, Avax, 
 rattans, and many useful woods; and 
 in the seas, pearls, mother-of-pearl, 
 tortoise-shell, and sea-slug (bic/te <Ie 
 mer). It has all the common domestic 
 animals, and the forests swarm with 
 wild beasts, including the elephant, 
 rhinoceros, and leopard, but no 
 tigers. It has numerous varieties of 
 the ape and monkey tribes, amongst 
 which is the ourang-outang, or 
 " man of the woods," so called by the 
 Malays, from its great resemblance in 
 size and figure to the human form. 
 Gold is abundant, and diamonds, 
 frequently of a large size. Sago, 
 which has been mentioned above, is 
 produced fmm a sjiecies of palm, the 
 trunk of whicli is liiled with a spongy 
 l>illi, which, beingextracted, is ground 
 down in a mortar, and ilien ])assed 
 through a sieve, by which means it is
 
 38 
 
 BO 
 
 BO 
 
 formsd into grains, as it is seen when 
 brought to India. One tree yields 
 upon an average about 300 pounds 
 of sago, and the tree is generally 
 considered ripe for cutting down in 
 fifteen years. The principal town is 
 Borneo, situated ou the coast, in 
 Lat. 4 deg. .56 min. N., Long. 114 
 deg. 44 niiii. E. There was formerly 
 an English factory here, but it has 
 been abandoned for some years in 
 consequence of the unsettled state of 
 the country. By its inhabitants, 
 and throughout the Archipelago, 
 this island is called Pulo Klemantan ; 
 but Europeans have given it the 
 name of Borneo, from "Boornee," 
 the principal state, and the first 
 visited by them. Tiie inhabitants 
 are composed of Malays, Sooloos, 
 Javanese, and others, on the coast, 
 noted as rapacious and cruel pirates, 
 and a number of savage tribes in the 
 interior, of wjiich the principal are 
 the Dayaks and Biajos. These are 
 of the original brown race, and are 
 much handsomer and fairer than 
 the Malays, to whom they are also 
 superior in strength and activity. 
 There are also great numbers of 
 Chinese, more than 200,000 of that 
 nation being settled at the gold 
 mines. None of the Negro race have 
 been seen in Borneo. The total 
 population of the island is supposed 
 to be about 4,000,000. The people 
 are in a degraded state, but there is 
 now some hope of their reaping the 
 blessings of civilisation. A few 
 years since an English gentleman of 
 fortune devoted his days, his riches, 
 and his life to their emancipation 
 from barbarism and bondage. In 
 his own person and from his own 
 purse Mr. Brooke supplied the en- 
 terprise of a missionary and the 
 subscriptions of a congregation. 
 JSilently and without proclamation 
 he departed with a following which 
 he had formed, and betook himself 
 to an unexplored island in a distant 
 sea, where thousands of miserable 
 wretches were living in a state just 
 so much worse than the negroes of 
 
 the Bights, that they had not even 
 the chance of being carried otf to 
 the happier lot of slavery. The 
 relations of the Dyak to his Malay 
 ruler were compounded from those 
 of a Connaught cottier to his land- 
 lord, a Turkish slave to his master, 
 and a Russian prisoner to his gaoler. 
 His contributions were regulated 
 solely by the wants of his superior, 
 and his wife and children were dis- 
 trained upon to supply an inevitable 
 deficiency, or recompense an invo- 
 luntary fault. Nothing but the 
 primeval wilds of the interior, and 
 the retreats of the more human ape 
 could possibly have preserved the 
 aborigines of Borneo from utter ex- 
 tirpation at the hands of the Malay. 
 With four European and eight native 
 followers Mr. Brooke landed on the 
 coast. In eight short months he 
 had interposed himself between the 
 persecutors and the oppressed, had 
 released the necks of the Dyaka 
 from their intolerable yoke, had in- 
 culcated a little sobriety as well as a 
 salutary terror into the minds of the 
 IMalays, had reluctantly received a 
 dominion untenable by its possessors, 
 and.had transformed the principality 
 of Sarawak from a miserable agglo- 
 meration of pirates and slaves, 
 into a miniature kingdom of con- 
 tented subjects — a refuge for the 
 persecuted, a terror to the prowling 
 corsair, and a model for the whole 
 Archipelago. 
 
 BOSTANDGIS, the body-guard of the 
 Sultan. They superintend his gar- 
 dens and palaces, and attend him on 
 his aquatic excursions. They are 
 expert in the use of the oar, and in- 
 variably row the Sultan's caique. 
 
 BOTELHO, a small sloop, used to 
 navigate the upper part of the Per- 
 sian Gulf and the Tigris and Eu- 
 phrates. 
 
 BOY ! probably a corruption of bhaee, 
 brother. At Bombay and Madras a 
 servant is summoned to his master's 
 presence by this call (as Qui-hye ! is 
 used in Bengal), and it is rather 
 amusing to the stranger sometimes
 
 BR 
 
 BR 
 
 29 
 
 to see the summons answered by 
 a ver}' venerable " boy" indeed. 
 EE AIKvI, according to tlie Hindoos, the 
 Ahiiiglity, infinite, eternal, incompre- 
 hensible, self-existent being; he who 
 sees every thing, though never seen ; 
 he who is beyond the limits of human 
 conception; he from whom the uni- 
 versal world proceeds; whose name 
 is too sacred to be pronounced, and 
 whose power is too infinite to be 
 imagined. Under such, and innu' 
 merable other definitions, is the Deity 
 acknowledged in the Veda, or sacred 
 writings of the Hindoos; but, while 
 the learned Brahmuns thus acknow- 
 ledge and adore one God, M'ithout 
 form or quality, eternal, unchange- 
 aljle, and occupying all space, they 
 liave carefully confined their doc- 
 trines to their own schools, and have 
 taught in public a religion, in which, 
 in sui)posed compliance with the in- 
 firmities and passions of human na- 
 tm-e, the Deity has been brought 
 more to a level with our own preju- 
 dices and wants; and the incompre- 
 liensible attributes assigned to him, 
 invested with sensible, and even hu- 
 man forms. Upon this foundation the 
 most discordant fictions have been 
 erected, from which priestcraft and 
 superstition have woven a mytho- 
 logy of the most extensive character. 
 The Hindoos ]iossess three hundred 
 and thirty millions of gods, or forms 
 under which they are worshipped. 
 Certain it is, that tlie human form 
 in its natural state, or possessing the 
 heads or limbs of various animals; 
 the elements, the planets, rivers, 
 fountains, stones, trees, &c., &c., have 
 been deified and become objects of 
 religious adoration. The Brahmuns 
 allege, " that it is easier to impress the 
 minds of the rude and ignorant by 
 intelligible syndjols, than by means 
 "vvhich are incomprehensible." Act- 
 ing upon this principle, the supreme 
 and omnipotent God, whom the Hin- 
 doo has been taught to consider as 
 too mighty for him to attempt to ap- 
 proach, or even to name, has been 
 lost sight of in the multiplicity of 
 
 false deities, whose graven images 
 have been worshipped in his place. 
 To these deities the many splendid 
 temples of the Hindoos have been 
 erected; while, throughout the whole 
 of Hindostan, not one has been de- 
 voted to Brahm, whom they designate 
 as the sole divine author of tlie uni- 
 verse. Brahm, the supreme being, 
 created the world; but it has not 
 been agreed upon by the Hindoo 
 mythologists in what manner that 
 important event took place. Some 
 imagine that he first formed the 
 goddess Bhavani, or nature, who 
 brought forth three sons, Brahma, 
 Vishnu, and Siva, whom, having con- 
 verted herself into three females, she 
 married. The first (or Brahma) was 
 called the creator; the second (Vi.sh- 
 nu), the preserver; the third (Siva), 
 the destroyer. To these the future 
 arrangement and government of the 
 world were entrusted, (jthers be- 
 lieve that the elements of the world 
 were enclosed in an immense shell, 
 called the mundane egg, which burst 
 into fourteen equal parts, and -formed 
 the seven superior, and seven inferior 
 worlds. God then appeared on the 
 mountain IMeru, and assigned the 
 duties of continuing the creation to 
 Brahma; of preserving it to Vishnu; 
 and of again annihilating it 1o Siva. 
 Others again assert, that as Vishnu 
 (the preserving spirit of God) was 
 sleeping on the serpent Ananta, or 
 eternity, on the face of the waters, 
 after the annihilation of a former 
 world, a lotus sprung from his navel, 
 from which issued Brahma; who 
 produced the elements, Ibrnied the 
 present world, and cave birth to the 
 god Budra (or Siva), the destroyer. 
 He then produced the human race. 
 From his head he formed the 
 Brahmuns, or priests; from his arms, 
 the Kettries, or warriors; from his 
 thighs, the "N'aisyas, or merchants; 
 and from his feet, tlie Sndras, or hus- 
 bandmen. The religion of the Hindoo 
 sage, as inculcated by the Veda, is the 
 belief in, and worshij) of, one great 
 and only God, omniscient and cm-
 
 40 
 
 BR 
 
 BR 
 
 nipotent, of ■whose attributes he 
 expresses his ideas in the most 
 awful terms. These attributes he 
 conceives are allegorically (and alle- 
 gorically only) represented by the 
 three personified powers of Creation, 
 Preservation, and Destruction — 
 Brahma, Vishnu, and Siva. But this 
 consistent monotheism, tliis worship 
 of God in unit}^ is bounded here; as 
 the religion taught to the common 
 herd is polytheism, accompanied by 
 the most disgusting of abominations, 
 profanations, and inconsistencies, 
 for the deities most honoured, and 
 the worship most practised, are of 
 the least beneficent character. Thus 
 Siva, Durga, Kali, Surya, Mungula, 
 and Sani, are held in far higher ve- 
 neration than those deities whose 
 attributes are of a more mild, but 
 less imposing description. Five sects 
 of Hindoos exclusively worship a 
 single deity, and one sect recognizes 
 the five divinities which are adored 
 by the other sects respectively. 
 These five sects are the Saivas, who 
 worship Siva; the Vishnaivas, who 
 worshiiJ Vishnu, Saurias, Surya, or 
 the Sun ; the Ganapatyas, who adore 
 Gamisha; and the Saetis, who Avor- 
 ship Bliavani, or Parvati: the last 
 sect is the Bhagavatis. These deities 
 have tlieir different avatars, or in- 
 carnations, in all of which, except 
 that of the Saetis themselves, they 
 have their saetis (wives), or energies 
 of their attributes. These have 
 again ramified into numerous names 
 and forms. 
 BRAHMA. This deity, the least im- 
 portant at the present day of the 
 Hindoo Triad, is termed the creator, 
 or the grandfather of gods and men. 
 Under this denomination he has been 
 imagined to correspond with the Sa- 
 turn of the Greeks and Latins. 
 Brahma is usually represented as a 
 red or golden coloured figure, witli 
 four heads. He is said (by the 
 Saivas) to have once possessed five ; 
 hut, as he would not acknowledge 
 the superiority of Siva, as Vishnu 
 had done, that deity cut oflf one of 
 
 them. He has also four arms, in 
 one of -wliich he holds a spoon, in 
 anotlier a string of beads, in the 
 third a water jug (articles used in 
 worsliip), and in tlie fourth the Ve- 
 da, or sacred writings of the Hin- 
 doos. Tlie temples of this deity 
 in Hindostan have been overturned 
 by the followers of Vishnu and Siva; 
 and he is now but little regarded, 
 and very seldom, if at all, wor- 
 shipped, except in the worship of 
 other deities. Like the other gods, 
 he has many names. Brahma had 
 few avatars or incarnations on earth : 
 Daksha is the principal of them; 
 Viswakarma, Narcda, and Briga are 
 his sons. The Brahmadicas, Menus, 
 and Richis, are also called the de- 
 scendants of Brahma. His heaven 
 is described as excelling all others in 
 magnificence, and containing the 
 united glories of all the heavens of 
 the other deities. 
 BRAHMAPOOTRA, tlie largest river 
 in India. It rises on the north side of 
 the Himalaj^a mountains, about Lat. 
 32 deg. N., and Long. 82 deg. E. It 
 runs eastward through the country of 
 Thibet, and after winding for a great 
 distance through the mountains 
 which divide Tliibet from Assam, 
 turns to the westward into Assam, 
 and enters the province of Bengal 
 near Bungamutty. It then passes 
 round the western point of the Gar- 
 row mountains, after which it turns 
 to the south and joins the river 
 Megna in the district of Dacca. It 
 then takes the name of Megna, and 
 imiting with the Ganges near the sea, 
 flows with it into the Bay of Bengal. 
 The whole course of this river, fol- 
 lowing its windings, is about 1,600 
 miles. In 1822, this river overflowed 
 its banks in the district of Baker- 
 gunge, and deluged the surrounding 
 country. About 37,000 men and wo- 
 men were destroyed by the flood. 
 BRAHMUNY BULLS. A curious 
 practice exists among the Hindoos 
 of the Brahmin caste, of branding 
 young bull calves in the haunches 
 ■with the emblem of Siva, and turning
 
 BR 
 
 BU 
 
 41 
 
 them loose to feed where thev list. 
 Knowing that they are devout offer- 
 ings to Siva, the Hindoos not only 
 forbear to molest them, but suffer 
 them to eat tlie grass in their mea- 
 dows, the flowers in their gardens, 
 and tlie grain exposed in their mar- 
 kets and shops. As the hulls grow 
 up, however, they become exceed- 
 ingly mischievous, and commit every 
 description of offensive trespass, as if 
 aware that they enjoy an immunity 
 from chastisement. 
 
 BRAHMUNS. The Brahmuns are the 
 first and most distinguished race 
 of the Hindoos, raythologically de- 
 scribed to have sprung from the 
 head of Brahma; as the Kettries, 
 Vaisyas, and Sudras did from his 
 arms, thighs, and feet. They had, 
 in consequence, the charge of the 
 Vedas assigned to them; and from 
 them only (except among the Yogees, 
 mostly weavers, the Chundalus, and 
 the basket-makers, who have priests 
 of their own castes) can the sacer- 
 dotal office be at any time filled; and 
 their influence in that character is 
 almost unbounded. In the sacred 
 writings they are styled divine, and 
 the killing, or entertaining an idea 
 of killing, one of them is so great a 
 crime, that Menu says, " no greater 
 can be known on earth." There 
 are various orders of Brahmuns, the 
 chief of which are the Kulenas, the 
 Vcnif/slaijas, and the Shrotujas, the 
 liar/iecs, and the VunlUtas, See, &c. 
 The divisions and sub-divisions of 
 the different castes are also nume- 
 rous. The Sudras are said to have 
 nearly fifty. Purity of caste is held 
 of the highest consequence among 
 the Hindoos. Loss of caste may be 
 caused by various means. It can be 
 regained only by atonement and 
 fasting on the part of the offender, 
 together with a liberal expenditure 
 in presents and feasting towards the 
 Brahmun priest. 
 
 BllANUY PAUNEE, brandy and 
 water, a beverage in much request 
 among the Europeans in India. It 
 is unquestionably the most whole- 
 
 some drink, taken in moderation, 
 the alcohol destroying the animal- 
 culer, with which the purest water is 
 unavoidably impregnated. 
 
 BRIGU is another son of Brahma. 
 His name is frequently found in 
 Hindoo mythology. 
 
 BRI.IEBASSIES, ^ or BIEJEBAUS- 
 SIES, a description of men, armed 
 with swords and shields, formerly 
 employed bj' the Zemindars of 
 Bengal to guard their property 
 against dacoits, or robbers, and now 
 generally engaged as part of the po- 
 lice force of the British Government. 
 
 BRINJAL, an Indian vegetable of the 
 cucumber species, much eaten at 
 European tables when boiled and 
 seasoned with bread crumbs and 
 black pepper. 
 
 BRINJAREE, men who possess bul- 
 locks which they employ in carrying 
 goods for merchants. They are em- 
 phatically the carriers of India. 
 They live entirely in the open air, 
 and traverse the wilds of southern 
 and western India Avith tlieir bul- 
 locks. In their wandering habits 
 they are similar to the muleteers of 
 the continent. 
 
 BRISHPUT, or VRIHUSPATI, is, 
 according to the Hindoo mythology, 
 the regent of the planet Jupiter, and 
 the preceptor of the gods, hence 
 called their gooroo. He is the son of 
 Ungina, a son of Brahma, and is of 
 the Brahmun caste. He is described 
 of a golden or yellow colour, sitting 
 on a horse, and holding in his hands 
 a stick, a lotus, and his beads. The 
 Hindoos consider it fortunate to be 
 born under this planet, and are strict 
 in their worship of Brishput. Be- 
 sides being called Gooruo, or the pre- 
 ceptor, he is termed Gishpvfu, the 
 eloquent, &c., &c. Vrihuspatwar, or 
 Thursday, is the day over which he 
 presides. The mango tree is sacred 
 to him. 
 
 BUCKRA EADE, a Mussulman festi- 
 val still kept up with ragged pomp 
 at Dchli, Lucknow, Hydtraliad, &c. 
 The followers of Mahomet claim 
 to be descendants of Abraham,
 
 42 
 
 BU 
 
 BU 
 
 through his son Ishmael, whom they 
 iiver to have been chosen for the 
 ofiering of the Almighty, and not 
 Isaac. The offering thus made to 
 .Heaven is commemorated by the sa- 
 crifice of particular animals ; camels, 
 sheep, goats, kids, or lambs, accord- 
 ing to each person's means; this is 
 supposed to answer a double pur- 
 pose, not only honouring the me- 
 mory of Abraham and Ishmael, but 
 the sacrifices assisting in a time of 
 great need. It is supposed that the 
 entrance to Paradise is guarded by a 
 bridge made of a scythe, or some in- 
 strument equally sharp, and afford- 
 ing as unstable a footing. The fol- 
 lowers of the Prophet are required to 
 skate or swim over this passage, and 
 it will be attended with more or less 
 difficulty, according to the degree of 
 favour they have obtained in the 
 sight of Heaven. The truly pious 
 will be wafted over in safety, but the 
 imdeserving must struggle many 
 times, and be often cut down in the 
 attempt, before thej^ can gain the op- 
 posite side. In this extremity, it is 
 imagined that the same number and 
 kind of animals, which, being clean 
 and esteemed fitting for sacrifice, 
 they have offered up at the celebra- 
 tion of the Buckra Eade. will be in 
 waiting to convey them in safety 
 along the perilous passage of the 
 bridge. Under this belief, the richer 
 classes of Mahomedans supply their 
 indigent brethren with goats and 
 sheep for the sacrifice; a work of 
 charity, incited by the purest mo- 
 tives, and which, if not possessing 
 all the efiicacy ascribed to it, at least 
 furnishes the poor man's home with 
 an ample and a welcome feast; for 
 tliough poverty compels the lower 
 classes of IMussulmans to imitate the 
 Hindoos in the frugality of a vege- 
 table meal, they never refuse meat 
 when it is procurable. 
 BUDH (BOODH). the Mercury of the 
 Hindoos, is the son of Soma or Chan- 
 dra and Kohini. He is a Kettrie, 
 and the first of the Chandrabans, 
 or lunar race of sovereigns. He is 
 
 represented as being eloquent and 
 mild, and of a greenish colour. 
 Budh is the god of merchandise 
 and the protector of merchants ; he 
 is, therefore, an object of worship by 
 the Begs caste. It is fortunate to be 
 born under this planet. Budh pre- 
 sides over Budhwar, or Wednesday. 
 BUDIIA, the founder of the religion 
 of the Singhalese, Burmese, &c. The 
 names given to Budha in the native 
 books are as follows : " Supreme," 
 " Incomparable," " Vanquisher of 
 the five deadly sins (killing, ly- 
 ing, adultery, theft, drunkenness)," 
 " Teacher of the three worlds (of 
 gods, men, and devils)," the " Sanc- 
 tified," "the Omniscient," "Imma- 
 culate," " World compassionating 
 Divine Teacher," " Benefactor of the 
 AVorld," "Saviour," " Dispeller of 
 the Darkness of Sin," " Comforter of 
 the World," " Lord of Lanka (Cey- 
 lon)," " Ruler of tlie World," " Ruler 
 of Men," "Incomprehensible," " Di- 
 vine Teacher," " Lord of the Divine 
 Sages," " Deity of felicitous Advent." 
 The doctrines of the Budhists are 
 briefly these : they do not believe in 
 one supreme self-existent God. Mat- 
 ter, in some form or other, is eternal. 
 The present state of things has 
 arisen out of a former, and that from 
 one previous to it, and so on. Every 
 living being or thing, gods, men, 
 devils, beasts, reptiles, vegetables, 
 are in their present state of enjoy- 
 ment or suffering from the merito- 
 rious or demeritorious actions of a 
 former state of existence. The good 
 or the evil done by living beings in 
 their present birth or state of ex- 
 istence will be rewarded or lumished 
 in a future state. Tlie souls, or living 
 principle of the good, on their depar- 
 ture from the present body, enter into 
 other bodies, whose state will be 
 superior to the present ; and the souls 
 of the bad, on their departure out of 
 the present body, will enter into 
 others more degraded than those 
 they now inhabit. Every evil suf- 
 fered in the present life is in conse- 
 quence of some bad actions done ia
 
 BU 
 
 a former ; and every good enjoyed is 
 in consequence of some good actions 
 in a former. But neither the good 
 nor the evil will be eternal, for the 
 souls continue to transmigrate till 
 purged of every particle of evil ; 
 when they are admitted to the su- 
 preme blessedness of annihilation, in 
 ■which state Budha is at present. 
 Eternal suffering, or eternal happi- 
 ness, forms no part of their belief. 
 There is no superior to whom they 
 are accountable, to inflict punish- 
 ment, or to bestow good ; but happi- 
 ness necessarily follows a course of 
 good actions, and misery a course of 
 evil actions : hence there is no for- 
 giveness of sins. Almsgiving seems 
 to be omnipotent. It opens the door 
 of all future good, and to Nirwana. 
 " The sound of charitable deeds is 
 heard through the three Avorlds." 
 
 BUDHUK, a species of dacoit. See 
 Kechdk. 
 
 BUDRA, a river which rises in a 
 chain of hills, called the Baba Boodun 
 Hills, situated to the eastward of the 
 Western IMouutaius, nearly opposite 
 to Jlangalore. 
 
 BUDZAT, Hindostanee. Bad caste, 
 applied to a mauvais sujet. 
 
 BUGGALOW, a large single-decked 
 vessel, with one mast and a latteen 
 sail, employed in the carrying 
 trade between Bombay, the Malabar 
 coast, and the Persian and Arabian 
 Gulfs. The owners are generally 
 Persian, Arab, or Armenian mer- 
 chants; the nacquodah, or captain 
 and navigator, is an Arab, and the 
 crew are Araljs. Horses, shawls, 
 dates, carpets, precious stones, kal- 
 lecns, and a peculiar glass ware, 
 form the staple of the cargo from 
 the Gulfs ; rice, cotton, crockery, 
 and hardware form the return car- 
 goes. The buggalows are crazy, ill- 
 built vessels, and so badly calculated 
 to resist a storm, that it is the usual 
 practice of the captain, when a shtm- 
 niil, or north-wester, is threatened, 
 to run for the nearest cove, and 
 anchor till the danger is past, 
 
 BUGGESS, or BUGIS, an iuhabitant 
 
 BU 
 
 43 
 
 of Japan, the island of Celebes, the 
 Moluccas, and other eastern islands. 
 
 BUGGARAH. a small Ar;ib vessel, 
 used in navigating the Persian Gulf. 
 
 BUHAWULPOGR, a large and flou- 
 rishing town, the capital of the Khan 
 of the district. It stands about sixty 
 miles to the south-eastward of Mool- 
 tan, near the left bank of the Sutlej, 
 here named the Garra. It has an 
 extensive manufacture of silks, which 
 are in much request. 
 
 BUKKUR. See Sukicur. 
 
 BUKSHEE, Hindostanee. A pay- 
 master. 
 
 BUKSHISH, or BUXIS, a term used 
 to denote presents of money. The 
 practice of making presents, either 
 as a matter of compliment or in re- 
 quital of service, is so ver}' common 
 in India and the East generally, that 
 the natives lose no opportunity of 
 asking for bukshish. In Egypt, per- 
 haps, more than iuiywiiere else, the 
 usage is a perfect nuisance. Half- 
 naked Aral)s, donkey boys, boatmen, 
 &e., if left alone with an Englishman, 
 orgettingnearenoughtohimnottobe 
 heard by his fellows, will invariably 
 whisper "bukshish!" whether he 
 has or has not rendered any service. 
 The word "boxes," as applied to our 
 Christmas gifts, has probably taken 
 its origin in the oriental term. 
 
 BULBUL, the nightingale of the East, 
 often alluded to in tlie poems of Ha- 
 fiz. 'J he oriental bulbul has prettier 
 plumage than the Philomel of Eu- 
 ropean groves, but does not boast so 
 sweet a melody. 
 
 BUMiMI<:LO\V, a small, glutinous, 
 transparent fish, about tiie size of a 
 smelt, caught in the Indian Seas. 
 When dried they are mucii eaten by 
 the Hindoos and Europeans in 
 Western India, and enjoy the face- 
 tious ai)pelIation of Bombay ducks. 
 
 BUND, Hindostanee. A band, bond, 
 or fastening. An embankment against 
 inundation. 
 
 BUNDER, Uindostanec, A port or 
 harbour. 
 
 BUNDEK-BOATS, boats which lie 
 off the pier at Bombay, and carry
 
 .44 
 
 BU 
 
 BU 
 
 passengers, goods, and occasionally 
 cargoes to and from the shore. They 
 are remarkably strong well-built 
 vessels, resembling the celebrated 
 Deal lioats in form and capability. 
 
 BUN ULECUXD, a division of the pro- 
 vince of Allahabad (Hindostan), 
 famous for its fertility. 
 
 BUNJ)OOBUST, Hindostance. Ty- 
 ing and binding. A settlement. A 
 settlement of the amount of revenue 
 to be paid or collected. 
 
 BUNDUCK, a deposit or pledge. It 
 is confined entirely to the Hindoos. 
 Mussulmans are prohibited by their 
 sacred institutes from receiving, 
 though they are not so strictly tied 
 down in respect to paying interest; 
 indeed, owing to the less frugal habits 
 of this sect, and their greater indulg- 
 ence in ostentatious display, few of its 
 individuals can be considered totally 
 exempt from that heavy fine collected 
 by the Hindoo sh-qlfs and mahajuns 
 from such inconsiderate persons as 
 have occasion to seek their aid. 
 
 BUNGALOWS, Indian houses or 
 villas of a single floor. Most of 
 those built by Europeans are run up 
 with sun-dried bricks, usually of a 
 large size, eight of them making a 
 cubic foot. \Vith these, in a proper 
 state for building, work proceeds at 
 a great rate, care being taken that 
 the slime used for cement be of a 
 proper consistence, and well filled in. 
 The bungalows are either thatched 
 or tiled. 
 
 BUNNAO, Ilindostanee. A make-up; 
 a fabrication; applied equally to a 
 verbal falsehood and to the docking 
 and cropping of a pariah dog, to 
 make him pass for a terrier. 
 
 BUNNEAH, a kind of chandler, chiefly 
 to be found in cantonments, or fol- 
 lowing camps in India. 
 
 BURGOT, one of the many sacred 
 trees in India. 
 
 BURGUNDASSES, or BURKEN- 
 DO.SSES, or BURKANDAZES, or 
 BURKONDOSSES, from /mrfutn- 
 dciz, "thrower of lightning." Men 
 armed with matchlocks, and em- 
 ployed as police-constables in ludia. 
 
 BURTIAMPORE is an inland town, 
 situated 20 miles south-westerly 
 from Ganjam, in the Northern Cir- 
 cars. It is noted for its silk manu- 
 factures. The silk is imported from 
 Bengal and China. 
 
 BURMAII. SeeAvA. 
 
 BURM JEWIN, a small temple on a 
 hill at the east end of the town of 
 Gya, in the province of Behar. 
 
 BURNOOSE, part of a Turk or Arab's 
 clothing ; a cloak. 
 
 BURRA ADAWLUT, Hindostanee. 
 The chief court of justice. This is 
 the vulgar term for the court, the 
 more correct one being "Sudder 
 Adawlut." 
 
 BURRA-BEEBEE, or BURRA-MEM, 
 a great lady; the appellation be- 
 stowed upon the female liead of a 
 house, or the wife of the principal 
 personage at a station or presidency 
 of India. 
 
 BURRA-KIIANAII, a great dinner. 
 The word is universally applied to 
 the feasts of the English residents in 
 India, at which perfect hecatombs of 
 meat are consumed. In India, as in 
 England, a " Burrah Khana" consti- 
 tutes a great portion of the felicity 
 of the people. " Among the Hindoos," 
 says Mrs. Postans, " it is customary 
 for the heads of castes to expend 
 large sums in giving feasts to their 
 social party ; thus do we find a goodly 
 company of Sonars or goldsmiths, of 
 Vauzaris or grain-merchants, of 
 Kansars or copper-smiths, with simi- 
 lar exclusiveness, prevailing through- 
 out the castes; while every week 
 some one among the servants of an 
 Eastern establishment is certain to 
 request permission to attend ' hum- 
 mara jat ke khana,' (the dinner of 
 my caste,) a feast usually given 
 either on the death or marriage of 
 some among their friends. The 
 Dhobi (or Washerman), if residing in 
 his employer's compound, comes all 
 smiles and salaams to crave permis- 
 sion to depart on a rice and ghee de- 
 vouring exploit. The commonly dirty 
 Mali, after donning a garb and turban 
 of unusual cleanliness, forthwith de-
 
 BU 
 
 r,u 
 
 45 
 
 siros permission to attend the gar- 
 dener's feast: and wliether tlie occa- 
 sion is one of sorrow or of joy, whe- 
 ther the monruers go about the city, 
 in ' dyed garments from Bosrah' and 
 vrith sound of tomtoms and of songs 
 announce the triumph of the charm- 
 ing Camdeo, the table is yet spread, 
 and the sorrowful and the gay alike 
 seek pleasure at the festive board. 
 The Mahomedans, in common with 
 the Hindoos, mark the death of a 
 valued friend by a ' Burrah Khana,' 
 in token of the days of mourning ; 
 crowds of guests are then invited, 
 who, squatting in circles on the 
 ground, devour the chosen delicacies 
 of rice and ghee, and rich pillaus, to 
 most uncomfortable repletion. There 
 Mill the mourners sit, attired in flow- 
 ing robes, with long beards and dark 
 moustache, each with his lota of water 
 by his side, with primitive simplicity 
 every individual using his fingers for 
 a spoon; while all talk, and eat, and 
 smoke, as if the party assembled were 
 celebrating the most joyful event ima- 
 ginable. This conduct is not, how- 
 ever, the result of heartlessness, but 
 custom. Many may have loved with 
 strong affection, the wife or husband, 
 the friend or sister, who, in accord- 
 ance with the inevitable doom of man, 
 have gone so sadly from among their 
 social group : but custom or habit 
 has reconciled them, and accustomed 
 their forefathers for ages to con- 
 sider these observances as honourable 
 and good, and a commemoration 
 agreeable to the deceased. Sad as 
 this may appear to those accustomed 
 to weep and fast,and to put on mourn- 
 ing apparel on similar occasions, a 
 little reflection will convince us, that 
 this habit is at least better than such 
 as mark the celebration of an Irish 
 wake, where rational beings, howling 
 in drunken chorus, commit all sorts 
 of horrible excesses. Would men 
 but seek to know more, and to com- 
 pare more, of the usages of va- 
 rious people, prejudice would shrink 
 abashed from the contemplation, and 
 charity materially increase among 
 
 the great human family. Like our 
 friars of old, the religious protl-ssors 
 of Hindooism, with the sacred class 
 of Brahmins and Fakirs, are espe- 
 cially addicted to the enjoyment of 
 nourishing condiments; tlie wealthy 
 and the great, consequently, as an 
 expiation for sin, or in fulfilment of 
 especial vows, commonly set apart 
 large portions of their annual in- 
 come for the entertainment of eccle- 
 siastics. For days before the ap- 
 pointed time, preparations are to bj 
 made, and the neighbourhood of somj 
 great temple, or sacred tank, is 
 usually decided on as the trysting- 
 place. Thither carts laden with 
 huge cauldrons, camels bearing pon- 
 derous sacks of grain, , carboys of 
 oil, and gourds of honey, with every 
 appurtenance for the feast, may be 
 seen travelling slowly towards the 
 spot. A provision of wood in large 
 quantities is felled in the neigh- 
 bouring jungle, and numbers of 
 Avomen are employed, to bear water 
 vessels from the adjacent well or 
 river, in furtherance of the ap- 
 proaching culinary preparations. 
 On the appointed day, the route 
 between tlie city and the place of 
 general rendezvous forms a livelv 
 and animatea picture — women in gay 
 and brilliant raiment, glittering witii 
 jewels, their handsome countenances 
 radiant with holiday expectation, 
 peep from between the crimson cur- 
 tains of innumerable rutts; horse- 
 men, on caracoling and richly ca- 
 parisoned steeds, display their eques- 
 trian skill, by curvetting and wheel- 
 ing the half-broken animals, whom 
 a severe Mahratta bit alone keeps 
 in comparative submission to their 
 riders' will; old men and children, 
 mounted on miseral)le jjonies, and 
 camels carrying double, and some- 
 times treble, on this occasion, throng 
 the highway; while numerous little 
 groups may be observed emerging 
 in knots from every bye-path in thj 
 neighbourhood. Here and there a 
 wealthy Brahmun is seen sitting 
 cross-legged upon a pile of cushions,
 
 46 
 
 BU 
 
 BY 
 
 luxuriantly arranged in an open 
 gliiirree, drawn by sleek and enormous 
 bullocks, or a Takir, smeared Avitli 
 dust and ashes, and crowned with a 
 plume of brightly dyed feathers, 
 trudges onwards amongst the people, 
 determined to fill his wallet to over- 
 flowing, on so propitious an occasion. 
 A festive party at length arrived 
 beneath some widely spreading shade; 
 all seat themselves on little knolls, 
 or pleasant spots, to partake of the 
 abundant feast. Each is provided 
 with a little plate of leaves, neatly 
 joined with twining fibres: whilst 
 smoking jjlatters of piled rice and 
 seasoned curries are placed before 
 the guests; sweetmeats and confec- 
 tions follow, the fragrant hookah is 
 banded round, and the animals of 
 burthen (not neglected in the general 
 mirth) revel on the fragrant grass 
 l^repared for their refreshment. So 
 passes an Indian feast. Of the general 
 character of the condiments furnished 
 on such occasions an idea may be 
 formed from the subjoined list, pre- 
 sented by a native minister to his 
 prince, as a carte of the articles re- 
 quired at a dinner, which was after- 
 wards given to a party of Brahmins 
 and Fakirs at a very sacred temple 
 in one of the provinces of west- 
 ern India: — 800 maunds of sugar, 
 1200 of ghee, 1200 of flour, 200 of 
 rice, 75 of pulse, 36 of gram or grain, 
 50 of rice and kedgeree, 180 of bad- 
 jeree, 36 of mutt, 108 of gowa for 
 bullocks, 135 of cotton seeds, 3 of 
 curry powder and coriander seeds, 
 20 of oil, 10 of salt, 3000 bundles of 
 grass, 250 cart-loads of fire-wood, 
 10,000 basins, 100 maunds of tobac- 
 co, 1 of opiimi, and 2 of bang. The 
 expense of this dinner amounted 
 to 14,000 rupees, and was an enter- 
 tainment of frequent occurrence." 
 
 BUESAUT, the rainy season in India; 
 the periodical rains. 
 
 BUESAUTEE, a disease to which 
 horses are subject in India during 
 the rainy, or bursaut, season. 
 
 BURUTA-GAH.4, the Cingalese name 
 for the satin-wood tree, which grows 
 
 chiefly in the eastern parts of the 
 island of Ceylon. In appearance the 
 trunk is like the teak, and the leaves 
 are as small as those of the jack 
 tree. The wood is used for all kinds 
 of ornamental furniture. It is of a 
 beautiful colour, rather yellow, and 
 takes a fine polish, 
 
 BUSIIIKE, or ABU-SHEER, a town 
 in the Persian Gulf, governed by a 
 sheikh. There is an English resident 
 here; and the port is a place of com- 
 mon resort for English vessels. 
 
 BUSSORAH, a Turkish town on the 
 banks of the Euphrates, where an 
 agent of the British Government 
 resides. A public dwelling or " Re- 
 sidency" for the accommodation of 
 the British Resident at Bagdad is 
 kept up here. The commerce be- 
 tween Bombay and Bussorah (or 
 Basra) is extensive. 
 
 BUTCIIA, a Hindoo word in use 
 among Englishmen for the young of 
 any thing, from that of a mouse, to 
 that of a man. In England we ask 
 after the children ; in India you in- 
 quire tenderly after the butchas. 
 
 BUXAR is situated on the east side 
 of the Ganges, seventy miles below 
 Benares. A celebrated battle was 
 fought here in 1764, between the 
 British and the united armies of 
 Shajaood Dowlut and Kasim Ali- 
 khan. 
 
 BYLEE, a common native cart, used 
 in the interior of India. 
 
 BYRAGEE, a Hindoo ascetic, who has 
 renounced the world. 
 
 BYSACK, the Hindostanee name for 
 the first month in the year. The 
 months of the Hindostanee j'ear all 
 begin on the days of the entrance of 
 the sun into a sign of the Hindoo 
 Zodiac, and they vary from twenty 
 to thirty-two days in length, though 
 making up 365 days in the total, and 
 366 days in leap years. The inter- 
 calation is made when and where it 
 is required, not according to any ar- 
 bitrary rule, but by continuing the 
 length of each month. This brings 
 about twenty-six leaj) years in every 
 century.
 
 CA 
 
 CA 
 
 47 
 
 c. 
 
 CAABA, the temple or mosque at 
 Mecca, towards which all good Mus- 
 sulmans turn their faces at the time 
 of prayer. This edifice, or part of it, 
 is attributed to Abraham, and is 
 considered the holiest earthly object 
 of Maliomedan regard. 
 
 CABOOLEAT, an agreement, parti- 
 cularly that entered into by the Ze- 
 mindars and farmers with the Go- 
 vernment of India, for the manage- 
 ment and renting of the land reve- 
 nues. 
 
 CABUL, a very ancient and beauti- 
 ful city in the province of Afghan- 
 istan. It is situated in a fine plain 
 upon the banks of the Cabul river, in 
 Lat. 34 deg. 10 min. N., Long. 69 deg. 
 15 min. E. After the subversion of 
 the d3-nasty of Ghuznee, Cabul be- 
 came the capital of the countr3% It 
 has not many bixildings of note, the 
 houses being constructed principally 
 of wood, in consequence of the fre- 
 quency of earthquakes. It had a 
 very fine covered bazar built by Ali 
 Murdan Khan, a celebrated noble- 
 man in the service of the Emperor 
 Juhangeer, but this was destroyed 
 by tlie English, on their second cap- 
 ture of the city in 1842. On a neck 
 of land at the eastern side of the 
 city, about 150 feet above the plain, 
 stands the Bala Hissar, or upper 
 citadel, the usual residence of the 
 kings. Outside the town is the tomb 
 of the renowned Emperor Baber. 
 Cabul enjoys a remarkably fine cli- 
 mate, and is celebrated for its beauti- 
 ful gardens, which produce fruits 
 and llowers of all kinds in the great- 
 est abundance. Fruit indeed is more 
 ])lentiful than bread, and is consi- 
 <lered by the people as one of the 
 necessaries of life. Its population 
 before the war with the English was 
 estimated at C0,000. In the moun- 
 tains, a short distance to the north- 
 westward of Cabul, in Lat. 34 deg. 
 40 min. N., Long. 60 deg. 57 min. E., 
 is the city of Bamcean, the capital 
 
 of a small district of the same name, 
 dependent upon Cabul. It consists 
 for the greater part of a multitude 
 of apartments and recesses, cut out 
 of the rock, which are believed to 
 be of great antiquity. Amongst 
 other remarkable objects are two 
 colossal statues, cut in the face of 
 the mountain, about 150 feet in 
 height, and supposed to be ancient 
 idols. There are also some large 
 mounds, or, as they are termed by 
 the natives, topes, constructed of 
 blocks of stone, by some considered 
 to have been the work of the 
 Greeks. 
 CACHAR, one of the Bengal depen- 
 dencies, in India, bounded on the 
 north by Assam ; east, by Cossai; 
 south, ))y Tippera and Sylhet; and 
 west, by Gentia. It extends about 
 140 miles from north to south, and 
 100 miles from east to Avest. It is 
 composed of two divisions, the 
 northern called Dhurmapoor, and 
 the southern Cachar, separated from 
 each other by a ridge of mountains. 
 Its principal rivers are the Capili 
 and Boorak, both of which rise in 
 the eastern mountains, and flow 
 south-westerly into the Megna. 
 This country is, for the greater part, 
 mountainous, and much overrun 
 with jungle and sAvamps. In the 
 level parts the soil is fertile, but nut 
 Avell cultivated. Its i)roductions are 
 cotton, silk, wax, timber, limestone, 
 iron ore, and salt, with rice and 
 other grains. The towns are Dhur- 
 mapoor, Doodputtie, and Kospoor. 
 The original and correct name of 
 this country was Hairumbo. It has 
 acquired its present denomination 
 of Cachar from the tribe composing 
 its inhabitants, who are called 
 Cacharees, and are part of a nume- 
 rous tribe scattered over this quarter 
 of Asia, though the name is usually 
 limiteil to the Cachar principality. 
 They are a robust race, of fairer 
 comj)lexion than the Bengalese, and 
 of Tartar features. The iiresent 
 religion of Cachar is that of the 
 llinduos, which was introduced in
 
 48 
 
 CA 
 
 CA 
 
 ]7S0. Tlie language is the Ben- 
 galee, recently iutroduecd. The 
 original Hairiinibian dialect has 
 now become extinct. 
 
 CACTUS. This plant, in all its nume- 
 rous varieties, grows in great abun- 
 dance in India. It makes a formid- 
 able hedge around the compounds or 
 garden enclosures of houses, and in 
 some of the native towns is used, 
 with bamboos, as a fortification. The 
 milky juice of some kinds of cactus 
 is often used medicinally. 
 
 CAD J AN, a term used by the Euro- 
 peans in the peninsula of India to 
 denote the leaves of the fan palmyra 
 tree, on which the natives of the 
 south write with an iron style. It 
 likewise applies to a matting made 
 of the leaves of the cocoa-nut tree. 
 
 CAFFE-GAHA, the coffee tree of 
 Ceylon. It is now one of the most 
 valuable trees in the country, and 
 the growth of it has lately become 
 an object of considerable importance, 
 not only among the natives, but 
 among Europeans, many of whom 
 have large plantations of it in the 
 interior. It grows to about ten or 
 twelve feet high, and is seldom 
 thicker than nine or ten inches. The 
 coffee-berry grows at the root of the 
 leaves, in clusters of four or six. The 
 berry is at first green ; it then be- 
 comes red, and when ripe is nearly 
 black. It is surrounded by a pulp of 
 a sweetish taste. As soon as plucked, 
 the berries are spread on mats in 
 the sun to dry. When the moisture 
 is quite evaporated, tiie berry is 
 pounded in a mortar to take off the 
 rough outside. By this process it is 
 separated into two parts, flat on one 
 side and oval on the other, and after 
 being well cleansed and picked, it is 
 put in bags, each containing about 
 sixty pounds weight, and in this 
 state sent to England. 
 
 CAFILAH, Persian. A caravan. 
 
 CAFTAN, a quilted or thick outer 
 cloak, worn by tlie Tm'ks, Persians, 
 and Arab Shieks. 
 
 CAIIAK KA NAUTCH, the dance of 
 the bearer, a favourite pantomimic 
 
 dance or movement among the 
 Nautch-girls of India. 
 
 CAIQUE, a light bark, much used oa 
 the Bosphorus. 
 
 CALCUTTA, the capital of India, and 
 the " emporium of the east," is si- 
 tuated on the east side ofthe western 
 branch ofthe Ganges, in the province 
 of Bengal, called by Europeans the 
 Hoogly, but by the natives tlie Bha- 
 giruttee, about a hundred miles from 
 the sea, the whole of which distance 
 is navigable for ships, the river at 
 Calcutta itself being more than a 
 mile in breadth. Calcutta owes its 
 origin entirely to the English. In 
 1717 it was a petty village of mud 
 huts; it is now a city of palaces. la 
 1756 Calcutta was besieged and taken 
 from the English by Surajood Dow- 
 lut, the nabob of Bengal, on which 
 occasion the English prisoners, to 
 the number of 146, were confined by 
 him in a small room, called the 
 Black Hole, about twenty feet square, 
 where in one night all, except 23, 
 perished from suftbcation. Tlie fort, 
 named Fort William, stands about a 
 quarter of a mile below the city. It 
 was commenced by Lord Clive, 
 shortly after the battle of Plassey, 
 and is considered the strongest in 
 India. The total population of Cal- 
 cutta, amongst which are to be found 
 natives of every part of Asia, is es- 
 timated at about 550,000 persons. 
 Calcutta is the seat of the supreme 
 Government of British India. 
 
 CALICUT, on the coast, in Lat. 1 1 deg. 
 15 min. N., Long. 75 deg. 50 min. E., 
 was formerly the capital of the pro- 
 vince of jMalabar. It is also celebrated 
 as being the first place in India at 
 which any European settlement was 
 formed, the Portuguese, under Vasco 
 de Gama, having landed there in 149S. 
 
 CALIINIINDER, the name of a tree, 
 formei'ly abundant in Ceylon, and 
 used by the inhabitants in the manu- 
 facture of furniture. 
 
 CALIPH, vicegerent, successor, title 
 of the first successors of jMahomed. 
 
 CALIYUG, the most ancient of tlie 
 Indian eras. It dates from a period
 
 CA 
 
 3101 j-ears before Christ. It begins 
 ■\vitl) the entrance of the sun into the 
 Hindoo sign Aswin, -which is in 
 April. 
 CALPA. According to the chrono- 
 loffv of the Hindoos their extraor- 
 dinary system comprises a culpa, or 
 grand period of 4,320,000,000 years, 
 vhich they form as follows. Four 
 lesser yugs or yoogs, viz.: — 
 
 Years. 
 
 1st, Satya yug 1,728,000 
 
 2nd, Treta yug l,29fi,000 
 
 3rd, Dwapayug 864.000 
 
 4th, Kali yug 432,000 
 
 4,320,000 
 ■which make one divine age or malia 
 (great) yug; 71 maha yugs make 
 306,720,000 years, to which is added 
 a sandhi (or the time when day and 
 night border on each other, morning 
 and evening twilight), equal to a sa- 
 tya yug, 1,728,000, make a manwan- 
 tara of 368,448,000 years ; fourteen 
 nianwantaras make 4,318,272,000 
 years ; to which must be also added 
 a sandhi to begin the calpa, 
 1,728,000 years, make the calpa or 
 grand period of 4,320,000,000 j-ears. 
 Extraordinary as this jargon may 
 appear, it is no fanciful fiction, but 
 founded upon an actual astronomical 
 calculation. The Hindoos calculate 
 from the commencement of tlie pre- 
 f:ent Cali yug, which took place in 
 tlie 906th year of the world. Tlieir 
 <late, to correspond with the year of 
 our Lord 1832, or that of the world 
 5839, will be about 4933 of the Kali 
 yug. The Hindoos have various 
 other eras : those most conmionly 
 current are, the Saka, and the Sam- 
 bat. The former is computed from 
 the supposed l)irth of Salivahana, 
 King of Pratishthana, in Southern 
 India, in the year of the Kali yug 
 3179, which makes it seventy-eight 
 years after the birth of Christ. The 
 Sambat year numbers the luna solar 
 years in the same manner as tiic 
 Saka does the solar years. It is 
 computed from the reign of Vikra- 
 maditya, King of Uujeiu, which 
 
 CA 
 
 49 
 
 began fifty-seven years before the 
 birth of Clirist. 
 
 CA]\I1)AY is a sea-port, situated at the 
 head of the Gulf of Canibay, in Lat. 
 22 (leg. 21 min. N., Long. 72 deg. 
 48 min. E. It is an ancient town, 
 and was formerly of considerable 
 commercial importance. Tiie silver- 
 smitlis at this place are still noted 
 for their skill in embossing. 
 
 CANUAHAR. Tliis town is in the 
 province of Afghanistan, in Lat. 36 
 deg. 11 min. N., Long. 66 deg. 28 
 min. E. It is believed that this place 
 was founded b}- Alexander the Great, 
 and has always, from its position 
 near the frontiers of Persia, been a 
 phvce of considerable importance. 
 The original city was destroyed by 
 Nadir Shah, and the present town 
 was built in 1753, by Ahmed Siiah, 
 who made it his cajjital. It contains 
 about 100,000 inhabitants, of whom 
 a large i)roportion are Uooranee 
 Afghans. Sir William Nott, with a 
 British force, held possession of the 
 town against the Afghan kurds in 
 1841. 
 
 CANDEISII, a province of the Deccau 
 in India, bounded on the nortii by 
 Guzerat and ]\Ialwa ; east, Gen- 
 dwana aud Berar; south, Berar and 
 Aurungabad; west, Aurungabad and 
 Guzerat. This province may be 
 considered as consisting of three di- 
 visions: British, Candeish, Holkar, 
 and Scindia. The British portion 
 comprises the whole of Candeish 
 Proper, and occupies the western 
 part of the province from north to 
 south. Holkar's portion occupies a 
 small space in the centre, and Scin- 
 (lia's, a tract along the eastern side. 
 The rivers are the Nerbudda, Tup- 
 tee, Poorna, and others. The pro- 
 vince in general is hilly, and tra- 
 versed centrally, and along its eastern, 
 southern, and western sides, by 
 ranges of mountains. It is, however, 
 for the greatest p:'.rt remarkably fer- 
 tile, and copiously watered, and until 
 the commencement of the present 
 century well cultivated and thickly 
 peopled. In 1802 it was ravaged
 
 50 
 
 CA 
 
 CA 
 
 by the Holkar IMalirattas. and the 
 year following it was nearly depo- 
 Xnilated by a severe famine. From 
 this period it rapidly declined ; op- 
 pressed by a rapaci(n:s govei'nment, 
 and continually devastated by Bheels 
 and Pindarees, it was rendered al- 
 most a desert, and when entered by 
 the British, in 1818, the larger por- 
 tion of the province was foimd to be 
 overspread M-ith jungle, and aban- 
 doned, without inhabitants, to the 
 ■".vild beasts. A long period of time 
 "vill probably be required ere this 
 territory can be restored to its ori- 
 ginal prosperity. This province is 
 capable of producing in abundance 
 every thing foxuid in the adjoining 
 countries. ; Its fruits and vegetables 
 are excellent, particularly grapes, 
 which are considered the finest in 
 India. Amongst the wild animals, 
 tigers and wolves are very numerous 
 •and troublesome. The towns are, in 
 British Candeish, Xunderbar, Sind- 
 wa, Dowlea, Chopra, Jamneer, 3.1al- 
 ligaum, and Chundoor; in Holkar's 
 districts, Kurgoon and Bejagur; in 
 Scindia's, Hoshungabad, Hindia, 
 Ilurdwa, Chorwa, Asseergurb, and 
 Boorhampore. The inhabitants are 
 IMahrattas, a small proportion of IMa- 
 horaedans, inchidingthoseoftheBora 
 class, and Bheels, of which tribe this 
 jirovince may be considered the ori- 
 ginal country. The Bheels are found 
 in all the hilly and wooded districts, 
 from Malwa toBej apoor, and from the 
 eastern parts of Gnzerat to Gondwa- 
 ]ia. They are a distinct people from 
 the Hindoos, and are supposed to 
 form part of the original inhabitants 
 of central India. In person they are 
 generally small and black, of Avild 
 appearance, going nearly naked, and 
 constantly armed with bow and 
 arrow. They are divided into a num- 
 ber of tribes, each under its ownnaik, 
 or chief. They are generally averse 
 to agriculture, and addicted to hunt- 
 ing and plunder; but, being now- 
 subject to a more regular control, 
 they Avill probably acquire more civi- 
 lised habits. The religion is Hindoo- 
 
 ism and Mahornedanism. The pre- 
 vailing language is the Mahrattee. 
 In the Hoshungabad district the 
 Gondee is commonly spoken. 
 
 CANIATCHY, or, by mistake, CALI- 
 ATCHY, a term used in Malabar, 
 signifying landed inheritance, or pro- 
 perty. 
 
 C ANN ANOEE is situated on the Mala- 
 bar coast, in Lat. 11 deg. 42 min. N"., 
 Long. 75 deg. 27 min. E. This town, 
 with a small surrounding district, in 
 theprovince of JIalabar, was foraierly 
 under the government of a bebee or 
 princess, whose descendant still re- 
 tains the title, and resides in her 
 palace, under the protection of the 
 English. Her ancestor, a chief of the 
 ISIaplais, purchased the estate from 
 the Dutch. It was subsequently 
 seized byllyder Ah, and in 1799 an- 
 nexed to the British dominions ; an 
 adequate pension being settled upon 
 the bebee. The Portuguese had a 
 factory at this place in 1505. 
 
 CANONGOE, an officer of the Penin- 
 sular government, whose duty is to 
 keep a register of all circumstances 
 relating to the land revenue, and 
 when called upon, to declare the cus- 
 toms of each district, the nature of 
 the tenures, the quantity of land 
 in cultivation, the nature of the 
 produce, the amount of rent paid, 
 &c. 
 
 CANTON is the largest sea-port town 
 in China, and the only one to which 
 Europeans were formerly permitted 
 to resort. It is situated on the 
 banks of the river Quantung, or 
 Pekiang, in Lat. 32 deg. 4 min. N., 
 Long. 118 deg. 4 min. E., and has, 
 besides the suburbs on shore, a large 
 floating town upon the river, contain- 
 ing altogether nearly a million and a 
 half of inhabitants. There are fac- 
 tories in the suburbs estal^lished by 
 England and America, and by most 
 of the European powers. No fo- 
 reigners are permitted to enter the 
 city itself, but are restricted to the 
 suburbs. The Russians are excluded 
 from the sea-ports, because a land 
 trade is carried on with them on the
 
 CA 
 
 CA 
 
 51 
 
 frontiers of Siberia. About eighty 
 miles below Canton, on a small pe- 
 ninsula near the month of the river, 
 tlie entrance of which is called by 
 Europeans tlie Bocca Tigris, stands 
 tlie town of ilacao, belonging to the 
 Portuguese, who were permitted to 
 form this settlement in 1586, by the 
 Emperor of China, in reward for ser- 
 vices rendered by them in expelling 
 some pirates. Until 1842 it was the 
 only European settlement in the 
 Chinese empire, and is under strict 
 supervision, being in reality governed 
 by a mandarin, j^o foreign females 
 are allowed to pass beyond Macao, 
 v.'here European ships are conse- 
 quently obliged to land any who may 
 be on board, before they can proceed 
 up tlie river. A short distance from 
 JIacao is the small island of Hong 
 Kong, which was finally ceded to the 
 English in 1842, and is now an 
 Enu'lisli settlement. 
 
 CAPIDGI, Persian and Turkish. A 
 porter or door-keeper ; a chamber- 
 lain. The Capidgi-Bashee are a 
 higlier class of officers, and exclu- 
 sively employed to use the boAv- 
 strinc 
 
 CAPITAN PASHA, the Turkish High 
 Admiral. 
 
 CAEABOYS, great bottles for rose- 
 Avater, Persian wines, &c. 
 
 C All LEE, a village on the road from 
 Bombay to Poona, in the Deccan, 
 which gives its name to a remark- 
 able cavern, hewn on the face of a 
 precipice, about two-thirds up the 
 sides of a steep hill, rising, with a 
 very scarped and regular talus, to 
 the heiglit of probably 800 feet above 
 the plain. The excavations consist, 
 besides tlie principal temple, of many 
 smaller apartments and galleries, in 
 two stories, some of them ornamented 
 with great beaut^^ A mean and 
 ruinous temple of Siva serves as a 
 sort of gateway to the cave; a simi- 
 lar building stands on tlie right hand 
 of its portico. Within the portico 
 are colossal figures in alto relievo of 
 elephants, bestridden liy mahouts, 
 and moiuited with howdahs. There 
 
 are a number of columns witliin the 
 cave, with capitals resembling bells, 
 finely carved, and surmounted each 
 by two elephants with their trunks 
 entwined, and each carrying figures 
 of byraaees or ascetics. 
 CARNATIC, CENTRAL or MID- 
 DLE. This Indian province is 
 bounded on the north by the Ceded 
 Districts and the river Pennar; east, 
 by the sea; south, by the Coleroon; 
 west, by Salem, Baramahal, and My- 
 sore. Its principal districts are, 
 part of Nellore, Venkatagherry, Ko- 
 lastree, Chandgherry, Chittoor, Ma- 
 dras, Arcot, Chinglepet or the Jageer, 
 Cuddalore, and part of Trichinopoly. 
 The chief rivers are the Pennar, 
 Palar, and Panar, besides many 
 smaller streams. This province is, 
 in general, level and 0]3en, gradually 
 rising from the coast to the eastern 
 mountains ; broken in diflerent di- 
 rections by ridges and clusters of 
 rocky jungly hills. It is well wa- 
 tered by rivers and large tanks, and 
 is considered fertile. The produc- 
 tions are rice, raggy, gram, and other 
 .dry grains; indigo, and salt. Iron 
 is abundant, and is manufactured 
 into steel of very superior quality, 
 at Porto Xovo. Copper is also found 
 in the neighbourhood of Ivolastree. 
 The principal towns are Kolastree, 
 Chandgherry, Pulicat, Chittoor, Jla- 
 dras, Amboor, Vellore, Arcot, Con- 
 geveram, Chinglepet, Arnee, Vandi- 
 wasli, Sadras, Trinomally, Gingee, 
 Pondicherry, Trincaloor, Cuddalore, 
 and Chillumbrum. In ancient times 
 this province formed part of the 
 Hindoo sovereignty of the Karnatah 
 Desum ; the various petty princi- 
 palities which it comprised being all 
 nominally subject to it. The pre- 
 vailing languages of the Hindoo po- 
 pulation of this province are, in the 
 northern and western districts, Tc- 
 loogoo. and in the soutlicrn, Tamil. 
 CAKN A'ilC, NORTUEKN. This In- 
 dian province is bounded on the north 
 by the small river Gundiaama, which 
 separates it from the Guntoor dis- 
 trict of the Northern Circars ; east,
 
 52 
 
 CA 
 
 CA 
 
 the sea; south, the Pennur, diviiling 
 it from Centnil Carnatic; and vest, 
 the eastern nioinitains, separating it 
 from the Ceiled Districts. It is di- 
 vided into tlie districts of Ongole, and 
 part of Nellore. Tlie rivers are the 
 Gundig'ama, which flows into the sea 
 near INIoodapilly, tlie IVnnar, and 
 several small streams. Towards its 
 western bomidary this province is 
 hilly, but for the greater part it is 
 level and open, and tolerably fertile. 
 Kice and other grains are cultivated, 
 but the chief article of product is 
 salt, Avhich is manufactured in large 
 quantities on the coast for exporta- 
 tion. There are also copper-mines. 
 In Hindoo geography this province 
 formed part of what was denomi- 
 nated the Ujulra Desum. Its present 
 name of Carnatic has been given to 
 it by the English, on account of its 
 being included in the dominions of 
 the Nabob of the Carnatic, though 
 properly not applicable to it. 
 CAKNATIC, SOUTHERN. The boun- 
 daries of this province are on the 
 north the Cavery, and Coleroon, 
 separating it from Salem and Cen- 
 tral Carnatic; east, the sea; south, 
 the Gulf of Manar ; west, Travan- 
 core and Coimbatoor. The follow- 
 ing are its principal districts : Tri- 
 chinopoly, Tanjore, Tondiman's 
 Country, Dindigul, Jfadura, and 
 Tinnevelly. The rivers are the Cole- 
 roon, Cavery, Vyparoo, and several 
 smaller streams. This province pre- 
 sents great variety of appearance. 
 The districts of Trichinopoly and 
 Tanjore are level and open, well wa- 
 tered and fertile, particularly Tan- 
 jore. Tondiman's Country consists 
 for the greater part of thick jungle. 
 Dindigul and ]\Iadura are moun- 
 tainous and Avoodcd, well Avatered 
 and fertile. Tinnevelly is level and 
 open. The productions are rice, to- 
 bacco, cotton, and jaggery, the latter 
 two articles principall}' in Tinne- 
 velly. There are elephants in the 
 southern and western parts of ]Ma- 
 dura and Dindigul. The princi]>al 
 towns are Trichinopoly, Tanjore, 
 
 Combaconum, Tranqucbar, Nagore, 
 Negaputam, Poodoocotta, Dindigul, 
 Sholavandrum, Madura, Shevagun- 
 ga, llanumd, Tinnevelly, Palamcot- 
 tah, and Tuticorin. This province 
 has its present general name of 
 Southern Carnatic from the English. 
 There is no native name applicable 
 to it as a whole. 
 
 CAROOR is situated on the northern 
 bank of the river Amravutti, in the 
 province of Coimbatoor, not far from 
 the Cavery, and about fifty miles 
 westerly from Trichinopoly. The 
 Amravutti being the ancient boun- 
 dary between the dominions of My- 
 sore and Trichinopoly, Caroor was 
 formerly a place of considerable com- 
 merce, and is stiU a neat, pleasant 
 town. 
 
 CARWANUK, the bustard florikan. 
 It is a common bird in India all the 
 year round, but not much esteemed 
 by sportsmen. 
 
 CASHMERE. Cashmere is bounded 
 on the north and south-cast by the 
 Himalaya mountains, separating it 
 from Thibet; and on the east, south, 
 and west by Lahore. Its principal 
 river is the Jelum, which traverses it 
 from east to west. There are also 
 numerous smaller streams and lakes, 
 many of them navigable for boats, 
 affording means of communication, 
 and copiously watering the province 
 throughout. Caslimere consists of a 
 valley, of an oval form, about 60 
 miles from north to south, and 110 
 miles from east to west, surrounded 
 on all sides by lofty mountains. 
 There is a tradition, which seems 
 from appearances to be well founded, 
 that the whole of this valley was 
 once the bed of a large lake. It is 
 generally of a level surface, and is 
 celebrated throughout Asia for the 
 beauty of its situation, the fertility of 
 its soil, and the pleasantness of its cli- 
 mate. Earthquakes are, however, fre- 
 quent, and on this account the houses 
 are usually built of Avood. This pro- 
 vince yields abundant crops of rice. 
 It also produces wheat, barley, and 
 other grains ; various kinds of fruits
 
 CA 
 
 CE 
 
 53 
 
 and flowers common to Europe, as 
 well as those generally fomid in 
 i\sia; suijar, wine, and a superior 
 kind of saifron. Iron, of an excel- 
 lent quality, is found in the moun- 
 tains. Cashmere is famous for the 
 manufacture of very fine sliawls. 
 The wool of which these are made is 
 hrought from Tliibet, and j)repared 
 in Cashmere. The natives are like- 
 Avise very clever in all kinds of lac- 
 quered ware and cabinet-work, and 
 they make the best writing-paper in 
 Asia. The principal towns are Cash- 
 mere and Islamabad. The natives 
 of Cashmere, or, as they are gene- 
 rally denominated, Cashmerians, are 
 partly of Hindoo, and partly of Af- 
 ghan and jMoghul origin. They are 
 ;i stout, well-formed people, of a gay 
 and lively disposition, and much ad- 
 dicted to literature and poetry. The 
 Cashmerian females have always 
 been noted for their beauty and 
 their fair complexions, and were for- 
 merly much sought after for wives 
 by the Moghul nobleniLn of Delhi. 
 The mountains arc inhabited by 
 tribes entirely distinct from the 
 Cashmerians of the valley, but 
 scarcely any thing is yet known 
 about them. The total population 
 of the valley is sujiposed to be about 
 600,000. It is governed by a iSikh 
 Sirdar. 
 
 CASHMERE, formerly called Srce- 
 nuggur, is the capital of the pro- 
 vince of Cashmere. It is situated 
 on both banks of the river Jelum, 
 in Lat. 33 deg. 23 min. N., Long. 74 
 deg. 47 min. E., and contains about 
 150,000 inhabitants. 
 
 CASTE, tribe, breed, from the Por- 
 tuguese word casta, a breed. The 
 Hindoo religion divides the people 
 into castes. 
 
 CATAMARAN, a small boat, or, ra- 
 ther, a log of wood, on which cer- 
 tain amphibious natives of the Co- 
 roniandel coast traverse the sea. 
 There is much conmiunication be- 
 tween the shipping and the shore at 
 JIadras by means of these small 
 craft. They accommodate but a 
 
 single individual, who either sits 
 across them, or squats, tailor- 
 fashion, emploj'ing a single jiaddle 
 to direct and propel the vessel. It is 
 amazing to observe the rapidity and 
 ease with which the adventurous 
 navigator rights his craft and re- 
 sumes his position after being cap- 
 sized by a hostile wave. 
 
 CATTIE, a Chinese measure, used in 
 computing quantities of tea. 
 
 CAUZEE, or CAZI, a ]\[ahomedan 
 judge, or justice, who occasionally 
 officiates also as a public notary, in 
 attesting deeds, by affixing his name 
 thereto. He is the same officer Avhom 
 in Turkey is called Cadi. 
 
 CAVERY, the. This river rises in 
 the western hills of Koorg, near the 
 province of Malabar, and runs east- 
 wards through Mysore, Coimbatoor, 
 and Southern Carnatic. At Triclii- 
 nopoly it divides into two branches: 
 the northern branch is named the 
 Coleroon, and flows into the Ray of 
 Rengal at Devicotta. The southern 
 branch retains the name of the 
 Cavery, and flows through Tanjore 
 by a number of channels into the 
 Bay of Bengal. 
 
 C AWNEY, a Aladras measure, equal to 
 1.3223 acres. 
 
 CAWNPORE, or KIIANPOOR, is 
 situated on the west side of the 
 Ganges, which is here more than a 
 mile broad, in Lat. 26 deg. 30 min. 
 iS"., Long. 80 deg. 13 min. E. It is 
 a modern town, and one of the 
 l)rincipal military stations in the 
 lirovince of Allahabad to which cir- 
 cumstance it owes its rise. The 
 neighbouring gardens produce abun- 
 dance of grapes, peaches, and other 
 European fruits and vegetables. 
 
 CELEBES. This is a large island, of 
 very irregular shape, extendingfrom 
 Lat. 2 deg. N. to nearly G deg. S., 
 and from Long, ll'.t deg. to 125 deg. 
 E., and lying east of Borneo, from 
 which it is separated by tlu; Straits 
 of Macassar. It is divided into :i 
 number of independent states, of 
 which the princijjal are Boni and 
 JIacassar. Its principal articles of
 
 54 
 
 CE 
 
 CE 
 
 export are gold, cotton cloths, sn.fro, 
 cassia, pearls, and sea-slug. The 
 small Island of i;ootoon,at the south- 
 eastern extremity of Celebes, also 
 produces the bread-fruit. The prin- 
 cipal towns are IMacassar and I5oni. 
 By the natives, and by the IMalays, 
 this island is called Kegree Ourang 
 Buggess, or the " Buggessman's 
 Country," and sometimes " Thana 
 Macassar." It received its European 
 name of Celebes from the Portuguese. 
 It contains several distinct tribes of 
 inhabitants, of which the principal 
 aretheBnggesses and the JMacassecs. 
 CEYLON, an island, situated at the 
 entrance of the Bay of Bengal. It 
 lies between 6 deg. and 10 deg. of 
 N. Lat. and between 8(! deg. and 82,1- 
 deg. E. Long. Its extreme length 
 is about 240 miles, and the breadth 
 varies from forty to 170 miles. It 
 is called Lanka, or Lanka Dwipa 
 (the island of Lanka), by the Cin- 
 galese, who are the inhabitants of 
 the interior, and of the southern 
 parts of the islands, Ilangee by the 
 Tamulians, who are the inhabitants 
 of the north. It was known to the 
 ; ancient Greeks and Eomans under 
 the name of Taprobane. The east 
 shore is in many places bold and 
 rocky. The north and north-west 
 are low and flat. The south and 
 sovith-east are much elevated, and 
 have a very picturesque appearance. 
 The interior abounds Avith immense 
 jungles, lofty mountains, extensive, 
 rich, and well watered plains. 
 The annual range of the thermo- 
 meter is trom 76 deg. to SG deg. at 
 Colombo, on the west coast ; from 
 70 deg. to 87 deg. at Galle, on the 
 south coast; from 70 deg. to 90 deg. 
 at Jafhia, on the north coast ; and 
 from 74 deg. to 91 diig. at Trinco- 
 malee, on the east coast. Atlvandy, 
 in the centre of the island, it ranges 
 from GG deg. to 80 deg. AtNuwara 
 Eliya, fifty miles south-east of 
 Kandy, in the middle of the day, 
 the thermometer seldom exceeds 73 
 deg., and in the nights in December 
 and January, 1836-37, it was some- 
 
 times as low at 28 deg. Tliere are 
 four large rivers (besides many 
 secondary ones), all of which take 
 their rise in the range of mountains, 
 the centre of which is Adam's Peak. 
 Thej' are the I\iahawEeli Ganga, the 
 Kalu Ganga, the Kalani Ganga, and 
 the Walawa Ganga. The chief 
 harbours in Ceylon are Colombo, 
 on the west coast (in the form of a 
 semicircle, not capable of containing 
 ships of more than 200 tons burden) ; 
 Trincomalee, on the cast coast ; a 
 harbour so large and commodious, 
 that it has been said the whole navy 
 of England could ride in it with 
 perfect safety; and Galle, on the south 
 coast. In the inner harbour, ships 
 may lie in security all parts of the 
 A'car, as the high lands on all sides 
 shelter it from every wmd. The 
 outer roads are spacious. Tlie chief 
 towns of Ceylon are the following: 
 Colombo (Kolamba, in the native 
 language), tlie English capital, on 
 the west coast, in Lat. 6 deg. .57min. 
 N., and Long. 80 deg. E. The fort 
 is situated on a small projection of 
 land, W' ashed on three sides by the 
 sea. Tlie ramparts are strong. 
 There is a deep fosse on the side 
 that is not washed by the sea. Over 
 this are two drawbridges, one near 
 the south gate, leading to the Galle 
 i'ace, the other on the east, leading 
 to the Pettah, outside or native 
 town. The streets, of which there 
 are four principal ones, and along 
 each side of which are rows of fine 
 old Suriya, or tulip trees, cut each 
 other at right angles. The public 
 buildings in the fort are the Gover- 
 nor's house, the English church, a 
 library well stocked Avith books of 
 all kinds, but open only to the civil, 
 militaiy, and ecclesiastical servants 
 of government, a general post-of&ce, 
 the government offices, a hospital, 
 medical museum, and numerous 
 shops and offices, &c., belonging to 
 I'^nglish and native merchants. A 
 lake almost insulates the fort. In 
 the centre of this lake is a tongue of 
 land, called Slave Island, being the
 
 CE 
 
 55 
 
 place where the Dutch used to keep 
 their slaA'es. The Pettah, or outside 
 town, is regularly built, and divided 
 into numerous streets. In the 
 Pettah are situated the supreme 
 court, the magistrate's court, the 
 cutcher}-, the Dutch church, a lofty 
 building erected in 1746, on a hill 
 in the centre of the Pettah, a 
 Malabar, or Tamul cluircli, called 
 St. Thomas's, another churcli called 
 St. Paul's, built by government in 
 ISIG, for the use of tlae Portuguese 
 Protestants; several churches and 
 chapels belonging to the Roman 
 Catholics, and chapels belonging to 
 the Wesleyan Wethodist and Bap- 
 tist missionaries. The population 
 of Colombo, consisting of English, 
 Dutch, Portuguese, Cingalese, 
 Moormen, Malays, Parsees, Chinese, 
 Tamulians, and Caflfres, is estimated 
 at about 35,000. Three English 
 judges preside over the supreme 
 court of Colombo. The criminal 
 sessions are held four times a year. 
 In other places the sessions are held 
 twice a jear. According to the 
 charter granted to the island in 1833, 
 one of the three judges must always 
 remain in Colombo. Tiie magis- 
 trates of the district courts have no 
 power to condemn a person to suffer 
 death, to be transported, to be impri- 
 soned more than a year, to suffer 
 more than 100 lashes, or to be fined 
 more than ten pounds. In all cases 
 there is a right of appeal from the 
 smaller courts to the supreme court, 
 and the governor has the power to 
 reverse the sentence of the supreme 
 court. In any case of more than 
 live Imndred pounds, the parties, by 
 giving security to the amount of 
 tiiree hundred pounds, can appeal to 
 the Queen of England. The govern- 
 ment of Ceylon is vested in a 
 governor (with a salary of 700 )/. a 
 year), assisted by two councils, the 
 legislative and executive councils, 
 the members of both of which are, 
 except in tliree or four instances, 
 servants of government. The mili- 
 tary force of Ceylon consists of 3300 
 
 or 4000 men, about two-thirds of 
 whom are Europeans, and the rest 
 Malays, Cafires, &c. The ecclesi- 
 astical establishment consists of 
 an archdeacon, under whom are five 
 European chaplains and five native 
 chaplains. The roads from Colombo 
 to Kandy, seventy-two miles into 
 the Ulterior, and from Colombo to 
 Galle, seventy-two miles along tlie 
 coast southwards, are nearly as 
 good as the roads in England, and 
 mail coaches run daily to both of 
 these places. To other parts of the 
 island the mails are carried hj men. 
 Large tracts of land in almost every 
 part of the country, and particularly 
 in the southern and central parts of 
 the island, have been purchased of 
 government by English merchants 
 and others at the rate of five shillings 
 an acre. Parts of these have been 
 cleared and planted with coSee, 
 or cinnamon, or sugarcane, the pro- 
 duce of which has far more than 
 realised the expectations of the pur- 
 chasers in most instances. Some 
 also of the richer natives, seeing the 
 success that has attended the specu- 
 lations of the Eurojjean merchants, 
 have imitated their good example, 
 and there is every reason to believe 
 that in the course of a few years the 
 wild beasts of the jungles will be 
 driven away from their fastnesses 
 by the advances of civilisation, and 
 that tracts of jungles and mountains, 
 now altogether useless, or worse 
 than useless, will soon be brought 
 under cultivation, and will yield 
 their fruit in its season ibr the benefit 
 of man. Compnlsor}' labour, which 
 was almost as great a hindrance to 
 the improvement of the natives as 
 slavery itself, has been abolished. 
 Ceylon aboimds with minerals and 
 precious stones, iron ore, mica, 
 plumbago, nitre, mercury, salt, 
 the ruby, cat's eye, liyacintli, 
 sapphire, topaz, the adamantine 
 spar, Matura diamond, the tour- 
 maline, and the amethyst. There is 
 a great variety of <piadrupeds in 
 Ceylon. The j ungles and momitains
 
 56 
 
 CE 
 
 CE 
 
 are literally filled with elephants. 
 Tamed ones are used in common. 
 Buffiiloes are as common as cows in 
 England. In some parts they are 
 ■wild. The breed of native cattle is 
 small. Tlie horses used in Ceylon 
 are chiefly those hronght from 
 Arabia, the coast of India, and the 
 Cape of Good Hope, and some few 
 from England. Sheep and goats 
 abound chiefly in the north of the 
 island. Among ■wild animals may 
 be reckoned leopards, bears, elk, 
 deer, hogs, jackals, polecats, porcu- 
 pines, ■wild cats, different kinds of 
 monkeys, squirrels, musk rats, and 
 field rats. Among reptiles and in- 
 sects may be mentioned the tortoise, 
 large and small guana, rock snake, 
 cobra capella, polonga, rat snake, 
 aUigator,lizard, chameleon, tarantula, 
 beetles of various kinds, scorpion, 
 grasshopper, musquito, wasp, fire- 
 fly, glow-worm, eye-fly, black, white, 
 and red ant, land and water leech, 
 and centipede. The plumage of the 
 feathered tribes is very brilliant. 
 Among the birds may be enumerated 
 the wild peacock, kite, vulture, 
 various kinds of owls, heron, wild 
 red or jungle cock, snipe, kingfisher, 
 crane, a species of the bird of para- 
 dise, wood-pecker, water-hen, green 
 parrot, teal, mmah, myriads of 
 sparrows, and millions of crows. 
 Tlie principal inhabitants of the 
 island of Ceylon are the Cingalese. 
 They inliabit all the interior of the 
 island, as well as the maritime parts, 
 and may with the greatest propriety 
 be considered the Aborigines. The 
 Cingalese are kind, mild in their 
 manners, and hospitable. The better 
 educated amongst them, who have 
 learnt the English language, are 
 employed by the government in 
 various offices of great responsibility. 
 Though the Cingalese profess, as 
 the majority of them do, the doc- 
 trines of the Budhist religion, in 
 which no distinction of caste is 
 recognised, yet they do observe caste 
 with the nicest punctuality. They 
 are divided into twenty-one castes. 
 
 Feelings of the most intolerable pride, 
 on the one hand, and of the most 
 abject humiliation on the other, are 
 generated and kept alive from age to 
 age by the system of caste, which 
 sets every man's heart as well as 
 hand against his brother. There is 
 little domestic intercourse between 
 persons of different castes, and it is 
 considered a great disgrace and 
 degradation for a man or woman to 
 marry a person of a lower caste than 
 their own. There is little in their 
 outward appearance to distinguisli 
 persons of one caste from those of 
 another. In the maritime parts 
 persons of some of the low cistes 
 are not allowed to wear combs in 
 their hair, or jackets, or shoes and 
 stockings, as those of the high castes 
 do. In "personal appearance the 
 Cingalese are good looking : they 
 have bright black eyes, long black 
 hair, which persons of both sexes 
 turn up behind, and fasten in a knot, 
 which they call a "ciindi/." The 
 men wear above their cundies large 
 square combs of tortoise shell, under- 
 neath which is a small semicircular 
 one. Young unmarried women are 
 generally to be distinguished from 
 married women by having a small 
 semicircular comb in their hair 
 above their cundies. The insldes 
 of their hands and the soles of 
 their feet are white, the rest of the 
 body black. The people of the inte- 
 rior seldom shave their beards, while 
 those on the sea-coast do. \Vhen a 
 young man undergoes the operation 
 of shaving for the first time, he 
 always gives a feast to his friends. 
 The dress of the Cingalese is very 
 neat, and remarkably well adapted 
 to the country. The head men in the 
 low countries generally wear a 
 combo)/, which is a piece of cloth 
 about three yards long, wrajiped 
 round the waist, and fastened by a 
 broad band or strong belt. Their 
 shirts reach only just within the top 
 of the comboy, where they are bound 
 tight Avith it. The dress for the 
 upper part of the body is a waistcoat
 
 CE 
 
 CH 
 
 57 
 
 and jacket. The married ■women 
 amoni;- the Cingalese in general do 
 all tlie household Avork, and go to 
 the ba.-ars to sell tlie produce of their 
 gardens. They are also mucli en- 
 gaged in ■weeding the paddi/ (rice, 
 'wheu growing) crops, cutting the 
 htrukhan, and other " fine grains," 
 ■when ripe, planting and digging up 
 the sweet potatoe, &c. They carry 
 all tlieir goods on their heads in 
 baskets. A poor ■woman may be 
 seen with a basket load of the pro- 
 duce of her garden on her head, and 
 carr\'iiig one little cliikl astride on 
 her hip, supported b}* one of her arms 
 passing across its back, and with 
 anotlier little child dragging her 
 comboy on the other side. The men 
 never carry burdens on their heads. 
 They have an elastic piece of wood 
 called alkata or kat-Ii, generally made 
 of the areka tree, about live feet long 
 and three inches broad, made very 
 smooth, and a little tapering towards 
 each end, ■where there is a notch. 
 To each end they tie their loads of 
 pnchlii. rice, &c., and carry it across 
 their shoulders. 
 
 CIIABOOK, a whip. Before ■vvise 
 governors had insisted upon a re- 
 cognition of the personal liberty of 
 the natives and a proper treatment 
 of all classes by the I^uropeans in 
 India, the " whip" was a common 
 instrument of coercion, used alike to 
 punish servants or chastise the inso- 
 lence of a poor trader who dared to 
 ask for his due, or declined to part with 
 his yoods without promj)t pavment. 
 
 CHABUOK-SOWAK, literally, a 
 ■whip-horseman, a rough rider. 
 
 CHAKUKAN, service lands, from 
 chakur, a servant. 
 
 CJIALIEBS, a distinct class of people, 
 employed on tlie island of Ceylon to 
 prepare the spice fmm the cinnamon 
 tree. I'roc'uring bunches of about 
 three feet in length, they scrape off 
 the rough bark with knives, and 
 tlien, witli another instrument, strip 
 off tlie inner rind in long slips. 
 The.'e are tied up in bundles, and 
 put to dry in the sun, and the wood 
 
 is sold for fuel. The caste of the 
 Chaliers or "peeler" is very low, 
 and it would be considered a degra- 
 dation for any other to follow the 
 same business. 
 
 CHALL, the Turkish term for a 
 shawl. 
 
 CIIAA'DA, situated eight}- miles 
 southward from Nagpore, in the pro- 
 vince of Gondwana, is a populous 
 and strongly fortified town, e(iual in 
 size to Nagpore, and lias generally 
 been the principal depot of thelMah- 
 ratta government in this province. 
 
 CHAN UAL AS, pariahs ; outcasts, 
 Hindoos who have violated some 
 leading principle in the Hindoo 
 religion. 
 
 CHANDERNAGORE, distant sixteen 
 miles from Calcutta, on the west: 
 bank of the Hoogly, belongs to the 
 French. It contains about 45,000 
 inhabitants. It is a place of no sort 
 of importance. 
 
 CHANDOOR, a fortified town, com- 
 manding the principal pass into 
 Aurnngabad, and situated in Lat. 
 20 deg. 19 min. N., Long. 74 deg. 19 
 min. E. 
 
 CHANDRA, or SOilA, the moon. In 
 Hindoo mytliology it is described as 
 a male, and is painted young, beau- 
 tiful, and of dazzling fiiirness ; two- 
 armed, and having in his hands a 
 club and a lotus. He is usually rid- 
 ing on or in a car drawn by an ante- 
 lope. Being a Kettrie, he h of the 
 warrior caste. It is liekl fortunate 
 to be born under this jjlanet, as the 
 individual will possess many friends, 
 together witii the iiigli distinctions 
 and enjoyments of life. Soma pre- 
 sides over Somvor. or IMondav. 
 
 CIIAPER KHANEII, a piace'in Per- 
 sia, where post-horses are held in 
 readiness for the service of the go- 
 vernment. 
 
 CHARPOYS, small beds in use among 
 all classes of natives of India, and not 
 unfrequently used by officers iu camp, 
 because of their portable character. 
 Tliey consist of a square or oblong 
 wooden frame, resting upon four 
 stout legs, cotton tape being stretched
 
 58 
 
 CH 
 
 CH 
 
 and laid across to receive a mat, a 
 goochy, or otlier bedding. 
 
 CHAliVEDAR, a mule driver with a 
 caravan in Persia or Turkey. 
 
 CHATTAIT, an umbrella or parasol. 
 These very necessary protections 
 from thelndian sun areof all sizes and 
 materials. The overseer who is much 
 exposed in going over Avorks and 
 plantations, the engineer superin- 
 tending the construction of buildings, 
 the sportsman in his howdah on the 
 elephant's back, the functionary -who 
 has frequently to go from shore to 
 ship, are usually attended by a coo- 
 lie, who bears a broad chattah 
 form.ed of the talipot or dried plan- 
 tain leaf over his head. The natives 
 use silk or cotton umbrellas, except- 
 ing at Bombay, Madras, and Cejdon, 
 where a Chinese parasol, formed of 
 paper spread on ribs of bamboo, and 
 varnished black, is exceedingly po- 
 pular. 
 
 CHATTY, an earthen pot of a globular 
 form, witli a sliort neck. Chatties 
 preserve water at a cool temperature, 
 and being partially porous, free it of 
 many of its impurities before use. 
 Several chatties of water form the 
 shower bath of a European in those 
 houses wliich are not furnished with 
 one of the ordinary mechanical con- 
 trivances. 
 
 CHECKS, screens to keep out the 
 glare. These agreeable addenda to 
 Indian habitations are formed cf 
 bamboo latlies or strips, fi-om four to 
 •six feet in length, and about the 
 thickness of a very large knitting- 
 needle, or, perhaps, of a crowquill. 
 A thin, clean-worked lath, of the 
 .same material, is put at the top and 
 bottom. The cheeks are generally 
 painted green or reddish brown, and 
 are suspended to the windows, doors, 
 and entrances of tents. 
 
 CHEECHEE, a word used offensivel}', 
 to designate the half-castes orcountr\' 
 borns (Ihirasians, q. v.) It takes its 
 origin in every-day expressions of 
 the country born ladies, synonymous 
 with " Oil fie! " — " Nonsense" — " Eor 
 shame," Sec. 
 
 CHEETA, the spotted leopard. 
 These animals, which abound in 
 the jungles of Hindostan, are 
 caught -when young and trained by 
 the native chieftains to hunt ante- 
 lopes. Tliey are brought out upon 
 a wheeled platform blindfolded and 
 restrained ; the bandage being re- 
 moved from their eyes, and the ante- 
 lope then allowed plenty of law, they 
 are let loose upon the animal and 
 speedily succeed in bringing it down. 
 This is a popular up-country sport. 
 
 CHELA, a disciple, or follower. 
 
 CHELLAUN, Hindostanee. A way- 
 bill, provided by postmasters in In- 
 dia as a check to travellers, govern- 
 ment messengers, carriers, &c., Avho 
 have contracted to perform a given 
 distance in a certain time. 
 
 CHENAB, the largest of the fivp 
 rivers forming the Punjab. It rises 
 in the Himalayas, eastward of Cash- 
 mere, and flowing south-westerly, is 
 j oined by the Jelum at Trimoo Ghaut. 
 Lower down, about 50 miles north of 
 jNIooltan, it receives the Bavee, and 
 a little above Ooch it is joined by 
 the Sutlej, or, as it is also called at 
 this part, the Garra, whence it flows 
 south-westerly into the Indus at 
 Mittun. The Chenab is considered 
 to be the Acesines of the Greeks. 
 
 C HENNA, parched grain, a favourite 
 condiment among the Hindoos when 
 it is mixed with lime-juice and 
 pepper. 
 
 CHEKA POONJEE, a small English 
 station in the Cossai hills, about 
 20 miles to the north of Silhet. 
 
 CHERRY ]\IERRY, the vulgar phrase 
 for Buxis, or Bukshish (presents), 
 chiefly, if not solely, in use in West- 
 ern India. " Cherry Merry Bam- 
 boo" is a pleasant phrase for a 
 thrashing with a bamboo. 
 
 CHIAOUISnES, Turkish or Persian. 
 i\Iessengers or heralds. 
 
 CHIBOUK, a long Turkish pipe, the 
 stem of which is formed of cherry 
 wood or ebony, the mouth-piece of 
 amber, and the bowl of baked earth- 
 enware. 
 
 CIIICACOLE, a district of the North-
 
 CH 
 
 ■ CH 
 
 69 
 
 ern Circars. It was anciently de- 
 signated the Kalimja Desum. It is 
 the largest of the Circars. It is 
 generally hilly, well watered, having 
 four rivers flowing into the sea at 
 Kalingapatam, Chicacole, Bimlipa- 
 tam, and Vizigapatam, besides some 
 smaller streams, and very fertile. 
 
 CHICACOLE. Tliis town is situated 
 a little distance inland, on the north- 
 ern bank of a river of the same 
 name in the district of Chicacole, in 
 the Xorthern Circars. By the Ma- 
 homedans it was named Mafooz 
 Bundur. It is noted for the manu- 
 facture of muslins. 
 
 CHIKARA, the Indian ravine deer. 
 
 CHUvOIJ, a large bird, of the partridge 
 kind, bigger than the red grouse, 
 found in the jungles and corn-fields 
 of India, at the foot of the hills. 
 
 CHILLAW, Persian. Plain, boiled rice. 
 
 CHILLUai, the bowl of the hookah 
 and the ingredients placed therein 
 for smoking purposes. The prepared 
 tobacco, and the charcoal ball (ghool) 
 constitute a chillum. 
 
 CHILLUMBEUM, This is a large 
 and poi)idous town, situated on the 
 coast, tliirty-six miles south from 
 Pondicherr}', in the province of Cen- 
 tral or rdiddle Carnatic, and not far 
 from the river Coleroon. Tliere is an 
 extensive indigo factory at tliis place, 
 and the islands in the Coleroon are 
 covered with the indigo plant. It is 
 also celebrated on account of its pa- 
 godas, wliich are large and ancient. 
 About a mile to the north of Chil- 
 lumbrum are the remains of Porto 
 Novo, formerly a large and wealthy 
 town, but destroyed by llyder Ali 
 when he invaded the Carnatic in 
 1782. It is still a place of some trade. 
 
 CHILLU.MCHEE. See Giiindy. 
 
 CIIIN-CIIIN, a familiar con,ii)liment- 
 nry salutation in use among the 
 Chinese of Canton and otlier ports. 
 
 CHINNU MU8TUKA, in Hindoo 
 mythology, is a form of Parvati as 
 Kali, and the mcti of Siva, in the 
 form of Kapali. 
 
 CHIT, a corruption of tlie Hindoo term 
 Chit, hee (loosely pronounced Chitty), 
 
 which in English means " a letter," be 
 tlie same short or long, for there are 
 not in India any such epistolary dis- 
 tinctions as correspond with our 
 " notes," " letters," &c. Through- 
 out the British eastern territories, 
 verbal messages by servants are al- 
 most unknown, so that chits are 
 flying about towns and cantonments 
 all day long, and the peons or sepoys 
 are kept in constant employment as 
 the bearers of these despatches. The 
 chit is often sent open, and the replj^ 
 returned " per bearer " on the same 
 sheet of paper, to save time. 
 
 CHITTACX, the lowest denomination 
 of the gross weights. It Aveighs one 
 ounce, seventeen pennyweights and 
 twelve grains troy. 
 
 CHITTAGONG, or properly Islama- 
 bad, is a seaport, situated in Lat. 22 
 deg. 22 min. N., Long. 91 deg. 42 
 min. E. It is a place of considera- 
 ble trade, particularly for teak and 
 other woods, and numbers of large 
 ships are constructed in its dock- 
 yards. About twenty miles to the 
 northward of Islamabad is a hot 
 spring, called Seetakoond, and about 
 eight miles from Seetakoond there is 
 a small volcano. 
 
 CHITTLEDPOOG, a fortified town 
 and strong hill-fort, the capital of 
 the district of Chittledroog, in the 
 province of Mysore. It is situated 
 in Lat. 14 deg. 4 min. N., Long. Tfj 
 deg. 30 min. E. By the natives it is 
 called " Seetla Doorg," which signi- 
 fies " the spotted fortress," and also 
 Chuttra kul, " the lunbrella rock." 
 The fort stands on a cluster of rocky 
 hills, the highest jaeak of whicli is 
 about 800 feet above the plain. The 
 ascent is partly by steps, and partly 
 by notches, cut in the steep and 
 smooth surface of the rock, Tlierc 
 are in the fort two fine tanks of 
 water, several pagodas, and a deep 
 well sunk in the rock as a magazine 
 for ghee. Cliittledroog is famous for 
 tlie variety and excellence of its 
 fruits. In a dell among the moun- 
 tains, a short distance to the west of 
 Chittledroog, there is a curious suite
 
 60 
 
 CH 
 
 CH 
 
 of (lark subterranean apartments, 
 Avliicli probably Avere formerly the 
 habitations of devotees. 
 
 CHITTOOK, in the province of Cen- 
 tral C;;rnatic. This town is situated 
 in the hills, about eighty miles west 
 from JIadras. It was formerly one 
 of sevei'al small pollans, or hill dis- 
 tricts, and came into the possession 
 of the English in 1801, though the 
 Polygars, or hill chiefs, were not 
 finallV subdued till 1804. 
 
 CHITT ORE stands in Lat. 24 deg. 52 
 min. N., Long. 74 deg. 45 min. E. 
 This was for many centuries the ca- 
 pital of the principality of Odeypoor, 
 and much celebrated for its strength 
 and riches. It was several times 
 captured by the ilahomedans, but 
 was never permanently retained by 
 them. It is still a line town, and 
 contains many temples and other 
 buildings remarkably well construct- 
 ed, particularly two towers of white 
 marble, about 100 feet high, and 
 finely carved, dedicated to Siva. 
 The fort, which was formerly consi- 
 dered one of the strongest in India, 
 stands on a steep rock overlooking 
 the town, and about four miles in 
 length. 
 
 CHOBDAR, or silver pole-bearer. A 
 retainer of persons of consequence; 
 sometimes only one, but usually two 
 are employed, and even four may be 
 seen in the retinue of very exalted 
 characters, such as judges, members 
 of council, collectors, &c. The pole, 
 or chohe, borne by these functionaries 
 is about four feet and a half in length, 
 tapering gradually, from the metal 
 ferule at its base, to the top, which 
 is usually about four inches in dia- 
 meter, and embossed with figures, 
 such as a tiger's head, &c., while the 
 rest, for the whole length, is of some 
 pattern, such as volutes, scales, 
 flowers, &c. The pole consists of a 
 stafl", perhaps three quarters of an 
 inch in diameter, spreading towards 
 its top, so as to assimilate to the 
 form of the exterior case, which is 
 of solid wrought silver, often weigh- 
 ing 150 rupees or more. The chob- 
 
 dar is generally a man of some pru- 
 dence, versed in all the ceremonies of 
 court etiquette. He stands at the 
 inner door of the audience, or re- 
 ceiving apartments, announcing the 
 approach of visitors, and conducting 
 them to the presence. The clwbe 
 being in itself of some value, and 
 the office of considerable trust ia 
 many instances, it is usual for this 
 servant to give adequate security, 
 by means of creditable persons, who 
 vouch for, and take upon themselves, 
 the actual responsibility regarding 
 his conduct. Besides the duty of 
 announcing visitors, chobdars run 
 before the palankeens, or occupy 
 seats with the coachman on the car- 
 riages of their employers. They like- 
 wise carry messages, or notes, on 
 formal occasions, especially to su- 
 periors. 
 
 CHOITUNYA, the founder of the sect 
 of Gosains. 
 
 CHOKEEUAR, a watchman; an offi- 
 cer who keeps watch at a custom- 
 house station, and receives tolls and 
 customs. They are a corrupt body 
 of officers, antl as frequentl}^ serve 
 to cloak as to detect crimes and 
 misdemeanors. 
 
 CHOKEEDAREE, the duty, or pay 
 of a ■watchman ; a tax for defraying 
 the expense of watchmen. 
 
 CHOKY, or CHOWKIE, a chair, seat; 
 guard, watch; the station of a guard 
 or watchman; a place where an 
 ofEcer is stationed to receive toUs 
 and customs. 
 
 CHOOP ! contraction of Chooprao, to 
 be silent. When domestics in India 
 make a noise, whilst you sigh for 
 quiet, it is common to call out 
 " choop." 
 
 CHOP, a Chinese word, indicating qua- 
 lity; first chop denotes superiority. 
 
 CHOULTRY, a covered public build- 
 ing, generally of hewn stone, often 
 richly carved and ornamented, for 
 the accommodation of travellers. 
 
 CHOUMONK.l DEVL ti mountain 
 in tlie province of Kemaon, 7,800 
 feet hid). 
 
 CHOW-CHOW, a Chinese word, indi-
 
 CH 
 
 CH 
 
 61 
 
 eating a mixture of any kind. Ap- 
 plied particularly to picicles and 
 viands. 
 
 CHOWDRV, a permanent superin- 
 tendent and receiver of the land re- 
 Tenue under the Hindu system, 
 whose office has been partly super- 
 seded by the Zemindars. 
 
 CHOW-PATTIES, unleavened bread, 
 .generally made of wheaten or of bar- 
 ley meal; which, being made into a 
 good dough, is flattened into cakes 
 between the hands. Such cakes are 
 tl'.en either put at the edges of the 
 heated choolah, or fire-place, or they 
 are baked upon a convex plate of 
 iron, circular, and aljout ten inches 
 or a foot in diameter. This plate, 
 called a towah, is precisely the same 
 as the (jirdle made in Scotland for 
 baking their oaten bread, and is 
 used in the same manner. 
 
 CHOWKIE, a whisk, made by fasten- 
 ing horse-hair to a short stick, com- 
 monly lacquered in rings of alternate 
 colours. This implement is used to 
 drive the flies away. 
 
 CIIUBOOTUll, a terrace raised in 
 some elevated place in India. 
 
 CHL'UDER, a long piece of cloth, of 
 every variety of material (nmslin, 
 cambric, silk, &c.), worn by the wo- 
 men of Hindostan to envelop the 
 luad, neck, shoulders, and entire 
 person. It extends somewhat below 
 tiie knee, and is thrown across the 
 body, supported on the shoulder, 
 forming folds resembling those of 
 the Roman toga. 
 
 CIIULL, Hindostanee. An abbrevia- 
 tion of ClhuUo, or " Go along." A 
 word in common use to stimulate 
 the motions of a Hindoo servant. 
 
 CHUMBUL, a river in the province of 
 ]Mal\va, which flows northward into 
 Ajmeer, where it turns to theeastward 
 into Agra, and falls into the ffunma. 
 
 CHUMPANEKK, in tiie province of 
 Guzerat, is a hill fortress situated 
 upon a large mountain, or rock, 
 rising about 2500 feet above the 
 surro\mding level plain. At its foot 
 there are the remains of an ancient 
 city, the ruins of M'hich extend for 
 
 several miles round, said to have 
 been the capital of a Hindoo princi- 
 pality long prior to the first Ma- 
 homedan invasion. 
 
 CIIUNAM, lime. 
 
 CHUNDRIKA, Hindostanee. The 
 ravs of the moon. 
 
 CHUPPA-KHANEH, a printing-office. 
 Printing is now carried on to a great 
 extent in the East Indies; at each 
 Presidency there are numerous news- 
 papers published in the English and 
 native languages, together witli ma- 
 gazines, pamphlets, and works of 
 all kinds. The Government and the 
 Missionary establishments likewise 
 support many printing presses for 
 the purpose of multiplying copies of 
 regulations, school books, transla- 
 tions of the Scriptures, &c., for dis- 
 semination among the natives. The 
 compositors are natives. 
 
 CHUPPAO, a foray, or plundering ex- 
 cursion. The term is in use in 
 Persia, Tartarv, and Afghanistan. 
 
 CHUPRASSY, Hindostanee. A mes- 
 senger; a police peon. 
 
 CHURRAGHEE, allowances for oil 
 for the lamps burnt in the tombs of 
 reputed saints. 
 
 CHURRAL'G, or CHEEAUG, a small 
 shallow earthen lamp, nearly in the 
 shape of a heart, and about three 
 inches in diameter. It is placed in 
 one of the numerous niches made in 
 the inner walls of native houses in 
 India, at perhaps, four feet above 
 the floor. The wicks are chiefly 
 formed of slips of rag, rolled up to 
 the thickness of a goose quill, and 
 deposited in a small pool of cocoa- 
 nut oil. A larger description of 
 chiirrauf) is used for nautches in the 
 open air or public illuminations. It 
 is then placed on a stem of wood, 
 having a broad base, or a cross to 
 support it, and a small block at its 
 summit, hollowed out to receive the 
 bottom of the lamp. Some use brass 
 apparatus, not unlike the beacon fires 
 in vogue in England a few centuries 
 ago. 
 
 CIIURUK POOJA, a Hindoo festival 
 deriving its name Churuk (or duihra'),
 
 62 
 
 CH 
 
 CII 
 
 a -".vheel or discus, from the circle 
 performed in tlie swinging part of it, 
 that terminates the annual ceremo- 
 nies in honour of Siva. Williamson, 
 in his Vade Mecitm, says, " The hijiher 
 classes do not engage in it, although 
 they contribute towards the expense 
 of, and countenance it. The initi- 
 atory ceremonies of purification, ab- 
 stinence, and exercises of devotion, 
 take place several days before the 
 commencement of the rites, during 
 ■which time the Simnyasees, or wor- 
 shippers, form themselves into par- 
 ties, and wander about the streets 
 vrith horns, drums, &c., making a 
 most intolerable din. The first ex- 
 hibition is that of suspension, which 
 is performed by two posts being 
 erected, on the top of which is placed a 
 strong bar, from which the Sunny usee, 
 or worshipper, is suspended Iw his 
 feet over a fire kindled beneath him, 
 into which i-osin is occasionallj^ cast. 
 His head is then completely enveloped 
 in the smoke, though sufficiently 
 high to be beyond the reach of the 
 flame. On the following day the 
 Sumvjasees dance and roll themselves 
 upon the downy beds of various de- 
 scriptions of j)rickly plants. Their 
 next ceremony is called the Jump 
 Sanya, or jumping on a couch of 
 pointed steel, which has been thus 
 described. A bamboo scaffolding 
 of three or four stages is erected, 
 on which the Sunnyasees stand, tier 
 above tier, the principal and most 
 exiDcrt occup3ing the upper row, 
 which is sometimes between twenty 
 and thirty feet high. A kind of bed- 
 ding, supported by ropes, is stretched 
 heneath the scaffolding by a number 
 of men. Upon the mattress are 
 attached several bars of wood, to 
 ■whicli are fixed very loosely, and in a 
 position sloping forward,semicircular 
 knives, \ipon which tlie Sunnyasees 
 throw themselves in succession. 
 In general the effect of the fall is to 
 turn the knives flat upon the bedding, 
 in winch case they do no harm; but 
 occasionally severe wounds, and even 
 death are the consequences of this 
 
 rite. Before they take their leap, 
 the performers cast fi'uits, as cocoa- 
 nuts, bels, plantains, &c., among 
 the crowd, in which there is a great 
 scramble for them, as they are sup- 
 posed to possess much virtue. Wo- 
 men desirous of progeny are very 
 anxious to get these donations; and 
 those of the first families send per- 
 sons to obtain and bring them for 
 their private eating. The next is 
 the day of the churuh, or swinging 
 ceremony. Posts, about thirty feet 
 in height, are erected in the sub- 
 urbs of a town, across the upper 
 part of which are loosely suspend- 
 ed long bamboos so as to enable 
 them to traverse freely. To one end 
 of the bamboo two hooks are fixed, 
 by ropes, -which are run through the 
 fleshy parts of the back, near the 
 shoulders. A rope is also fastened 
 to the other end of the bamboo, 
 which, as soon as the party who is 
 to swing is secured to the hooks, is 
 pulled by several men, Avho thus 
 raise the other end somewhat higlier 
 than the post. They then go round 
 with it, Avith considerable velocitj^; 
 by which means the man at the other 
 end describes a circle of about thirty 
 feet in diameter. Sometimes a cloth 
 is tied round the body and secured 
 to the hooks, to prevent, if the fles'.i 
 should be torn away, the man from 
 being dashed to pieces; but such is 
 frequently not the case, and the party 
 falling is often killed on the spot. 
 Some of these men, while swinging, 
 amuse themselves in smoking and 
 throwing fruit and flowers (which 
 they take up on purpose) among the 
 spectators. On the morning follow- 
 ing the churuk, Siva is worshipped 
 in the temple, and the festival is con- 
 cluded. Dui'ing each day of the 
 festival, the Sunnyasees worship the 
 sun, pouring water, flowers, &c., &c.. 
 on a clay image of the alligator, and 
 repeating mimtras," (Jreat eflbrts 
 have been made by the missionaries 
 and the British government to put an 
 end to these ba,rbarous rites, and 
 there can be little doubt that under
 
 cu 
 
 CO 
 
 63 
 
 the influence of education they ^v]ll 
 soon become mere matter of history. 
 
 CHUSAN, an extensive group of is- 
 lands in China, of v/liich the princi- 
 pal one, named Chusan. is situated in 
 Lat. 30 dec-. N., Long. 122 deg. 14 
 min. E., about ten miles from the 
 mainland. They form part of the 
 adjacent province. 
 
 CHUTXEE, a condiment, compounded 
 of sweets and acids. Strips of ripe 
 fruit, raisins, spices, sour herbs, 
 cayenne, lemon juice, &c., are the 
 ordinary ingredients pounded and 
 boiled together, and then bottled for 
 use. Chutnee is much eaten in India 
 with curries, stews, &c. 
 
 CINGiVLESE, natives of the interior 
 of the island of Ceylon. 
 
 CIKCARS, NOIITHERN, a province 
 in Hindostan. The boundaries 
 of this province consist of, on 
 the north, Orissa ; east, the sea ; 
 south, the Northern Carnatic; west, 
 the Ceded Districts, Hyderabad, Gon- 
 dwann, and Orissa, from which pro- 
 ■vinces it is separated by ranges of 
 hills. The divisions are Ganjam, 
 Chicacole, Ilajamundry, EUorc, Kon- 
 dapilly, and Guntoor. The rivers 
 are, the Goodaverj'' and Kistna, 
 besides many smaller rivers and 
 streams. This province consists of 
 a long and narrow tract on the sea- 
 coast, shut in throughout the whole 
 length of its western boundary by 
 ranges of wooded hills. The soil 
 along the coast is chiefly sandy, but, 
 inland it improves, and is fertile. 
 The climate is hot, a:id the air of the 
 hills remarkably unhealthy. Tlie 
 productions are rice, gram, Avheat, 
 and other grains in abundance ; 
 sugar, cotton, and excellent tobacco. 
 Large quantities of salt are manu- 
 factured, and exported, and the 
 forests produce teak of a large size. 
 The diflerent Circars, and their prin- 
 cipal towns, will be separately no- 
 ticed. 
 
 COBILV CAPELLA, the hooded- 
 snake of the East. There is not, 
 it is said, nuich difficulty in extract- 
 ing tlie poison of the serpent, which is 
 
 contained in a very small reservoir, 
 running along the palate of tlie mouth 
 and passing out at each fang:. The na- 
 tives of India are supposed to be very 
 dexterous in forcing their captives 
 to eject this venom, and are then 
 enabled to handle them without the 
 least danger. Some persons, how- 
 ever, Avell acquainted v/ith tlie habits 
 of snake-charmers, deny that they 
 extract the poison, and atti'ibute the 
 impunity with which they handle 
 these dangerous reptiles to their ac- 
 curate knowledge of the temper and 
 disposition of the animal, and their 
 ready method of soothing down irri- 
 tation. The natives boast the pos- 
 session of various antidotes to the 
 bite of a snake, and often pretend to 
 have imbibed the venom and effected 
 a cure. There is an Indian plant 
 which goes by the name of choudraca, 
 in which considerable confidence is 
 placed ; and arsenic, whicli enters 
 very largely into the composition of 
 the celebrated Tanjore pill, is often 
 employed as a counteracting power. 
 Volatile alkalies are most generally 
 tried by European practitioners, and 
 very often prove successful ; but the 
 119 different degrees of strength in 
 the venom of snakes render it doubt- 
 ful wliether, in the worst cases, tliey 
 would have any beneficial effect. 
 Some medical men aver, that the 
 bite of a cobra capella in full vigour, 
 and in possession of all its poisonous 
 qualities, is as surely fatal as a pis- 
 tol-ball ; and that it is only when 
 this poison is weakened by expen- 
 diture that medicine can bo of any 
 avail. 
 COCHIN (Koochee) is upon the Mala- 
 bar coast, in the province of Travan- 
 core, in Lat. 9 deg. 51 min. N., Long. 
 7G deg. 17 min. E. In the year 150.'?, 
 the celebrated I'ortuguese admiral, 
 Albuquex-que, obtained the permis- 
 sion of the rajah to erect a fort at 
 this place, which Avas the first pos- 
 sessed by any European nation in 
 India, In 1663, it was taken by the 
 IJutch, under whose government it 
 became a very flourishing town.
 
 64 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 ]irivin;,' an extensive commerce with 
 Arnbia, and otlier countries. It came 
 undtr the dominion of the EngHsli 
 in 1795, and still has a considerable 
 traffic with other parts of India, and 
 also with Arabia, China, and the 
 F.astern Islands. Ship-building is 
 likewise carried on here. About a 
 mile distant from Cochin is a small 
 town, called ISIuttacherry, inhabited 
 by Jews. 
 COCHIN CHINA. This country oc- 
 cupies the south-eastern corner of 
 Asia, being liounded on the north 
 by a range of moimtains dividing it 
 from China ; east, by the Chinese 
 Sea ; south, by the ]\Ialayan Sea; 
 west, by ihe Gulf of Siam, and a 
 range of mountains separating it 
 from Siam. Its divisions or pro- 
 vinces are Tunqnin, Cochin China, 
 Cambodia, and Siampa. Few coun- 
 tries are better supplied with water 
 than Tunqnin and the lower parts of 
 Cochin China. In the first there are 
 more than fifty rivers which flow 
 into the sea. The principal are the 
 Dounai or Tunquin river, and the 
 Cambodia. The Dounai is said to 
 have its source in the province of 
 Yoonan in China, and receiving the 
 addition of many others in its course, 
 traverses nearly the whole extent of 
 the kingdom, fiilling into the sea 
 near Saigong, in Lat. 10 dcg. 47 
 min. N, The Cambodia is also said 
 to rise in the same province, and 
 flows southerly into the sea in about 
 Lat. 10 deg. N., after a course of 
 abont 1500 miles, the greater part 
 of Avhich is navigable for boats. 
 This is one of the largest rivers in 
 Asia. This country may be de- 
 scribed in general terms as consist- 
 ing of long and well watered valleys, 
 lying between two principal ranges 
 of mountains running from north to 
 south ; the one on its western, the 
 other towards its eastern side, be- 
 sides other ranges traversing it from 
 west to east. Taken altogether this 
 is one of the most fertile countries in 
 this quarter of the world, and 
 itbounds with valuable productions, 
 
 such as rice in abundance, sugar, 
 cotton, silk, tobacco, betel, indigo, 
 cinnamon, pepper, ivory, and wax. 
 A coarse kind of tea is also exten- 
 sively cultivated. The forests are 
 well supplied with teak, ebony, 
 cedar, and various other woods, and 
 they also yield stick-lac and gam- 
 boge ; which latter article derives 
 its English name from a corruption 
 of that of its native district, Cam- 
 bodia. Mulberry trees abound, and 
 supply food for the silk-worm. Iron 
 ore is found in great purity, and it 
 is said that there are also mines of 
 silver and tin. Gold is procured in 
 most of the rivers and mountain- 
 streams, and salt and saltpetre are 
 plentiful. The animals are in gene- 
 ral the same as are found in India, 
 witii the exception of sheep, asses, 
 and camels, Mhich are not common 
 to this country. The flesh of the 
 elephant is iised for food. There 
 are numerous towns, particularly in 
 Tunquin, the principal of which are 
 Cachao, the capital of Tunquin ; 
 Quinnong, Hue, and Saigon, in 
 Cochin China ; and Parorapin, in 
 Cambodia ; all sea ports. The 
 capital of the kingdom is Hue-foo, or 
 Hue, the word " too" meaning city. 
 It is situated on a river of the same 
 name, about ten miles from its mouth, 
 in Lat. 16 deg. 19 min. N., Long. 107 
 deg. 12 min. E., strongly fortified 
 and armed, and containing about 
 40,000 inhabitants. The derivations 
 and meaning of the word "Cochin," 
 applied to this country, are not 
 known; amongst themselves, each 
 province retains its distinct name. 
 The inhabitants, who are called by 
 Europeans by the general appellation 
 of Cochin Chinese, are, properly 
 speaking, composed of two divisions, 
 the Anams and Quantos. The 
 Ananis are of Chinese origin, and 
 include Tunquinese, Cochin Ciiinese, 
 Cambodians, and Sianipese. The 
 (Quantos, Avho inhabit the moun- 
 tainous districts, are the original 
 natives, Avho Avere expelled fi-om the 
 low country on its being colonised by
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 65 
 
 the Chinese. In appearance and man- 
 ners the Anams resemble the Chi- 
 nese, from Avhom tliey are descended. 
 They are accustomed to redden 
 their lips, and stain tlieir teeth 
 black, considering wliite teeth to be 
 fit only for doi?s. Though remark- 
 ably indolent, they are a clever and 
 ingenious people, and particularly 
 skilful in ship and boat building. 
 Tliey have foundries for casting 
 cannon, and manufactories of ammu- 
 nition, as also of cotton and silk 
 cloths, paper, brass and ironware, 
 &c. ; but they have not yet been able 
 to supply themselves with muskets, 
 Avhich they still import from Europe 
 and America. The total population 
 is estimated at about 5,000,000. 
 Tlie religion of this country is a 
 branch of the Booddhist system, 
 though some of the mountain tribes 
 are said still to follow the ancient idol- 
 atry, and to Avorship the tiger and 
 dog. The Komish religion Avas in- 
 troduced by the Portuguese about 
 the beginning of the 17th century, 
 and subsequently carried on by 
 French missionaries, and notwith- 
 standing repeated and violent perse- 
 cutions, it has made great progress; 
 as, according to the statements of the 
 French missionaries, tliere are 
 throughout the kingdom as many as 
 350,000 persons professing their 
 religion. The general language is 
 the Anam, wliich is of Chinese 
 origin, though now so far changed 
 as to be distinct. The character 
 remains the same as the Chinese, 
 and is written the same way. The 
 Quantos liave a dirtinct language of 
 tlieir own, which they write on 
 leaves with an iron style. On the 
 sea coast the people usually carry 
 on their intercourse with foreigners 
 in a very corrupt sort of Portuguese. 
 Printing with Avooden blocks is 
 practised, but books arc not nume- 
 rous, nor do tlie Cochin Chinese 
 possess any works of value, either in 
 historv or science. 
 COCOA-NUT. Tlie cocoa-nut tree 
 abounds in the Peninsula of India, 
 
 the coast of Burmah, and the west, 
 north, and east parts of the island of 
 Ceylon. It is a tree of immense value 
 to the people, and to its possessors. 
 The tree begins to bear when eight 
 or nine years of age. Nearly all the 
 domestic Avants of the Hindoo and 
 the Cingalese can be supplied by 
 the cocoa-nut tree. He can build 
 his house entirely of it. The Avails 
 and doors are made of cajans (the 
 leaA-es plaited), the roof is covered 
 ■with the same, the beams, rafters, 
 &c., are made of the trmik. The 
 builder needs no nails, as he can use 
 the coir rope made from the outside 
 husk. If he Avants a spout, he hol- 
 lows the trunk, split in two. It also 
 supplies him Avitli spoons, ladles, and 
 cups, pans and drmking vessels, 
 hookah bowls, lamps, and Avater buc- 
 kets; tlio refuse of the kernel, after 
 the oil is expressed, serves for food 
 for fowls and pigs; the milk from 
 the kernel is used in his food. In 
 short, if a man has a few cocoa- 
 nut trees in his garden, he will neA'cr 
 starve. Arrack, a strong spirit, re- 
 sembling Avhiskey, is made from 
 toddy, tlie juice of the flo\A-er; and 
 brooms are made from the ribs of 
 the leaflets. 
 COCOS. The Cocos, or Keeling Islands, 
 are ten or twelve in number, con- 
 nected, with the exception of one, by 
 coral reefs, and therefore accessilile to 
 the inhabitants, Avithout boats, Avhen. 
 the tide falls ; one, howcA'er, is sur- 
 rounded by deep Avater. Tliese 
 islands extend from Lat. 12 deg. 
 4^ min. to 12 deg. 14 niin. S., Long. 
 97 deg. 4 min. E. On the Avestern 
 side of the cluiin they are, from tlieir 
 peculiar conformation, a half-circle, 
 supposed to have been of volcanic 
 origin, the coral insect carrying up 
 the Avork to the surface. Tiie trade- 
 Avind blows constantly Avitli more or 
 less strength, varying occasionally 
 between S. and JiN.E., the current 
 usually sets to the iiorth-AvestAvard, 
 from one to one and a half miles per 
 hour. This current is continually 
 bringing drifts of various kinds.
 
 66 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 sea-weed, floating timber, witli all its 
 accumulations of seeds, and still 
 stranger products, which, by the un- 
 erring laws of nature, are directed to 
 spots where they are eminently useful 
 in creating vegetation. The coral 
 chain of islands, or rather wall, 
 which forms the harbour, named 
 Port Albion, is only from three to 
 fourteen feet in elevation above the 
 sea at high water, or spring-tides ; 
 but the greater number of the 
 islands, in consequence of the drift 
 before mentioned, are covered with 
 coco and two other trees, one a sort 
 of white spongy Avood, and the other 
 a species of iron wood. 
 
 COEL, in India, in Lat. 27 deg. 54 
 niin. N., Long. 78 deg. E., is two miles 
 from the fortress of Aligurh, with 
 which it is connected by a fine 
 avenue of trees. It is a large busy 
 town, and the principal civil station 
 of the district. 
 
 COIMBATOKE, a province in India, 
 is bounded on the north by Mysore, 
 Salem; east, Salem, Southern Car- 
 natic; south. Southern Carnatic,Tra- 
 vancore, Malabar; west, Malabar. 
 Its principal divisions are the dis- 
 tricts of Suttimunglum, Coimbatore, 
 Caroor, and Darapooriim. The rivers 
 are the Cavery, Bhoowani, Amra- 
 vutti, and smaller streams. This is 
 an elevated district, especially to- 
 wards the north and west, much 
 diversified with hill and dale, forest 
 and open country, generally fertile, 
 and well cultivated. The soil for 
 the most part is dry; but in the 
 vicinity of the hiUs, and also in some 
 of the southern parts, there is much 
 low marshy ground. In the district of 
 Coimbatore, along the western fron- 
 tier, are the Neilgherry mountams. 
 The chief articles of produce are cot- 
 ton, rice, and tobacco. The province 
 also yields abundance of muriatic and 
 common salts, nitre, and iron. The 
 principal towns are Suttimunglum, 
 Bhoowani, Coimbatore, Caroor, and 
 Darapoorum. The inhabitants of 
 these hills are of four classes — Toders, 
 Koters, Burgers, and Kurrumbcrs. 
 
 The Toders are the aborigines and 
 lords of the soil, which, however, they 
 do not cultivate, restricting them- 
 selves to pasturing cattle. They are 
 quite distinct in language and religion 
 from the Hindoos, and, though a 
 fine-looking race, often fair, and ge- 
 nerally of good size and figure, are 
 in a very rude and ignorant state. 
 They are not numerous, not exceed- 
 ing more than five or six himdred. 
 The Koters appear to be nearly of 
 the same description as the To- 
 ders, but occupy themselves as arti- 
 sans, chiefly in the manufacture of 
 coarse iron tools. The Burgers are 
 the cultivators of the land, which 
 they hold under tribute to the To- 
 ders. They are of Hindoo origin, 
 and speak the Kanarese language. 
 They are estimated at between sLx 
 and seven thousand. The Kurrum- 
 bcrs are a very wretched race, black 
 and small, inhabiting the jimgles 
 upon the skirt of the hills, in number 
 not more than a few hundred. These 
 hills produce barley and other dry 
 grains, and very fine vegetables and 
 fruits. The animals are black cat- 
 tle and buflaloes, a species of sheep, 
 wild elk, bears, and tigers. Tlie 
 proper appellation of these hills is 
 the " Neelagiri," from neela, blue, 
 and giri, hill or mountain. The in- 
 habitants of this province are chiefly 
 Hindoos, there being few Maliome- 
 dan families to be found. The total 
 population is estimated at about 
 700,000. 
 COIMBATORE, the capital of the 
 province of Coimbatore, is situated 
 in Lat. 10 deg. 52 min. N., Long. 
 77 deg. 5 min. E. This was formerly 
 one of the principal military stations 
 of Tippoo Sultaun. It has a musjid, 
 which was built by him ; and at Pe- 
 nura, two miles distant, is a cele- 
 brated Hindoo temple, called Mail 
 Chittumbra. Some time since an 
 ancient ttimulus, or mound, was dug 
 open near this place, which on ex- 
 amination was found to contain va- 
 rious weapons and other articles, such 
 as were formerly used by the Eomans.
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 67 
 
 A short distance to the northward 
 and westward of this town are the 
 Neilgherries, or Neelagiris (see fore- 
 going article), a range of mountains 
 connecting the eastern and western 
 ghauts. They contain a fertile and 
 Avell-cultivated table-land, entirely 
 free from jungle, and vary in height 
 from 5,000 to 9,000 feet above the 
 level of the sea : Jackanairy being 
 5,659; Dimhutty, 6,041 ; Ootaka- 
 mund, 6,416; and one of the highest 
 peaks, named Dodabet, about 9,000. 
 The air is exceedingly clear, and the 
 climate cool and healthy, on which 
 account they are much resorted to 
 by European invalids. 
 
 COIR, the fibre of the dry cocoa-nut. 
 It is used by the people of India in 
 the manufacture of cordage, matting, 
 &c., and makes a cool stuffing for 
 beds, chair bottoms, &c. 
 
 COLES. The inhabitants of the pro- 
 vince of Orissa are Hindoos, with 
 the distinguishing name of Ooreas, 
 but there are also in the woods and 
 hills three distinct tribes, called Coles, 
 Khoonds or Goands, and Soors, all 
 differing in language and appearance 
 from the Hindoos, and generally sup- 
 posed to have been the original natives 
 of the province. The Coles, who are 
 subdivided into a number of small 
 tribes, are a hai'dy, athletic race, of 
 black complexion, and exceedingly 
 ignorant, without any regular sys- 
 tem of religion, vrorshipping the dog, 
 the sahajan tree, paddy, mustard 
 seed, and oil. They are, however, 
 generally industrious cultivators, 
 and have their houses tolerably well 
 built of wood. Their original country, 
 which they style Kolat Desum, is de- 
 scribed by them as the north-Avest- 
 ern districts of Orissa, between 
 Singhbhoom and Mohurbunj. The 
 Coles were in a state of revolt 
 against the authority of the British 
 Government so far back as 1832-33, 
 but are now obedient subjects. 
 The country is termed the Colhan; 
 the people, the Coles. A political 
 commissioner resides in the terri- 
 tory, and a corps of local infantry is 
 
 placed a': his disposal. The upper 
 boundary of this tract of country 
 forms the south-west frontier of the 
 possessions subordinate to the Su- 
 preme Government of British India. 
 
 COMBACONUM, in the province of 
 the Southern Carnatic, is situated 
 about 23 miles north-easterly from 
 Tanjore. This was the ancient capi- 
 tal of the Chola rajahs. It is still 
 a large and populous toivn, chiefly 
 inhabited by Brahmuns, and pos- 
 sesses a number of fine tanks and 
 pagodas. 
 
 COMPADORE, a Madras butler, who 
 is also called konnah-sircar, or keraz 
 burdar. He acts as purveyor, some- 
 times under the orders of the master, 
 but more generally of the head ser- 
 vant, who never fails to participate 
 in the profits made by over-charges, 
 and by the receipt of dustoorce (q. v.) 
 from the vendors of whatever may 
 be provided for domestic consump- 
 tion. 
 
 COMPOUND (corruptedfrom the Por- 
 tuguese word campana),the enclosure 
 in which isolated houses or bungalows 
 in India stand. Compounds are formed 
 either by a low wall or paling, or (in the 
 interior) with bushes of cacti or other 
 hardy plants. In the field, the com- 
 manding and other superior officers 
 form tl leir compounds of canvass wall i 
 (kunnauts). The compound contains 
 the dwelling, which is generally in 
 the centre, the out-offices, stable or 
 awning for horses, the farm-yard, 
 and the garden. 
 
 CONGEVERAM, or KA^NCIIIPOO- 
 RUM, is a large open town in Cen- 
 tral Carnatic, situated about 45 miles 
 south-westerly from Madras. It 
 stands in a valley, and being built in 
 a straggling manner, covers a space 
 of ground nearly six miles in length. 
 It consists of two divisions, one 
 named Vishnoo Kanchi, and the 
 other, Siva Kanchi. The principal 
 street is about two miles and a half 
 in length. This place is noted on ac- 
 count of its being the chief Brah- 
 mim station in the Carnatic. The 
 great pagoda in Siva Kanchi has a 
 r 2
 
 68 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 lofty toM'er over ils entrance, from 
 the summit of vhich there is a fine 
 view of the surrounding country. 
 Besides Brahmuns, Congeveram is 
 inhabited by a considerable number 
 of Ave avers. 
 
 CONICOPOLY, an accountant, writer, 
 clerk on the Madras establishment. 
 
 COOLIE, a porter or carrier. Also 
 see Bheel. 
 
 COOLIN, or KOOLUNG, a bird of 
 the stork species; the '■'■demoiselle de 
 Namedie'' of the French. The ex- 
 tensive sands of rivers, and tlie 
 borders of lakes, are their usual 
 places of resort. 'Jhe natives call 
 them '■'• kurkurah" from the cry re- 
 sembling that Avord. They fly at an 
 immense height, in the same form as 
 Avild geese, and can be heard at a 
 long distance. They feed during the 
 night in corn-fields, but seek the 
 sandy beds of rivers shortly after 
 day-break. 
 
 COO^M, a name given to the Hurdwar 
 fair, when once in twelve years the 
 number of persons present readies a 
 million. 
 
 COOIIG. See Koorg. 
 
 COOR MONAL, the partridge of 
 the Himalayas. It is a wary bird, 
 and as there is no cover ou the 
 grounds it frequents, it requires a 
 good deal of manoeuvring to get a 
 shot at it. The Coor Monals chiefly 
 inhabit the snowy range. 
 
 COOKTAH, the little close-fitting 
 jacket worn by the native women of 
 India. 
 
 CORE A. Corca consists of a remark- 
 able peninsula, bounded on the north 
 by the mountains dividing it from 
 Chinese Tartary; and separated 
 from Japan on tlie east by the Sea of 
 Japan, also called the Straits of 
 Corea; and from China on the west 
 by tlie Yellow Sea. This coimtry, 
 which is 400 miles from north to 
 south, by 150 from east to west, is 
 traversed through its whole length 
 by a chain of mountains, but con- 
 tains a considerable extent of fertile 
 and well cultivated plains, though in 
 some parts sterile and rugged. The 
 
 capital is Kingkitao, an inland toAvn, 
 situated nearly in the centre of the 
 countrj^ Very little is known of 
 Corea, the inhabitants having al- 
 ways shown great jealousy of all 
 f(5reigners, never allowing them to 
 proceed into the intei'ior, nor to 
 obtain any information regarding 
 tlie country. It is under its own 
 sovereign, paying only a nominal 
 tribute to China. The written lan- 
 guage is the same as the Chinese, 
 but the language spoken by the peo- 
 ple is quite distinct. The population 
 is understood to be about 8,000,000. 
 
 CORGE, a score. (Bortuguese, corja.) 
 
 CORINGA, in the Noi-thern Circars, 
 about thirty miles south-east from 
 Rnjamundry, is a seaport, and has a 
 wet dock, which is the only one of 
 the kind on the coast of India be- 
 tween Calcutta and Bombaj-. 
 
 COROMANDEL, the eastern coast of 
 the peninsida of India. 
 
 COSS, a corrupt term, used by Eu- 
 ropeans to denote a road- measure of 
 about two miles, but varying in dif- 
 ferent parts of India. 
 
 COSSAI. Cossai, sometimes called 
 Munnipoor, from the name of its ca- 
 pital, is a mountainous and woody 
 country, lying between the pro- 
 vinces of Bengal and Ava, Ry 
 Europeans it is sometimes called 
 Muklee, though neither of these 
 names are used by the natives, who 
 stjde themselves Moitay. The Ben- 
 galesecall them Muggaloo. Cathee, 
 orKasee, is the name given to the 
 people by the Burmese. It con- 
 tinued to form part of the Burman 
 empire until 1826, Avhen, by the 
 terms of the treaty of peace with 
 the English, it was restored to inde- 
 pendence. It is now under its own 
 chief, protected by the English. The 
 Cossayers have more resemblance to 
 the Hindoos than to the Burmese; 
 and they follow the Brahminical sys- 
 tem of religion. The Cossayers are 
 considered good artificers, and for- 
 merly supplied all the gun-smiths of 
 the Burman empire. Being also 
 much superior to the Burmese in
 
 CO 
 
 cu 
 
 69 
 
 horsemanship, they furnished tlie 
 only cavalry employed in the armies 
 of Ava. 
 
 COSSIMBAZAE, or KASIMBAZAE, 
 in the province of Bengal, is situated 
 about a mile south from Moorsheda- 
 bad, of which city it may be consi- 
 dered the port. It is particularly 
 noted for its silk manufactures, this 
 district being perhaps next to China, 
 the most productive silk country in 
 the world. 
 
 COSS-iIINAES,circularstoneobelisks 
 erected during the prosperous times 
 of the empire of Delhi, in the iipper 
 part of Inaia, and denoting distances 
 of a mile and a half or two miles. 
 
 COTTAH, a Bengal measure, equiva- 
 lent to 720 square feet. 
 
 COWL, word, saying; promise, agree- 
 ment, contract, engagement. An en- 
 gagement or lease of land to a 
 Peninsular Zemindar or large farmer. 
 
 COWRY, a small shell, which passes 
 in India as money. Five thousand 
 cowries are the equivalent of one 
 rupee, or two shillings ! 
 
 CRANGANORE is situated on the 
 coast, in the province of Travancore, 
 sixteen miles north from Cochin. It 
 formerly belonged to the Dutch, and 
 was a commercial settlement of some 
 consequence. Its inhabitants are 
 principally Jews, and according to 
 their statements, Travancore was 
 possessed by their people as early as 
 A.D. 490. 
 
 CRIS, or CREESE, the dagger of the 
 Malays, a formidable instrument of 
 death. 
 
 CROQUETTES, a very delicate pre- 
 paration of cliicken, beaten in a mor- 
 tar, mixed up witli fine butter, and 
 fried in egg-shaped balls. It is in 
 very common use at the tables of the 
 Europeans in India. 
 
 CHORE, Ilindostanee. One himdred 
 lars (q. v.). or ten millions. 
 
 CUDDALORE(Goodaloor) is situated 
 on the Malabar coast, twelve miles 
 south of rondicherry, standing be- 
 tween two arms of the river Tanar, 
 in Central or Jliddle Carnatic. It is 
 an extensive and populous town, and 
 
 was formerly the seat of the English 
 Government. The English factory 
 was first established there in IGoi, 
 when a piece of ground was pur- 
 chased from the rajah, and a fort 
 erected, called Fort St. David. After 
 the capture of }tladras by the French 
 in 1746, Fort St. David became |the 
 head of the English settlements, and 
 continued so until 1758, when it was 
 besieged and taken by the French 
 under Lally, who entirely demolished 
 the fort. 
 
 CUDDAPA, called by the ^ natives 
 Kurpa, is a town in the province of 
 Balaghat. It stands on the bank of a 
 small river, in about 14 deg. 30 min. 
 N. latitude, and 79 deg. E. longitude. 
 This was for many years the capital 
 of an independent Pathan state, the 
 chief of which was termed the nabob 
 of Cuddapa, and many old Pathau 
 families still remain here, who are 
 considered to speak the Ilindostanee 
 language with remarkable purit}'. 
 Large quantities of sugar and jag- 
 gery are made in the neighbourhood. 
 The diamond mines are about seven 
 miles north-east of the town, upon 
 the bank of the Pennar. 
 
 CUMLIE, a woollen shawl or covering, 
 used by the common people in the 
 west of India. There are nmmtfac- 
 tories of this article in Bellary. The 
 demand is very extensive. 
 
 CUM:\IABUND, a waistband, formed 
 of folds of muslin, worn at all times 
 by the most respectable classes of tlie 
 natives of India, and on holiday occa- 
 sions bv the town classes. 
 
 CUNJOORS, or SAUM PARE AITS, 
 snake-men, wlio profess to have the 
 power of purging Indian dwellings of 
 tliese noxious reptiles. 
 
 CUITRA, ilindostanee. Clothes, 
 pieces of cloth. 
 
 CUTCII, a province in the west of 
 India, bounded on the north by 
 Ajniere, fmm which it is sepa- 
 rated by tlie great sandy desert ; 
 east, Guzerat, from which it is 
 divided by the Run ; south, the 
 sea ; west, the easternmost branch 
 of the Lidus, called the Louce, and a
 
 70 
 
 cu 
 
 cu 
 
 salt marsh sepai'ating it from Sind. 
 The soutlicrn boundary is formed by 
 an arm of the sea running inland, 
 l^etween Cutch and the Peninsula of 
 Guzerat, and called the Gulf of 
 Cutch. There are no rivers in this 
 province, with the exception of the 
 Lonce, which flows along its western 
 frontier. During the rainy season 
 there are many streams, but their 
 channels are generally dry soon after 
 the rains cease. This province may 
 te described as consisting of two 
 distinct portions. One, an immense 
 salt morass, named the Eun ; the other 
 an irregular hilly tract, completely 
 insulated by the morass and the sea. 
 The Eun, which is estimated to cover 
 a surface of about 8000 square miles, 
 commences at the head of the Gulf 
 of Cutch, with which it communi- 
 cates, and sweeps round the whole of 
 the northern frontier of the pi'ovince. 
 It varies in breadtli from five to 
 eighty miles across, and during the 
 rainy season forms a large sheet of 
 salt M^ater. At other times it presents 
 a variety of appearances, being in 
 some parts dry, barren sand, in 
 some deep swamps, in others shallow 
 pools and lakes, elsewhere fields of 
 salt, and occasionally affording pas- 
 turage, and capable of cultivation. 
 The other portion of this province is 
 intersected by a range of rocky 
 barren hiUs, running through the 
 centre from east to west. It is almost 
 destitute of wood, and has no water, 
 except as procured by means of wells. 
 The whole face of the country near 
 the hills is covered with volcanic 
 matter, and there is said to be an 
 extinct volcano eighteen miles to the 
 eastward of Lukliput Bundur. In 
 1819 Cutch was visited by a severe 
 earthquake, which nearly destroyed 
 a number of towns and forts, and 
 fdled the Run with water. It ap- 
 pears probable that originally this 
 province was an island. This pro- 
 vince is not fertile, water being 
 scarce, and often salt, and the soil 
 either rocky or sandy. Its produc- 
 tions are couscquently few, the prin- 
 
 cipal is in cotton, which is exported 
 in exchange for grain from Sind and 
 other provinces. The horses of this 
 province are, however, considered 
 the best in India. Camels and goats 
 also thrive, but the cattle are of an 
 inferior description. Iron and alum 
 are found in various parts, witli a 
 species of coal, and abundance of 
 bituminous earths. Date trees grow 
 in some tracts, and produce fruit of 
 a good quality; but the cocoa-nut is 
 reared witli difficulty, even on the 
 coast. Salt is procured from the Run, 
 the banks of whicli are also much fre- 
 quented by the wild ass. This animal 
 is much larger and stronger than the 
 domestic ass, and remarkably swift, 
 l)ut very fierce, and quite untame- 
 able. It is sometimes caught in pits, 
 but has never been domesticated. 
 Its flesh is esteemed good eating. 
 The towns are Sukhput Bundur, 
 Kowra, Blioqj, Anjar, and Mandavie. 
 In ancient times this province ap- 
 pears to have been occupied entirely 
 by pastoral tribes of Hindoos. At 
 present its inhabitants are principally 
 Jahrejahs of Sind origin, Bhattias, 
 and other tribes of Hindoos, and a 
 large i3roportion of Mahomedans. 
 As a people, the inhabitants of this 
 province, or, as they are generally 
 styled, the Cutchees, may be de- 
 scribed as the most degraded in 
 India. They are noted for drunken- 
 ness and debauchery, and their 
 treachery is xiroverbial. Female in- 
 fanticide is universally practised by 
 the Jahrejas, even by tribes calling 
 themselves INIahomedans. The Cutch 
 pilots and mariners, however, are 
 noted for their skill, and claim the 
 merit of having first instructed the 
 Arabs in navigation and ship-build- 
 ing, though they still follow the 
 practice of their forefathers without 
 improvement. 
 CUTCHA, a weak kind of lime, ob- 
 tained by burning a substance called 
 kunhiir, which at first might be mis- 
 taken for small rugged flints, slightly 
 coated with soil. The experiments 
 made upon these alkaUue concre-
 
 cu 
 
 tions give the following results:— 
 calcareous earth, 41; silicious earth, 
 16; calx of iron, 3; and air, 40. 
 Kunkur is not easily reduced to a 
 calx, it requiring a greater heat than 
 is necessary to burn the harder kinds 
 of gutty ; it is likewise less durable 
 and tenacious as a cement, of which 
 the colour, viz., commonly what we 
 call a fawn, is a strong indication. 
 A cutcha building is of an mferior 
 character, run up by persons of smaU 
 capital or for temporary pm'poses. 
 The word "cutcha" is generally 
 used, in contradistinction to " pucka," 
 to imply mferiority. 
 
 CUTCHERRY, court of justice; also 
 the public office where rents are 
 paid, and other business respecting 
 the revenue transacted. 
 
 CUTLAH, an Indian fish, a species of 
 the perch, thougli some consider it to 
 be of the bream kind : it is only found 
 in the great rivers, is generally of a 
 dark colour, approaching to black, 
 and commonly weighs from ten to 
 sixty pounds. 
 
 CUTTACK, the southernmost station 
 under the Bengal Presidency. The 
 road, which is a continuation of 
 the great Benares line, leads to Poo- 
 ree, the seat of the Temple of Jug- 
 gernauth, and a delightful place of 
 resort for sea-bathers from Calcutta. 
 Cuttack, from its vicinity to the sea, 
 and the total absence of all vegeta- 
 tion, is one of the most agreeable and 
 healthful stations in India. The 
 society is small, consisting, as it 
 does, of a few civilians and a regi- 
 ment or two of sepoys; but the con- 
 tiguity of Cuttack to other small 
 stations renders a considerable re- 
 union of visitors a matter of no 
 great difficulty. The finest salt in 
 India is manufactured on the coast 
 of Cuttack, yielding the Government 
 a revenue little sliort of eighteen 
 lacs of rupees. The produce, dis- 
 tinguished for its Avhiteness and 
 purity, before it has passed into the 
 hands of the merchant, is of the 
 species called pangah, procured by 
 boihng. The i)roccss observed by 
 
 DA 71 
 
 the raolmighees, or manufacturers, 
 is rude and simple to the last degree. 
 The sea-water, which is brought up 
 by various small channels to the 
 neighbourhood of the manufacturing 
 stations, or khalai'ies, is first mixed 
 up and saturated with a quantity of 
 the salt earth or efflorescence, which 
 forms on the surface of the low 
 ground all around, after it has been 
 overflowed by the high tides, and 
 which being scraped off by the 
 moiunghees , is thrown into cylindri- 
 cal receptacles of earth, having a 
 vent underneath, and false bottom 
 made of twigs and straw. The 
 strongly impregnated brine filtering 
 through the grass, &c., is carried, 
 by a channel dug underground, to a 
 spot at hand, surrounded with an 
 enclosure of mats, in the centre 
 of which a number of oblong earthen 
 pots, generally about two hundred, 
 are cemented together by mud in 
 the form of a dome, under which is 
 a fire-place, or oven. The brine is 
 pouretl into this collection of pots, or 
 clioolas, and boiled until a sufficient 
 degree of evaporation has taken 
 place, when the salt is taken out 
 as it forms, with iron ladles, and 
 collected in heaps in the open air. 
 The heaps are afterwards thatched 
 with reeds, and remain in this state 
 untiljsold or removed by the officers 
 of the agency. 
 
 CUTTORAII, a metal cup. 
 
 CUTWAL, the chief officer of police 
 in a large Indian town, or city, and 
 superintendent of the markets. 
 
 D. 
 
 DACCA, a city in tlie province of 
 Bengal, on a branch of the Ganges, 
 in Lat. 23 deg. 42 min. N., Long. 90 
 dog. 17 min. E. This was formerly 
 one of the largest and riclieit cities 
 in India, and was the capital of the 
 eastern division of the JMahomedan 
 government of Bengal. It is a large, 
 but irregiUarly built town, contain- 
 ing about 180,000 inhabitants, and
 
 72 
 
 DA 
 
 DA 
 
 is now probably the second in the 
 province with respect to size and 
 population. It is a place of exten- 
 sive trade, and has long been cele- 
 brated throughout Europe as well 
 as Asia for its beautiful muslins and 
 other fine cotton fabrics. 
 
 DAIKCHEES, metal boilers, used in 
 Hindostan. 
 
 DAKSHA. Daksha, in Hindoo my- 
 thology, was an avatar or appearance 
 of Brahma upon earth in a human 
 shape. He was the father of Suti, 
 the consort of Siva, Avhose son, Yira 
 Badra (produced from the jatta or 
 locks of Siva), cut off his head for 
 treating his father with indignity, 
 and causing the death of Suti. On 
 the intercession of the gods, Daksha 
 was restored to life ; but his head 
 having during the battle fallen into 
 the fire, and been burnt, it was re- 
 placed by that of a he-goat, in which 
 form he is seen. 
 
 DALBI, the Hindostanee word for 
 the pomegranate (Punica Gran- 
 atum). From Spain to Persia, and 
 from Persia to China, the pome- 
 granate is held in high repute not 
 only as a delicious, cooling, and 
 highly wholesome fruit, but as a 
 remedy, a principal ingredient in 
 many drinks, sherbets, and sweet- 
 meats, and finally, as a fiivourite 
 source of allusions for lovert, poets, 
 warriors, and orators. In inter- 
 tropical India, except at considerable 
 elevations, it is rarely found of a fine 
 quality, being mostlj- not of the 
 sweet kind, but of the sour, acid sort, 
 becoming even stringent as the fruit 
 approaches more to the common 
 wild kind. It is an object of much 
 care and attention in the south of 
 Europe and Barbary, both as a fruit, 
 as a flowering plant, and as one 
 proper for garden hedges and cover- 
 ing of walls in espaliers, or some- 
 thing between the espalier and the 
 creeper. This it is to a very con- 
 siderable height and extent, its 
 numerous branches forming a close 
 covering, and its brilliant flowers 
 and excellent fruit making it an 
 
 object of great beauty and even of 
 value in some situations, where the 
 flowers and fruit are all saleable to 
 the druggists or the dj'crs. The 
 bark of its root is also, there is no 
 doubt, an invaluable remedy against 
 that frightfully severe disease, the 
 tape-worm, which, before the know- 
 ledge of it, had baffled, both in India 
 and Europe, allthe skill of physicians. 
 
 DALLEE, a basket of fruit, flowers, 
 and vegetables ; a frequent present 
 from a native of India to his em- 
 ployer ; much valued by those w ho 
 do not boast of gardens. 
 
 DA MAUN, a seaport in the province of 
 Guzerat, in India, Lat. 20 deg. 23 
 min. N., Long. 72 deg. 58 min. E. It 
 belongs to the Portugiiese. It was 
 formerly a place of much commerce, 
 but at present it is noted chiefly for 
 ship-building. 
 
 DAMMEK, a Kind of pitch used in 
 India to cover wooden roofings, 
 tanks, chests, and other objects 
 which it may be important to render 
 water-tight or impervious to rain. 
 
 DANDIES, the boatmen of the 
 Ganges. 
 
 DAEAPOORU:\r, a town in the pro- 
 vince of Coimbatore, in India, in a 
 fine open country, about half a mile 
 from the Amravutti river, near the 
 southern end of tlie province. It is 
 populous and well built, and the 
 surrounding country produces abun- 
 dance of rice and tobacco. 
 
 DAKOGAH, superintendent or in- 
 spector. Formerly the word was 
 much in vogue to denote a Gomastah 
 or factor in the service of Indian na- 
 tive princes. It is now bestowed almost 
 exclusively on inspectors of police 
 and overseers of large public estab- 
 lishments, but is often assumed by 
 inferior functionaries for the sake of 
 the importance it gives to a man in 
 the eyes of the natives. 
 
 DATYAS, ASURAS, RAKSHASAS, 
 Hindostanee. Demons, giants. 
 
 DAUIM, a copper coin, the twenty-fifth 
 part of a pisa, or according to some, 
 an ideal money, the fortieth part of 
 a rupee.
 
 DA 
 
 DE 
 
 73 
 
 DAUE-UL-SULTANAT, Persian. 
 The abode of royalty, the capital. 
 
 DAWK, literally " the Post." There 
 are various ways of carrying the post 
 over India. In some places there 
 are horse-dawks, mounted runners, 
 Avho carry their letter-bags either 
 across their own or tlieir horse's 
 Bhoulders ; in others, a camel is em- 
 ployed, and in one or two places 
 a mail cart is used. But by far the 
 most common description of "dawk" 
 is the foot-runner, Avho carries a bag 
 of letters slung across his person, 
 ■with ■which he runs for an hour or 
 two at the rate of nearly four miles 
 an hour, transferring his cliarge to 
 anotlier, who stands at a given point 
 prepared to relieve him. Large par- 
 cels are conveyed in petarrahs or 
 boxes, suspended by ropes to either 
 end of a pliant bamboo placed across 
 the shoulders, and to this mode of 
 carriage the term dawk-banghy is ap- 
 plicable. Travelling dawk implies 
 journeying by palankeen, an agree- 
 able, safe, but somewhat tedious 
 description of locomotion. Eight or 
 twelve bearers (sufficient for one or 
 two reliefs, four being tlie number 
 that bear a palankeen), a nuissalchee 
 carrying a torch, and a couple of 
 banghy bearers with the luggage, 
 usually constitute the equipment of 
 a dawk traveller. Within the palan- 
 keen he carries his boolcs, biscuit, 
 bottle of brandy, and such light ar- 
 ticles as he may require on alighting 
 at one of the stage bungalows for 
 purposes of refreshment, ablution, 
 &c. These bungalows stand fifteen 
 or twenty miles apart on the prin- 
 cipal roads in India (there being no 
 friendly hotels for the accommoda- 
 tion of the traveller), and are pro- 
 vided with a lihetmiilgLar and a 
 hearer, the former of wiiom will 
 catch and cook a barn door fowl for 
 the visitor, while the latter will pro- 
 vide him with a pleasant bath of 
 cool water, and assist at his toilette. 
 The dawk is entirely under the con- 
 trol of the government post-masters, 
 to whom applications must be made 
 
 for the necessary accommodation 
 some days before it is required. The 
 expense of a palankeen-dawk, with 
 eight bearers, &c., is about half a 
 rupee per mile, to which is to be 
 added a small gratuity at the end of 
 a stage to each relav of bearers. 
 
 DECCAN, the, a division of Hin- 
 dostan, bounded on the north by 
 the Nurbudda, and a line drawn from 
 the source of that river eastward to 
 the mouth of the Hoogly; on the 
 south it is bounded by the rivers 
 Kistna and IMalpurba. It is divided 
 into the provinces of 1. Candeisli ; 
 2. Gondwana; 3. Berar; 4. Orissa; 
 5. Aurungabad; 6. 13edcr; 7. Hyder- 
 abad; 8. the Northern Circars; and 
 9. Bejapoor. 
 
 DECOITS, Indian gang robbers. 
 
 DECOITY, gang robbery, 
 
 DEESA, a town in India, situated on 
 the Banas river, in the province of 
 Guzerat, in Lat. 24 deg. 9 niin. N., 
 Long. 72 deg. 8 min. E. It is the 
 most advanced military station of 
 the British on the Guzerat frontier, 
 
 DEEWAI KIIANEII, the name given 
 indiffei-ently in India to a hospital, 
 a dispensary, or an apothecary's 
 shop. 
 
 DEUBA SIIEE, a Persian officer in 
 command of ten men. 
 
 DEIIDAP, village-keeper, under the 
 peninsula native government of India. 
 An inferior officer of police in a village, 
 one of whose duties was to distrain 
 the crop, when necessary, to secure 
 the rent. 
 
 DEKINEII, Persian. Jlouth or en- 
 trance of a pass. 
 
 DEL-GAIIA, the bread-fruit tree of 
 Ceylon. It grows as liigh as the 
 jack tree, and has very large branches 
 which, twice a-year, in Jlarch and 
 June, are lumg with round, rough 
 fruit, about tlie size of an infant's 
 head. The fruit is evervAvhero 
 used, both liy natives and Europeans, 
 as an article of food. Wlien boiled 
 it resembles a jiotato, but is more 
 watery. It is often cut into slices 
 and fried, in wliicli state it is very 
 crisp. The wood, which is white
 
 74 
 
 DE 
 
 DE 
 
 and rather coarse, is not much 
 used. The leaves are large, and of 
 a dark green. The fruit groArs from 
 the ends of small branches, and 
 does not rise immediately from the 
 trunk as the jack fruit. There is 
 another tree of the same species, 
 called the foreign bread-fruit tree 
 (rata-del-gaha). Its leaves are not 
 so large as those of the common 
 bread-fruit, and are not gashed. The 
 fruit is a thick pod, about six inches 
 long, and when split contains a num- 
 ber of white seeds, as big as peas ; 
 these are eaten by the natives when 
 boiled. This tree is much used for 
 making canoes, its trunk being fre- 
 quently long, straight, and thick, 
 and the wood light and durable. 
 DELHI, a province in Hindostan, 
 bounded on the north by Sirmoor, 
 GurwaJ, and Kamaoon; east, Oude 
 and Agra; south, Agra and Ajmere; 
 west, Ajmere and the Punjab. This 
 province is divided into a number of 
 districts, of which tlie principal are 
 the following: Sirhind, Suharunpoor, 
 Meerut, Dellii, Aligurh, EohUkliund. 
 The rivers are the Jumna and Gan- 
 ges, with several smaller rivers. On 
 its northern and western frontiers 
 this province is hilly, but otherwise 
 it is generally level and open. In 
 former times it was fertile and well 
 cultivated; but having subsequently 
 been for a series of years exposed to 
 the ravages of numerous armies, the 
 means of irrigation were destroyed, 
 and large districts became almost 
 desert from the prevalence of moving 
 sands blown over the surface by the 
 winds. During the last twenty years, 
 however, the attention of the British 
 government has been given to the 
 restoration of the canals, of which 
 there were formerly three, much 
 celebrated m that part of India, viz. : 
 All Murdan Khan's, constructed 
 during the reign of the Emperor 
 Baber; Sultaun Eeroz Shah's, and 
 Zabita Khan's. Ali Murdan Khan's 
 canal, running from Kurnal to Delhi, 
 180 miles in length, was restored in 
 1820, after a labour of about three 
 
 years, and has produced the most bene- 
 ficial effects over a large extent of 
 country. The principal productionsof 
 the province are wheat, bajra, and 
 other;grains. sugar, and cotton. The 
 principal towns are Ferozepore, Loo- 
 diana, Kurnal, Suharunpore, Delhi, 
 Meerut, Moradabad, Eampore, Ba- 
 reilly, Aligurh, and Shahjuhanpore. 
 The inhabitants consist of Hmdoos of 
 various tribes, and a large proportion 
 of Mahomedans ; of the latter class 
 there are considerable numbers in 
 the district of Kohilkhund, called 
 liohillas, or Patans. They are de- 
 scendants of Afghans, and retain 
 much of the Afghan manners and 
 appearance. 
 DELHI, the ancient city of the Mahome- 
 dan empire in India. It is situated 
 on the banks of the Jumna, in Lat. 
 2S deg. 41 min. N., Long. 77 deg. 
 5 min. E. Long before the Maho- 
 medans invaded India, DeUii ap- 
 pears to have been a city of con- 
 siderable importance, and the ca- 
 pital of one of the most powerful ot 
 the Hindoo sovereigns. Under its 
 Mahomedan sovereigns it became 
 one of the most splendid cities in 
 Asia, and in the time of Aurung- 
 zebe, had a population estimated at 
 not less than two milhons. The 
 ruins of numerous buOdings, extend- 
 ing over a space of nearly twenty 
 square miles, remain to attest its 
 former magnificence, and there are 
 still many beautiful mosques, and 
 other edifices in good preservation, 
 particularly the Jumna Musjid, built 
 by the Emperor Shah Juhan, and 
 the Mausoleum of Hoomayoon. The 
 Kootub Minar or Minaret of Koo- 
 tub (q. v.), which stands at a few 
 miles distant from the city, is also 
 a very remarkable object. Under 
 the British Government, Delhi has 
 again become a thriving town, and 
 is one of the principal marts for 
 the interchange of commodities be- 
 tween India and the countries to 
 the north and west. Its present 
 population is believed to be about 
 250;000. Fifty miles to the north-
 
 DE 
 
 DH 
 
 75 
 
 ■ward of Delhi, stands the towii of 
 Paniput, celebrated in history as 
 the scene of two of the greatest 
 battles ever fought in India. The 
 legitimate descendant of the Great 
 Mogul is still permitted to exercise 
 a nominal sovereignty in Delhi, but 
 lie is, in fact, a mere pensioner of 
 the British Government, restricted 
 to dominion within the walls of 
 his palace. 
 
 DERVISE, or DERVISH, a Turkish 
 anchorite or fanatic. The different 
 orders originated in the two sects of 
 Ebu Bakir and of Ali. The title is 
 derived from a Persian Avord which 
 means the sill or threshold of a door, 
 and infers " a mind filled with hu- 
 mility, desirous of retreat, and i^er- 
 Bevering in practice." When as- 
 sembled for the ceremonial of the 
 dance the dervises all leave their 
 places, and range themselves on 
 the left of the superior, and ad- 
 vance towards him very slowly. 
 When the first dervise comes oppo- 
 site the Sheik he makes a salutation, 
 and passing on begins the dance. 
 It consists of rapidly turning round 
 upon the right foot, Avith the arms 
 widely extended. 
 
 DESIMOOK, headman of a district. 
 Collector of a district, or portion of a 
 country: an officer corresponding 
 with Zemindar, but more ancient. 
 
 DEVANAGAIII, the Sanscrit alpha- 
 bet. It is composed of fifty-two 
 letters and a great number of signs ; 
 it is written from left to right, and 
 it is the model after wliich are 
 formed several alphabets peculiar to 
 different idioms of the peninsula of 
 India, as well as the alphabet of 
 Thibet, and the alpliabets which are 
 used in writing several of the Indo- 
 Chinese languages. 
 
 DEWAN, originally a place of assem- 
 bly ; and under the nativegovernment 
 of India a minister of the revenue de- 
 partment, and chief justice in civil 
 causes within his jurisdiction ; re- 
 ceiver-general of a province. The 
 term has, by abuse, been used 
 to designate tixe principal revenue 
 
 servant imder an European collector, 
 and even of a Zemindar. Bj-this 
 title the East India Company are 
 receivers-general, in perpetuity, of 
 the revenues of Bengal, Bekar, and 
 Orissa, mider a grant from the Great 
 Mogid. 
 
 DEWANNEE, the office or jurisdiction 
 of a Bewail. 
 
 DEWANNEE COURT OF ADAW- 
 LUT, an Indian coiu-t for trying re- 
 venue and other civil causes. 
 
 DEWOTTER, a Hindoo grant of land 
 for the expense of a deity. 
 
 DHAL BAAT, Hindostanee. Rice and 
 j-ellow pease stewed together. 
 
 DIIANGAH, hill coolee. See PuraiA- 
 
 RIES. 
 
 DHARWAR, a town in India, situated 
 in the Dooab, or Southern Mahratta 
 Country ; it is called in Mahomedan 
 geograjDhy Nusseerahad, and is in 
 Lat. 15 deg. 28 min. N., Long. 75 
 deg. 8 min. E. It consists of a large 
 fort and open town, and is the prin- 
 cipal station of the civil authorities 
 of the province. 
 
 DHERNA, a mode of caption or arrest 
 adopted by the Brahmuns to gain a 
 l^oint which cannot be accomplished 
 by any other means ; and the process 
 is as fjUows : — The Brahmun who 
 adopts this expedient for the purpose 
 mentioned, proceeds to the door or 
 house of the person against whom it 
 is directed, or Avherever he may most 
 conveniently interrupt him. He 
 there sits down in dhema, with poison 
 or a poignard, or some other instru- 
 ment of suicide, in iiis hand, and 
 threatening to use it if his adversary 
 should attempt to molest or pass liim, 
 he thus completeh" arrests him. In 
 this situation the Brahmun fasts; and 
 by the rigoiu' of the etiquette, which 
 is rarely infringed, the unfortunate 
 object of his arrest ouglit also to fast ; 
 and thus they both remain until the 
 institutor of the dlicrna obtains sa- 
 tisfaction. In this, as he seldom 
 makes the attempt without resolu- 
 tion to persevere, he rarely fails ; for 
 if the party thus arrested were to 
 sufier the Bralunun sitting in diterna
 
 76 
 
 DM 
 
 DI 
 
 to perish by hunger, the sin would 
 for ever be upon his head. This 
 practice has been less frequent of late 
 years, but the interference of our 
 courts has often proved insufficient 
 to check it; as it has been deemed in 
 general most prudent to avoid for 
 this purpose the use of coercion, from 
 an apprehension that the first ap- 
 pearance of it might drive the sitter 
 in dlierna to suicide. The discredit 
 of the act would not only fall upon 
 the officers of justice, but upon the 
 government itself. The practice of 
 sitting in dherna is not confined to the 
 Brahmuns only, it is adopted by all 
 classes, with the same views, or, 
 often for mere purposes of revenge. 
 
 DIIINGY, a small Indian boat, with a 
 sharp prow, propelled by oars, and 
 chiefly used to communicate from the 
 shore with ships at anchor. 
 
 DIIOBEE, an Indian washerman. He 
 differs in some'respects from the Eng- 
 lish washerwoman, as well as in being 
 of a different sex. For instance, while 
 she is up to her elbows in a wash- 
 tub, he is up to his knees in a tank, 
 or may be in a river: — while she 
 rubs her knuckles into a shrivelled 
 and blistery -looking skin, he bangs 
 the linen raiment of master, mistress, 
 and child, against a serrated log, or 
 a roughened stone: — while she is all 
 suds, the frotliy article is scarcely 
 known to liim, and yet he is well off 
 for soap, but the modus operandi is 
 unfavourable for the accumulation 
 of the frothy pile: — while she man- 
 gles, he is ironing with an enormous 
 brazen iron, of wliich the weight has 
 an effect, equivalent to mangling, on 
 the cloth: — and finally, while she 
 brings home her linen as yellow as 
 saffron, he brings his home as white 
 us snow. The dhobee of a bachelor 
 gets five or six rupees per mensem; 
 but where there is a lady in the case, 
 his wap;es aro at least doubled, and 
 increased also by a rupee or two for 
 every child. 
 
 DHOMBA SHEEP, the broad-tailed 
 sheep of Afghanistan. Prom 
 " dhomb," a tail. 
 
 DHOTEE, a long narrow strip of 
 cotton cloth, used by the Hindoos 
 instead of pantaloons. 
 
 DIIOU, a tree, which abounds in the 
 jungles of Hindostan. It is the 
 hjtltrum fntctuosiini of botanists. 
 
 DliOW, a large rudely constructed 
 vessel, with a single mast and a 
 latteen sail, much elevated at the 
 stern. It is used in the Persian 
 Gulf and Red !Sea, and carries the 
 produce of their shores to the Mala- 
 bar Coast and other parts of India. 
 Until the year 1821, the dhows were 
 the piratical vessels of the Arabs, 
 but at that time an expedition, sent 
 from Bombay, destroyed all that 
 could be found in the piratical ports, 
 and put an end to buccaneering. 
 
 DHUM*IAP01\E, a town in Kachar, 
 one of the Bengal dependencies, 
 situated in an extensive valley on 
 the banks of the river Kapiii. 
 
 DHUIiM SALEII, a species of cara- 
 vanserai, or resting-place for travel- 
 lers in India. 
 
 DHYE, a wet nurse, or child's nurse, 
 more generally an atteijdant upon 
 native ladies in India. 
 
 DINAPORE, a town in India, on the 
 south side of the Ganges, ten miles 
 to the westward of Patna, in the 
 province of Bahar. It is one of the 
 principal military stations of the 
 province. 
 
 DINDIGUL, the capital of the district 
 so named, in the province of Southern 
 Carnatic, in India. It was formerly 
 tlie capital of an Hindoo kingdom, 
 and is sitviated in Lat. 9 deg. 55 min. 
 N., Long. 78 deg. 14 min. E., near 
 tlie western entrance of an extensive 
 plain, about thirty miles from east to 
 west, and twenty-five from north to 
 south, almost surrounded by moim- 
 tains. It is a clean and neatly built 
 town, and has a strong fort built 
 upon a rock about 400 feet high, on 
 tlie summit of which is a Hindoo 
 temple. Under the northern ledge of 
 the rock there is a remarkable na- 
 tur;d cavern, inhabited by some Ma- 
 homcdan fukeers. 
 
 DIVAN, the Sultan's privy council at
 
 DJ 
 
 DO 
 
 77 
 
 Constantinople. Also a raised gvoTind 
 in a hall, or ;iny other room in a 
 house. It is likewise applied to a 
 range of cushioned seats round a 
 room. 
 
 D'JEKEED, the Arab javelin, or ar- 
 row. The dexterity with which the 
 Arab throws the d'jereed, when at 
 full gallop, has often excited the 
 "wonderment of travellers. It is con- 
 sidered so advantageous an accom- 
 plishment in a warrior in the pursuit 
 of an enemy, mounted on a fleet 
 courser, or flying from an opponent 
 whom it is desirable to keep at a 
 distance, that throwing the d'jereed, 
 by way of practice, forms a favourite 
 Arab pastime. 
 
 DONABEW, See Ava. 
 
 DOMIES, small Indian craft, intcndeil 
 for the coasting trade, carried on prin- 
 cipall}' by native merchants. These 
 ^ari'aA vessels present a contrast with 
 the superb craft under British ma- 
 nagement, and at once characterise 
 not only the ignorance, but the narrow 
 minds of their owners. Few donies 
 measure more than 150 tons, or have 
 more than two masts ; sloops are by 
 far most common, and the generality 
 are equipped with coir cordage, as 
 Avell as with country made canvass. 
 The gi'eater portion of these vessels 
 return either in ballast, after de- 
 livering their cargoes of rice at 
 various ports on the Coromandel, 
 Malabar, and Tenasserim coasts, or 
 with light cargoes, composed chiefly 
 of coir and cowries, from the Seclielles 
 and Maldives; to which tliey likc- 
 ■wise, now and then, make a bold 
 voyage, at favourable seasons, with 
 small invoices of coarse cottons, fit 
 for the \ise of those islanders. Here 
 and there Ave see a donci/ witli some 
 European on board to navigate her; 
 but, in general, only natives are 
 employed. 
 
 DOOAB, or SOUTHERN MAII- 
 KATTA COUNTRY, a province 
 in India, bounded on the north l)y 
 the rivers Gutpurba and Kistna, 
 separating it from Bejapore ; east, 
 Hyderabad, and the Ceded Districts; 
 
 south, Mysore and Kanara ; west, 
 tlie mountains dividing it from tlie 
 sonthern Konkan. The rivers are 
 the Gutpurba and IMalpurba, both 
 flowing into the Kistna ; Wurda, 
 flowing into the Toombudra, and the 
 Toombudra. The western districts 
 of the province are mountainous and 
 woody ; eastward, it is open and 
 generally level. The soil is good, 
 and the climate favourable. The 
 productions are principally cotton, 
 and dry grains. The chief towns 
 are Belgaum, Kittoor, Dharwar, 
 Gujunderger, Hooblee, and Savenore. 
 The term " Dooab" is applied to this 
 province from its position between 
 the two rivers Kistna and Toom- 
 budra, wluch flow along its northern 
 and soutiiern boundaries. It is of 
 modern origin, this district having 
 formerly been included in Bejapore. 
 
 DOOAB, from do, two, and awi, water. 
 It is tlie name given to those tracts 
 of country in the East Indies ■which 
 lie between two rivers. 
 
 DOODPUTTEE, a small town in 
 Kachar, one of the Bengal Depen- 
 dencies. It stands on the banks of 
 the river Boorak, in Lat. 25 deg. 3 
 min. N., Long. 92 deg. 42 min. E. 
 Since 1811 it has been the residence 
 of the rajah, and, consequently, tlie 
 capital of tlie country. It is also 
 noted as the scene of an action 
 whicli took place in 1824, between 
 tlie Burmese and a British detach- 
 ment, in which tlie latter was de- 
 feated M'itli much loss. 
 
 DO(JG DOOGIl':,along narrow drum, 
 played iipon by tiie natives of India 
 at their festivals and nautches. 
 
 DOOLY, or covered litter, of tlie pa- 
 lankeen kind; it is yet in very com- 
 mon use among the less opulent 
 classes, and especiaUy employed for 
 the conve3'ance of women. In our 
 armies this little vehicle affords ex- 
 cellent means of transporting sick 
 and wounded men, either to the hos- 
 pitals, or on a march. Its usual 
 construction is extremely simple; 
 consisting of a small charpoi/ (q. v.), 
 a very slight frame of bamboo work,
 
 78 
 
 DO 
 
 DO 
 
 equal in size to the frame of the 
 litter, is placed over it horizontally, 
 serving as a roof for the support of 
 a double cover (generally of red 
 karwcth, or of blue or white calico), 
 ■which lies over the roof, and faUs all 
 around, so as to enclose the -whole 
 space between the roof and the bed- 
 stead. There is seldom any bedduig 
 but what is provided by the party 
 carried in the dooly ; unless it be one 
 apper tauiuig to some family, by Avhom 
 it is frequently used : in such case, 
 the interior is made very comfort- 
 able, and the cover ornamented with 
 borders, fringes, &c. This last kind, 
 being almost exclusively appropri- 
 ated to the zenanah, is on a A'ery 
 small scale, rarely exceeding three 
 feet by little more than two. 
 
 DOOM AULA HS, houses in India 
 having a second floor. 
 
 DOOEGA POOJA, or DUSAE AH, a 
 Hindoo festival in honour of Devi, 
 or the goddess consort of Siva; the 
 most splendid and expensive, as well 
 as the most popular of any of the Hin- 
 doo festivals. It takes place in the 
 month Ashwinu or Assin (the end of 
 September or beginning of October). 
 The preliminary ceremonies occupy 
 scA-eral days previous to the three 
 days' worship. During the whole of 
 this period all business throughout 
 the country is suspended, and uni- 
 yersal pleasure and festivity prevail. 
 On the first of the three days of wor- 
 ship, the ceremony of giving eyes and 
 life to the images takes place, before 
 which they cannot become objects 
 of worship. This is performed by 
 the officiating Brahmun touching 
 the cheeks, eyes, breast, and fore- 
 head of the image, saying, " Let the 
 soul of Durga long continue in hap- 
 piness in this image." Other cere- 
 monies, and the sacrifices of numer- 
 ous animals, as buffaloes, sheep, 
 goats, &c., then follow. The flesh 
 and blood of the animals, and other 
 articles, are then offered to the 
 images of the goddess and the other 
 deities which are set up. The cere- 
 monies and sacrifices of the second 
 
 and third days of the worship arc 
 nearly similar to those of the first 
 day. After the whole of the beasts 
 have been slain, the multitude daub 
 their bodies Avith the mud and clotted 
 blood, and then dance like Baccha- 
 nalian furies on the spot. On the 
 following morning, the image is, 
 with certain ceremonies, dismissed 
 by the officiating Brahmim. It is 
 then placed on a stage formed of 
 bamboos, and carried, surrounded by 
 a concourse of people of both sexes, 
 and accompanied by drums, horns, 
 and other Hindoo instruments, to 
 the banks of the river, and cast into 
 the water in the presence of all ranks 
 and descriptions of spectators ; the 
 priest, at the time, invoking the 
 goddess, and supplicating from her 
 life, health, and affluence ; urging 
 her (their universal mother, as they 
 term her) to go then to her abode, 
 and retiirn to them at a future time. 
 During this period licentiousness and 
 obscenity prevail. During the three 
 days of worship in Bengal the houses 
 of the rich Hindoos are at night 
 splendidly illuminated, and thrown 
 open to all descriptions of visitors; 
 and they acknowledge with much 
 attention and gratitude the visits of 
 respectable Europeans. The images 
 exhibited on these occasions, are 
 made of a composition of hay, sticks, 
 clay, «S:c., and some of them are ten 
 and twelve feet high. On the morn- 
 ing after the pooja, hundreds of them 
 are conveyed on stages through the 
 streets of Calcutta to be cast into the 
 river. During the whole of the day, 
 as some of them are brought from 
 villages at a considerable distance 
 from the holy stream, the uproar 
 and din ai'C mdescribable. Immense 
 sums of money are expended on these 
 festivals. 
 DOOHEAII, a dog-boy, though pro- 
 perly an out-door servant, residing 
 at the dooreah-kannah, or kennel. 
 Although confined to one occupation 
 in general, a dooreah can have very 
 little knowledge of its duties, beyond 
 the mere mechanical routine of
 
 DO 
 
 DU 
 
 79 
 
 dressing a little rice and meat for 
 the dogs, and taking tliem out for 
 an airing. He is usually provided 
 ■with a short whip, consisting of a 
 thong, or tvro, of raw hide, fastened 
 to a piece of small bamboo ; "with 
 this he corrects the animals under 
 his charge, the number of which 
 necessarily varies according to their 
 size. Thus, a brace of greyhounds, 
 or, at the most, a leash, ai'e consi- 
 dered as many as a dooreah should 
 lead out -, while of small dogs, it is 
 common to see him surrounded by 
 seven or eight. Each dog has a col- 
 lar, to which a strong metal ring is 
 sewed very firmly : tliis serves to 
 fasten a piece of stout cord, the 
 other end of which is looped, so as 
 to pass over the dooreah's hand, and 
 to sit round his "wrist; in general, 
 the whole are led by the left hand, 
 tlie right exercising the whip. 
 
 DOTEE, waistcloth. A Hmdoo article 
 of dress, containing almost cloth 
 enough to serve for the envelopment 
 of a mummy. 
 
 DOWAL, a tom-tom, a drum. 
 
 DOWLUTABAD, a fortress, seven 
 miles to the north-westward of 
 Aurungabad, in the pro^'ince of 
 Aurungabad, in India. Prior to 
 the conquest of this province by 
 the !Mahomedans, this place was 
 the capital of an independent 
 Hindoo state, and was then called 
 Deogurh, or Tagara. In the early 
 part of the 14th century the empe- 
 ror, Sultaun ]\Iahomed, endeavoured 
 to make Deogurli the capital of his 
 kmgdom, on which occasion he 
 (hanged its name to Dowlutabad; 
 but he was obliged to desist from 
 his project, after nearly ruining the 
 city of Delhi, by driving away the 
 inhabitants, in order to make them 
 settle at the new seat of government. 
 In a mountain, about a mile to the 
 eastward of Dowlutabad, are the 
 caves of Ellora, or, as the place is 
 called by the natives, Vcrrool. In 
 magnitude and execution these ex- 
 cavations excel every thing of the 
 kind in India, They compose seve- 
 
 ral temples, and are fiUed with 
 figures ; some are dedicated to Siva, 
 and others are Booddhist. Accord- 
 ing to the Brahmuns, they were 
 formed by Eeloo, rajah of Ellichpoor, 
 about 8000 years ago, but on in- 
 vestigation, they appear to have 
 been executed about 2500 years 
 since, and not more. 
 
 DRAGOMAN, an interpreter of lan- 
 guages at the court of the sultan, 
 and indeed throughovit Turkey. 
 There are several of them attached 
 to each European embassy. 
 
 DUBASH, a class of men Avho are 
 employed by Europeans upon their 
 first arrival at Madras or Bom- 
 bay, to make purchases, furnish 
 houses, procure servants, &c. Every 
 ship has a dubash attached to it 
 during its stay in the harbour or 
 roadstead, and as they charge high 
 prices for every thing they pur- 
 chase, it is generally a lucrative 
 employment. The dubashes all 
 speak broken English, understand- 
 ing, however, much more than they 
 can express in our language. 
 
 DUBBOW, to shampoo tlie person, an 
 operation performed by pressing the 
 limbs and kneading them, or gently 
 knocking them with the doubled 
 fists. It is a lazy indulgence com- 
 mon to natives of India and Eu- 
 ropeans of indolent habits. 
 
 DUEFADAIv, the connnander of a 
 party of horse, also of Peons, (q. v.) 
 
 DUFTER KHANEII, a record office; 
 any office in India. 
 
 DUFTOREE, an office-keeper, who 
 attends solely to those general matters 
 in an Indian office, which do not come 
 within the notice of the /teranee or 
 clerk, sucli, for instance, as making 
 pens, keeping the inkstands in order, 
 ruling account books, and perhaps 
 binding them; preparing and trhn- 
 ming the lights, setting pen-knives, 
 together with a great variety of 
 other little jobs. 
 
 DULLAUK, the barber who attends 
 at the Persian "llumniaum," (q. v.) 
 
 DU]MCO\V, lluidostanee. Verb, to 
 bully; 7wun, a bully.
 
 80 
 
 DU 
 
 EL 
 
 DUNGAREE, a coarse kind of un- 
 bleached calico. Tiie name also of 
 a disreputalile village near Bombay. 
 
 DUEBAK, Ilindostanee. The court; 
 the luiU of audience; a levee. 
 
 DURGA, or DOORGA. In this cha- 
 racter Parvati (Hindoo mythology) 
 is represented with ten arms. In 
 one hand she holds a spear, with 
 xvhich she is piercing the giant 
 JNIuhisha ; in another a sword ; in 
 a third, the hair of the giant, 
 and the tail of a serpent twined 
 round him ; and in others, the tri- 
 dent, tlie discus, the axe, the club, 
 the arrow, and the shield. One of 
 her knees presses on the body of the 
 giant, and her riglit foot rests on 
 the back of a lion, which is lacerating 
 his arm. On her head she has a 
 crown richly gemmed, and her dress 
 is magnificently decorated with 
 jewels. The giant is issuing from 
 the body of the buffalo, into which 
 he had transformed himself during 
 his combat witli the goddess. 
 
 DURGAH, acourt; mosque connected 
 with a tomb. 
 
 DURKHAREH, Persian. Entrance 
 to a great man's house or tent ; 
 palace gate. 
 
 DURZEE, tailor, an indispensable ad- 
 junct to a domestic establishment in 
 India, his business being to mend 
 the clothes as fast as the dhobee, 
 or washerman, tears them, and 
 for this purpose, chiefly, he works 
 daily from morn till dewy eve — 
 from nine o'clock till five in Cal- 
 cutta, but from sunrise to sunset in 
 the upper provinces, or (more com- 
 prehensively) in the ]\Iofussil. A 
 lady's tailor gets from eight to ten 
 rupees a month, and has no very 
 quiet life of it; but the scolding is 
 systematic, and lie cares Utile about 
 the matter, though he never may 
 have "heard great ordnance in the 
 field." But the bachelor's tailor 
 hath a life of ease andpleasure, work- 
 ing half the time for the servants, 
 who pay him for that same. 
 
 DUSTOOREE, commission, per cen- 
 tago, vails, perquisites. The word 
 
 is derived from Oustoor "custom, 
 for no other reason than that ser 
 vants, brokers, sircars, and all de- 
 scriptions of middle men have made 
 it a practice to exact a per centage 
 from every one receiving money 
 from their master. 
 
 E. 
 
 EASTERN ISLANDS. The Eastern 
 Archipelago, as it is sometimes 
 termed, comprises the largest assem- 
 blage of islands on the globe. It 
 extends from Long. 95 deg. to 138 
 deg. E., and from Lat. 1 1 deg. S. to 
 19 N., and includes the following 
 principal islands : northward, the 
 Philippines ; central, the Sooloo Isles, 
 Borneo, Celebes, the Moluccas, and 
 the Isles of Banda ; east, Papua; 
 south and west, the Sunda Islands. 
 
 ECKA, a light pony gig on two 
 wheels, with crimson cloth cusliions 
 on the top, on which the natives of 
 India (who alone use them) sit 
 cross-legged. 
 
 EEDGAH, a place in India for the 
 celebration of a festival. 
 
 EELIAUTS, or ILLYAUTS, the 
 wandering tribes of Persia, who live 
 constantly in tents, have no settled 
 home, and rove about continually ia 
 certain districts, to which they con- 
 fine themselves, in search of pasture 
 for their cattle and flocks, on the 
 produce of which they subsist. 
 
 ELATCHEE, cardamum, a spice 
 much esteemed in India. 
 
 ELCIIEE, Persian. An ambassador 
 or envoy. 
 
 ELEPHANTA. See Bombay. 
 
 ELLICHPOOR, a large open town in 
 India, the capital of the provmce of 
 Berar, in Lat. 21 deg. 40 min. N., 
 Long. 77 deg. 30 min. E. It is an an 
 cient town, and has always been 
 place of note in the province. 
 
 ELLORA. See DowLUTABAD. 
 
 ELLORE. This is a small inl 
 district in India, one of the Nortl 
 Circars, lying between Rajamu 
 on the north, and KoudapiUy o:
 
 EM 
 
 EU 
 
 !1 
 
 south. The town of Ellore is usually 
 called Oopoo EUore, to distinguish it 
 from Ra-EUoor, or Vellore. This is 
 an inland town, situated about fifty 
 miles from the coast, in Lat. 1 6 deg. 
 43 min. N., Long. 81 deg. 15 rain. E. 
 It is noted for carpets, and for leather 
 manufactures. About five miles 
 from Ellore is a large fresh -water 
 lake, called the lake of Kolair, formed 
 chiefly by the overflowings of the 
 Godavery and Kistna. Its breadth 
 varies from seven to twelve miles, 
 and its extreme length is about 
 twenty-two miles. It contains a 
 number of islets, which i^roduce 
 abundant crops of rice. Tliis lake 
 communicates with the sea by a 
 small river called the Ooi)utnair, 
 navigable for boats. 
 
 EMAUMBARREE, a place of Mussal- 
 man worship, and a depot for the 
 Tazecs used at the Mohurrum. 
 
 EMIK, a title. See Ameer. 
 
 ENAUM, Hindostanee. l^resent, gift, 
 gratuity, iavour. Enaums are grants 
 of land free of rent ; or assignments of 
 the government's share of the produce 
 of a portion of land for the support 
 of rehgious establishments, and 
 priests, and for charitable purposes ; 
 also to revenue ofScers, the pubhc 
 servants of a village, retired and 
 deserving old soldiers, &c. 
 
 ENAUMDAR, holder of any thing as 
 a favour. A person in the ])OSsession 
 of rent-free or favoural)ly rented 
 lands, or in the enjoyment, under 
 assigmncnt thereof, of tlie govern- 
 ment dues from a particular portion 
 of land, granted from cliaritv, &c. 
 
 E:NDARU-GAHA,tlie castor-oil tree. 
 
 This is a slirub in the island of 
 
 Ceylon that seldom grows more 
 
 than ten or twelve feet liigh. Tlie 
 
 trunk is like the stalk of a cabbage, 
 
 md equally frangible. The fruit 
 
 TOWS out from tlic ends of tlie 
 
 ■ranches, and is rather larger than 
 
 Dca. The outside is rough and 
 
 ■;kly. When ripe, it is nearly 
 
 '•,k. Each fruit contains two 
 
 's, covered with small black 
 
 1. These, when -well dried, are 
 
 3 
 
 pounded in a mortar to express the 
 oil, which the natives use as a 
 medicine. The growth is very rapid, 
 as it arrives at maturity in about 
 twelve months, and having borne 
 fruit once, it dies. The natives pay 
 little regard to the cultivation of it, 
 and when they want a little oil, they 
 pluck its seeds, and make it at once, 
 never keeping a supply of it by them. 
 
 ETAWAH, a town and station in the 
 north-west of India, in the province 
 of Agra. This was once a flourish- 
 ing place, the abode of omras and 
 grandees of the Mogxd empire, but 
 it is now a mass of ruin and decay. 
 Standing upon the banks of the 
 Junma, it possesses a splendid ghaut, 
 which rather serves, by contrast 
 Avitli all else, to indicate the present 
 poverty, than to illustrate the an- 
 cient importance of the place. A few 
 bungalows scattered over a wide 
 sandy plain, nearly destitute of 
 trees, intermixed with other build- 
 ings of an inferior kind, announce 
 the presence of civil and military 
 residents. These are, however, few 
 in number — the one being limited to 
 a coUector and magistrate, with their 
 subordinate officers, and the other 
 to the wing of a corps of native 
 infantry. Nothing can be imagined 
 more dreary and desolate than this 
 place as a residence ; but for the 
 naturalist it possesses attractions of 
 no connnon order, the result, in a 
 great measure, of the abundance of 
 vegetation, arising from the absence 
 of a large European population. 
 
 EURASIAN, the offspring of the 
 European father and the Hindoo or 
 Mussulman woman in India. The 
 names of East Indian, country-born, 
 half-caste, are given to tliis class, 
 but "Eurasian" appears most pro- 
 perly to indicate tlieir origin, and 
 lias nothing oflcnsive about it. The 
 Eurasians arc an orderly, intelligent, 
 and (as clerks) an industrious race of 
 people, but they are devoid of mental 
 and personal energy, and thcrcfure 
 seldom attain either individual or 
 corporate weight and inipor Lance.
 
 82 
 
 FA 
 
 FL 
 
 TAKEER, a poor man, mendicant, 
 or Avandering Indian beggar. 
 
 FAKERAN, from fakeer, a mendicant 
 (]Mahomedan law, fookra), to main- 
 tain the poor. A Moslem grant. 
 
 FANAM, a nominal coin in use under 
 the Presidency of Madras. 
 
 FELLICK, the beam and noose by 
 which the feet of Persian or Turkish 
 criminals are secured when receiving 
 the bastinado. 
 
 FEREDJE, the out-of-door dress of a 
 Turkish female. It is generally 
 composed of green cloth, and invests 
 the entire i^erson. 
 
 FERINGEE, Frank, or European; 
 more commonly applied by the na- 
 tives of Intlia to the descendants of 
 the Portuguese, or tlie half-castes. 
 
 FEROSH, or furniture-keeper ; the 
 duty of this menial, among Europeans 
 in India, consists chiefly in cleaning 
 the furniture, putting up or taking 
 down beds (which, in India, is always 
 efifected Avithout the aid of a carpen- 
 ter), beating carpets, pseparing and 
 trimming the lights, opening and 
 shutting the doors for guests, handing 
 chairs, setting tables for meals, 
 together with a variety of minutise 
 of a similar description. Among 
 the natives the olBce comprehends 
 far more laborious employments, 
 among which the arrangement of 
 tents may be adduced. In this they 
 aid the kalashies, or tent-men, reserv- 
 ing to themselves the performance 
 of whatever relates to the interior. 
 According to the account of Abu 
 Fazil, who wrote regarding tlie 
 establishment of the Emperor 
 Akbar, that monarch retained no 
 less than 1000 fcroshes, for the pur- 
 pose of attending his encampments 
 or parties of pleasure. These, how- 
 ever munerous, must have had 
 plenty to do, for we find that the 
 equipage, on such occasions, con- 
 sisted of 1000 elephants, 500 camels, 
 400 carts, and 1000 men, escorted by 
 
 500 cavalry. There were employed 
 in this service, 1000 feroshes, 500 
 pioneers, 100 water-carriers, fifty 
 carpenters, 50 tent-makers, 50 link- 
 men, 30 workers in leather, and 150 
 sweepers. The number of large 
 tents was prodigious ; but some 
 idea may be entertained of their 
 amount, when it is stated, that the 
 royal precinct was enclosed by 
 kunnauts (walls of cloth) eight feet 
 high, and in the whole, nearly two 
 miles in length! 
 
 FEROZEPORE, and LOODIANA, 
 towns in India in the province of 
 Delhi, which are the principal sta- 
 tions of the British territory on the 
 north-western frontier, both on the 
 left bank of the Sutlej . Ferozepore is 
 situated in Lat. 30 deg. 55 min. N., 
 Long. 74 deg. 35 min. E., and Loodi- 
 ana in the same latitude, Long. 75 
 deg. 48 min. E. 
 
 FIRDOUSEE (Abool Kasim), the 
 author of the Shah Nameh, (q. v.) 
 
 FIRMAUN, a decree, order, warrant, 
 or passport, issued by the Shah of 
 Persia or the Sultan of Turkey. No 
 subject dares to disobey the firmaun 
 of the sovereign ; it supersedes aU 
 laws and regulations, and renders 
 those who pass it independent of 
 their immediate local governors. 
 
 FLORnaN, or FLORICAN, a large 
 game bird of the bustard species, 
 found in the plains of India. It 
 afibrds excellent sport, and ranks 
 with the j;)heasant among English 
 sportsmen. 
 
 FLORIS, or EUDE, one of the Sunda 
 islands. It is situated immediately 
 to the westward of the island of 
 Timor. 
 
 FLYING BUG, a winged insect, com- 
 mon to India, especially where 
 jungle or vegetation abound. In 
 shape, size, and scent, with the addi- 
 tional faculty of flight, they resemble 
 tlie " grabbatee" genus, well known 
 in England. In the night these 
 insects rush m masses into dwellings, 
 crowd round the candles and lamps, 
 and like moths, destroy themselves 
 by too close a contact with the light.
 
 FO 
 
 GA 
 
 83 
 
 TOO KHODAH, Tersian. In God's 
 name ! 
 
 FOONTI, the melon. Of melons there 
 are many varieties in India, but 
 there are few of the Bengal sorts 
 •worth eating, for their flavour, ex- 
 cept in the northern and north- 
 western provinces, where the Per- 
 sian and Afghan conquerors have 
 brought some good kinds, is very in- 
 different. In intertropical India 
 the best melons almost immediately 
 degenerate into a sort of half water 
 melon. A few successful attempts 
 have been made, with great care and 
 attention, to raise fine high-flavoured 
 melons from seed obtained from 
 England, France, and Afghanistan, 
 but it is yet only by a succession of 
 fresh seed that good ones can be 
 obtained, and the care and cost are 
 such that hitherto there seems little 
 chance of counting the melon of 
 Persia, Afghanistan, or Europe, 
 amongst the Indian fruits. The 
 ■water melon in some parts of India 
 attains to a monstrous size. Tliose 
 of Agra, which are cultivated on the 
 sandy flats left by the subsiding 
 •waters of the Junma, are famous; 
 and stories of them are standard 
 jokes of approved ciurrency in those 
 l)arts. On the coast they are also 
 considered to attain " great respect- 
 ability," and, in short, good water 
 melons are pretty common all over 
 India, and they are very highly 
 esteemed by the natives and by 
 many Europeans. The foonti, or 
 phootee, as it is called by the Ben- 
 galese, has a strong melon scent, but 
 very little of the taste, and less of 
 the perfume, of the true melon. To 
 some Europeans, and to most natives, 
 however, it is an acceptable fruit, at 
 least as a change, during the short 
 time that it is in season, and in great 
 demand for the various preparations, 
 such as sherbets, and the like, into 
 Aviiich it enters. It is, like all the 
 tribe, considered as cooling and even 
 medicinal, and no doubt justly so. 
 rORM(JSA, a large island, about 180 
 miles in length, and fifty in average 
 
 breadth, lying off the south-eastern 
 coast of China,distant about 200 miles, 
 between Lat. 23 deg. and 24 deg. N. 
 FOUJDAE, under the Mogul govern- 
 ment of India, a magistrate of the 
 police over a large district, who took 
 cognisance of aU criminal matters 
 within his jm"isdiction, and some- 
 times was employed as receiver- 
 general of the revenues. ' 
 FOUJDARKY, any thing appertain- 
 ing to a Foujdar, as his ofiice, juris- 
 diction, covirt, and the like. Also the 
 produce of fines and confiscations in 
 the Foujdarry courts. 
 FURRUKHABAD, a town in India, 
 in the province of Agra. It stands 
 at a short distance from the bank of 
 WxQ Ganges, in Lat. 27 deg. 24 min. 
 N., Long. 79 deg. 27 iiiin. E. It is 
 large and populous, containing about 
 7000 inhabitants, and is a place of 
 considerable commerce. 
 FURSUNG,orPHARSAK, a Persian 
 land measure, equivalent to four 
 British miles. 
 FUTIIIGURH, a town in India, in 
 the province of Agra. It is situated 
 three miles to the eastward of Fur- 
 rukhabad. It is the principal resi- 
 dence of the civil authorities of the 
 district, and is noted for the manu- 
 facture of tents. 
 FUTWAH, a judicial decree, sentence, 
 or judgment. In every court of law 
 in India is an officer versed in Jla- 
 homedan law, whose "futwah" in a 
 measure regulates the decision of the 
 judge. 
 FYZABAD, a town in India, in the 
 province of Oude. It stands on the 
 south side of the river Gogra, about 
 eight miles to the eastward of Luck- 
 now. This was formerly tlie capital 
 of the province. It is still of con- 
 siderable extent, and contains a nu- 
 merous population. 
 
 G. 
 
 GAICOWAR, the chieftain of Baroda, 
 in (iuzerat (west of India), in friendly 
 alliance with the British. The title 
 O 2
 
 84 
 
 GA 
 
 GA 
 
 is derived from the name of Pellagie 
 G aicowar, the founder of tlie sove- 
 reignty, lie vas originally a village 
 potail, M'ho after many struggles and 
 intrigues succeeded iu establishing 
 his authority. 
 
 GALLEE, abuse; an instrument of 
 personal warfare, in the use of which 
 the natives of India are peculiarly 
 dexterous. It generally takes the 
 form of a comprehensive censure of 
 all the female relatives of one's family, 
 together with the grandfathers and 
 grandmothers of the party abused. 
 
 GANESHA(vulgo, GUNNESS). This 
 deity, the god of wisdom and policy 
 (according to the Hindoo my thology), 
 is painted as a short, fat, red- 
 coloured man, with a large belly, and 
 the head of an elephant. He has 
 four arms; in one hand of which he 
 holds the haunhris or hook for 
 guiding the elephant ; in another, a 
 chank or shell ; in the third, a 
 conical ball ; and in the fourth a cup 
 with small cakes, with which he is 
 supposed to feed himself. He is 
 sitting on the lotus. He is frequently 
 described as riding on, or having 
 near him a rat, the emblem of jiru- 
 dence and foresight, and is invoked 
 on all matters of business by the 
 Hindoos. If a person undertakes a 
 journey, or build a house, prayers 
 are addressed to Ganesha, for which 
 purpose his statues are set up on 
 the roads and other ojien places. At 
 the commencement of a letter or a 
 book, or an invocation to a superior 
 deity, a salutation is usually made 
 to him, and his image is fre- 
 quently seen placed, as a propitia- 
 tion over the doors of houses and 
 shops, to insure success to the tem- 
 poral concerns of their owners. 
 Ganesha is often called the Pan or 
 svlvan deity of the Hindoos. 
 
 GANESHA JUNANI,aform of Parvati 
 (in Hindoo mythology), under which 
 she is represented sitting on a lotus, 
 dressed in red, and supporting the 
 infant Ganesha in her arms. Very 
 expensive festivals are held in honour 
 of this form of Parvati. 
 
 GANGES, the. This river rises on 
 the south side of the Himalaya 
 mountains, in the north of India. It 
 is first seen in about Lat. 31 deg. N., 
 and Long. 79 deg. E., where it issues 
 from under a very low arch, at the 
 bottom of a great mass of solid 
 frozen snow, about 300 feet high. 
 Its breadth at this place is about 
 thirty feet, and the depth about one 
 foot. It enters Hindostan Proper 
 near Ilurdwar, in the i^rovince of 
 Delhi, about 120 miles distant from 
 the city of Delhi. It passes through 
 the ])rovinces of Delhi, Agra, Oude, 
 Allahabad, Bahar, and Bengal, and 
 falls into the bay of Bengal. About 
 200 miles from the sea, taking a 
 straight line, or 300 miles, taking 
 the windings of the river, the Ganges 
 sends out a number of branches. 
 The two westernmost branches, 
 called the Kasimbazar and Jellinghee 
 rivers, join together at Nuddea, sixty 
 miles from Calcutta, and form the 
 river Hoogly. 
 
 GANJA, hemp; an intoxicating mix- 
 ture used in India for smoking and 
 drinking. 
 
 GANJAM, a district in India, the 
 most northern of the Circars. Its 
 north-western part, bordering upon 
 Orissa, forms a hilly district, called 
 Goorasur, covered with thick bam- 
 boo forests, and inhabited by a rude 
 mountain tribe. The remamder of 
 the Circar towards the sea is flat 
 and open. It is separated from 
 Orissa by a chain of hills and a 
 large sheet of water, about thirty- 
 five miles long and eight broad, 
 called the Chilka Lake. 
 
 GANJAM, a seaport in Ganjam, one 
 of the Northern Circars, in India. It 
 is situated in Lat. 19 deg. 21 min. 
 N., Long. 8.5 deg. 10 min. E., and 
 Avas formerly a ])lace of considerable 
 trade, and one of the principal sta- 
 tions of the English; but for some 
 years past it has been abandoned, 
 on account of the great imhealthiness 
 of its climate. 
 
 GAOHATL or GOWHATTEE, a 
 town in India, in the province of
 
 GA 
 
 GE 
 
 85 
 
 Assam. It is situated on the 
 south side of the Brahmapootra, in 
 Lat. 25 deg. 55 min. N., Long. 91 
 deg. 40 min. E. It was in ancient 
 times the capital of Kamroop, but is 
 now a place of little consequence. 
 
 GAEREEWAUN, coachman (in native 
 corruption coachmauri) of an English 
 carriage in India. lie would be out 
 of his element in the crowded streets 
 of London, or in a throng at the 
 opera, but he is sufficiently expert 
 for his vocation in the East, where 
 crowds of carriages are unknown, 
 and Avhere all cart drivers, &c., are 
 forced to get out of the way. He 
 lias no great delicacy of bridle touch, 
 and not the smallest pride in his 
 harness or other appointments, 
 whicli, if the master chooses, will 
 ' go dim and dirty enough. 
 
 GARUDA, or GURURA. This demi- 
 god, with tlie head and wings of a 
 bird, and the body, legs, and arms of 
 a man, is of considerable importance 
 in the Hindoo mythology. He is 
 tlie son of Kasj'apa and Vinata, the 
 brotlier of A run, and the vuhan or 
 vehicle of Vishnu. As Arun, the 
 charioteer of Surya (the sun) is tlie 
 dawn, the harbinger of day, so does 
 Garuda, the younger brother, follow 
 as its perfect light. He is the em- 
 blem of strength and swiftness, and 
 besides being the bearer of the omni- 
 potent Vislinu, is greatly distin- 
 guished in Hindoo legends on many 
 very important occasions. 
 
 GASMADDOO, tlie "tree-snare," a 
 thick kind of hind-rope, used in Cey- 
 lon to entrap elephants. 
 
 GAWILGUKH, a fortress in Lidia, in 
 tiie province of Berar, situated on a 
 rocky hill, in tlie midst of a range of 
 mountains, lying between the Tuptee 
 and I'oorna rivers, in Lat. 21 deg. 22 
 min. N., Long. 77 deg. 24 min. E., 
 fifteen miles north-westerly from El- 
 lichpoor. Tliisfortress was considered 
 by the natives of India as impreg- 
 nable, but it was taken by assault 
 in 1803 by tiie British troops, 
 after a siege of not more than a few 
 days. 
 
 GENTIA, or GENTIAPOOR, a dis- 
 trict of the Bengal dependencies, in 
 India, lying between Assam on the 
 north, Kachar on the east, Sylhet on 
 the south, and the Garrows on the 
 west. Its extreme length from east 
 to west, is estimated at 100 miles; 
 and its extreme breadth, from north 
 to south, at about eighty. For 
 some miles from its borders, north 
 and south, this territory consists 
 partly of thickly wooded hills, and 
 partly of low land ; but the inter- 
 mediate country, about fifty miles in 
 extent, is an undulating plain, free 
 from jungle, and well adapted for 
 pasturage, but very thinly inhabited, 
 and not cultivated. Its productions 
 are chiefly cotton, rice, and a coarse 
 kind of silk, called tussur, made 
 from the wild silk-worm. Elephants 
 and ivory also are exported, and 
 amongst the minerals are iron, lime- 
 stone, and coal. The only town is 
 Gentiapoor, the residence of the 
 rajah, situated about thirty miles to 
 the northward of Sylhet. The in- 
 habitants of this district appear 
 to be of the same class as those of 
 Kachar. This tcrritoiy, although 
 of such limited extent, is ruled by a 
 number of petty chiefs, nominally 
 subject to the rajali of Gentiapoor, 
 but paying very little real deference 
 to his authority. The people are, in 
 consequence, harassed with inces- 
 sant feuds, and remain in a very 
 Avretchcd and barbarous condition. 
 Their present religion is that of the 
 Hindoos, Avliich has been introduced 
 among them from Bengal. Their 
 language very much resembles the 
 Chinese, but has no written character. 
 Tlic Bengalese, however, has latterly 
 been adopted by their chiefs, and 
 will ])robal)ly Ijecome their general 
 language. 
 
 GENTOU, Indian. One of the abo- 
 rigines of India. At Madras our 
 coimtrymen use this term to de- 
 signate the language and peo- 
 ple of TMingmia, who occupy the 
 north-eastern portions of the penin- 
 sula.
 
 86 
 
 GE 
 
 GH 
 
 GERGHONG, a tomi in India, in the 
 province of Assam, is situated on 
 the river Dikho, and was for many 
 years the capital of the Assam king- 
 dom ; but an insurrection of the 
 people breaking out in 1794, ruined 
 the town, and caused the seat of 
 government to be transferred to 
 Jorhat. 
 
 GHAUT, a mountain. Ghaut also 
 implies a landing-place or wharf 
 on the Ganges. Pious Hindoos de- 
 vote considerable smiis to the con- 
 struction of these landing-places, 
 Avhich generally consist of a hand- 
 some flight of steps, with, some- 
 times, a pagoda or temple at the 
 summit. 
 
 GHAUTS, a range of mountains in 
 India, divided into Eastern and 
 Western. The Western Mountains 
 extend from the Tuptee river to 
 Cape Comorin. The highest part of 
 the range is about 6000 feet above 
 the level of the sea. The Eastern 
 Mountains extend from the liistna 
 to near the Cavery rivers. The 
 highest part of the chain is about 
 3000 feet above the sea. The word 
 gliaut signifies a pass, o^ ford. It is 
 commonly used by the English in 
 speaking of these two ranges of 
 mountains, though properly meaning 
 only the passes through them. 
 
 GHAZAL, Persian. A song, or 
 sonnet. 
 
 GHAZIPOOR, a town in India, in the 
 province of Allahabad, situated on 
 the north side of the Ganges, in 
 Lat. 25 deg. 10 min. N., Long. 83 
 deg. 35 min. E. This is a large and 
 populous town, and is celebrated for 
 the manufacture of rose water. 
 Numbers of superior horses are 
 bred here in the government stud; 
 and there are cantonments for three 
 regiments of cavalry. 
 GHEE, the butter produced from the 
 milk of the Indian buffalo. It 
 is very inferior, generally white and 
 brittle ; it possesses qualities suit- 
 ing it admirably to the climate, and 
 occasioning the natives to give it 
 the preference. After being warmed 
 
 to a certain degree, so as to become 
 rather liquified, it is kept in that 
 state until it loses its aqueous par- 
 ticles, and is rendered fit for keep- 
 ing. 'Eeyf of the natives Avill touch 
 cow-butter, to which they attribute 
 many bad effects, though they will 
 drink ghee by the quart, and pride 
 themselves not a little in being able 
 to afford so luscious an enjoyment. 
 The uncontrolled iise of this article, 
 though it may tend to that obesity 
 of which the higher classes of Hin- 
 doos are inordinately vain, contri- 
 butes to the generation of those 
 bilious diseases with which they are 
 often attacked. Ghee and idleness 
 may be said to give birth to half 
 their disorders. As an article of 
 commerce, ghee possesses some 
 claim to importance, many thou- 
 sands of maunds being sent every 
 season from some of the grazing dis- 
 tricts to the more cultivated parts, 
 and especially to the western pro- 
 vinces. The ghee is generally con- 
 veyed in dubbahs, or bottles made of 
 green hide, which, being freed from 
 the hair, and worked up, while in a 
 pliant state, into the form of a 
 caraboy, such as is used in England 
 for sjjirits of turpentine, &c., will 
 keep sweet for a long time. Ghee 
 is used for culinary purposes in 
 European families. 
 
 GHINDY, a flat-bottomed circular cop- 
 per basin placed on a stand about three 
 feet high. It is the common accom- 
 paniment of an Indian oflBcer on the 
 Ihie of march, as it admits of being 
 placed with other baggage on the 
 back of a bullock or camel without 
 risk of damage. 
 
 GHOONT, a small hill pony, resem- 
 bling, excepting in its coat, the 
 shaggy Shetland breed. They are 
 very sure-footed, and are used in 
 the Himalayas and other mountain 
 ranges as pack or saddle-horses. 
 
 GHokA- WALLAH, literally, horse- 
 felloAv, a groom. The term is only 
 employed in Western India, and is 
 synonymous with syce, (q. v.) 
 
 GH011U3ISAUG, a Turkish word of
 
 GH 
 
 GI 
 
 87 
 
 abuse, wliich may be translated by 
 the English •word " scoundrel," 
 although its literal meaning is even 
 still more gross. It is in very 
 frequent use where Turkish is spo- 
 ken, and is sometimes used jocu- 
 larly. 
 
 GHOSAL KHANEH, a bathing room. 
 The bath is naturally of much use 
 in every house in India, where fre- 
 quent ablution is requisite. The 
 ghosal khaneh, however, is seldom any 
 thing more than a small square 
 apartment, with a chunam or marble 
 floor, and a sink or gutter to carry 
 off the water, which is obtained 
 from large earthen jars (chatties) 
 or shower baths. 
 
 GHUKREE, an Indian hour, twenty- 
 four minutes ; also, a gong, or copper 
 plate, used to strike the hours, or as 
 a signal. 
 
 GHUZNEE, a fortified city m Afghan- 
 istan, situated in Lat. 33 deg. 10 min. 
 N., Long. 66 deg. 57 min. E. For 
 nearly two centuries this place was 
 the capital of a powerful kingdom, 
 commencing with Subuktageen, in 
 A. D. 975, to the time of Mahomed 
 Ghourie, in 1171, who subdued 
 the empire of Ghuznee, and burnt 
 the city. For many years after- 
 wards, however, Ghuznee continued 
 to be one of the principal towns in 
 Afghanistan, and has always been 
 regarded with veneration by the 
 Mahomedans, in consequence of its 
 containing the tombs of numerous 
 distinguished personages of their 
 faith. About three miles from the 
 city is the tomb of the celebrated 
 Sultaun Mahmoud. Glmznee was 
 taken by storm by the 15ritish troops 
 in 1839. Upon the insurrection in 
 1841, it again fell into the hands of 
 the Afghans, from Avhom it was re- 
 captured in 1842, when the English 
 entirely demolished the fort, and 
 carried ofi' the sandal-wood gates of 
 Mahmoud's tomb, which had been 
 taken by him from the Hindoo 
 temple of Sonmauth in 1024. They 
 also took away tlie Sultaun's mace 
 as a trophy of their conquest. 
 
 GIAN BIN GIAN, the Oberon of the 
 East; the king of the fairies. 
 
 GIDDH, the Bengal vulture, the 
 vulture Bengalensis of authors, is 
 gregarious to the full extent of the 
 word, not only flying and feeding in 
 flocks, but also building its nest in 
 company. The plumage of the male 
 is dark brown above, deepest on the 
 wings and tail ; under parts of a, 
 lighter shade of brown, the shaft 
 and middle of each feather being 
 dashed with a dirty white, or buflT- 
 coloured streak ; head and neck of 
 a dirty livid colour, and destitute of 
 feathers, but scattered over with 
 short hairs ; at the bottom of the 
 neck a ruff" of long, narrow, and 
 pointed feathers; the crop covered 
 over with short brown feathers, and 
 slightly overhanging the breast ; bill, 
 strong, and black at the end, but 
 paler at the base; nostrils, lateral; 
 irides, dark hazel ; legs, thick and 
 blackish; claws, black and strong, 
 and not much hooked. Length, 2 feet 
 7 inches ; breadth, 7 feet 5 inches. 
 The female in length 3 feet 1 inch, 
 and in breadth 7 feet 7 inches ; the 
 plumage above is much lighter, being 
 of a buff or pale fawn coloured 
 brown ; under parts of a dirty 
 white ; irides, dark hazel ; bill, 
 strong, and dark at the end, but of 
 a greenish livid colour at the base ; 
 the claws are longer and more 
 hooked than in the male. 
 
 GIRRA, the common teal found in 
 India. It is identical with the 
 British species, and is one of the 
 handsomest of the duck tribe, as 
 well as one of the most delicate. 
 The girra are generally found in 
 flocks of four to twelve on ponds and 
 jheels, but sometimes they congregate 
 in great numbers. They arc birds of 
 passage, and do not breed in India. 
 Tiiey are netted in various ways by 
 tlic natives, and sold in most of the 
 bazars for a mere trifle. Tlic most 
 usual way of netting them is, after 
 having ascertained tlie place where 
 they resort to feed at night, to sur- 
 round it by a line suspended by
 
 88 
 
 GI 
 
 GO 
 
 ■bamboos, to which are attached 
 nooses, at intervals of a few inches. 
 The teal ali.tfht outside of this line, 
 and in swimming towards the place 
 ■where they find their food, have to 
 pass the nooses, and in doing so a 
 number are caught, and in general 
 this does not alarm tlie rest. They 
 are permitted to feed a short time 
 unmolested, when the jwrson M-atch- 
 ing the nets makes a slight noise, 
 sufficient to cause the teals to swim 
 back to the deep water, M'hen they 
 have to repass the nooses. When 
 as many birds are netted so as to 
 create confusion, the birds are se- 
 cured in a basket, and all being 
 again quiet, the teals return again 
 to their favourite resort for food. 
 Another way is by using the flap 
 net on an extensive scale, when a 
 whole flock may be secured; but it 
 is expensive, and the above is the 
 most common method in use on snudl 
 jheels. To the gunner the teal pre- 
 sents a difficult shot, particularly if 
 the bird is fairly on wing, taking a 
 sweep through the air. A small 
 charge of shot, and a good charge of 
 powder, is requisite to come up with 
 them, and do execution. In wild- 
 fowl shooting, if a bird or two are 
 winged, it is a common plan to 
 stake them down in a favourite 
 resort in the jheel; the teal, when 
 flying over, will be attracted by 
 these birds, and afford good shots. 
 GO A, a Portuguese possession in In- 
 dia, consisting of two towns, (Jld 
 Goa and New Goa, or Panjim, situ- 
 ated upon a small islancl on the 
 Malabar coast, in the province of 
 Bejapoor, in India, Lat. 1.5 deg. 30 
 min. N., Long. 74 deg. 2 min. E. 
 Old Goa, formerly the most splendid 
 city in India, is now in ruins, the 
 seat of government having been 
 removed to Panjim, which is a hand- 
 some and well-built town upon 
 the island of Goa, five miles 
 nearer the entrance of the harl)our 
 than old Goa. Though still the 
 residence of the Portuguese viceroy, 
 it has ceased to be a place of any 
 
 importance. Including Goa, and 
 some small island connected with 
 it, the Portuguese possess in India 
 a small territory of about forty 
 miles in length by twenty in 
 breadth. 
 
 GOALPARA, a frontier town in 
 India, in the province of Bengal, 
 and the principal trading mart be- 
 tween Bengal and Assam, Lat. 26 
 deg. 8 mill. N., Long. 90 deg. 38 
 min. E. 
 
 GO^ySTDS, or GONDS,or KHOONDS, 
 a wild tribe of Indians, uihabiting 
 the hills of Omerkantuk, at the 
 source of the Sone and Nurbuddah. 
 The Goands are one of the lowest 
 classes in the scale of civilisation to 
 be found throughout India. The 
 manners and customs of these people 
 are peculiar to themselves, and their 
 physiognomy differs very widely 
 from the usual characters found in 
 the natives of the Peninsula. Their 
 skin is much blacker than the ordi- 
 nary shade, their lips are thick, and 
 their hair woolly, resembling that of 
 an African ; their forms are well 
 proportioned, being strong and 
 athletic, and though steeped in the 
 grossest ignorance, there appears no 
 reason to suppose that they are in- 
 capable of mental improvement. 
 They had for a long time obtained 
 the reputation of being cannibals, 
 before the unhallowed nature of 
 tjieir banquet was established be- 
 yond a doubt. Unlike the general 
 habits of those savages who devour 
 human flesh, they are rather par- 
 ticular in their tastes, and will only 
 partake of a feast aflbrded by per- 
 sons belonging to their OAvn tribe ; 
 the sacrifice of the victim, and the 
 preparation of the abhorrent food, 
 partaking somewhat of the nature of 
 a religious rite. It appears that 
 when any member of a family is 
 seized with a hopeless malady, or 
 becomes aged, and therefore of no 
 further use to the community, he is 
 forthwith killed and eaten, thus 
 rendering his death a public benefit. 
 When closely questioned, no Goand
 
 GO 
 
 GO 
 
 89 
 
 ■will deny this practice, but all in- 
 dignantly exclaim against the sup- 
 position that they -would partake 
 indiscriminately of human flesh, and 
 disgrace themselves by eating that 
 of a stranger, or any individual not 
 belonging to their own tribe. This 
 smgular and unprepossessing class 
 of persons, who are scattered over 
 the country about Omerkantuk, live 
 in the most barbarous manner pos- 
 sible, upon wild roots and vegetables, 
 and such animals as they can snare 
 or kill, not troubling themselves 
 with the care and cultivation of the 
 soil, and being frequently reduced to 
 great extremity. They construct 
 rude cisterns of bamboo and mud in 
 the most accessible parts of the 
 forest, which, in the rainy season, 
 are filled with water, each family 
 congregating round one of these cis- 
 terns, and should all the water con- 
 tained in it be consumed before the 
 next fall, they wander to another of 
 these rude reservoirs, Avhich are 
 formed at the distance of several miles 
 from each other, and to which they 
 also fly at the approach of an enemy. 
 Partaking of the propensity common 
 to all the inliahitants of India to 
 divide themselves into separate com- 
 munities or castes, they are tenacious 
 of the customs of their tribe, yet 
 they do not conform to any of the 
 prejudices respecting animals held 
 sacred by other classes of Hindoos; 
 making no scruple of killing and 
 eating the cow, when they can ob- 
 tain a prize of such magnitude, and 
 feeding without hesitation upon 
 snakes, monkeys, or any thing else 
 that may come in their way. These 
 people have very little intercourse 
 with Goands of (Ufferent tribes, who 
 live \mder chiefs in towns or vil- 
 lages, or, until lately, with the more 
 civilised portion of tlie community 
 residing in tlie ]>lains, seldom ven- 
 turing l)eyond their own districts, 
 except when driven by necessity to 
 barter any of the products of the 
 hills for ])rovisions. The difficulty 
 of procuring the means of existence 
 
 prevents them from congregating in 
 large numbers, and there are seldom 
 more than eight or ten huts in one 
 place. In sacrificing their aged or 
 sick relatives to Devi, they consider 
 that they perform a meritorious 
 action, — first, liy propitiating the 
 goddess; secondly, by putting their 
 friends out of their misery ; and 
 thirdly, by assuring to themselves 
 an ample meal, in addition to the 
 blessing which descends upon all 
 who comply with the insatiable 
 demands of that gloomy deity, who 
 craves unceasingly for blood. Inde- 
 pendently of a superstition at once 
 so revoltuig and degrading, the result 
 of the most barbarous state of igno- 
 rance, the Goands are a simple race 
 of people, not addicted to the usual 
 vices of the savage character. It is 
 said, that a growing taste for salt 
 and sugar is now bringing them into 
 more frequent contact with the 
 peojile of the plains, and could they 
 be induced to estimate the blessings 
 of civilisation, and take back with 
 them the means of improving the 
 condition of their fellow-tribes, they 
 would prove valuable members of 
 the community, since they alone can 
 live throughout the year in the 
 pestiferous atmosphere of their hills. 
 These wild Goands recognise a chief, 
 and many extensive tracts of country 
 belong to their rajahs; the Rajah of 
 liustar, in the Nagpore country, 
 being one. All the Goand chieftains 
 are in the habit of pro])itiating the 
 favourite deity, the goddess Devi, 
 by the sacrifice of human victims; 
 their sacriticcs being distinct from 
 tlie immolations before mentioned, 
 which are confined to the more 
 savage tribes, who only nuirder tlieir 
 nearest relatives. When they have 
 the success of an}' imdertaking very 
 nuich at heart, tliey make a vow to 
 Devi, proniisiuf^a cert;! in number of 
 human offerings, should their wishes 
 be fulfilled. This vow is religiously 
 kept, the victims being selected, if 
 possible, from the Jungum caste, on 
 account of a supposition generally
 
 90 
 
 GO 
 
 GO 
 
 entertained, that the smallest portions 
 of their bones and flesh will, if buried 
 in fields, render the crops miracu- 
 lously abundant. K such persons 
 are not easily obtained, others are 
 procured by the collectors employed 
 by the rajah for the purpose, who 
 seize any strangers that may be 
 passing through. These practices 
 were brought to the notice of the 
 British government, in consequence 
 of complaints having been made by 
 the relatives of persons who were so 
 unfortunate as to fall into such in- 
 human hands, to the Company's 
 political agent at Nagpore, and since 
 then efforts have been made to put an 
 end to the horrible rites; but they still 
 prevail to a very great extent, and it 
 is dangerous for natives of Lidiafrom 
 distant parts of the country to ven- 
 ture amongst a people addicted to 
 such frightful religious ceremonies. 
 GOD A VERY, the. This river has its 
 source in India, in the Western Moun- 
 tains, about seventy miles to the north- 
 east of Bombay. It runs eastward 
 through the provinces of Aurung- 
 abad and Beder ; and turnuig to the 
 south-east, flows between the pro- 
 vinces of Orissa and Hyderabad, 
 wliich it separates, and through the 
 Northern Circars into the Bay of 
 Bengal. Its whole course is about 
 850 miles. 
 
 GODOWN, a warehouse, or cellar, in 
 India. 
 
 GOGLETT, a small porous earthen 
 jar or vase, used for the reception of 
 water, which it cools and dei)urates. 
 The goglett is much in use at 
 Bombay, where they are made very 
 light and cheap. 
 
 GOHARREAS, a class of Indians, 
 whose profession is to hire themselves 
 out for the purpose of fighting. They 
 usually stipulate for a certain re- 
 ward, and a provision in case they 
 should suffer imprisonment for any 
 afliiir in which, having been en- 
 gaged, they should be apprehended 
 and punished. 
 
 GOLAH, Hiudostanee. A warehouse. 
 
 GOLEEAH, a member of a boat's crew 
 
 on the Ganges. He has particular 
 charge of the bow, where he either 
 rows the foremost oar, or, when ne- 
 cessary, keeps the boat from running 
 against the l^ank, or upon shoals, by 
 means of a luggy, or long bamboo pole, 
 first casting it out in the proper direc- 
 tion, and then lapping it round several 
 times with the end of a strong tail- 
 strap, fastened to a ring on the fore- 
 castle, so as to prevent the pole from 
 returning. Often the fate of a boat de- 
 pends on the certainty of the goleeaKs 
 throw ; especially under a cutchar, 
 or sand-bank, perhaps twenty feet 
 or more in height, under which a 
 strong current cuts away the foun- 
 dation, occasioning immense bodies 
 of the soil to fall in, attended by a 
 noise competing with thunder. 
 GOMASTAH, Hindostanee. A com- 
 missioner, factor, agent. 
 GONDVVANA, a province of the 
 Deccan, in India, bounded on the 
 north by Allahabad and Bahar; 
 east, Bahar and Orissa ; south, 
 Orissa, the Northern Circars, and 
 Hyderabad ; west, Beder, Berar, 
 Kliandesh, Malwa, and Allahabad. 
 Of the numerous districts into which 
 this extensive province is divided, 
 the following may be considered the 
 principal : Baghela, or Baghul- 
 khund, Singrowla, Gurra-Mundla, 
 Sohajpoor, Sirgooja, and Sumbhul- 
 poor, belonging to the British do- 
 minions, and Deogur, Nagpore, 
 Chanda, Chouteesgur, Wynegunga, 
 and Bustar, belonging to the Rajah 
 of Nagpore. The rivers are the 
 Sone, Nurbudda, Gunga, or Wyne- 
 Gunga, Wurda, and Mahanudee, all, 
 excepting the Wurda, having their 
 sources in this province. The Gunga 
 flows southerly, and joining the 
 Wurda, falis with it into the Go- 
 davery. The greatest portion of this 
 province presents a very wUd ap- 
 pearance, abounding with rugged 
 mountains, and covered with forests. 
 The eastern and southern districts, 
 particularly, are in an exceedingly 
 savage state. Westward, though 
 traversed by ranges of hills, and ia
 
 GO 
 
 GO 
 
 91 
 
 many parts thickly ■wooded, the 
 country is more open; and in Chou- 
 teesgiir and the northern districts 
 there are large tracts of clear and 
 fertile ground. The province in 
 general is poorly cultivated, and 
 thinly inhabited. The climate of 
 the hilly and wooded districts is re- 
 markably unhealthy, and usually 
 fatal to the natives of other parts. 
 The productions are rice, wheat, 
 chenna, jowaree, and other dry 
 grains; sugar, hemp, cotton, opium, 
 tobacco, arrow-root, pan, and bees'- 
 wax, dyeing drugs, oils, gum, and 
 coarse silk, of the description called 
 tussur. The forests yield a plentiful 
 supply of teak, saul, and other large 
 timber; and the lac insect abomids. 
 Diamonds of a large size, and gold, 
 are to be found in the vicinity of 
 the rivers, particularly of the Maha- 
 nudee; but the imhealthiness of the 
 climate i)revents their being much 
 sought after. Iron, talc, limestone, 
 coal, red-ochre, and marble, are also 
 procured in different parts. The 
 district of Singrowla contains the 
 largest quarry of corundum in India. 
 Wild beasts are numerous, particu- 
 larly tigers, aud bears of a large 
 size, Avith the gaour, mirjee, a 
 peculiar species of wild dog, and 
 some others, very little known to 
 Europeans. Tlie gaour is a very 
 powerful animiU, of the ox kind, 
 resembling the bison. The mirjee, 
 or mouse deer, so called from its 
 head resembling that of a mouse in 
 form, is the smallest of the deer 
 species, being about the size of a 
 jackal. Among the snakes, which 
 abound in this provmce, is the boa 
 constrictor. TJie towns are Ban- 
 doogui', iSaipoor, Gurra, Jubbulpoor, 
 Mahadeo, Chouragur, Choupara, 
 and Mundla, Sohajpoor, Kurgom- 
 ma, and ( )omerkuntuk, Hiriuidoo, 
 Juslipoor, (iangi)oor, Sumltiiuljjoor, 
 and Tatna, Deogur, IJabye, Eaitool, 
 Jilpee-Anmeer, Nagpore, Clianda, 
 Kuttanpoor, Konkcer, and Byrgur, 
 Wynegunga, Wyragur, and Bustar. 
 This province has received its 
 
 general name of Gondwana, as being 
 the country of the Goand or Khoond 
 tribe. The inliabitants are Goands, or 
 Klioonds (q. v.), Hindoos of various 
 classes, principally Mahrattas, and 
 Telingas, from different parts of Hin- 
 dostan Proper, and the Deccan, and 
 a small proportion of Mahomedans. 
 The language is principally Gondee, 
 Mahrattee, and Jelougo. Many 
 other dialects are spoken by the 
 various wild tribes. 
 
 GOOLAL, a red powder, used during 
 the Hoolee festival to besprinkle 
 people, after the manner in which 
 bonbons are scattered by the Italians 
 during the Neapolitan carnival. 
 
 GOOLISTAN, the Hose Garden, or 
 the Land of Eoses, the name of a 
 celebrated Persian poem, -written by 
 Musleh ud Deen, of Shiraz, surnamed 
 Sheik Sadi. 
 
 GOOLS, balls composed of pounded 
 charcoal, mixed Avith water, and 
 baked in the sun. When ignited, 
 they are jjlaced in the hookah bowl 
 (chiilum), and keep the tumaco(a 
 corruption of " tobacco") constantly 
 burning. 
 
 GOOR, unrefined sugar. 
 
 GOORAL, the chamois of the 
 Himalayas. This animal affords 
 excellent sport to tlie deer-stalker. 
 He is to be found early in the morn- 
 ing feeding among the long grass, 
 generally on the side of the steepest; 
 momitains, but must be carefully 
 approached, as his senses are of a 
 retined order. When wounded, he 
 often leads his destroyer a chase of 
 many a weary mile down the 
 steepest kudds, and over sharp- 
 jjointed rocks, Avhere the trail must 
 be followed by the signs of the 
 mountain dew brushed from the 
 surface of the grass, or the rocks 
 stained by tlie ebbing blood of the 
 stricken animal. 
 
 GOCJlvClIKllAS, irregular horse, in 
 the service of the Sikh government. 
 
 GOORGOORY, a very snuiU kind of 
 hookah, intended to be conveyed in 
 a palanlccen, or to be carried about 
 a house ; the person who smokes
 
 92 
 
 GO 
 
 GU 
 
 holding a vase-sliaped bottom by 
 its neck, and drawing- through a stiff, 
 instead of a phant pipe, formed of 
 a reed, arched into such a shape as 
 sliould conduct its end conveniently 
 to the mouth. 
 
 GOOEKAH, the mountaineer of 
 KepauL Since the British campaign 
 in Nepaul, a good understanding lias 
 been established with these hill 
 people, and they now freely enter 
 the native army, and are among the 
 most faithful, active, and courageous 
 of our troops. In the battles on the 
 Sutle.i, in 1845-46, the Goorka 
 battalion particularly distinguished 
 itself. Beside the musket or rifle, 
 the Goorkas carry koohrees, formi- 
 dable couteaux-de-chasse, with which 
 they encounter a ioa at close quar- 
 ters, or despatch a wounded man. 
 
 GOOEKHA, a city in India, in the 
 province of Nepaul, is situated in 
 Lat. 27 deg. 52 min. N., Long. 84 
 deg. 22 min. E. This was formerly 
 the capital of the Goorkhas, before 
 the formation of the present king- 
 dom of Nepaul. 
 
 GOOEOO, a grave and pious man; 
 the spiritual gxiide of a Hindoo. 
 
 GOOTY, a strong hill fort in India, 
 in the province of Balaghat, about 
 forty -five miles east of Bellary. Tlie 
 highest part of the rock is 1000 feet 
 above the surrounding plain. 
 
 GORACCO, smoking paste, the ma- 
 terial used in the hookahs, kalleeons, 
 nargheels, &c., of the residents in 
 Bombay and other parts of Western 
 India. 
 
 GOSAEES, or GOSAINS, a sect of 
 mendicants. They perform the 
 ceremonials of marriage and otlier 
 rites among themselves. They will 
 also, contrary to tlie usiral customs 
 of the Hindoos, dissolve a marriage 
 vith as much fiicility, on an applica- 
 tion from the parties. The Gosaccs 
 observe none of the Hindoo festivals, 
 except those of Krishna ; but the 
 anniversaries of the deaths of their 
 founders are observed as such. They 
 do not reject the mythology, or the 
 ceremonies of the Hindoos, but they 
 
 believe that those of Huree (Krish- 
 na) only are necessary. 
 
 GRA]\[, a coarse description of pea, 
 chiefly used in India as food for 
 horses and cattle. It is considered 
 superior in point of nutriment to 
 grass, oats, bran, &c. 
 
 GRIFFIN, more familiarly grijf, is an 
 Anglo-Indian cant term applied to 
 all new comers whose lot has been 
 cast in the East. " A grifHn,"' 
 writes Captain Bellew, in his very 
 pleasant " Memoirs" of one of that 
 class, " is the Johnny Newcome of 
 the East, one whose European man- 
 ners and ideas stand out in huhcrous 
 relief when contrasted with those 
 which appertain to the new country 
 of his sojourn. The ordinary period 
 of grifBnhood is a year, by which 
 time the novus homo, if apt, is sup- 
 posed to have acquired a sufficient 
 familiarity with the language, ha- 
 bits, customs, and manners of tlie 
 countrj% both Anglo-Indian and na- 
 tive, so as to preclude his making 
 himself supremely ridiculous by 
 blunders, gaucheries, and the indis- 
 criminate application of English 
 standards to states of things to ' 
 which tliose rules are not alwa.ys 
 exactly adapted. To illustrate by 
 example: — A good-natured Englisli- 
 man, who should present a Brahmun, 
 who worships tlie cow, witli a bottle 
 of beef-steak sauce, would be de- 
 cidedly 'griffined,' particular!}' if lie 
 could be made acquainted with tlie 
 nature of the gift." 
 
 GRUNT'H, the sacred book of tlio 
 Sikhs of the Punjnub. It was partly 
 compiled by the autlior of tlieir reli- 
 gion, one Nanuck, an ascetic and 
 inspired teacher, and was continued 
 by his disciples. 
 
 GUALIOR, a town in India, in the 
 pi'ovince of Agra, situated in Lat. 
 26 deg. 15 min. N., Long. 78 deg. 
 1 min. E. It is tlie capital of the 
 i^cindia JNIahratta territories. 
 
 GUAVA, called in Hindostanee Soopri 
 Am, is a fruit of the Psidium Pami- 
 fenini and Pyriferum. Tlie fruit is 
 usually thought to be originally from
 
 GU 
 
 GU 
 
 93 
 
 the "West Indies, but it is certain 
 that there is more than one African, 
 and several Chinese and Cochin- 
 Chinese species or varieties, botli of 
 the edible and wild sorts. Those 
 may, it is true, have been carried to 
 China by the early voyagers, and 
 India may have received hers from 
 the coasts of Africa, with which, 
 long before Europeans visited her 
 shores, she held a steady intercourse. 
 The most remarkable evidence for 
 its being of foreign introduction in 
 India is that it has, we believe, no 
 Sanscrit name. Thence we suppose 
 it, like tobacco, to have been brought, 
 perhaps about tlie same time. Tlie 
 tacility with which this fruit is pro- 
 pagated from its numerous fertile 
 seeds, of which the hard shell resists 
 insects and other destructive influ- 
 jences for a very long period, renders 
 it one of the most common in India. 
 The strong flavour of tlie common 
 sorts is usually found disagreeable 
 to newly arrived Europeans, but to 
 this, custom reconciles ; and the finer 
 sorts, of which one, the Psidium 
 Microphylla, or true West Indian 
 sort, has the flavour of th.e rasp- 
 berry, and another, a large and very 
 rich kind, has scarcely any of the 
 strong taste of the Bazar guavas. 
 There are some very fine varieties 
 amongst tlie Malay Islands, for with 
 the IVIalaj's and Chinese, as with the 
 natives of India, this, like all high- 
 flavoured fruits, is a favourite. By 
 Europeans it is more generally eaten 
 stewed in wine, and for the Avell- 
 knoAvn jelly made from it, when 
 much of its flavour disappears. The 
 leaves of tiie tree are somewhat 
 aromatic, and much used in the 
 Eastern Islands medicinally, or as a 
 substitute for the betel-leaf. Tlie 
 wood of the old trees is exceedingly 
 close-grained and tougli. and in 
 some degree resembles box-wood ; 
 It is much used amongst tlie natives 
 of India for gun-stocks, as it takes 
 a good polish, and is rarely known 
 to split with heat, or fracture from 
 Wows. 
 
 GUNDA, a sum of four cowries, or 
 shells, used by the poorer natives of 
 India as coin, in fractional pay- 
 ments. 
 
 GUNDA VA, the second town in 
 importance in Beloochistan. It is 
 the winter residence of the Khan or 
 ruler, the cold not being so great 
 here as at Kelat. Lat. 27 deg. 55 
 min. N., Long. 67 deg. 38 min. E. 
 
 GUNGA. The honour of having given 
 birth to this goddess, the personifi- 
 cation of the sacred stream of the 
 Ganges, has been claimed for tlieir 
 deities, both by the Saivas and Vish- 
 naivas, the former alleging that she 
 sprang from the locks of Siva, and 
 the latter urging that she issued 
 from the foot of Vishnu. From the 
 heaven, however, of either we must 
 allow her to have come, v.'hich she 
 was induced with much difliculty to 
 do, to restore to King Suguru the 
 sixty thousand sons whom the deity 
 Brigu had caused his wife to have at 
 one birth, and who, for some mal- 
 practices, had been reduced to ashes. 
 In her passage towards the sea she 
 was swallowed by a lioly sage for 
 disturbing him in his worship ; but 
 by some channel or other she con- 
 trived to make her escape, and hav- 
 ing divided herself into a hundred 
 streams (now forming the Delta of 
 the Ganges), readied the ocean, 
 where, it is fabled, she descended 
 into Patala, to deliver the sons of 
 Suguru. All castes of the Hindoos 
 worship this goddess of their sacred 
 stream. Numerous temples are 
 erected on the banks of tlie river in 
 honour of her, in whicli clay images 
 are set up and worshipped. The 
 waters of the river are highly reve- 
 renced, and arc carried in compressed 
 vessels to the remotest parts of tlie 
 country, from whence also persons 
 perform journeys of several months' 
 duration, to bathe in tlie river itself. 
 By its waters the Hindoos swear in 
 our courts of justice. There are 
 3,500,001) places sacred to Gunga ; 
 but a person, by either bathing in, 
 or seeing the river, may be at once
 
 94 
 
 GU 
 
 GU 
 
 as much benefited as if he had visited 
 the whole of them. For miles, near 
 every i)art of the banks of the sacred 
 stream, thousands of Hindoos, of all 
 ages and descriptions, pour dowTi, 
 every night and morning, to bathe in 
 or look at it. Persons in their dying 
 moments are carried to its banks to 
 breathe their last : by which means 
 the deaths of many are frequently 
 accelerated; and instances have been 
 known wherein such events have 
 thereby been actually produced. 
 
 , (They are called " Ghaut murders.") 
 The bodies are thus left to be washed 
 away by the tide; and from on board 
 the ships in the neighbourhood of 
 Calcutta, numbers of them are seen 
 floating down every ebb, with carrion 
 crows and kites about them, feeding 
 upon their entrails. Several festivals 
 are held during the year in honour 
 of Gunga. She is described as a 
 white woman, with a crown on her 
 head, holding a water-lily in one of 
 her hands, and a water vessel in ano- 
 ther, riding upon a sea-animal re- 
 sembling an alligator, or walking on 
 the surface of the water, with a lotus 
 in each hand. 
 
 GUNJES, grain-markets. 
 
 GUNNY, coarse sacking, very much 
 used in India in the formation of bags 
 for the stowage of rice, nuts, spices, 
 biscuit, and various other articles 
 embarked on ship -board. 
 
 GUNTOOE, or MOORTIZABAD, 
 a district in the Northern Circars, 
 in the Deccan. It is the most south- 
 ern of the Circars, and lies between 
 the Kistna on the north, and the 
 Gundigama on the south, separating 
 it from the Northern Carnatic. Its 
 principal article of produce is maize, 
 which forms the chief subsistence of 
 the natives of the district ; rice is not 
 plentiful, and cotton is only partially 
 cultivated. There are diamond mines 
 in the district, but they have not 
 produced any for many years. The 
 towns are, Bellumconda, Guntoor, 
 Kondaveer, Nizampatam, and Tuna- 
 koonda. About twelve miles east of 
 Tunakoondais a hill, called Buggul- 
 
 khonda, which is supposed to be an 
 extinct volcano. At present it does 
 not possess the least appearance of 
 the kind, but is subject to frequent 
 earthquakes, Avhich are sometimes 
 of sufficient violence to move the 
 houses of the adjacent villages. The 
 present name of this province is of 
 modern origin, and was first applied 
 to it by Europeans, on account of its 
 consisting of several distinct circars, 
 or districts, originally five in num- 
 ber, namely, Kalinga, Rajamundry, 
 Elloor, Moostuffabad, and Moortiza- 
 bad. Exclusive of a few thousand 
 Mahomedans dispersed in the differ- 
 ent towns, the inhabitants of this 
 province are wholly Hindoos, com- 
 posed chiefly of two classes, originally 
 forming distinct nations ; Ooreeas 
 (q. v.), and the Telingas. Tlie Te- 
 lingas, or Teloogoos, are the original 
 inhabitants of the district south of 
 the Godavery, and bordering upon, 
 the Telingana Desum. Of this class 
 are the Vulmas. By Europeans the 
 Teloogoo people are frequently called 
 " Gentoos," from a Portuguese word 
 signifying Gentiles, or Heathens. 
 The total population of the circars 
 is about three millions. The religion 
 is Hindooism and Mahomedanism ; 
 and the language is Ooreea and Te- 
 loogoo — the former language princi- 
 pally in the north-western and north- 
 ern parts. 
 
 GUP, or GUP-SHUP, the origin of 
 gossip, to which, in India, it bears 
 the closest possible affinity. 
 
 GURRYE, the mud-fish, very similar 
 in form to our miller's-thumb. 
 
 GURWAL, a province of Hindostan, 
 bounded on the north by the Hima- 
 laya Mountains ; east, Kumavon ; 
 south, Delhi ; west, the Jumna, 
 separating it from Sirmoor. Its 
 divisions are Gurwal, the sources of 
 the Ganges, and Deyra Doon. The 
 rivers are the Ganges, called in this 
 province the Bhagirathi ; Alkanan- 
 da, which joins the Bhagirathi at 
 IJevaprayaga, where the two form 
 what is then called the Ganges and 
 the Jumna. The whole of this pro-
 
 GU 
 
 GU 
 
 95 
 
 vince consists of an assemblage of 
 hills, some covered with trees and 
 Terdm:e, others perfectly bare and 
 stony, affordhig shelter neither for 
 birds nor beasts. The valleys are all 
 narrow, often little more than mere 
 water-courses between the hills. 
 Only a small portion of the country 
 is eitlier populated or cultivated, the 
 larger part being left to the wild 
 animals. There are extensive forests 
 of oak and fir, and also copper-mines 
 of some value. In the mountains, 
 on the north-eastern side of the 
 Deyra Doon, are the stations of 
 Landour and Mussoorie ; these have 
 been formed by the Enghsh, who 
 resort to them for change of air, the 
 chmate being cold and healthfiU. 
 This province is often called Sree- 
 nuggur, from its former capital. 
 The origin of the name Gurwal is 
 not known. The inhabitants are 
 generally termed Khasiyas, but they 
 claim to be considered as the de- 
 scendants of Hindoos, and reject the 
 former name. The religion of the 
 inhabitants is the Brahminical, and 
 the prevailing language is the Kha- 
 
 GUTTA PERCHA, a substance ex- 
 tracted from the tuban tree of the 
 Straits of Malacca ; it is of a dirty 
 white colour, greasy in texture, and 
 of a leathery scent. It is not af- 
 fected by boiling alcohol, but when 
 thrown into boiling water becomes 
 soft and plastic, and can be moulded 
 into any shape. It is superior to 
 caoutchouc, and is used for aU the 
 purposes to which that elastic com- 
 modity is applicable. 
 
 GUTTIES, dried cow-dimg. 
 
 GUZERAT, a province of Ilindostan. 
 It is bounded on the north by Aj- 
 mere ; east, INIalwa and lOiandesh ; 
 south, Aurungabad and tlio sea ; 
 west, the sea and Cutch. The divi- 
 sions consist of Puttunwara, Eder- 
 wara, Doongurpoor, Banswara, 
 Jhutwar, Chowal, Kattwar or the 
 Peninsula, Ahmedabad, Kaira, 
 Soont, Sunawara, Earrea, Barode, 
 Baroach, Kajpecpla, Surat. The 
 
 rivers are the Banas, Subrmuttee, 
 Mhj'c or Mahe, Nurbudda, and Tup- 
 tee. The Banas flows along the 
 north-western frontier into the Run. 
 The Subrmuttee rises in Ajmere, and 
 flows southward into the Gulf of 
 Cambay. The Mhye enters the pro- 
 vince in the Banswara district, and 
 flows south-westerly into the Gulf of 
 Cambay. The northern and east- 
 ern districts of this province are 
 mountainous, rugged, and jungly. 
 The central districts form an exten- 
 sive plain, generally well watered, 
 open, and fertile. The south-west- 
 ern portion, forming the division of 
 Kattiwar, or Kattwad, approaches 
 the shape of a peninsula, liaving an 
 arm of the sea. called the Gulf of 
 Cambay, on its eastern side, the sea 
 on its south, and the Gulf of Cutch 
 on its west. The Gulf of Cambay 
 is about 150 miles in length. The 
 surface of the peninsula in general 
 is hiUy, remarkably well watered 
 throughout, and fertUe. On the 
 north-west, Guzerat is separated 
 from Cutch by the Rim and the Ba- 
 nas river, and the adjacent districts 
 consist chiefly of arid plains, or salt 
 swamps and jungles. The produc- 
 tions are wheat, rice, and other 
 grains, cotton, liemp, indigo, opium, 
 sugar, honey, saltpetre, and various 
 seed oils, horses and cattle of a 
 superior description, liides, and tim- 
 ber. There are cornelian mmes in 
 Rajpeepla, and jaspers and agates 
 are procured in Ederwara and other 
 hilly districts. The Kattiwad sup- 
 plies abundance of white clay, used 
 by the Hindoos for the purpose of 
 marking their foreheads. Large 
 quantities of salt are obtained from 
 the Run. The manufiictures are 
 principally coarse cotton fabrics and 
 soap. The towns are Deesa, Pal- 
 hanpoor, Radliunpoor, Puttun, Eder, 
 Ahmednuggur, Doongurpoor, Bans- 
 wara, Patiirce, Bejapoor, Nuwanug- 
 gur, Poorbunder, joonagur, Puttun- 
 Somnath, Dice, Ahmcihibad, Kaira, 
 Kuppurwunj, Cambay, Bhownuggur, 
 Gogo, Soonth, Lunawara, Barrca,
 
 96 
 
 GU 
 
 HA 
 
 Clmmpaneer, Baroda, ChandoJ, 
 Jumbusseer, Baroch, Nandod, Raj- 
 peepla, Surat, Sacheen, Bulsar, 
 Dhuruipoor, and Damau. The in- 
 habitants of this jirovince comprise 
 a great variety of classes, the prin- 
 cipal of which are the following : — 
 Johrejas and other tribes of liaj- 
 poots (q. v.), such as Juts, Katties, 
 Jats, Koolees, Bheels, Bhats, Ban- 
 yans, Persees, Boras, Siddees, and 
 Mahrattas. Amongst these the 
 Bhats deserve especial mention, 
 their religion is Hindooism and Ma- 
 liomedanism. The various rude tribes 
 in this province generally consider 
 themselves followers of the Brah- 
 minical system ; they know very 
 little, however, of Hindooism, and 
 mostly worship the sun. Amongst 
 the Hindoos the Jains are numerous. 
 The general language of the pro- 
 vince is the Goojratee; it is written 
 in a character closely resembling 
 the Nagree, and it may be termed 
 the grand mercantile language of 
 Western India. 
 
 GYA, a town in India, in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar. It is situated in 
 Lat. 24 deg. 49 min. N., Long. 85 
 deg. E., about 55 miles to the south- 
 ward of Patna. The town consists 
 of two parts ; one the residence of 
 the Brahmuns, and others connected 
 with them, which is Gya Proper, 
 and the other called Sahibgunge, in- 
 liabited by merchants, tradesmen, 
 &c. This is one of the most noted 
 jilaces of pilgrimage in India, both 
 for Booddliists, and for the followers 
 of the Brahminical system. By the 
 former it is considered to have been 
 either the birth-place or the residence 
 of the founder of their sect. The 
 neighbourhood abounds with exca- 
 vations. 
 
 GYNAHS, gold and silver ornaments. 
 
 n. 
 
 HACKERY, a rude cart, composed en- 
 tirely of wood, and used by the na- 
 tives of India for the transport of 
 
 produce, goods, and individuals, 
 across the rough and ill-made roads 
 of the country. They are drawn by 
 bullocks. 
 
 IIADJEE, a pilgrim. The natives of 
 India, Persia, Arabia, and Turkey, 
 have great faith in the virtue of pil- 
 grimages. The Hindoos make them 
 to holy temples (such as Jugger- 
 naut), holy cities (Benares, to wit), 
 the confluence of rivers, and spots 
 celebrated in mythological liistory. 
 The Mussulmans resort to the tomb 
 of JMahoraet, or to his birthplace, to 
 Mecca, Medina, and Mushed, &c. 
 
 HAFIZ, the name of a florid Persian 
 poet, a writer who rouged his roses, 
 and poured perfume on his jessa- 
 mine. 
 
 HAINAN, an island, situated at the 
 southern extremity of China, sepa- 
 rated only by a narrow channel 
 from the province of Canton. It is 
 about 190 miles in length, and 70 
 in breadth ; and though so close to 
 the mainland, is in a very rude state, 
 the inhabitants still consisting prin- 
 cipally of the original savage tribes. 
 
 HAJEEPOOK,a town in the province 
 of Bahar, in India, situated at the 
 confluence of the rivers Gunduh, and 
 Ganges, nearly opposite to Patna, in 
 Lat. 25 deg.,41 min. N., Long. 85 deg. 
 2 1 min. E. It is noted for its annual 
 horse fair, on which occasion thou- 
 sands of pious Hindoos purge them- 
 selves of their mortal oflences by 
 bathing at the place of the " meeting 
 of the waters." 
 
 HAKEEM, a physician, a character 
 held in great respect in all Eastern 
 nations. European travellers, as- 
 suming the character of a Hakeem, 
 and dispensing medicines as they 
 pass through a country, are almost 
 certain of safety. 
 
 HANUiMAN, the monkey-god of the 
 Hindoos. Hanuman is extensively 
 worshipped, and his images are to 
 be found in temples, sometimes alone, 
 and sometimes in the society of the 
 former companions of his glory, 
 Kama and Sita. He is supplicated 
 by the Hindoos on their birth- days,
 
 HA 
 
 to obtain longevitj^, which he is 
 supposed to have the power to be- 
 stow, and which, of course, he un- 
 hesitatingly grants; or which, at 
 least, ilie disinterested Brahmuns of 
 his temples unhesitatingly promise. 
 Hanuman is called Maruty, from 
 Pavana being chief of the Maruts, 
 or genii of the Avinds. He is also 
 called Muhabar. 
 
 HARAMZADEH, literally, " base- 
 born." A term of abuse obnoxious to 
 Oriental ears ; but, nevertheless, 
 much in use in India. 
 
 HAllEM. or HAllEEM, the ladies' 
 apartment; the zenana, or seraglio, 
 in an Eastern household. 
 
 HARGEELAH, the butcher-bird, or 
 adjutant, is common in India. By 
 some persons the bird is called the 
 bone-eater, from its peculiarity of di- 
 gestion, it having the power of swal- 
 lowing whole joints, such as a leg of 
 lamb, or even entire animals, like 
 young kids, kittens, &c., and of re- 
 turning the bones and hair after the 
 meat has been digested. When thus 
 rejected the bones appear as clean 
 as though they had been boiled for a 
 considerable time, and the hair is 
 accumulated in a single ball. 
 
 HATRAS, a town in India, situated 
 in Lat. 27 deg. 37 min. N., Long. 
 75 deg. 58 min. E., in the province 
 of Agra. It is a busy town, and 
 flourishing. Its fort, which was 
 strong and well built, was taken in 
 1817 bj' the British troops (being 
 then occupied by a refractory chief;, 
 and destroyed. 
 
 IIATTA SC'lIERIF, a warrant, pro- 
 clamation, or decree, issued by the 
 ISultan of Turkey. 
 
 IIAUNKUS (or driver), the implement 
 used by the mahouts to stimulate 
 and direct the pace of elephants. It is 
 commonly about twenty, or twenty- 
 four inches in length, generally 
 made of iron, though some have 
 ■wooden hafts ; the tip is pointed, and 
 about six inches below it is a hook, 
 welded on to the stem, forming 
 nearly a semicircle, wliose di;uneter 
 may be four or five inches. At the 
 
 HE 
 
 97 
 
 butt of the shaft a ring is let through, 
 for the purpose of fastening the 
 haunkus to a line ; the other end 
 of which is fastened to some soft 
 cord, about half an inch in diameter, 
 passing, very loosely, eight or tea 
 times round the elephant's neck, and 
 serving in lieu of stirrups, to keep 
 the mahout from falling over to the 
 right or left, on any sudden motion, 
 as well as to retain his feet in their 
 due direction. 
 
 HAUT, a weekly market, held ia 
 India on stated days. A bazar is a 
 daily market. 
 
 IIAVILUAR, a native Serjeant of se- 
 poys or peons. 
 
 HEGIRA, the Mahometan era, which 
 dates from the flight of Mahomet to 
 Medina, on the 15th of July, a.u. 622. 
 The Mahometan year is purely lu- 
 nar, consisting of twelve months, 
 eacli month commencing with the 
 appearance of the new moon, with- 
 out any intercalation, to bring the 
 commencement of the year to the 
 same season. By this arrangement 
 every year begins much earlier in 
 the season than the preceding one, 
 being now in summer, and sixteen 
 years hence in winter. In chrono- 
 logy and history, however, as well as 
 in all documents, the Mahometans 
 use months of thirty and twenty- 
 uiue daj's alternately, making the 
 j'car thus to consist of .354 days. 
 Eleven times in thirty years, one 
 day is added to the last month, 
 making 355 days in that year. 
 
 HENNA, a i)lant that grows in many 
 parts of the East, and is in vogue 
 among the natives of India and 
 Persia for its ornamental properties. 
 The leaves are pounded and mixed 
 up with a little oil, or ghee, into a 
 l^iste, which is applied to the nails, 
 palms, and soles. After an adhe- 
 rence of a few hours, it is removed, and 
 leaves a beautiful red stain, which 
 lasts many days, and is considered 
 a great set-off to personal beauty. 
 
 HERAT, a fortified town in the Af- 
 ghanistan country, situated on the 
 western frontier, in Lat. 34 deg. 20
 
 98 
 
 HE 
 
 HI 
 
 min. N., Long. 60 degr. 50 min. E., 
 in a very beautiful and fertile plain. 
 It is one of the most ancient and 
 celebrated cities in Asia, giving its 
 name to an extensive province at the 
 time of the invasion of Alexander ; 
 and sxihsequently it was for many 
 years the cnpital of the empire estab- 
 lished by Tymoor Lung. It was 
 taken from the Persians by the Af- 
 ghans in 1715, and was retaken by 
 Nadir Shah in 1731. It was again 
 captured by the Afghans, in 1749, 
 and has ever since remained in their 
 possession. It usually formed a go- 
 vernment for one of the king's fa- 
 mily ; and on tlie dissolution of the 
 Dooranee monarchy, in 1823, it be- 
 came a separate principality under 
 Shah Kamran, the son of the king. 
 Shah Mahmood, and has since con- 
 tinued under his rule. 
 
 HEKI HARI, in Hindoo mythology, 
 the conjoint forms of Siva and Vish- 
 nu, This singular union of the two 
 great deities of the Hindoo sects is 
 involved in much obscurity, and the 
 little light that we have on the sub- 
 ject is not of the most becoming de- 
 scription. The union is, perhaps, 
 little else than the caprice of tlie 
 votaries of the two deities. The 
 sculptures of them in this form 
 somewhat resemble Ardha Nari. In 
 pictures, Vishnu is painted black, 
 and Siva M'hite. 
 
 HILSAll, the sable fish of the Ganges, 
 which seems to be midway between 
 a mackarel and a salmon. Whether 
 for form, general appearance, or fla- 
 vour, the Ililsah is, perhaps, the 
 richest fish with which any rook is 
 acquainted. It is very oily and 
 bony, and when baked in vinegar, 
 or preserved in tamarinds, the hilnah 
 is remarkably fine. 
 
 HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS, the. 
 These mountains, which are believed 
 to be the highest in the world, form 
 the northern boundary of India, 
 separating it from Thibet. Their 
 greatest height has not yet been 
 determined. The highest peak which 
 has been measured is 27,000 feet. 
 
 The sloping brows of the mountains, 
 as they recede from the river, are 
 laid out in fields and orchards, where 
 the apricot and walnut grow to an 
 enormous size; pear and apple trees 
 are also to be found ; but the cultiva- 
 tion of the two latter being little 
 understood, the fruit which they 
 produce is of a very inferior quality. 
 The woods and thickets clothing the 
 sides of the hills are filled with 
 pheasants, which, crowing all 
 around, frequently mock the hungry 
 European traveller, who depends 
 upon his gun for a dinner, since, 
 notwithstanding their abundance, it 
 is difficult to get a fair shot, and 
 even though the bird may be 
 winged, it cannot always be picked 
 up afterwards. Wild grapes and 
 currants must be added to the list 
 of fruits to be found in these pro- 
 vinces, and, from the former, two 
 sorts of intoxicating liquor are pro- 
 duced ; the superior kind having 
 some pretensions to the name of 
 wine, while the inferior, — a spirit 
 obtained by pouring, in the first 
 instance, hot water over the residue 
 of the fruit, — being cheaper, is 
 drank abundantly by the lower 
 classes. Wheat, barley, and rice, 
 together with a multitude of smaller 
 and inferior grains, are grown in 
 these provinces, but the quantity 
 does not equal the demand, and a 
 large portion of that which is con- 
 sumed is imported from other places. 
 Tobacco and opium are also culti- 
 vated, but not to any extent, the 
 former, in common with all that has 
 hitherto been grown on the hills, is 
 acrid, and of bad quality. The 
 vegetables consist of spinach, a 
 peculiar kind of carrot, peas, beans, 
 and turnips, the latter bitter and 
 unpalatable; garlic, not of the best 
 kind, and abundance of useful herbs. 
 In some parts of the hills, the arable 
 land is so circumscribed, that the 
 poverty-stricken inhabitants are 
 compelled to support a miserable 
 existence upon horse-chestnuts, 
 mixed with a small portion of the
 
 HI 
 
 coarser grains. Where apricot trees 
 grow, much ])ettcr fare may he ob- 
 tained from the kernels, mingled in 
 the same manner with pulse, while 
 the fruit dried serves to feed the 
 cattle. The iiihal)itants of the 
 Himalaya gather themselves to- 
 gether in villages, a custom which 
 prevails over every part of the hills, 
 isolated liabitations being very 
 seldom to be seen. The quantities 
 of apricot trees, Avhich mark the 
 sight of former hamlets, and which 
 grow so abundantly, as to leave a 
 doubt upon the mind of the most 
 scientific botanist, whether they are 
 indigenous to the soil, or an intro- 
 duction from foreign countries, show 
 that the population was much more 
 numerous at a former i^eriod. This 
 fact is also attested by the terraced 
 fields, once blooming with cultiva- 
 tion, but now suffered to run to 
 waste in the midst of the most pro- 
 found solitudes. The ravages of the 
 Goorkas, who made a very tyran- 
 nical use of their conquests, selling 
 whole families into slavery, and 
 oppressing the people in every way, 
 are adduced as the principal causes 
 of the scantiness of the present 
 ])opulation. Sickness also, — those 
 frightful pestilences, the small-pox 
 and the cholera, — have had their 
 full share in thinning the ranks; it 
 is well known, that the inhabitants 
 of Avhole villages have been swept 
 away in this manner, and, in many 
 places, the facilities for communi- 
 cation are so small, that a large 
 tract of country might be reduced 
 to a desert, without the people of 
 the adjacent districts knowing any 
 thing about the matter. Villages 
 are frequently perched upon some 
 steep liill, surrounded on all sides 
 by almost unfathomable ravines, 
 access l)eing only afforded by a tree 
 thrown across tlie narrowest part of 
 the chasm; people thus situated, if 
 struck with disease, would die off 
 like sheep, alike destitute of friends 
 to assist them in their utmost need, 
 or to mourn over their untimely fate. 
 
 HI 
 
 99 
 
 The villages seldom consist of more 
 tlian twenty-five or thirty families, 
 and though sometimes occupying 
 commanding sites, are usually situ- 
 ated midway on a mountain side ; 
 the high crowning peak sheltering 
 them from the storms. Occasion- 
 ally tliey are to be found in valleys, 
 but only in the more elevated ; tlie 
 glens, low down at the foot of the 
 mountains, being usually too warm, 
 while the labour of climbing to their 
 crops would be greatly increased. 
 Some of the houses are three stories 
 in height, but the generality are 
 only two; a few, but these are much 
 less common, having but one. In 
 external appearance, they greatly 
 resemble the picturesque cottages of 
 Switzerland. The roof, projecting 
 all round, forms a shelter to the 
 verandah or balcony, which either 
 encircles the house, or communicates 
 with the one adjoining. The walls 
 are a mixture of wood and stone, 
 very substantially put together, and 
 cemented with mud. The apart- 
 ments are not very spacious, but 
 are commodious, and have the ap- 
 pearance of being well kept ; the 
 floors are composed of planks of 
 cedar, and the interiors whitewashed 
 or plastered with mud, which, if 
 sufficiently beaten, affords a very 
 fair kind of stucco. The fire-place 
 occupies the centre, and is always 
 well swept, but tlie smoke, which 
 has no aperture for its escape, ex- 
 cepting the doors and windows, and 
 the vermin, which in consequence 
 of the habits of the people, abounds, 
 render their interiors abliorrent to 
 the European travellers, mIio always 
 prefer the shelter of a cow-house. 
 Usually the cattle are accommo- 
 dated upon the ground floor, the 
 family occupying the apartments 
 above, which are entered either by 
 a rude staircase on the outside, lead- 
 ing to the verandah, or by a notched 
 plank or inclined ])lane within. The 
 doors and windows are extremely 
 small, the latter being niereiy closed 
 with wooden shutters, no substitute 
 h2
 
 100 
 
 HI 
 
 III 
 
 for glass having yet been found. As 
 the severity of the weather fre- 
 quently obliges the inhabitants to 
 close these apertures, nothing, save 
 long endurance, could enable them 
 to tolerate the smoke, which must 
 impregnate the Miiole atmosphere. 
 The fuel burned being wood, it is of 
 course less offensive than if coal 
 were the material ; but still it can- 
 not fail to contribute to the coating 
 of dirt, which is allowed to accumu- 
 late upon the skin of the moun- 
 taineers, who, with few, if any ex- 
 ceptions, testify a great dislike to 
 come in contact with water. Tiie 
 furniture of the houses is exceed- 
 ingly scanty, consisting merely of a 
 few culinary utensils, and a chest 
 to contain the clothes. The ward- 
 robes of the people, to judge from 
 their appearance, can neither be 
 very extensive, nor very costly ; 
 there is, however, among the richer 
 classes, some attempt at magnifi- 
 cence, the gold and silver ornaments 
 worn being profuse in quantity, and 
 sometimes of considerable value. 
 Crime, in its very worst form, seems 
 rare, but the virtues of the native 
 character, in these mountainous re- 
 gions, must be pronounced to be of 
 a negative description. They appear 
 to be kind and good-humoured to 
 each other, attaching less import- 
 ance to the distinctions of rank and 
 wealth, than is usual in even less 
 civilised societies. At their public 
 festivals, rich and poor, the ragged 
 guest, whose tattered garments 
 scarcely afford a decent covering, 
 will be seen joining hands with per- 
 sons arrayed in costly attire, and 
 decked out with an abundance of 
 ornaments ; and, though divided 
 into castes, the distinctions between 
 them are less invidious than those to 
 be found in the plains. The great 
 ingenuity displayed by these people 
 in the construction of numerous 
 small articles, as well as in their 
 buildings, and some of their bridges, 
 shows intellectual capabilities, which 
 the stranger, holding converse with 
 
 them, could scarcely give them credit 
 for ; and there can be little doubt, 
 that if proper pains were to be 
 taken in their improvement, they 
 would shortly emerge from their 
 present low and degraded condition. 
 
 IIINDEE, a town in the province of 
 Khandesh, in the Deccan, situated 
 on the river Nerbudda, in Lat. 22 
 deg. 56 rain, N., Long. 77 deg. 5 min. 
 E. It is the head of a district of the 
 same name, occupying tlie north-east- 
 ernmost part of the Sindia division. 
 
 HINDOO, or HINDU, one of the abo- 
 rigines of India, by the Persians 
 called Hind. 
 
 HINDOOISM, a religion which may 
 be briefly described as a very com- 
 plicated system of idolatry, combin- 
 ing a kind of vague declaration of 
 the unity of a Supreme Being with 
 the worship of a multitude of gods 
 and goddesses, amounting, according 
 to some accounts, to upwards of 
 three hundred millions. There are 
 three principal sects of worshippers, 
 the Saivas, followers of Siva; Vaish- 
 navas, followers of Vishnii ; and the 
 Sactas, followers of the Sactis, or 
 wives of the gods. There are two 
 other rehgions, which, although dis- 
 tinct from Brahminism, appear to 
 belong to the same stock ; these arc 
 the Booddhist and Jain systems. 
 
 IIINDOSTAN, or INDIA, Hindo- 
 stan is situated in the southern part 
 of Asia, and lies between the Sth 
 and 35th deg. of N. Lat., and the 
 68th and 92nd deg. of E. Long. The 
 extreme length from north to south 
 is about 1900 miles, and from east 
 to west about 1500. It is bounded 
 on the north by the Himalaya 
 Blountains ; on the east, by Assam, 
 Arracan, and the Bay of Bengal ; 
 south, by the Indian Ocean ; and 
 west, by the Arabian Sea and the 
 river Indus, separating it from Be- 
 loochistan and Afghanistan. Hin- 
 dostan is divided into four large 
 portions, called Northern Hindo- 
 stan, Hindostan Proper, the Dee- 
 can, and Southern India. 
 
 HINDOSTANEE, the common Ian-
 
 HI 
 
 HO 
 
 101 
 
 guage of India. It bears some re- 
 semblance to Persian in its charac- 
 ters and the termination of verbs. 
 
 HISSA, share, portion, division, part. 
 Hissa-lands are such as are divided, 
 with respect to the rent, into shares, 
 paj'able to two or more zemindars,who 
 are called hissadars, or shareholders. 
 
 HOG A, do. "That won't /(O^'a," or do, is a 
 phrase in every man's mouthin India. 
 
 HONAWUR, a town on the coast of the 
 province of Kanara, in India, and 
 formerly a place of considerable trade, 
 Hyder All having established a dock- 
 yard for building ships of war there ; 
 which was afterwards entirely de- 
 stroyed by Tippoo Sultaun. The Por- 
 tuguese erected a fort at this place as 
 early as 1505. There is a lake here of 
 great extent, reaching nearly to the 
 mountains, and abounding with fish. 
 
 HOOBLEE, a town in India, in the 
 province of the Dooab, situated thir- 
 teen miles S. E. from Dhanvar, is a 
 large and populous town, and has 
 long been celebrated as one of the 
 principal places of trade in this part 
 of India. The English had a fac- 
 tory here in 1G60. 
 
 HOOKAH, a species of pipe, much 
 in jase in India, both among the 
 principal natives and the Euro- 
 peans. It consists of several parts. 
 A bowl of silver or earthenware, 
 called a chillum, receives the prepared 
 tobacco and the lighted charcoal. 
 This is placed on a hollow stem or 
 tube, which rests upon a bell-shaped 
 glass vase, filled with water, whence 
 another tube, in connexion with the 
 foregoing, rises, and is linked to a 
 long pliable hose, covered with cloth- 
 velvet, or keemkaub, and decorated 
 witli gold or silver tliread. At the 
 end of the hose is a mouth-piece of 
 cane, silver, or amber, through 
 which the cooled and fragrant fumes 
 of the tobacco, or guracco (q. v.) pass 
 into tlie mouth of the smoker. 
 
 HOOKAH-BUKDAK, the preparer of 
 the pipe ; a domestic of consequence 
 with many gentlemen in India, who 
 give themselves up, almost wholly, 
 to the enjoyment of smoking. Some 
 
 begin before they have half break- 
 fasted, smoking, with little inter- 
 mission, till they retire to rest. The 
 usual mode of preparing tobacco for 
 the hookah, is by first chopping it 
 very small, then, adding ripe plan- 
 tains, molasses, or raw sugar, toge-^ 
 ther with some cinnamon, and other 
 aromatics; keeping the mass, which 
 resembles an electuary, in close ves- 
 sels. When about to be used, it is 
 again worked up well ; some, at that 
 time, add a little tincture of musk, or 
 a few grains of that perfume ; others 
 prefer pouring a solution of it, or a lit- 
 tle rose-water, down the snake, or 
 pliable tube, at the moment the 
 hookah is introduced. In either case, 
 the fragrance of the tobacco is effec- 
 tually superseded. 
 
 IIOOLY, a Hindoo festival, held in the- 
 vernal equinox, to commemorate the 
 beginning of a new year. 
 
 HOONDEE, a draft or bill of exchange, 
 written in the language of the coun- 
 try. The Hoondee is the ordinary 
 instrument of remittance from the 
 Shroif or Banker in the remote in- 
 terior of India to the house of agency 
 at the Presidency. It is usually pre- 
 pared on a small piece of yellow 
 glazed paper, and is valid with or 
 Avithout a stamp. 
 
 IIOORMUT, personal respectability. 
 Great men, and, in fact, all persons 
 of consideration in India, are most te- 
 nacious of their personal dignity, and 
 will suffer death rather than permit 
 any disgrace to be offered them. 
 This sensitiveness is often taken ad- 
 vantage of to extort money. In the 
 larger towns of Hindostan there is a 
 class of persons who realise large 
 sums of money from respectable but 
 defenceless people, by threats of in- 
 flicting in public some indignity, 
 such as knocking off the turban, 
 pelting witli dirt, or even giving foul 
 abuse in default of their demands 
 being satisfied ; and it requires a 
 very strong and active arm to pre- 
 vent this custom. 
 
 HOSIIUNGABAD, or, as it is some- 
 times called by the English, Ilus-
 
 102 
 
 HO 
 
 nu 
 
 singabad, a large town in the pro- 
 vince of Khandesli, in tlie Deccan, is 
 situated on the south bank of the 
 river Nurbudda, in Lat. 22 deg. 40 
 min. N., Long. 77 deg. 51 min. E. 
 It is a hirgc town, and of consider- 
 able importance on account of its 
 position, as itcommands the principal 
 fords in this direction. In lS'-7 a 
 vein of blind coal was discovered here. 
 The town with its dependent district 
 belongs to the British, and may be 
 considered as annexed to the Gurra- 
 Mundla division of Gondwana. 
 
 HOWAH-KHANEH, literally inllin- 
 dostanee, to " eat the air." When 
 a gentleman leaves his house for 
 purposes of exercise or change of 
 air, he is said by his domestics to 
 liave gone to eat the air. The term 
 is very expressive, but can only be 
 thoroughly appreciated by those 
 who know, from personal experience, 
 what a substantial repast is obtained 
 by inhaling a cool and pure atmo- 
 sphere of an evening after the torrid 
 horrors of the day. 
 
 HOWDAH, a square enclosure, four 
 feet by four, formed of wood, or cane 
 stretched upon a wooden frame, and 
 provided with a seat slung across for 
 ihe convenience of the occupant. 
 This machine is placed on the back 
 of an elephant and strapped round 
 the body by means of broad leathern 
 girths and chains. Seated herein, 
 and provided M'ith rifles, ammuni- 
 tion, and a day's provision of biscuits, 
 sandwiches, and a bottle of ale or 
 brandy and water, a European can 
 travel in a single day a distance of 
 forty miles, either in searcli of tigers, 
 or to reach a station to which he may 
 be summoned by business or pleasure. 
 
 HUBSHEES, African slaves, many of 
 whom are taken from Zanzibar, and 
 usually form a considerable portion 
 of the establishment in a IMahomedan 
 family in the west of India. 
 
 HULWAEE, a sweetmeat, composed 
 of candied sugar, butter, and the 
 juice of fruit, boiled to the consist- 
 ency of a tlnick jelly, and then baked 
 in small earthen pans. It is the pro- 
 
 duce of IMuscat and the Persian 
 Gulf, and is much consumed in 
 Western India. 
 
 HUMJMAUL, a porter, or palankeen 
 bearer, a Avord in use in the West 
 and youth of India. 
 
 HUMMAUM, a Persian bath. The 
 operation of bathing is an elaborate 
 process in Persia and in Turkey, 
 rendered necessary by the filthy 
 habits of the people, who seldom in- 
 dulge in personal ablutions. Strip- 
 ping to the skin, the bather is at 
 once deluged Avith warm water, in 
 an apartment constructed of brick, 
 stone, and marble (or sometimes only 
 of the latter) and lieated to a high 
 temperature. Streamingat every pore, 
 he is covered by an attendant with 
 soap, and then rubbed with a hair 
 glove, or the fibres of some root, until 
 every thing that lies upon the surface 
 of the body has been removed. An- 
 other copious shower of hot water 
 succeeds to this friction — the bather 
 is covered with a wai'm cotton sheet, 
 and conveyed into an adjoining 
 apartment of a somewhat more mo- 
 derate temperature.' Here he is suf- 
 fered to dry, and while he waits that 
 result an attendant barber sliaves 
 him, or trims and dyes his beard and 
 moustaches, pares his nails, and 
 shampoos (kneads) his body and 
 limbs. This last process is very 
 soothing and agreeable, producing a 
 drowsiness, which often terminates 
 in sleep. In Persian and Turkish 
 hummaums, coffee or sherbet, with 
 the kaleeoun, or chibouk, are often 
 served after the purifying operation 
 has been gone through. 
 
 HUNZA, the Brahminy duck, a game 
 bird of the Ganges. These ducks 
 fly in couples, have a plaintive cry, 
 and are considered emblems of con- 
 stancy by the natives. The hunza 
 is the ensign of the Burmese, as was 
 the eagle of the Koraan empire. 
 
 HUPtDASSES, Hindoo preachers, pro- 
 perly called " sadoos." They chiefly 
 pursue their vocation in the west 
 of India, after the following manner: 
 the hurdass stands with certain col-
 
 HU 
 
 HY 
 
 103 
 
 leagues, and while he chaunts 
 stanzas, verses, odes — the various 
 forms of prayer and homily — they 
 perform upon sitars and other in- 
 struments. A wreath of flowers is 
 thrown around his neck, a nose- 
 gay pUiced in his turban, and an 
 odoriferous powder (called ubeii) 
 rubbed on his forehead. A small 
 collection is made for his benefit 
 after the recital. 
 
 HURKAKUH, Hindostanee. A mes- 
 senger; formerly, a servant used 
 solely for carrying ex^iresses, or such 
 letters, messages, &c., as were to be 
 sent beyond the circle of ordiuar}^ or 
 daily communication ; he was, in fact, 
 ■what is now commonly called acossid. 
 The duty of the Imrkaruh, as an 
 attendant upon a gentleman in 
 office, &c., is similar to that of the 
 peon, or piada, or running footman. 
 
 HUSSEIN, and HOSSEIN, the sons 
 of Alee, who were mm-dered at Ker- 
 belah by the soldiers of Yezid. 
 Their assassination is mourned to 
 this day by one of the sects of Ma- 
 hometans. See MoHURRUM. 
 
 HUZZOOR, literally, " the presence." 
 The seat of government, or of the 
 European authority in a collectorship 
 in India. It is also used in a respect- 
 ful sense by servants to their masters, 
 and means, his, or your, worship. 
 
 HUZZOOKEE, relating to the pre- 
 sence, or chief station, of European 
 authority. Applied to talaokdars, 
 &.C., the term indicates, that they 
 pay their revenue immediately to 
 the European officer of government, 
 and not through Zemindars. 
 
 HYDERABAD, a province of India, 
 bounded on the north by the river 
 Godavery, separating it from Beder 
 and Gondwana; east, the Godavery, 
 and ranges of hills separating it 
 from Gondwana and the Northern 
 Circars; south, the rivers Kistna 
 and Toombudra (dividing it from 
 the Ceded Districts), and part of 
 the Dooab; and west, Beder. It is 
 divided into several small districts, 
 or coUectorates for revenue pur- 
 poses, named after the principal 
 
 town of each, but which need not 
 be enumerated, as they are liable to 
 occasional alteration. The rivers 
 are the Godavery, Munjera, Moosa, 
 and liistna. The Munjera flows 
 northerly into the Godavery, the 
 Moosa, easterly and southerly into 
 the Kistna. The surface of this 
 province is an elevated table-land, 
 hilly, but not mountainous, and 
 generally open. Southward of the 
 city of Hyderabad, the country is 
 much covered with jungle, and 
 thinly peopled. The climate is 
 temperate, and the soil naturally 
 fertile, but it is indifferently culti- 
 vated. In former times this pro- 
 vince was thickly populated^' and 
 prosperous, but from being very 
 badly governed, it has long been iu 
 a declining state. The productions 
 are wheat, cholum, and other dry 
 grains, and a little opium. The 
 towns are, Maiduk, 'W'arungol, 
 Hyderabad, Neelcoonda, and Kum- 
 mmn-nait. There is a large pro- 
 portion of ilahomedans in this pro- 
 vince, but the Hindoos still form the 
 most numerous class. The religion 
 is Mahomedanism and Ilindooism, 
 and the language Teloogoo and 
 Hindostanee. 
 HYDERABAD, a city in the province 
 of Hyderabad, in India; also styled, 
 in former times, Bag-nuggur, stands 
 on the south side of the river Moosa, 
 in Lat. 17 deg. 15 min. N., Long. 
 78 deg. 35 min. E. It is a large, but 
 meanly-built town, containing about 
 200,000 inhabitants, and having been 
 for a long time the capital of a 
 Moosulman government, is now tlie 
 chief resort of the principal Ma- 
 homedan families of the Deccan. 
 It was founded about the year 1585, 
 by Kootb Shah. Three miles to the 
 Avest of the city of Hyderabad, stands 
 the fortress of Golconda, formerly 
 the capital, first, of a Hindoo, and 
 afterwards of a Mahoniedan king- 
 dom. Under the empire of Delhi, 
 this fortress was frequently used as 
 a prison for the Moghul princes. 
 Hyderabad is uudcr the government
 
 104 
 
 HY 
 
 IS 
 
 of the Nizam, who maintains, be- 
 sides an army of his own, a British 
 subsidiary force. The military can- 
 tonment of Hyderabad is called 
 Secunderabad. 
 HYDERABAD, a city in India, the 
 modern capital of the whole country 
 of Sind, and formerly the residence of 
 the principal Ameer, stands on the 
 bank of the river Fulalee, a branch of 
 the Indus, in Lat. 25 deg.22 min. N. 
 It contains about 20,000 inhabitants. 
 The armourers of this place are noted 
 for the excellence of tlieir workman- 
 ship, as also are the artificers, who 
 embroider in leather, Hyderabad 
 was the scene of a desperate battle, 
 in which the British troop?, under 
 Sir C. Napier, completely routed the 
 Scindian arm v. 
 
 ICHLOGANS, boys brought up at 
 Constantinople to act as pages to the 
 Sultan. They are for the most part 
 the children of Christian captives, 
 carefully instructed in the principles 
 of the Koran. 
 
 INAH (or looking-glass), an Indian 
 ornament formed of a ring fitting 
 upon the thumb, and having a small 
 mirror, about the size of a half- 
 penny, fixed upon it by the centre, 
 so as to accord with the back of the 
 thumb. Each finger is provided 
 with its quota of angooties, or 
 rings, of various sorts and sizes, 
 generally of gold; those of silver 
 being considered mean. The inah 
 should correspond in this particular; 
 but, on account of the quantity of 
 gold required wherein to set the 
 glass, many content themselves with 
 silver mounting. 
 
 INDORE, a town in India, in the pro- 
 vince of Malwa, situated in Lat. 
 22 deg. 42 min. N., Long. 75 deg. 
 SO min. E. It is the capital of the 
 Holkar Mahrattas, and is a large and 
 populous town, but contains few 
 buildings of any note. 
 
 INDRA. In Hindoo mythology this 
 
 god is the king of the immortals and 
 the lord of the firmament. He is re- 
 presented as a white man sitting 
 upon his celestial vuhan, the elephant 
 Airavat, produced at the churning 
 of the ocean, and holding in his 
 hand the vajra, or thunderbolt. He 
 is depicted, like Argus, covered Avith 
 eyes, and is thus called the thousand- 
 eyed god. 
 
 INDUS, the. A river in India, called 
 by the natives the Sind, and by Ma- 
 homedan writers the Hind. It has 
 not yet been ascertained with cer- 
 tainty where this river rises. It en- 
 ters Hindostan through the moun- 
 tains of Cashmere, passes along the 
 western side of Lahore, and running 
 to the south through Mooltan and 
 Sind, falls into the Arabian Sea. It 
 is said to be navigable for vessels of 
 200 tons as far as Lahore. Includ- 
 ing its windings, the course of this 
 river is supposed to be not less than 
 1700 miles in length. 
 
 INSHALLAH ! Persian. " Please 
 God!" 
 
 IRAK, the central and principal pro- 
 vince of Persia. 
 
 IRAN, the name given by the Persians in 
 former times to the empire of Persia. 
 
 ISKANDER, the name by which Alex- 
 ander the Great is known and cele- 
 brated all over the East. 
 
 ISKARDOH, a mountainous country, 
 divided into valleys of various ex- 
 tent. It is situated towards the 
 point where the Belat Tak and Mus 
 Tak mountains converge and sepa- 
 rate the lofty ledges of Thibet, from 
 the plains and valleys of Turkistan: 
 among the natives it is generally 
 known by the name of Beldestan. 
 The tradition is, that Alexander the 
 Great came here on an expedition 
 towards Khatai or Scythia (modern 
 China), and that the Koteli Mustak, 
 or the Mustak mountains, which lie 
 between Yarkand and Khatai, being 
 at that time impassable, on account 
 of tlie depth and severity of the 
 snow, the Macedonian halted on the 
 present site of the capital, until a 
 road could be cleared for his passage;
 
 IS 
 
 IS 
 
 105 
 
 ■when, leaving every part of his su- 
 perfluous baggage, together with the 
 sick, old, and iiitirni of his troop, 
 behind, in a fort which he erected 
 while there, lie advanced against 
 Khatai. These relics of the army 
 founded a city, which they named 
 Iskandaria or Alexandria, now pro- 
 nounced Iskardoh. In length, the 
 territorj' of Iskardoh is estimated to 
 be a journey of eleven days, and its 
 average breadth about nine days' 
 journey. On the cast it is bounded 
 by Ladakh, which is a journey of 
 eleven days from the capital; and on 
 the west, by Gilget, a journey of nine 
 days. Yarkand bounds it on the 
 north, at a distance of twelve days' 
 journey, and Cashmere, on the south, 
 a journey of nine days. No correct 
 estimate can be formed of the popu- 
 lation of the country. It is said to 
 amount to 300,000 families, which 
 in all probability greatly exceeds 
 the actual number. The people are 
 divided into several different tribes, 
 but tliey are generally known by the 
 name of Baldi. Among them there is 
 a tribe called Kerah, the members 
 of which are enjoined by their re- 
 ligious laws to follow four ordi- 
 lumces, viz. first, to destroy their 
 female infants ; second, not to tell 
 falsehoods; third not to desert tlieir 
 party in tlie day of battle ; fourth, 
 not to slander any one. Tlie natives 
 arc descrit)ed to be of a phlegmatic 
 disposit ion, likeot her Thibetan tribes. 
 Asiatic physiologists maintain the 
 opinion, tluit the temperament of 
 man is affected l)y the nature of the 
 animal or vegetable jjrodnction on 
 which he feeds! and tlie pliiegmatic 
 character of the inhabitants of little 
 Thibet is accordingly ascril)cd to 
 barley, millet, and fruits, being their 
 chief articles of Ibod. They are a 
 stout, well-made, race of people, 
 with ruddy complexions and good 
 features, 1)utliave little hair on their 
 bod}% and scarcely any beard. It is 
 said, they are defi(!ient in enterprise, 
 and of a treacherous and designing 
 disposition. Barley, wheat, and 
 
 flesh are tlie cliief articles of food; 
 rice is not generally used. All those 
 who can afford it are in the ha])it of 
 drinking tea at their breakfast, and 
 in the course of the day it is usual 
 with them, as with their neighbours 
 of Ladakh, to gi'cet their visitors 
 Avith a cup of tea. There is little 
 variation in the dress of the people 
 from their neighbours of Ladakh. 
 The wealthy classes generally wear 
 kabas (a kind of coat, with skirted 
 margin all round), and caps, &c. ; 
 Avhile the dress of the peasantry 
 consists of jamahs (another kind of 
 coat, formerly much used in India); 
 it resembles the vest worn by the 
 Indian dancing girls, and is made of 
 jiattu, which is manufactured both 
 of a coarse and fine quality, from 
 goat's wool. They wear caps of 
 the same stuff. Cotton is not pro- 
 (hiced here. It is imported froni 
 Yarkand to Cashmere, but very few 
 people show a desire to wear cotton 
 clothes. Their houses are mostly 
 made of layers of stones and wood, 
 with flat roofs, and are two or three 
 stories high, with far projecting 
 roofs, somewhat similar to those on 
 the southern face of the Himalaya 
 range. The connnon religion of the 
 people is Mahomedan, of the Shia 
 sect, and the Ibllowers of the Imam 
 J afar; but towards Gilget, there is 
 a race of people which does not seem 
 to possess any well-defined religioua 
 system: some of them are idolators, 
 and worship trees ; while others, 
 like the Hindoos, do not eat the 
 flesh of kine, and yet profess to be 
 Mahomedans. Thibetan is the com- 
 mon language of the country, but 
 the people have no books in it. 
 Thej^ are beyond the influence of the 
 Lamas, and receive their education, 
 which is exclusively confined to the 
 chiefs and ])ricstliood, in I'ersiau. 
 They have no system of coinage in 
 the shai)e of ru])ees, pice, or cowries. 
 The only means of exchange known 
 among them is in small i)ieces of 
 unwrought gold, which is found in 
 the country, both in mines and in
 
 106 IS 
 
 the beds of rivers. The government 
 of Iskardoh is absolute. The re- 
 venue of the state is collected in 
 kind in the following form:— one 
 kharwar of wheat, one of barley, 
 and one of mustard or millet, are 
 levied from each landliolder. Some 
 of the zemuidars pay their rents in 
 one kharwar of ghee each, instead of 
 the other three articles. A kharwar 
 is about forty seers in weight. 
 
 ISLAMABAD, a large town in India, 
 in the province of Cashmere. It is 
 situated on the north side of the 
 river Jelum, about 30 miles E. S. E. 
 from Cashmere. 
 
 ISPAHAN, or ISFAHAUN, a city of 
 Persia, the largest and finest. There 
 is an expression in every Persian 
 mouth, " Isfahaun nisfehJelian eu /"' — 
 Ispahan is' half the world. The city 
 is now nearly in ruins. 
 
 ISSAU, Persian, Jesus. The Persians 
 are very fond of discussing the rela- 
 tive merits of Issau and Moussa 
 (Moses). 
 
 ISTACKBAL, the ceremonial of send- 
 ing forth a deputation to receive a 
 great man, on his approach to any 
 place. 
 
 ISTAMBOUL, the Turkish title for 
 Constantmople. 
 
 J. 
 
 JAFFNA, or JAFFNAPATAM (Ya- 
 panepatnam), lies on the north of 
 the island of Ceylon, in Lat. 9 deg. 
 47 min. N., and Long. 80 deg. 9 min. 
 E., and is 219 miles distant from 
 Colombo. The fort is built in the 
 form of a pentagon, and contains, be- 
 sides the barracks, a few good build- 
 ings, and a Dutch church, Avluch is 
 made use of by the English. The 
 Fettah is about half a mile to the 
 east of the fort. It contains many 
 large, broad streets, running parallel 
 to each other, and crossed at right 
 angles by smaller ones. The houses 
 are, in general, large and convenient, 
 and, like the greater part of the 
 houses built by the Dutch in all 
 
 OA 
 
 parts of the island, of one story, with 
 very wide verandahs. In the Pettah 
 are situated the Cutchery, a church 
 belonging to the Tamul Protestant 
 Christians, called St. John's, and a 
 Wesleyan chapel. At the distance 
 of about a mUe and a half, is a large 
 Hindoo temple, grander and more 
 magnificent than any other in the 
 district of Jaffna. It was built se- 
 veral years ago, and is called the 
 Kanda Swamy Temple. 
 
 JAGGERY, sugar ; sugar in its un- 
 refined state ; I'efuse molasses. 
 
 JAG HIRE, or JAGHEER.from>M, a 
 place, and geruftun, to lay hold of. 
 Literally, the place of taking. An as- 
 signment of the government share of 
 the produce of a portion of land to 
 an individual. There were two kinds 
 of Jaghires, one called jay-gir-i-tan, 
 bodUy or personal jaghire, being for 
 the support of the person of the 
 grantee; the other, jay-gir-i-sa?- Jag- 
 hire. of the head, or an assignment, 
 particularly of a military nature. 
 Jaghires may be said to be a military 
 tenure. Their origin in India may 
 probably be traced to the following 
 practice of Timour. " He ordered 
 the whole of the revenues of the 
 country to be divided into lots of 
 different amount ; and that these 
 lots should be written on a royal as- 
 signment, yurleegh. These assign- 
 ments were brought to the Deewan 
 Khana (exchequer, to be entered, 
 perhaps). Each of the omrahs and 
 mingbaushees (ofiScers of horse, who 
 received sixty times the pay of a 
 trooper), received one of these as- 
 signments. If the amount was 
 greater than his o^vn allowance, he 
 was to share it with another ; if 
 less, he got another to make up the 
 amount." Timour directed, how- 
 ever, " that no ameer or mingbanshee, 
 should collect more from the subject 
 than the established revenue and taxes; 
 and for this purpose, and to keep an 
 account of the jumnia, and of the 
 payments and shares of the ryots, 
 &c., to every province on wliich 
 royal assignments were granted, he
 
 JA 
 
 JA 
 
 107 
 
 appointed two wuzeers, one of whom 
 was to take care that the jageerdar 
 should not oppress the ryots. The 
 jageerdar got the grant first for 
 three years ; at the end of that pe- 
 riod the country was inspected. If 
 it was found in a flourishing condi- 
 tion, and the peasantry were con- 
 tented, the jageerdar was continued; 
 otherwise, it ('the jageer), was re- 
 sumed, and the jageerdar was pu- 
 nished, by withholding from him his 
 subsistence for the three years fol- 
 lowing." Here, then, we see the 
 jageerdar received a grant of no more 
 than the reward of service. The 
 tenure by jageer is recognised by our 
 government as resumable. It is re- 
 sumable when the grantee ceases to 
 exist. 
 
 JAIN AS, or Svarakas, or Swarkas, 
 have been considered a division of 
 the sect of Buddha; but the principal 
 tenet of their faith is in direct oppo- 
 sition to the belief of that sect. The 
 latter deny the existence of a Su- 
 preme Being : the former admit of 
 one, but deny his power and inter- 
 ference in the regulation of the uni- 
 verse. Like the Buddhas, they 
 believe that there is a plurality of 
 heavens and hells; that our rewards 
 and punishments in them depend upon 
 our merit or demerit ; and that the 
 future births of men are regulated by 
 their goodness or wickedness in 
 every state of animal life. 
 
 JAINS. Among the variety of reli- 
 gious professors, Brahmuns, Gossains, 
 Jogces, Fakirs, and Moolahs, who 
 are to be met with in all the large 
 towns of Western India, the most 
 remarkable, perhaps, are the disci- 
 ples and priests of the Jain sect, who 
 "vary much in appearance, manners, 
 and faith, from their countrymen. 
 In social life, the Jains are a calm, 
 benevolent class of people, and their 
 Gurus, or expounders of their reli- 
 gious tenets, are sedate, contem- 
 plative, and philosophic. The disci- 
 ples of the sect are ciiietly Banyans, a 
 money-making, bustling class, the ap- 
 propriation of whose Avealth to religi- 
 
 ous purposes has bestowed a degree of 
 magnificence and beauty on the tem- 
 ples of their religion, which marks 
 them as amongst the finest relics of 
 Hindoo architecture. In addition to 
 their priestly learning, the Gurus, or 
 teachers of the Jain religion, profess 
 a knowledge of astrology and the me- 
 dicinal art ; both are so entwined, 
 however, by the ignorances and pre- 
 judices of the practisers of them, 
 that they have become indivisible, 
 and the disciples of Galen would be 
 powerless indeed but for the credu- 
 lous belief in fatality which their 
 patients entertain, and their con- 
 tented submission to the authoi'ity of 
 prescience; the Jain Hakeems, or 
 " Weids," as they are usually called, 
 receive a medical education, and the 
 calling is usually considered here- 
 ditary. They possess some few works 
 on medicine, the most authoritative 
 being the work of " Dunter Weid," 
 a celebrated physician, said to have 
 arisen from the sea, and taught the 
 uses of all the medicines at present 
 known. Another work is stated to 
 have been written by Mahadeo, for 
 it would seem that the Hindoo gods 
 were addicted to authorship, as ap- 
 pears from the labours of Brahma, 
 Maliadeo, and others. The work 
 most in favour, however, with the 
 Jain physicians, is the " Kal Giran," 
 or " Book of Fate," which in all dan- 
 gerous cases is consulted, previous to 
 any treatment of the patient, with 
 the object of discovering his ultimate 
 fate. The Jain medicincrs believe 
 that all disorders of the human sj's- 
 tem originate in the blood, and that 
 its purification is consequently the 
 best means of expelling disease ; they 
 have some knowledge of the proper- 
 ties of herbs and simples, which 
 often prove efficient remedies for tri- 
 fling ailments, but, in dangerous dis- 
 eases, their best trust is in the Kal 
 Giran, and the prayers of the priests, 
 the science of the Weul availing 
 little. I:i cases of small-po.K they 
 attempt no remedj-, but simply anoint 
 the bodv with sacred chalk from the
 
 108 
 
 JA 
 
 JA. 
 
 hoi}'' tomple of Dwnka, to which it 
 is supposed to have been brought 
 from the Severga, or heaven of the 
 Hindoos; in cases of madness, it is 
 common to apply the quadruped re- 
 medy, of firing with hot irons, com- 
 bined with stimulating medicines. 
 The Jains are quite ignorant of sur- 
 gery, and in the case of a broken 
 limb, bandage it with splints, and 
 apply an embrocation of sweet oil 
 and neem leaves, trusting the result 
 to the Kal Giran. JMemories of an- 
 cient feud have long conspired with 
 differences of religious faith, to con- 
 tinue feelings of discord and hatred 
 between the Brahminical priesthood 
 and the Pontiffs, Gurus, or teachers 
 of the Jains ; the great religious 
 schism being founded on the refusal 
 of the Jains to acknowledge the 
 Vedas— an offence Avhich is held as 
 too grievously heretical to be readily 
 forgiven. The Jains, opposed as 
 they are to the Brahmuns, on the 
 most important matters of religious 
 faith, have yet many customs of a 
 social nature in common, the result 
 possibly of climate, which would 
 tend to generalise any habits among 
 the people, Avhich were found pecu- 
 liarly suited to their health and po- 
 sition; a distinction of castes con- 
 sequently obtains with the Jains, as 
 with other Hindoos; they avoid ani- 
 mal slaughter, and the use of intox- 
 icating liquors, strictly observe the 
 duties of ablution, and practise great 
 mortification as ascetics. Should an 
 individual succeed in making himself 
 sufficiently wretched to obtain the 
 highest class of Devoteeism, he is 
 dubbed a Nirvan, and considered as 
 an incarnation of the deity. The 
 Jains worship twenty-four Tirtha- 
 cnrs, or deified saints; these worthies 
 are believed to have been wise and 
 virtuous beings, whom Jain has at 
 various times permitted to become 
 their spiritual teachers. The spirits 
 of these good men now dwell in a 
 state of bliss ; and all beings, whe- 
 ther sinful or otherwise, will con- 
 tinue to undergo changes, until ren- 
 
 dered worthy the association of their 
 teachers in the courts of heaven. 
 In addition to these saints, the Jains 
 believe in the advent of other twenty- 
 four wise men, who are destined to 
 appear in the fulness of time; the 
 names of these magi are not yet re- 
 vealed, but the worship of their 
 predecessors, together with works 
 of charity, and extensive benevo- 
 lence, both towards men and animals, 
 is considered the best preparative the 
 Jains can undergo, previous to the 
 purification which shall introduce 
 them to their state of bliss. The 
 Jains, who are as remarkable as the 
 Quakers for the spotlessness of their 
 garb, never allow it to be washed, 
 lest they incur the heinous sin of 
 destroying animal life ; the muslin is 
 therefore constantly renewed, and 
 preserved with great care from all 
 chance of being soiled. 
 JAJPORE, a town in the province of 
 Orissa, in India, situated on the 
 south bank of the river Bytoornee, 
 in Lat. 20 deg. 52 min. N., Long. 86 
 deg. 24 min. E. This was the 
 ancient capital of the kings of 
 Orissa, and was also a place of im- 
 portance under the Mooghul govern- 
 ment, and was the usual residence 
 of the Mahomedan governor of the 
 province. At present, it is little 
 more than a large straggling village 
 of mud huts, but it contains some 
 remarkable ruins of Hindoo temples, 
 and it is considered by the Hindoosr 
 as a holy place, being frequently 
 styled the first gate of Juggernaut. 
 A good deal of cloth is manufactured 
 here. 
 JAINIBO, the Malay apple of Ceylon. 
 It is a handsome tree, of a conical 
 shape. It grows to the height of 
 forty or fifty feet. Its branches 
 spread but little, and are numerous. 
 Its leaves are about fifteen inches 
 long, and four broad, and are pointed 
 at both ends. Its blossom is of a 
 bright pink colour. The fruit is of 
 the shape of a pear, and nearly 
 like an apple in taste, though more 
 juicy, and contains a large kernel.
 
 JA 
 
 JA 
 
 109 
 
 In some trees the fruit is red, in 
 others of a clear delicate white, with 
 a slight tinge of red on one side. 
 The wood is seldom used. 
 
 JAMMA, Hindostanee. The whole, 
 total, sum, amount, sum total, assem- 
 blj% collection. Tlie total of a terri- 
 torial assessment. 
 
 JAMMABUNDY, a settlement of the 
 total of an assessment, or a written 
 statement of the same. 
 
 JAMROOL {Eugenia Alia or Aquea), 
 a tasteless white fruit grown in 
 India. It is mostly planted for 
 ornament, its bright pale, and 
 almost transparent fruit, hanging in 
 clusters amongst the large, dark 
 green leaves, rendering it an .object 
 of peculiar beauty. The Malays 
 and natives of India, who are great 
 lovers of watery fruits, which they 
 eat as cooling medicines, think very 
 highly of the Jamrool, and eat it in 
 large quantities during its season, 
 ■which is always the hottest months 
 of the year. The Malay name lor 
 it is a very expressive one, jambu 
 aj'er (the water jambu), and, with 
 them the bark is thought a sove- 
 reign remedy for aptha) in children. 
 The fruits of all the family appear 
 to be singularly attractive to bats 
 of all kinds and sizes, which swarm 
 about the trees at the time of its 
 ripening ; the large bats will even 
 cut through a net to get at the fruit, 
 and are thus caught by those tribes 
 of Coolies, Dangurs, and Boonwahs, 
 who esteem a dish of stewed bats as 
 a delicacy, and sometimes pass a 
 night in hunting them, with as 
 much perseverance and zest as the 
 English sportsman follows tlie snipe 
 or the floriken ! 
 
 JANEE! "ISIy life!" A Persian ex- 
 pression of affection. 
 
 JANISSAIiY, a European corruption 
 of Ycni-tchiri, a member of a body 
 of Turkish infantry soldiery, now 
 no longer in existence. 
 
 JANVVAll, a vagabond. The word is 
 used by sportsmen m India in speak- 
 ing of the fox, the hycua, and other 
 cunnuig beasts. 
 
 JAO, or JOW ! a phrase in the im- 
 perative mood, nmch in use among 
 the English in India, addressing their 
 inferiors, and meaning" Go ! Beoff !" 
 
 JAPAN. The empire of Japan con- 
 sists of four large, and several small 
 islands, lying to the east of Chinese 
 Tartary and China, and about 150 
 miles distant, extending from Lat. 
 46 deg. to 30 deg. N. The large 
 islands are Jesso, Nipon, Sikoke, 
 and Kinsin, and of these the largest 
 and principal is Nipon, which is 
 about 850 miles 'in length. These 
 islands are all mountainous, and have 
 several volcanoes, some of which are 
 continually in action. They are well 
 watered, and cultivated with re- 
 markable industry and skill. Their 
 principal produccions are rice and 
 other grains, and vegetables, tea, 
 cotton, silks, varnish, and camphor. 
 The animals are not numerous. 
 There are horses and cattle, but no 
 sheep, and the wolf is the largest of 
 their wild beasts. Gold is abundant, 
 anil tliey have also silver, copper, 
 lead, iron, sulphur, and coal. There 
 are numerous towns, many of them 
 large and populous. The princi- 
 pal are Jeddo, Miako, and Nunga- 
 saki. The name of Japan is derived 
 from the Chinese term .Sippon, or 
 Jippon. By the natives, their coun- 
 try is called Japan. The inhabitants, 
 called by the English Japanese, 
 appear to be of the same general 
 race as the Tartar and Chinese, being 
 distinguished by the same small nar- 
 row eyes and flat faces. Their com- 
 plexion is yellowish, occasionally 
 approaching to white. They are an 
 exceedingly ingenious people, and in 
 point of civilisation may be consi- 
 dered on a footing with the Chinese. 
 Their manufactures, of all kinds, are 
 excellent. In silk and cotton fabrics 
 they are superior to any other Eas- 
 tern country, and in varnished and 
 lacquered wares they are unequalled, 
 even Ijy Europeans. 8o celebrated 
 have they always been for this last 
 art, thai "japan" has become the 
 couiraoa English term for this de-
 
 110 
 
 JA 
 
 JE 
 
 script ion of ware. Their acquire- 
 ments in science, liowever, are li- 
 mited, as this nation, hke the Chi- 
 nese, has remained stationary, so 
 that in navigation, meclianics, &c., 
 they -ire still very far behind. The 
 amount of the population is not 
 known. It probably does not exceed 
 fifteen or twenty millions. In reli- 
 gion, the Japanese are idolaters; 
 some of the Buoddhist system, intro- 
 duced, it is understood, from China, 
 and others of a more ancient system, 
 recognismg a Supreme Being, but 
 worshippuig a multitude of inferior 
 deities. Japan was visited by Por- 
 tuguese missionaries in 1549, and 
 they continued to teach their reli- 
 gion with very considerable success 
 until 1638, when the government, 
 becoming suspicious of their inten- 
 tions, commenced a fierce persecu- 
 tion, and, after massacreing many 
 thousand persons, entirely rooted out 
 the Romish religion ; since which 
 time, all attempts to introduce Chris- 
 tianity into this country have been 
 carefully prevented, and the name of 
 Christian proscribed. The Dutch are 
 now the only Europeans whom tliey 
 allow to trade with their country. 
 The Japanese language is entirely 
 distinct from the Chinese. 
 
 JAROO-WALLAH, literally, a broom 
 fellow, or s\veeper. The word is in 
 use in Western India, instead of 
 Mehtur — which see. 
 
 JATS, a tribe of Hindoos of a low 
 class, much inferior in every respect 
 to the Rajpoots, who hold them in 
 strict subjection, and denj' the claim 
 which they advance to be considered 
 of Rajpoot origin. They first at- 
 tracted notice in Tlindostan about 
 the year 1700, Avhen they migrated 
 from the banks of the river Indus, 
 and settled, chiefly as agriculturists, 
 in various parts of the Dooab. The 
 Jats are generally of short stature, 
 black, and ill-looking. 
 
 JAULNA, or YAULNAPORE, a 
 town, in the province of Aurung- 
 abad, in India, situated in Lat. 19 
 deg. 52 min. N., Long. 76 deg. 8 
 
 min. E. It consists of two towns, se- 
 parated by a small river and a fort, 
 and is an English military station. 
 
 JAUNPANEE, a covered arm chair, 
 attached by swivels to poles, and 
 borne on men's shoulders up and 
 down the Himalaya mountains. It 
 is the ordinary vehicle for the transit 
 of Europeans, especially those of the 
 softer sex, who are afraid to trust 
 themselves to the Ghoouts, or moun- 
 tain ponies. 
 
 JAVA, a large island, lying westward 
 of Floris, one of the Sunda Islands, 
 between the sixth and ninth degrees 
 of south latitude and the 115th and 
 105th degrees of east longitude, 
 being about 660 miles in length, and 
 of a breadth varying from fifty to 
 130 miles. It includes the small 
 islands of Madura and Bally. The 
 interior of this island throughout its 
 whole length is marked by an un- 
 interrupted range of mountains, 
 varying in their elevation from 5000 
 to 12,000 feet, and many of them 
 occasionally subject to volcanic 
 eruptions. The rivers are nume- 
 rous, and the soil remarkably rich. 
 Java abounds with all the produc- 
 tions, and swarms with all the 
 animals, both wild and domestic, 
 known in India. It also produces 
 sago, and the edible birds' nests. 
 The principal towns are Batavia, 
 Saraarang, Sooryakarta, and Soo- 
 rabaya. By the Malays and na- 
 tives this island is namQd Thana 
 Java. The inhabitants are called 
 Javanese. There arc also many 
 Chinese, Malays, Buggesscs, Arabs, 
 and Indians. The total population 
 amounts to about 4,500,000. The 
 predominant religion is Mahome- 
 danism ; the Hindoo system, how- 
 ever, is still prevalent in the island 
 of Bally. The language is called 
 Javanese, and is written in a cha- 
 racter formed upon the Sanscrit 
 alphabet. 
 
 JEl )[)(), the capital of the empire of 
 Japan, is situated upon the southern 
 coast of the island Nipon, in Lat. 3& 
 deg. 29 min. N., Long. 140 deg. E.
 
 JE 
 
 JH 
 
 111 
 
 JEE, sir, mister ; the "word is found 
 terminating the names of Parsees 
 and Hindoos, as Cursetjee, or Kago- 
 iee, familiarly " Curset" or " Rago." 
 
 JELINGA. See Teloogoo. 
 
 JELLALABAD, a to^vn in Afghan- 
 istan, situated in Lat. 34 deg. 6min. 
 N., Long. 69 deg. 46 min E., a short 
 distance westward of the Khyber 
 Pass. It was formerly a place of 
 considerable importance, and is still 
 one of the principal to-\ms; but it is 
 chiefly noted on account of its gal- 
 lant defence by a handful of British 
 troops, under Sir Robert Sale, 
 against the Afghans, in 1842. 
 
 JELOW-DAR, Persian. Head groom, 
 from Jeloio, a rein, because a groom 
 is supposed to ride at the bridle rein 
 of his master, ready for any service. 
 
 JEMMADAR, a native officer in a 
 sepoy or other native Indian regi- 
 ment, whose rank, in reference to the 
 subadar's, corresponds with that of 
 a lieutenant. Also the head of tlie 
 peons, or peadas (foot messengers), 
 in public offices and large private 
 establishments. The Jemmadar does 
 not wear a badge upon his belt, like 
 the havildar (serjeant), and common 
 peons, but is generally decorated 
 with cotton epaulettes, or silver or 
 gold lace, and wears a dagger, in a 
 crimson velvet sheath, in his cum- 
 merbard, or waistcloth. 
 
 JERROW, or MAHA, the noblest spe- 
 cimen of the stag to be met with, 
 and may be called the elk of the Hi- 
 malayas. He stands from four to 
 five feet in height ; his colour is a 
 rich brown, and his antlers branching 
 into six on each side, have obtained 
 for him the name of bara-sinyh, 
 twelve liorns, in the plains. During 
 the day-time, the Jerrows usually 
 lie in the heaviest jungle; but at 
 morning and evening tbey may be 
 seen grazing in the rich pastures, 
 and usually in pairs. 
 
 JEWASSIR, a green prickly shrub, 
 which grows in abundance in Upper 
 India, and is given to camels as 
 food. Dried, and Avoven into tatties, 
 it answers all the purposes oikuskus. 
 
 JEYPORE, a city in India, the capital 
 of the principality of Aj mere, is si- 
 tuated in Lat. 26 deg. 55 min. N., 
 Long. 75 deg. 37 min. E. This is 
 considered to be the handsomest and 
 most regularly built town in India, 
 many of its streets being equal in 
 appearance to those of European ci- 
 ties. The present town is of modern 
 origin, having been planned and 
 built for tlie Kajah Jey Sing, a cele- 
 brated chief in the time of the Em- 
 peror Aurungzebe, by an Indian 
 architect. 
 
 JEZAIL, along musket of large calibre, 
 and supported upon an iron fork 
 driven into the ground, and much in 
 use amcmg the Afghans. 
 
 JHADOO, witchcraft. The belief of 
 the Hindoos in witchery, is as strong 
 as was that of the people of England 
 in the middle ages. All the results 
 of science, such as steam naviga- 
 tion, ajrostation, and electricity, are 
 ascribed by them to witchcraft. 
 
 JHEEL, a lake or pond. Tanks and 
 jeels are, in almost every part of 
 India, full of rushes and of the con- 
 ferva, which, together witli duck- 
 weed, docks, &c , both cover the sur- 
 face, and fill up the deeps. They 
 are generally replete with small 
 fishes of various descriptions, and if 
 of any extent or deep, either harbour, 
 or serve as visiting places for, alli- 
 gators, which infest both the nm- 
 ning and the stagnant waters in 
 every part of the country. Tlie bor- 
 ders of jheels are hence the haunt 
 of wild-fowl. Snipe, curlews, duck, 
 teal, cranes, cooluns, and other of the 
 stork species, swarm in these loca- 
 lities. 
 
 JHIL-MIL, Venetian blinds. The na- 
 tives of India are fond of making the 
 sounds of their words an echo to the 
 sense. 'J'hus jhil-niil represents the 
 clatter of the l)lind when being closed, 
 as tom-tom expresses the so>md of the 
 drum, put-tuch, the explosion of a 
 cracker. The jhil-mils, or Venetians, 
 are in general use in India. They 
 modify the intense light in European 
 houses.
 
 112 
 
 JH 
 
 JU 
 
 JHOOL, the housing of the elephant. 
 
 JHOW, a small tir ; a species of jungle 
 broom, which grows upon the banks 
 of the Ganges. It resembles the 
 yew tree in form, and affords good 
 food for camels. 
 
 JINJALL, a piece of cannon of small 
 calibre, mounted on a wall of India 
 fortresses. 
 
 JOALS, bags used in Persia, made of 
 canvass or carpet stuff, for containing 
 clothes or other necessaries on a 
 journey, and carried slung on either 
 side of a horse or mule. 
 
 JOONEER, a town in the province of 
 Aurungabad in India, situated in 
 Lat. 19 deg. 12 min. N., Long. 74 
 deg. 10 min. E. It is a large town, 
 with a strong fortress, and was for- 
 raerly the capital of the province. 
 There are numerous excavations and 
 cave temples at this place of Jain 
 origin. 
 
 JORHAT, a city in the country of As- 
 sam, latterly the capital of the coun- 
 try, stands on both sides of the river 
 Dikho, in Lat. 26 deg. 4S min. N., 
 Long. 94 deg. 6 min. E. 
 
 jqUDPORE, or MARWAR, a town 
 in India, in the province of Ajmere, 
 is situated in Lat. 26 deg. 18 min. N., 
 Long. 73 deg. E. It is the capital of 
 the district of Joudpoor, and is said 
 to be a well-built town. 
 
 JOW-JEHANUM ! a peremptory in- 
 junction (in Hindostanee) to proceed 
 to a place which it is not usual to men- 
 tion to " ears polite." 
 
 JUBBULPORE, a city in India, in the 
 province of Gondwana, situated in 
 Lat. 23 deg. 11 min. N., Long. 80 deg. 
 J 6 min. E. It is the modern capital 
 of the district, and is better built 
 than tlie majority of the towns in 
 this part of India. Coal is fouud in 
 its neiglibourhood. 
 
 JUGGERNAT'H. In IDndoo mytho- 
 logy the re-animated form of 
 Krishna. According to the Hin- 
 doos, the love-inspiring Krishna was 
 one day shot with an arrow from the 
 bow of a hunter, who left the lovely 
 form of the deity, whom the Gopias 
 had so franticly adored, to rot under 
 
 the tree where it fell. After some 
 time, his bones were collected by 
 some pious persons, and made the 
 means of enriching the priests of the 
 Hhidoos. Being placed in a box, 
 they remained till Vishnu, on being 
 applied to by a religious monarch, 
 Indra Dhoomna, commanded him to 
 make an image of Juggernat'h, and 
 place the bones in it. The king 
 would willingly have done as he was 
 desired, but, unfortunately, possessed 
 not the skill for such an undertaking: 
 so he made bold to ask Vishnu who 
 should make it ? Vishnu told him to 
 apply to Viswakarma, the architect 
 of the gods. He did so, and Vis- 
 wakarma set about forming the 
 image of Juggernat'h, but declared, 
 if any person disturbed him in his 
 labours, he would leave his work un- 
 finished. All would have goue on 
 well, had not the king shown a re- 
 prehensible impatience to those di- 
 vine injunctions which he had 
 solemnly pledged himself to observe. 
 After fifteen days he went to see 
 what progress the holy architect had 
 made ; which so enraged him, that 
 he desisted from his labours, and left 
 the intended god without cither arms 
 or legs. In spite, however, of this per- 
 plexing event, the work of Viswa- 
 karma has become celebrated through- 
 out Hindostan ; and pilgrims, from 
 the remotest corners of India, flock, 
 at the time of the festivals of Jug- 
 gernat'h, to pay their adoration at 
 his monstrous and unhallowed shrine. 
 Between two and three thousand per- 
 sons are computed to lose their lives 
 annually on their pilgrimage to Jug- 
 gernat'h. The temples of this deity 
 being the resort of all the sects of the 
 Hindoos, it is calculated that not less 
 than two hundred thousand wor- 
 shippers visit the celebrated pagoda 
 in Orissa yearly, from wliich the 
 Bralununs draw an immense revenue. 
 All the land within twenty miles 
 round the pagoda is considered holy; 
 but the most sacred spot is an area 
 of about six hundred and fifty feet 
 £cj[uare, which contains fifty temples.
 
 JU 
 
 JU 
 
 113 
 
 Tlie most conspicuous of these is ,i 
 l(jfty tower, about one hundred and 
 eighty-four feet in height, and about 
 twenty-eight feet square inside, called 
 the Bur Dewali, in Mhieh tlie idol, 
 and his brother, and sister Subhadra, 
 are lodged. Adjoining are twopyra- 
 midical buildings. In one, about 
 forty feet square, the idol is wor- 
 shipped ; and, in the other, the food 
 prepared for the pilgrims is distri- 
 buted. These buildings M-ere erected 
 in A.v. 119S. The walls are covered 
 with statues, many of Avhich are in 
 highly indecent postures. The grand 
 entrance is on the eastern side ; and 
 close to the outer wall stands an 
 elegant stone column, tliirty-five feet 
 in height, the shaft of wliich is 
 formed of a single block of basalt, 
 presenting sixteen sides. The pe- 
 destal is richly ornamented. The 
 column is surrounded by a finely 
 sculptured statue of Hanuman, the 
 monkey-chief of the Ramayana. The 
 establishment of priests, and others 
 belonging to the temple, has been 
 stated to consist of three thousand 
 nine hundred families, for whom the 
 daily provision is enormous. The 
 holy food is presented to the idol 
 three times a day. Tliis meal lasts 
 about an hour, during which time the 
 dancing girls belonging to the temple 
 exhibit their professional skill in an 
 adjoining building. Twelve festivals 
 are celebrated during the year, the 
 principal of which is theEat'h Jattra 
 (See Rat'h Jattra). Juggernat'h is 
 styled the Lord of the World. liis 
 temples, which are also numerous in 
 IJengal, are of a pyramidical form. 
 Uuriiig the intervals of worship they 
 are shut up. The imtigc of this god 
 is made of a block of wood, and has a 
 frightful visage, Avith a distended 
 mouth. His arms, Avhich, as he was 
 formed without any, have been given 
 to him by the priests, are of gold. 
 He is gorgeously dressed, as are also 
 the other two idols which accompany 
 him. In a compartment in the 
 temple of Kama, he is represented 
 in company with Bala llama and 
 
 Subhadra, without arms or legs. The 
 town of Juggernat'h is situated on 
 the coast of the province of Orissa, in 
 Lat. 19 deg. 49 min. N., Long. 85 deg. 
 54 min. E. It is named, and usually 
 called, Pooree, and is inhabited 
 chiefly by Brahmnus, and others 
 connected with the pagoda. On the 
 sea shore, eighteen miles to the 
 northward of Juggernat'h, are the 
 remains of an ancient temple of the 
 sun, called, in English charts — the 
 black pagoda. The greater part of 
 the temple is in ruins, having been 
 thrown down, apparently, by light- 
 ning or eartiiquake ; but, from what 
 remains, it appears to have been one 
 of the most singular edifices ever 
 constructed in India. Part of the 
 tower, 120 feet high, is still stand- 
 ing, and the antechamber, or jung- 
 mohnn, about 100 feet high. They 
 are built of immense blocks of stone 
 and massive beams of iron, some of 
 which are nearly a foot square, and 
 from twelve to eighteen feet long. 
 This temple, which has been long 
 deserted, was built by a rajah of 
 Orissa, in 1241. 
 
 JUGUD'ilATlU. In Hindoo mytho- 
 logy a form of Parvati. as Doorga. 
 She is represented as a yellow woman , 
 sitting on a lion, holding in her four 
 hands a shell, a discus, a lotus tlower, 
 and a club. This goddess is wor- 
 shipped witli much rejoicing in the 
 month Kartiku, on which occasion 
 large sums are expended. After the 
 ceremony her images, like those of 
 Doorga, are conveyed, attended in 
 the customary manner v/ith mucli 
 noisy music, to the banks of the 
 river, and cast into the stream. 
 
 JUIMANS. This Indian Avord may 
 be rendered parishioner, but docs not 
 fully express the proper sense. Ec- 
 ligious client, if such can be con- 
 ceived, is the more correct interpre- 
 tation. 
 
 JUMMA-KUR, Ilindostanee. To 
 make an admixture. For example : 
 if a young subaltern officer goes to 
 the tent or bungalow of a brother 
 officer, and finds him about to diue
 
 114 
 
 JU 
 
 on frugal fare, he would probably 
 say toium, " Come, I Jiave some cut- 
 lets at home, let us add them to your 
 moorgee (fowl), and have a jiimma- 
 kur." 
 
 JUMIMA MUSJEED, the Friday 
 mosque, or the assembly mosque; 
 that is the principal mosque at which 
 the Mahomedans assemble on the 
 Friday. 
 
 JUIMNA, the. A river in India, 
 which rises in the Himalaya moun- 
 tains, to the west of the Gauges, 
 and not far from it . It flows through 
 the ijrovince of Sreenuggur (or 
 Gurwal), and enters Hindostan 
 Proper in the province of Delhi. It 
 proceeds southward through Delhi 
 and Agra, and falls into the Ganges 
 at Allahabad. From its source to 
 its joining the Ganges, the length of 
 its course is about 700 miles. 
 
 JUMPTIE, a state pleasure barge, 
 formerly used by the Ameers of 
 Scinde upon the river Indus. 
 
 JUNGLE, forest, wilderness. The 
 term jungle is very ill understood by 
 European readers, who generally 
 associate it with uninhabited forests 
 and almost impenetrable thickets, 
 Avhereas all the desert and unculti- 
 vated parts of India, whether co- 
 vered with wood or merely suffered 
 to run to waste, are styled jungles; 
 and jungle-iuallah is a term indiscri- 
 minately applied to a wild cat, or to 
 a gentleman who has been quartered 
 for a considerable period in some deso- 
 late part of the country. Persons 
 who are attached to very small sta- 
 tions in remote places, or who re- 
 side in solitary houses, surrounded 
 only by the habitations of the na- 
 tives, are said to be living in the 
 jungles. 
 
 JUNK, or JONTv CEYLON, properly, 
 JAN SILAN, a division of the 
 country of Siam. It may l)e con- 
 sidered as an island, being connected 
 Avith the main land only by a sand- 
 bank, Avhich is overflowed at high- 
 water. It is sitiuited on the western 
 coast of Siam, near the northern 
 entrance of the Straits of Malacca, 
 
 JU 
 
 in Lat. 8 deg. N. It is forty miles 
 in length, ))y fifteen in breadth. 
 Inland, the country is mountainous, 
 but towards the coast, low, well 
 sup|)lied with Avater, and fruitful. 
 The hills are covered with large and 
 useful timber, and the land produces 
 every variety of rice. Tin of the 
 best quality is found in great abun- 
 dance, and forms a valuable article 
 of commerce. The mines are worked 
 entirely by Cliinese settlers. The 
 island is thinly inhabited, having 
 been nearly depopulated in the 
 course of the Burmese invasions; 
 and from 14,000 to 15,000 persons, 
 it is now reduced to not more than 
 2000, including Chinese. The natives 
 are Booddhists, as in Siam, but there 
 are also some Mahomedans. 
 
 JUNKS, Chinese trading vessels. 
 
 JUTS, a tribe, descended from the 
 original Kajpoota inhabitants of the 
 province of Sind, in India, converted 
 at an early period to the Mahome- 
 dan faith. They compose the chief 
 military force of the country. 
 
 JUWANPORE, a town in India, in 
 the province of Allahabad, is situ- 
 ated on the banks of the river 
 Goomtee, aboiit forty miles north- 
 westward of Benares. This was 
 formerly a place of considerable im- 
 portance, and for a short time the 
 capital of an independent sove- 
 reignty, founded by Khaja Juhan, 
 wuzcer to Sultaun Mahmood, Shah 
 of Delhi, who assumed the title of 
 Sultaun Sbirkee, and taking pos- 
 session of Bahar, fixed his residence 
 at Juwanpore. There is liere a 
 bridge, remarkable for the skill and 
 solidity of its architecture, which 
 was constructed in the reign of the 
 Emperor Acbar, and still remains 
 perfectly firm. 
 
 JUWAUi3, literally, "an answer," 
 but familiarly used in Anglo-Indian 
 colloquy to imply a negatur to the 
 matrimonial proposal. " He has got 
 his jmvtmb," or "He has been 
 juivmtbbed," denotes the failure of 
 an aspirant to obtain the hand of the 
 object of his devotion.
 
 KA 
 
 KA 
 
 115 
 
 K. 
 
 KABBA, the common Persian gown 
 ■worn by all classes. 
 
 KABOB, roast meat. In the Maho- 
 niedan bazars, in India, Persia, Tur- 
 key, &c., kabobs, or small pieces of 
 meat, roasted or fried iipon metal 
 skewers, are sold in abundance. 
 Kabobs, which is only another word 
 for cutlets in the English cuisine, are 
 often served up on European break- 
 fast-tables, fried and curried. 
 
 KADDIN, or KADEUN, a select 
 Odalisque, chosen, from the 500 
 reputed to tenant the seraglio, to 
 become the mother of an heir to the 
 Turkish throne. See Odalisque. 
 
 KADDUM (Muccadum), head, head 
 man; one of tlio numerous terms used 
 in the peninsula of India to designate 
 the head man of a village. 
 
 KAFFIR. In the Persian language 
 this word is used to indicate an 
 infidel, or unbeliever iu Mahomed. 
 At the Cape of Good Hope it implies 
 the Hottentot race. 
 
 KAIMAKAN, a Turkish title, a 
 deputy lieutenant or governor of a 
 city. The grand vizier's vicegerent. 
 
 KAIIIA, a town, in the i)rovince of 
 Guzerat, in India, situated about 
 forty miles to the north of Cambay, 
 in Lat. 22 deg. 47 min. N., Long. 72 
 deg. 48 min. E. It is a large and 
 neat town, the capital of the eastern 
 division of the British territories in 
 Guzerat, and the principal military 
 station in the province. 
 
 KALASIIY, an Indian menial. His 
 business is, properly speaking, con- 
 fined either to what relates to 
 camp equipage, or to the manage- 
 ment of the sails and rigging on 
 board a budjrow or river boat. In 
 the former instance he is expected to 
 understand how to set up tents of 
 every descrijition ; to pack and un- 
 pack ; to load and unload ; to make 
 tent-pins ; to scav the taut (or canvass 
 bags), in which each part of a tent is 
 generally enclosed when on the ele- 
 
 phant, camel, bullock, or cart, by 
 Avhicli it is conveyed ; to handle a 
 pkourah, or mattock, to level the in- 
 terior ; and, in short, to complete 
 the whole preparation within and 
 without. Many kalashies are ex- 
 tremely expert m all the fore- 
 going duties, and are, besides, ex- 
 cellent domestics ; not hesitating to 
 perform a variety of services about 
 a house, such as swinging the punkah 
 (or great fan), suspended in most 
 dining-halls, rattaning the bottoms 
 of chairs, helping to arrange and to 
 clean furniture, and doing besides 
 the duties of hurkaruhs or peons. 
 This general assemblage of useful 
 talents, no doiibt, renders the ka- 
 lashij an important servant. As a 
 public servant, whether attached to 
 the artillery, or to a quartermaster's 
 establishment, his merits are equally 
 conspicuous. His duty in the above 
 instance, is, however, by no means 
 trifling : during the whole day he is 
 employed generally in the arsenal or 
 the store-room, or the artillery shed; 
 or, eventually, in drawing timbers, 
 cannon, &c., on transport carriages, 
 mounting or dismounting great guns, 
 cleaning arms, working in the labo- 
 ratory, piling or serving out shot, 
 with a million of et ceteras in the 
 various branches of that department. 
 Whether attached to the train, or 
 serving with a regiment of intantry 
 or cavalry, the halasliy (or, as he is 
 often termed while in the public ser- 
 vice, the lascar) must be adroit in 
 whatever relates to camp equipage, 
 making up ammunition of all kinds, 
 sorting stores, jiacking, loading, ser- 
 ving, and drawing fieid-pieccs, lim- 
 bering, yoking the cattle, marking 
 out lines for a camp, and, in short, 
 Avhatever relates either to the ord- 
 nance, or to the quartermaster's du- 
 ties. The halasliics on board bud- 
 gerows, which are generally of the 
 pinnace or keeled kind, may be 
 placed nearly on a footing with those 
 retained by individuals, allowing for 
 a certain imitation of the public ser- 
 vant, and a smattering in what rc- 
 12
 
 116 
 
 KA 
 
 KA 
 
 lates to the management of sails. 
 This class is by no means numerous, 
 being confined entirely to the aquatic 
 equipages of great men : one of this 
 description is by no means flattered 
 ■when directed to handle an oar on 
 board the budyerow, though he prides 
 himself in rowing a jolly-boat fur- 
 nished with oars on the European 
 plan. 
 
 KALEAUN, a small kind of hookah, 
 used in Persia and on the west 
 coast of India. It has a larger 
 bottom in general than the Iwokah, 
 and consists of a cone of rosin, 
 firmly cemented to the bottom of 
 the kaleaun by heat ; the several 
 leaves, branches, flowers, birds, &c., 
 are introduced one after the other in 
 a heated state, and applied to the 
 rosin, in which they become so fixed 
 as sufliciently to retain a firm hold. 
 Some of the real Persian kaleauns ex- 
 hibit considerable ingenuity and taste 
 on the part of their manufacturers. In 
 the centre of the interior bvmches of 
 flowers, beautifully coloured, far too 
 large and too delicate to have been 
 introduced at the embouchures of 
 the vessels, may be seen. Over these 
 the glass, which is rarely of the best 
 quality, has evidently been cast or 
 blown. Many of these artificial 
 bouquets are, however, made piece- 
 meal. 
 
 IvALI (Parvati), in the mythology of 
 the Hindoos, tlie consort of Siva, in 
 his destrojdng character of Time. 
 As such she is painted of a black, 
 or dark blue complexion. In one 
 hand she holds the exterminating 
 sword; in another a human head; 
 a third x^oints downward, indicat- 
 ing, according to some, the de- 
 struction which surrounds her ; 
 and the other is raised upwards 
 in allusion to the future regeneration 
 of nature by a new creation. AVhat- 
 ever her gestures may import, tlie 
 image of this goddess is truly 
 horrid, as are the devotional rites 
 performed in honour of her. Her 
 Avild dishevelled hair, reaching to 
 her feet, her necklace of human 
 
 heads, the wildness of her coun- 
 tenance, the tongue protruded from 
 her distorted mouth, her cincture of 
 blood-stained hands, and her posi- 
 tion on the body of Siva, altogether 
 convey in blended colours so power- 
 ful a personification of that dark 
 character she is pretended to por- 
 
 ' tray, that whatever Ave may think 
 of their tastes, we cannot deny to 
 the Hindoos our fuU credit for the 
 possession of most extraordinary 
 and fertile powers of imagination. 
 Kali is also called the goddess of 
 cemeteries, under which form she ia 
 described dancing with the infant 
 Siva in her arms, surrounded by 
 ghosts and goblins (likewise danc- 
 ing), in a cemetery amongst the 
 dead. To this ferocious goddess 
 sanguinary sacrifices are made. The 
 Kalika Purana, which details in due 
 order and with much precision the 
 difiercnt descriptions of animals that 
 are to be sacrificed, and the length 
 of time by which this insatiate lady 
 will be gratified and kept in good 
 humour by each, ordains, that one 
 man (or a lion) will please her for 
 1000 years; but by the immolation 
 of three men she will graciously 
 condescend to be pleased 100,000 
 years. At present, her smiles are 
 not courted for so long a period, by 
 any other sacrifices than those of 
 animals; kids are usually sacrificed, 
 which the priests allege immediately 
 ascend to the heaven of Indra, and 
 become musicians in his band. 
 
 KALLIANEE, a populous town in 
 India,in the province of Aurungabad, 
 situated about thirty miles to the 
 north-eastward of Bombay. 
 
 KALLINJER, a town in the province 
 of Allahabad, in India, situated in 
 Lat. 25 deg. 6 min. N., Long. 80 
 deg. 25 min. E. It is a large open 
 town, witli an extensive and strongly- 
 built hill fort. The latter, however, 
 is now dismantled, having been 
 taken by the British m 1812, after 
 a bloody siege, and subsequently 
 destroyed. 
 
 KALMUKS, or CALMUK TARTAES,
 
 KA 
 
 KA 
 
 117 
 
 a trilie, •nlio for many centuries 
 occujiied tlie eastern shores of tlie 
 Black Sea. They are now chiefly 
 found to inhabit to the north of tlie 
 river Jaxartes, having migrated 
 thither in tlie hitter part of the ISth 
 centm-y. 
 
 IvALPEE, a town in Ilindostan, in 
 the province of Agra, situated on 
 the bank of tlie river Jumna, Lat. 
 26 deg. 10 min. N., Long. 79 deg. 41 
 min. E. It is a large and populous 
 town, possessing an extensive trade, 
 and noted for the manufactvire of 
 paper, and sugar-candy. 
 
 KAIMADEVA, or CAMDEO, the 
 Hindoo god of love. In Hindoo 
 mythology this deity is represented 
 fis the child of Brahma, and subse- 
 quently as the illusive offspring of 
 Vishnu and Lakshmi,in their avatar, 
 as Krishna and Eukmini. He is 
 hence called the son of Maya, or 
 illusion. The image of this god is 
 represented as a beautiful youth, 
 riding on a hory (or parrot), Avitli 
 emerald wings. In his hands he 
 holds a bow, strung with bees, and 
 five arrows, tipped with flowers. 
 Kama, like the other Hindoo deities, 
 has numerous names, either indica- 
 tive of the power of love over the 
 mind, or descriptive of his attributes. 
 He is called Smara, the son of Maya; 
 Ananga, the bodyless; I\Iudun, he 
 ■whose banner is a fish ; Pradyumna, 
 &c., &c. 
 
 KA?.IULA KAMINI, a form of the 
 Hindoo goddess Doorga; inwhichshe 
 is described iiuUing an elephant 
 out of her mouth. 
 
 KANAKA, a province of India, 
 bounded on the north by the Portu- 
 guese territories of Goa, and the 
 l)ooab ; east, the Ceded Districts 
 and IMysore; south, l^Ialabar ; and 
 ■west, tlie sea. This province is di- 
 vided into two parts, called North 
 and South Kanara. North Kanara 
 is divided into the districts of Soonda 
 and Biljee, above the mountains ; and 
 Unkola, Honawur, or Oonnoor, and 
 Koondapoor, below the mountains. 
 Soonda was formerly an independent 
 
 principality, under a Hindoo rajah, 
 and was a populous and well-culti- 
 vated district ; but being for many 
 years the principal seat of war be- 
 tween the Mahrattas and ]\Iysoreans, 
 it became completely ruined. The 
 districts of Unkola and Honawur 
 are commonly designated by the na- 
 tives the Haiga countnj. South Ka- 
 nara occupies the remaining part of 
 the province, southward from Koon- 
 dapoor. It is called by the natives 
 tlie Toolna comitry. AVitli the ex- 
 ception of the open plains of Soonda, 
 above the ghauts, the whole of Ka- 
 nara may be described as a rocky, 
 moimtainous country, intersected by 
 numerous small rivers, running from 
 the mountains to the sea, exceed- 
 ingly fertile, and abounding with 
 lofty forests. The rains generally 
 commence in jMay, and last until 
 October. Its chief productions are 
 rice, in great abundance (large quan- 
 tities being constantly exported to 
 other parts of India, and to Arabia), 
 teak and other woods, pepper and 
 spices, sandal, and sugar. The cat- 
 tle are very small, and are little em- 
 ployed, the cultivation being chiefly 
 done by hand. There are no manu- 
 factures. There are few towns or 
 villages ia any part of the interior, 
 the natives generally residing on 
 their farms. On the coast, how- 
 ever, there are several. The prin- 
 cipal of these are Sedashegur, IIo- 
 navrur, or Oonnoor, and Koonda- 
 poor, in North Kanara, and Manga- 
 lore, iir South Kanara. Above the 
 ghauts is the town of Soonda, for- 
 merly populous and flourishing, and 
 the capital of the district, but now 
 nearly a ruin. The name Kanara, 
 which is a corruption of Kurnata, 
 was first given to this part of India by 
 the Mahomedans. It does not pro- 
 perly belong to it, and has never been 
 known l)y the natives, who do not 
 use it. The inliabitiints of this pro- 
 vince, called by the English the Ka- 
 narese, are composed of several dis- 
 tinct classes. Tiie first is that of 
 the Brahmuns, amountuig to about
 
 118 
 
 KA 
 
 KA 
 
 one-sixth oi" the whole population. 
 The next principal class, in tlie in- 
 terior, is that of the Nairs, who are 
 the chief farmers. Slavery is com- 
 mon throughout the x'rovince, most 
 of the cultivators beinir slaves, either 
 by caste, as the Bakadoora, and Ba- 
 tadoora castes in the Toolva dis- 
 trict, or by purchase. The inha- 
 bitants of the coasts are principally 
 Moplas. These are ^Jlahomedans, 
 descendants of Arab settlers, and 
 are the chief traders of the province. 
 The total population is estimated at 
 about 800,000. The rehgion is Hin- 
 dooism and IMahomedanism ; but 
 there are also several thousands 
 called Christians, of the Romish 
 church ; the Jain sect of Hindoos 
 is likewise numerous, this and the 
 adjacent province of Malabar being 
 now the only part of India in which 
 the Jains are found in a collected 
 state, though individuals of the sect 
 are scattered throughout tlie coun- 
 try. The language of this province 
 is a branch of the Ivanarese, inter- 
 mixed with Telooaoo and ]\Ialiratee. 
 KANDY, or SINHALA, or LIAHA 
 NUWAE A, the Great City, is situa- 
 ted nearly in the centre of the 
 island of Ceylon, in an amphitheatre 
 formed by the surrounding hills, the 
 highest of which is Mattana Pat- 
 tana (corrupted by the English into 
 Mutton Button), and 3192 feet 
 above the level of the sea. It lies in 
 Lat. 7 deg. IS min. N., and Long. 
 80 deg. 50 min. E., and is seventy- 
 two miles distant from Colombo. In 
 the time of the Kandian kings, the 
 town consisted of one street, about 
 two miles long, and a few narrow 
 lanes, branching out on both sides. 
 None of the houses, or huts, as they 
 might then more properly be called, 
 were tiled or whitewashed, except 
 those of the king and his ministers, 
 and a few of the head men's, the rest 
 being covered with cadjans, or shin- 
 gles, or thatch. Ivandy was taken 
 from the natives by the British in 
 1815. The king, one of the most 
 cruel tyrants that ever sat on a 
 
 throne, was soon after taken pri- 
 soner, and sent into banishment to 
 Vellore, on the jNIadras coast. Since 
 its cajiture by the English, Kandy 
 has been much improved ; many new 
 and commodious houses have been 
 erected, new streets have been 
 formed, and the old ones widened. 
 The iiavilion, the residence of the 
 governor for about half the year, 
 erected at the north-east of the town 
 by a late governor. Sir Edward 
 Barnes, is one of the handsomest 
 buildings in the country. Bemg 
 erected on a rising ground, it com- 
 mands a view of the whole town, as 
 Avell as an extensive prospect to the 
 south and west. The king's palace, 
 and buildings connected with it, arc 
 now used as government otSces. The 
 sessions of the supreme court of 
 judicature are held in the former 
 hall of audience twice a year. There 
 is a public library, erected on jjU- 
 lars, built in the lake ; a neat 
 and commodious building. Kandy, 
 being the chief seat of Booddhism, 
 contains numerous Wiliaras (tem- 
 ples). There are twelve Wiharas 
 which belong to the Booddhists, and 
 four Dewatas to the Hindoos. 
 
 ILASOJE, a town in the provhice of 
 Agra, in India, situated in Lat. 27 
 deg. 4 min. N., Long. 79 deg. 47 min. 
 E., about two miles distant from the 
 banks of the Ganges, with which it 
 communicates by means of a canaL 
 In the remote ages of Hindoo his- 
 tory, Kanoje was a place of great 
 renown, and the capital of a power- 
 ful empire, which existed at the 
 time of the first Mahomcdan invasion. 
 Not the slightest vestige now re- 
 mains of the ancient Hindoo city, aU 
 the existing buildings being of Ma- 
 homedan and modern origin. 
 
 KANTAL (Artocarpus Integrifolia), 
 the jack-fruit. The jack-tree is a 
 great ornament to our Indian vil- 
 lages, its shining dark green leaves 
 and deep shade rendering it most 
 useful as shelter. It is also valuable 
 property when near populous towns ; 
 the fi'uit is sold for a considerable
 
 KA 
 
 KA 
 
 119 
 
 sum, and the wood, -which is of a 
 handsome yellow and orange tinge, 
 being much sought after by the na- 
 tives, and even esteemed by Euro- 
 peans for furniture. The seeds, 
 ■when roasted, are a capital substi- 
 tute for chestnuts, and the native 
 bird-catchers prepare an excellent 
 bird-lime from the milky juice, 
 which flowsfreelyfrom all parts of the 
 tree Mhen cut. The root, bark, and 
 wood also afford a yellow dye. It 
 is not known whether this noble 
 tree is indigenous in India or not. 
 It is probably an importation from 
 the Eiastern Islands. The ripe fruit 
 has an offensive smell, and is rarely 
 eaten bv Europeans. 
 
 KAPOO, KAPOOR, written also KAN 
 POOR, one of the terms used in the 
 peninsula of India to denote the 
 head man among the Meerassadars of 
 a village. 
 
 KARA-COUM, black sand or desert, 
 a Turkish expression, often applied 
 to the extensive desert on the eastern 
 bank of the Caspian Sea. 
 
 KARAVOEES, Persian. The black 
 tents of the wandering tribes. 
 
 KARENS. The Karens are among tlie 
 most interesting people with whom 
 the expansion of our eastern empire 
 has brought us in contact. Origi- 
 nally emigrating from the borders of 
 Cliina and Thibet, they have gradually 
 occupied the mountains and glens of 
 the south, as far as the promontory of 
 Junk-Ceylon,ontheTenasserim coast. 
 Like all mountaineers, the}' have 
 retained their own distinct character 
 from generation to generation, and 
 have lost none of their nationality by 
 intercourse with the people of the 
 plains. Their language is distinct 
 from that of the Burmese or Siamese, 
 and appears never to have been re- 
 duced to writing. Compared with 
 those nations, they may l)e consi- 
 dered barbarous; yet they have never 
 adopted the degrading worship of 
 idols, and their ideas of the character 
 and attributes of the eternal God 
 present a noble contrast to the wild 
 fancies of the Booddhists. Many of 
 
 their religious traditions bear so close 
 a resemblance to the facts related in 
 the Holy Scriptm'es. as almost to 
 support the idea of their having 
 a common origin; and perhaps there 
 are few subjects of religious research 
 more interesting than the origin of 
 these remarkable traditions. The 
 Karens, though described by tliose 
 who have had the best opportunities of 
 knowing them as possessed of greater 
 manliness of character than the Bur- 
 mese, have been invariably oppressed 
 by them in such a manner as only 
 one oriental nation can oppress 
 another ; j-et, in their deepest afflic- 
 tions, they have never lost the hope 
 of deliverance, of which the elders of 
 their nation left them many predic- 
 tions. Those ancient seers seem, by 
 an almost miraculous foresight, to 
 have led the nation to expect relief 
 from the " white foreigners, dressed 
 in shining black and shining red, who 
 sail in sliips and cutters, and can 
 cross oceans and reach lands ;" and our 
 advent among them appears to have 
 been rendered the more welcome by 
 its coincidence with their own tra- 
 ditionary expectations. 
 KARI-BHAT, curry and rice, the 
 staple dish, alike of Europeans and 
 natives of India. The ingredients of 
 a curry are turmeric, chillies, garlic, 
 ginger (green, if possible), carda- 
 mums, and coriander seed, pounded 
 together, and, with the addition of a 
 little butter or ghee, mixed in tlic 
 gravy of the meat or fish. Some- 
 times the ^vhite of a cocoa-nut is 
 scraped and added to the other in- 
 gredients, sometimes a sour mango, 
 or tamarinds, and not nnfrequently 
 a few bay leaves. Every thing is 
 curried in India — nnitton, fowl, pork, 
 veal, kid, fish of every description 
 (fresh ami salted), hard boiled eggs, 
 vegetables, pumpkins, sour fruits, 
 lobsters, and shrimps ; and it must 
 be allowed tliat a more wholesome 
 and palatable dish could not be 
 "placed before a king." The na- 
 tives, who eat large quantities of 
 rice, and very little animal food, find
 
 120 
 
 KA 
 
 KA 
 
 curry un admirable accompaniment 
 to tlie insipid grain, and a great 
 stimulant of the digestive faculties. 
 
 KAKKHAXA, Ilindostanee. One of 
 those untranslatable terms A>.hicli 
 defy tlie linguist. It signifies a 
 Avliole concern, business, or liouse- 
 liold. 
 
 KAEKOOX, the register of the col- 
 lections under an Indian zemhidar, 
 or landholder. 
 
 KAKKUIi, the barlcing deer of the 
 Himalayas. 
 
 K AIITIKE YA, a Hindoo deity ; the son 
 of Siva, produced in an extraordi- 
 nary manner, for an extraordinary 
 purpose, and the leader of the celes- 
 tial armies. He is sometimes repre- 
 sented with one face, and sometimes 
 with si.x faces ; possessing two, four, 
 or six arms, holding various instru- 
 ments in his hands ; of a yellow 
 complexion, and riding on a peacock, 
 his vahan, or vehicle. Kartikcya is 
 worshipped in the month Kartika, on 
 wl'.ich occasion numerous images are 
 made, which, after tlie ceremony of 
 worship, are cast, like those of Doorga 
 and Kali, into the river. Images of 
 him are also set up and worshipped, 
 with thoseof Doorga, on the festivals 
 of that goddess. Vows and olferings 
 are made to him by Hindoo females, 
 to obtain children, especially sons. 
 Kartikcya has many names, among 
 which are Skunda, Subrahmani, Ta- 
 rikajit, or he who conquered Tarika, 
 &c.. 6cc. 
 
 KAT POOTLEE NAUTCH,an Indian 
 exhibition of fantoccini. The show- 
 men are of various grades, and ex- 
 hibit their puppets at different prices, 
 from a rupee upwards, ai;cording to 
 the richness of their scenery and de- 
 corations. A large room, in the 
 interior of a house, is selected for the 
 place of representation ; a sheet 
 stretched across between two pillars, 
 and reachmg within three feet of the 
 groimd, conceals the living per- 
 formers from view; there is a back 
 scene behind this proscenium, gene- 
 rally representing the exterior of a 
 palace of silver, and the entertain- 
 
 ment commences with the prepa- 
 ration for a grand durbar, or levee, in 
 Mhich European ladies and gentle- 
 men are introduced. The puppets 
 are of a very grotesque and barba- 
 rous description, inferior to the ge- 
 nerality of Indian handy-works, but 
 they are exceedingly well managed, 
 and perform all their evolutions with 
 great precision. Sofas and chairs 
 are brought in for the company, Avho 
 are seen coming to court, some on 
 
 . horseback, some on elephants, and 
 some in carriages; their descent from 
 these conveyances is very dexterously 
 achieved; and the whole harlequinade 
 of fighting, dancing, tiger-hunting, 
 and alligator-slaying, goes off with 
 great eclat. 
 
 KATES, or KHETS, plantations in 
 India. 
 
 KATHAE, or KATHAY, the Per- 
 sian word for " China." 
 
 KATTEE, the Eajpoots (q.v.) of Kat- 
 teowar. The Kattee differs in some 
 respects from the Rajpoot : he is 
 more cruel in his disposition, but far 
 exceeds him'in the virtue of bravery; 
 and a character possessed of more 
 energy than a Kattee does not exist. 
 His size is considerably larger than 
 common, often exceeding six feet. 
 He is sometimes seen with light hair, 
 and blue coloured eyes. They are 
 all horsemen, and are wonderfully 
 particular in the breed of that animal. 
 ilares are universally preferred. A 
 Kattee's mare is one of his family : 
 she lives under the same roof, by 
 which means she is familiarised, 
 and is obedient to his voice in all 
 situations. — A Kattee is seldom seen 
 but walking or gallopping his beast. 
 He is so averse to walking on foot, that 
 he rides to the field where he means 
 to labour ; and is prepared either to 
 join a plundering party, or resist 
 attack. The Kattee women are large 
 and masculine in their figures, often 
 dressed in long dark garments, but 
 have tlie character of being always 
 Mxll-looking, and often remarkably 
 handsome. They are more domesti- 
 cated than the Rajpoot, and coa-
 
 KA 
 
 KE 
 
 121 
 
 fine tliemselves solely to the duties 
 of tlieir families. — They are often 
 brides of sixteen and seventeen j-ears 
 of age, ■wliich may probably account 
 for the strength and vigour of the 
 race. The Kattees do not inter- 
 marry with any other caste. The 
 Katteo is a Hindoo, yet no Hindoo 
 will eat with him. A Kajpoot will, 
 however, eat food dressed by a Kat- 
 •tee. He v.'orships tlie cow ; leaves 
 a lock of hair on his head ; and 
 adores Mahadeo and other Hindoo 
 deities, although he is more attached 
 to tlie worship of the Soonije (Surya, 
 or the smi) and to Ambha and other 
 terrible goddesses. 
 
 KAUXCH,or CHANK, rings made of 
 the common sea-conch, cut out, by 
 means of very fine saws, into narrow 
 s\i\}S, which, Avhen joined very accu- 
 rately, give the whole an appearance 
 of being form.ed from the most circu- 
 lar part of eacli shell. There is a 
 small process or button at the base of 
 each shell, which is sawn off, and 
 after being ground to a shape re- 
 sembling that of a flat turnip, is 
 perforated for the purpose of being 
 strung. When so prepared, these 
 receive the name of krantalis, of 
 whicli two rows, each containing 
 from thirty to forty, are frequently 
 worn round the necks of sepoys in 
 the Company's service, as a part of 
 their uniform, a substitute, indeed, 
 for their stocks. The city of Dacca, 
 in Hindostan, so famous for muslins, 
 carries on a large intercourse Avith 
 Chittagong, and the coast of Arra- 
 can, for conchs, whicli are used for 
 beating the finer cloths, manufac- 
 tured m that populous and rich cm- 
 l)orium of cotton-fabrics. 
 
 KECHUK, a robber. The Kechuks 
 carry on their depredations chiefly 
 in IJengal: tlieir tribe seems to be 
 scattered about Bootan and Is'epaul, 
 and the northern districts of Eengal. 
 They dress like the inhabitants of 
 Bengal, and speak Bengalee. They 
 appear tohave scarcely any of the pre- 
 judices of caste with respect to food, 
 since they use the flesh of all kinds 
 
 of animals. Tlieir ordinary mode 
 of life is that of a common ryot ; 
 they cultivate their lands, and sup- 
 port themselves partly on their pro- 
 duce, and partly on the phtnder that 
 they collect on tlieir expeditions, 
 which are undertaken whenever 
 they receive intelligence of property 
 being deposited in an exposed or 
 unguarded situation. The "Bad- 
 huks" are a similar race, subsisting 
 on service and agricultural labour, 
 and plunder, as opportunity oflers. 
 Some of tlie Budhuks pretend to be 
 Eajpoots of the Solunkee tribe ori- 
 gmally, avIio, seduced bj^ the wealthy 
 condition of those about them who 
 practised dacoity, joined the da- 
 coits, and were ever after classed 
 with the Budhuks. Before going 
 on an expedition, the whole party 
 settle the rates by Mhicli the booty 
 is to be shared amongst them; men, 
 women, and children, all and each, 
 have their respective rates allotted 
 to them, and the widow and children 
 of any man who is killed or dies 
 during the expedition, cither get a 
 large donation, or else continue to 
 receive their shares as long as the 
 Avidow remains unmarried. They 
 then sacrifice a certain number of 
 goats, and swear fidelity to each 
 other, after dipping their fingers 
 into the blood of the sacrifice; they 
 finish their ceremony by making a 
 feast on the goat's flesh, with a 
 plentiful allowance of liquor. They 
 pay due attention to omens before 
 setting out on their expedition. On 
 one occasion certain of the part)' 
 went some distance in the direction 
 they were about to take, and offered 
 up a prayer to God and to Kalce, 
 " If it be thy will, O God, and thine, 
 Kalce, to prosper our undertaking 
 for the sake of tlie blind and la ate, 
 the widow and the orphan, that de- 
 pend upon our exertions, vouchsafe, 
 we pray, the call of the female jackal 
 on the right." Thus having said, 
 they sat down and smoked their 
 l)ipes, waiting for the reply of the 
 deity ; on such occasions, if it be
 
 122 
 
 KE 
 
 KE 
 
 favourable, they return thanks, and 
 if unfavourable, they retii-e in 
 silence, and try the omen another 
 day. Thus it appears, that their 
 proceedings are ruled by a certain 
 faith in the protection of Providence, 
 as are those of the Thugs, and by a 
 firm belief in the propriety of their 
 acting after the manner of their 
 forefathers. In this, the Kechuks 
 and Budhuks arc more honest than 
 the robbers of our own more ciAilised 
 country, who have the voice of re- 
 ligion as well as the fear of punish- 
 ment to check their eagerness after 
 other people's goods and chattels. 
 The dacoits do not appear generally 
 to use unnecessary violence to those 
 whom they plunder; as long as no 
 one resists them, they show no incli- 
 nation to shed blood or injure any 
 one. "The life of a Kechuk or 
 Budhuk," says a Avriter in an 
 Indian jom-nal, "may be briefly 
 sketched. He is generally born one 
 of the body. His father lives nomi- 
 nally as a ryot on the estate of some 
 landowner, who countenances the 
 residence there of a body of these 
 robbers, and shares their gains. 
 Probably ten reside on one property 
 with their families ; and these are 
 under some jemadar, and are in 
 connexion with two or three other 
 little bands ; these again are miited 
 under the control of a sirdar, who 
 employs spies to gain information 
 respecting the houses of rich na- 
 tives, or the passage of treasure 
 through the country. When intel- 
 ligence is thus gained, notice of it is 
 conveyed to the several jemadars, 
 Avho meet at some convenient point, 
 travelUng to it as pilgrims or bird- 
 catchers, or otherwise disguised. 
 When assembled, a bargain is made 
 respecting the shares of the plunder, 
 and if the diffei'ent bands are not at 
 the time in possession of sufficient 
 money, one of the party, gencrall}' 
 the leader, advances a subsistence- 
 allowance, and agrees for repajmient, 
 in the first instance, with large in- 
 terest; as, for instance, 250 rupees 
 
 for the use of 200. The plan 
 is then arranged, and the bands 
 separate. They travel in very small 
 companies of three or four, sending 
 on bel'ore two or three men, with 
 their spear-heads and axe-heads, to 
 be hidden in some convenient spot 
 adjacent to the scene of action. 
 Thus they escape the burden anil 
 risk of carrying arms. When they 
 arrive at the point of junction, they 
 cut bamboos for their weapons, and 
 arrange their attack. Frequently 
 they boldly march in broad daylight 
 to the intended house, and, vi et 
 armis, plunder it, amidst the shouts, 
 but as it appears, nothing worse, of 
 the villagers. At other times, they 
 make a more circumspect arrange- 
 ment. If a police guard be near, 
 they set a chosen body to watch 
 them, and then, dividing into sepa- 
 rate parties, who are stationed at 
 the several outlets of the house, but 
 reserving a body for the main attack, 
 they i^roceed to action. Choosing a 
 dark night, they proceed with care 
 to the place, and then, suddenly 
 lighting a single torch, they break 
 open the door with their axes, or 
 climb the walls with their ladder; 
 and, with or without being provoked 
 by resistance, assault every person 
 they meet, and carry off every thing 
 they discover. As the j^oung Ke- 
 chuk or Budhuk grows up, he is 
 initiated into the secrets of the 
 trade, and accompanies the expe- 
 ditions. When all is done, the body 
 separates again and remiites at some 
 other place. The sirdar then divides 
 the spoil, repaying himself for aU 
 expenses, appropriating a share for 
 the JMustajirs, on whose land they 
 live, and then distributing the 
 T)alance according to the agreement. 
 With this spoil, the robbers return 
 home each to his hut, and there live 
 for months, or perhaps for a year, 
 till some new dacoity is suggested 
 by a spy, and then again join in the 
 enterprise in the same manner. So, 
 in the course of thirty years, if he 
 continue engaged so long, the robber
 
 KE 
 
 KE 
 
 123 
 
 may be engaged in fifty or more 
 such outrages. The wealth gainerl 
 in this way appears to be quickly 
 spent, in most cases ; but, in some 
 instances, is hoarded, and soon be- 
 comes A-ery great. One sirdar be- 
 queathed a lac of rupees to his wife, 
 out of -winch she supported her hus- 
 band's band, and then employed 
 them as robbers in her service. But 
 this system does not seem to have 
 answered her purpose so well as the 
 formerplan of joint shares In the spoil. 
 The secrecy of the combination is 
 kept up partly by a private lan- 
 guage, partly by the connivance of 
 the police and landowners, and 
 partly by tlie terror of the people. Its 
 efficiency is maintained by its disci- 
 pline, and its success by its numbers. 
 To what extent it has carried depre- 
 dations, it is imjiossible to deter- 
 mine ; but it appears that it is not 
 an exaggerated statement, to allow 
 an average of twenty considerable 
 dacoities in the year, to each district, 
 and to calcidate the average amount 
 of spoil of each dacoity at 1000 
 rupees. The Kechuks alone are said 
 to have committed from 150 to 200 
 dacoities in Bengal, in the course of 
 fifteen years ; but this seems to refer 
 to one tribe only, of one caste. In 
 the same period, the aggregate ex- 
 tent of the depredations committed 
 by the Avhole number of the tribes 
 was much greater in a single dis- 
 trict, in wliich they M-ere more par- 
 ticularly examined, and in which 
 the magistrate's liooks sliowed an 
 average of ten a year which were 
 reported, these being laiown to be 
 only a portion of the total number 
 actually committed in tliat district. 
 So far as can be ascertained, these 
 dacoities appear seldom to be effected 
 "witliout tlie loss of life on the part 
 of the assailed. Tlie robbers are, in 
 fact, nmrderers, and treat this part 
 of the subject with complete sancj- 
 froid. The approvers profess to lie 
 in utter ignorance, and to be quite 
 indifferent about it, whether any 
 person died or not; but generally 
 
 they speak to the facts, tliat they 
 rushed to the attack, armed with 
 weapons, like axes and spears, and 
 that they did not succeed without a 
 struggle. On the otiier hand, they 
 tliemselves seldom suffer in the con- 
 flicts, partly, perhaps, because of the 
 alarm of the persons they attack, 
 and partly from the suddenness 
 and unexpected nature of their en- 
 trance. Wlien fire-arms are used 
 against them, they are generally 
 speedily disconcerted and dispersed,, 
 and they very rarely venture on 
 dacoities in the premises of Euro- 
 peans, or in the neighbourhood of 
 troops. With the poUce they keep 
 up an amicable understantling; or, 
 if this do not exist, they overawe 
 tliem by a guard of the most despe- 
 rate of their band, who remain be- 
 tween the thanna and the scene of 
 action. Few instances are recorded 
 in which efficient succour has been 
 rendered by the police in the midst 
 of affrays, and not many in which 
 the}' have been disturbed, or, if dis- 
 turbed, in which they have chosen 
 to interfere. But the appearance of 
 dacoits in a native town is a signal 
 for a violent outcry from the people, 
 who commonly confine their help to 
 loud and discordant yells, sufficient, 
 we might reasonably apprehend, to 
 disturl) any body, but a bribed 
 chokedar." 
 
 KEDAH, the guinea-worm. A com- 
 plaint very common in India, appear- 
 ing in the leg or foot, and often 
 causing perpetual lameness. 
 
 KEEilKAB, or KINCAUB, is a sort 
 of silken-fabric, in wliich flowers, 
 &;c., of gold or silver thread are 
 ■woven. It is manufactured at Be- 
 nares, and other of the principal 
 towns in India. 
 
 KEESAll, a rough hair glove, used in 
 the iMahomedan baths, or hiunmaums, 
 to rub the cuticle and epiilcrmis. 
 
 KELA, the plantain {Miisa Para- 
 disiaca). The varieties of the plan- 
 tain hi India are innumerable, liotli 
 as to size and taste. AVitli respect 
 to size, there are the diminutive
 
 12^ 
 
 KE 
 
 KE 
 
 cliumpa, -which might be clasped by 
 "an alderman's thumb-ring." and 
 the great Dacca plantain, which is 
 nine or ten inches long, and jiropor- 
 tionably thick. Indian plantains, 
 iiowevcr, are but dwarfs compared to 
 the great Madagascar ones, which 
 are as large as a man's fore-arm ; 
 and those, even, are small, compared 
 to a sort produced in the mountains 
 of the Philippine Islands, of which a 
 single fruit or two is said to be a 
 load for a man ! As to quality, there 
 are some of the wild kinds, which, 
 fiays Koxburgh, are " not even fit 
 for a monkey to cat;" and others, of 
 the cultivated sorts, of which the 
 flavour approaches to that of the 
 richest pear. Some also, and those 
 are in great demand amongst na- 
 tives, require, like potatoes, to be 
 boiled, or roasted on the embers, be- 
 fore they are eatable : though many 
 of them then become excellent. Of 
 this kind are all the monstrous sorts 
 spoken of above. The plantains and 
 bananas are not merely fruit, they 
 are also a very considerable article 
 of food amongst the natives of all 
 the nations of the East, as well as of 
 the West, who possess this invalu- 
 able fruit, and most of the sorts are 
 very wholesome. The uses of the 
 wild plantain are, as yet, not fully 
 known in India. Valuable cordage 
 is made from the stems in large 
 quantities, and extensively exported 
 from Manilla to ail parts of the 
 world; of this manufacture, the na- 
 tives of India are wholly ignorant, 
 and it is singular that, aljounding as 
 the forests in some parts are with 
 wild kinds, no European has j'et 
 shown them, that the fibres give a 
 Taluable hemp, or indeed both hemp 
 and the finest flax ; for not only are 
 the largest cables made from it, but 
 also tissues almost as fine as those 
 from the fibres of the anana. The 
 •fruit of the plantain, when dried in 
 the sun, is found to keep perfectly 
 lor a length of time, and to resemble 
 a rich fig. The plantain leaf is of 
 :great utility. It forms plates and 
 
 dishes for the natives, and the cool 
 upper side is constantly applied, by 
 our medical men in India, as dress- 
 ings for blisters, or as a covering for 
 the shaven head in cases of brain 
 fever. 
 
 KELAT, the capital of Beloochistan, 
 situated in a well cultivated valley, 
 in Lat. 29 deg. 8 min. N., Long. 65 
 deg. 50 min. E. It is inhabited by a 
 mixed poi)ulation of Beloochees, Af- 
 ghans, and Hindoos, the latter prin- 
 cipally traders froni Mooltan, and 
 speaking the Punjabee dialect. The 
 gardens around Kelat produce every 
 kind of fruit, European and Asiatic, 
 in great abundance, notwithstanding 
 the severe cold of the Avinter. 
 
 KElt ANEE, a clerk, in an Indian oflice, 
 either a native Armenian, a native 
 Portuguese, or a Bengalee : the former 
 are not very common, the second are 
 more numerous, but the third are 
 almost countless. It really is won- 
 derful how well many of the latter 
 can write, without understanding a, 
 word of what is written. They have 
 a steady hand, a keen eye, and an 
 admirable readiness in casting up 
 accounts. 
 
 KERANCHEE, a very rude descrip- 
 tion of vehicle in use in Calcutta, 
 for the accommodation of natives — 
 for none but the poorest Europeans 
 employ such a rieketty convej-ance. 
 It is formed like a hackney coach, 
 but the materials ai'e wood and rope, 
 the former rarely painted. The 
 horses are wretched, half-starved 
 ponies; the harness, rope; the driver, 
 a naked native. 
 
 KERBELAH, the mausoleum, at Mec- 
 ca, of Hussein and Hossein, the sons 
 of Alee, who were murdered at that 
 place by the soldiers of Yezid. De- 
 vout IVIussulmans, when praying, 
 turn their faces to the west, because 
 they believe Kerbelah to lie in that 
 direction. It is a very holy place cf 
 l^ilgrimage for the Sheahs, and it is 
 customary for all of that sect to 
 carry with them a piece of clay 
 brought from thence, and stamped 
 with the seal of the high-priest of
 
 KE 
 
 KH 
 
 12^ 
 
 the tomb, which they place before 
 them during prayers, and press their 
 forehead against it when prostrating 
 themselves. 
 
 KETU, in Hindoo astronom}^ the 
 planet of tlie descending node, va- 
 riously described, by some sitting 
 on a vulture, and by others as a 
 head oa the back of a frog. 
 
 KHAUUIM, a servant at the shrine at 
 Muslied. 
 
 KHAHOON, twelve hundred and 
 eighty cowries, equal, as money, to 
 about four annas, or the fourth of a 
 rupee. 
 
 KHALSA, Mahrattee. Pure, unmixed. 
 An office of government, in which 
 the business of tlie revenue depart- 
 ment is transacted ; the exchequer. 
 When this term is applied to lauds, 
 it signifies lands, the revenues of 
 which are paid into the exchequer, 
 as contradistinguished from jayhire, 
 or other descriptions of lands, the 
 government share of whose produce 
 has been assigned to others. 
 
 KHAN, a Persian title, equivalent to 
 " Lord."' 
 
 KHANSUMA. An Indian domestic, 
 who, by the various corruptions of the 
 title, is called " consumer," and " con- 
 summa," and "kansaman," and other 
 nomenclatural errors. He is a person- 
 age who is often "done into English" 
 by the terms "butler," " steward," &c., 
 but who is not very analogous, in his 
 vocation, to either tlie one or the 
 other. He acts the part which, in a 
 moderate English establishment, is 
 acted by the mistress and cook toge- 
 ther ; that is to say, he markets, pre- 
 pares the pastry and the made-dishes, 
 makes preserves, sees to the whole 
 kitchen arrangement, and, in general, 
 leaves nothing to tlie cook but the ac- 
 tual cooking. It is tlie custom to think 
 him a rogue, and the theory is dis- 
 creet, inasmuch as it induces a strict 
 scrutiny of his accounts ; but, to 
 infer from it that he is less honest 
 than an English servant would bo, 
 under like facilities, were to libel the 
 Khansimia. In the first place, a poor, 
 or only a middling rich man, has no 
 
 business to have this functionary 
 upon his establishment at all. He 
 is a luxury for the rich only, and in 
 their houses he has such scope for 
 " knavish tricks," that his not plim- 
 dering his emplo3'er on a large scale 
 is to be noted, to his credit, under 
 the head of the virtue denominated 
 abstinence. He is entitled, by pre- 
 scriptive right, to charge the round 
 rupee for any thing which falls but 
 a little short of it ; thus, as there 
 are sixteen annas in the rupee, he 
 would debit " master" with the in- 
 tegral coin, though he might have 
 obtained the article for fourteen 
 annas ; and in addition to this, he 
 obtains, as a matter of course (tlie 
 rule obtaining in all native dealings), 
 what is termed dustooree, which means 
 "custom" {cpiod vide), and this is le- 
 vied from the vendor, at the rate of 
 h:df an anna out of every rupee, so 
 that in every thirty-two rupees the 
 purchaser gains one, being upwards 
 of three per cent. ; and there are 
 cases where the exaction is extended 
 to double that amount. Ten, twelve, 
 and sixteen rupees, may be taken as 
 the running averages of the species. 
 The khansumas are always intelli- 
 gent, respectful, and well-mannered 
 men — ^Mussulmans, of course — and 
 have much influence in the house^ 
 being treated very familiarly (within 
 perfectly becoming bounds) by their 
 masters and mistresses, of whose 
 interests they are usually watchful, 
 against all depredators but them- 
 selves. 
 
 KIIANUI\r, the feminine of Khan, 
 " Lord," and signifies Lady, the wife 
 of a Khan. 
 
 KHAS, private, peculiar, particular, 
 proper. Revenue collected imiuedi- 
 atcly liy the Indian government, 
 without the agency of Zemindars. 
 Under the Company's government in 
 Jhntjal the term is generally applied 
 wheu there is an immediate division 
 of the actual produce between the 
 government and the Ryots, and also 
 where the revenues of smaller por- 
 tions than Zemindarics are let to farm.
 
 126 
 
 KH 
 
 KH 
 
 KHATMANDOO, the capital of Xe- 
 paul, a province of India, situated 
 upon tlie banlc of a small river called 
 the Bishenmuttee, in Lat. 27 deg. 
 42 min. N., Long. 85 deg. E. 
 
 KHEDMUTGAli, a domestic of the 
 Kliansuma (q. v.) genus, and often 
 assumes the title -when no regular 
 one is kept. His own business, ho\v- 
 ever, is (in a full establishment) 
 solely to lay the table, bring up the 
 dinner, and wait during the meal. 
 A couple, well to do in the Calcutta 
 world, would probably keep four of 
 these menials, and more than that if 
 the domestic quiver was full — for 
 the childi'en of such magnates liave 
 Kliedmutgars of their own. General 
 honesty, amid much temptations and 
 facilities for a lapse from virtue, can- 
 not but be conceded to them ; for they 
 have constant access to the plate, 
 wines, tea, table linen, and similar 
 valuables, and might decamp with 
 various spoons under all reasonable 
 chances of impunity, as the police in 
 India is rather inferior to that of 
 Paris when Eouche had its manage- 
 ment. The Khedmutgar is a clean 
 and smart-lookuig servant, not at all 
 mahulroit in the practice of waiting, 
 though inferior in nimbleness to the 
 true pjuglish waiter, to whom, how- 
 ever, it must be remembered, there 
 is no necessity for his being equal : 
 because, as at all Indian parties every 
 guest brings his or her own attendant 
 ( and seldom so few as one a-piece), 
 the entertainer's servants have little 
 cr nothing to do with that part of 
 the convivial business. Small peojjle, 
 if bachelors, are for the most part 
 content witli one IChedmutgar, and 
 dream not of a khansuma ; but whe- 
 ther there be one or half-a-dozen, the 
 Ireakfast and diimer-table exhibits 
 ihe same fanciful neatness of ar- 
 rangement. 
 
 KIIEKEEF, Hindostanee. Autumn ; 
 autumnal Jiarvest. 
 
 KHETKODAH, Persian. A chief 
 magistrate. 
 
 KIIILAUT, a robe of honour with 
 which Indian i^rinces confer dig- 
 
 nity. An item of the abwab, or 
 imposts. 
 
 KHIPGIZES, a people who inhabit the 
 eastern parts of Koondooz in Tartar}', 
 and the Kuzzaks (known in Europe 
 as the Cossacks, who appear to be 
 nearly the same people as the Kirghi- 
 zes), occupy tlie northern and north- 
 eastern borders towards Kussia. 
 
 KHIVA, also called Orgunje, and 
 anciently Kharizm, a division of 
 Tartary Avhicli occupies the western 
 part, between Bokliara and the Cas- 
 pian Sea. Excepting in the imme- 
 diate vicinity of the river Oxus, this 
 province is almost entirely a sandy 
 desert, its inhabitants depending for 
 their support principally upon their 
 camels, wliich are bred in great 
 numbers, and upon the sale of slaves 
 captured in the adjoining territories 
 of Pussia and Persia. The only 
 places of any note in the province 
 are Orgunje and Khiva. The inha- 
 bitants of this province are chiefly 
 Toorkmans, consisting principally 
 of wandering tribes, under the im- 
 mediate control of their sevei'al 
 chiefs, but subject to the general 
 government of an Uzbek, who has 
 the title of Ivhan of Khiva. The 
 total population is supposed not to 
 exceed 200,000. 
 
 KHODABUND, slave of the lord. A 
 term of respect applied by Bengal 
 servants to their masters. 
 
 KHODAH, the Persian word for the 
 Almighty. 
 
 KHODAH HAFIZ SHUMAH! Per- 
 sian. " May God protect you!" 
 
 KHOOXDS. See Goands. 
 
 KHOOSH GUELDEN, Turkish. 
 " Eight welcome." 
 
 KHOOTBA, the oration at a Mahome- 
 dan mosque after prayers ouFridavs. 
 
 KHORAK AFFIAE, food of elephants. 
 An allowance in Sylhet for main- 
 taining elephants when caught. 
 
 KHOTE-HAVILDAR, a pay serjeant 
 in a sepoy regiment. 
 
 KHUBBEK, news. A common ex- 
 pression in India is " Kya kubber ?" 
 and in Persia, "Che kliubber ast ?" 
 meaning " What is the news ?"
 
 KH 
 
 KI 
 
 127 
 
 " What is all this about ?" It gene- 
 rally follows the salutation of the 
 day, instead of the remarks upon 
 the weather, Avhich in Oriental coun- 
 tries is not liable to much fluctua- 
 tion. 
 
 KHURCn, or KHmCII, or KUETCH, 
 expense, expenditure. Casual ex- 
 penditure for public purposes in the 
 business of revenue arrangement in 
 the Indian peninsula. 
 
 KIIUEETA, a letter enclosed in a 
 bag of ricli brocade, contained in 
 another of fine muslin. The mouth 
 is tied ■with a string of silk, to whicli 
 hangs suspended the great seal, 
 ■which is a flat round mass of seal- 
 ing-wax, with the seal impressed on 
 each side of it. This is the kind of 
 letter which passes between natives 
 of high rank in India, and between 
 them and the public functionaries of 
 government. 
 
 KIIVEEEEES, a clan of the Berdoor- 
 anees. or eastern Afghans. 
 
 KHYliANTEE (literally alms, mean- 
 ing tliat whicli is given voluntarily 
 with a good intent), land given in 
 charity by the ainil yumeeiular, or 
 vazim. 
 
 KIIYEEOEE, a city in the province 
 of Scinde, in Ilindostan. It is a 
 place of some trade, and is noted for 
 the dyeing of cloths. It has about 
 150,000 inhabitants. 
 
 KILE ADAH, Ilindostanee. Warder 
 of a castle; commander of a fort. 
 
 KIOSK, a pavilion in Turkey or Per- 
 sia. 
 
 KISLAR AGA, Turkisli. The prin- 
 cipal black eunucli of the seraglio. 
 He has the whole interior manage- 
 ment of the apartments of the fe- 
 males, and to him l)elongs the duty 
 of informing tlie odalisques, or sid- 
 tanas, on whom the choice of the 
 sultan has fallen. 
 
 KISiMISS, the very small raisin, the 
 sultana. Earge quantities are im- 
 ported into India from the Persian 
 and Arabian Gulfs, where they 
 are much used in pilaos, stews, &c. 
 
 KISiNIUT, division, proportion, share, 
 part. A division of country iu In- 
 
 dia, sometknes forming part of a 
 circar, and including several dis- 
 tricts, more or less, but more gene- 
 rally part of a percjunnah. The pro- 
 portions of such divisions are dis- 
 tinguished by the number of annas, 
 or sixteenth parts they contain. 
 
 KISSAGO, Persian. A professional 
 teller of stories and romances, com- 
 mon all over tlie East. 
 
 KISSAS, the Mahomedan law of re- 
 taliation. 
 
 KIST, Ilindostanee. Stated payment, 
 instalment of rent. 
 
 KISTBUNDY, a contract entered into 
 in India for the payment of a debt 
 or rent bv instalments. 
 
 KISTNA, 'the. This river has its 
 source near the Western Mountains, 
 not far from Sattara, in the province 
 of Bejapoor, and about fifty miles 
 from the western coast of India. It 
 flows south-easterly as far as Mer- 
 rich, where it turns castAvard, 
 forms the southern Ijoundary of 
 Beder and Hyderabad, and flows 
 through the Northern Circars, by the 
 district of Koudapilly, into the Bay 
 of Bengal. 
 
 KISTNAGHERRY, a small town in 
 the province of Baramalial, in India, 
 situated in Lat. 12 deg. 32 min. N., 
 Long. 78 deg. 23 min. E., only 
 noticed on account of its fort, built 
 upon a ver}^ bare and steep moim- 
 tain, of 700 feet perpendicular 
 height; several times besieged, but 
 never taken, except by surprise. In 
 1791, the British troops attempted 
 to storm it, but were repulsed witli 
 h)ss. The fortifications are now in 
 ruins. 
 
 KITCHIREE, a dish which very com- 
 monly makes its appearance upon 
 an Englishman's breakfast-table in 
 India. It consists of l)<)iled rice and 
 split peas, mingled with slircds of 
 fried onion, and is eaten with boiled, 
 fried, salted, pickled, or dried fish, 
 curried meat, &c. 
 
 KITTOOR, a fortified town in India, 
 situated in the Dooab, or Southern 
 Mahratta Country, thirty miles 
 south-easterly from Eelgaura. It is
 
 128 
 
 KO 
 
 KO 
 
 the residence of a Mahratta jageer- 
 dar, usually styled the Jessaye of 
 Ivittoor. 
 
 KOHAN, called also FERGHANA, a 
 division of Tartary, occupying the 
 north-eastern part of the country, 
 separated Ijy ranges of mountains 
 from Toorkistan on the north, and 
 Koondooz on the south, and bounded 
 on the east by the Beloot Tagh. It 
 may be described as the valley of 
 the river Jaxartes, which flows 
 through the middle, from east to 
 west. It is a fertile and well- 
 cultivated district, and its produc- 
 tions are similar to those of Bok- 
 hara. It is celebrated for its silk. 
 The principal town is Kokan, situ- 
 ated on the Jaxartes, and containing 
 about 150,000 inhabitants. This 
 province forms an independent 
 principality imder an Uzbek chief, 
 who bears the title of Khan, and 
 claims his descent from Alexander 
 the Great. 
 
 KOLAPOOR, a town in India, in the 
 province of Bejapoor, is situated 
 about seventy miles south of Sattara, 
 a short distance to the westward of 
 Merrich. It is a neat town, and 
 the capital of the district of Kola- 
 poor. 
 
 KONDAPILLY, or MOOSTUFFA 
 NUGGUR, one of the Northern 
 Circars, in India. This district, 
 which now more commonly bears the 
 name of INIasulipatam, is separated 
 from Ellore, on the north, by the 
 Lake of Kolair, and the river 
 OopTitnair; and from Guntoor, on the 
 south, by the river Kistna. It is a very 
 fruitful district, being well watered 
 by the Kistna and other rivers. 
 There are diamond mines in this 
 circar, but for many years past they 
 have been improductive. Tlic towns 
 are Kondajjilly, and Masnlipatam. 
 
 KONDAPILLY, a town in Kondap-lly, 
 or Masnlipatam, one of the Bengal 
 dependencies, in India, is situated 
 inland, a few mUes north of the 
 river Kistna, in Lat. 16 deg. 37 min. 
 N., Long. 80 deg. 33 min. E. This 
 place was formerly called by the 
 
 JIahomedans JIoostuffa-NuggTu*, 
 and was a hUl fort, and the ancient 
 capital of tlie district, under both its 
 Hindoo and JIahomedan rulers. 
 
 KOOCH BAHAR, one of the Bengal 
 dependencies in India, situated be- 
 tween Bhootan on the nortli, Bijnee 
 on the east, Rungpore on the south, 
 and Sikkim on the west. The 
 southern portion of this district is 
 fertile and well cidtivated, but to 
 the north of Bahar, approaching to 
 the mountains, the land becomes 
 marshy, covered with thick jungles, 
 intersected by numerous nullahs, 
 and completely choked with rank 
 grass, reeds, and ferns. Its princi- 
 pal article of produce is opium. Its 
 chief town is Bahar, or Vihar, situ- 
 ated in Lat. 2G deg. 18 min. N., 
 Long. 89 dog. 22 min. E., about 
 thirty miles north-easterly from 
 Rungpore. It derives its name from 
 that of its capital Bahar, with the 
 addition of Kooch, to distinguish it 
 from the Indian province of Bahar. 
 The inhabitants of this country are 
 generally styled Kooch, or Koochee, 
 and the Bengalese usually look upon 
 them as a low and impure race. 
 This opinion, however, is very dis- 
 agreeable to their chiefs, who reject 
 the name of Kooch, and assert that 
 they are of divine origin. The peo- 
 ])le style tlicraselves Rajbungsees. 
 The Brahminical system appears to 
 l-.ave been introduced at an early 
 jjeriod, and is now nearly general ; 
 some, however, of the original Kooch 
 tribes, who still remain in a very 
 rude state, follow their ancient prac- 
 tices. Tlie prevailing dialect is 
 believed to be the Bengalee. 
 
 KOOKERY, a large curved knife used 
 by the Goorkhas of Nepaul, and 
 tliose who compose the rifle corps in 
 the Bengal army. It answers the 
 several purposes of hewing woocT, 
 destroying animals, close combat, 
 and putting a wounded enemy out 
 of his misery. 
 
 KOOLEES, a wild predatory tribe, 
 spread in considerable numbers 
 throughout the province of Guzerat,
 
 KO 
 
 KO 
 
 129 
 
 in India, formins; numerous clans 
 under the command of different 
 chieftains. They have always been 
 noted as a most turbulent race, de- 
 lighting^ in war and bloodshed, and 
 preferrinf^ plunder to any other 
 means of subsistence. They are 
 hardy and brave, and, with the 
 Bheels, were for a Ions? series of 
 years the incessant disturliers of the 
 province of Guzerat, until coerced 
 by the British into more regular 
 habits. The Portuguese at an early 
 period used the name coolie as a term 
 of reproach, and from them it has 
 passed in the same sense to the Eng- 
 lish. This must not be confounded 
 with the word cooh/, commonly used 
 in Southern India, which is derived 
 from the Tamil language, and mere- 
 ly means a labourer for hire. Pro- 
 bably both the Bheels and Koolees 
 are of the same race, and it is the 
 common belief in Guzerat that these 
 rude tribes are the original inhabi- 
 tants of the province. 
 
 KOO]MIS, mare's milk. The Tartars, 
 who make long marches and live 
 almost entirely in tlieir tents in 
 desert wastes, subsist chiefly upon 
 coarse flour and mare's milk. Car- 
 rying the former in bags, and the 
 latter in skins, or extracting it from 
 their steed as they cross the steppes, 
 these hardy horsemen content 
 themselves with a handful of tlie 
 flour dipped into the milk, and rolled 
 into a ball, once or twice in the 
 twenty-four hours. 
 
 KOONDA, iron spikes, or large wood- 
 en pegs, to which it is customary in 
 India to fasten an elepliant's hind 
 legs while he feeds or is at rest. 
 
 KOONDOOZ, a division of Tartary, 
 which now includes Budukhshan, is 
 situated in the south-eastern part of 
 the country, between Bokhara, 
 Balkh, and Afglianistan, having the 
 Beloot Tagh along its eastern side, 
 and on tlie southern the Hindoo 
 Koosh. The district of Koondooz 
 consists of a valley among low hills, 
 which extend from east to west for 
 about thirty miles, and from north to 
 
 south forty miles. Its climate is very 
 unhealthy, the heat of the summer 
 being excessive, while in winter the 
 snow lies upon the ground for three 
 months. The greater part of the 
 valley is so marshy that the roads 
 across are constructed of wood. The 
 district of Budukhshan, on the con- 
 trary, is celebrated for its climate, 
 and for its abundance of fruits and 
 flowers, though from having been 
 repeatedly ravaged by the neigh- 
 bouring tribes, it is now almost 
 depopulated. Koondooz produces 
 abundance of rice, and in the dry 
 parts wheat and barley ; silk also is 
 produced on the banks of the Oxus. 
 Budukhshan is celebrated for its 
 ruby mines ; it also yields lapis 
 lazuli, sulphur, salt, and iron. The 
 chief traffic of the province is in 
 cattle and slaves. The principal 
 towns are Koondooz and Khooloom. 
 Koondooz is the residence of the 
 chief, but is otherwise an insignifi- 
 cant town, and does not contain 
 more than 1500 inhabitants. Klioo- 
 loom is situated on the western fron- 
 tier, and is the principal trading 
 town; it contains about 10,000 inha- 
 bitants. The inhabitants of Koon- 
 dooz are chiefly Tajiks, with a small 
 proportion of Uzbeks, and the pro- 
 vince is under the government of an 
 Uzbek chief, who bears the title of 
 Meer of Koondooz. 
 
 KOOR, a practice in the peninsula of 
 India (now nearly disused) of a very 
 singular and cruel nature. A circu- 
 lar pile of wood is prepared ready 
 for conflagration ; upon tliis some- 
 times a cow, and sometimes an old 
 Avoman, is placed by the constructors 
 of the pile, and the whole is con- 
 sumed together. Tlie object of this 
 practice is to intimidate the officers 
 of government, or others, from im- 
 portunate demands, as the cH'ect of 
 the sacrifice is supposed to involve 
 in great sin the person whose con- 
 duct forces the constructor of the 
 /mor to this expedient. 
 
 K001lG,aprovince of India, bounded on 
 the nor th, east, and south, by Mysore ;
 
 130 
 
 KO 
 
 KO 
 
 ■west, Malabar nndKanara. The rivers 
 are tlio Clavery and Boodraa ; both 
 have their sources in Koorg, and there 
 are various other small streams. This 
 province, being situated in the midst 
 of the mountains, is comjiosed of a 
 succession of hills and valle3's,in some 
 places open, -with some scattered trees 
 and shrubs ; but the hills, for the 
 greater part, are wild, and covered 
 •with forest. The valleys are exceed- 
 ingly fertile, yielding a plentiful 
 supply of rice, and cattle in abund- 
 ance, the pasturage being excellent. 
 The forests produce sandal, teak, and 
 other valuable woods, and abound 
 with elephants. There are no manu- 
 factures. There are no towns of any 
 consequence in this province, the 
 Koorgs preferring to live scattered 
 over the valleys, and in their woods. 
 The rajah's principal residence, and 
 which may therefore be called the 
 capital, was Merkara, situated nearly 
 in the centre of the country, about 
 fifty miles north-easterly from Telli- 
 cherr}-, and 178 from Bangalore. 
 The natives of this province, or, as 
 they are usually styled, the Koorgs, 
 are a division of the Nair caste of 
 Hindoos, and have always been con- 
 sidered as a people of martial habits. 
 Some of the tribes inhabiting the 
 hills and forests are of a very Avild 
 character. The total population is 
 estimated at 200,000. The religion 
 is Ilindooism, and the language 
 Kanarese. 
 
 KOOTEE,a house. The word is in use 
 in Persia as well as India. 
 
 KOOTHUL, Persian. A steep moun- 
 tain pass. 
 
 KOOTUB MINAE, a lofty piUar of 
 curious brick work, standing amidst 
 some ruins in the vicinity of Delhi. 
 This wonderful pillar derives its 
 name from Cutteb-ud-din (the pole- 
 star of religion), who having come 
 from Turkistan as a slave, was pur- 
 chased by the Emperor Mahommed 
 Ghori, rose in his favour, became a 
 great general, and ultimately suc- 
 ceeded to the throne, and was the 
 first of the Patan, or AtJghan sove- 
 
 reigns. In the year 589 Hegira, 
 1193 A.D., he took tlio fort of Meerut, 
 and tlie city of Delhi, from the family 
 of Candy Rei, and establislied the 
 seat of his government there, and 
 obliged all the districts round to 
 acknowledge tlie Mussulman faith : 
 to commemorate this, and other suc- 
 cesses over the infidels, this pillar 
 was commenced about the year 1195 
 A.D. The circumference at the base 
 is 143 feet ; height of the first balcony 
 90 feet ; the second 140 feet ; the 
 third 180 feet ; the fourth 203 feet. 
 Total height in 182G was 113 feet. 
 There were spiral stairs to the top, 
 easy of ascent ; but part were torn 
 away when the pillar was struck by 
 lightning : tliey have been repaired 
 at the expense of the British Govern- 
 ment. The balconies have been 
 restored, and the cupola rebuilt ; 
 but there are doubts if they have 
 been executed in the original style 
 of the building. The following in- 
 scriptions in Persian are found upon 
 the pillar. "No. 1. — The prophet, 
 on whom be the mercy and peace of 
 God, has declared ' whoever erects a 
 temple to the true God on earth, 
 shall receive six such dwellings in 
 Paradise.' The Minar, the building 
 of the King of Kings, Sheras-ud- 
 dimya-Waud-din, now in peace and 
 pardon — be his tomb protected, and 
 his place be assigned in heaven — 
 Avas injured by lightning in the reign 
 of the exalted monarch, Secunder, 
 the son of Behol (may his power and 
 empire last for ever, and his reign 
 be glorious :) and therefore the slave, 
 Futteh Khan, the son of iVIesned-Ali, 
 the liberal of the liberal, and the 
 meritorious servant of the King, 
 repaired it according to command, 
 the 13th of Eebi-ul-Akher, in the 
 year 909. No. 2.— The Sultan 
 Shems-ul-IIak-Wa-ud-din Altumsh 
 erected this building. No. 3. — In 
 the year 907, this Minar having 
 been injured by lightning, by the aid 
 and favour of God, Firozmencl Yamani 
 restored whatever was needed by the 
 building : may the supreme Lord
 
 KO 
 
 KU 
 
 131 
 
 preserve this lofty edifice from future 
 mischance. Ko. 4. — The erection 
 of this building was commanded in 
 the glorious time of the great Sultan, 
 the mighty King of Kings, the master 
 of mankind, the Lord of themonarchs 
 of Turkistan, Arabia, and Persia : 
 the Sun of the "world and religion, of 
 the faith and the faithful : the Lord 
 ■of safety and protection, the heir of 
 the kingdom of Suliman, Abul J\Iu- 
 geffer Altumsh, Nasir-Amin-ul-I\Io- 
 menin. No. 5. — Cutteb-ud-din- 
 Ibek, on whom he the mercy of God, 
 constructed this mosque. No. 6. — 
 In the name of the most merciful 
 God, the Lord has invited toParadise 
 and jjrings into the M-ay of righteous- 
 ness, him who wills it. In the year 
 592, this building was commenced 
 by the high command of Moez-ud- 
 dunya-Wa-ud-din, Mahommed Beni 
 Sam, Amir al Momenin." 
 
 KOIJAN, the book which contains 
 the doctrines and precepts of Ma- 
 homed. 
 
 KOSPOOE, a town in Kachar, one of 
 the Bengal dependencies, in India, 
 the former capital, situated in Lat. 
 24 deg. 45 mui. N., Long. 92 deg. 45 
 min. E., about sixty miles easterly 
 from the town of Silhet. Previous 
 to the rajah's removal to Doodputtee, 
 it was a flourishing town, but has 
 since greatly decaj'ed. 
 
 EOTA, the capitafof the district of 
 the same name, in the ])rovince of 
 Ajmere, in India, situated on the 
 east side of the river Chumbul, about 
 150 miles to tlie south, eastward of 
 Ajmere. It is a large and populous 
 place, and contains some handsome 
 buildinsjs of white marl)le. 
 
 KOTA PACHA, or PAEAII, an 
 animal of the deer species, inhabiting 
 the jilains and jungles of Cutcli. 
 "The brown Porcine axis {Axis Por- 
 cinus), the Kota pacha or Parah of 
 the Scindians," says Sir W. Harris, 
 "attains the height of two feet at 
 the siioulder, and is somewhat higher 
 at the croup. The legs are sliort, 
 and the contour exceedingly robust, 
 and destitute of grace. The general 
 
 colour is a deep black brown, marked 
 witli a line (or two) of white spots 
 on either side of the spine, which, 
 however, disappear altogether, as 
 the animal advances in age. The 
 scut is white. The head extremely 
 short. The muzzle abruptly pointed 
 and whitish — a disc of the same 
 colour encircling the eye. The 
 horns, which are infurcate, and 
 occur in the male only, are more 
 slender than those of the common 
 axis — the brow and bez antler being 
 simply short processes, or rather 
 snags. The cry of the parah is a 
 curtailed bark, followed by a Avhine 
 resembling that of the dog. These 
 animals are usually found among 
 heavy and tangled grass jungles 
 along the banks of rivers, where 
 they congregate in small troops. 
 Being of an exceedingly irascible 
 and pugnacious turn, they are kept 
 by the liao of Cutch for public ex- 
 hibitions, and are then pitted like 
 rams, tlieir horns and f\ices having 
 first Ix'en besmeared with the red 
 powder called scndoor." 
 
 KOWRA, a town in tlie province of 
 Cutch, in Hindostan, remarkable 
 for its situation in the midst of the 
 Run of Cutch, which comjilctely 
 surrounds it. It is in Lat. 23 deg. 
 46 min. N., Long. 69 deg. 44 min. E., 
 thirty-eight miles to the north of 
 Bhooj. 
 
 KRISHNA, the eighth avatar of 
 Vishnu. The eighth incarnation of 
 Yishna, in the person of Ivrishna, 
 the shepherd Apollo of the Hindoos, 
 is most extensively and enthusi- 
 astically worshipped. 
 
 KRISHNA KRORA, in Hindoo my- 
 thology, a form of I'arvati as Doorga, 
 under vliich slie is giving suck to 
 Krislma, to pi'cvent the cnectsof the 
 poison which he received in subduing 
 the monstrous serpent, Kah'a. 
 
 KUDI), a chasm or valley of the Hima- 
 layas. 
 
 KUDDOO, pumpkin, an esculent eaten 
 in ci'.rrics or tarts at the tables of 
 Europeans and natives in India. 
 
 KLDJOOR, the date tree. A very 
 K2
 
 132 
 
 KU 
 
 KU 
 
 passable kind of matting is made of 
 the leaves. 
 
 KULBURGA, a to-vrn in the province 
 of Beder, in India, situated in Lat. 
 17 deg. 19 niiu. N., Long. 76 deg. 56 
 min. E. It is now a place of little note, 
 but was of considerable celebrity in 
 ancient times, having been the capital 
 both of a Hindoo and a Mahomedan 
 sovereignty. 
 
 KULENAS, or KOOLINS, a superior 
 order of Brahmuns, to whom the seat 
 of honour is on all occasions yielded. 
 A Kuhna may marry his son to a 
 daughter of a Brahmun of a lower 
 class, but can only marry his daugh- 
 ters to those of his own order. It 
 was formerly (and still is to a less 
 extent) considered a distingmshed 
 honour to unite a daughter to a 
 Kulena, who on such occasions re- 
 ceive large presents from the father 
 of the bride. ]Many Kulenas have, 
 in consequence, a number of wives : 
 sometimes marrying into thirty, 
 fifty, and even a himdred families, in 
 various parts of Hindostan. With 
 tacli of these wives the Kulena re- 
 ceives a portion ; and also, as he 
 leaves them after marriage with their 
 parents, a handsome present when 
 he may, occasionall3% condescend to 
 visit them. Sometimes he never sees 
 them after the marriage ceremony, 
 and sometimes visits them once in 
 three or four years ; but does not 
 always, in doing so, cohabit with 
 them, as he dreads having a female 
 offspring, whom he can only marry 
 to a Kulena ; which, as these Brah- 
 muns receive, as before observed, large 
 portions from those of inferior orders, 
 is commonly a matter of some diflB- 
 culty. The evils arising from these 
 circumstances, and the neglect of the 
 married females, are manifold. Bro- 
 fligacy, adultery, and a consequent 
 destruction of unborn children, are 
 of common occurrence among the 
 Kulenas. 
 
 KULWAR, according to all, general. 
 The term is applied to a settlement 
 of the land revenues of India, when the 
 rent of each individual Byot is fixed 
 
 and collected by theofScers of govern- 
 ment, without the intermediate 
 agency of Zemindars, or farmers of 
 the revenue. 
 
 KUMAOON, a province of Hindostan, 
 bounded on the north by the Hima- 
 laya Mountains; cast, Nepaul, from 
 which it is divided by the river 
 Kalee ; south, Delhi ; and west, 
 Gurwal. The divisions are, Ku- 
 maoon, Bhootant, and Painkhundee. 
 The rivers are the Ganges on the 
 west, and Kalee on the east. The 
 whole of this province is mountain- 
 ous. The mountains of Kumaooa 
 lie between Kumaoon and Sreenug- 
 gur, or Gurwal. At the foot of the 
 hills on the Delhi side is a belt of 
 jungle, and higher up, throughout 
 the ranges of moimtains, are forests, 
 producing various kinds of trees, in- 
 cluding the oak and fir. Parts of 
 the province are open and naked, 
 particularly about Almora. The 
 northern part of Bhootant, through 
 which are several passes into Thibet, 
 is covered with snow during more 
 than half the year. The productions 
 of this province are principally a 
 coarse kind of wheat, barley, and 
 chenna. The tea-plant grows wild, 
 but not fit to use. In the forests are 
 oak and fir ; and gold is supposed to 
 exist in the mountains. In the 
 Painkhundee are cedars of a large 
 size, and hemp. Paper of a par- 
 ticular kind is manufactured from a 
 plant in this district. The only 
 place of any consequence in tlie pro- 
 vince is Almora. The inhabitants 
 are Bhooteans and Khasiyas, with 
 about 6000 Brahmuns scattered 
 through the districts, but the pro- 
 vince is very thinly inhabited. The 
 Brahminical system of religion gene- 
 rally prevails; the Khasya dialect 
 is commonly spoken in this pro- 
 vince. 
 
 KUMBUCKT, ill fated, wretch. A 
 common term of reproach or abuse 
 in Persia. 
 
 KUNJOOR, in the province of Orissa, 
 in India, the chief town of the Zu- 
 meendaree of the same name, is
 
 KU 
 
 KU 
 
 133 
 
 situated in Lat. 21 degr. 31 min. K, 
 Long. 86 deg. 42 rain. E. 
 
 KUNKUR, lirae-stone. It is miicli 
 used in India in building and tlie 
 repair of roads. 
 
 KUNNAUT, the enclosure of the 
 tents used in India. It is formed of 
 canvass, with perpendicular pieces of 
 Ijaraboo inlaid at intervals of four or 
 five feet, whicli being driven into 
 the ground, preserve the canvass 
 erect, and so compose a species of 
 •wall. 
 
 KUKACHEE, one of the principal 
 sea-iiorts, and a British station in 
 the province of Scinde, in Hindostan, 
 tituated at the westernmost moiith 
 of the Indus, in Lat. 24 deg- 51 min. 
 N., Long. 67 deg. IG min. E. 
 
 KUHGOON, a town in India, situated 
 in Lat. 21 deg. 50 min. N., Long. 75 
 deg. 40 min. E. It is considered the 
 capital of the Ilolkar districts, in 
 the province of Khandesh, and the 
 usual residence of the Mahratta go- 
 vernor. 
 
 KUim AVATAR A, in the Hindoo 
 tnytliology, the second of Vishnu's 
 avatars. In this avatar Vishnu 
 fl.ssumed the foriu of an immense 
 tortoise to support the earth. 
 
 KURNAUL, alarge town,about seventy 
 miles from Delhi, in the province of 
 Delhi, in India, is one of the princi- 
 pal military stations in the province. 
 
 KURNOOL, called also KUMEER- 
 KUGGUR, a town in India, in the 
 province of Ralagliat, is situated on 
 the south side of the river Toombu- 
 dra, a few miles distant from its 
 junction with the river Kistna, in 
 Lat. 15 deg. 44 min. N., Long. 78 
 deg. 2 min. E. It is strongly forti- 
 lied, and until 18'i9, was the resi- 
 dence of a petty Ratiian chief, the 
 descendant of the former nabob of 
 Knrnool. This place has been for 
 several centuries the principal sta- 
 tion of the Deccan I'atlians. 
 
 KUlvllU(JXDA, an Indian bush, which 
 bears berries as large as a purple 
 grape, and resembles tliat fruit in 
 •colour and appearance. It is highly 
 acrid and glutinous, and scarcely 
 
 edible. In its wild state it is not 
 larger than a black currant, sweet 
 and pleasantly flavoured. The blos- 
 soms are Avhite and starry, and dif- 
 fuse a most agreeable perfume. 
 KURUNDU, the cinnamon tree of ths 
 island of Ceylon. Tiiis tree is gene- 
 rally small and bushy, though this 
 arises from its not being- permitted 
 to grow, as the shoots of three years' 
 growth are those that are generally 
 cut down for peeling. Some cinna- 
 mon trees have been seen which 
 measured five feet in circumference, 
 and thirty or thirty-five feet high. 
 The bark of the young shoots is of 
 a delicate green. To make the 
 bushes thrive the better, they are 
 cleared of all weeds, &c., and the 
 earth is heaped up round tlieir roots 
 once a j'car. The leaves resemble 
 those of the laurel, but are cliiefly 
 distinguished by three thick fibres 
 running lengthwise, without any 
 others crossing them. The flower 
 is white and small, and M'ithout 
 smell, and blows in IMarch. The 
 fruit, which is like a small acorn, 
 and black, is ripe about July. Great 
 quantities of the seeds are collected 
 every year for the purpose of being 
 planted. The government cinnamon 
 gardens of Ceylon are very extensive, 
 reachingfromNegombo, twenty-three 
 miles north of Colombo, to Caltura, 
 twenty-six miles south of it, and co- 
 vering a surface of many thousand 
 acres. Since the government mono- 
 poly of the cinnamon trade ceased in 
 1833, several hundreds of acres of the 
 gardens have been sold to mercliants, 
 natives, and others, and the trade in 
 cinnamon in private hands is now a 
 most i)rofitab!e and flourishing one. 
 There is a duty of 3s. Gd. a pound 
 on all cinnamon exporte<l by the 
 merchants from the island of Cey- 
 lon. The method of peeling cinna- 
 mon is this : — In July and August 
 the shoots of three and four years 
 of age are cut down, the leaves and 
 end of tlie stick are cut off, and the 
 sticks are carried in large bundles 
 into some convenient and shady
 
 134 
 
 KU 
 
 LA 
 
 place, or some maduwa (temporary- 
 shed) erected for the i)urpose. The 
 peelers have a knife of a peculiar 
 construction, and having rubbed the 
 stick with the handle uf the knife, 
 to make the bark supple, tiiey make 
 an incision along the stick, and then 
 loosen the bark so that they can 
 easily take it off without breaking 
 it. It now appears like a long tube. 
 In this state it is laid in the sun to 
 dry, and when the moisture is ab- 
 sorbed the two edges fold in under 
 each other, and it is thus reduced to 
 a much smaller bulk than when first 
 peeled off. It is then put up in 
 bundles or bales, each containing a 
 certain number of pounds, and taken 
 to the godowns. From the leaves and 
 roots, and refuse of the cinnamon, 
 oil is distilled. The barked sticks 
 are used for firewood. 
 
 KURWAH, a coarse kind of red cot- 
 ton cloth, used for a variety of com- 
 mon pm'poses; it makes palankeen 
 covers, dusters, &c. 
 
 KUSS-KUSS, a peculiar kind of Indian 
 grass, used for screens and blinds. 
 See Tatties. 
 
 KUTTACK. See Ccttack. 
 
 KTJVERA is the god of wealth, and 
 the Hindoo Plutus ; he is also the 
 regent of the north. This deitj-- was 
 a son of Viswasrava, and a brother 
 of Ravan, who was overcome by 
 llama, as related in the account of 
 that god. Thus the latter was one 
 of the datyas, and Kuvera one of the 
 celestials. He is also called Paul- 
 astva. 
 
 KUZZILBASII, a Turkish word signi- 
 fy^ing "red head." It was an appel- 
 lation originally given by Shah 
 Ismael the first, to seven tribes 
 which were united and firmly bound 
 to defend their king and the Sheah 
 faith against all enemies and aggres- 
 sors. These tribes wore a red cap 
 as a distinguishing mark, which 
 afterwards became the military 
 head dress of the Persian troops; 
 hence the term kuzzilbash is used 
 to express a Persian soldier, and 
 often, particularly among the 
 
 Toorkomans and Oozbecks is applied 
 as a national designation to the 
 people in general. 
 KYAPOOTEE OIL, or CAJEPUT 
 OIL, the volatile oil obtained from 
 the leaves of the cajeput tree, caje- 
 ]>uta ojficinarum, the melaleuca, 
 kiicadendroii of Linnasus. The tree 
 which furnishes the Kyapootee oil 
 is frequent on the momitains of Am- 
 boyna and the other ilolucca Islands. 
 It is obtained hy distillation from 
 the dried leaves of the smaller of two 
 varieties. It is prepared in great 
 quantities, especially in the island 
 of Eanda, and sent to Holland ia 
 copper flasks. When it arrives in 
 England, it is of a green colour, 
 very limpid, lighter than water, of 
 a strong smell resembling camphor, 
 and a strong pmigent taste, like 
 that of cardamoms. It burns entirely 
 away, without leaving any residuum. 
 It is frequently adulterated with 
 other essential oUs, coloured with 
 the resin of mUfoil. In the genuine 
 oil, the green colour depends on the 
 l)resence of copper, for when recti- 
 fied it is colourless. As an embro- 
 cation, this oil is of the greatest 
 utility, especially in cases of rheu- 
 matism, sciatica, lumbago, &.c. 
 
 LAC, a gum (gum lacca) obtained in 
 India and China. It is yielded by 
 insects (the coccus lacca), wliicli 
 fix themselves upon the succulent 
 extremities of the branches of the 
 trees on which they are produced, 
 and form small cells like honey- 
 combs ; these cells constitute the 
 gu!n. The lac, after undergoing 
 various processes of preparation, is 
 much used for sealing-wax, varnish, 
 japanning, painting, and dyeing. 
 
 LAC, one hundred thousand. A las 
 of rupees (£10,0010 was once the 
 desiderated maximum of an Anglo- 
 Indian fortune. The "nabobs" of 
 the last ceuturj', and a few of the 
 present, often retm'ued to England
 
 LA 
 
 LA 
 
 135 
 
 with several lacs. At the present 
 day, the accumulation of a single lac 
 is a matter of difBculty. 
 
 LACCADIVES, the, a duster of 
 islands situated opposite to the coast 
 of Malabar, a province of India, and 
 distant aljout seventy-five miles 
 from tlience. They consist of thirty 
 small low islets, extending from 
 the tentli to the twelfth degree of 
 north latitude, being separated from 
 each other by Avide cliannels, and 
 the largest not containing six square 
 miles of laud. Tliey are all very 
 barren, producing nothing but cocoa- 
 nuts, coir, jaggery, and a little betel 
 nut, which are exported to India in 
 exchange for grain, clothes, and 
 other articles. The inhabitants are 
 Mahomedans of the Malay class; 
 they are very poor, and subsist chiefly 
 upon cocoa-nut and fish. 
 
 LAHORE, or the PUNJAB, a pro- 
 vince of India, bounded on the north 
 by the Ilimalaj'as, Cashmere, and 
 the Himalayas ; cast, the Sntloj, 
 separating it from Delhi ; south, 
 Mooltan ; west, the Indus. The pro- 
 vince is divided into a number of 
 small districts for the purposes of 
 government; but the two principal 
 natural divisions may be said to be 
 the Lower Punjab, or level country, 
 between the rivers, ami the Kohis- 
 tan. or liill country, occupying the 
 northern part. The principal rivers 
 are the Indus, Jeluni, Chenab (([. v.), 
 Ravee, Beya, or IJeas, and tSutlej. 
 The Jeluni has its source in the 
 south-eastern corner of Cashmere, 
 and flowing first westward, andafter- 
 ■wards to the south, fidls into the 
 ChcTiab, after a course of about 4.'i0 
 miles. 100 miles above !Mooltan. 
 The Kohistan division is implied by 
 the name, is hilly throughout, and 
 its productions are not numerous, 
 the cold, for some months, being too 
 severe for those of India generally, 
 and the heat during others being too 
 great for those of more northern 
 climates. The declivities of the 
 mountains, however, produce abund- 
 ant crops of wheat, barley, and peas. 
 
 ■which constitute the principal arti- 
 cles of food of the inhabitants. The 
 Punjab is generally level, and affords 
 both pasturage and tillage. It yields 
 ■wheat, barley, rice, pulses of all sorts, 
 sugar, and tobacco. Horses of tole- 
 rably good quality are bred in great 
 numbers, and the oxen and buffaloes 
 are of a large powerful kind. Large 
 quantities of fossil salt are found in 
 many places, particularly between 
 the rivers Indus and Jelum. The 
 towns are Attock, Rawulpindea, 
 Rotas, Kishtagar, Lahore, Umritzur. 
 The inhabitants of this province are 
 Sikhs, Singhs, Jats, Raji)00ts, and 
 other Hindoos of inferior castes, and 
 Mahomedans. The latter are still 
 numerous, but chiefly of the poorer 
 classes. The total population is 
 supposed to amount to between three 
 and four millions. They are gene- 
 raUy a robust, athletic race, and of 
 martial habits. The religion of the 
 Sikhs may be described as a mixture 
 of Hindooism and Deism. It was 
 founded about the middle of the 15th 
 centur3% by a Hindoo priest named 
 Baba Narnak or Narnak Sah, who 
 desired to reform what he looked 
 upon as the corruption of his religion. 
 This system gradually spread under 
 the influence of the Gooroos, or 
 teachers, who succeeded him, until 
 the time of the tenth Gooroo, Govind 
 Singh, who, animated b}'' the ambi- 
 tion of worldly, as well as religious 
 power, entirely remodelled the Sikh 
 constitution, and converted his fol- 
 lowers into fierce and formidable 
 soldiers, changing their designation 
 from Silkhs, signifying simply disci- 
 plc.t, into Singhs, or hions, which 
 before had exclusively belonged to 
 the Rajpoot tribes. The Sikhs re- 
 vere Gooroo Narnak as the founder 
 of tlieir religion, Ijut have still greater 
 veneration for Gooroo Govind, as the 
 founder of their national power, 
 (iooroo Govind is believed to have 
 died about the year 1708, and was 
 the last of the Gooroos. Their tenets 
 are containe;! in a numljer ot books 
 ■written at different times, by Nar-
 
 136 
 
 LA 
 
 LA 
 
 nak, and other of the Gooroos, and 
 finally arranged in one volume, 
 called the Grinth, or Grunth, a San- 
 scrit work, meaning hook, or writing. 
 The Sikhs reject all distinction of 
 caste, and admit converts from all 
 classes. The language of the Sikhs 
 is called the Punjabee. It is a mix- 
 ture of Hindostanee and Persian. 
 
 LAHORE, a city in India, the capital 
 of the Punjab, or province of Lahore, 
 situated on the south side of the 
 Kavee river, in Lat.31 deg. 36 min. 
 N., Long. 74 deg. 3 min. E. In the 
 earliest times of which we have any 
 record, this place appears to have 
 been of consequence as the capital 
 of the Kajpoot Kings of Lahore. 
 Subsequently, in the year 1520, Sul- 
 taun Baber made it the capital of his 
 ■empire, and it continued to be the 
 seat of government for nearly a 
 hundred years. Though the old 
 city is now, in many parts, nearly 
 in ruins, it still retains the vestiges 
 of its former grandeur, and contains 
 several magnificent edifices, particu- 
 larly the palace built by the Emperor 
 Acbar, the Shah Dura, or Mauso- 
 leum of the Emperor Juhangecr, on 
 the opposite side of the river, and 
 the tomb of his queen, the celebrated 
 !Noor Juhan. There is also the beau- 
 tiful garden of Shah Julian, called 
 the Shalimar, mtersected by a canal, 
 ■which throws up its water in 450 
 fountains to cool the air. 
 
 LAKER AGE, or LAKIRAJ, rent- 
 free; lands rent-free, or lands the 
 government dues from which are 
 assigned to any person for his own 
 benefit, or are appropriated to any 
 public purpose. The term is used 
 in contradistinction to Malgoozary. 
 
 LAKSHiVIl. This sea-horn goddess 
 (Hindoo mythology) of beauty and 
 prosperity, the consort, or sacli of 
 Vishnu, was obtained by him at the 
 churning of the sea. She is painted 
 yellow, sitting on the lotus, or water- 
 lily, and holding in her hand some- 
 times the kamalu, or lotus, at others, 
 the shell or club of Vishnu. At her 
 birth she was so beautiful that all 
 
 the gods became enamoured of her; 
 but Vishnu at length obtained her. 
 She is considered the Hindoo Ceres, 
 or goddess of abundance. Lakshmi 
 has various names, among which are 
 Sri or Sris, the goddess of prospe- 
 rity ; I'edma, or Kamala, from the 
 lotus or nymphfea being sacred to 
 her; Kembha, the sea-born goddess; 
 Varahi ( as the energy of Vishnu in 
 the Varaha avatar); Ada Maya, th(3 
 mother of the world ; Narayana, 
 Vidgnani, Kaumali, &;c. The festi- 
 vals in honour of Lakshmi are held 
 in the months Bhadra, Aswinu, 
 Karteku, Poushu, and Choitru. The 
 ceremonies are performed before a 
 corn measure filled with rice in the 
 husk, which is decorated with a gar- 
 land of flowers, shells, &c. No san- 
 guinary sacrifices are offered. The 
 cliewing of the ciid by the cow arose, 
 according to the Hindoos, from a 
 curse of Lakshmi, that her moutli 
 should be always in a state of un- 
 cleanliness, in consequence of a false- 
 hood told by the animal to the god- 
 dess. 
 
 LALITAPUTTUN, a town in India, 
 in the province of Nepaul, situated 
 about two miles to the north of 
 Khatmandoo. This is the largest 
 town in Nepaul, and contains about 
 25,000 inhabitants. 
 
 LAMA. See Thibet. 
 
 LA-MAH-E-IL- ALLAH ! Persian. 
 "There is no God but God!" The 
 first part of the Mahomedan confes- 
 sion of faith. It is in constant col- 
 loquial use, as an exclamation of 
 astonishment, grief, or pleasure, or 
 even as an occasional ejaculation 
 Avithout any meaning at all. 
 
 LAND(JUR, a military cantonment, 
 or dtpot for sick troops in a ridge of 
 outer Himlaya of that name, im- 
 mediately above the Deyrah Dhoon. 
 It was established in 1827, at the 
 recommendation of Lord Comber- 
 mere, then Commander-in-chief in 
 India, as a sanatorium. The climate 
 from ]Marc]i to June is delicious, and 
 favourable to the restoration of Eu- 
 ropeans to health. In the rainy sea-
 
 LA 
 
 LI 
 
 137 
 
 son the mountain is enveloped in a 
 thick fog, and the winter months are 
 extremely cold, but by no means 
 unhealthy. The roads of the can- 
 tonment are excellent. 
 
 LASCAR, a European term for certain 
 descriptions of menials in India. 
 Sailors (ship-keepers) employed in 
 harbour, tent-pitchers, tiie people 
 employed to do the dirty work of 
 the artillery and the arsenals, &c., 
 are called lascars. The term is de- 
 rived from lushkur, literally, an army 
 man . 
 
 LASS A, the capital of the country of 
 Thibet, and the residence of the dalai, 
 or grand lama, situated in Lat. 29 
 dog. 30 min. N., Long. 91 deg. 6 
 min. E. 
 
 LATEO, a species of club, though 
 rather long in proportion to its 
 thickness, in comparison of weapons 
 socalled in Englaml. They are in con- 
 stant use among Indian villagers, and, 
 like the Irish shillelal), are the usual 
 implements in rustic battles. 
 
 LEBAD A {from "Ii/jd,"arpiilt, in Arabic 
 or Hebrew), a loose cloak made of 
 common chintz, and quilted with 
 cotton; nnu'li worn by the natives 
 of Upper India. 
 
 LEII, or IjAII, the capital ofLahdack. 
 a division of the country of Thibet, 
 situated on a branch of the river 
 Indus, here called the Lahdack river, 
 in Lat. 34 deg. 10 min. N., and about 
 Long. 78 deg. 20 min. E. It is the 
 residence of the rajah of Lahdack, 
 and is a place of considerable traile, 
 being a principal mart for the shawl 
 "wool of Thibet. In the neighbouring 
 district is a breed of remarkably 
 small sheep, not larger than lambs 
 in India of si.K months old, but 
 cijvered with a very large and fine 
 fleece. 
 
 LTCIII (Neechee Phol). ThcLichi, or 
 Leechee, as it is sometimes written, 
 is a purely Chinese fruit, for it bears 
 no other name but its Chinese one 
 in any part of tlie world. Like 
 most foreign fruits it has much de- 
 generated in India, from the utter 
 want of culture, and by propagation 
 
 from seed only; the natives, except 
 a few gardeners about the large 
 towns, being wholly ignorant of 
 grafting, and too indifferent to prac- 
 tise it, or to give a young plant the 
 care and attention necessary to pro- 
 duce a fine fruit-bearing tree. 
 Hence, with the exception of some 
 from the Botanic Garden, Calcutta, 
 the majority of the Lichis in India 
 are of a most inferior description, 
 and not to be compared Mith those 
 of China, Batavia, the Mauritius, 
 and Bourbon. It is, moreover, in and 
 about Calcutta a very capricious 
 fruit tree as to its bearing, the crop 
 being very subject to failure from 
 various causes; and even when the 
 fruit is ripening the trees must be 
 covered with netting to prevent the 
 fruit being destroyed by the rapa- 
 cious crows, which, with the squirrels, 
 are the great enemies of all fruit- 
 gardening in Lower India, as the 
 monkeys are in other parts of it. 
 While the Lichi lasts, however, and 
 its duration is but for about a month 
 in any perfection, it is a rich addi- 
 tion to the dessert, and to the break- 
 fast table. The Cliinese dry it in 
 ovens, and in the sun, and it is thus 
 exported in considerable quantities; 
 but in this state it is little sought 
 after in India. The juice of the 
 fruit is perfectly wholesome. In 
 countries where the Lichi abounds, 
 and from its sweetness and rich fla- 
 vour it is greedily eaten by children, 
 deaths from indigestion and obstruc- 
 tions brought on by this cause are 
 so common, when the fruit is in 
 season, that in slave colonies the 
 fruit is often broken from the trees 
 when green, to avoid this danger to 
 the cliildren and young negroes. 
 The Lichi tree is very hardy and 
 will bear cold, heat, excessive rains, 
 and even inundation for weeks, with- 
 out api)arentsurtering, though doubt- 
 less the fruit is afiected in quantity 
 or quality by tliese trials. 
 LING A. The Linga is the mytho- 
 logic symbol of the regenerator Siva, 
 Byuonymous with, but divested of
 
 138 
 
 LI 
 
 LO 
 
 the gross appearance of the Phallic 
 emblem of the Greeks, -worshipped 
 by the Saivas. Of the origin of the 
 mystic worship of the Linya and the 
 Yoni (q. v.), little appears to be 
 tmderstood. It may be presumed to 
 have been nature, under the male 
 and female forms, personified; as 
 Siva, the sun (which he is, equally 
 witli 8urya) or fire, the genial heat 
 •which pervades, generates, and 
 vivifies all ; and Bhavani, who as the 
 goddess of nature is also the earth, 
 the universal mother. Tliese two 
 active principles of life having been 
 thus personified, may have been 
 subsequently converted by the 
 grossness of idolatry (which, in its 
 progress, invariably seeks rather to 
 gratify the sensual appetites than to 
 instruct the minds of its votaries) 
 from imaginary forms to realities; 
 from the personified symbols of 
 nature, to typical representations 
 of the procreative powers of these 
 symbols themselves. 
 
 LOGUE, a Hindoo word meaning 
 people, kind. It is applied as an 
 appendix to the substantive expres- 
 sive of the nature of the people; as 
 laba Iwjue (children people), rundee 
 loyue (women kind), &c. 
 
 LOUCHOO ISLANDS, the, situated 
 about 400 miles from the coast of 
 China, occupying the 27th degree of 
 north latitude, and the 129th degree 
 east longitude. They are tributary 
 to China. The inhabitants are a 
 kindly, intelligent race of people, 
 and have frequently shown great 
 hospitality to shipwrecked crews of 
 European vessels. 
 
 LOODIANA. See Ferozepore. 
 
 LOONGHIE, a fabric of rich coloured 
 silks, interwoven with cotton, of the 
 brightest colours, manutactured at 
 Kurrachee, in Scinde. The loonghie 
 is about four yards m length and 
 two feet in Avidth. It is worn 
 usually round the waist, and has a 
 very rich effect. 
 
 LOOTAH, a brass water vessel; of 
 "which there are various sizes, from 
 a pint to half a gallon. 
 
 LOOTER A, from loot (Hindostanee), 
 plunder ; a name given to the 
 Pindarras, who were great plun- 
 derers. 
 
 LOQUAT (Mespilus Japonicn'). As 
 a pretty and almost a picturesque 
 fruit and tree, the loquat may rank 
 very high, for the dark green foUage 
 of the tree, and, twice in the year, 
 the rich perfume of the flower, 
 which render it a great addition to 
 the garden, and equally so to the 
 dessert, when served with a few of 
 their leaves. Of the properties of 
 the fruit there is but little to say, 
 being almost what the French would 
 call un fruit insignijiant in India, 
 though much prized in its native 
 countries of China and Japan, where 
 it grows to a much larger size, and 
 has a far richer flavour than in 
 India, or even in the Eastern Islands; 
 in all of which countries the climate 
 seems too warm and moist for it, 
 while in Northern India, though it 
 may there have the winter which 
 it evidently requires, it has not the 
 same degree of moisture; the winters 
 of China and Japan being, as com- 
 pared with those of India, wet win- 
 ters. Amongst the natives of 
 India it does not seem to be a fruit 
 much thought of or prized, not 
 being common in their gardens at 
 any distance from large towns, and 
 probably not being sufficiently high 
 flavoured. Amongst the Europeans 
 there also it is nearly neglected, and 
 when it appears, may be said to be 
 rather tasted as a novelty than eaten 
 as a favourite fruit. Amongst the 
 Chinese and Dutch in the Eastern 
 Islands it is, however, much more 
 prized, and the culture of the tree 
 much attended to. Presents of fine 
 sorts are frequently interchanged, 
 and from the gardens of some of the 
 wealthy Chinese, and Malay-Chi- 
 nese, Portuguese, and Dutch families 
 of the olden times, who are all 
 capital horticulturists, and have, in 
 the great Chinese population of those 
 countries, excellent gardeners, the 
 fruit is really a delicious one.
 
 LO 
 
 ilA 
 
 139 
 
 LOTUS, the India water-lily, a large 
 and handsome aquatic plant which, 
 rising from a cluster of broad leaves 
 lying flat upon the siuface of the 
 water, jiresents a very beautiful ap- 
 pearance. The lotus is considered 
 so enth'ely emblematic of India, that 
 in all allegorical pictures it is inva- 
 riably used, and is besides constantly 
 found in mythological sculptiires 
 and pictorial subjects. 
 
 LOTXNDIES, servant maids, usually 
 attendant on ladies of rank and re- 
 epectability in the peninsula of 
 India. They are often children of 
 old dependents, formerly slaves, and 
 eometimes Avives of Kahers, or 
 heai-ers. 
 
 LL'BBUIIKEEA, a commander of a 
 "lubbur," or grand division of a 
 horde of Piiidarras. 
 
 LUCNOW, a city in India, the capital 
 of the province of Oude, situated on 
 the soutli side of the river Goomtee, 
 in Lat. 26 deg. 51 min. N., Long. 80 
 deg. 50 min. E. It is a large and 
 populous town, diA'ided into three 
 distinct quarters. The first, consist- 
 ing of the old native city, is exten- 
 sive but meanly built, and very 
 dirty ; the second, containing the 
 king's palace and the residence of 
 the court, is of modern origin, and 
 the houses are for the most part in 
 a mixed style of European and East- 
 ern architectui-e; the third consists 
 chiefly of palaces and religious edi- 
 fices, erected by the former nabobs. 
 
 LUGGAO, to make fast. Tlie word is 
 used on board tliebudgerows and otlicr 
 hoats on the Ganges, and signifies 
 casting anchor, or making the boat 
 fast to some object on the river's 
 banks. The word is likewise em- 
 ployed to instruct a person to tie or 
 bind up. 
 
 LUGGIES. bamboo poles, from twenty 
 to fiftv feet in length. 
 
 LUKPUT BUNDER, a town in India, 
 in the province of Cutcli, situated 
 on the bank of the river Lonee, in 
 Lat. 23 (leg. 47 min. N., Long. G8 
 deg. 5G min. E., thirty-eight miles 
 to the north of Bhooj. 
 
 M. 
 
 MAAFEE, .Hindostanee. Literally, 
 exempted, privileged, or revenue- 
 exempted lands, exempted on the 
 autliority of the nazim or the zu- 
 meendar. 
 
 MAAS, Persian. Curds expressed 
 from the milk or butter-milk dried 
 in the sun, and thus preserved. 
 Broken into small pieces and mixed 
 with water they form a pleasant 
 acidulous beverage. 
 
 JMADRAH, a city in India, in tlie pro- 
 vince of Central or ^liddle Canuitie, 
 the capital of the Britisli Govern- 
 ment, a large and populous town 
 with a strong fort, situated on the 
 sea-coast, in Lat. 13 deg. 5 min. N., 
 Long. 80 min. 21 deg. E. This town 
 was founded in 1G36, in whicli year 
 the Englisli obtained the grant of a 
 piece of ground, for the erection of 
 a town and fort, from the rajah of 
 Chandgherry, Sree-rung-Iiayeel. 
 Tlie rajah desired that the new town 
 should be named after himself, Sree- 
 runga-raj-a-Puttun ; but tlie naik, or 
 governor of the district, ordered the 
 English to give it the name of his 
 own father, Cliinnapun, and it was 
 accordingly called Chimm-l'iiltun. 
 Madras was the name of the village 
 which existed before the present 
 town was founded, and this name 
 has been continued by the English 
 to the town, the fort being denomi- 
 nated Port St. George. j\Iadras 
 soon became a flourishing city, and 
 the chief station of the English on 
 the Coromandel coast. In 1702 it 
 Avas besieged by Daood Khan, one of 
 Aurungzebe's generals, who notified 
 that he liad orders to take the fort, 
 and entirely destroy it. However, he 
 was defeated, though the fort was 
 then a very weak place, witii only 
 a few soldiers to defend it. in 1744, 
 it was besieged and taken by the 
 French, who kept it until 1749, 
 when peace was made, and t!ie place 
 was restored to the Euglisii. in
 
 140 
 
 MA 
 
 MA 
 
 1758, it was aErain besieged by the 
 French, under the celebrated Lally, 
 ■who was obliged to retreat, after a 
 siege of two months. Since that 
 time Madras has never been besieged 
 by an enemy; though, in 1769, it was 
 threatened by Hyder Ali, who en- 
 camped his army within a few miles 
 of the fort, and forced the English 
 to make a treaty with him. In the 
 quarter called Triplicane, or Tir- 
 oomul-kheree, a little to the south 
 of the fort, is the residence of the 
 nominal nabob of Arcot, the de- 
 scendant of the former iMahonwdau 
 rulers of the Carnatic. Near Tripli- 
 cane, on the sea-side, is the small 
 town of Llylapore, or St. Thome, 
 the latter being the name given to 
 it by the Portuguese, who captured 
 the place and formed a settlement 
 there in the year 1547. Eight miles 
 southward from the fort is the 
 Mount, the principal station of the 
 Jladras Artillery. At this place is 
 an old Romanist chapel, built by the 
 Portuguese, upon the summit of a 
 rocky hill, from Avhicli it has its 
 name of St. Thomas's Mount. By 
 the natives it is usually called Eur- 
 ingee Konda, or Euringee Mulye. 
 Two miles from the Mount, towards 
 Madras, is the Little Mount, a low 
 rocky hill, on which stand the re- 
 mains of an old Portuguese convent. 
 The road here crosses the Adyar 
 river, over which is a narrow bridge 
 of twenty -nine small arches, 1230 
 feet long, called the Marmalong 
 Bridge. It was built by an Arme- 
 nian gentleman of Madras. The 
 total population of Madras is esti- 
 mated at 450,000, including about 
 30,000 Mahomedans. 
 
 MADRISSA, a college. The word is 
 derived from the Arabic, and applied 
 to colleges where the Oriental lan- 
 guages only are taught. 
 
 JIADUKA, a city in India, the capi- 
 tal of the district of Madura, in the 
 province of Southern Carnatic, situ- 
 ated in Lat. 9 deg. 55 min. N., Long. 
 78 deg. 14 min. E. This is a city 
 of considerable antiquity, and con- 
 
 tains the remains of many magnifi- 
 cent edifices, comprising some of the 
 most extraordinary specunens of 
 Hindoo architecture now extant, 
 particularly the ancient palace of 
 the rajahs. It has a pagoda cover- 
 ing an extent of ground almost suf- 
 ficient for the site of a town, in front 
 of which is a celebrated choultry, 
 called liroomul Naik's, 312 feet in 
 length, and covered with grotesque 
 sculptures. Near the town is a re- 
 markable eminence, called, from its 
 shape, the Elephant Rock. There 
 was formerly at ]Madura, a college, 
 called by the natives Maha Sunkum. 
 
 MAHA, the Ganges stag, the cervus 
 elaphoide.f of Hodgson, the bahrauja 
 of the Eastern, and the maha of the 
 Western Tarai. 
 
 MAHABHARATA, an epic poem in 
 the Sanscrit language, forming part 
 of the Vedas. It describes the most 
 important events in the early history 
 of India. 
 
 MAHABULESmVAR, a range o? 
 hills in Western India. The hot 
 season, with its early, blazing sun- 
 risings, its still, burning noons, and 
 its breezeless, oppressive evenings, 
 could scarcely be endured in India, 
 by those avIio have passed many 
 years of their life in its wasting 
 climate, were it not for the invigo- 
 rating replenishment of the system, 
 afforded by an annual visit to " the 
 hills," as they are emphatically 
 called. "\Miile the Bengalees boast 
 the snowy peaks of the Himalayas, 
 the JNIadrasees, their Neilgherries, 
 Avith its sociality and sport, the 
 I?ombay people are j ustly proud of the 
 beautiful range of the filahabulesh- 
 war, whose climate and scenery ren- 
 der the station formed there one of 
 tlie most interesting as well as one of 
 the most sanitary localities in West- 
 ern India. The bungalows on the 
 Mahabuleshwar are built irregularly 
 on such points of the hills as present 
 the most agreeable views. They are 
 small, and have thatched roofs, pre- 
 senting a very rustic and chalet-like 
 appearance ; but as health rather
 
 MA 
 
 MA 
 
 141 
 
 than luxury, exercise rather than 
 etiquette, form the object of visitors 
 to the Mahabuleshwar, the weaUliy 
 civilian, or the ricli commandant, 
 ■who leaves his splendidly furnished 
 bungalow', and his handsome car- 
 riages, in the lowland station, is satis- 
 fied with the simple accommodation 
 of a sleeping apartment surrounded 
 with reeds and calico, a dining-room 
 in which a good appetite is the chief 
 luxury, and an open verandah com- 
 manding an uninterrupted view of 
 the magnificent scenery around ; 
 while a strong Pegue pony, for 
 neighbouring excursions, is more 
 prized than the most valuable Arab, 
 whose services would be found use- 
 less among the steep rocky passages 
 of these Ghauts. In addition to the 
 bungalows, whose rent is rather 
 proportioned to the demand for 
 them than to the accommodation 
 they afford, invalids have the ad- 
 vantage of rooms in the Sanitarium, 
 for which they pay nothing. In tlie 
 month of October, particularly, fires 
 are in constant requisition on the 
 hills; and this enjoyment, which in 
 the East brings somewhat of an 
 European air to the liearth, affords 
 a species of gratification, whicli mere 
 logs, some of them too uncomfortably 
 green and smoking, from rather ill- 
 contrived chimneys, would be 
 scarcely thought capable of pro- 
 ducing. There is also another 
 effect of climate found productive of 
 much satisfaction to the hill visitors, 
 simply, for the same reasons of asso- 
 ciation ; this is tlerivcd from the 
 fogs, wliich envelop the mountains 
 about sunset during tlie autumn 
 months, and, disagreeable enough in 
 themselves, remind the residents 
 of an English November, and are 
 prized accordingly, even by persons 
 wlio, if really in their native coun- 
 try, breakfasting by lamp-light, 
 would grumble over the dark days 
 of " Merry England." A very 
 curious effect also on the Mahabu- 
 leshwar Hills is caused by the 
 passing of light vapours and fleecy 
 
 clouds across particular portions of 
 the mountains. The doors of the 
 bungalows usually face each other, 
 and it is not uncommon for a 
 cloud to enter at one, obscure 
 the room, and pass out at the 
 other, leaving the atmosphere as 
 clear as before its entrance. The 
 excursions to be enjoyed about the 
 Mahabuleshwar Hills, even to those 
 not caring for the sport afforded in 
 the dense forests clothing the moun- 
 tain sides, and which abound iu 
 beasts of prey and of the chase, are 
 numerous and beautiful ; many of 
 the roads have been made at the 
 charge of the British government, 
 but others, which lead perhaps to 
 the most lovely spots, are rugged 
 and broken, mere stony footpaths, 
 crossed occasionally by a brawling 
 mountain-stream, to which troops of 
 unwieldy, stupid-looking buffaloes, 
 stroll to quench their tliirst. This 
 fact, indeed, occasions the only 
 disagreeable or dangerous circum- 
 stance connected with free ram- 
 bles on the hills ; for although 
 these animals are tame, and the 
 property of shepherds, they are suf- 
 fered to stroll about the woods un- 
 tended, which produces a degree of 
 wild shyness, and it sometimes hap- 
 pens that, if suddenly alarmed by a 
 horseman or foot-passenger, when 
 tliey cannot avoid imagined danger, 
 by crashing through tiie brush- 
 wood, the animals will cliarge in 
 a body, which, when a rambler is 
 unarmed, on a ]*cgue pony, and :i 
 slippery path, i)laces him in rather 
 an unenviable position. However, 
 the cliance of sucli a rencontre witli 
 the long-nosed and indigo-coloured 
 animals who entertain these mis- 
 taken ideas of one's objects, is too 
 rare to interfere witli the stroller 
 who desires to penetrate tlie tangled 
 thickets of this most lovely region, 
 wiiile the amioyanee, and even dan- 
 ger, will weigh little against tlie cer- 
 tain gratification to be gained. There 
 is an interestingspot within tlie rcac!i 
 of the hill cantonment where the rises
 
 142 
 
 MA 
 
 MA 
 
 of the Kistna river are situated, over 
 which singular temples have been 
 erected. Although knowing little of 
 painting, and not much more of 
 poetr}', ifwe except their ancient lyric 
 songs of Sanscrit origin, the Hindoos 
 liave yet an eye so true to nature 
 (when not called upon to imitate it), 
 that tlieirtemplesare ever found com- 
 manding the most lovely and attrac- 
 tive views ; and so in one case at 
 Mahabuleshwar. a fine arch being 
 cut in one of the basaltic temples, 
 permitting the rich foliage of the 
 mountain to be seen at its back, as 
 well as the exquisite landscape that 
 forms the foreground of the picture. 
 With respect to the principal temple, 
 however, whose tri-sided colonnades 
 surround a tank, into which, from 
 the mouth of a bull, tlows the sacred 
 stream, it commands a view of the 
 fair, deep valley of the Kistna. The 
 level ground of the Mahabuleshwar 
 is one tangled mass of fern and 
 ari'ow-root. The last, a pretty 
 jilant, resembling a white lily, with 
 long, dark, glossy leaves. The Chi- 
 nese colonists of Bombay, Avho are 
 condemned to labour here for their 
 delinquencies, use the root as a prin- 
 cipal article of food. 
 
 MAHADEO, the Adam of the Hindoos. 
 
 MAHADEO, situated in the Mahadeo 
 hills, in the province of Gondwana, 
 in India, in Lat. 22 deg. 22 min. N., 
 Long. 78 deg. 35 min. E. This is 
 one of the Avildest tracts in the Dec- 
 can, and was almost unknown to 
 Europeans until the year 1818, 
 when it was entered by the British 
 troops in pursuit of • Appa Sahib, 
 the ex-rajah of Kagpore. It is 
 a place of pilgrimage for the Hin- 
 doos, but it is chiefly noticed on 
 account of its hot sulphurous 
 springs, of which there are two in 
 the vicinity. 
 
 MAHA DEVI. Devi, the goddess, in 
 Hindoo mythology, is a title given 
 to Lakshmi, Suraswati, and Parvati; 
 but the latter is commonly called 
 Maba Devi. 
 
 IMAHAJAKUM, Hindostanee. A 
 
 great person, a merchant, proprietor 
 of land, a banker. 
 
 MAHA JViODELIAR, the first degree 
 of rank among the natives of the 
 maritime provinces of the island of 
 Ceylon. The different degrees are 
 as follows : — 1. The first, second, 
 third, and fourth Maha Modeliars. 
 2. Modeliars. 3. Mohottals. 4, 
 Mohandirams. 5. Arachies. 6. 
 Vidahns.^ 
 
 MAHAKATTAS. Of the numerous 
 tribes of India there are few whose 
 names have been better, or whose 
 character has been less known in 
 Europe than the Maharattas. Their 
 sometimes rival, and sometimes con- 
 federated chieftains, the Peishwa, 
 Holkar, and Scindiali, have given a 
 dazzling, but ephemeral celebrity to 
 the Maharatta name, which has 
 caused many to blend with them the 
 Rajpoots, the Kattees, the Blieels, 
 and other more or less warlike and 
 predatory tribes, who have occa- 
 sionally sided with them. These 
 races are altogether distinct. They 
 all, however, occupy the Deccan, 
 Central and Southern India. 
 
 MAHAEIMAH, a piece of muslin 
 worn over the head and across 
 the mouth and chin of a Turkish 
 or Armenian lady when she appears 
 abroad. 
 
 MAHASEER, great head. The name 
 of a delicious fresh water fish com- 
 mon to Indian rivers, which rises to 
 the fly and affords splendid sport to 
 the lovers of angling. Tliey are 
 often caught of the size of a large 
 cod, which they resemble in colour 
 and shape. 
 
 MAHE, a town in India, in the pro- 
 vince of Malabar, situated on the 
 coast, in Lat. 11 deg. 42 min. N., 
 Long. 7.5 deg. 36 min. E., was for- 
 merly the chief French settlement 
 on the Avestern side of India, and is 
 still in their possession. 
 
 MAIIEE MORATUB, the order of 
 the Fish, one of the insignia con- 
 ferred by the Mogul Emperors of 
 Delhi upon independent princes of 
 the first class. The order of the
 
 MA 
 
 Fisli -was first instituted by Khosroo 
 Parwez, King of Persia. Having 
 been deposed by his general, Beli- 
 ram, Khosroo fled for protection to 
 tlie Greek einjieror, Maurice, wliose 
 daughter, Sheereen, he married, and 
 he was sent back to Persia with an 
 army, imder the command of Nar- 
 ses, who placed him upon the throne 
 cf his ancestors, a.d. 591. He as- 
 certained from his astrologer, Aruz 
 Khasliasli, that Avhen he ascended 
 the throne the moon was in the con- 
 .^tellation of the Fish, and he gave 
 • orders to have two balls made of 
 jolished steel, which were to be 
 called the konkabas (planets), and 
 mounted on long poles. These two 
 jilanets, with a large fish made of 
 gold, upon a third pole in the centre, 
 were ordered to be carried in all 
 regal processions immediately after 
 the king, and before the prime- 
 minister, whose cortege always fol- 
 lowed that of the king. 
 
 MAHIUPORE, a small town in India, 
 in the province of Jlalwa, situated 
 on the right bank of the river Sec- 
 pra, about twenty-four miles to the 
 northward of Oojein. A great bat- 
 tle was fought there on the 21st of 
 December, 1817, between the army 
 of ]Mulharrao Holkar and the British 
 troops, when the Maharattas were 
 entirely defeated, witli great loss. 
 
 ilAIIOMEDANISil, a religion which 
 derives its name from its founder, 
 Mahomed, sometimes improperly 
 called Mahomet, who was born at 
 Mecca, in Arabia, a.d. .'5G9. He 
 died in the C3rd j-ear of his age, at 
 Medina, a.i>. G.32. The faith of 
 the Mahomedans consists in belief in 
 God, in the angels, the scriptures, 
 the prophets, the resurrection and 
 final judgment, and in God's abso- 
 lute decrees. The system of religion 
 taught by IMahomed is contained in 
 a book called the Koran. Tlie prac- 
 tice of the Mahomedan religion con- 
 sists in pra3'er, ablutions, fasting, 
 alms, pilgrimages, conmiemorations, 
 and circumcision. The fastings and 
 commcmoratious of great events in 
 
 MA 
 
 143 
 
 Mahomedan history are accom- 
 panied by sundry ceremonials, such 
 as tlie Hamazan, or Lent, the Bai- 
 ram, the Mohurrum (q. v.), &c. 
 Fasting is considered so serious an 
 obligation that Mahomed called it 
 one-fourth part of the faith. Accord- 
 ing to the Mahomedan divines, there 
 are tliree degrees of fasting: — 1. The 
 restraining the belly and other parts 
 of the body from satisfying their 
 lusts. 2. The restraining the ears, 
 eyes, tongue, hands, feet, and other 
 members from sin ; and, 3. The fast- 
 ing of the heart from worldly cares, 
 and restraining the thoughts from 
 every tlung beside God. The Ma- 
 homedans are obliged, by the express 
 command of the Koran, to fast the 
 whole month of Ramazan, from the 
 time the new moon first appears, till 
 the appearance of the next new 
 moon; during which time they must 
 abstain from eating, drinking, and 
 women, from day-break till night, 
 or sun-set; and this injunction they 
 observe so strictly, that, M-hile they 
 fast, they suffer nothing to enter 
 their mouths, or other parts of their 
 bod}- ; some being so cautious, that 
 they will not open their mouths to 
 speak, lest they should breathe 
 the air too freely; the fast is also 
 deemed void if a man kiss or touch 
 a woman, or if he vomit designedly. 
 But after sunset they are allowed to 
 refresh themselves, and to cat and 
 drink, and enjoy the company of 
 their wives till daybreak ; though 
 the more rigid begin the fast again 
 at midnight. This fast is extremely 
 rigorous and mortifying when the 
 month of Kamazan happens to fall 
 in summer (for the Arabian year 
 being lunar, each month runs 
 through all the different seasons in 
 the course of thirtj'-three j'cars), 
 the length and heat of the days 
 making the observance of it much 
 more diflicult and uneasy than in 
 winter. The Bairam signifies ii 
 solemn feast. The Mahomedans have 
 two Bairams, the Great and the 
 Little. The Little Bairam is pro-
 
 144 
 
 MA 
 
 MA 
 
 perly that lieid at the close of the 
 last Kamazaii, beginning with the 
 first new moon in the following 
 month, Shawal. This succeeds Ra- 
 mazan, which is their Lent, and is 
 more usually called the Great Bai- 
 rani, because it is observed with 
 great ceremony and rejoicing at 
 Constantinople and through Turkey, 
 for three days, and in Persia for five 
 or six days, at least by the common 
 people, to make themselves amends 
 for the mortification of the preceding 
 month. The fast commencing with 
 the new moon, the Mahomedans are 
 very scrupulous in observing the 
 time when the new moon commences; 
 for which purpose observers are sent 
 to the tops of the highest mountains, 
 and, the moment they espy the 
 appearance of a new moon, run to 
 the city, and proclaim Muzhdaluc, 
 •'welcome news;" as it is the signal 
 for beginning the festivity. The 
 Great Bairam is properly that held 
 by the pilgrims at Mecca, and lasts 
 three days. This is called by the 
 Arabs, Idul adlia, that is, the feast of 
 sacrifice, as being celebrated in 
 memory of the sacrifice of Abram, 
 whose son God redeemed with a 
 great victim. On the feast of Bai- 
 ram, after throwing little stones, 
 one after another, into the valley of 
 jSIina, they usually kill one or more 
 sheep, some a goat, bullock, or even 
 a camel; and after giving a part 
 thereof to the poor, eat the rest with 
 their friends. After this, they 
 shave themselves. The second is a 
 day of rest. On the third they set 
 out on their return home. 
 MAHOUT, a person employed in 
 India to feed and to drive an ele- 
 phant. The mahout sits upon the 
 neck of his elephant, bare-footed, 
 and furnished with an instrument 
 called a haunkus (or driver), where- 
 with to guide the animal. When 
 ihe elephant is to be urged forward, 
 the point of the haunkus is pressed 
 into the back of his head, while the 
 mahout's toes press under both the 
 animal's ears : when it is to be 
 
 stopped, the mahout places the hook 
 part against the elephant's forehead; 
 and, throwing his weight back, occa- 
 sions considerable pain, which soon 
 induces obedience : when it is to 
 turn to the left, the mahout presses 
 the toes of his right foot under the 
 right ear of the elephant, at tlie same 
 time goading him about the tip of 
 the right ear, thereby causing the 
 auimal to turn its head, and to 
 change its direction: to turn to the 
 right, vice versa. When tlie ele- 
 phant is to lie down, in order to be 
 laden, the haunkus is pressed per- 
 pendicularly upon the crown of the 
 head: but most elephants, after a 
 j-ear or two, become very well ac- 
 quainted with the words of command ; 
 obeying them readily, without being 
 mounted, or even approached. Tlie 
 mahout has the assistance of a cooJi/, 
 who is generally i)rovided with a 
 cutting bill, for the purpose of lop- 
 ping off the lesser branches of bor- 
 gheets, peepuls, and other trees, in 
 common use as fodder. An elephant 
 will usually carry as much of these 
 on his back as he can consiune in 
 two days. Boughs, as thick as a 
 man's arm, are very easily chewed 
 by this stupendous animal; which 
 often uses one, of full a hundred 
 weight, to drive the flies from its 
 body. 
 MAHUNT, a Hindoo high priest. 
 MAL, Hindostanee. Wealtli, property ; 
 revenue, rent, particularly that 
 arising from territory, in contradis- 
 tinction to the customs and duties 
 levied on personals. 
 MALABAK, a province of India, 
 bounded on the north by Kanara; 
 east, My sore,Koorg,and Coimbatora 
 south, Travancore; west, the sea. 
 It is divided into three districts, 
 Wynaad and Palghat, in and above 
 the mountains, and Malabar below. 
 Black pepper may be considered the 
 staple of this province, which also pro- 
 duces abundance of rice, cocoa-nuts, 
 and jaggery. Gold dust is foimd in 
 some of the mountain streams, and 
 the forests of the Wynaad and Pal-
 
 MA 
 
 MA 
 
 145 
 
 ghat abound with excellent teak and 
 bamboo. The principal towns are 
 Cannanore, Tellicherry, Mahe, Ma- 
 nantoddy, Calicut, and Palghat- 
 cheriy. The inliabitants of this 
 province are principally Hindoos, 
 divided into Numoorees, or Brah- 
 muns, Nairs, Tiars, and Maliars, 
 ■who are all free men; and Poliars, 
 and other lower castes, who are all 
 slaves. There are also several 
 thousand Christians of the llomish 
 and Syrian churches, and on the 
 coasts, Moplas and Jews. The 
 total population is estimated at 
 1,000,000. Hindooism is the pre- 
 vailing religion of the inland dis- 
 tricts, and Mahomedanisra, mixed 
 with many Hindoo usages, that of 
 the maritime parts. Though ruled 
 by a Hindoo government, this pro- 
 vince appears to have received tlie 
 Mahomedan system at a very early 
 period; and when the Portuguese 
 first visited the Zamorin's domi- 
 nions, they found them filled with 
 Moosulmans. Christians, also, of 
 the Syrian and Eomish churches 
 are numerous. There are likewise 
 many of the Jain sect in the interior. 
 The languages most generally spo- 
 ken are the Kanarese and Malay- 
 alim. 
 
 MALACCA, the principal town of the 
 country of Malaya, in Asia, occu- 
 pying the coast towards the south- 
 ern extremity, between Salingore 
 and Johore, and is about forty miles 
 in length, by about thirty miles in 
 breadth inland. This place is so 
 named from a fruit called the Malka, 
 produced in great abundance in its 
 neighbourhood. It contains, includ- 
 ing the adjacent district, about 
 arjjOOO inhabitants, composed of 
 Malays, Hindoos, descendants of 
 Dutch and Portuguese, and Chinese, 
 almost all tlie cultivators and arti- 
 sans being of the last-named nation. 
 Malacca is situated in Lat. 2 deg. 14 
 min. N., Long. 102 deg. 12 min. E. 
 
 MALAYA. This country occupies the 
 southern extremity of the continent 
 of Asia. It forms a peuiusuia, ex- 
 
 tending from about Lat. 8 deg. 30 
 min. to 1 deg. 30 min. N., bounded 
 on the north by the Siamese terri- 
 tories; east and south, by the sea; 
 west, by the straits, separating it 
 from Sumatra, called the Straits of 
 IMalacca, and by the Bay of Bengal. 
 In length it may be estimated at 800 
 miles, from north to south, by aa 
 average breadth of 125 miles, from 
 east to west. It consists of the fol- 
 lowing principal divisions : Queda, 
 Province Wellesley, Perak, Salen- 
 gore, Malacca, and Johore; with the 
 islands of Penang, Singapore, and 
 Bintang. Queda occupies the north- 
 ern part of the western coast, be- 
 tween Lat. 8 deg. and 5 deg. N. It 
 belongs to the Siamese. Province 
 Wellesley belongs to the British, and 
 was formerly a part of Queda. Perak 
 and Salengore are both independent 
 principalities. Malacca belongs to 
 the British, and Johore is an inde- 
 pendent state. The only towns 
 worthy of notice upon the peninsula 
 are Malacca and Johore. This pe- 
 ninsula is composed of a central 
 range of mountains, traversing its 
 whole length from north to south, 
 leaving a tract of undulating low 
 country on both sides to the sea, 
 watered in every direction by small 
 rivers, of wliich there are aliout 
 ninety altogether, and covered with 
 forests and vegetation. Its principal 
 articles of produce are rice, rattans, 
 canes, betel, ivory, and various kinds 
 of useful wood. The forests, how- 
 ever, do not produce the teak tree. 
 The animals, both wild and domestic, 
 are the same as are found in India, 
 with the exception of sheep and 
 horses, which are not natural to the 
 country. Tin is plentiful, and tliere 
 is some gold. The inliabitants of 
 this peninsula consist of two classes: 
 the original natives and the Malays. 
 The original natives (or (ifjiiii(/iiu's) 
 are of the class usually denominated 
 oriental negroes, and inhabit the 
 mountains of tiie interior. They 
 arc of a diminutive stature, but in 
 other respects reseiublc the negroes
 
 146 
 
 MA 
 
 MA 
 
 of Africa. They are in a perfectly 
 Bavage state. By the Malays they 
 are called Samaiig. As a people, the 
 Malays are uoted for their ferocity, 
 cunning, and treachery; never for- 
 giving an affront, hut always taking 
 a cruel revenge. They are addicted 
 to gambling of all kinds, especially 
 to cock-fighting, to an extraordinary 
 degree, and they are universally in 
 the practice of intoxicating them- 
 selves with opium. Their vessels, 
 which are called prows, arc many of 
 them very well built, and skilfully na- 
 vigated ; but it is only as pirates that 
 they have ever shown activity or 
 enterprise. The religion of the 
 Malays is Mahomedanism, of the 
 Soonnee sect. Their language is 
 termed the Malay. It is a compoimd 
 of various others, including Sanscrit 
 and Arabic, and is considered very 
 eoft and simple. It is written from 
 right to left, in the Arabic character, 
 with a few slight alterations, and is 
 general to all the adjacent islands. 
 MALDIVES, the. These islands lie 
 in the Indian Ocean, between Lat. 7 
 deg. 6 min. N., and Lat. deg. 46 
 min., S, south-west of the island of 
 Ceylon. They consist of numerous 
 circular clusters, separated from 
 each other by narrow passages, and 
 amounting to about 1200 of various 
 Bizes, tlie largest not being more 
 than three miles in circumference. 
 The larger islets are inhabited and 
 cultivated, but ihe greater number 
 are mere rocks and sand-banks. 
 The principal island is named IMull, 
 and is the residence of the chief. 
 Their chief articles of produce are 
 coir, cocoa-nut oil, cowries, tortoise- 
 shell, and dried fish, which are ex- 
 ported by the islanders in their own 
 boats, to the coast of Orissa, and to 
 the straits of Malacca, in exchange 
 for rice, sugar, and other necessaries. 
 The islands are inhabited by Maho- 
 medans, the descendants of Arab 
 colonists. They are under the go- 
 vernment of a chief, who takes the 
 name of sultaun. It is not accu- 
 rately known what language is pro- 
 
 perly that of the Maldives, but the 
 islanders all understand and speak 
 Ilindostanee. Their religion is Ma- 
 homedanism mingled with Paganism. 
 Like the Biajoos of Borneo, they 
 annually send adrift into the sea a 
 vessel laden with perfumes, gums, 
 and flowers, as an offering to the 
 spirit of the winds, and sometimes a 
 like offering is made to the spirit 
 whom they term the king of the 
 sea. 
 
 MALES, or MALLEY, the gardener 
 in an Indian establishment. He is 
 seldom very well acquainted with the 
 theoretical part of his profession, 
 and is therefore employed simply to 
 perform the duties of hoeing, digging, 
 watering, planting, pruning, clipping, 
 &c. In gathering flowers for a 
 bouquet, the Indian malee is accus- 
 tomed to break them off close at the 
 top of the stem, and to tie them to- 
 gether upon a stick. 
 
 M ALEM, Persian for " master." 
 
 MALGOOZAE, one who pays rent or 
 revenue. The term is applicable in 
 India to every description of persons 
 who hold land, paying a revenue to 
 government, whether as tenant, ze- 
 mindar, or farmer. 
 
 MALGOOZARRY, land paying reve- 
 nue. A term applied to assessed 
 lands, or to the rent of such lands. 
 
 MALIK, Ilindostanee. Master, lord, 
 proprietor, o'wner. 
 
 MALIKANA, what relates or belongs 
 to a person as master or head man. 
 The mali/uma of a Mocuddim, or head 
 Ryot, is a share of each Ih/ot's pro- 
 duce received by him as a customary 
 due, forming an article of the Neak- 
 DARUT, q. v. The term is also 
 applicable to the nancar, or allow- 
 ance to village collectors, or Mocud- 
 Dijis of such villages as pay rents 
 immediately to the khalsa. 
 
 MALWA, a province of India, bound- 
 ed on the north by Ajmere, Agra, 
 Allahabad; east, Allahabad, Gond- 
 wana; south, Candeish; west, Guze- 
 rat. It consists of three divisions: 
 1st. The territories of Sindia. 2nd. 
 The territories of Holkar. 3rd.
 
 MA 
 
 Those of Bhopal. The principal 
 rivers are the Mhj-e, Seepra, Chum- 
 bul, Parbuttee, Ivalee, SincI, and Bet- 
 ■wa, all of which have tlieir sources 
 in or near tlie Vindhj'a moun- 
 tains. This province consists of an 
 elevated table-land, generally open, 
 excepting towards tlie frontiers, but 
 diversified with conical flat-topped 
 hills and low cross ridges. It has 
 numerous rivers and streams flow- 
 ing in opposite directions, its level 
 being above that of all the adjacent 
 provinces; and it enjoys a mild and 
 healthful climate, with a rich and 
 fertile soil. A ridge of mountains 
 separates it from Ajraere on the 
 north-west, and the great Vindhyan 
 range forms its southern frontier 
 along the line of the Nerbudda, 
 from which branches run iip the 
 eastern and western sides. Its pro- 
 ductions are wheat, grain, peas, 
 maize, and other grains; the first 
 two being articles of export ; rice 
 is also grown, but only in small 
 quantities ; sugar, tobacco, cotton, 
 and a little indigo. The Malwa 
 tobacco is the best in India, and is 
 much sought after. The grapes 
 also of this province have long been 
 celebrated for their riclmcss; but 
 the staple article of produce is opium, 
 the soil and climate of Malwa ap- 
 pearing to be particularly well 
 adapted for the cultivation of the 
 poppy. An immense quantity of 
 this pernicious drug is annually 
 suppUed from this province. The 
 towns are lvajgm"h, Khemlasa, Se- 
 ronje, Mahidpoor, Oojein, Sarnng- 
 poor, Bhopal, Bhilsea, Salomon, Muu- 
 doogurh, and Indore. The inhabi- 
 tants are principally Rajpoots and 
 Mahrattas, with a few Mahuniedans, 
 chiefly in the district of Bhopal. 
 The mountains are occupied by 
 Bheels and other savage tribes. The 
 religion is generally Ilindooism, and 
 in Bhopal, Mahomcdanism; and the 
 language Mahrattee, and a mixed 
 dialect called the Kimgkee, formed 
 chiefly from the Ilindee. 
 MANANTODDY, a small inland vil- 
 
 MA 
 
 147 
 
 lage in India, in tlie province of 
 Malabar, situated in the forest of 
 Wynaad. It is the principal military 
 post of the district, and commands 
 the Peria Pass. 
 MANAIl (Mannarama), an island, 
 eighteen miles long, and from two 
 to three broad, on tlie west coast of 
 Ceylon. It is separated from the 
 main land by a gulf of the same 
 name, full of sand-banks and shoals, 
 and inaccessible except for small 
 vessels. A reef of sunken rocks, 
 called Adam's Bridge, extends from 
 this island to Rammisserara, on the 
 Coromandel coast. ^Nlanar, the 
 chief town at the south-east 
 extremity of the island, is 142 
 miles north of Colombo. It has 
 a fort, in which, besides a few houses, 
 is a small Protestant church. In 
 the Pettah are a court-house and 
 several chapels belonging to the 
 Roman Catholics. The island con- 
 tains twenty-two villages, and is 
 remarkable as being the first place 
 where the Roman Catholic religion 
 was introduced by Saint Francis 
 Xavier, or one of his colleagues, in 
 1543. 
 MANDAVIE, the principal sea-port; 
 of the province of Cutch, in India, 
 situated on the soutli coast, in Lat, 
 22 deg. 50 min. N., Long. 69 deg. .33 
 min. E. It possesses a tolerable 
 harbour, and is a place of considera- 
 ble trade with the western coast of 
 India, Scinde, Arabia, and Africa, 
 but it has no maniilacturcs of any 
 note. It is the most populous town 
 in Cutch, containing about 35,000 
 inhabitants, principally Bhattias, 
 Banyans, and 13rahmuns, with some 
 Mahomcdans, and otlicrs. 
 MANGALORE, called also KOW- 
 RIAL BUNDUR, a flourishing 
 town in India, in the province of 
 Kanara, situated in Lat. 12 deg. 53 
 min. N., Long. 74 deg. 57 min. E. 
 It stands on a small ])cninsula, 
 formed by a lake or backwater, 
 which is separated from the sea by 
 a beach of sand. Above the ghauts 
 is the town of Soonda, formerly 
 L 2
 
 148 
 
 MA 
 
 MA 
 
 populous and flourishing, and the 
 capital of the district, but now nearly 
 in ruins. 
 
 MANGOSTEEN,arichfruit'cultivated 
 in the East Indian Archipelago, and 
 esteemed far superior in flavour and 
 beauty to the rest of the vegetable 
 world. 
 
 MANILLAS, or PHILIPPINES, a 
 number of islands in the Eastern 
 Archipelago, lying between the fifth 
 and nineteenth degrees of north 
 latitude, due eastward from Cochin 
 China. The principal are Luzon, 
 Mindora, Samar, Salawan, and Min- 
 danao. These islands are moun- 
 tainous, and there are in them 
 several volcanoes, particularly in 
 Luzon, the largest of their number, 
 which has suffered some severe 
 earthquakes. The latest great erup- 
 tion took place in 1814, and occa- 
 sioned great devastation. They are 
 exceedingly fertile, and yield all the 
 ordinary productions of India ; in 
 addition to which they possess the 
 bread-fruit tree, and also the edible 
 birds' nests, or sea-slug, so much 
 esteemed by the Chinese. Their 
 domestic animals are also the same 
 as in India, but they are believed to 
 be free from tigers and other large 
 wild beasts. There are mines of 
 gold and iron, and abundance of ex- 
 cellent timber, much used for ship- 
 building. The principal town is 
 Manilla, in Luzon, situated in Lat. 
 14 deg. 38 min. N., Long. 120 deg. 
 50 min. E. This is the capital of 
 the Spanish possessions, and contains 
 about 175,000 inhabitants of all 
 classes. These islands received the 
 nameof Philippines in honour of King 
 Philip II. of Spain, By the English, 
 they are more commonly styled the 
 Manillas, from the name of the capital. 
 Besides Europeans and Chinese, the 
 inhabitants consist of a number of 
 distinct tribes, the most considerable 
 of which are the natives of Luzon, 
 comprising both races, the brown 
 and the negro. The natives of Ma- 
 nilla, of European descent, are con- 
 sidered much superior to the others 
 
 in intelligence, and are much em- 
 ployed in the country ships of India, 
 being very active and clever sailors. 
 The religion of the native inhabi- 
 tants is jirincipally Paganism. 
 Some of the tribes, however, are 
 IMahomcdans, and the Komish re- 
 ligion has been introduced by the 
 Spaniards. Several distinct dialects 
 are current in the islands, the princi- 
 pal of which are the Tagala and the Bi- 
 sayan, the former a written language. 
 
 MANJEE, a steersman of a Ganges 
 boat. His business is to steer, and to 
 give directions regarding the several 
 operations incident to the very 
 numerous metamorphoses of cir- 
 cumstances in rivers perpetually 
 changing their direction: thus, it is 
 by no means uncommon to see a 
 budgerow hoist and lower her sails, 
 take to her oars, or to the track- 
 rope, some scores of times during 
 the course of a day's progress, just 
 as the localities may render neces- 
 sary. Whatever authority may be 
 vested in a manjee, it is rare, how- 
 ever, to see one able to enforce liis 
 orders : each of the crew has an 
 opinion of his own ; and, knowing 
 that his services cannot be dispensed 
 with, will, in most cases, adhere to 
 his Avay of thinking, imtil peremp- 
 torily compelled by the master's 
 interference, to submit to orders, or 
 overcome by absolute force. 
 
 MAR, an abbreviation of " Marro" to 
 beat (Hindostanee). When a servant 
 has erred, and the weather is too 
 hot to use superfluous syllables, Eu- 
 ropeans are apt to give instruction to 
 the proper authorities to "Mar" such 
 a one. 
 
 MARABOUT, a holy man. AppUed 
 to serious Mussulmans. 
 
 MAR A.TAH, a Hindoo sovereign prince. 
 
 MART ARAN, a town in India, in the 
 country of Ava, situated on the 
 northern side of the Paluen river, 
 which divides the Burmese from the 
 British territories. It belongs to 
 the Burmese. 
 
 MASHA, a weight of fifteen grains 
 troy. Used by native goldsmiths
 
 MA 
 
 ME 
 
 149 
 
 and jewellers, and in the native 
 evaluation by assay of the precious 
 metals. 
 
 MASHALLAII! Persian. Praised be 
 the Lord! 
 
 IVIASOOLAII BOATS. The con- 
 struction of keeled boats being, in 
 many respects, unsuitable to inter- 
 course between the shipping and 
 the shore at Madras, wliere the surf 
 runs very liigh, a peculiar kind of 
 country boat, adequate to the pur- 
 poses of conveying goods and pas- 
 sengers to and fro with safety, is 
 had recourse to. These vessels, 
 called Masoolah boats, are generally 
 of from forty to sixty tons burthen: 
 they are made of plank, about two 
 inches in thickness above, and three 
 below, fastened together by means of 
 coir (see Com) passed througli small 
 holes pierced along tlie edges of the 
 several planks, all around each: 
 these planks appear as though sewed 
 together with twine of the above 
 description, and are fastened to 
 battens and sleepers, answering for 
 ribs and floor timbers. At the 
 bottom, planks are laid in tlie oppo- 
 site directions of those which form 
 the vessel, and near the gunwales 
 several thwarts are secured across, 
 passing tlirough the sides and being 
 firmly pinned in. Tliere is no 
 deck, and the rudder consists of a 
 large kind of oar, rigged out at the 
 stern. At a little distance, the 
 Masoolah boats look like rude imita- 
 tions of English coal barges: they 
 row from ten to sixteen oars, and 
 wlieri unladen make excellent speed, 
 getting through the surf with amaz- 
 ing facility. As the boat ai)i)roaclies 
 the shore, the boatmen watch the 
 opportunity of a coming wave to 
 pull the vessel on to the beach, 
 where it is soon run up out of tlie 
 reach of tlie next rolling wave. 
 
 ]\rASULIPATi\.M, a sea-port in India, 
 in the district ot Koiuhipilly, one of 
 the Northern Circars, situated in 
 Lat. IG deg. 10 min. N., Long. 81 
 deg. 14 nun. E. It is commonly 
 called " liundur," and also Muchlee- 
 
 bundur. This has been a place of 
 considerable commerce for many 
 centuries, being mentioned as such 
 by European travellers as far back 
 as A.D. 1295. The surf here is less 
 violent than on other parts of the 
 coast, and the roads are therefore 
 more convenient for shipping. Ma- 
 sulipatam is noted for chintzes, and 
 other cotton manufactures, large 
 quantities of which are exported to 
 Persia ; and also for snuff. 
 
 MATCH-LOCK, a long musket, usei 
 by the Sikhs, the Arabs, the Per- 
 sians, Rajpoots, &c. It diriers from 
 the musket in the method by which 
 the powder in the pan is ignited, 
 a lighted cotton rope attached to 
 the hammer supplying the place of 
 the steel and flint. 
 
 MATSAYA, in Hindoo IVIythology, 
 one of Vishnu's avatars; the first. 
 In this avatar Vishnu is fabled to 
 have assumed the form of a fish, to 
 restore the lost Veda, wliich had 
 been stolen from Brahma in his 
 sleep by the demon Ilayagriva. 
 This and the two following avatars, 
 seem to refer to the universal deluge. 
 
 MATY, a servant-of-all-workin South- 
 ern India. 
 
 MAUN, a Persian measure, of about 
 seven pounds and a half weight. 
 
 MEEiMI-KE-TALE, Hunum Oil. Oil 
 said to have been extracted from the 
 bodies of malefactors; who, being well 
 fed for a month or more, previous to 
 execution, for the purpose of increas- 
 ing their fat, had large fires lighted 
 under them while on tlie gibbet, and 
 metal vessels placed to receive tiio 
 drippings. Tiiis practice obtained 
 imder the government of the native 
 Indian princes. 
 
 MEEK ACI lOK, Persian. Master of the 
 horse : literally, '* lord of the stable." 
 
 ]\IEI<:KASEENS, a particular kind of 
 naulr.h woman (q. v.) 
 
 MEEUGAIl, a species of carp, abun- 
 dant in the great rivers, and in all 
 the waters connected witli them. It 
 rarely exceeds ten jiounds in weight. 
 
 MEEIUJT, a large and ancient town 
 in India, in the province of Delhi,
 
 150 
 
 ME 
 
 ME 
 
 about forty miles north-east from the 
 city of Delhi, and one of the prin- 
 cipal civil and military stations of 
 the British. 
 MEHAL, IVIAHL, MHAL, MAAL' 
 MUHAUL, MEIIAUL, MEHAAL 
 MAL, Ilindostanee. Places, dis- 
 tricts, departments. Places or 
 sources of revenue, particularly of a 
 territorial nature: lands. This 
 term should not, as is often the case, 
 be confounded with vial, another 
 Arabic word, to an incorrect ear, 
 something like it in sound. IVIelial 
 denotes the places or lands yielding 
 a revenue; but mal is the rent or 
 revenue itself arising from the lands. 
 See Mal. 
 
 MEHMAN-KANEH, a house in Per- 
 sia for the reception of travellers, 
 smaller than a caravanserai. 
 
 MEHTUK, a word signifying in Ilin- 
 dostanee a prince, is the pariah of a 
 domestic establishment, but has no 
 small opinion of himself, and is wise 
 enough to eat of the crumbs (a phrase 
 including every good thing) which 
 falls from his master's table. He 
 sweeps the house, cleans out the 
 bathing-room, and does all the dirty 
 work in fact, as well as take care of 
 a dog or two, if necessary; and is 
 usually the happiest, and often the 
 sprucest, and most prettily wived 
 of all the domestics. 
 
 MEHTUR. In Persian this word signi- 
 fies a groom. 
 
 MEHTUKANEE, or METRANEE, 
 the sweeper's wife in an Indian 
 household. She is more intelligent 
 than the Ayah, and does the slop 
 work of "my lady's chamber;" but 
 is often, where there are no children, 
 the only female on the establishment, 
 in which case her wages are raised a 
 rupee or so, and the arrangement 
 answers very well. Where children 
 are, then tlie women of both classes 
 are multiplied in a concatenation ac- 
 cordingly. 
 
 MELA, a fair, occasioned generally by 
 the great periodical religious assem- 
 blages of the Hindoos, at places like 
 Hurdwar, Allahabad, &c., celebrated 
 
 for their holiness in connection with 
 the Ganges. 
 MENANCxVBOO, a city in the island 
 of Sumatra, the capital in the state 
 so named. It was in former times 
 considcix'd the chief city of Sumatra, 
 and the seat of all ]\lalay learning 
 and religious authority. The state 
 of Menancaboo constitutes the ori- 
 ginal country of the Malays, and is 
 entirely peopled with them at the 
 present time. The natives of this 
 place are the most expert artists in 
 the island, and are particularly 
 famous for their gold and silver 
 filagree work. 
 
 MENU, or MUXOO, the author of the 
 Hindoo Institutes, or, as some allege, 
 the compiler of the aphorisms of the 
 Vedas. Menu is sisoken of in the 
 Purana, or Hindoo mythological 
 poems, as the son of Brinha, and 
 one of the progenitors of mankind. 
 When a pedigree fails them, it is not 
 unusual for the Hindoos to assign a 
 Hivine origin to any eminent man. 
 
 MERU. The mythological mountain 
 Morn, the Micnmo of the Burmese, 
 and the Sineru of the Siamese, is 
 termed liy the Hindoos the navel of 
 the world, and is their Olympus, 
 the fabled residence of their deities. 
 
 METAI, sweetmeat. The natives of 
 India are particularly fond of sweets 
 compounded of sugar, butter, and 
 flour. It is as much the regal of the 
 lower orders as ale and beer are of 
 the English vulgar. Confections of 
 various kinds are in high favour with 
 the upper classes of Indians also. 
 
 MEWLEWYS, dancing dcrvises. 
 They take their designation from 
 the name of the founder of the sect. 
 They are distinguished by the sin- 
 gularit.y of their mode of dancing, 
 which has nothing in common with 
 the other societies. They perform 
 their exercises in bodies of nine, 
 eleven, or thirteen persons. They 
 first form a circle, and sing the first 
 chapter of the Koran. The sheik 
 (chief) then recites two prayers, 
 M-hich are immediately succeeded by 
 the dimce of the Mewlewys.
 
 MI 
 
 MO 
 
 151 
 
 MIAKO, an inland town in the island 
 Nipon, in the empire of Japan, is 
 the second capital, or residence of 
 the reliffious ruler of the kingdom. 
 Miai-BASHEE, a Persian or Turkish 
 colonel. Literally, commander of a 
 thousand. 
 MIMBEK, a pulpit in a mosque, 
 whence the Moollahs lecture or read 
 aloud chapters in the Koran. 
 MINAH, a common bird of the magpie 
 species, abounding in AVestern India; 
 a foul feeder, a chatterer. Their 
 flesh is carrion. 
 MINAEET, the turret or steeple of a 
 
 mosque. 
 MIRZAl^ORE, a toivn in India, in the 
 province of Allahabad, situated on 
 the south side of the river Ganges, 
 in Lat. 25 deg. 10 min. N., Long. 83 
 deg. 35 min. E., is a large and 
 flourishing town, well bi^lt and 
 populous, containing about 70,000 
 inhabitants, of a remarkably active 
 and industrious character. It is a 
 place of extensive inlaml trade, and 
 the principal cotton mart of the pro- 
 vince. It is noted for its manufac- 
 tures of carpets, and various cotton 
 fabrics. 
 MISSEE, a black stain, applied by 
 Indian women to the eyes and to the 
 teeth, made of the rust of iron and 
 Kurra, compounded. It is, in fact, ink 
 powder; for the kurra is a nut equally 
 astringent with galls. The powderis 
 rubbed on, or rather between, the 
 teeth, and leaves a black stain, which 
 is deemed liy the natives both a pre- 
 servation and an ornament to them. 
 MOCUDLIM, Ilindostanec. Placed 
 before, antecedent, prior, foremost. 
 Head ryot, or ])rincipal man in a 
 village, who superintends the affairs 
 of it, and, among other duties, col- 
 lects the rents of tcovernmcnt within 
 his jurisdiction. The same officer is, 
 in BoKjril, called also Mnuduh, and 
 in the I'eninsula Goad, and Potail. 
 In Bombay the term applies to the 
 head of small bodies of servants and 
 
 IS-Sf 3,1*3 
 
 MODEIJARS. In Colombo there 
 are nineteen native gentlemen who 
 
 have the honorary title of "Mode- 
 liars of the governor's gate," and 
 eight Mohandirams, called " ilolian- 
 dirams of the governor's gate." In 
 the western province, attached to the 
 government agents, are nineteen 
 Modeliars, and seventy-one Mohan- 
 dirams, besides four other head men. 
 In the southern province are one 
 Bas-nayaka Nilame, one Maha Mo- 
 deliar, two Disaves, twenty Mode- 
 liars, twenty-eight Mohandirams, 
 and twenty-three others, with vari- 
 ous titles. In the northern province 
 are seven Modeliars, fourteen 
 ]\Ianiagars, 146 Odigars, four 
 (called) Adigars, and twenty- 
 four others, with various titles. 
 In the eastern pi'ovince are six 
 Modeliars, one Mohandiram, three 
 Wananiyas, seven Odigars, and one 
 head Moorman. In the central pro- 
 vince are the first and third Adigars, 
 two Modeliars, fourteen Rate IMahat- 
 mayas, nineteen principals of witi- 
 aras, who have the title of ]\Iodeliars, 
 six Disaves, and a few others, with 
 various titles. 
 MOFUSSIL, a term applied to the 
 Bengal and North-west provinces ; 
 all the military cantonments and the 
 residences appointed for civilians be- 
 yond the presidency being called mo- 
 fussil stations. Individuals quartered 
 in the provinces are styled mofus- 
 silites, but those who may have bar- 
 bariscd a little during their seclusion 
 amid wilds and fastnesses, are styled 
 par distinction "jungle wallahs." It 
 is difficult to explain the precise 
 meaning of the word wallah ; it is 
 usually translated "fellow;" but to 
 the natives of India, who call in- 
 digo planters, "/eaY (blue) wallahs," 
 camel drivers, "oonic wallahs," Sec, it 
 does not convey the idea wiiich we 
 attach to this expression in England. 
 MOGREE, the Indian jasmine. The 
 fragrance of this flower is very pow- 
 erful. Then;mtch or dan';ing girls 
 of the East are fond of decorating 
 their persons witli wreaths and fes- 
 toons of inogree, which form a pow- 
 erful antidote to the odour of the
 
 152 
 
 MO 
 
 MO 
 
 coco!x-mit oil, ■with wliich they anoint 
 their bodies. 
 
 MOGUL ANEE, a native Indian female 
 of the Mahomedan persuasion. 
 
 MOIITURAN, from Sanscrit, muhut, 
 great, and turana, to cherish ; i. e. 
 lands set apart for tlie maintenance 
 of a great or revered person or place. 
 A Hindoo ijrant. 
 
 MOIiUNT (abbot), the title of the 
 heads of the monasteries of Geer, 
 Bhartee, and Eawut Gosains, who 
 are, or ought to be, religious ascetics. 
 These people profess, and ought to 
 be, dedicated wholly to religion, but 
 their present practice corresponds 
 much with that of the monks of old, 
 and their superiors. 
 
 MOHUR, a gold coin in use in the 
 East. Its value is sixteen rupees. 
 The coin is now scarce, but the word 
 is in use, to indicate the value of 
 prizes at races, &c. 
 
 IIUHUKRUM, an annual Mahomedan 
 festival. The celebration of the 
 Mohurrum in all large INIahomedan 
 con;munities of the Sheah sect, 
 though, strictly speaking, a fast of 
 the most mournful kind, is accom- 
 panied b}^ so much pomp and splen- 
 dour, that strangers are at some loss 
 to distinguish it from festivals of 
 pure rejoicing. The Slieahs, who 
 are settled in Hindostan, are in some 
 degree obnoxious to the charge of in- 
 troducing rites and ceremonies al- 
 most bordering upon idolatry, in 
 their devotion to the memory of the 
 Imaums Hossein and Houssein. Im- 
 bibing a love of show, from long do- 
 mestication with a people passion- 
 ately attached to pageantry and 
 spectacle, they have departed from 
 the plainness and simplicity of the 
 worsliip of their ancestors, and in 
 the decorations of the tazees (mimic 
 tombs), and the processions which 
 accompany them to the place of se- 
 pulture, display their reverential re- 
 gard for All and his sons, in a man- 
 ner which would be esteemed scan- 
 dalous, if thus accompanied, in Per- 
 sia and Arabia, where the gi'ief of 
 the Sheah is more quietly and so- 
 
 berly manifested. Several proces- 
 sions take place during the celebra- 
 tion of the Mohurrum. At Lucknow, 
 on the fifth day, the banners are 
 carried to a celebrated shrine, or 
 durgah, in the neighbourhood, to be 
 consecrated, it being supposed that 
 the standard of Hossein, miraculously 
 pointed out to a devout believer, is 
 preserved at this place. The vene- 
 ration in which this sacred relic is 
 held, nearly equalling that which in 
 some places in Europe is displayed 
 towards pieces of the true cross, af- 
 fords another proof of the corruptioa 
 of the Mahomedan religion by the 
 Sheah sect of India. The durgah at 
 Lucknow is not only visited at the 
 commemoration of Hossein 's obse- 
 quies, but prayers and oblations are 
 offered in its holy precincts, upon 
 recovery from illness, or any other 
 occasion which calls for praise and 
 thanksgiving. The gifts deposited 
 at the durgah, consisting of money, 
 clothes, and other valuable articles, 
 become the property of the officiating 
 priest, who is expected to disburse 
 the greater portion in charity. AM 
 the Moslem inhabitants of Lucknow 
 are anxious to consecrate the ban- 
 ners employed at the Mohurrum, by 
 having them touched by the sacred 
 relic, and for this purpose they are 
 conveyed to the shrine, with as much 
 pomp and ceremony as the circum- 
 stances of the proprietors wiU admit. 
 A rich man sends his banners upon 
 elephants, surrounded by an armed 
 guard, and accompanied by bands of 
 music. The arms and accoutre- 
 ments, representing those worn by 
 Hossein, are carried in some of these 
 processions; and one of the mosfc 
 important features is Dhull Dhull, 
 the horse slain with his master on 
 tlie fatal field oflvurbelah: his trap- 
 pings are dyed with blood, and ar- 
 rows are seen sticking in his sides. 
 Jlultitudes of people form these pro- 
 cessions, which frequently stop while 
 the mooUahs recite the oft -told, but 
 never-tiring story, or the tragic 
 scene is enacted by young men
 
 MO 
 
 MO 
 
 153 
 
 expert at broad-sword exercises ; 
 and as Hossein is surrounded and 
 beaten down, muskets are fired 
 off, and sliouts and beatings of 
 the breast attest the sincerity with 
 ■whicli liis followers bewail his un- 
 timely end. On the seventh night of 
 the Mohurrum, the marriage of Hos- 
 sein's daughter with her cousin, a 
 faithful partisan of the house of Ali,is 
 celebrated with much pomp and show. 
 The procession of the marriage of the 
 unfortunate Cossim and his ill-fated 
 bride is distinguished by trays bear- 
 ing the wedding presents, and 
 covered palankeens, supposed to 
 convey the lady and her attendants; 
 the animals employed in the caval- 
 cade, with the exception of the 
 favoured Dhull Dhull, are left out- 
 side the Avails; but the trays con- 
 taining sweetmeats, &c., a model of 
 the tomb of Cossim, and the palan- 
 keen of the bride, are l)rought into 
 the interior and committed to the 
 care of the keepers of the sanctuary 
 until the last day, when they make 
 a part of the final procession to the 
 place of interment. The most ex- 
 traordinary feature, however, in the 
 commemoration of the deaths of 
 Hossein and Houssein, is the parti- 
 cipation of the Hindoos, who are 
 frequently seen to vie with the dis- 
 ciples of Ali in their demonstrations 
 of grief for tlie slaughter of his two 
 martyred sons, and in the splendour 
 of the pageant displayed at the 
 anniversary of their fate. A very 
 large proportion of Hindoos go into 
 niourniiig during the ten days of the 
 Mohurrum, clothing themselves in 
 green garments, and assuming the 
 guise of fakecrs. The complaisance 
 of the Hindoos is returned with 
 interest at the Hooly, the Indian 
 Saturnalia, in which the disciples of 
 the proi)het mingle with the heartiest 
 good will, apparently too nuich de- 
 lighted with tlie general licence and 
 frolic revelries of that strange car- 
 nival, to be withheld from joining it 
 by horrorofits heathen origin. The 
 ceremonials observed at the celebra- 
 
 tion of the ]Mohurrum are not con- 
 fined to processions out of doors; 
 persons of wealth and respectability 
 having an Imaum-barrah constructed 
 in the interior of theirown dwellings. 
 This is usually a square building, 
 containing a hall and other apart- 
 ments, in which the mourning as- 
 semblages during the period of the 
 festival are congregated. It is de- 
 corated for the time with all the 
 splendour which the owners can 
 afford. The tazee is placed upon 
 the side facing Mecca, under a 
 canopy of velvet or tissue richly 
 embroidered, and near it there is a 
 pulpit very handsomely constructed 
 of silver, ivory, ebony, or carved 
 wood, having a flight of stairs covered 
 with an expensive carpeting of broad 
 cloth, velvet, or cloth of gold. The 
 tazee is lighted up by numerous wax 
 candles, and near it are placed offer- 
 ings of fruit and flowers, presented 
 by pious ladies to do honour to the 
 memory of the Imaums. The re- 
 mainder of the hall is fitted up with 
 considerable splendour, furnished 
 with mirrors, which reflect the light 
 from numerous lustres, lamps, and 
 girandoles. Poorer persons are con- 
 tent with less glittering ornaments; 
 and in all, an assemblage is held 
 twice a day, that in the evening 
 being tlie most imposing and attrac- 
 tive. The guests are seated round 
 the apartment, the centre of which 
 is occupied by a group of hired 
 mourners, consisting of six or eight 
 persons. These men are usually of 
 large stature, and of considerable 
 muscular strength. They are very 
 scantily clothed in a drapery of 
 green cloth, their breasts and heads 
 being perfectly uncovered. A 
 moollah or priest, selected on ac- 
 count of his superior elocution, as- 
 cends the puli)it, andiiroceeds to the 
 recital of a portion of a jjoeni in the 
 Persian language, wliicli contains a 
 detailed account of the persecution 
 and tragic fate of the Imaum. The 
 conij)osition is said to be very pure, 
 and its eUect upon the auditory is pro •
 
 154 
 
 MO 
 
 MO 
 
 digious. After some Arell-wronght 
 passage, describing the sufferings of 
 the unhappy princes, the reader 
 pauses,and immediately the mourners 
 on the ground commence violently 
 heating their breasts, and shouting 
 *• Hossein ! Houssein !" until at length 
 they sink exhausted on the ground 
 amid the piercing cries and lamenta- 
 tions of the spectators. A part of 
 each day's service consists of a chant 
 in the Hindostanee language, in 
 •which the whole assembly join; and 
 the Sheahs end it by standing up 
 and cursing the usurping Caliphs 
 hy name, devoting the memory of 
 each offending individual to universal 
 execration. The Soonnees hold these 
 solemn assemblies; but their grief 
 at the cruel sufferings of so many 
 estimable members of the prophet's 
 family does not assume so theatrical 
 a character. Attired in the deepest 
 mourning, they evince the most pro- 
 found sorrow; and it is persons of 
 this persuasion who manifest the 
 greatest indignation when there is 
 any risk of their processions being 
 crossed by the heathen revelries of 
 the Hindoos. The pomps and cere- 
 monies Avhich precede it are nothing 
 to the grandeur reserved for the dis- 
 play on the last day of the jVIohur- 
 rum, M'hen the tazees are home to 
 the place of interment. Tliis pa- 
 geant represents the military caval- 
 cade of the battle of Kurbelah, toge- 
 ther with the funeral procession of 
 the young princes, and the wedding 
 retinue of the bride and bridegroom, 
 divorced by death upon their nuptial 
 day. The banners are carried in 
 advance, the poles being usually 
 surmounted by a crest, composed of 
 an extended liand, which is emble- 
 matic of the five holy personages of 
 the prophet's family, and a symbol 
 particularly designating the Sheali 
 sect. Many make a declaration of 
 their religious principles by liolding 
 lip tlie hand; the Soonnee displays 
 three fingers only, while the Sheah 
 extends the Avhole five. The horse 
 of Prince Hossein and his camp 
 
 equipage appear, furnished with all 
 the attributes of sovereignty; some 
 of the tazees, of which there is a 
 great variety, are accompanied by a 
 platform, on which three effigies are 
 placed, — the ass Borak, the animal 
 selected by Mahomed to bear him on 
 his ride to heaven, and two houries. 
 The tomb of Cossim, the husband of 
 Hossein's daughter, is honoured by 
 being carried under a canopy; the 
 bridal trays, palankeens, and other 
 paraphernalia, accompany it, and 
 the whole is profusely garlanded 
 with flowers. These processions, 
 followed by thousands of people, take 
 the field at break of day, but there 
 are so many pauses for the reading 
 of the poem dedicated to this portion 
 of the history of the events of Kur- 
 belah, and such numerous rehearsals 
 of Hossein's dying scene, that it is 
 night before the commencement of 
 the interment. Devout Mussulmans 
 walk, on these occasions, with their 
 heads and their feet bare, beating 
 their breasts, and tearing their hair, 
 and throwing ashes over their per- 
 sons with all the vehemence of the 
 most frantic grief; but many con- 
 tent themselves with a less inconve- 
 nient display of sorrow, leaving to 
 hired mourners the task of inciting 
 and inflaming the multitude by 
 their lamentations and bewailments. 
 The zeal and turbidence of the afflic- 
 tion of Ali's followers are peculiarly 
 offensive to the Soonnees, who, pro- 
 fessing to look upon Hossein and 
 Houssein as holy and unfortunate 
 members of the Prophet's family, 
 and to regret the circumstances 
 which led to their untimely end, 
 are shocked by the almost idolatrous 
 frenzy displayed by their less ortho- 
 dox brethren; and the expression of 
 this feeling often leads to serious dis- 
 turbances, which break out upon 
 the burial of the tazees. Private 
 quarrels between the sects are fre- 
 quently reserved for adjustment to 
 this period, when, under pretext of 
 religious zeal, each party may make 
 an assault upon his enemy without
 
 MO 
 
 MO 
 
 155 
 
 exposin^T the real grounfl of his en- 
 mity. In a few places wliich border 
 the Ganges or Jumna, the tazees are 
 thrown into the river ; but generally 
 there is a large piece of ground set 
 apart for the purpose of the burial. 
 It is rather a curious spectacle to 
 see the tombs themselves consigned 
 to earth, with the same ceremonies 
 ■whicli would attend the inhumation 
 of the bodies of deceased persons; 
 the tazees are stripped of their orna- 
 ments, and when little is left except 
 the bamboo frames, they are depo- 
 sited in pits. Tliis ceremony usually 
 takes place by torch-light, the red 
 glare of innumerable flambeaux 
 adding considerably to the wild and 
 picturesque eSect of the scene. 
 
 MOLUCCAS, a group of islands situ- 
 ated a little to the eastward of Ce- 
 lebes, and occupying nearly the same 
 latitudes in the Eastern Archipelago. 
 The principal arc Gilolo, Ternate, 
 Tidor, Cerani, and Amboyna. Their 
 most important articles of produce 
 are cloves and nutmegs. They 
 abound with sago, and Amboyna 
 yields also indigo and cayaputi oil. 
 They are free from beasts of prey, 
 but possess the common domestic 
 animals. The principal towns are 
 Ossa in Gilolo, and Amboyna, or 
 Fort Victoria, in Amboyna, the ca- 
 pital of the JJutch possessions. 
 These islands are now generally 
 termed the Molucca, or Spice Islands. 
 They are inhabited partly by Ma- 
 homcdans, and partly by Pagans of 
 the brown race. Tliey are distin- 
 guished as the most civilised and en- 
 terprising people of tiie whole East- 
 ern Archipelago, particularly the 
 Buggesses, Avho have always been 
 actively employed in navigation and 
 commerce, and are remarkable for 
 their honesty and fair dealing. These 
 islands are subject to the IJutch. 
 The general language on the coast is 
 the Malay. 
 
 MOLUNGHEE, manufacturer of salt 
 in Bengal. The salt is procured by 
 solar evaporation. Of the manufac- 
 ture of this article in India the go- 
 
 vernment enjoys a monopoly, which 
 enables it to charge as much as 
 three half-pence or two-XK'nce per 
 pound for the article. A large 
 revenue is the consequence of the 
 charge, but it is felt by the native as 
 a very oppressive tax, especially as 
 the insipid quality of his rice, pulse, 
 or vegetable diet renders much sea- 
 soning indispensable. 
 
 IMONGHYK, a town in India, in the 
 province of Bahar, situated on the 
 south side of the river Ganges, la 
 Lat. 25 deg. 23 min. N., Long. 8G deg. 
 2G min. E. This was formerly a 
 place of considerable importance. It 
 is now principally noted for its iron 
 and leather manufactures, including 
 in the former, guns, pistols, &c. The 
 gardeners of Monghyr are considered 
 the best in that part of India. 
 
 MONGOOSE, the ichneumon. This 
 little animal is peculiarly service- 
 able in Indian domestic establish- 
 ments. He is not only an enemy to 
 serpents, but to rats, mice, cock- 
 roaches, and vermin of every de- 
 scription. It is customary to let; 
 him run loose about a domicile, and 
 to give him ingress to the hollows 
 beneath the boarded floors and above 
 the ceilings of buildings. He is 
 friendly to the human race, and sub- 
 mits to become as much of a pet as a 
 favourite dog or cat. 
 
 MONSOON, a regular or periodical 
 wind in the East Indian and other 
 Asiatic seas, which blows constantly 
 in the same direction during six 
 months of the year, and contrariwise 
 the remaining six months. In the 
 Indian Ocean, the winds are i)artly 
 general, and blow tlie whole 3'ear 
 round from the same points, as in 
 the Ethiopic Ocean ; and partly 
 periodical, namely, half the year 
 from one way, and tlie other half 
 year nearly on the opposite points: 
 these points and times of alteration 
 differ in different parts of the Indian 
 Seas, and tliesc latter M-inds are 
 termed monsoons. Tiie change of 
 the monsoon does not occur at one 
 precise period of time ; in some
 
 156 
 
 MO 
 
 MO 
 
 places the time of the change is 
 accompanied by calm weather ; at 
 others, by variable winds ; those 
 of China in particular, on ceasing to 
 blow westerly, are very liable to be 
 tempestuous; such is their violence 
 (appearing to be similar to tlie West 
 Indian hurricanes), that the navi- 
 gation of those seas is very hazardous 
 in tliose seasons. These tempests 
 the seamen call the breaking up of 
 ihe monsoons. 
 
 MOOCHY, Hindostanee. Saddler ; 
 applied also to a bookbinder, or 
 other Mho works in leather. 
 
 MOOJDEH, Persian. A present for 
 bringinsT good news. 
 
 MOOJETCHECH, Persian. A high- 
 priest. 
 
 MOOLAVY, or MOULVEE, a learned 
 and religious man ; an interpreter of 
 the Mahomedan law. 
 
 MOOLLAH, a learned man, a school- 
 master, a Mahomedan priest. 
 
 MOOLTAN, a province of India, 
 bounded on the north by the Punjab ; 
 east, by the Punjab and Ajmere; 
 south, Ajmere and Scinde ; west, 
 the Lidus. The divisions are Mool- 
 tan andBuhawulpoor; and the rivers 
 are the Chenab and Sutlej. This 
 province is generally level and open, 
 in parts fertile and well cultivated, 
 but with large tracts of arid, sandy 
 soil ; and partly from natural causes, 
 but chiefly from its having been 
 during many centuries the scene of 
 continual invasions and warfare, it 
 has become for the greater part a 
 poor and thinly inhabited country. 
 Its productions are wheat and other 
 grains, cotton, and indigo. Tlie 
 towns are Mooltan, Buhawulpoor, 
 and Ooch. The inhabitants are 
 principally Juts, with Eeloochees, 
 iSikhs, and Hindoos. The inhabi- 
 tants of Buhawulpoor style them- 
 selves Daoodpootras, or descendants 
 of Daood, from a celebrated chief of 
 that name. The religion is princi- 
 pally Mahomedanism, and the lan- 
 guage generally the dialect spoken 
 in Lahore, and called the Punjabee. 
 
 MOOLTAN, one of the most ancient 
 
 cities in India, in the province of 
 Mooltan, stands in Lat. 30 deg. 9 
 min. N., Long. 71 deg. 7 min. E., four 
 miles from the left bank of the 
 Chenab. This was formerly the 
 capital of a Hindoo kingdom, and 
 subsequently the residence of a 
 viceroy of the Emperor of Delhi. 
 
 MOOM, or MUM, a species of wax, 
 like cobbler's-wax, found in Persia. 
 De Bode says, " Near the Straits of 
 Tengi-Teko, from whence the Kur- 
 distan river issues into the plain 
 above the ruins of Arrijan, and not 
 far from the village of Peshkur, is a 
 fissure high up in the mountains, 
 out of which runs a black substance 
 resembling pitch, which is gathered 
 by the natives, and is much esteemed 
 in Persia for its healing qualities, 
 especially for bruises and fractures. 
 It is called mitmia, and sometimes 
 mumia-i-Nai, from the name of the 
 village Nai-deh, which lies at the foot 
 of these mountains. The fissure was 
 doubtless originally ijroduced by a 
 volcano now extinct. At the time 
 Sliiraz was visited by an earth- 
 quake, Behbehan likewise felt its 
 effects ; the rest of the hill, from 
 whence the mumia oozed out spar- 
 ingly, was widened, and since that 
 time it runs out more abundantly, 
 but the quality is said to be deterior- 
 ated." 
 
 MOONSHEE, or linguist, ordinarily 
 a teacher of some language, particu- 
 larly the Persian, Hindostanee, and 
 Hindee, though numbers are em- 
 ployed only as interpreters, or as 
 scribes. Learning is their sole pur- 
 suit ; and so far as that can reach in 
 a country where but little is inider- 
 stood of philosophj'and mathematics, 
 some of them advance themselves 
 considerably. Generally speaking, 
 however, a few volumes of tales, the 
 lives of those great men who have 
 either invaded or ruled the empire, 
 some moral tracts, and the Koran 
 ({ormoo7iskees are i\Iussulmans), con- 
 stitute the acquirements of this class 
 of servants. 
 
 MOONSLFF, literally, a just and equi-
 
 MO 
 
 MU 
 
 157 
 
 table man ; officially, a native justice 
 or judge. 
 
 MOORADABAD, a town in India, in 
 the province of Delhi, stands on the 
 western bank of the river Kamgunga, 
 in Lat. 28 deg. 51 niin. N., Long. 78 
 42 min. E. It is one of the most 
 populous and flourishing commercial 
 towns in the province. 
 
 IMOORSHEDABAD, a town in India, 
 in the province of Bengal, situated 
 on both sides of the most sacred 
 branch of the river Ganges, named 
 the Bhagerattee, or Cossimbazar 
 river, about 120 miles above Cal- 
 cutta, in Lat. 24 deg. 11 min. N., 
 Long. 88 deg. 15 min. E. It is a 
 large, but very meanly built city, 
 and contains about 160,000 inhabi- 
 tants. In 1704, it became the capital 
 of Bengal, and continued so until 
 superseded by Calcutta. It is now 
 the principal civil station of the 
 district, and a place of extensive 
 inland traffic. 
 
 Z^TOORUT, a Hindoo idol. 
 
 jMOPILLAS, a tribe of Arabs settled 
 on the Malabar coast. They are 
 chiefly pedlars by profession. 
 
 MORAII, Hindostanee. Afoot-stool; 
 often a seat formed of cane, circular at 
 the top, and contracted in the centre, 
 somewhat in the shape of an hour- 
 glass. They are conmionly covered 
 with cloth, varnished, and painted 
 •witli representations of flowers, ani- 
 mals, fanciful arabesques, &c. 
 
 jilORIJA-FEROSII, literally, a sweeper 
 of dead bodies or skulls; a menial of 
 great utility to the dwellers on the 
 banks of the Ganges, whose olfac- 
 tories .are often disturbed by the prox- 
 imity of putrid carcases, which the 
 receding tide leaves upon the shore. 
 
 MOSQUE, Arabic. A temple, or place 
 of religious adoration among the 
 Mahomedans. All mosques are 
 square buildings, generally con- 
 structed of stone. Kvcry mosquo 
 lias six high towers, called minarets, 
 from tlience, instead of a bell, tlie 
 people are summoned to prayers by 
 certain appointed ])ersons. Each 
 iuosq[UC has also a place called tarbe, 
 
 which is the burying-place of its 
 founders; within it is a tomb, with 
 several seats round it, for those who 
 read the Koran and pray for the 
 souls of the deceased. 
 
 MOULMEIN, a town in India, the 
 princijial one in the British province 
 of Ava, being the chief military 
 station. It lies nearly opposite to 
 the Burmese town of Martaban, and 
 is 27 miles higher up the river 
 Saluen than Amherst. 
 
 MUCKUN- WALL Alls, in Bengalee, 
 butter-men. In Bombay, Muska- 
 wallah is the term. 
 
 MUEZZINS, Mahomedans, whose 
 business it is to ascend the minarets 
 or steeples of the mosques and call 
 the people to prayer. The cry is 
 uttered in a loud shrill voice, and in 
 a musical measure. It is a substi- 
 tute for the " church-going bell." 
 
 MUFFRUSHES, travelling packages 
 used in Persia. 
 
 MUFTI, the chief of the Mahomedan 
 religion in Turkey. 
 
 MUG UAH, heavy wooden clubs with 
 handles, used by the Jiativcs of India 
 after the fashion of dumb-bells, to 
 expand the chest, strengthen the 
 muscles, and render the joints supple. 
 The dexterity with which the up- 
 country Rajpoots, the sepoys, &c., 
 use these implements, is perfectly 
 astonishing. 
 
 MUGGRA, sulky. A Hindostanee 
 term. 
 
 MUGS, natives of the coast of Arracan. 
 They formerly committed great de- 
 predati(jns in the river Ganges, but 
 since the war with the Burmese in 
 1824 and 1825 they have settled 
 down into domestics, seamen, sepoys, 
 or rustics. 
 
 MUHANUDDEE, the. A river in 
 India, which rises in the province of 
 Gondwana, it is supposed near Ky- 
 ragur. It runs eastward, in a very 
 winding course, of 550 miles, tlirough 
 Gondwana and Orissa, and falls into 
 tlie Bay of Bengal in the district of 
 Cuttack. Diamonds of good quality 
 are found in this river. 
 
 MUUUL, literaUy signifying "the
 
 158 
 
 MU 
 
 MU 
 
 place," but meaning the residence of 
 the ladies in any large house in India, 
 to allude to whom among polished 
 Moslems is considered very impolite, 
 and whom to name would be an in- 
 sult. This feeling, originating and 
 strongly existing among the Mos- 
 lems, lias partially spread among the 
 Hindoos, even among the lower 
 classes, who might be supposed less 
 scrupulous in these matters. It is 
 no uncommon thing to hear a woman 
 of low caste addressed, not by lier 
 oAvn name, but by that of lier son, as 
 " Arce Teencouree Ki Ma" — " Hollo, 
 mother of Master Tliree-farthings," 
 for such names does it delight them 
 to give their sons. 
 
 MUHULEH, a word in Persia an- 
 swering to Okel in Turkey. The 
 " quarter" of a city assigned to Jews, 
 Christians, or other sects. 
 
 MUN, or MAUND, an Indian Aveight, 
 equivalent to one hundred pounds 
 troy. 
 
 MUNDOOGURH, or MANDOO, in 
 the province of Malwa, in India. 
 The place is now in ruins, and unin- 
 habited, but it was formerly much 
 celebrated as the capital of the 
 Pathan sovereigns of Malwa during 
 the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. 
 It was then twenty-eight miles in 
 circumference, and contained many 
 splendid edifices, the ruins of which 
 still remain. 
 
 MUNDOOK, the bull-frog. These 
 amphibious reptiles grow to an enor- 
 mous size in India, and croak witli 
 a vehemence and force unknown in 
 England. 
 
 MUNGHLA, in Hindoo mythology, is 
 the Mars of the Hindoos. He is one 
 of the planets, and is of the Kettrio 
 caste. He Avas produced from the 
 sweat of Siva's brow; and is painted 
 of a red or flame-colour, with four 
 arms, holding in his hands a trident, 
 a club, a lotus, and a spear. 
 
 MUNTUR, . or MUNTKA -WAL- 
 LAHS, men who pretend to tlie art of 
 magic. They are generally Brahmuns, 
 trading upon the ignorance andcreihi- 
 lity of the masses. They affect the 
 
 power to work miracles througli the 
 agency of rice, battasahs (sweet- 
 meats), gooJal (red powder), incense, 
 and incantations. 
 
 MUNTUKS, or MUNTRAS, prayers, 
 orisons. 
 
 MUSALCHEE, an Indian domestic, 
 like unto the scullion in British 
 households, but who looks to being 
 one day a Khedmutgar, and who has 
 even attained, though in rare in- 
 stances, the Khansamaship itself. 
 The analogy between the Musalchee 
 and tlie scullion, indeed, is not com- 
 plete in all its parts: for the former 
 cleans knives, jilates, spoons, glasses, 
 &c., and does, in a word, the under 
 work of the butler's pantry, which 
 is somewhat above the performance 
 of the nymph of the scullery. 
 
 MUSHED, the burying-placeof Imaura 
 Reza, the eighth Imaum of the Sheah 
 
 . Mahometans, who was poisoned aS 
 Toos, in Khorasan, by Mamoon, son 
 of Caliph Ilaroon al Rasheed. 
 
 MUSHROOT, Hindostanee. Stipu- 
 lated, conditional. As applied to 
 grants of lands, it signifies that the 
 grants are, either wholly or in part, 
 to be appropriated to particular uses. 
 
 MUSJEED, a Mahomedan mosque. 
 The word is more frequently used 
 in India than in Persia, though the 
 thing itself is equally common in 
 botli coimtries. 
 
 MUSNUD, the Hindostanee word 
 for a throne. 
 
 MOSQUITOES, large gnats, which 
 swarm in India, and inflict irritating 
 wounds upon men and animals. At 
 night the attacks of these insects, 
 especiafly during the hot and damp 
 months, are incessant, rendering 
 sleep (except under gauze curtains 
 tucked under the bedding) an im- 
 possibility. Europeans in India often 
 wear loose trousers passing imder 
 the feet, or stockings bagged over 
 the instep, for the protection of their 
 nether limbs from the attacks of 
 musquitoes when the legs are under 
 a table. Scratching the parts stung 
 by the musquitoes often causes very 
 serious sores upon healthy persons
 
 MU 
 
 MU 
 
 159 
 
 newly arrived from England, which 
 Bores leave a mark for a very consi- 
 derable time. 
 
 MUSSALAH, curry-stuff. The in- 
 gredients wiiich go to the composi- 
 tion of a dish of curry, minus the 
 fish or meat. 
 
 MUSSOOREE, a European station 
 in the Himalaya Mountains, about 
 8000 feet above the level of the sea. 
 Its proximity to the principal mili- 
 tary stations of INIeerut, Cawnpore, 
 &c., causes it to be much resorted to 
 in the hot season. 
 
 MUSSUCIv, the leathern bag, composed 
 of the entire skin of a sheep, in 
 which the hheestie,puckauly, or water- 
 carrier, transports the water taken 
 from the tanks or wells for house or 
 camp use in India. 
 
 MUSSULMAN, a true believer, one 
 resigned to God. The Mahomedans 
 modestly arrogate the title to tliem- 
 selves as the only elect of God. 
 
 MUTHA KAMRLTsGA {averrhoa 
 carambola), the star apple.Of this very 
 handsome and valuable fruit there are 
 two varieties in India, theacid and the 
 sweet kind ; the latter of which is 
 only eaten (when boiled) with various 
 dishes, to which, like tlie tamarind, 
 it gives its acid flavour ; and an 
 acid stew or curry is a favourite dish 
 with eastern nations. The rich 
 taste of the star apple, of wliich the 
 flavour of the best kinds, when fully 
 ripe, resembles more that of apple 
 jelly or marmalade than any otlier 
 to which we can compare it, has 
 made it a favourite in almost every 
 country, except with the English in 
 India, who, generally speaking, know 
 little of the fruit, and less of its 
 invaluable properties for the sick. 
 The tree is small, but of handsome 
 appearance; the leaves are sensitive, 
 when somewhat rouglily handled, 
 and are by the Malays, and even by 
 the natives of India, often eaten as 
 sorel, to which family the tree be- 
 longs. 
 
 MUTTRA, or MATITURA, a town in 
 India, in the province of Agra, situ- 
 ated on the west bank of the river 
 
 Jumna, in Lat. 27 deg. 31 min. IT., 
 Long. 77 deg. 33 min. E. Tiiis is a 
 place of great antiquity, much cele- 
 brated in the legends of the Hindoos, 
 by whom it is supposed to be sacred. 
 On account of its position, it is still 
 considered one of the principal towns 
 in the province, and forms an English 
 mihtary station. Muttra must be 
 the same word as, or, at least, have 
 some connection with, the IVIithra or 
 Sun God of the ancient Persians; 
 and hence, probably, they derived 
 tlie leading features of their simple 
 and sublime superstition, — magni- 
 ficent tndy; for if any palliation can 
 be foiind for him who bows to the 
 creature rather than to the Creator, 
 it must be for the sun-worshipper, 
 who prostrates himself in gratitude, 
 awe, and wonder, before the resplen- 
 dent glories of the god of day. 
 Mathura. contains many curious and 
 ancient buildings, some of them in a 
 ruinous state; they are for the most 
 part complex and irregular, some 
 having courts, cloisters, and arcades, 
 with ghauts or flights of steps, over- 
 shadowed by trees, leading from 
 them to the Jumna. The construc- 
 tion of sucli works of utility confers 
 a well-earned fame on the wealthy 
 in India, and they have a saying, that 
 the man is sure of heaven, " who 
 digs a well, plants a grove, and be- 
 comes the father of a child." About 
 these sacred edifices, numerous 
 Brahmuns, mendicants, and other 
 pious Hindoos, maj'' be seen inces- 
 santly engaged in bathing, anointing 
 their brazen gods, blowing* conchs, 
 and in the other ten thousand and 
 one idle observances and foolish 
 mummeries of this most extraordi- 
 nary sui)erstition, which furnishes 
 one of the strongest examples extant 
 of how completely forms and cere- 
 monies, unduly multiplied, tend to 
 encourage indolence and destroy all 
 mental vigour. About the Ghauts 
 where the jieople batlic are swarms 
 of fish and turt'c, the latter so 
 voracious, and in such a hurry to bo 
 fed, that instances have been "known
 
 160 
 
 MU 
 
 MU 
 
 of their seizing young children by 
 the feet, when the parents have been 
 washing lliem, and dragging them 
 into the stream in a moment. In 
 one part of the town is a large 
 mansion, in the Hindoo taste, and 
 not far from it a fine, but dilapidated 
 mosque, constructed on the spot 
 where once stood a Hindoo temjile 
 of considerable sanctity, built by a 
 prince of celebrity, whose fame still 
 lives amongst his grateful and ad- 
 miring countrymen in Bundelkhund. 
 Matura, or jMuttra, must be one of 
 the paradises of monkeys, for in no 
 part of the world are they more 
 cherished and respected. Even 
 princes consider it an honour to 
 contribute to their comfort and sup- 
 port. The place absolutely swarms 
 with them, and in riding through 
 the narrow and crooked streets, they 
 may be every where seen, gambolling, 
 pilfering, nursing their young, or 
 engaged in those entomological re- 
 searches to Avhich these quadrupeds 
 are so much addicted. Every now 
 and then you stumble on a young 
 one, who shows his little teeth and 
 grins with terror, or, perched on the 
 corner of some temple, or on the 
 wall of a bunyah's shop, you en- 
 counter some stolid old fellow, de- 
 voured apparently Avith chagrin and 
 melancholy, avIio, however, no sooner 
 catches a glimpse of the strange- 
 looking topee wala (hat-man), than, 
 arousing from his trance, he becomes 
 endued with astonishing animation 
 and fury, gnashing his teeth as you 
 pass, • in a manner unequivocally 
 hostile. The monkeys are usually of 
 the common greyish-green sort ; 
 nevertheless, the Hanuman, or 
 great black-faced ape, Avhich is a 
 very fine creature, is common 
 enough. The Hanuman is he 
 who cuts so conspicuous a figure 
 in the history of Hindoo supersti- 
 tions; who is the hero of some of 
 their tales, and so frequently repre- 
 sented both by painting and sculp- 
 ture in their temples. The Ha- 
 numans do not associate with the 
 
 other monkeys ; no doubt it would 
 be i7ifra dig. in monkeys of such 
 high historical pretensions to do so. 
 In certain parts of the town are ter- 
 races a few feet high, and of a circu- 
 lar form, on which, at certain times 
 of the day, the monkeys are fed; the 
 Brahmun, or he Avhose duty it is to 
 cater for them, after spreading out 
 the grain, makes a signal, and the 
 tribe of satyrs, great and small, come 
 trooping down from the trees and 
 house-tops, and are soon busily en- 
 gaged. 
 
 MUTWALLAH, a Hindoo phrase, 
 signifying a drunken fellow. 
 
 MUZEEA, a cultivated field sown, or 
 ready for sowing. In the Northera 
 Circars (q. v.) the term implies a 
 component part of a monza, or 
 village. 
 
 MYSORE, a province of India, bounded 
 on the north by the Dooab and Ceded 
 Districts ; east, by the mountain3 
 separating it from the Carnatic, 
 Baramahal, and Salem; south, by 
 Coimbatoor; and Avest, by Koorg, 
 Malabar, and Kanara. It is divided 
 into three great districts, namely, 
 Chutakul or Chittledroog, Nugger 
 or Bednore, and Puttun or Seringa- 
 patam. The largest of the three, 
 Chittledroog, which occupies the 
 northern part of the province, con- 
 sists of an extensive open plain. It 
 is not very fertile, not being well 
 supplied with water, but it abounds 
 with sheep. Nugger is situated in 
 the midst of the western mountains, 
 and is for the greater part covered 
 Avith forest, producing abundance of 
 sandal wood, pepper, betel, and car- 
 damoms. This district Avas formerly 
 an independent principality, under 
 a Hindoo rajah. In 1762 it was 
 conquered by Hyder Ali, Avho an- 
 nexed it to Mysore, Avith which it 
 has since remained. The Puttun 
 district is partly mountainous and 
 partly plain, and abounds with rocky 
 hills and forest. The principal 
 rivers are the Toombudra, Vedavuth, 
 Pennar, Panar, Patar, and Cavery, 
 all of which, except the Cavery, have
 
 IVIY 
 
 their sources in tliis province. This 
 province presents every variety of 
 appearance in its different districts. 
 It is enclosed on two sides by the 
 Eastern and Western mountains, or 
 ghauts, and tlius forms an elevated 
 table-land, from which rise clusters 
 of lofty hills, containing the sources 
 of nearly all the rivers which water 
 the low countries adjacent. The 
 altitude of the level land varies from 
 1800 to 3000 feet above the sea! 
 Sivagunga, which is the highest hill 
 in the province, is 4600 feet above 
 the sea. Mysore produces rice, 
 raggy, wheat, and other grains; 
 sugar, betel, opiimi, castor-oil, and 
 various other articles. Kaggy, or 
 ragee, is the grain principally cul- 
 tivated, as it forms the food of all 
 the poorer classes. The western 
 forests yield rich supplies of 
 sandal and other valuable woods. 
 Sheep are very numerous — red, 
 white, and black ; and there is also 
 an inferior breed of horses. Mysore 
 abounds in iron ore, which is Avorked 
 by the natives, but in a very imper- 
 fect manner. Its principal manu- 
 factures are black and M'hite cumlics 
 and woollen carpets, and shawls. 
 Cotton manufactures are few and of 
 inferior qualities. Tiie principal 
 towns are Ilurryhar, Chittledroog, 
 Kuggur, Simooga, Sera, Colar ban- 
 galore, Seringapatam, and Mysore. 
 The inhabitants of the ]irovince, or 
 Jlysoreans, are chiefly Hindoos, and 
 the}' are generally stouter and taller 
 than the people of the Carnatic. 
 There are also considerable nunihers 
 of Maliomedans dispersed tluvjugh 
 different jiarts. The total jiopula- 
 tion is estimated at about 3,000,0(10. 
 The religion is Ilindooisin and Ma- 
 honicdanism. The general language 
 of the province is the Karnataka, or 
 Kanarese. The official documents of 
 the government are usually written 
 in Mahratee. 
 MYSORE, a city in India, the ancient 
 and present capital of the province 
 of Mysore, situated about nine miles 
 south from Seringapatam. The 
 
 NA 
 
 161 
 
 town is large and poptdous, and the 
 fort, which is separated from it, is 
 built in imitation of the European 
 style. The rajah's palace is inside 
 the fort, and the British residency, 
 on a rising ground, a short distance 
 outside. A large tank extends from 
 near the fort towards the foot of 
 Mysore hill, Avhich is a conical 
 mountain, about 1000 feet high, 
 rising from the plain at five miles' 
 distance from the city. On the 
 summit is a house belonging to the 
 British rcsidencj', and on the south- 
 western declivitj', in the midst of a 
 Brahmun village, there are two 
 pagodas of great repute, to which 
 the raj all is accustomed to make an 
 annual visit. Lower down, on the 
 same part of the hill, is a figure of a 
 bull, sixteen feet high, cut cmt of the 
 rock. The name Mysore, or as it is 
 termed by the natives Mysoor, is a 
 corruption of Mahesh Usoora, a fa- 
 bulous monster of Hindoo mytho- 
 logj'. 
 
 K 
 
 NAGA, the hooded serpent; the copra 
 di capclla of the Hindoos. 
 
 NAG-EN TAEA. See Gakuda. 
 
 NAGORE, or NAGOOR, a town in 
 India, situated in the district of Tan- 
 jore, in the province of Southern Car- 
 natic; lies on the coast, thirteen miles 
 south of Tranqucbar. It is a popu- 
 lous and busy place, and possesses 
 a number of trading vessels, some of 
 them of a considerable size. The 
 main branch of the Nagore river 
 forms its harbour. There is hero a 
 curious minar, 150 feet high, and 
 several mosques, erected at difi'erent 
 times l)y the nabobs of the Carnatic. 
 
 NAGPOlvK, a city in Indiji, the capi- 
 tal of the province of (.londwana, and 
 of the Blionsla Mahratta State, is 
 situated in Lat. 21 deg. 9 min. N., 
 Long. 79 deg. 11 min. E. It is 
 a large town, but meanly built, and 
 its site is low and swamjn'. It con- 
 tains about 11,>,000 iidiabitants of 
 various classes.
 
 162 
 
 NA 
 
 NA 
 
 NAGREE, the character used in San- 
 scrit works, and sometimes called 
 the Deva Nagree. 
 
 NAIB, a deputy or under law officer 
 in Indian courts. 
 
 NAIK, or NAIGUE, leader, conduc- 
 tor, chief; petty military officer. In 
 the Indian army, the title is applied 
 to a non-commissioned officer Avhose 
 rank and duties correspond Avith 
 those of a corporal. 
 
 NAIE, chief, head-man. The N"airs 
 are a peculiar description of Hindoo, 
 principally of the military class, who 
 hold lands in Malabar. 
 
 NAKSIIATRA, the twenty-seven lu- 
 nar mansions, or daily positions of 
 the moon in the Hindoo Zodiac; and 
 as, to perfect the revolutions, some 
 odd hours are required, they have 
 added another not included in the 
 regular chart, 
 
 NALKEE, a litter, only used by 
 the highest classes of Mahomedan 
 princes in India. It is one of the 
 three great insignia which the Mo- 
 gul Emperors of Delhi conferred 
 upon independent princes of the first 
 class, and could never be used by 
 any person upon whom, or upon 
 whose ancestors, they had not been 
 so conferred. There were the Nal- 
 kee, the Order of the Fish, and the 
 fan of the peacock's feathers. These 
 insignia could be used only by the 
 prince who inherited the sovereignty 
 of the one on whom they had been 
 originally' conferred. See Mahee 
 
 IMORATUB. 
 
 NANCAE, Ilindostanee. Literally, 
 bread for work, stated to be land 
 given by the amiJs, or, nazini, or the 
 zumeendars, choictlries, taluohdars, for 
 some service performed. It was, 
 however, an allowance received by 
 tha zumeendar,v;\\i\e he administered 
 the concerns of the zumeendary, 
 from government, without reference 
 to proprietary right. When he did 
 not administer the affiiirs of tlie zu- 
 meendary no nancar Avas allowed. 
 
 NANDAIll, a town in India, in the 
 province of Eeder, situated on tlie 
 north bank of the river Godavery, 
 
 135 miles northerly and westerly 
 from Hyderabad, in Lat. 19 deg. 3 
 min. N., Long. 77 deg. 38 min. E. 
 It is a large and populous town, and 
 was the capital of Nandair, when it 
 was a distinct province of the Moo- 
 ghul Empire. At this place there 
 is a Sikh college, erected on the spot 
 where Gooroo Govind is supposed to 
 have been assassinated, and many of 
 the inhabitants are of the Sikh sect. 
 
 NARA-SINGII, m Hindoo mythology, 
 the fourth (]\ran-Lion) of Vishnu's 
 avatars. In this avatar Vishnu took 
 the form of another monster, to 
 punish the wickedness of a profane 
 and unbelieving monarch. 
 
 NAEAYAjSTA, in Hindoo mythology, 
 this appellation is claimed by the 
 followers of the three principal dei- 
 ties for the three several objects of 
 their worship. Thus, Brahma was 
 Narayana ; the Vishnaivas bestowed 
 the title upon their god Vishnu; 
 and the Saivas xipon Siva. Nara- 
 yana is the spirit of the supreme 
 god; but, as the Hindoos, when they 
 lost sight of an unity of worship, 
 endowed their idol with his essence, 
 Narayana may he, as above stated, 
 Brahma, Vishnu, or Siva, and is 
 sometimes even Ganesha. Jsarayani, 
 his sactt, may be, accordingly, Sur- 
 aswati, Lakshmi, or Parvati. Vish- 
 n\i is, however, in common usage, 
 called Narayana, in which character 
 he is fabled to be sleej^ing on the 
 serpent Shesha, or Auanta, on the 
 waters of Eternity, and causing the 
 creation of the world. He is also 
 described with his toe in his mouth, 
 reposing in like manner on the leaf 
 of the lotus. 
 
 NARAYUN BAWA, the name of a 
 remarkable cliild, who, from his 
 power of controlling serpents, was 
 supposed to haA'e a divine origin, 
 and regarded by thousands of Mah- 
 rattas,"in 1829-30, as the Slessiah, 
 The mania regarding tliis boy was 
 extraordinary as long as he lived, 
 but his death, by the bite of a ser- 
 pent, put an end to the niusion. 
 
 NAEEDA, in Hindoo mythology, a
 
 NA 
 
 NA 
 
 163 
 
 son of Brahma and Suras^rati, the 
 messenger of the gods, and the in- 
 ventor of the veena, or Ilindoo lute. 
 He was a wise legislator, an astro- 
 nomer, and a musician, but a distin- 
 guished warrior. 
 
 NARGAS, a pilao, consisting of the 
 flesli of a fat lamb well pounded in 
 a mortar with cloves, cmuamon, and 
 other spices, and then used in cover- 
 ing a imcleus of half a hard boiled 
 egg, the yellow and white of which 
 was meant to represent a nargas, or 
 narcissus. 
 
 NARGHEEL, a smallpipe of thehookah 
 family. 
 
 KAIIGIL, the cocoa-nut tree in South- 
 ern India. 
 
 NARNAC, the founder of the religion 
 of the Sikhs of the Punjab.' His 
 father Avas a merchant living upon 
 the banks of the Beas, who wished 
 his son to follow the same profitable 
 calling. Narnac, hov/ever, had learnt, 
 partly by intuition, partly by read- 
 ing tlie sacred books of the Hindoos, 
 and partly by conversing with Fa- 
 keers (wandering beggars, who as- 
 sume a character for sanctity), that 
 the sole uses of wealth were to suc- 
 cour the poor. Acting upon this 
 impression, he did what we should 
 l)erhaps consider to evince a loose- 
 ness of moral principle — he gave 
 away to the mendicants aU the 
 money with which he was in- 
 trusted to purchase salt, and even 
 distributed among the poor the 
 whole of the contents of a granary 
 coumiitted to his charge. After 
 this, it was naturally thought dan- 
 gerous to employ him, and he was, 
 accordingly, left to his own resources. 
 Narnac then adopted the profession 
 of the wandering Fakeers, and went 
 about to all the Hindoo places of 
 pilgrimage, and the holy spots at 
 Jledina and Mecca, where Ma- 
 homed had been born and buried, 
 preaeliing the doctrines of the Unity 
 and tlie Onniipresence of God. He 
 Avas careful in his teaching not to 
 oHend the opinions and prejudices 
 of others, his object behig rather to 
 
 explain and defend his own. To 
 discord ho professed himself a foe, 
 whose sole purpose was to reconcile 
 the two faiths of the Hindoos and 
 the IMahomedaus by recaUing them 
 to that great original truth, the 
 basis of their creeds, the Unity of 
 God. Narnac suflfered much dur- 
 ing his travels from climate, priva- 
 tion, and the persecution of zealots 
 of all faiths; but the purity of his 
 life, his great patience with which 
 he endured every calamity and every 
 reproach, carried him through his 
 pilgrimage, and he died respected by 
 myriads, and leaving thousands of 
 disciples to propagate tiie simple 
 doctrines of his faith. In all, but 
 the circumstances of his birth, and 
 death, and the character of his tenets, 
 we may trace a close resemblance 
 between the life of Narnac and 
 that of the founder of the Chris- 
 tian religion. Each manifested 
 a total indifference to worldly pos- 
 sessions — each trusted to his own 
 powers of persuasiveness— each was 
 patient and uncomplaining — and 
 each bequeathed to the communi- 
 ties among whicli they moved 
 apostles lull of devotion and earnest- 
 ness, Avho perfected the good work 
 their principals had begun. Narnac 
 expounded his doctrines before the 
 fierce and intolerant Persian Empe- 
 peror Baber, but, instead of being 
 scolled at and put to death, he was 
 honoured for his courage and sim- 
 phcity. The IMahomedan govern- 
 ment, though ordinarily cruel and 
 tyrannical, did not indeed adopt his 
 doctrines, but they respected the 
 manner in which they were urged. 
 When Narnac died, at least one 
 hundred thousand i)crsons had be- 
 come converts to his doctrines. 
 These persons were called Siiciis, 
 from the Sanscrit word sic-sha, 
 which is a general term, denoting 
 ilisciple, or clevoted follower. Nar- 
 nac had begun a book called the 
 Granth, wliich contained the ele- 
 mentary principles of his faith. Tliis 
 book was coutiuued by his succcs- 
 U2
 
 164 
 
 NA 
 
 NA. 
 
 sors, and is now the bible of the 
 Sikhs. 
 
 NARNOOL, a town in India, m the 
 province of Agra, situated in Lat. 
 28 deg. 5 min. N., Long. 75 deg. 52 
 min. E., about ninety miles south- 
 westerly from Delhi, is the frontier 
 town of the territories belonging to 
 the rajah of Jypore. It is a place 
 of consideraljle antiquity, but at 
 present of little importance. 
 
 NARNULLA, a fortified town inlndia, 
 in the iirovince of Berar, situated 
 about forty miles N.W. of Ellichpore, 
 Lat. 21 deg. 40 min. N., Long. 77 
 deg. 30 min. E. It is an ancient 
 town, and has always been a place 
 of note in the province. 
 
 NASSACKJEE, tlie Persian term for 
 an execTitioner. 
 
 NASSUCK, a town in India, in the 
 province of Aurungabad, in Lat. 19 
 deg. IG min. N., Long. 73 deg. 5G 
 min. E. It is a large town, con- 
 taining about 30,000 inliabitants, 
 principally Erahmuns, and is nnich 
 resorted to as a jjlace of pil- 
 grimage. In the neighbourhood 
 are some extensive Booddhist exca- 
 vations. 
 
 NAUTCH, an Indian entertainment, 
 of which dancing forms the chief 
 element ; not, however, where the 
 guests dance, but where they wit- 
 ness certain evolutions dignified by 
 the appellation of dancing. The native 
 of Inilia does not condescend to 
 Terpsichorean indidgence. He pre- 
 fers to be a spectator of the gesticu- 
 lations of others who make a trade 
 of the "light fantastic," and are 
 called nautch girls. These girls are 
 of different kinds. The most respect- 
 able are the mceraseens, sometimes 
 called cloominca; though the real doo- 
 rninca exhibit in public before men, 
 which tlie meeraseens never do. The 
 word meeras means an inheritaiicv, 
 and meeraseen an inheritress, from 
 the custom, in certain families, of 
 never changing the set. As the 
 meeraseens are never accompanied 
 by male minstrels, they seldom 
 play on other instruments than 
 
 drums of different kinds, such as 
 the fabla, dholuk, and munjeera ; 
 though the meeraseens never per- 
 form before assemblies of men, yet 
 the husband and his sons may be 
 present. Tliey are modest and chaste 
 in their manners and dress; but, 
 notwithstanding this, it sometimes 
 liappens that a fair meerusecn at- 
 tracts the attention of the male 
 part of the family. The kunchenee 
 are of an opposite stamp : they dance 
 and sing for the aumsement of the 
 male sex, and in every respect 
 are at their command. They are 
 attended by male minstrels, to whom 
 they are often married. It is said 
 these women always consider their 
 first lover as their real Imsband 
 during the rest of their lives; and, 
 on his death, though they should 
 be married to another, they leave oft' 
 their pursuits for a proscribed period, 
 and mourn, agreeably to the custom 
 of widows. They do not consider 
 any part of their profession either 
 disgraceful or criminal. There are 
 many otlier kinds of dancing women, 
 such as Iworkenees, bazeegarnees, 
 dharec, &c., &e. In dancing, the 
 nautch-girls present very pic- 
 turesque figures, though somewhat 
 encumbered by the voluminous folds 
 of tlieir drapery. Their attire consists 
 of a pair of gay-coloured silk trou- 
 sers, edged and embroidered with 
 silver or gold lace, so long as only 
 to afford occasional glimpses of the 
 rich anklets, strung with small bells, 
 which encircle the legs. Their toes 
 are covered with rings, and a broad, 
 flat, silver chain is passed across the 
 foot. Over the trousers a petticoat 
 of some rich stufl" appears, contam- 
 ing at least twelve breadths, pro- 
 fusely trinuned, having broad silver 
 or gold borders, finished with deep 
 fringes of the same. The coortee, or 
 vest, is of the usual dimensions, but 
 it is almost hidden by an immense 
 veil, which crosses the bosom seve- 
 ral times, hanging down in front 
 and at the back in broad ends, either 
 trimmed to match the iietticoat, or
 
 NA 
 
 NE 
 
 165 
 
 composed of still more splendid ma- 
 terials, tb.e rich tissues of Benares. 
 The hands, arms, and neck are 
 covered with jewels, sometimes of 
 great value, and the hair is hraided 
 ■with silver ribbons, and confined 
 with bodkins of beautiful workman- 
 ship. The ears are pierced round 
 the top, and furnished with a fringe- 
 like series of rings, in addition to 
 the ornament worn in England : the 
 diameter of the nose-ring is as large 
 as that of a crown piece; it is of 
 gold wire, and very thin; a pearl and 
 two other precious gems are strung 
 upon it, dangling over the mouth, 
 and disfiguring the countenance. 
 With the exception of this hideous 
 article of decoration, the dress of the 
 natitch -girls, when the wearers are 
 young and handsome, and have not 
 adopted the too-prevailing custom of 
 blackening their teeth, is not only 
 splendid, but becoming; but it re- 
 quires, however, a tall and graceful 
 figure to support the cumbrous ha- 
 biliments Avhich are worn indiscri- 
 minately by all the performers. The 
 nautch-girls of India are singers as 
 well as dancers; they commence the 
 vocal part of the entertainment in a 
 high, shrill key, which they sustain 
 as long as they can ; they have no 
 idea whatsoever of modulating their 
 voices, and tiie instruments wliich 
 form the accompaniment are little 
 less barbarous; these consist of non- 
 descript guitarsand very small kettle- 
 drums, wliich cliime in occasionally, 
 making sad havoc Avith the original 
 melodies, some of Avhich are sweet 
 and plaintive. The dancing is even 
 more strange, and less interesting 
 than the music ; tlie performers 
 rarely raise their feet from the 
 ground, but shuffle, or, to use a more 
 poetical, though not so expressive 
 a phrase, glide along tlie door, rais- 
 ing their arms, and veiling or un- 
 veiling as they advance or describe 
 a circle. Tiie same evolutions arc 
 repeated, with the most unvarying 
 monotony, and are continued until 
 the appearance of a new set of 
 
 dancers gives a hint to the preced- 
 ing party to withdraw. 
 
 NAWAB, a species of Mahomedan 
 sovereign ; a very great deputy, 
 vicegei'ent, or viceroy. The governor 
 of a province under the ftlogul 
 government, and popularly called by 
 the English a nabob. The title of 
 Nawab is also by courtesy often 
 given to persons of high rank or 
 station. It was formerly used (under 
 the corrupticm nabob) to designate 
 wealthy Englishmen who returned 
 from India laden with wealth. 
 
 NAZIM, composer, arranger, adjuster. 
 The first officer or governor of an 
 Indian province, and minister of the 
 department of criminal justice under 
 the native government; styled also 
 N'aivab and Souhahdar. 
 
 NAZlli, Ilindostanee. A supervisor, 
 or inspector. 
 
 NEAKDAKHY, Ilindostanee. Hold- 
 ing or keeping safe or well ; safe- 
 guard. Perquisites or fees received 
 or collected from the ryots, being 
 shares of the produce of their lands 
 appropriated to partieidar public 
 officers in the village, or other per- 
 sons. 
 
 KEELA, blue; indigo. 
 
 NEEL GHAE, the blue cow; the nyl- 
 ghau. 
 
 NEEL WALLAH, literally, blue- 
 fellow ; an indigo planter. 
 
 NEE.MU CII, in the province of Ajmere, 
 in India, situated about forty miles 
 to the south-eastward of Cliitore, is 
 the principal British station in the 
 province. 
 
 NEEMUCKY, saline, salt; salt lands. 
 
 NEGArATAM, a town in India, in the 
 district of Tanjore, in the province 
 of Southern Carnatic, situated on 
 the coast, twenty miles south of 
 Trancpiebar, in Lat. 10 (leg. 45 min. 
 N., Long, 79 deg. 54 min. E. This 
 place, originally a Portuguese settle- 
 ment, was taken in lOGO by the 
 Dutch, who ma<lc it the capital of 
 tlieir possessions on tlic Curomandel 
 coast. It is now nucii decayed and 
 (le]io])ulatc(l. 
 
 NELLGliEliliY MOUNTAINS, the.
 
 166 
 
 NE 
 
 ^'E 
 
 In Hindostan, these mountains form 
 a connecting range between the 
 eastern and western Ghauts or 
 moimtains through the province of 
 Coimbatore (q. v.) Their highest 
 point is estimated at 8800 feet above 
 the sea. 
 
 NEJD, the province of Arabia which 
 produces the finest horses. 
 
 NELLOKE, a city in India, situated 
 in the Northern Carnatic, on the 
 south side of the river Pennar, a few 
 miles from the coast, about 100 miles 
 north of Madras. It is a populous 
 town, and the capital of the pro- 
 vince. 
 
 NEPAUL, a province of Hindostan, 
 bounded on the north by the Hima- 
 laya Mountains, separating it from 
 Thibet ; east, Sikkim ; south, Ben- 
 gal, Bahar, Oude, and Delhi; west, 
 Kamdoon. The divisions are, Jemla, 
 Goorkha, Nepaul, Mukwanpore, Mo- 
 rung. The rivers are, the Kalec and 
 Suryoo, which, joining together at 
 Bramadee, form the Goggra and 
 Gunduk. The Gunduk is supposed 
 to rise in the Himalayas, and flows 
 into the Ganges near Patna. The 
 upper part of the river is called the 
 Salgramee, from the stones called 
 Salgrams which are found in it. 
 These stones are considered sacred 
 by the Hindoos, and are carried for 
 sale to all parts of India. Some have 
 been sold for as ° much as 2000 ru- 
 pees each. The lower part of the 
 country, lying along the borders of 
 Oude and Bahar, and which is called 
 the Turiyanee (Iow-la7ids), consists 
 of a long belt, or strip, of low, level 
 land. Beyond this is a strip of nearly 
 the same width of hills and valleys, 
 rising graduaUy towards the nortli. 
 The upper, or northern part, is com- 
 posed of high mountains, terminat- 
 ing in the Himalayas. The produc- 
 tions of Nepaul are wheat, oats, bar- 
 ley, millet, maize, and other grains; 
 and, in the valleys, large quantities 
 of rice, which forms the principal 
 article of food, sugar, and carda- 
 moms, wax, demmee, and oil. 
 Amongst other trees, the forests 
 
 produce oak and pine, with rattans 
 and bamboos, both of enormous size. 
 Elephants are numerous. The sheep 
 are large, and their wool is good. 
 Iron and copper are found in the 
 hills. The sheep and goats are used 
 in the mountain districts to carry 
 burdens. These animals, being sad- 
 dled with small bags of grain, are 
 despatched in flocks, under the 
 charge of a few shepherds and 
 their dogs. An old ram, furnished 
 •vvith a bell, leads them. The towns 
 are Malebum, Goorkha, Khatman- 
 doo,Salitaputtun, and Mukwanpore. 
 The inhabitants of Nepaul are com- 
 posed of a number of tribes of different 
 origin, and differing from one anotlier 
 in their langiiage and manners. The 
 original inhabitants appear to have 
 been of Tartar descent. They now 
 chiefly occupy the northern parts. 
 The tribes occupying the central 
 and southern districts form a mixed 
 race, partly Tartar, and partly Hin- 
 doo. Of these, the principal are the 
 Goorkhas, composed mostly of Kha- 
 sij^as and Mogurs, both original 
 tribes, and the Pm-buttees and Ne- 
 wars. The ]\Iogurs constitute the 
 principal military force. The Pur- 
 buttees usually inhabit the moun- 
 tains, and are a pastoral race; while 
 the Newars live in the valleys, and 
 are engaged in agriculture and com- 
 merce. The prevailing religion is 
 the Brahminical, but many of the 
 tribes still follow a sort of Booddliism, 
 and latterly Mahomedanism has 
 been introduced. A number of dif- 
 ferent dialects are spoken, of which 
 the principal is the Purbuttee, called, 
 in the western parts, the Khasee, 
 which appears to be derived from 
 the Hindawee, and is written in a 
 character resembling the Nagree. 
 NERBUDDA, the. A river in Hm- 
 dostan, which rises in the province 
 of Gondwana, in about Lat. 23 deg. 
 N., Long. 82 deg. E. It runs west- 
 ward through the provinces of 
 Gondwana, Malwa, Candeish, and 
 Guzerat, and falls into the sea below 
 Baroach. Including its windings,
 
 NE 
 
 NE 
 
 167 
 
 its course is about 750 miles. The 
 Nerbudda river, though quite as 
 sacred in the eyes of tlie natives of 
 India, and scarcely less celebrated 
 than the Ganges and Jumna, has 
 not attracted an equal number of 
 European pilgrims to its source, 
 "which has only lately been traced 
 by scientific men. As early as 1795, 
 Capt. Blunt, Avhile employed in sur- 
 veying a route between Berar, Orissa, 
 and the Northern Circars, approached 
 within a few miles of Omerkantuk, 
 on the smumit of which the river 
 takes its rise, but was prevented 
 from further advance by the hostility 
 of the native mountaineers. A long 
 time elapsed before any other at- 
 tempt was made to penetrate the 
 fastnesses of Gondwana, where, on 
 the summit of a Avooded hill, 24G0 
 feet above the level of the sea, the 
 sacred river springs to life and light ; 
 in these days however of adventure 
 and research, an excursion to the 
 temple of Omerkantuk is frequentlj^ 
 imdertaken by the Anglo-Indian 
 inhabitants of the neighbourhood. 
 The source of the Nerbudda, there- 
 fore, is no longer a terra incognita; 
 and, though the ascent of the hill is 
 still attended with considerable 
 difficulty, since fatigue, hardship, 
 and privation must be encountered 
 by the way, a lady has been fomid 
 bold enough to join one of these 
 exploring parties. Sportsmen were 
 of course the first to try the adven- 
 ture, for to the hog-hunters and 
 tiger-slaters of the Indian army we 
 are indebted for many interesting 
 particulars relating to remote and 
 almost inaccessible places, penetrated 
 in the true spirit of the chase. Jub- 
 bulpore, a town in tlie province of 
 Gondwana, to the north of the Ner- 
 budda, and one of the military sta- 
 tions of the Bengal armj', generally 
 contains some eager aspirants, anx- 
 ious to avail themselves of every 
 opportunity to vary the monotony 
 of the scene, by excursions to cele- 
 brated places in the vicinity. Some 
 of the best fishing in India is to be 
 
 found in the Nerbudda, which is 
 famous for its Mahasseer, and the 
 hunter may cncoimter nearly every 
 Asiatic zoological specimen in its 
 neighbourhood. Thejmigles between 
 Jubbulpore and Omerkantuk abound 
 in the fiercest description of savage 
 beast; tigers, bears, leopards, and 
 panthers, bold in consequence of 
 their numbers, and not much dis- 
 turbed on account of the feebleness 
 and the scantiness of the native 
 population, roam fearlessly abroad 
 in the noon-day, and are sometimes 
 to be found on the public roads. 
 The country about Jubbulpore, 
 which is one of the prettiest stations 
 in India, offers a pleasing contrast to 
 the surroimdmg wildernesses, the im- 
 mediate neighljourhood being dis- 
 tinguished for the richness of its 
 cultivation. A march through the 
 valley tlistricts of the Nerbudda from 
 Jubbulpore, towards the liills, con- 
 ducts the traveller on his first stage 
 to Bamun}-, over sheets of cultivation, 
 but the appearance of the face of the 
 country changes at the latter-named 
 place. Instead of the smiling suc- 
 cession of garden-like fields, Avhich 
 attest the skill and industry of the 
 tillers of the soil, the ground becomes 
 rugged, rising over a series of rough 
 and stony eminences covered with 
 forest, and leading through passes or 
 ghauts exceedingly narrow, and 
 difficult to climb; the habitations of 
 men becoming more remote from 
 each other, fewer in number, and 
 degenerating into mere huts. No- 
 thing, however, can exceed the 
 beauty of these woody regions, 
 which teem with animal life, the 
 noblest beasts of the chase making 
 their lairs in the thickets, while the 
 trees are tenanted by innumerable 
 tribes of monkeys and of birds, many 
 being literally full of wild peacocks. 
 The only place of importance on the 
 road from Jubbulpore to Omerkan- 
 tuk is Mundlah, a celebrated fortress, 
 formerly belonging to the Kajah of 
 Nagpore, which was ceded to the 
 British in 1818, once deservedly
 
 168 
 
 NE 
 
 NE 
 
 considered one of the strongest places 
 in Central India. Gnrrah Mundlali, 
 as it is called by tlie natives, pre- 
 sents a very fine specimen of the 
 fortresses constructed in ancient 
 times by Indian warriors. It stands 
 out boldly in the centre of the 
 stream, a channel beinj? cut through 
 on the side in which the Nerl)udda 
 did not naturally flow. It is situated 
 on the right bank of the river, wliicli 
 is very deep and rapid during the 
 rainy season, rushing tumidtuoiisly 
 along with loud and sullen murmurs. 
 Though originally very strongly 
 built of stone, neglect is aiding time 
 and the elements to liasten its decay. 
 In its present stage of existence, 
 however, its tower-crowned bastions, 
 and battlemented walls, afford evi- 
 dences of former solidity and gran- 
 deur. The luxuriant growth of ve- 
 getation in India is unfortunately 
 very detrimental to even the most 
 massive buildings, that are suffered 
 to fall into decay ; the walls are in 
 many jjlaces perforated by the ex- 
 panding force of the roots of ancient 
 tamarind and peepul trees. This is 
 greatly the case in the town and 
 fortress of Gurrah Mundlah; the 
 former, from which it is divided by 
 the river, is fast mouldering into 
 ruin, the walls being in many places 
 choked up Avith thick brushwood, 
 or obscured by the pappyah tree, 
 while black-faced monkej's sport 
 from bough to bough, and battlement 
 to battlement. Gurrah Mundlah 
 in former days has been the theatre 
 of many stirring scenes, a field for 
 the exploits of Patau warriors, who 
 established themselves as the Tha- 
 koors or chiefs of the surrounding 
 districts; while, during the Pindarree 
 incursions, it M'as made the frequent 
 halting-place of those daring free- 
 booters in their route from Bundel- 
 khund to Cuttack. Officers Avho 
 served in the campaigns of 1817 and 
 1818, were particularly struck by 
 the picturesque ai)pearance made 
 by the enemy upon the wild and 
 rocky banks of the Nerbudda, and 
 
 the neighbourhood of Gurrah ]\Iund- 
 lah in particular. ]\Iore than once 
 tlie sudden starting up of mailed 
 figures from the tall grass, or grey 
 stories, the bristling of spears where 
 a moment before leaves alone had 
 stirred in the breeze, realised the 
 poet's description of the martial 
 array of Eoderick Dhu, emerging 
 at a call from crag and heather. 
 Had the skill of the defenders of 
 these passes been equal to their 
 valour, the country, so profusely 
 supplied with natural defences, 
 might have been made impregnable; 
 but, either overlooking or despising 
 these advantages, they ventured to 
 give battle ujion the open plain, and 
 were defeated at every point. Gur- 
 rah IVIundlah was also a great haimt 
 for pilgrims, who came from distant 
 countries to worship on the banks of 
 Nerbuddajec, the very sight of the 
 sacred stream being supposed to 
 cleanse the soul from all impurity. 
 This splendid but solitary place is, 
 however, no longer the resort of 
 warriors or of numerous devotees; 
 its beautiful ghauts and temples, 
 dedicated chiefly to ]\Iahadco, being 
 deserted, excepting by the dwindled 
 population of the neighbourhood, 
 and a few poverty-stricken strangers, 
 l^umcrous ■wild and striking tales 
 are told concerning the saints and 
 soldiers who have made tlie ancient 
 city famous; but the most interesting 
 of the traditions connected with the 
 place records the warlike deeds of 
 an Amazonian queen, said to have 
 reigned over a district to the east- 
 ward, and to have held a splendid 
 court in a large and i^opulous city, 
 now wholly efliiced from the surface 
 of the earth, not a vestige remaining 
 to sliow its former magnificence. 
 The people of Gurrah Mundlah are 
 fond of talking of this female war- 
 rior, who they describe as being 
 beautiful beyond comijare, and brave 
 as the bravest hero of her day. 
 Eamnuggur, the ancient capital of 
 the Goauds, is situated about fifteen 
 miles from the above renowned for-
 
 KE 
 
 NE 
 
 169 
 
 tress, 'on the left bank of tlie Ncr- 
 Ludda; little, however, remains of 
 this once celebrated place, excejiting 
 the ])a]ace of the rajali, M'hich, 
 though in ruins, still consists of two 
 stories, and contains some curious 
 inscriptions, which, when deciphered, 
 will in all probability throw conside- 
 rable light upon the history of the 
 place. The Nerbudda, throughout 
 the whole distance from Mundlah, is 
 wide; free from rocks, transparently 
 clear, and unruffled in its course: 
 the banks on either side are soft and 
 verdant, with a back-ground of 
 luxuriant forests; but all is desert, 
 not a single village or trace of human 
 habitation being at present to be 
 seen. Though i^or tions of Gond wana 
 liave been frequently subjected to 
 the Mahomodan rule, the popida- 
 tion is essentially Hindoo; and close 
 to Mundlah the waters of the Ner- 
 budda are held so sacred, that even 
 the fish, which in many places are 
 eaten without scruple by the most 
 orthodox believers in the doctrine of 
 metempsychosis, are imdcr the pro- 
 tection of the Jirahmuns, who feed 
 them with parched grain and balls 
 made of flour. Thus feasted, the 
 Khoee, in particular, grows to an 
 enormous size; but woe to the pro- 
 fane wretch who should presume to 
 make a dinner of one of these mo- 
 narchs of the flood, the crime of 
 slaughtering beef being considered 
 scarcelj' less heinous. The sacrifice 
 of the sacred cow is looked upon as 
 a crime of the greatest atrocity by 
 the dwellers upon the banks of the 
 Is^erbudda, who attribute every evil 
 that befals the country to the con- 
 version of its sacred flesh into an 
 article of food. They show trees 
 •which they allege to have withered 
 in consequence of beef haviug been 
 hung upon, or cooked under their 
 branches, by the European and Ma- 
 homedan troops stationed in the 
 country, and they say tliat even the 
 marriages contracted by the widows 
 of Bralmiuns are less calculated to 
 bring down divine vengeance than 
 
 the slaughter of the cow. The temple 
 of Omerkantuk. situated on the table- 
 land of the hill or mountain of the 
 same name (q. v.), is five days' 
 march from Gurrali jNIimdlah. A 
 small cistern, near the temple, con- 
 tains the first wavelets of the Ner- 
 budda and the Soane: bamboo pipes, 
 pointing east and west, seem to give 
 somewhat of an artificial direction 
 to the course pursued by these 
 impetuous rivers, which, uncurbed 
 by man, rush onwards to their 
 destination, fretted only by 
 powers as mighty as themselves. 
 In the present settled state of the 
 countr3% there are no difficidties of 
 any importance to prevent European 
 travellers from exploring the source 
 of the Nerbudda, but these districts 
 can only be traversed, witliout in- 
 jury to the health, at a certain sea- 
 son of the year, that is, the months 
 between January and IMay. The 
 commencement of the rains in June, 
 and the consequent rapid growth of 
 every description of vegetation, oc- 
 casion jungle fever to all who are 
 exposed to an atmosphere loaded 
 with deleterious matter, a south- 
 east wind pz-evalent at the time add- 
 ing its influence to other causes. 
 The breeze, heavy with miasma, 
 produced by decaying foliage ex- 
 posed to constant and ))aleful damps 
 from the mists which rise in places 
 where not a single sunbeam can pe- 
 netrate, and where there is no free 
 circulation of air, brings death upon 
 its wings. The water is equally un- 
 wholesome, being a decoction of rank 
 weeds and poisonous foliage, highly 
 charged with the worst description 
 of gas; proving that shade and 
 water, however beautiful and de- 
 lightful, have their disadvantages, 
 and are not always conducive to 
 health. At Jubl)ulpore. the evil in- 
 fluences of the pestilential air of the 
 jungle are felt whenever the wind 
 comes from the east or the south. 
 Fortunately, during the greater part 
 of the rainy season, it takes a west- 
 erly direction, blowing steadily up
 
 170 
 
 NE 
 
 NI 
 
 tho valley of the Nerbudda, and ren- 
 dering the cUmate both healthy and 
 agreeable; ■when it changes, as it 
 does occasionally, and sweeps over 
 the extensive jungles to the east 
 and south, sickness generally follows. 
 The effect of a south-east Avind on 
 animal and vegetable life, and the 
 influence it exercises upon the phy- 
 sical and mental energies, arc pro- 
 verbial all over the world; but it 
 comes armed with tenfold power 
 ■when it passes across an imi^enetra- 
 ble jungle in its progress. Nearly 
 all the unhealthiness which is en- 
 dured in India may be traced to the 
 same cause : malaria frequently tra- 
 velling over vast tracts, and causing 
 sickness in places usually supposed 
 to be free from its influence. 
 
 NERIAUL, an implement for smoking. 
 It is nothing more than a cocoa-nut, 
 with the pipe-stem thrust through a 
 hole at its top, and a piece of reed, 
 about a cubit long, applied to ano- 
 ther hole lower down. The nut-shell 
 being half filled with water, the air, 
 or rather the smoke, is cooled. These 
 little hookahs are even used without 
 any reed to conduct the smoke ; the 
 lips being, in that case, applied 
 to the small lateral aperture into 
 which the reed should be fitted. 
 One of these usually serves half-a- 
 dozen men, who pass it round with 
 great glee : it often forms an append- 
 age about the feet of a palankeen, if 
 the opportunity oSers for securing 
 it there without " master's know- 
 ledge." 
 
 N'HUT. The nose has its share in 
 the decorations of the Ilindosttinee 
 woman ; it usually bears two orna- 
 ments, one, called a,n'hut, commonly 
 passed through the left nostril, con- 
 sists only of a piece of gold wire, as 
 thick as a small knitting-needle, 
 with the usual hook and eye, and 
 having the centre, or nearly so, fur- 
 nished with several garnets, pearls, 
 &c., perhaps to the number of five 
 or six, each parted from its neigh- 
 bour by a thin plate of gold, usually 
 having serrated, or escalloped edges. 
 
 and being fixed transversely upon 
 the wire, whicli passes through their 
 centres, as well as through the] gar- 
 nets, pearls, &c. The diameter of 
 the circle of a n'hut may be, ordina- 
 rily, about two inches and a half. 
 On the coast of Coromandel, a similar 
 ornament is worn by men of respect- 
 ability in each ear. 
 
 NICOBAES, a group of islands, situated 
 in the south-east quarter of the Bay 
 of Bengal, between the sixth and 
 tenth degree of north latitude, and 
 occupying the space from the Little 
 Andaman island to the north-western 
 point of Sumatra. These islands 
 compose an extensive group, of which 
 those named Nancowrj', Car Nicobar, 
 and Little Kicobar, are the only ones 
 which have been much visited by 
 Europeans. They are generally 
 hilly, and some have high mountains. 
 Their chief productions are cocoa- 
 nuts and betel, for which they are 
 much resorted to by ships from In- 
 dia. The natives are in a very rude 
 state, and have sometimes attacked 
 and murdered the crews of vessels 
 visiting tliem for traflic. The Danes 
 attempted to form a settlement upon 
 the islands from Tranquebar, in 1756, 
 and many missionaries engaged in 
 the undertaking; but the climate 
 proved so extremely unhealthy, that 
 after many missionaries and other 
 colonists had died, it was found ne- 
 cessary, in 1787, finally to abandon 
 tlie design. There is also a number 
 of small islands a few miles from the 
 coast of Tenasserim, known by the 
 general name of the IMergui Islands, 
 or the Mergui Archipelago. They 
 are occupied merely by a few Bur- 
 mese fishermen. 
 
 NIJJOTE {neechjote), from neecli, 
 under, and j'o/c, to plough; i. e., land 
 in India reserved by tlie zumeendar, 
 and excluded from the jumma, for 
 cultivation under himself. Either 
 Hindoo or Moslem grant. 
 
 NlililUK, salt. Nimmuk-haram and 
 nimmuk-hidall are Persian phrases, 
 expressive of fidelity or unfaithful- 
 ness to one's salt. They typify gra-
 
 NI 
 
 NU 
 
 171 
 
 titude or ingratitude. In the East, 
 the circumstance of having tasted 
 salt or food in any dwelling becomes 
 a pledge of union and safety between 
 the liost and guest, Avhicli is seldom 
 violated even among the worst ban- 
 ditti. The word nimmuk-wallah is a 
 favourite method among the sepoys 
 and otlier servants of expressing 
 their duty and attachment to the 
 East India Company, Avhose salt 
 they eat. 
 
 NIE NARRAIN, a personage in Hindoo 
 mythology, worshipped by a sect 
 represented as having its rise from 
 Odhow, to whom the charge of the 
 human race was delivered by Ivrishna 
 ■when he left this world. The new 
 doctrines were first preached by a 
 Brumacharee called Gopai, and after- 
 wards by Atmanund fciwamee. The 
 grand j^rinciple of the system seems 
 to be, that the souls of all mankind are 
 equal. The principal observances 
 enjoined are abstinence from what 
 are represented as the four besetting 
 sins of the flesh : indulgence in 
 drinking sjiirituous liquors, eating 
 flesh, stealing, and connexion Avitli 
 other than their own women. 
 
 NISHUN-BUKDAR, a standard- 
 bearer. 
 
 NIZAM, order, arrangement ; an ar- 
 ranger; nizamulmulk, the administra- 
 tion of the empire. 
 
 NIZAIMUT ADAWLUT, the court of 
 criminal justice in India, the prin- 
 cipal offices in whicii are filled by 
 some of the oldest of the Company's 
 SGrv'ints 
 
 NOKARAH KHAREII, Tersian. A 
 band of music which plays on state 
 oc(;asions before a great man, " and is 
 usually," says Eraser, " stationed in 
 an apartment over the gateway." 
 
 NOLKOL, an Indian escidcnt, partak- 
 ing of the turnip and the cabbage in 
 flavour, but in form and colour more 
 resembling the former. 
 
 NOOH, a place in India, in the pro- 
 vince of Agra, in Lat. 27 deg. .01 
 min. N., Long. 77 dcg. 31 min. E., is 
 noted for the manufacture of culinary 
 salt, distinguished by the name of 
 
 " salimiba," which is procured from 
 salt springs in the neighbourliood. 
 
 NOONA (jinnona reticulata), the sour 
 sop. A very ordinary fruit in the 
 East; those of the West Indies have 
 a superior flavour. The fruit is 
 eaten both raw and roasted in 
 embers; its bark, or hard external 
 skin, is a powerful astringent and 
 tonic, and of great use in native 
 medicine, particularly amongst the 
 Malays and Chinese, avIio also use 
 it in some of their dyeing processes. 
 The tree does not grow to any size 
 which would allow its wood to be of 
 any use. The fruit is much coveted 
 by bats, squirrels, monkeys, and 
 other vermin, Avliich in the East so 
 cruelly disappoint the hopes of the 
 gardener. 
 
 NOVVBUTKIIANA, is a tower placed 
 in India OA^er the gateways of palaces, 
 in Avhich the hour is struck, and at 
 particular times of the day, as Avell 
 as on great occasions, musicians 
 stationed therein play. This was 
 the exclusive attribute of royalty; 
 but noAV ever}' petty chieftain apes 
 the dignity Avhich no one disputes. 
 At fairs, those Avho Avish to aflect 
 great grandeur, erect them on poles, 
 and place tAvo or three screaming 
 trumpets and a large drum on the 
 top, to the great amioyance of their 
 neighbours, tliough doubtless to 
 their own great gratification. 
 
 NUGGUK, or BEDNOKE, a city in 
 India, in the province of Mj'sore, the 
 capital of the district so called, Avas 
 fonnerly a large and very rich city. 
 It is noAV in ruins, and almost de- 
 populated. Nnggur is situated on a 
 Avide plain, surroimded by hills, and 
 intersected bj^ rivers, so that the 
 level ground sliould be ever Avaving 
 Avith bright green crops ; the fine 
 mangoe-trces tliat cluster round the 
 pretty villages, ever productive; but 
 in Nuggur, as elscAvhere, that Avhich 
 should be, is not always so, for 
 droughts reduce the flowing Avaters 
 to mere occasional pools, wither tlie 
 corn, slay the cattle, and reduce the 
 strong mau to a condition of hollow-
 
 172 
 
 NU 
 
 NU 
 
 eyed and trembling feebleness. The 
 fort is one of the strongest in the 
 Deccan, and there are various 
 handsome buildings, musjids, and 
 palaces, within and about it. A 
 luige tree on the glacis of the fort is 
 honoured hy the much-believing, as 
 that imder which the Great Captain 
 of his age conducted operations 
 against the enemy; but if the Uuke 
 ever did honour to its peepul shade, it 
 must have been after, and not during, 
 the siege, or, like Kustum, he must 
 have borne a charmed life. The 
 fort of Nuggur, ho^\■ever, hath a 
 stirring history attached to it ; a 
 true tale of life romance, that affords 
 an interest quite equal to that which 
 llhine-ascending tourists feel for 
 Konensworth and liolandseck. It is 
 the history of Salabat Khan's tomb, 
 which is a favourite place for picnics, 
 and a residence during the hot 
 weather; it is about four miles from 
 Camp, and on a considerable eleva- 
 tion. Fifty persons have dined to- 
 gether in the lower apartment of the 
 tomb, which gives a very fair idea of 
 its size, when it is remembered that 
 the four compartments have an 
 equality of extent, a regal space for 
 the " eternal habitation" of a camp- 
 trained soldier. It is fortunate for 
 modern travellers and sojourners in 
 the East, however, that the i\Iaho- 
 medan conquerors of India and their 
 descendants had this taste for hand- 
 some mausolea, as it supplies many 
 with houses in a styled' architecture 
 not to be met Avith at present, as 
 well as substantial shelter, at the 
 expense of driving out the bats, and 
 fitting in a few doors and windows. 
 Tlie few feet of earth with tlie 
 conical masonry, occupied by the 
 original tenant, neither seems to be 
 considered as an objection nor an in- 
 convenience : it forms a seat or a 
 stumbling-block, as the case may be, 
 but the last only literally, and is 
 never considered as a subject for ve- 
 neration or troublesome respect. 
 Then, again, the situations these 
 true believers chose for their mau- 
 
 solea are so attractive, the trees that 
 shade them are so bright and wav- 
 ing, the mounds where they are 
 raised so dry and clean, and the 
 gardens about them so cool and 
 fresh-looking, that the living may 
 well envy the dead their possession. 
 It must be remembered that these 
 Moslems were characteristically very 
 capable of appreciating the luxuri- 
 ous and agreeable. No people ever 
 knew so well how to live in India as 
 the}' did in their days of glory, 
 proofs of Avhich we have in their 
 underground apartments for the hot 
 season, tiieir Avater-palaces, thick- 
 walled under-rooms.and descriptions 
 of well-cooled sherbets; and, as it 
 was their custom to pray, meditate, 
 and spend hours in the tombs of 
 their departed friends, it is but pro- 
 bable tliat these handsome mausolea 
 had some reference to the comforts 
 and convenience of the living, as 
 well as to the secure resting of the 
 dead. Eight miles from Nuggur is 
 the Happy Valley, a favourite 
 spot for sportsmen, newly-married 
 couples, and Parsee amateur tra- 
 vellers. Its situation is as remark- 
 able as its scenery is attractive. 
 After riding over a wide plain, here 
 and there studded with villages, 
 sheltered by thick clumps of man- 
 goe-trees, a rock appears more 
 desert than the rest, flanked by 
 arid hills. On approaching it, how- 
 ever, the tops of palms, cocoa-nut 
 trees, and all the chief varie- 
 ties of Indian foliage, attract atten- 
 tion just peeping above its edge; 
 and a flight of granite steps cut in 
 the rock, lead down into this fairy- 
 like glen of natural Vieauty. The 
 Ilmdoos have a deserted temple 
 there, but the spot was evidently 
 selected as a Moslem pleasure- 
 ground, a fact which now affords 
 travellers the advantage of a good 
 bungalow, built in true Mahomedan 
 taste, which means, with a flat roof, 
 on which to smoke, sleep, and pray, 
 in accordance with the uses made of 
 such places by their original de-
 
 NU 
 
 NU 
 
 173 
 
 signers ; small, square, slate-coloured 
 rooms, M'ith arched roofs, for the 
 occupation of bats, and little recesses 
 for the reception of oil-lights; with 
 doors that do not close, or if closed, 
 do not open; tri-sided, underground 
 apartments, looking into the valley, 
 and arches instead of windows. This 
 last peculiarity is here, however, an 
 advantage, lor the view commanded 
 is most lovely. The valley, indeed, 
 is the mere gorge of an isolated hill, 
 but the foliage is dense and beauti- 
 ful — originally well cultivated, but 
 novr having the appearance of the 
 wiklest nature; huge masses of rock 
 are piled amougst it, and a fair 
 •stream, every here and there taking 
 tlie form of waterfalls, or a rapid 
 torrent, as the nature of the ground 
 may cause, makes its way onward 
 to the lower plain. The fine banian, 
 with its columned shade, is here 
 seen in pecidiar grandeur, its 
 daughter-stems stretching widely, 
 and descending deeply into the 
 ravine, the parent branches form- 
 ing noble studies of forest foliage, 
 .so noble, indeed, that Hindoo travel- 
 lers have even been attracted by the 
 beauty of one, that owns some dozen 
 pillars all around it, among which 
 have sprung the aloe, and various 
 lesser slirubs, giving to each stem 
 the semblance of its being an in- 
 dependent tree. JO very stone round 
 whicli the rivulet rushes is smeared 
 Avitli red pigment, and no traveller 
 passes along the little footpath on 
 liis way to the distant village, but 
 raises his hand in reverence to this 
 naturid temple of the grove. Trees, 
 and shade, and water, are sure at- 
 tractions to the natives of the East, 
 and varied travellers, hour by hour, 
 arrive at the Happy Valley, ilany 
 are pilgrims, witli scrip and staff, 
 who eat, l)athe, beg, and smoke, and 
 then, witliout paying the slightest 
 homage to the temple, or to the 
 huge stone Xaudi tliat form its chief 
 ornament, altlujugh supposed to be 
 on religious service all intent, go 
 their way, laughhig and chatting 
 
 through the valley. Nuggur was a 
 scene of many of the worst cruelties, 
 and also highest triumphs, of the 
 great conqueror Aurungzebe ; he is 
 said to have died there, and a little 
 tomb on the left of the fort is con- 
 sidered as the depository of his 
 heart. The mausoleum commands 
 a very beaxitiful panoramic view of 
 Nuggur, with its palaces, musjids, 
 gardens, and flowing streains; while 
 a pretty Protestant church rising 
 amongst them, together Avitli the 
 " compounds" in tlie artillery-lines, 
 gives it, to the English sojourner, a 
 refreshing "home" look. The gar- 
 dens of Nuggur are celebrated 
 throughout the west side of India, 
 for their beauty and produce ; thick 
 hedges of myrtle four feet high, vines 
 that rival the south of Italy, and 
 English vegetables in abundance, 
 are their characteristics. The 
 native gardens are also rich in 
 produce; but a native garden is, 
 after all, but a mere orchard; and, 
 amongst rubbish, weeds, and stony 
 roads, and large fruit-trees, one 
 looks in vain for the neat enclosures, 
 the well-kept paths, trim borders, 
 and perfumed parterres of an Eng- 
 lish shrubbery. Utility appears 
 the only object in the Eastern gar- 
 dener's view; acres of rose-bushes 
 are cultivated only that the blossoms 
 may be cropped at sunrise to pro- 
 duce rose-water; and jasmine is 
 grown in abundance, but merely for 
 decorations on festivals, and in offer- 
 ings at the temples. At Nuggur, 
 the *' Mootee Bhaug," or Garden of 
 Pearls, is an exce])tion, having been 
 formed in English taste, and being 
 rich in beautiful shrubs, bearing 
 Oriental flowers of every hue; yet, 
 even here, jowarree is sown amongst 
 the plants, and the song of bulbul 
 is lost in the cry of the corn- 
 watcher, as he M'hirls his sling aloft, 
 to scare away the feathered plun- 
 derers. There is ihe " Behicstie 
 Bhaug." too, or Garden of J'aradise, 
 with the ruins of a palace at its 
 entrance, about which the dry old
 
 174 
 
 NU 
 
 NU 
 
 historians are very voluminous in 
 their accounts, of how one khan 
 built it, and another added to it, and 
 a third advised about it, and a foiirtli 
 seized it. A water-palace of consi- 
 derable size, still remaining in the 
 neighbourhood of Nuggiir, is said, 
 with great probability, to have been 
 the residence of Aurungzebe, and is 
 situated in the remains of an exten- 
 sive garden, known as the " Furruh 
 Bhaug," or Garden of Happiness. 
 Considering the palace was com- 
 menced in 1006 of the Hegira, it is 
 yet in remarkably good preserva- 
 tion, and must have been, in its day, 
 a very substantial and handsome 
 building. The centre-room, which 
 is of huge proportions, is lighted and 
 ventilated by two open balconies, 
 running round the ceiling at small 
 distances from each other; and the 
 interior architecture of the arched 
 recesses and roofing is, in many 
 cases, ornamental, and finished with 
 much skill. The prince who com- 
 menced its erection, did so, it ap- 
 pears, as a matter of state pohcy, to 
 show the Delhi nobles his opinion of 
 the stabihty of a possession on which 
 it was considered wise to expend so 
 much; but the water which sur- 
 rounds the palace was not thought 
 of until his successor brought it from 
 the hhls at some distance by means 
 of aqueducts, the remains of which 
 may still be seen in all directions 
 about Nuggur; and this prince, with 
 much good taste, built round the 
 palace a reservoir of some forty acres 
 in extent. Soon after the rainy sea- 
 son, the waters on every side bathe 
 the palace walls to some feet in 
 depth, and the garden immediately 
 around it would be unapproachable 
 for foot passengers, but for a raised 
 vallade carried out from the western 
 side of the garden. In the early 
 mornhig, few efiects of liglit and 
 shade can be more beautiful than 
 those which adorn the water-palace 
 of the Furruh Bhaug, for the most 
 perfect and handsome portion of it 
 receives the first rays of the morn- 
 
 ing sun, which, lighting up its Go- 
 thic-looking architecture, separate 
 it vividly from the masses of 
 fine trees clustering roimd its base, 
 while they again are reflected, 
 leaf and branch, and stem, in the 
 deep, clear waters that surround 
 and bathe their roots ; and these, 
 contrasted in their depth of richest 
 shade, by the crimson turbans and 
 orange-coloured scarfs of the native 
 groups, who Avend hither daily to 
 enjoy the pleasures of the spot, the 
 cool bathing beneath the trees, or 
 the social chit-chat meal. Wild 
 ducks may occasionally be seen 
 in flocks upon the surface of the 
 lake, aifording considerable attrac- 
 tion to the denizens of the Camp; 
 but even when the sportsman is dis- 
 appointed of liis spoil, the eye of the 
 lover of the picturesque may be 
 always gratified by the number of 
 snow-white, graceful birds A\'hich 
 rest upon the banks, or seek their 
 food among the beautiful aquatic 
 plants that adorn these fair waters, 
 where the rich green rushes throw 
 into fine relief the tender tints of 
 the lovelj' lotus, and a hundred blos- 
 soms, red and yellow, blue and pur- 
 ple, are distinctly mirrored upon 
 this charming lake, which, barbarian 
 as he was in some matters. Shah 
 Tiah certainly showed infinite taste 
 in forming. The dream of Moslem 
 grandeur, however, and tlio luxuri- 
 ous indulgences of its princes, are 
 now at an end, and the beautiful 
 Furruh Bhaug has long been sub- 
 servient to supposed purposes of 
 utility and improvement. A grant 
 of its acres having been made to a 
 medical officer of government, mul- 
 berry-trees were planted in great 
 quantities for the growth and culti- 
 vation of the Italian worm and silk. 
 The plan, to a certain degree, failed ; 
 perhaps in consequence of the san- 
 guine enthusiasm of its originator, 
 as expenses were entered into that 
 tlie results of the early trial could 
 not justify, and debt became the 
 consequence. Feebleness and dis-
 
 NU 
 
 NU 
 
 175 
 
 couragemcnt followed, and as the 
 world generally takes some advan- 
 tage of misfortune and disappoint- 
 ment in the plans of others, so a 
 number of private malices set about 
 digging up the young trees and sell- 
 ing them for a trifling remunera- 
 tion to the amateur garden cultiva- 
 tors of the Camp. The collector, how- 
 ever, interfered ; fortunately for the 
 delightful shades of the Furruh 
 Bhaug, the trees were restored, and 
 the system still Avorks in a trifling 
 •degree; the fine foliage becoming 
 every clay more luxuriant from the 
 abimdance of sweet water, while the 
 ■worms slumber in the chambers of 
 kings, 
 
 MJKTA, the barrel-headed or painted 
 goose ; the Anas Jndui of Indian au- 
 thors. During the night they rob 
 the corn-fields, and, in the day, the 
 flocks join and locate together in 
 prodigious numbers on a solitary 
 sand-bank in the river. It is sup- 
 posed they come from Thibet, and 
 their flesh is free from the rankness 
 which attends Avild-fowl in general. 
 The black-backed, or Nukta goose, 
 is the AnaK il/«/rt?iotos of authors. The 
 male weighs about five pounds. It is 
 plentiful in the rainy season, in the 
 vicinity of Delhi. The comb on the 
 male in some specimens, is large and 
 more handsomely marked with white 
 s^TOts than others, and their size and 
 plumage also differs a good deal ac- 
 cording to their age. There is an 
 obtuse horny process on the bend of 
 the wing. Tiie nukta frequents 
 most places where there is not much 
 "water, and subsists on the seed of 
 grasses. The female is much smaller, 
 being about the size, and having 
 nearly the same plumage as the 
 common duck ; it has no comb, but 
 there is an appearance on the upper 
 part of tlie bill as if nature had at 
 one time intended to place one there. 
 The upper part of the upper mandi- 
 ble is red, and tlie point of the bill 
 and the legs are yellow. 
 
 NULLA, Ilindostance. A streamlet, 
 rivulet, water-course. 
 
 NUIMAZ, stated prayers, which good 
 Mussulmans peiform five times a 
 day. 
 
 NUMMUD, carpetting of felt, much 
 used in Persia. 
 
 NUNGASAIvI, a town situated on 
 the western coast of the island of 
 Kinsin, in the empire of Japan, in 
 Lat. 32 deg. 48 min. N., Long. 132 
 deg. 35 min. E. It is the only sea- 
 port to which Europeans are allowed 
 to resort. 
 
 NUT-CUT, roguish, mischievous. A 
 term of reproach, good-naturedly 
 applied in India to vauricns. 
 
 NUTTS, gipsies, an Indian tenn. 
 
 NUWANUGGUR, a town in India, 
 in the province of Guzerat, situated 
 on the western coast of the penin- 
 sula, in Lat, 22 deg. 55 min. N., 
 Long. 70 deg. 14 mm. E. It is a 
 large town, the capital of a tribu- 
 tary chief, styled the Jam of Nuwa- 
 nuggur, and is noted for various 
 cotton manufactures. 
 
 NUWARA ELIYA (City of Light), 
 a new settlement formed in the 
 momitainous parts of the interior of 
 the Island of Ceylon, about fifty 
 miles south-east of Kandy. In the 
 months of December, January, Fe- 
 bruary, and part of March, there is 
 little rain, and the air is pure and 
 healthy, the thermometer being 
 sometimes at night below the freez- 
 ing point ; and in tlic day, in these 
 months, seldom rising higher than 
 sixty-six or sixty-eight. All kinds 
 of European vegetables common in 
 gardens, grow here, and it is delight- 
 ful to see the healthy and thriving 
 appearance of peas, beans, straw- 
 berries, cabbages, &c. It has been 
 found by tlie experience of ten or 
 twelve years to be an excellent sta- 
 tion for invalids. Companies of 
 several of the English regiments 
 serving in Ceylon are stationed there; 
 and the men, their wives andchildren, 
 look as healthy and fresh-coloured as 
 in England. The Cingalese resident 
 there are chiefly persons who have 
 gone from the maritime provinces 
 for the purpose of trade. There arc
 
 176 
 
 NU 
 
 00 
 
 a court-house, as it is the station of 
 an assistant fjovernment agent, a 
 rest-house, and, in addition to the 
 barracks, several English gentle- 
 men's residences. Tiie plain of Nu- 
 wera EUya is about four miles in 
 length, and varies in breadth from 
 half a mite to a mile and a half. 
 Eoads have been made round the 
 plain; and neat wooden bridges in 
 several places have been thrown 
 across a small river that runs through 
 the middle of it. For a few months in 
 the year, it is one of the most delight- 
 ful i)laces in tlie island. 
 
 NUZZER, Hindostanee. A vow, an 
 otfering; a present made to a su- 
 perior. 
 
 NUZZERI DURGAH, literally, an 
 offering at a sacred place for main- 
 taining places of M'orship. 
 
 O. 
 
 ODALISQUE, the female tenant of a 
 Turkish seraglio. The Odalisques 
 usually consist of Georgian, Ar- 
 menian, or Circassian slaves. The 
 Sultan generally has a great number 
 in his service, six or seven however 
 (called Kaddives), have alone the 
 privilege of producing an heir to the 
 throne. 
 
 ODEYPORE. a city in India, the pre 
 sent capital of the province of Aj- 
 mere, situate in Lat. 24 deg. 35 min. 
 N., Long. 73 deg. 44 rain. E. It 
 stands on the border of a large lake, 
 which on the other sides is enclosed 
 by ranges of wild and rugged hills. 
 The palaces and garden residences 
 on the borders of the lake are all of 
 marble, highly sculptured. Images, 
 toys, and a great variety of articles 
 of marble and rock-crystal, are sent 
 from this place to the neighbouring 
 provinces. 
 
 O'M, a mystic syllable, signifying the 
 supreme god of gods, which the Hin- 
 doos, from its awful and sacred mean- 
 ing, hesitate to pronounce aloud ; and, 
 in doing so, place one of their hands 
 before their mouths. The (jayalri, 
 
 called by Sir William Jones the mo- 
 ther of the Vedas, and in another 
 place the holiest text of the Vedas, 
 is expressed by the tri-literal mono- 
 syllable, AUM, aud meaning that 
 divine light of knowledge dispersed 
 by the Almighty, the sun of right- 
 eousness, to illuminate the minds of 
 created beings. 
 
 OMERKOTE, a town in India, in the 
 province of Scinde, situated on the 
 eastern frontier, about eighty-live 
 mUes to the eastward of Hyderabad. 
 This was formerly the residence of 
 an independent Rajpoot chief, and is 
 noted as being the birth-place of the 
 Emperor Acbar. 
 
 OilLAH, officers; the civil officers of 
 government. 
 
 ONGOLE, a small town in India, in 
 the province of Northern Carnatic, 
 situated near the coast, about 150 
 miles north of ^Madras. It is small, 
 and irregularly built. 
 
 OOCH, a city in India, in the province 
 of Mooltan, situated at the junc- 
 tion of the rivers Sutlej and Bey a 
 with tlie river Chenab. It stands 
 in a fertile plain, four miles from the 
 left bank of the river. It is an an- 
 cient city, much noted during the 
 first invasions of the Mahomedans. 
 It has now about 2000 inhabitants. 
 
 OODAGHERRY, a town in India, in 
 the province of Travancore, has a 
 small fortress, thirty miles south of 
 Trivandei'am, formerly one of the 
 jirincipal military stations of the 
 province. Adjoining is the town or 
 village of Papanaveram, where the 
 
 ■ rajah has a palace. 
 
 OOJEIN, a town in Hindostan, in 
 the province of Malwa, situated on 
 the right bank of the river Secpra, in 
 Lat. 23 deg. 11 min. N., Long. 75 deg. 
 35 min. E. This is one of the most 
 ancient cities in India, and is parti- 
 cularly noted in Hindoo geography, 
 as being on the first meridian, called 
 the meridian of Lunka, which some- 
 times also takes the name of this 
 city, and is called the meridian of 
 Oojein. The ancient city, which 
 was greatly celebrated as one of the
 
 00 
 
 00 
 
 177 
 
 principal seats of Hindoo learning, 
 has long since gone to ruins. The 
 modern town, Miiich stands about a 
 mile further to the south, -was until 
 recently the capital of the Scindia 
 Jlahrattas. It is a large and popu- 
 lous place, and contains many hand- 
 some pagodas and other buildings, 
 with some remarkably good sculp- 
 ture. It had formerly an observa- 
 tory, built by rajah Jey ^ing, which, 
 however, has been allowed to decav. 
 
 OOLOOS, the tribes of Afghanistan, 
 divided into clans, which again are 
 sub-divided into Khails. The prin- 
 cipal tribes are the Dooranees, the 
 Ghilzies, and the Bcrdooranees. 
 
 OOLTA-POOLTA, Hindostanee. Top- 
 sy-turvy. 
 
 OOMERKANTUK, in the province 
 of Gondwana, in India, is situated 
 at the sources of tlie rivers Sonc and 
 Nerbudda, in Lat. 22 deg. 55 min. 
 N., Long. 82 deg. 7 min. E., on Avhich 
 account alone it is noticed, being 
 otherwise merely a place of resort 
 for pilgrims. A melah, or religious 
 festival, is held at Omerkantuk once 
 a 3'ear, but notwitlistanding the 
 alleged superior sanctity of the ri- 
 vers, and the comparative case Avith 
 wiiich their sources may be attained, 
 the attendance is not so much more 
 numerous than that at Gungootree 
 and Jumnootree, as might be ex- 
 pected. In addition to the advan- 
 tages of ablution, and of imbibing 
 the holy Avaters of Omerkantuk's 
 thrice-blessed rivers, the true be- 
 lievers who visit the mountain, if 
 not encumbered witli too much flesh, 
 may find a speedy and certain road 
 to heaven. A large rock rising ab- 
 ruptly on the summit of the hill, 
 has been carved into the form of an 
 elephant; there is a simcc, or rather 
 hole, between the body of the sculp- 
 tured animal and the earth, and 
 those who can contrive to insinuate 
 themselves througli this aperture, 
 are secure, after death, of an en- 
 trance into the regions of the l)lessed. 
 The temple of ()merkant>ik is said 
 to have been built by one of the au- 
 
 N 
 
 cient rajahs of Rutturpoor, a district 
 of Gondwana, and to contain an 
 image of Bhavani; under whose 
 name the consort of Siva is wor- 
 shipped in this part of the country. 
 Tlie blessings derived from these 
 lakes and rivers, and the wise en- 
 forcement of the ablutions enjoined 
 by the religious worship performed 
 upon their banks, render every 
 stream sacred in the eyes of tlie Hin- 
 doos, and no doubt led, in the first 
 instance, to the gratitude to the Di- 
 vine Dispenser of all good gifts, 
 which, corrupted into idolatry, is 
 now, by the perversion so unfortu- 
 nately connected Avith the gross no- 
 tions entertained of the Creator of 
 the Universe by ignorant men, ren- 
 dered absurd and contemptible. In 
 tracing, however, the superstitions 
 of a nation to tlieir source, Ave gene- 
 rally find that they have originated 
 in something natural and praise- 
 worthy. 
 
 OOMKAWUTTI, a town in India, in 
 the province of Berar, situated 
 thirty-four miles south-easterly from 
 EUichpore, in Lat. 20 deg. 54 min. 
 N., Long. 77 deg. 57 min. E. It is a 
 large and populous toAvn, and a 
 place of considerable inland trafiic. 
 
 OOREEAHS, i. e., natives of the pro- 
 vince of Orissa, who seek emjiloyment 
 at the several presidencies of India as 
 bearers. The Ooreahs are, in some 
 respects, excellent servants ; they 
 are very careful of furniture; and 
 being able-bodied men in general, 
 are capable, Avhen bearing a palan- 
 keen, of proceeding great distances; 
 they are, besides, cleanly in their 
 persons and neat in their dress; 
 Avhich, howcA'er, consists merely of 
 a cloti/, folded round the middle, 
 and tucked in, togetlicr Avith a 
 Avrapper, to be thrown oA^cr tlieni 
 in very inclement Aveatlicr, but usu- 
 ally carried over the shoulder. 
 When their heights are unequal, 
 they use a small quilted pad of 
 linen, stufli'd Avitli rags or cotton, 
 Avhich is suspen<UMl from t\\v ])ahm- 
 keen pole, or bamboo, and being
 
 178 
 
 00 
 
 OR 
 
 placed betAvecn it and the shoulder 
 of the sliortest bearer of the two 
 (they carryinjj in pairs, two bearers 
 ■before, and two behind), serves to 
 bring about an even bearing on 
 each. The Balasore bearers, /. e., the 
 Ooreahs, preserve but one lock 
 of hair on the top of their heads; 
 they wear no turban, but touch their 
 faces, arms, throats, and breasts with 
 sandal-wood and vermilion. Some 
 wear a few small beads, chiefly of 
 turned wood, about their necks; and 
 occasionally a bangle, or hurrah, a 
 stout silver ornament of the ring 
 kind, on either wrist. The Ooreah 
 bearers never wear shoes, and prefer 
 clothes of an almond colom*. The 
 number of Ooreahs in a single set is 
 generally seven : the head bearer, or 
 sirdar, receiving five, or even sL\-, 
 rupees montlily; sometimes a mate 
 receives, or is said to receive, five, 
 and the residue about four. 
 
 OOSTADE, Persian. A master, a 
 teacher of any profession. 
 
 OPIUM, a drug; a powerful narcotic, 
 extracted from the poppy, and used 
 by the Chinese, Turks, Mahomedans, 
 and Hindoos, in their pipes and 
 hookahs, either Avitli or without 
 tobacco. The Hindoo, however, 
 prefers a drug called hang, which 
 produces alternately the exciting 
 and stupefying effects of opium. 
 Opium is grown in large quantities 
 in tlie provinces of Bahar and 
 Malwa, in India. The East India 
 Company's government monopolise 
 the cultivation, and dispose of the 
 article wholesale to the Bombay 
 and Calcutta merchants, Avho trade 
 with China and the Straits of Ma- 
 lacca. An enormous revenue is de- 
 rived from the monopoly at the ex- 
 pense of the morals and physical 
 condition of the Chinese. 
 
 OEISSA, a province of India, bounded 
 on the north by the river Subun- 
 rceka, separating it from Bengal; 
 east, the sea; south, the Ganjam 
 district of the Northern Circars; 
 west, Gondwana. The divisions of 
 the province are, Singhboom, Mo- 
 
 hurbunj, Balasore, Kunjoor, Boad, 
 and Kuttack, with several smaller 
 zinneendaries. The rivers are Su- 
 bunreeka, Solundee, Bytoornee, Bah- 
 munce, IMahanudee, and others. 
 This province may be considered as 
 consisting of three distinct regions: 
 the maritime, the central (called the 
 Mooghulbimdee), and the western, 
 or Rajwara. The maritime, from the 
 Subunreeka on the north, to the 
 Chilka Lake on the south, and from 
 the sea to about twenty miles inland 
 is a low, flat, swampy tract, covered 
 with wood, and frequently inundated, 
 and intersected in all directions by 
 numerous rivers. Twenty mUes in- 
 land the country rises considerably, 
 with an open, drj', and fertile sur- 
 face, forming the second or Moog- 
 hulbundee division, which, about 
 twenty miles further inland, swells 
 into wooded hills ; and beyond, there 
 is the third, or Rajwara, occupjdng 
 the western portion of the province, 
 and consisting entirely of ranges of 
 hUls. The greater part of the inte- 
 rior of this province is in a very 
 savage state, particularly the Raj- 
 wara division, being composed of 
 rugged hills, thick jungles, and deep 
 nullas, and pervaded by a remark- 
 ably pestilential atmosphere. The 
 productions arc rice, maize, wheat, 
 gram, and other grains; aromatic 
 roots, spices, dyeing drugs, sugar, 
 cotton, tobacco, honey, wax, and 
 dammer. The woods of the mari- 
 time districts are chiefly of Soon- 
 dree, from Avhich oil is extracted, 
 and Janool; those of the Mooghul- 
 bundec abound with resinous trees, 
 and others valuable for cabinet-work 
 and for dyeing; and from the Raja- 
 wara forests teak of good quality is 
 procured. Iron is abundant; many 
 valual)le and curious minerals are 
 found in Raj wara, and from the moun- 
 tain streams gold dust is collected. 
 Diamonds also, of a large size, are to 
 be found, but the extreme unhcalthi- 
 iiess of the climate in the districts in 
 which they are met Avith prevents 
 their beiug properly sought after.
 
 OR 
 
 PA 
 
 179 
 
 Abundance of salt, of a remarkably 
 vhite and pure description, is manu- 
 factured on the coast. The rivers 
 abound Avith fish, and the whole 
 province swarms with wild beasts, 
 particularly leopards of a large size; 
 and it is much infested bj' snakes, 
 alligators, and reptiles of all kinds. 
 The towns are Singliboom, Huriur- 
 pore, Balasore, Kunjour, Jaipore, 
 Kuttack, and Juggernaut. The in- 
 habitants of the province are Hin- 
 doos, with the distinguishing name 
 ofOoreeahs; but there are also, in 
 the woods and hills, three distinct 
 tribes, called Koles, Khonds, and 
 Soors (q. v.), all differing in lan- 
 guage and appearance from the Hin- 
 doos, and generally supposed to 
 liave been the original natives of 
 the province. The Ooreeahs are all 
 followers of the Brahminical system ; 
 but the wild tribes of Koles, Khonds, 
 and Soors have no intelligible sys- 
 tem of religion, and are entii*ely 
 strangers to the institution of caste 
 or other Hindoo observance. There 
 are also Jains in this province. The 
 language of the Oreeah nation is a 
 dialect of the Sanscrit, much resem- 
 bling the Bengalee, and called the 
 Ooreali. The dialects of the wild 
 tribes are distinct. 
 OUDE, a province of India, bounded 
 en the north by Nei)aul ; east, Bahar ; 
 south, Allahabad; west, Agra and 
 Delhi. Its divisions consist of Khy- 
 rabad, Baraitch, Luknow, Fyzabad, 
 Gorukpore, and Manikpore. The ri- 
 vers are the Ganges, Goomtee, and 
 Gogra, all flowing through the pro- 
 vince south-easterly. The whole 
 surface of the ])rovince, excepting 
 upon the northern and north-eastern 
 frontiers, is perfectly level, well 
 watered, and very fertile. It is one 
 of the smallest provinces of Hin- 
 dostan Proper, but has always been 
 one of the richest and most populous. 
 Its length from west to east is 
 about 250 miles, by 100, the average 
 "breadth from north to south. Tlie 
 productions are wheat, barley, peas, 
 rice, and other grains ; sugar, in- 
 
 digo, opium, and tobacco ; salt- 
 petre is abundant, and lapis lazuli 
 is amongst the mineral productions. 
 The towns are Khyrabad, Baraitch, 
 Luknow, Koy-Bareilly, Fyzabad, 
 Tanda, Sooltanjjore, Gorukpore, 
 and Manikpore. The inhabitants of 
 this province are generally remark- 
 able as a fine robust race, of an in- 
 telligent and manly character ; par- 
 ticularly the Rajpoots, who are com- 
 monly superior in stature and ap- 
 pearance to Europeans. A large 
 proportion are Mahomedans of 
 Afghan and Persian origin, the 
 province having been for many 
 centuries under a Mahomedan go- 
 vernment. The Bengal army pro- 
 cures a considerable number of its 
 best Sepoys from this province. A 
 treaty having been made with the 
 British Government in the year 
 1765, Glide has been preserved from 
 all external enemies, and has conse- 
 quently enjoyed a long continuance 
 of peace and prosperity. The Go- 
 vernor of Glide was originally styled 
 the Soobadar, and afterwards the 
 Kabob. This Avas changed in 1814 
 to Vizier (Wuzcer), and in 1S19 to 
 Padshah, or King, by which he is 
 now recognised. The religion is 
 J\Iahoinedanism and Hindooism, the 
 former the most prevalent. The 
 language is Hindostanee. 
 
 OUTAUGH, Persian. A chamber 
 or cell in a caravanserai. Also a 
 business-chamber, an office. 
 
 OUTCIIY, the Anglo-Indian word for 
 an auction. The sales of houses, 
 and every description of article, 
 European or Indian, by outcry, are 
 so numerous and extensive, that the 
 auctions are regarded as regular 
 lounges. 
 
 PACHA, a Turkish title, signifying a 
 governor, prince, or viceroy. The 
 pachalics, or local govermnents, 
 are all in the gift of the Siillan, and 
 their possessors are bound to obey 
 N 2
 
 180 
 
 PA 
 
 PA 
 
 his firmauRS. It is not unusual for 
 the pachas, however, to revolt and 
 endeavour to establish an indepen- 
 dent authority, hut none have as yet 
 succeeded. When the Sultan as- 
 sumes, as he is at liberty to do in 
 extreme cases, the character of a 
 Caliph, an appeal is made to the 
 rehgious feehngs of the rebellious, 
 who then recognise his paramount 
 authority as the representative of 
 Mahomed, and return to their alle- 
 giance. 
 
 PADIJY, an Indian term for rice in 
 the husk. 
 
 PADDY-BIRD, a sort of small crane, 
 abounding in the rice fields in India. 
 
 PADISHAH, emperor, imperial. 
 There is no sovereign in the East, 
 excepting the King of Persia, to 
 vhom the title strictly applies, and 
 that potentate is more frequently 
 called the Shah-in-Shah, or King of 
 Kings. 
 
 PAGODA, a term, unknown to the 
 natives of l7idia, given by Euro- 
 peans to Hindoo temples ; also to a 
 gold coin, in use at Aladras, often 
 with an image on it, properly called 
 hun, or hoo7i. 
 
 PAINA, bracelets of zinc, worn by 
 the native women of India. 
 
 PALAMCOTTAH, a town in India, in 
 the province of Southern Carnatic, 
 situated on the eastern side of the 
 Tumbrapoonee river, which divides 
 it from Tinnevelly. It is a fortified 
 town, and was formerly the princi- 
 pal stronghold of one of the southern 
 polvgars. 
 
 PALANKEEN, PALANQUIN, or 
 PALKEE. The latter is the word 
 in most general use in India. The 
 palankeen of the European, and in- 
 deed of all the principal inhabitants 
 of the Presidencies, may be likened 
 to a wooden box, opening at the 
 sides by sliding doors. It is about 
 six feet in length and four in 
 height, having a pole at either end, 
 which rests on the shoulders of the 
 bearers. Usually painted a dark 
 green, with sometimes the crest of 
 the owner painted on the pannels, 
 
 and furnished inside with a long 
 cushion, covered with morocco 
 leather, silk, or chintz, and a pillow 
 of the same material for the support 
 of the head or back, the palkee is a 
 very commodious and not inelegant 
 vehicle. At the opposite end of the 
 palkee is a flat wooden resting-place 
 for the feet, and above that a shelf 
 and small drawer for the reception 
 of light articles, papers, &c. Some 
 people take great pride in these ve- 
 hicles, causing the upper part of the 
 sides to be provided with Venetian 
 blinds, and throwing over the whole, 
 in very warm weather, a covering of 
 fragrant cuscuss. In the great towns 
 in the Mofussil, the native gentry 
 and pensioned princes, and chief- 
 tains, use the open palankeens, or 
 litters, such as are often seen on the 
 British stage in mock oriental 
 pageants. 
 
 PALANPORE, a town in India, in 
 the province of Guzerat, situated 
 about twelve miles to the eastward 
 of Deesa. It is a populous town, 
 and the capital of a small llahome- 
 dan principality, tributary, to the 
 Gaikowar. It contains about 30,000 
 inhabitUnts. Their counterpanes of 
 chintz are manufactured here, and 
 take their name from the place. 
 
 PALAR, the, a river in India, which 
 rises in the hills near Nundydroog, 
 in the province of Mysore, not far 
 from the river Pennar. It flows 
 southerly, through Mysore, and Cen- 
 tral Carnatic, into the Bay of Bengal, 
 which it reaches near Sadras. 
 
 PALEjMBANG, an ancient Malay 
 town on the eastern coast of the 
 island of Sumatra, in Asia, and Pa- 
 dang on the western coast, now form 
 the two principal settlements of the 
 Dutch. 
 
 PxVEGHATCHERRY, a station in 
 India, in the province of Malabar, 
 situated inland, about seventy miles 
 S.E. from Calicut, in Lat. 10 deg. 
 45 min. N., Long. 76 deg. 38 min. E. 
 Under Hyder Ali this was a place 
 of considerable importance as a mili- 
 tary post. It is stiU a station for an
 
 PA 
 
 PA 
 
 181 
 
 English garrison. The surrounding 
 forests abound with excellent teak. 
 
 PALI, one of the dead langunges of 
 India. It may be considered as a 
 sister to Sanscrit. In ancient times 
 it was spoken in Eehar, the cradle 
 of Buddha. Prior to the birth of 
 Christ, it was spread extensively in 
 India, but when the Buddhists were 
 expelled from India, the language 
 became extinct, and for many ages 
 Pali has ceased to be spoken. Even 
 yet it is the language of the liturgy, 
 and of the literature of the great 
 islands of Ceylon, Beli, Madura, and 
 Java, as well as of all the Indo- 
 Chinese countries; and it is also tlie 
 sacred language of the innumerable 
 worshippers of Buddha, both in China 
 and Japan. The Pali language has 
 the strength, richness, and harmony 
 of the Sanscrit. Its literature is 
 very rich ; its various dialects in 
 diflerent countries are written with 
 alphabets derived from the Devana- 
 gari. 
 
 PALKEE GHAKEE, a carriage in 
 use in India, the body of which is 
 shaped like a palankeen, with a well 
 for tlie feet of the occupants. 
 
 PANDL'S, five heroes, or demi-gods, 
 descended from the ancient sove- 
 reigns of the countries of Hindostan 
 bordering upon the Jumna, thus 
 called " Pauduan Kaj, or the King- 
 dom of tiie Pandus." Pandu, the 
 father of these five heroes, was the 
 son of Vyasa and Bandea. 
 
 PANSWAY, the smallest description 
 of boat, next to the canoe, on the 
 Hooghly, or Ganges. It is the ordi- 
 nary boat of tlie fishermen, and has 
 at the after-part an awning of mat- 
 ting in the shape of a hood. 
 
 PAPAYA, (carica pnpai/a). This 
 fruit, tliough abounding in India, is 
 a well-recognised importation from 
 the West Indies or Africa, wiiere it 
 is found abundantly, and of far 
 larger size than those of the common 
 Indian growtli. As a fruit, eaten 
 botli raw and boiled, pickled or jire- 
 eervod, it ranks high; the choice 
 cues being of a very rich and some- 
 
 what melon-like flavour when eaten 
 with sugar and wine. As a tree, it 
 is highly ornamental, few garden or 
 orchard trees surpass it in graceful- 
 ness of appearance, in which indeed 
 it approaches to the palm. The size 
 and beauty of the leaf, and even of 
 the leaf-stalks, are always much 
 admired when closely examined by 
 those to Avhom the wonders of tro- 
 pical vegetation are new. One of 
 the curious properties of the papaya 
 tree is, that it renders tough or 
 newl3--killed meat tender, when hung 
 up amongst its leaves for a few 
 hours, wliicli effect is also produced 
 by some other trees. 
 
 PAPOOSEES, Turkish. Slippers. 
 
 PAPUA, or NEW GUINEA, an island 
 of Asia, in the Eastern Archipelago. 
 It is a large island, commencing a 
 little to the eastward of Gilolo, and 
 slanting in a south-easterly direction 
 as far as Lat. 10 deg. S., having the 
 Pacific Ocean along its northern and 
 eastern coasts, and separated by 
 Torres Straits on the south from 
 the continent of Aiistralia. It ap- 
 pears to rise gradually from the 
 coast to hills of considerable eleva- 
 tion, covered with palm-trees and 
 forests of large timber. It prf)duce3 
 both the cocoa-nut and bread-fruit 
 trees, but has no animals except dogs, 
 ■wild cats, and hogs. The western 
 part of the island is inhabited by the 
 Negro race, and the eastern by a 
 people approaching more to the ap- 
 pearance of the South Sea islanderp, 
 that is, having yellow complexions, 
 and long black hair. Sucli of these 
 Negro tribes as are known to Euro- 
 peans are in an entirely savage state, 
 and some of them are said to be can- 
 nibals. They wear tlieir hair bushed 
 round tlie liead to a circunil'erence 
 of two and three feet, combing it 
 out straight, and occasionally stick- 
 ing it full of feathers; and from this 
 practice they have received from Eu- 
 ropeans the name t'reciuently applied 
 to them of " mop-headed Negroes." 
 They understand the manufacture of 
 common earthenware and mats, and
 
 182 
 
 PA 
 
 PA 
 
 are so far civilised as to comprehend 
 the nature of traffic, which tliey 
 carry on -with the Buggesses and 
 Chinese, from whom they purchase 
 iron tools, croclcery, and cloths, in 
 exchange for slaves, missoy-l)ark, 
 ambergris, sea-slug, birds of paradise, 
 loorees, and other birds, which they 
 dry and x^rescrve with great skill. 
 The origin of this race is not known. 
 They formerly were found in all the 
 islands of the Archipelago, and are 
 still to be found in the mountain dis- 
 tricts; and the aborigines of Malaya, 
 as well as the natives of the Anda- 
 man Islands, seem to be of the same 
 stock, though much inferior to the 
 Papuans, who are robust and power- 
 ful men. Their arms are chiefly 
 bows and arrows. The word Papua 
 is a corruption of Pua Pua, the term 
 used by the brown tribes to designate 
 the Negro race. The name New 
 Guinea was given by Europeans on 
 account of the resemblance of the 
 inhabitants to the Africans. 
 
 PAExVSU EA]\IA, in Hindoo mytho- 
 logy, the sixth avatar of Vishnu. In 
 this avatar Vishnu no longer assumes 
 the form of a monster, but as a 
 youthful hero claims admiration for 
 his filial piety and imdaunted prowess 
 in exterminating a race of tyrants, 
 the Khetrie, or warrior tribe of In- 
 dia, who had oppressed mankind, 
 and barbarously caused the death of 
 his parents. 
 
 PAR BUNNY, what relates to the 
 Hindoo festivals at the new and full 
 moon. A tax sometimes levied by 
 Zemindars and f;irmers on the te- 
 nants. 
 
 PAEP,UTTEE. See Parvati. 
 
 PAIMAH, the lowest caste of Hindoos. 
 The distance and aversion which 
 the other castes, and the Brahmuns 
 inparticular,manifestfor the Pariahs, 
 are carried sofar, that in many places 
 their very approach is considered 
 sufficient to pollute the whole neigli- 
 bourhood. They are not permitted 
 to enter the street Avhere the Brali- 
 munslive: if they venture to trans- 
 gress, those superior beings would 
 
 have the right, not to assault tliena 
 themselves, because it would lie pol- 
 lution to touch them even with the 
 end of a long pole, but they would 
 be entitled to perform the operation 
 by deputy, or even to make an end 
 of them, which has often happened 
 by the orders of the native princes, 
 without dispute or inquiry. Any 
 person who, from whatever accident, 
 has eaten with Pariahs, or of food 
 provided by them, or even drank of 
 the water which they have drawn, 
 or which was contained in earthen 
 vessels which they have handled; 
 any one who has set his foot in their 
 houses or permitted them to enter 
 his own, would be proscribed without 
 pity from his caste, and would never 
 be restored without a number of 
 troublesome cereirionies and great 
 expense. The Pariahs are con- 
 sidered far beneath the beasts who 
 traverse the forests. It is not per- 
 mitted to them to erect a house, but 
 only a sort of shed, supported on four 
 bamboos, and open on all sides. It 
 shelters them from the rain, but not 
 from the injuries of the Aveather. 
 They dare not Avalk on the common 
 road, as their steps would defile it. 
 When they see any person coming 
 at a distance, they must give him 
 notice by a loud crj% and make a 
 great circuit to let him pass. 
 
 PARIAH DO Gr, an Indian cur, whose 
 breed is exceedingly doubtful. 
 
 PAUSE E, the fire worshipper of 
 Western India, a descendant of the 
 Guebres of Persia, who fled from 
 IMahomedan persecution to Surat, 
 Bombay, and other jilaces on the 
 Malabar coast. These disciples of 
 Zoroaster are among the most in- 
 dustrious and enterprising of the 
 people of the West. As merchants, 
 ship-builders, bankers, shop-keepers, 
 and domestics of the higher classes, 
 they monopolise much of the biisi- 
 ness of Bombay, Poona, the Concans, 
 and Guzerat. Tliey hold together 
 much like the Jews and the Quakers, 
 and, througli the exercise of the 
 qualities which distinguish those
 
 PA 
 
 PA 
 
 183 
 
 people, such as thrift, industry, pa- 
 tience, and intelligence, they have 
 acquired great uealth and a high 
 position. One of tlieir body (Jem- 
 setjee Jcjeehhoy), Avliose father was 
 a buyer and seller of bottles, and so 
 acquired the sobriquet ofbottlij-icallah, 
 was created a knight by patent of 
 Queen Victoria. The charities of 
 the Parsees are extensive and mu- 
 nificent. They contribute laro^ely to 
 institutions erected for the benefit 
 of Europeans and Hindoos. See 
 
 ACGIAKEE. 
 
 PAEVATI,orPAEBUTTEE. Accord- 
 ing to Hindoo mj^thology, the goddess 
 Bhavani (or nature), divided herself 
 into three females, for the purpose of 
 marrying her three sons, Brahma, 
 Vishnu, and Siva; to i\\c last of 
 •whom she united herself imder the 
 name of Parvati. Some accounts 
 make Parvati the datighler of Brahma, 
 in his earthly form (or avatar) of 
 Daksha, named Suti. Parvati is the 
 goddess of a thousand names; and 
 both her forms and powers are more 
 various and extensive than those of 
 any of the other Hindoo deities. She 
 acts, sometimes dependent on, at 
 others wholly independent of, her 
 husband, Siva. Parvati has been 
 described under numerous forms ; but 
 they are only variations of the more 
 important ones, Bhavani, Devi,T)ooi'- 
 ga, and Kali. As Parvati, she is 
 described of a white; as Kali, of a 
 dark blue or black; and as the ma- 
 jestic and tremendous Doorga, of a 
 yellow colour. 
 
 PATNA, a city in India, in the pro- 
 vince of Bahar, situated on the south 
 side of the river Ganges, Avhich is 
 here, during the rainy season, live 
 miles wide, in Lat. 2r) deg. 37 min. 
 N., Long. 85 deg. 15 min. E. It is 
 the capital of the province, large, 
 but irregularly built, and contains 
 about 300,000 inhabitants. It has 
 always been a place of considerable 
 trade, and was resorted to at an early 
 period by thcEnglisli, Dutch, French, 
 and Danes, who all had factories here. 
 
 PAUL, a small tent, used for the ac- 
 
 commodation of sepoys and private 
 soldiers in the Bengal army. It is 
 likewise used by oflBcers as a cooking 
 tent, or a shelter for their domestics. 
 
 PA V ANA, in Hindoo mythology, the 
 god of the winds, generally repre- 
 sented sitting on a deer, holding ia 
 his hand a hook for guiding the 
 elephant. 
 
 PAWN, PAUNSOOPAKEE, the leaf 
 of the betel-nut plant. It is chewed 
 by the natives, and prepared in the 
 follov>-ing manner: — The leaves are 
 cleaned and the stalks removed up 
 to their very centres; four or five 
 leaves are then laid one above the 
 other, when the upper one is smeared 
 with shell-lime, a little moistened 
 with Avater. The seeds of the elat- 
 ckce, or cardamom, are added, to- 
 gether with about the fourth part 
 of a betel-nut (the areka), and, the 
 whole being lapped up by folding 
 the leaves over their contents, the 
 little packet is kept together in its 
 due form, which is usually triangu- 
 lar, by means of a slice of betel-nut, 
 cut into a thin wedge, so as to trans- 
 fix it completely. It is in its pre- 
 pared state that the pawn acquires 
 the name oi' paimsooparec. The chew- 
 ing of pawn (which occasions the 
 saliva to be tinctured as red as 
 bloodj is certainly fragrant, and an 
 excellent stomachic ; but its too 
 frequent use produces costiveness, 
 which, in India, ever induces 
 serious illness. The saliva will not 
 be tinctured, if the churram (/. c, the 
 lime) be omitted; hence it is evident 
 that the alkali produces the colour 
 from the juices contained in the 
 paivti. The colour thus obtained 
 does not stain linen. Some use the 
 k'hiit, whicii is tlie same as our Terra 
 Japvnicu, and is procured by l)leed- 
 ing various kinds of trees, principally 
 the mimosa, abounding in most of 
 the jungles (or Mildcrnesses). Some 
 persons attribute the blackness of 
 the teeth, in Iwlh mak's and females, 
 throughout India, to tlie use of tlie 
 yaivii ; under the opinion tliat tlie 
 discoloration is effected by the lime
 
 184 
 
 PE 
 
 PE 
 
 blendcil therein. Such is, however, 
 wide of the fact: pawn is found to 
 be highly favourahie to the gums 
 when the Hme is omitted ; and so 
 sensilile are tliose who chew it of 
 the had effects produced by the 
 alkali upon the enamel of the teeth, 
 that in order to i)reserve them from 
 corrosion, they rub them frequently 
 with the preparation called missee ; 
 thereby coating them with that 
 black substance, which does not 
 readily give way, even to the most 
 powerful dentrifice. 
 
 PEADAII, the name by which peons 
 (q. V.) are known in Bengal. 
 
 r-ED'R SUKTEH, Persian. The most 
 common term of abuse in a Persian's 
 mouth. It implies one whose father 
 is burning in eternal lires. 
 
 PEEK-DAUN, an Indian spitting- 
 pot, made generally of phool, which 
 is a very tolerable kind of tuten ague. 
 
 PEEPUL, an Indian tree (Jicus indicus 
 Jicus religiosa). It is found in great 
 abundance, and, as some suppose, 
 grows spontaneously ; assuredly it 
 rises in most extraordinary places, 
 and often to the great detriment of 
 public buildings, growing out of the 
 cement which connects stones and 
 bricks, and by the violence of its 
 pressure gradually destroying the 
 edifices. The branches of the yoiing 
 peepul afford a grateful shade, and 
 the growth of the tree is, therefore, 
 encouraged by the natives. It 
 makes its appearance by the sides 
 of the flights of stone-steps leading 
 down to bowlics or large wells, above 
 the domes of mosques, through the 
 walls of gardens, &c. No Hindoo 
 dares, and no Christian or Mahome- 
 dan will condescend to lop off the 
 Leads of these young trees, and, if 
 the}' did, it would only put off the 
 evil and inevitable day, for such are 
 the vital powers of their roots, when 
 they have once penetrated deeply 
 into a building, that they will send 
 out their branches again, cut them 
 off as often as you may, and carry 
 on their internal attack with un- 
 diminished vigour. " iSfo wonder," 
 
 says Colonel Sleeman, " that super- 
 stition should have consecrated this 
 tree, delicate and beautiful as it is, 
 to the gods. The palace, the castle, 
 the temple, and the tomb, all those 
 works which man is most proud to 
 raise, to spread, and to perpetuate 
 his name, crumble to dust beneath 
 her withering grasp. She rises tri- 
 umphant over them all in her lofty 
 Ijeauty, bearing, high in air, amidst 
 her light green foliage, fragments of 
 the wreck she has made, to show 
 the nothingness of man's greatest 
 efforts." In the very rudest state of 
 society, among the woods and hills 
 of India, the people have some deity 
 whose power they di'ead, and whose 
 name they invoke when much is 
 supposed to depend upon the truth 
 of what one man is about to declare. 
 The peepul tree being everywhere 
 sacred to the gods, who are supposed 
 to delight to sit among its leaves 
 and listen to the music of their 
 rustling, the deponent takes one of 
 these leaves in his hand, and invokes 
 the god who sits above him, to crush 
 him, or those dear to liim, as he 
 crushes the leaf in his hand; if he 
 speaks any thing but the truth ; he 
 then plucks and crushes the leaf, 
 and states what he has to say. The 
 large cotton tree is, among the wild 
 tribes of India, the favourite seat of 
 gods still more terrible, because their 
 superintendence is confined exclu- 
 sively to the neighbourhood, and 
 having their attention less occupied, 
 they can venture to make a more 
 minute scrutiny into the conduct of 
 the people immediatelj' around them. 
 The peepul is occupied (according 
 to the Hindoos) by one or other of 
 the Hindoo triad, the god of crea- 
 tion, preservation, or destruction, 
 wjio have the affairs of the universe 
 to look after, but the cotton and 
 other trees are occupied by some 
 minor deities, who are vested with 
 a local superintendence over the 
 alliiirs of a district, or, perhaps, of 
 a single village. 
 PEEK. See Wullee.
 
 PE 
 
 PE 
 
 185 
 
 PEERALEE, a Hindoo avIio lias lost 
 caste by intercourse with Mahome- 
 dans. 
 
 PEE RAN, from peer, a confessor, or 
 spii'itual guide. Lands set apart for 
 a peer; a Moslem grant. 
 
 PEGU, a town in the country of Ava, 
 in Asia, formerly the capital of the 
 kingdom of Pegu, situated about 
 ninety miles from liangoon. It was 
 taken in the year 1757 by the Bur- 
 n'.esc, under Alompra,w]io destroyed 
 the city, leaving only the temples, 
 and dispersing all its inhabitants. 
 In 1799, the Burmese government 
 ordered it to be rebuilt, but it has 
 never recovered its former conse- 
 quence, and is now little more than 
 a large, open village. 
 
 PEISli, KllIDMUT, Persian. A body 
 servant. 
 
 PEISHWA, guide, leader. The title 
 of the last prime minister of the 
 Mahratta government. 
 
 PENANG, an island of Asia, situated 
 opposite to the coast of Queda, in 
 Mala3'a, from Avhicli it is separated 
 by a strait two miles broad. It is 
 of an irregular four-sided figure, 
 containing about IGO square miles. It 
 is mountainous and woody, well sup- 
 plied witli water and well-cultivated. 
 Its principal article of produce is 
 pepper. It also yields betel, cotfee, 
 spices, sugar, rice, kayapootce oil, and 
 caoutchouc, commonly named Indian 
 rubljcr. In the forests there is also 
 abundance of excellent timber. The 
 town of Penang, called by the Eng- 
 lish George Town, with a fort 
 named Fort Cornwallis, is situated 
 on the north-eastern corner, in Lat. 
 5 deg. 25 min. N.. Long. 100 deg. 19 
 min. E. Tlic liill overlooking the 
 town, on whicli the flag-staff is 
 placed, is tlie highest point in the 
 island, its ek'vatiou being 2248 feet 
 above the sea. 'I'his island, called 
 by the English Prince of Wales' 
 Island, and by the natives Pulo Pe- 
 nang, was granted, in 1785, by the 
 King of Queda, as a marriage por- 
 tion with his daugliter, to Captain 
 Light, of an English country ship, 
 
 and by him transferred to tlie Bri- 
 tish government. In ISOO, the King 
 of Queda further sold to tlie British 
 a tract on the main land opposite, 
 now called Province Wellesley. Pe- 
 nang is believed to have been 
 peojiled by the Malayas or others 
 in early times; but, when taken 
 possession of by the British, it was 
 one large forest, with no inhabitants, 
 exceptmg a few fishermen on the 
 coasts. Its population is now about 
 50,000, comprising a mixed assem- 
 blage of almost all the nations of the 
 East, about one-half being iMalays. 
 
 PENDALLy, huts, temporary bar- 
 racks. The term is only used in 
 Western India. 
 
 PEXNAR, the, a river in India, 
 which rises in the hills near Nun- 
 dydroog, in the province of llysore. 
 It runs northward until near Gooty, 
 in the province of Balaghat, when it 
 runs to the eastward, and flows be- 
 tween Northern and Central Carnatic 
 into the Bay of Bengal, near Nellore. 
 
 PEON, a chuprassy, or messenger, 
 who carries letters, runs l)y palan- 
 keens, stands behind carriages, and 
 is also a functionary of consequence. 
 When forming part of the official 
 establishment of a civil servant, he 
 is feared, hated, and outwardly reve- 
 renced by the natives of the district; 
 for tlien he acts as bailiff, process- 
 server, and all manner of hateful 
 things, and invariably turns his 
 power into a source of unlawful pro- 
 fit, from exactions and general cor- 
 ruption. 
 
 PERGUNNAH, the largest division of 
 a land in a zemindarree. 
 
 PESIIANU^I, a species of fine Indian 
 rice ; tlie ]>csha/iuin liar vest liegins 
 about tlie latter end of January, and 
 ends about the beginning of June. 
 
 PESIIAWUK, a city in the country 
 of Afghanistan, in Asia, situated in 
 Lat. 34 deg. G min. N., Long. 71 deg. 
 13 min. E. It stan<is in a well culti- 
 vated populous plain, forniing a 
 circle of about thirty-five miles 
 across, and nearly surrounded by 
 mountains. Tliis city was founded
 
 186 
 
 PE 
 
 PI 
 
 by the Emperor Acbar, and from its 
 convenient situation between -western 
 Afghanistan and India, it has be- 
 come a place of considerable com- 
 merce. Its population is estimated 
 at 100,000, principally of Indian 
 origin. It Avas captured in 1825 by 
 Kunjeet Singh, and has since re- 
 mained in possession of the Siklis. 
 
 PESHCAE, a chief agent in India, or 
 manager; chief assistant. 
 
 PESHCUSH, Hindostanee. A present, 
 particularly to government, in con- 
 sideration of an appointment, or as 
 an acknowledgment of any tenure. 
 Tribute, fine, quit -rent, advance on 
 the stipulated revenues. The tribute 
 formerly paid by the Polkjars to 
 government. The first fruits of an 
 appointment, or grant of land. 
 
 PETTAH, the suburbs of a fortified 
 town in India. 
 
 PETTARAH, a square box, formed of 
 tin and painted green, or a basket 
 of rattan woi-k covered with wax 
 cloth impervious to rain, and of a 
 size adapted to the reception of 
 twenty (or more) pounds' weight of 
 clothes, &c. A pair of pettarahs, 
 slung at either end of a bamboo four 
 feet long, form a load for a bangliy- 
 bearer, and are generally made to 
 contain the wardrobe and et ceteras 
 of a dawk traveller. 
 
 PEYTUN, properly PUTTUN, a town 
 inlndia,in the province of Berar, situ- 
 ated on the river Godavery, in Lat. 19 
 deg. 26 min.N., Long. 75 deg. 35 min. 
 E. This place Avas formerly noted for 
 the manufacture of cloths, with beau- 
 tiful gold, silver, and silk borders. 
 
 PHANSEEGHAE. See Tnuc. 
 
 PHAESAGH, a Persian mile; some- 
 times caWeAfursuh, or fursung. 
 
 PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. Sec Ma- 
 nillas. 
 
 PHOONGEE, a Burmese priest of the 
 Buddhist persuasion, who inhabits 
 a Keoung, or monastery. 
 
 PILAO, PIlAFF, a favourite dish in 
 Persia, and not disrelished in India. 
 It consists of rice, meat (chiefly fowl 
 or mutton), raisins, almonds, chillies, 
 cardamoms, all boiled together, and 
 
 served up with a sweet gravy and 
 fried onions. 
 PINDAEEAS, freebooters inhabiting 
 Central India. The name of Pin- 
 darra may be found in Indian history 
 as early as the commencement of 
 the last century ; several bands of 
 these freebooters followed the ISIah- 
 ratta armies in their early wars in 
 Ilindostan. They were divided into 
 Durrahs, or tribes, commanded by 
 Sirdars, or chiefs; people of every 
 country, and of every religion, were 
 indiscriminately enrolled in this he- 
 terogeneous community, and a horse 
 and sword Avere deemed sufficient 
 qualifications foradmission. A com- 
 mon interest kept them united ; the 
 chiefs acquired wealth and renown 
 in the Mahratta wars; they seized 
 upon lands Avhich they were after- 
 wards tacitly permitted to retain, 
 and transmitted, with tlieir estates, 
 the services of their adherents to 
 their descendants. In 1814 they en- 
 tered the province of Bahar, and 
 threatened Bengal; and in the two 
 following years invaded the British 
 territories under Fort St. George. 
 Passing with the rapidity of lightning 
 through the country of the Nizam, 
 they suddenly broke in upon the de- 
 fenceless district of Guntoor, and in an 
 instant spread themselves over the 
 face of the country, everywhere com- 
 mitting the most shocking and wan- 
 ton atrocities. In 1816, they returned 
 with redoubled numbers, and extend- 
 ing themselves from the coast of 
 the Concan to that of Orissa, threw 
 the whole southern part of the pe- 
 ninsula into a state of alarm. They 
 again passed without difficulty, and 
 without opposition, through the do- 
 minions of our then allies, the Peish- 
 wah and the Nizam, carried fire and 
 sword almost from one end to the 
 other of the district of Ganj am, and 
 returned home laden with the spoil, 
 and stamed with the blood of our 
 subjects. The result of these daring 
 attacks on the British territories and 
 those of our allies, was the complete 
 overthrow of these rapacious tribes,
 
 PI 
 
 PO 
 
 187 
 
 and, from our since extended con- 
 trol over Central and Western India, 
 it may be hoped for ever. A plea- 
 sant writer has described the Pin- 
 darra in the following familiar man- 
 ner : — " The Pindarra Avas a very 
 devil-may-care sort of a personage 
 in practice, though wanting in that 
 dash and romantic attribution, wliich 
 render the brigand of Europe so 
 tndy and justly interesthig to young 
 ladies, and so very terrific and cooUy- 
 through-the-head-shooting to imagi- 
 native young gentlemen. The Pindar- 
 ra was a coarse, unsentimental ruffian, 
 "Whom a slight show of opposition 
 always caused to keep his distance; 
 but as his fierceness of deportment 
 and apparent fury generally put the 
 villagers into as great a fright as he 
 ■would otherwise have been in him- 
 self, he contrived, for many years, 
 anterior to 1816, to have every thing 
 so much his own way, that he had 
 a thorough notion of his invinci- 
 bility, and the smallest Pindarra 
 believed himself a Ilustum, at the 
 lowest computation. Neither sex 
 nor age spared he, if he thought that 
 by so doing he would miss a single 
 rupee or tlio thinnest silver orna- 
 ment, and lie would tear away ear 
 and all, to secnire the nudtitudinous 
 ear-rings, if there was any inconve- 
 nient struggling, or if other circum- 
 stances induced him to be in a hurry. 
 But in the generality of cases he 
 preferred inflicting torture to dealing 
 immediate death; for, as dead men 
 tell no tales, while tortured ones tell 
 almost any thing they are asked to 
 tell, the Pindarra did not choose 
 that the secret of the hidden treasure 
 should be buried in the owner's 
 grave. Wherefore, when a gentle- 
 man villager — one evidently well to 
 do in the world — was suspected of 
 having treasure elsewhere than 
 about his ill-used person, he had 
 spear points, pincers, and similar 
 pleasant applications, put to his 
 natural sensibility, on tlie principle, 
 perhaps, of Dousterswivcl's divining 
 rod; but the panacea was a heax^ of 
 
 fine fresh chillies, pomided and put 
 into a tobra (horse's nose-bag), and 
 the same tied over the recusant's 
 face, inasmuch that he had to inhale 
 that, or go without, wliich latter 
 procedure, if, on the voluntary prin- 
 ciple, was next door to suicide. In 
 this manner did the Pindarra horde, 
 numbering from thirty to fifty thou- 
 sand men, lay all India under annual 
 contribution for a series of years; 
 robbing, slaying, and devastating, 
 with virtual impunit}^; and even 
 supported by the Mahratta princes 
 of the time, who shared in the general 
 plimder, and regularly treated with 
 tlie bandit chieftains. But the ISIar- 
 quis of Hastings i^ut an extinguisher 
 on them at last, and thousands of 
 villages now stand in safety which 
 formerly used to be sacked or har- 
 ried, when the nullahs (minor rivers) 
 ])ecarae fordable, after the rains, 
 with greater regularity than the 
 border countries of Britain in the 
 days of Scott's idolatry. The horse 
 of the Pindarra was of the ragged 
 order to look at, but he had infinite 
 pluck, and would go his forty or fifty 
 miles at a stretch, as a thing to 
 which he was l)y no means unaccus- 
 tomed. He had balls given to him, 
 in which opium was an ingredient, 
 and these used to stimulate him to 
 first-rate exertion, especially if the 
 Company's cavalry were hanging oa 
 his rear!" 
 
 PISH PASH, an Indian dish; weak 
 broth tliickened with rice, and a fowl 
 pulled to pieces. 
 
 PODAll, a money-teller, or changer. 
 
 POINT 1)E GALLE, generally called 
 Galle (Gal-la in the Cingalese lan- 
 guage), a port and town in the 
 island of Ceylcjn, seventy -two miles 
 south of Colombo, in Lat. G deg. 
 1 min. N., and Long. 80 deg. 20 
 min. E. Tlie fort is about a mile 
 in circumference. The houses in 
 general are good and convenient; 
 and though some of the principal 
 streets are narrow and hot, it is 
 reputed, ujion tlie whole, one of the 
 most healtliy and agreeable stations
 
 188 
 
 PO 
 
 PO 
 
 in the island. There is a Dutch 
 churcli, in which divine service is 
 pert'ornied in Portuguese by a go- 
 vernment proponent. Besides this, 
 there is a cliapel belonging to the 
 "Wesleyan missionaries, and a Ma- 
 honiedan mosque. The Pettah, 
 vhich is separated from the fort by 
 the esplanade, is extensive, and con- 
 tains several good houses, occupied 
 chiefly by government servants. 
 The steamers plying between Bengal, 
 JIadras, and the Hed Sea, coal here. 
 
 POITxV, or ZENNAAR, the sacred 
 thread of the Hindoos. Various 
 ceremonies are attendant iipon Hin- 
 doo boys between infancy and the 
 age of eight years. After that age, 
 and before a boy is fifteen, it is im- 
 perative upon him to receive the 
 poita, zennaar, or sacred thread. The 
 sacred thread must l)e made by a 
 Brahmun. It consists of three 
 strings, each ninety-six hands (forty- 
 eight yards), which are twisted to- 
 gether; it is then folded into three, 
 and again twisted ; these are a second 
 time folded into the same number, 
 and tied at each end in knots. 
 It is worn over the left shoulder 
 (next the skin, extending half-way 
 down the right thigh), by the Brah- 
 muns, Kettries, and Vaisya castes. 
 The first are usually invested with 
 it at eight years of age, the second at 
 eleven, and the Vaisyas at twelve. 
 The period may, from especial causes, 
 be deferred; but it is indispensable 
 that it should be received, or the 
 parties omitting it become outcasts. 
 The Hindoos of the Sudra caste do 
 not receive the poita. The ceremony 
 is considered as the second birth of 
 the Hindoo. A boy cannot be mar- 
 ried till he has received the poita. 
 
 POLIGAPt, head of a village district. 
 Military chieftain in the peninsula, 
 similar to a hill zemindar in the 
 Northern Circars, the chief of a 
 Pollum (q. V.) 
 
 POUiUM, in the peninsula of India, 
 means a district held by a Poligar 
 ((I. v.); also a town. 
 
 POLONGA, or TIG POLONGA, a 
 
 venomous serpent inhabiting the 
 island of Ceylon. Its bite destroys 
 life in a few minutes. 
 
 PONCH-GHUll (punch-house), the 
 name given by the natives of the 
 lower orders of Indians to an hotel. 
 Punch must have been a common 
 drink with the early Portuguese 
 settlers or visitors, for we find it in 
 use, to signify an hotel or public- 
 house, at each of the presidencies. 
 
 PONDICHEKIiY (PHOOL-CHE- 
 EEE, or POODOO-CHEKEE), a 
 city in India, in the province of 
 Central or Middle Carnatic, situated 
 on the coast, about ninety miles 
 south from Madras. It is a hand- 
 some, well-built city, belonging to 
 the French, and "was once the most 
 splendid Eurojiean settlement in 
 India, though now much decayed. 
 
 POOD(JOCOTTA, a town in India, in 
 the province of Southern Carnatic, 
 the capital of the district of Ton- 
 diman's country, situated in Lat. 
 10 dog. 28 min. N., Long. 78 deg. 58 
 min. E., is a remarkably clean, well- 
 built town, of modern erection. 
 
 POOJA, Hindoo worship. 
 
 POONA, a city in India, in the pro- 
 vince of Bejapore, situated about 
 thirty miles to the eastward of the 
 Western Ghauts, or Mountains, in 
 Lat. 18 deg. 30 min. N., Long. 74 
 deg. 2 min. E. It stands on an ex- 
 tensive open plain, and is considered 
 one of the best-built native cities in 
 Hindostan. The small rivers Moota 
 and ]Moolai unite at this place, and 
 form the Moota Moola, which flows 
 into the river Beema; and it is thus 
 possil^le, during the rainy season, to 
 efiect a journey hy water in a light 
 canoe, from within seventy-five miles 
 of the west coast of India to the 
 Bay of Bengal. Under the Peish- 
 wa's government, Poona was the 
 capital of the Avestern Mahratta 
 empire, and it was here that the 
 chiefs were accustomed to assemble 
 every year with their followers for 
 the celebration of the Dusseera, 
 before setting out upon their plun- 
 dering excursions into the neigh-
 
 PO 
 
 PR 
 
 18^ 
 
 bourinsf countries. It is now the 
 principal English military station of 
 the province, and contains about 
 100,000 inhabitants. 
 
 POONAS, or POONASS PUSSIL, 
 cotton harvest. Small grain harvest 
 in the Northern Circars. 
 
 POONYUM PATAM, literally, a fair 
 or equitable pottah, or written en- 
 gagement. A lease where the rent 
 and interest of tl:c sum advanced 
 by tlie Indian tenant to the landlord 
 seem security for each other. 
 
 POOKAH, an Assamese word, signi- 
 fying a piece of land containing 
 62,900 square feet, and is nearly 
 equivalent to a Scotch acre, or three 
 and a half Bengal beegahs. 
 
 POORANICK, a Hindoo lecturer, by 
 caste a Brahmun. These people live 
 by reading to the people the " Poo- 
 runs," whicli are written in the 
 Sanscrit and Pracrit (ancient and 
 modern) languages, and explaining 
 to the hearers in the latter, the for- 
 mer language beinghardly understood 
 by unlettered Hindoos. After read- 
 ing the "Pooruns"they collect money, 
 fruits, and sweetmeats, and depart. 
 
 POOROOPA, enaums, or grants of 
 land, paying a fixed money rent or 
 tribute in the Dindigul and Tinne- 
 vcUv provinces, 
 
 POPULZYES, a clan of the Dooranee 
 trilie of Afghans. 
 
 POREBUNDEK, a town in India, in 
 the province of Guzerat, on the 
 south-western coast of the peninsula, 
 in Lat. 21 deg. 39 min. N., Long. 
 69 deg. 45 min. E., is large and 
 populous, and one of tlie principal 
 trading ports of Guzerat. 
 
 POSHAUK, a breast-plate worn by 
 the Malirattas and Rajpoots in for- 
 mer times. 
 
 POTAIL, or PATEL, headman of an 
 Indian village, who collects the rents 
 from the other ri/ots tlierein, and has 
 the general superintendence of its 
 concerns. The sa.iie person who in 
 EeiiLcalis called Mocuddim, andMun- 
 dul Oi. V.) 
 
 POTTAH, a lease granted in India to 
 the cultivators on the part of go- 
 
 vernment, either written on paper, 
 or engraved with a style on the leaf 
 of the fan palmira tree, by Euro- 
 peans called cculjan. 
 
 PRACRIT, modern Hindostanee. 
 
 PRAHU, or PROW, a small vessel 
 used to navigate the Malayan Archi- 
 pelago. 
 
 PRASHARIES, stroUing players in 
 Ilindostan. 
 
 PREM SAGOR, a Hindostanee le- 
 gend, one of tlie books usually put 
 into the hands of students of the 
 language. Amid a vast deal of fable 
 and exaggeration, there is a strong 
 vein of probability running through 
 this legend, whicli seems to be 
 founded upon historical facts, and 
 is, perhaps, as true as the Trojan 
 war. The assertion that tliere were 
 rival kings, and empires so near to 
 each other as jMuthura and Delhi; 
 that the Clianderee Raja was a 
 powerful prince, Benares an inde- 
 pendent kingdom ; and that the de- 
 feated Yudoobunsees retired to a for- 
 tified city, in a circumscribed terri- 
 tory, allows the truth to peep out, 
 and proves tliat this is nothing more 
 than a history of wars between 
 pett}'' tribes, inhabiting tracts, which, 
 in all probability, were far less po- 
 pulous than at this tune, being in a 
 great measure covered with tlie ex- 
 tensive forests, which are herein 
 described as such interminable jun- 
 gles. Sir Walter Scott has observed, 
 that the eras by which the vulgar, 
 in remote ages, compute time, have 
 always reference to some pL-riod of 
 fear and tribulation, and they date 
 by a tempest, a conflagration, or a 
 burst of civil commotion. Accord- 
 ingly, that Krishn was a cunning 
 adventurer, who, with the help of 
 his brother's strength and valour, 
 took advantage of the unpopularity 
 of the ferocious Kunsa, to dethrone 
 the reigning monarch of Muthura, 
 and carve out a principality lor him- 
 self, seems to be near the truth ; and 
 it is not without many a parallel in 
 the more authentic and more modern 
 histories of all nations. The times
 
 190 
 
 PR 
 
 PR 
 
 were out of joint, as appears from 
 the great war of the Kooroos and 
 Pandoos: these families, originally, 
 it is supposed, from Kashmeer, or 
 perhaps still farther north, from Tar- 
 tary, and so far strangers and con- 
 querors in the land, are almost proto- 
 types of what subsequently occurred 
 among the ilahomedans, whose 
 downfall, as the ruling dynasty pa- 
 ramount of Hindostan, was preci- 
 pitated by their intestine divisions; 
 and the contests between IMoghul 
 and Puthan, which have ultimately 
 terminated in the subversion of 
 almost all Jloosulman rule. But, if 
 the Prem Sagor be interesting as 
 shadowing forth, however dimly, the 
 ancient and obscured chronicles of 
 past ages, it is not less so when 
 viewed as a picture of the manners 
 of Eld in the East, which, on exami- 
 nation will prove that there existed 
 a very great similarity to those of 
 the better known nations of very 
 ancient times. In the Prem Sagor, 
 we meet with descriptions of cus- 
 toms and weapons not altogether 
 obsolete at this day, though super- 
 seded among those with whom we 
 axe most famiUar, by others of more 
 modern date: yet sometimes, among 
 the retainers of the more rude and 
 isolated chieftains, may be seen arms 
 of the ancient time; and perhaps 
 among the fastnesses of Chanderee 
 and other little -visited fortalices of 
 the Deccan, may be deposited pa- 
 noply like that which furnished forth 
 the legions of Yoodbishthira and 
 Duryodhuna, 3000 or, at the lowest 
 computation, 1400 years before our 
 era; which last is a century prior 
 to Pope's date of the Siege of Troy. 
 Tlie greater facility for acquiring 
 Persian, added to the circumstance 
 of few Hindoo books being acces- 
 sible, save under the difficult and 
 mysterious veil of Sanscrit, has led 
 most miUtary men in India to pur- 
 sue the former literature; and, as a 
 consequence, their knowledge of the 
 ancient state of India is confined to 
 a smattering of the reigns of half a 
 
 dozen of the more prominent IMoosul- 
 man emperors of Dellii, the oldest of 
 whom is scarce of 800 years stand- 
 ing, identical Avith the period of our 
 own Norman conquest; Avliile the 
 whole of the purely Hindostanee 
 history is a sealed book to the very 
 men whose lives are passed among 
 the posterity of the Sun and Moon, 
 and the, to this day, sectaries of 
 Rama and Krishna. The predilec- 
 tion for Persian literature may also 
 be ascribed to our being early im- 
 bued with Moosulman fragments 
 and chronicles, through Spam, the 
 Crusades, and Turkey; from our 
 boyish delight in the Arabian 
 Kiglits (borrowed, possibly, from 
 these very Hindoos), and from tales 
 of genii and fairies, David and So- 
 lomon, with whom we are familiar 
 from our very earliest youth: but 
 it cannot be doubted that this pre- 
 ference has much contributed to 
 keep us in ignorance of the current 
 language of Hindostan Proper, 
 which, in many districts, is still 
 little adulterated by admixture of 
 Persian words. The histories of 
 India, too, usually placed in the 
 hands of destmed sojourners in the 
 land, are ill-adapted to encourage 
 them to study the language of the 
 Hindoos : ilill, more especially, 
 seems to assume rather the tone of 
 a controversialist, desirous of throw- 
 ing odium and ridicule upon that 
 nation, than of a faithful and philoso- 
 phical historian. He ridicules their 
 pretended antiquity, which, how- 
 ever, on comparison Avitli our own 
 received accounts, brings the com- 
 mencement of their Call yoog to 
 within 700 years of the Flood, while 
 lie might charitably conclude the 
 legends of the three former eras to 
 be but exaggerations, monstrous, 
 'tis true, of traditions respecting the 
 antediluvians, whose stature and 
 longevity are, in our own scriptures, 
 shown to have been tiir above the 
 present standard. Deeply imbued 
 with western lore, most men of li- 
 terary habits resorting to India have
 
 PR 
 
 PR 
 
 191 
 
 been generally incapacitated for an 
 impartial judgment of the preten- 
 sions of the East : and many, hein;; 
 of the clerical i)rofession, have added 
 religious disgust to other antipa- 
 thies. Thiis, Mr. Ward, in his ex- 
 cellent •work, expressing his horror 
 at the bloody sacrifices of Kalee, 
 describes one by the Kajah of Burd- 
 wan, when he immolated some hun- 
 dreds of goats and other animals, the 
 whole temple being one slaughter- 
 house, slippery with gore and filth, 
 and resounding with the cries of 
 dying victims: forgetting that such 
 things are inseparable from the slay- 
 ing of beasts, and must have equally 
 occurred in the hecatombs of Greece 
 and the memorable dedication of the 
 Temple of Solomon, when 20,000 
 oxen and 100,000 sheep bled before 
 the altar. The Prem Sagor, as a 
 text-book, should be in the hands of 
 every ofiicer of the Indian army who 
 has hope and energy to pant for and 
 obtain distinction. A diligent study 
 of its pages may avail to enable mi- 
 litary men gradually to wean the 
 minds of those natives with whom 
 they come in contact from a debas- 
 ing superstition on many points, 
 which are, in reality, mere history, 
 disguised and exaggerated by priest- 
 craft and cunning. It has been said 
 that the natives of India, as a body, 
 are more intimately acquainted with 
 the wars of the Kooroos and Pan- 
 doos, &c., than with the modern 
 victories of the last century. Tliese 
 traditions, therefore, so difficult to 
 eradicate, may, by a more diffused 
 knowledge of them among Euro- 
 peans generally, give us weapons to 
 combat the erring faith built upon 
 them: treated as mere histories of 
 Imman beings, proved to be imi)ious 
 impossibilities as jiredicatedof divine 
 beings, they will find their own level 
 as legends of old ; and, no longer per- 
 nicious to the religious feelings, or 
 degrading to the understandings of 
 men, tliey may be gradually stripped 
 of tlieir absurdities and indelicacy, 
 and form the groundwork of sen- 
 
 sible chronicles of Hindostan, in- 
 centive of honest jiride and patriot- 
 ism in her regenerated and disabused 
 children, and a monument of the 
 zeal and philanthropy of her en- 
 lightened rulers. The strong affi- 
 nity of some cii-cumstances of Krish- 
 na's early history to those of our Sa- 
 viour's, such as the massacre of tha 
 innocents, the flight, &c., cannot fail 
 to strike the student, and, together 
 with the sunilarity of the names 
 Krishna and Kristos, are undoubt- 
 edly singular coincidences. Mr. 
 Colebroke has devoted much time 
 and research to the elucidation of this 
 mystery, which, it seems probable, 
 may have arisen from vague accounts 
 of the Messiah's birth penetrating to 
 India, and being rudely incorporated 
 witli the legend of Krishna, whose 
 name, however, has no real affinity 
 Avith Kristos, being merely an epi- 
 thet, signifying " black," his real 
 name being Kunhya. However this 
 may be, it cannot affect the historical 
 part of the Prem Sagor, which, as 
 referring to events better known, and 
 more prominent than the early child- 
 hood of the hero, is probably more 
 consistent with facts in the main: 
 since, though it would be easy to 
 introduce foreign incidents into the 
 obscurer years of the young conque- 
 ror, there must have been less faci- 
 lity in tampering with matters 
 which were familiar traditions 
 among a people so tenacious oi an- 
 cestry as the Hindoos, and in which 
 the ancestors of many then living 
 must have been implicated. 
 PlilT'IIIVI. Prit'hivi, the goddess 
 (in Hindoo mythology) of the earth, 
 is a form of Lakshmi, or of Parvati. 
 Her husl)and is Prit'hu, produced in 
 strict accordance with mythological 
 extravagance, by churning the right 
 arm of a deceased tyrant who had 
 died without issue, that he might 
 have a posthumous son, who is re- 
 presented as a form of Vishnu. TJiis 
 primitive couple appear to have 
 quarrelled in a very i)rimitive man- 
 ners that is, the mother of nature
 
 192 
 
 PU 
 
 PU 
 
 ■became sulk)'', and would not supply 
 her husband or his family (mankind) 
 Avith food. I'rit'hu, in consequence, 
 beat and -wounded her: on which she 
 assumed the form of a cow, and com- 
 plained to the gods; who, liaving 
 heard both sides of the question, 
 allowed him and his children to treat 
 her in a similar manner whenever 
 she again became stubborn and 
 sulky. As a form of Lakshrai, Pri- 
 t'hivi is the Indian Ceres. Daily 
 sacrifices are offered to her. The 
 Hindoos divide the earth into ten 
 parts, to each of which a deity is 
 assigned. 
 
 PUCHESEE, the game of " twenty- 
 five," much in vogue among the 
 Hindoos. 
 
 PUCK ALLY, a man who, in the In- 
 dian ijeninsula, carries water in 
 leathern bags or skins, on a bullock. 
 He is called a Bheestie in other 
 parts of India. 
 
 PUGGREE, the turban of the native 
 of India. The variety of this head- 
 gear is infinite. It consists of all 
 sorts of materials, and is of every 
 kind of colour. Folds of white mus- 
 lin are, however, the most usual 
 material, but there is no describing 
 the diversity of form given to them. 
 The banj'ans of "\7estern India wear 
 ample turbans with a projecting 
 peak; the baboo of Eastern India 
 twists his puggree into tlie semblance 
 of a barber's basin inverted; the 
 sircars, keranees, shraffs, and rajahs 
 wear small turbans of inelegant 
 cushion shapes on the crown of their 
 heads. None of them, indeed, con- 
 form to English notions of Oriental 
 elegance. In Turkey alone is the 
 tastefully-folded turban, Avith its 
 flowinsc ends, to be seen. 
 
 PUGGREE BUND, turban wearers, 
 a term employed by the natives of 
 Bengal to distinguish the people of 
 the country from the Europeans or 
 Topee Wallas {hat men). 
 
 PULICAT, a town in India, in the 
 province of Central or IMiddle Car- 
 natic, situated on tlie sea-coast, about 
 twenty-five miles north from Madras. 
 
 It formerly belonged to the Dutch, 
 wlio established themselves in it in 
 the year 1609. Tlie town stands on 
 the bank of a lake, of about forty 
 miles in length and six in breadth, 
 wliich communicates by means of a 
 canal with Madras. 
 
 PULSEE, one of the numerous sub- 
 divisions of Hindoo castes. They 
 chiefly profess the healing art in 
 Western India, and are, in their 
 medical capacity, called Josees. 
 Tliey have a small dispensary in 
 their own houses, and although they 
 scarcely believe in Euro^jean medi- 
 cines, and know little or nothing 
 about anatomy and chemistry, pre- 
 ferring the use of " simples" and 
 jungle roots, their services are much 
 in demand among the natives and 
 Eurasians. 
 
 PU^MPLENOSE (citrus decumanus). 
 There seems no doubt with botanists 
 that Java is the native country of 
 this fine fruit, of which the best 
 varieties almost rival a good orange, 
 and its easy growth and abundant 
 bearing make it in fact pretty nearly 
 the orange of the iater-tropical 
 coimtry, or where, from want of ele- 
 vation or peculiarity of soil or cli- 
 mate, the orange is difficult to rear. 
 This is the case in Calcutta, which 
 is supplied witli oranges from the 
 Sylliet Hills. In the West Indies 
 this fruit is called the shaddock, and 
 is said to be so named after the cap- 
 tain of the ship who brought it from 
 the East, whicli seems probable, for 
 it is not mentioned in the writings 
 of the early Spanish authors. The 
 varieties of the fruit are numerous, 
 and of all degrees of flavour, from that 
 of a rich sugary orange, melting in 
 the mouth, to a tough half-sour and 
 half-dry taste, which prejudices 
 many against the fruit. It is a sin- 
 gularity tliat the trees which bear 
 very fine ones one year, will give but 
 indifferent ones the next; but this 
 may be owing to the utter want of 
 all care and culture which our tree- 
 fruits invariably experience. A tree 
 which gives fruit is, to the native of
 
 PU 
 
 PU 
 
 193 
 
 Benjjal, somethina; so ready-made to 
 liis hand, tliat he does not seem even 
 to suspect it can be improved. In 
 Upper India, where, through their 
 Tartar, Persian, and Afghan neigh- 
 bours and conquerors, they have 
 some ideas of gardening, and even 
 boolvs upon it, much more attention 
 is paid to these matters, but the cli- 
 mate there becomes too severe for 
 the Puraplenose. There can be no 
 doubt from the richness of flavour of 
 the finer sorts, that they are sus- 
 ceptible of vast improvement. The 
 sherbet prepared from them is a 
 most grateful drink to the sick, and 
 the fruit itself, if good ones can be 
 had, is an invaluable sea stock. 
 
 PUN, Ilindostanee. A handful of 
 cowries, equivalent to twenty gun- 
 das. Five puns, or 400 cowries, 
 constitute one anna, the sixteenth 
 part of a rupee. 
 
 PUNAH-BE-KHODAH ! Persian. 
 " May Heaven protect us!" 
 
 PUNCHAIT, or PUNCHAYET, five 
 assembled. An assembly or jury 
 of five persons to whom a cause is 
 referred for investigation and deci- 
 sion. An ancient Hindoo establish- 
 ment. 
 
 PUNDIT, a learned Brahmun. 
 
 PUNGANOOK, a fortified town in 
 India, in the province of Balaghat, 
 situated about fifty miles north-west 
 from Vellore, in Lat. 13 deg. 21 min. 
 N., Long. 78 deg. 3 min. E. It is 
 the residence of a Polygar, generally 
 styled the Punganoor Kajali, wlio 
 holds the town and a small adjoin- 
 ing district under tribute to the 
 British. 
 
 PUNJAB. See Lahore. 
 
 PUNJAH, land in India that cannot 
 be easily watered l)y artificial means, 
 depending chiefly on the falihig 
 rains for irrigation, and, tlierefore, 
 unfit for the cultivation of rice. 
 
 PUNKAH, a fan. The heat of the 
 climate of India renders tlie constant 
 use of a fan so indispensable, that 
 in Euro])ean houses there is usually 
 a iternianent one fixed in all the 
 principal apartments, and kept in 
 
 motion by one of the bearers of the 
 establishment. This description of 
 punkah is formed of a thin kind of 
 canvass stretched over an oblong^ 
 frame work of from six to ten feet 
 in length, and three feet in width, 
 and suspended from the ceiling of 
 the room to Avithin four feet of the 
 table. A rope attached to the centre 
 of the punkah, and carried high 
 above the heads of the occuijants of 
 the apartment, passes through an 
 aperture in the wall, outside of 
 which the servant sits and pulls the 
 punkah. The agitation of the ma- 
 chine keeps the room, which would 
 otherwise, at times, be insupport- 
 able, pleasantly cool. jMany per- 
 sons take much pride in their pun- 
 kahs, decorating them with gold 
 mouldings and ornaments, or paint- 
 ing them in distemper to correspond 
 with the walls, and finishing them 
 with a fluted linen fringe. The hand 
 punkahs, Avhich are of various di- 
 mensions, are formed of the leaf of 
 the cocoa-nut tree (see Talipot), or 
 of kuss-kuss, silk, or talc, but the 
 latter are more for ornament, on 
 occasion of bridal processions, 
 nautches, &c., than for any useful 
 purpose. 
 
 PUHANAS, Hindoo mythological 
 poems. 
 
 PUKUAHS, curtains made of Kurwah 
 (or gu:zy), or both mixed in per- 
 pendicular stripes of eight or ten 
 inches wide eacli ; some arc of shal- 
 loon, perpet, or very coarse broad 
 cloth. Those purdahs wliich are 
 made of Kurwuh, or otlier cotton 
 stutl', are generally quilted Avith 
 cotton, or are composed of many 
 folds, or have coarse blankets inlaid 
 between their outer coatings. Their 
 l)est use is certainly to deaden sounds ; 
 hence, they are advantageously sus- 
 pended outside the doors of sleepinj^ 
 or other retired apartments; when 
 by closing the doors, privacy and 
 quiet may usually be eflected. The 
 jiresence of a purdah usually indicates 
 the exclusion of males; and that the 
 apartments, Avithin that entrance.
 
 194 
 
 PU 
 
 PY 
 
 are devoted to the accommodation of 
 ladies. 
 
 PUKIIARIAIIS, or Hill People, of 
 mountainous districts in India. 
 These people are in some places 
 more immediately distinguished by 
 the designation of Danga]is; they 
 are of small stature, extremely poor, 
 rather squalid, but capable of under- 
 going great fatigue. They are won- 
 derfully adroit in the exercise of the 
 tow; and, after performing the little 
 labour needful for the cultivation of 
 tlie valleys, generally repair, at cer- 
 tain seasons, to the military and 
 civU stations in the neighbouring 
 districts of Ehamgur, &c., wiiere 
 they serve as dawk bearers. Some 
 thousands of them have of late years 
 emigrated to Mauritius, Demerara, 
 Trinidad, and other West India co- 
 lonies, where they are found of 
 great utility on the sugar planta- 
 tions. 
 
 PUKRAjMPOKE, land in India utterly 
 unproductive, such as sites of towns 
 and villages ; beds of rivers, and, in 
 some cases, of tanks ; roads and ex- 
 tensive tracts of stony and rocky 
 ground where no iilough can go. 
 
 PURVOE, the sircar of Western In- 
 dia, Bombay, the Deccan, &e. See 
 Sircar. 
 
 PURWASTEE, favour, protection. 
 You purwastee a native when you 
 cast the shield of protection over his 
 misdeeds, or advance him in life. It 
 is a word constantly in the mouths 
 of dependents in India, but more 
 particularly used when they have 
 any great favour to ask. 
 
 PUSSEREE, a five seer weight, in 
 very general use in India. 
 
 PUTTEE, the name of a low caste of 
 people who till the land in Tanjere, 
 and are considered the slaves of the 
 soil. 
 
 PUTTOO, a species of coarser and 
 thicker manufacture of the refuse 
 shawl goat-wool, mixed with the 
 long hairs. It is always of the colour 
 of the hare's skin, and extremely 
 warm. 
 
 PUTTU^, a town in India, in the 
 
 province of Guzerat, situated on the 
 south side of the Suruswate river, in 
 Lat. 2.3 deg. 4S min. N., Long. 72 
 deg. 2 min. E. This was the ancient 
 capital of Guzerat, and was formerly 
 styled Nuhowala. 
 
 PUTT UN, Hindostanee. Regiment, 
 battalion. 
 
 PUTTUN-SOMNATH, a place in 
 India, in the province of Guzerat, 
 on the south-west coast of the penin- 
 sula, in Lat. 20 deg. 53 min. N., 
 Long. 70 deg. 35 min. E., is noted 
 on account of its celebrity as a place 
 of pilgrimage for the Hindoos. 
 There was formerly a temple here, 
 in which was an idol of very great 
 repute. Mahmood, of Ghuznee, al- 
 lured by the report of its riches, 
 attacked and captured the town in 
 1024, and destroyed the idol. The 
 Brahmims entreated him to spare 
 the image, and even ofiered a very 
 large sum of money for its ransom, 
 but JIahmood Avas deaf to their 
 solicitations. The idol was broken 
 in pieces, Avhen, to the agreeable 
 surprise of the Mahomedans, an im- 
 mense store of precious stones, as 
 well as of monej^ was found con- 
 cealed inside it. The idol was, in 
 fact, the treasury of the Brahmuns, 
 Avho had, therefore, good reason for 
 the great love they professed towards 
 it. The gates of the temple were 
 carried to Ghuznee as trophies, but 
 m the year 1842 the British troops 
 brought them back to India. 
 
 PYCAUST, Hindostanee. An inferior 
 or under-teuant. The term applied 
 to lands, means cultivated by an 
 under-tenant or peasant belonging 
 to another village. 
 
 PYCAUST RYOTS, Hindostanee. 
 Under-tenants or cultivators. Those 
 who cultivate lands in a village to 
 which they do not belong, and hold 
 their lands upon a more indefinite 
 tenure than the khode khosht rj/ots, 
 the pottahs, or leases under which 
 they hold, being generally granted 
 with a limitation in point of time. 
 
 PYJA]\IAS, trousers, generally ap- 
 plied to loose and capacious panta-
 
 PY 
 
 RA 
 
 195 
 
 loons, supported by a tape or silk 
 cord drawn round the waist. Many 
 of these (composed either of sillr, 
 long-cloth, or ginirhani) are made to 
 cover the feet entirely, and so pro- 
 tect them from the attacks of mus- 
 quitoes. 
 PYlvE, a foot messenger. A person 
 employed in India as a night M-atch 
 in a village, and as a runner or 
 messenger on the business of the 
 revenue. 
 
 Q. 
 
 QUEDAH. See Malatah. 
 
 QUI-HYE! QUI-HI! orKOEE-HYE! 
 "Who is there?" or "Who waits?" 
 In domestic establishments in Ben- 
 gal, where no bells are used, a ser- 
 vant sits outside the room in Avhich 
 his master or mistress may be, and 
 is summoned to the presence by the 
 foregoing exclamations. Hence, the 
 Europeans who reside in Bengal are 
 called Qui-ht/es, to distinguish them 
 from the residents of Bombay, Ma- 
 dras, or Ceylon. 
 
 QUILON (KOOLLUM), a town in 
 India, in the province of Travancore, 
 situated on the coast, in Lat. 8 deg. 
 53 min. N., Long. 7G deg. 39 min. E. 
 This was formerly the principal 
 town of the province, and is still 
 a place of considerable native trade. 
 
 E. 
 
 EACKI, arrack, or indeed spirits of 
 any kind. The Avord is in use in 
 Persia and Asia Minor. 
 
 EADHUMPORE, in the province of 
 Guzerat, in Ilindostan, situated in 
 Lat. 23 deg. 40 min. N., Long. 71 
 deg. 31 min. E., the residence of a 
 Mahomedan chieftain, the descend- 
 ant of the last Mahomedan guvernors 
 of the province of Guzerat. 
 
 EAIIDAIIS, Persian. Guards or keep- 
 ers of the road ; a sort of police es- 
 tablished at particular stations for 
 the purpose of collecting duties, pre- 
 
 serving the peace, and protecting 
 travellers against thieves and rob- 
 bers. 
 
 RAHDAEEEE, Hindostanee. Keep- 
 ing the roads. The term applied to 
 duties, means those collected at dif- 
 ferent stations in the interior of the 
 country from passengers, and on 
 account of grain and other necessa- 
 ries of life, by the Zemindars and 
 other officers of government, being 
 a branch of the Sayer. 
 
 EAHU, in Hindoo mythology, is by 
 some called the son, and by others 
 the grandson of Kasyapa, and is the 
 planet of the ascending node. He 
 is also variously represented on a 
 lion, a flying dragon, an owl, and a 
 tortoise. He is worshipped in mis- 
 fortune, and to avert the approach 
 of evil spirits, malignant diseases, 
 earthquakes, comets, &c., and espe- 
 cially during an eclipse. He is re- 
 presented without a head, which is 
 supposed to belong to his other por- 
 tion. 
 
 EA JAH, king, prince, chieftain, noble- 
 man. A title in ancient times given 
 to chiefs of the second or military 
 Hindoo tribe only. 
 
 EAJAMUNDRl^ a district in India, 
 in the Northern Circars, lying along 
 both sides of the Godavery river, 
 and from its being so well watered, 
 is the most fruitful of all the Circars. 
 About thirty-five miles from the 
 sea the Godavery divides into two 
 branches, and forms a triangular or 
 three-cornered island, called Nagur, 
 or Nagrum, containing about 500 
 square miles of ground, and very 
 fertile. The Eajamundry forests in 
 the hills along the southern bank of 
 the Godavery abound with teak. 
 The other principal productions of 
 this district are sugar and rice. 
 
 EAJAMUNDRY {liaja-muhundrce\ a 
 town in India, the capital of the dis- 
 trict of tlie same name, in tiie pro- 
 vince of Nortiiern Circars, situated on 
 the northern bank of the Godavery 
 river, in Lat. IG deg. 59 min. N., 
 Long. 81 deg. 53 min. E., about fifty 
 miles from the sea. It is a largo 
 o2
 
 196 
 
 RA 
 
 RA 
 
 tovrn. Durintj the rainy season, the 
 Godavcry is here about a mile 
 broad. Below the town it separates 
 into several branches, forming a 
 number of fertile deltas and large 
 islands. 
 
 EAJE, the title, office, or jurisdiction 
 of a rajah. 
 
 EAJ'HUN, the red flamingo. They 
 frequent the lakes of the north- 
 western provinces of India. 
 
 EAJMISTKEE, Hindostanee. A 
 master mason or head mason ; the 
 man to whom the instructions are 
 given on the occasion of building a 
 house or other edifice. 
 
 RAJPOOTS, natives of the peninsula 
 of Guzerat, commonly known under 
 the name of Kattiwar. They are 
 divided into several tribes, standing 
 in power and wealth tims : — 1. Jha- 
 rejah ; 2. Jhalla ; 3. Goil ; and 4. 
 Jetwah. The Jharejahs, who are 
 the most powerful and numerous of 
 the Rajpoot tribes, are a brancli of 
 the family of Rao of Cutch, who in 
 consequence of intestine feuds, left 
 their country about a.d. 800, and 
 having crossed the Runn at the head 
 of the Gulf of Cutch, established 
 themselves upon the ruins of the 
 Jetwah Rajpoots and a few petty 
 Mahomedan authorities which at 
 that time existed in Halar. The 
 character of the Rajpoot of Kattiwar 
 is composed of the extremes of 
 praiseworthy and objectionable qua- 
 lities. Pie is hospitable to strangers, 
 and will defend them at the expense 
 of his life and property. Indolent 
 and effeminate to an extreme degree, 
 he will, in cases of emergency, or 
 when his own interest is involved, 
 be roused to an incredible exertion 
 of energy and activity. As an ene- 
 my he is often cruel. Impatient of 
 an insult or injury, though seldom 
 or ever offering one, he is, upon the 
 whole, an inoffensive character; but 
 what may, perhaps, be considered 
 the most admirable ingredient in the 
 composition of his mind, is a certain 
 pride of family, which raises him 
 above the level of his neighbours, 
 
 and which, united with a passionate 
 love of liberty and attachment to 
 each other, forms a character, which, 
 if it does not call for admiration from 
 its virtues, is probably entitled to it 
 on the score of novelty. In stature, 
 he may be considered to exceed the 
 natives of the Deccan, being gene- 
 rally tall, but not of a robust frame. 
 The complexion of the respectable 
 Raji)oot is generally fair ; contour 
 of the face, long ; nose, aquiline ; 
 and eyes, large, but devoid of ani- 
 mation ; the general expression of 
 the face is pleasing. The Rajpoot 
 women of high rank are often of 
 an intriguing disposition, and always 
 meddle in the affairs of their hus- 
 band. Every rajah has several 
 wives, each of whom has a sejiarate 
 establishment of friends, relations, 
 servants, lands, and every thing else. 
 Each is jealous of the influence of 
 the others over their lord, who, by 
 the time he is forty years old, is 
 generally a victim of opium, tobacco, 
 or spirituous liquors, and other ex- 
 citing drugs. If one of the wives 
 has offspring, the others practise 
 deceit upon the family, and every 
 woman of spirit has a son. Dissen- 
 sion and discord prevail, and it has 
 become almost as rare an event for 
 a rajah to leave this world in peace 
 and quiet, as it is for a Rajpoot 
 guddee to be filled by a person, the 
 purity of whose birth is perfectly 
 ascertained. Tliis melancholy pic- 
 ture of the morals of Rajpoot ladies 
 is confined solely to the higher 
 classes ; and the female sex in Kat- 
 tiwar, generally speaking, are mo- 
 dest, chaste, and faithful to their 
 lords, and kind and hospitable to 
 strangers. As a proof of the former, 
 there are few or no women of easy 
 virtue in the villages, and those in 
 the large towns are frequently na- 
 tives of other countries. The word 
 Rajpoot literally signifies son of a 
 raiah or king. 
 RAMA CHANDRA, the seventh 
 avatar of Vishnu, in the Hindoo 
 mythology. lu this avatar Vishnu
 
 RA 
 
 RE 
 
 197 
 
 appears in the person of a coura- 
 geous and virtuous prince to punisli 
 a monstrous giant. 
 RAAIAYANA, an epic poem in the 
 Sanscrit language, forming part of 
 tlie Vedas. 
 RAMAYUM, an epic poem, describing 
 
 tlie exploits of Kama. 
 RAMXAD, a city in India, in the dis- 
 trict of Madura, in the province of 
 Southern Carnatic, situated near 
 the coast, in Lat. 9 deg. 23 niin. N., 
 Long. 78 deg. 56 min. E. It is the 
 capital of a pollum, generally styled 
 the Eamnad zumeendaree, which 
 •*vas granted to the present zumeen- 
 dar's family, imder the Hindoo go- 
 vernment of Madura, with the title 
 of Sutti-pntli, for the defence of the 
 road, and protection of the pilgrims 
 resorting to the pagoda of lianiise- 
 rum. The town is of an irregular 
 appearance, and contains nothing of 
 note. 
 RA:MXUGGUE. See Nerbudda. 
 RAM00SI':E. See Bueel. 
 RAMPORE, a place in India, in the 
 province of Delhi, situated about 
 twent}' miles to the eastward of 
 Mooradabad. It is the residence of 
 a Kohilla chief, styled the Nabob of 
 Rampore, and is celebrated on ac- 
 count of a severe action which took 
 place a few miles from it in 1794, 
 t)etween the Rohillas and the British 
 troops. 
 RAM KA^tf, the ordinary salutation 
 of the Hindoos to each other and to 
 the images of certain deities. 
 RANA, a Hindoo chieftain or sove- 
 reign among the hill tribes only. 
 RANGOON, in llie country of Ava, in 
 Asia. This place, which on account 
 of its trade may be considered as 
 perhaps the jiriiicipal city of the 
 Burman empire, is situated on the 
 Irawaddee river, about twenty- 
 eight miles from the sea. It is a 
 dirty mean-looking town, built of 
 wuod and l)amI)oo, and surrounded 
 l)y a weak stockade. Outside the 
 town, and about two miles and a half 
 from it, stands the Shoe J)agon I'a- 
 godii, built upon a snudl hill, seventy- 
 
 five feet above the road. It is 338 
 feet high, and is surmounted by a 
 cap of brass, forty-five feet high, the 
 whole covered with gilding. 
 RANNICE, queen, princess, wife of an 
 
 Indian rajah (q. v.) 
 RASDAREE, dancing boys attached to 
 
 temples in the Indian ghauts. 
 RAT'H JATTRA, the throne and car 
 of Juggernaut. On the occasion of 
 the festivals of Juggernaut, he is 
 accompanied by his brother Bala 
 Rama, and his sister Subhadra, and 
 is conveyed to a place about a mile 
 from the temple at Porce. This 
 throne, on Avhich he is seated, is 
 fixed on a stupendous car, sixty feet 
 in height; the enormous weight of 
 which, as it passes slowly along, 
 deeply furrows the ground over 
 which it rolls. Immense cables are 
 attached to it, by which it is drawn 
 along by thousands of men, women, 
 and even infants ; as it is considered 
 an act of acceptable devotion to assist 
 in urging forward this horrible ma- 
 chine, on which, round the throne of 
 the idol, are upwards of a hundred 
 priests and tlieir attendants. As the 
 ponderous car rolls on, some of the 
 devotees and worshippers of the idol 
 throw themselves under the wheels, 
 and are crushed to death; and num- 
 bers lose their lives by the pressure 
 of the crowd. 
 RATNAPURA (the City of Jewels), 
 is fifty-two miles south-cast of Co- 
 lombo, in Ceylon, on the banks of 
 the Kalu Ganga. On the right bank 
 of the river stands a small fort, still 
 kept in good repair, and commanding 
 a delightful and extensive view of 
 the surrounding country. The Pettah 
 is large and i)opulous. Tlio whole of 
 the low country around is sometimes 
 for several weeks together overflowed 
 with water. Some of the finest, most 
 extensive, and fertile tracts of the 
 whole country lie in this district. 
 The people in general have less ap- 
 pearance of poverty than in most 
 other places. 
 REIS EFEENDI, a Turkish Secretary 
 of State.
 
 198 
 
 RE 
 
 RU 
 
 EEISn-SUFFERED. Persian. White- 
 beard; an elder or patriarch of a tribe 
 or village. 
 
 EHUT, a creakincT kind of cart, com- 
 jiosed of «"ood and rope, in which the 
 native ladies of Upper India, con- 
 cealed from public view by thick 
 curtains, huddle themselves when 
 they travel or pay visits. 
 
 ETSHIS, in Hindoo mj'thology, the 
 children of the Menus, the offspring 
 of the Brahraadicas, who were the 
 sons of Brahma. They are seven 
 in inimber, and are named Kasyapa, 
 Atri, Vasishta, Viswamitra, Gau- 
 tama, Jamadagni, and Bharadwaja. 
 They are, astronomically, the hus- 
 bands of the Pleiades. 
 
 EI8SALDAR, an officer of the Irre- 
 gular India cavalry, Avhose rank cor- 
 responds with that of a captain of 
 a troop. 
 
 EODIYAS, or outcasts, a tribe who 
 inliabit different parts of the interior 
 of the island of Ceylon. They are 
 looked upon by the other natives as 
 persons of so degraded a character, 
 that ihey wUl have no communica- 
 tion with a Rodiya village. They 
 have a wild and rough appearance, 
 and scarcely wear any clothing. The 
 only dress of either male or female 
 is a piece of cloth tied round their 
 loins. They live partly by cultiva- 
 ting the lands that belong to the 
 villages which they inhabit, and 
 partly by robbery and plunder. 
 They have no marriage rites, but 
 live together p^omiscuouslJ^ It is 
 also doubtful Avhether they have 
 any religious worship, as they are so 
 much despised by other people that 
 no one Avould frequent a Wiliara or 
 Dewata to which the Ilodiyas 
 resort. 
 
 EOOEE (rooee-mutcMee), a species of 
 carp found in all the great rivers of 
 Lidia, and likewise in tanks or ponds. 
 They are sometimes caught of great 
 weight, from fifty to eighty pounds. 
 
 EOOM, the Persian term for Constan- 
 tinople. 
 
 EOOMAL, handkerchief; the name 
 also given to the kerchief used by 
 
 theTlmgs, or Phanseegars, in stran- 
 gling their victims. 
 
 ROOSHUN, light, splendour ; a com- 
 mon name for a favourite horse 
 amongst the Persians. 
 
 ROOSTUM, a hero, celebrated for his 
 deeds of arms in the Shah Nameh of 
 Ferdousee. 
 
 ROTAS, a strong fortress in India, in 
 the province of Lahore, or the Pun- 
 jab, situated about 100 miles to the 
 northward of the city of Lahore. 
 It is much celebrated in the early 
 history of the Maliomedans in India, 
 one of their main bulwarks between 
 Tartary and Hindostan. 
 
 ROWANA, a Hindostanee passport, 
 or permit. 
 
 ROWTEE, a small tent for the accom- 
 modation of sepoys and private sol- 
 diers in the army of Western India. 
 The rowtee is likewise used by 
 officers as a cooking-tent, or a domi- 
 cile for their domestics. 
 
 RUNDEELOGUE, Hindostanee. The 
 woman kind. 
 
 RUNGPORE, the principal town of 
 the country of Assam, in Asia, in 
 regard to size and importance, situ- 
 ated on the river Dikho, in Lat. 26 
 deg. 55 min. N., Long. 94cleg. 30 min. 
 E. It is a walled to^vn, and contains 
 several mosques and other buildings. 
 
 RUPEE, the name of a silver coin of 
 comparatively modern currency in 
 India, for it is remarkable that there 
 does not exist any specimens m that 
 metal of a date anterior to the estab- 
 lishment of the Mahomedan power 
 in India ; while a great many in 
 gold have been preserved of a far 
 higher antiquity. The silver cur- 
 rency is uniform throughout India, 
 and consists of rupees, half rupees, 
 and quarter rupees, or four anna 
 pieces. The rupee represents six- 
 teen annas (q. v.), equal to 2s. Eng- 
 lish. 
 
 RUSSOOM, customs, customary com- 
 missions, gratuities, fees, or perqui- 
 sites. Shares of the crops and ready- 
 money pajnnents received by iiublic 
 officers in India as perquisites at- 
 tached to their situations.
 
 RU 
 
 SA 
 
 199 
 
 EUSSOO]M ZEISIINDAEEY, cus- 
 tomary perquisites attached to the 
 oflBce of a Zemindar in India. Per- 
 quisites, or shares of the sayer duties 
 allowed to Zemindars; and deduc- 
 tions from the collections equal to 
 about five per cent, on the net re- 
 ceipts in the mofussil treasury, en- 
 joyed by the Zemindars in addition 
 to tlieir nancar or savcram lands. 
 
 EUTTEE, a weight of 1875 grains 
 troy, used chiefly by goldsmiths and 
 jewellers in India, and employed 
 in the native evaluation, by assay, 
 of the precious metals. 
 
 EYACOTTA, a fort in the province of 
 Baramahal, in India, situated about 
 fifteen miles to the east of Kistna- 
 gherry. It is built upoji a rocky 
 mountain, 1150 feet in perpendicular 
 height, and is a place of some 
 strength, the present fortifications 
 being principally of English construc- 
 tion. It commands one of the i^asses 
 from the Carnatic into j\l3'sore. 
 
 EYOT, the tiller of the soil in India; 
 the husbandman; the peasant. 
 
 EYOTTEE, relating to a ryot, 
 Ihjottee lands are those in which the 
 ryots pay the government dues in 
 money ; contradistinguished from 
 khomar lands, in which they are paid 
 in kind. 
 
 EYOTWAIv, according to, or with 
 ryots. A ryotwar, or hulwar, set- 
 tlement is a settlement made by go- 
 vernment immediately w^ith the 
 ryots individually, under which the 
 government receives its dues in the 
 form of a money-rent fixed ou the 
 land itself in cidtivation, and not 
 being a pecuniary comnmtatit)n for 
 its share of the produce, varying as 
 the extent of tlie produce may vary 
 in each year ; but under an aumanee 
 settlement the government receives 
 its dues in kind from each culti- 
 vator. 
 
 SAADI, a Persian poet, who was the 
 author of the earhest pieces iu lliu- 
 dostanec verse. 
 
 SACTIS, the consorts or energies of 
 the Hindoo gods: thus Parvati is 
 t\\Q sacti of Siva; Lakshmi, that of 
 Vishnu; and Suraswati, Brahma or 
 Brahmini, of Brahma. As their 
 energies, they participate in their 
 various avatars, or incarnations : 
 Lakshmi. in those of Vishnu, being 
 Varahi, Is'arasinhi, Sita, Eadha, &:c., 
 and iu like manner are the other 
 sactts 
 
 SADRAS, or SADRTJNGAPUTTU- 
 NUM, a town in India, in the pro- 
 vince of Central or Middle Carnatic, 
 situated on the sea coast, about forty 
 miles south from Madras. It belongs 
 to the Dutch, who settled there ia 
 1 647 ; and it was formerly a flourish- 
 ing town, but it now consists of 
 merely a few houses, and a native 
 village. About five miles to the 
 northward of Sadras is a Brahmuu 
 village, called Mahabalipuram {Muha 
 Bulipoorum, the city of the great 
 Bull, one of the titles of Vislmu), or 
 as it is named by the English, the 
 Seven Pagodas,, remarkable for va- 
 rious extraordinary remains of Hin- 
 doo temples and sculptures of great 
 antiquity. According to the Hindoo 
 legends, there was, at some very 
 remote period, a considerable town 
 at this place, the site of which is now 
 covered by the sea. 
 
 SAPEE NAM AH, a testimonial given 
 by the defendant in the native courts 
 of Intlia upon the final settlement of 
 a cause, that the matter in dis^mte 
 has been cleared up or settled. 
 
 SAHEB, "gentleman," "sir." It is 
 always added in addressing or speak- 
 ing of Europeans in India or Persia: 
 as "Colonel Saheb," Colonel; "Lord 
 Saheb," Lord, the Bishop or Go- 
 vernor General; "Elchec Saheb," 
 the Ambassador. 
 
 SAHIB KAllOON, a Persian silver 
 coin of about the value of a shilling. 
 
 SAHIB L( )GUE, tlie conmion appella- 
 tion given to European gentlemen in 
 India. 
 
 SAIIRAB, Persian. Water of the 
 desert; mirage. 
 
 SAlGU2s"G, the largest and most im-
 
 200 
 
 SA 
 
 SA 
 
 portant city in Cochin China, It is 
 situated on tlie banlcs of the Donnai, 
 in Lat. 10 (leg. 47 min. N., Long. 
 107 (leg. 5 min. E. It is an exten- 
 sive city and well built, and has a 
 fortress of considerable strength con- 
 structed upon European principles. 
 It is the chief naval depot of the 
 empire, and has large arsenals and 
 numerous ship-builders. Its popu- 
 lation is estimated at about 200,000. 
 
 SAKA, a Turkish water-carrier. 
 
 SALA, simply, in Hindostanee, bro- 
 ther-in-law. But although there is 
 nothing particularly offensive in 
 being a brother-in-law, the word, 
 when used witliout reference to 
 domestic ties, is considered abusive. 
 
 SALAAM. This word is indifferently 
 used in India to express compliments 
 or salutations. Sending a person 
 your salaam is equivalent to pre- 
 senting^ your compliments. The 
 personal salaam or salutation is 
 an obeisance executed by bending 
 the head slightly downwards, and 
 placing the palm of the riglit hand 
 on the forehead. This gesticulation 
 is universal throughout India. 
 
 SALAAM ALEIKOUM! "Peace be 
 with you!" The ordinary Mahome- 
 dan salutation. 
 
 SALAGKAMA, stones sacred to 
 Vishnu, and valued according to 
 the perforations and spiral curves in 
 each, as they are thereby supposed 
 to contain Vishnu and Lakshmi in 
 their different characters. The sala- 
 grama is worshipped daOy by the 
 Brahmuns, and is used in the sever;d 
 Hindoo ceremonies of Srad'ha, &c. 
 One should be always placed near 
 the bed of a dying person, and the 
 marks on it shown to him. This is be- 
 lieved to secure his soul an introduc- 
 tion to the heaven of Vishnu. The 
 Biulang stones, which are found in 
 the Nerbudda river, arc also wor- 
 sliipped as emblems of Siva. 
 
 SALEM, a province of India, bounded 
 on the north by the Barmahaal and 
 Central Carnatic; cast, Central Car- 
 natic; south, Southern Carnatic and 
 Coimbatore; west, Coimbatore and 
 
 Mysoi'c. The only river of any note 
 is the Cavery, which flows along the 
 western side of the province. It is 
 an elevated district, generally open, 
 with occasional ridges and clusters 
 of hills, and towards its western 
 boundary mountainous. The She- 
 varay hills, in the vicinity of the 
 town of Salem, are particularly 
 noted, and have been much resorted 
 to Ity Europeans for change of 
 climate. These hills consist of three 
 distinct divisions, the Salem Naad, 
 the Moko Naad, and the Moottoo 
 Naad. This last is the highest, its 
 elevation above the sea being about 
 5000 feet. It has a table-land, seven 
 miles by three, producing coffee of 
 very good quality, wheat, barley, 
 and millet. The inhabitants of these 
 hills are exclusively of the VuUaler 
 caste, and according to their own 
 traditions, emigrated from Conje- 
 varum about the year 1200. The 
 chief productions of this province are 
 rice, maize, cotton, coffee, saltpetre, 
 and magnesia. Its cotton manu- 
 factures of all kinds are extensive. 
 The principal towns are Dhurm- 
 pooree, Salem, and Namkool. The 
 inhabitants are chiefly Hindoos; the 
 religion is principally Ilindooism, 
 and the language Tamil and Te- 
 loogoo. 
 
 SALEM, the capital of the province of 
 Salem, in India, situated in a plain, 
 six miles south of the Shevaray 
 hills, in Lat. 11 deg. 37 min. N., 
 Long. 78 deg. 13 min. E. It is a 
 celebrated mart for cotton goods. 
 
 SAMAKCAND, a town in the division 
 of Bokhara, in Tartary, situated near 
 the southern bank of the Zur- 
 Ufshan, about 120 miles to the east- 
 ward of Bokhara. This was in the 
 early times of the Mahomedan power 
 one of the most renowned cities of 
 the East, and it is still regarded with 
 great veneration liy the people of the 
 country; and no king of Bokhara is 
 considered by them to be the lawful 
 sovereign who has not possession of 
 Samarcand. It was the capital of Ti- 
 mour, whose tomb still remains. It
 
 SA 
 
 SA 
 
 201 
 
 has now declined to a provincial town 
 of not more than 10,000 inhabitants, 
 and gardens and fields occupy the 
 place of its former streets and 
 mosques. A few colleges and other 
 buildings still exist, some of them of 
 beautiful architecture, particularly 
 one which originally formed the ob- 
 servatory of the celebrated astro- 
 nomer, Ulug Beg. The manufacture 
 of paper was introduced into Europe 
 from this city, on its conquest by 
 the Mahomedans, about the year 
 710. 
 SAMBUR, the, (cervus Aris toteJis) 
 is the largest of the deer tribe in 
 Asia, a full-grown stag frequently 
 attaining the height of sixteen hands 
 at the shoulder. The colour, with 
 the exception of a white under lip, 
 and a pale j-ellow disc round the 
 eye, is tan below, and of an uniform 
 dull brown above, varying to slate 
 colour in some specimens, and even 
 almost verging upon black. The 
 hair is coarse, resembling split whale- 
 bone in its texture, and increasing 
 in length about the neck and shoul- 
 ders, so as to form a long shaggy 
 mane, susceptible of being fully 
 erected when the animal is excited, 
 at which periods both the suborbital 
 cavities and the nostrils are dilated 
 to their utmost extent. These pe- 
 culiarities, added to an incessant 
 stamping of tlie fore foot, and vici- 
 ous grinding of the teeth, the latter 
 accompanied by a coi)ious flow of 
 saliva, impart a singularly ferocious 
 aspect, the animal being withal ex- 
 ceedingly muscular and formidable. 
 The eye is small, but remarkably 
 brilliant and mcclainf. The antlers, 
 •which are imiformly cast in the 
 month of April (the time at which 
 the rutting season commences), and 
 reproduced during the rains, aug- 
 ment progressively in volume willi 
 the age of the animal, imtil tluy 
 attain an enormous size. Tliey stand 
 upon a short and broad pedicle, and 
 consist of a round rugous beam, Avith 
 a ponderous brow and bez-antler — 
 the burr being pearled and very pro- 
 
 minent. The female resembles the 
 male in shape and colour, but is on 
 a smaller scale, and has no horns. 
 She produces one or two at a birth. 
 Tlie apple of the tree, called by the 
 natives of India viendhole, constitutes 
 the favourite food of the sambur, and 
 it is attached also to all bitter forest 
 fruits. Its cry or call is a shrill pipe 
 resembling wired music, or the sound 
 produced by striking a gong with 
 great violence. The animal, when 
 alarmed, also emits a sound which 
 in tlie jungles might often be mis- 
 taken for the rumbling of distant 
 thunder. At these times, the whole 
 of the hair on the body bristles on 
 end, and there is a cold shivering of 
 the whole frame, which appears to 
 create this rumbling internally. 
 This phenomenon has never been 
 noticed by writers on the natural 
 history of the sambur. It is grega- 
 rious in small troops, a single patri- 
 archal stag being usuallj" lord of 
 about a score of does. Timid, vigi- 
 lant, and active; endowed also with 
 the use of sight, hearing, and smell, 
 in the highest degree of perfection, 
 the sambur is exceedingly ditiicult 
 of access. Earely descending from 
 his chosen haunts in the heart 
 of the most dense and unfrequented 
 forests, he looks down witli contempt 
 upon his pursuers from the rocky 
 pinnacles of the mountain, whose 
 rugged sides he has traversed with 
 the greatest facility. 
 SANI, or SHUNI, is, according to the 
 Hindoos, the planet Saturn. He is 
 described of a dark colour, and 
 clothed in black, holding a sword, 
 arrows, and two daggers in his 
 hands. His vahan is variously re- 
 presented, being by some called a 
 black vulture or raven, and by 
 others an elei)hant. He is old, ugly, 
 lame, of an evil disposition, has long 
 hair, nails, and tectli. and is of the 
 Sudra caste. It is unfortunate to be 
 born under this planet, and the ills 
 of life are ascril'ed to his influence, 
 as he is supjiosed to be skilled in all 
 kinds of wickedness. lu the Avor-
 
 202 
 
 SA 
 
 SA 
 
 ship of liim numerous ceremonies 
 arc in consequence resorted to, to 
 appease him. He presides over the 
 day of the week Saniswar, or Satur- 
 day. 
 
 SANSCKIT, the ancient language of 
 Hindostan. It has long been a dead 
 language, and tliere is reason to 
 doubt whether it ever Avas com- 
 monly used for colloquial purposes. 
 It is written from left to right, in a 
 character called the Deva Nagree. 
 
 SANYOGY, a Hindoo devotee, who 
 does not give up his family. 
 
 SAREE, a portion of the dress of the 
 women of Western India. See 
 Chudder. 
 
 SARUS, or CYRUS, a bird of the 
 crane species, found on the borders 
 of marshes and jeels (lakes) of India. 
 
 SATGURH, a place in the province of 
 Baramahal, in India, situated at the 
 foot of the mountains, a few miles 
 from the Naikunary Ghaut, or pass. 
 There was formerly a hill fort here, 
 to which the name of Satgurh jiro- 
 perly belonged, the pettah being 
 called Lalpet. This place is now 
 chiefly noted on account of its gar- 
 dens, which produce abundance of 
 fine fruit, particularly oranges and 
 mangoes. 
 
 SATRINJEES, Indian carpets, or very 
 large coloured sheets, in which, ex- 
 cept for a cubit's breadth all around, 
 the whole is divided into bars, or 
 stripes, usually from two to six inches 
 wide, proportioned to the extent 
 of the fabric. The principal colours 
 in these carpets are crimson fin* a 
 ground, with bars of deep or light 
 red; or blue grounds, with white, 
 yellow, or tawny bars; or green 
 grounds, with deeper or lighter 
 green, or crimson, or orange bars ; or 
 any of these, vice versa. It is no 
 imcommon thing to see a sairlnjec of 
 full twenty by thirty feet; ancl tins, 
 too, made upon nothing more than a 
 bamboo roller, round which the work 
 gradually collects, as the threads are 
 crossed, by passing the warp-lines 
 alternately over and under the woof- 
 lines, in regular changes. 
 
 SATTARA, in the province of Beja- 
 pore, in India, is a strong hill-fort 
 and town, situated fifty-six miles 
 south of Poona, in Lat. 17 deg. 42 
 min. N., Long. 74 deg. 12 min. E. 
 This place was taken from the Ma- 
 homedan sovereigns of Bajapore, in 
 1651, by Sevajee. Subsequently, on 
 the usurpation of the government of 
 the Poona Mahratta empire by the 
 Peishwa, Sattara was converted into 
 a royal prison, in which Sevajee's 
 successors were confined. 
 
 SATYAVRATA, the Noah of Hindoo 
 mythology, evidently agreeing with 
 the Noaii of Holy Writ. 
 
 SAUDS, a sect of pure Indian deists, 
 whose form of worship is most sim- 
 ple. The Sauds resemble the Qua- 
 kers, or Society of Eriends, in Eng- 
 land, in their customs, in a remark- 
 able degree. Ornaments and gay 
 apparel of every kind are strictly 
 prohibited. Their dress is always 
 white. They never make any obei- 
 sance or salutation. They will not 
 take an oath; and they are exempted 
 in the courts of justice, their asseve- 
 ration, like that of the Quakers, 
 being considered equivalent. The 
 Sauds profess to abstain from all 
 luxuries, such as tobacco, betel, 
 opium, and wine. They never have 
 exhibitions of dancing. All violence 
 to man or beast is forbidden; but, 
 in self-defence, resistance is allowable. 
 Industry is strongly enjoined. The 
 Sauds, like the Quakers, take great 
 care of their poor and infirm people. 
 To receive assistance out of the tribe 
 or sect would be reckoned disgraceful, 
 and render the ofl'ender liable to ex- 
 communication. All parade of M'or- 
 ship is forbidden. Private prayer is 
 conmianded. Alms should be im- 
 osteutatious ; they are not to be 
 given that they should be seen of 
 men. The due regulation of the 
 tongue is a princijial duty. 
 
 SAUL, an Indian wood, used to an 
 immense extent, both in buildings 
 and in the construction of ships, 
 but is not to be compared, either 
 for toughness, strength, resistance
 
 SA 
 
 SE 
 
 203 
 
 ajrainst insects, or durability, ■^vith 
 tmh. There is something very pe- 
 culiar in said wood, since it is seen 
 to warp, even after having been em- 
 ployed in bulk for many years, riving 
 into large fissures longitudinally: 
 the white ants also devour it with 
 avidity. Saul timbers are found in 
 all the forests, ranging under the 
 hills, branching our possessions 
 from Assam up to Ilurdwar: they 
 are more abundant in some parts 
 than in others, but no where scarce. 
 Many of these forests present thou- 
 sands upon thousands of acres, 
 whereon tlie said, sissoo, and other 
 useful timbers grow spontaneously. 
 
 SAVAXOKE, properly SHANOOll, a 
 place in the province of the Uooab, 
 in India, once the capital of a small 
 Pathan state, the chief of which Avas 
 known as the Nabob of Savanore. 
 
 SAWNY, lord, master, OA^oier, pro- 
 prietor ; a title given also by the 
 Hindoos of the peninsula to their 
 
 SAYER, Hindostanee. What moves. 
 Variable imposts, distinct from land 
 rents or revenue, consisting of cus- 
 toms, tolls, licences, duties on mer- 
 chandise and other articles of per- 
 sonal moveable property, as well as 
 mixed duties, and taxes on houses, 
 shops, l)azars. Sec. 
 
 SCINDE, a province in India, bounded 
 on the nortli by Afghanistan and 
 Mooltan ; east, A j mere; south, 
 Cutch and the sea; west, Beloochis- 
 tan. The divisions are Upper 
 Scinde, or the northern part of the 
 countrj- down to Shikarpore, and 
 Lower Scinde, extending from Shik- 
 arpore to the sea. The river Indus, 
 including its various branches, flows 
 through this province. East of the 
 Indus, the coimtry is almost a perfect 
 level, and is for the greatest part, 
 except in the immediate vicinity of 
 the river, a barren waste. West of 
 the Indus, the face of the country 
 varies, and on the western and 
 north-western frontiers becomes 
 mountainous. The climate of Upper 
 Scinde is temi)erate, but that of 
 
 Lower Scinde oppressively hot, and 
 very unhealthy. Upper Scinde pro- 
 duces wheat, barley, and other 
 grains; and Lower Scinde, rice and 
 bajree in great abmidance, sugar, 
 and indigo, saltpetre and potash. 
 Cattle and sheep are numerous, as 
 also a small breed of horses and 
 camels of a superior description. The 
 towns are Shikarpore, Sukkur, 
 Kliyrpore, Larkhanu, Schwun, Hy- 
 derabad, Omerkote, Tatta, Kura- 
 chee, and IMeerpore. The inhabi- 
 tants of this province are Hindoos, 
 Juts, and Beloocliees. The Juts are 
 Mahomedans, the descendants of the 
 original Ilajpoot inhabitants of the 
 province, converted at an early 
 period to the Mahomedan faith, and 
 they compose the chief military force 
 of the country. It is believed 
 that the total population does not 
 exceed 1,000,000, although in early 
 times the province appears to have 
 been very thickly peopled. The 
 prevailing rehgion in Scinde is Ma- 
 homedanism, generally of the Soon- 
 nee division, though the Ameers 
 themselves are Shiahs. The lan- 
 guage is termed Sindee, and resem- 
 bles the Hindee dialects of Hindo- 
 stan. 
 
 SEBUNDY, an irregular native soldier, 
 employed in the service of the re- 
 venue and police of India. 
 
 SEEKUL-PUTTY ((. e., polished 
 sheets), a very beautiful species of 
 mat, made in some parts of India, 
 but especially in the south-eastern 
 districts, about Dacca and Lucky- 
 pore, from a kind of reedy grass, of 
 which the rind, Iteing pared off very 
 thin, and trimmed to about the 
 eighth of an inch in width, is wove 
 into mats, rarely exceeding seven or 
 eight feet in length, by about four 
 feet in width. They are peculiarly 
 slippery, whence their designation; 
 their colour resembles that of com- 
 mon horn. The principal uses of the 
 seekul-putty, are, to be laid under 
 the lower sheet of a bed, thereby 
 keeping the body cool: which is cer- 
 tainly ejected to a great degree by
 
 204 
 
 SE 
 
 SE 
 
 this device, by its remarkably 
 slippery surface ; some few pillows 
 for couches are likewise covered 
 therewith, and it is employed in 
 niakincj covers for mahogany tables. 
 
 SEEE, the conmionest Aveight in use 
 in the retail business of the bazars 
 in India. It weighs two pounds six 
 ounces troy, but being liable to vary 
 in weight in different parts of the 
 country, for every article sold, as 
 •well as for every market, is generally 
 referred to the common unit in 
 native mercantile dealings, as " the 
 seer of so many tolas," the standard, 
 or bazar-seer, being always eighty 
 tolas. 
 
 SEEKKY is composed of the stems of 
 the surput, or tassel grass, which 
 grows to the height of ten feet or 
 more ; it is found to be a larger 
 species of the celebrated Guinea 
 grass, formerly introd^iced as a sup- 
 posed novelty into the East, but 
 ■which proved to be nothing more 
 than the common bainsea/i, or buf- 
 falo-grass, that grows wild, in the 
 greatest luxuriance, all over Bengal. 
 
 SEETA-COOND, "Well of Seeta." 
 About five miles from Monghyr, on 
 the Ganges, there are some hot 
 springs, and though not possessing 
 any medical properties, the water is 
 much sought after on account of its 
 great purity. The springs are en- 
 closed in a cistern of brick eighteen 
 feet square. The temperature is so 
 hot as to cause death to any animal 
 venturing into it. There is a record 
 of an Eiu^opean soldier who at- 
 tempted to swim across, but was so 
 miserably scalded as not to survive 
 the perilous exploit. There is a dif- 
 ference in the degrees of heat at 
 different periods, but the higliest 
 point to which the thermometer has 
 risen upon immersion is said to be 
 163 deg. 
 
 SEIKIIS, the natives of the Punjab. 
 The doctrines of the Seikhs appear 
 to partake both of the Brahminical 
 and Jaina sects, blended with pecu- 
 liar tenets of their own. They be- 
 lieve in a divuie imity, and preach 
 
 a strict and fervent devotion to the 
 deity, but raise their gooroos, or spi • 
 ritual guides, to an equality with, 
 or superiority over him. Like the 
 Brahmuns, in one of their hypo- 
 tliesis, tliey believe that nature is 
 the mother of the world, and that 
 Brahma, Vishnu, and Siva, are 
 her sons, who regulate it; but they 
 teach that there is a god (Naraya- 
 na) superior to them, who created 
 the world, and innumerable other 
 worlds, which, and the periods of 
 their creation, are known only to 
 himself. The Seikh doctrines, as 
 taught by their founder, Narnac, in- 
 culcate that devotion to God is to 
 partake of God, and, finally, to obtain 
 absorption into the divine essence. 
 The fcjeikhs believe in transmigra- 
 tion, a multiplicity of heavens and 
 hells, and future births; and that 
 mankind will be punished or re- 
 warded according to their merits or 
 demerits. God, thej' say, is pleased 
 with devotion which springs from 
 the heart; outward forms he disre- 
 gards, lie is infinite, omnipotent, 
 invisible; nothing can speak his 
 praise; nothing describe his power. 
 Every thing is absorbed in him: all 
 that exists in the world is of him. 
 The millions of Hindoo deities, with 
 Brahma, Vishnu, and Siva, as well 
 as iMahomed, and all other divine 
 personages, are subject to his power: 
 nothing, in fine, is equal to him, ex- 
 cept the gooroos, or spiritual teachers 
 of the Seikhs. A'otwithstanding this 
 reservation, the fundamental doc- 
 trines of the Seikh religion, as taught 
 by Narnac, breathe the purest spirit 
 of holiness, truth, justice, benevo- 
 lence, a regard toward sentient ani- 
 mals, and that meek and unobtru- 
 sive devotion of the heart which 
 acknowledges the Deity in all his 
 works, and leads to the worship of 
 him, regardless of outward forms 
 and observances, in silent meditation 
 and prayer. (For further account 
 of the Seikhs, see Lahork.) 
 SELICTAR, the sabre-bearer to the 
 Turkish Sultan.
 
 SE 
 
 SEPOY, sometimes -irritten SIPAHEE, 
 the title given to the i^rivate soldiers 
 in the Anglo-Indian army, and the 
 peons, or foot messengers, under the 
 Bombay presidency. The former re- 
 ceive ahout seven rupees, or four- 
 teen shillings, per mensem, and a 
 pension after a certain length of ser- 
 vice, or when incapacitated for 
 fiirther duty by M-ounds or incur- 
 able diseases. They are generally 
 brave and faithful soldiers, obedient 
 and tractable, requiring only the 
 presence and example of European 
 officers to render them equal to any 
 soldiers in the world when in the field. 
 
 SEQUIN, a Persian coin, worth about 
 eight shillings sterling. The word, 
 corrupted into chikeen, is often used 
 by military men and others in India 
 to signify a stake (in gambling, 
 racing, &c.) of four rupees. 
 
 SERAGLIO, the Turkish term for a 
 harem, zenana, or abode of the 
 females of an esta1)lishment. 
 
 SERAIES, buildings for the accom- 
 modation of travellers in India, such 
 as Europeans generally understand 
 to be cax&ymn-seraies, but that term 
 can only apply to those ])arts of 
 Arabia, Persia, &c., that furnish 
 caravans, which are not known in 
 the great peninsula of India; where, 
 on account of tlie extent of sea- 
 coast, navigation absorl)s the chief 
 part of the trade. Seraies are usu- 
 ally known by tlie name or title of 
 the founder. Thus, Maraml-ka- Se- 
 rai implies that the public accom- 
 modation for the rece]>tion of tra- 
 vellers was founded by Maraud, 
 respecting whom the people in at- 
 tendance either have some tradi- 
 tional account, or Rup])ly a famous 
 history invented for tlie occasion. 
 Seraies are now going fast to decay; 
 the power of the native princes has 
 been so much abridgeil, and their 
 influence is so little felt, that, gene- 
 rally speaking, were a ricli or ex- 
 alted character to found ^ serai, even 
 on the most liberal footing, it is pro- 
 Jjable his expectation of immortal 
 fame would not be realised. The 
 
 SE 
 
 205 
 
 rage is now more bent towards gun- 
 jes. or grain-markets; hauts, or vil- 
 lages holding periodical markets; 
 molalis, or annual fairs; and, infiict, 
 to such establishments as afford a 
 profit, or which, from becoming no- 
 torious in the way of trade, are 
 more likely to perpetuate the cele- 
 brity of the institution. 
 
 SERAMPOKE, in the province of Ben- 
 gal, in India, is situated on the west 
 side of the Hoogly, a few miles dis- 
 tant from Calcutta, higher up the 
 river. This place has long been 
 celebrated as a missionary station, 
 and is an exceedinglj^ neat town, and 
 beautifully clean. It formerly be- 
 longed to the Danes, but was pur- 
 chased from them in 184G. 
 
 SER ASKIER, a Turkish general. 
 
 SERF, Ilindostauee. Exchange, dis- 
 count. 
 
 SERINGAPATAM, a town in India, 
 in the province of Mysore, situated 
 on a small island in the river Cavery, 
 in Lat. 12 deg. 25 min. N., Long. 76 
 deg. 45 min. E. The island is about 
 four miles in length, and one and a 
 half in breadth; the town occupying 
 about a mile at one end of it. The 
 town was first built in about 1630, 
 and became the capital of Mysore 
 under Hyder Ali. The fort was 
 constructed chiefly by Tippoo Sul- 
 taun, assisted by French engineers, 
 but with little skill, the works being 
 faulty and not strong. On an emi- 
 nence in tlie centre o'i the island, at 
 some distance from the fort, stands 
 a large and well-built village or town, 
 called Shutor Gunjam. In a garden 
 adjoining, amidst some choultries 
 and a musjccd, is the mausoleum of 
 Ilyder himself, his wife, and Tippoo 
 Sultaun. Tiie proper naine of this 
 place is Sree-rungaputtunnm, but 
 in Mysore it is generally called 
 merely Puttunum. 
 
 SERISIITADAR, the title of an In- 
 dian revenue-ofKccr. 
 SERI'L'RDiaiS, I'ersian. Canvass 
 screens stretched up<,)n wooden poles, 
 corresponding with, the kunnauts of 
 an Indian camp equipage.
 
 206 
 
 SE 
 
 SH 
 
 SETII, a title given to Hindoos of 
 importance in Sinclh and other parts 
 of tlie west of India. The Nvord sig- 
 nifies " master." 
 
 SEVERNDEOOG, in India, in tlie 
 province of Bejapore, is a small 
 rocky island on the coast, in Lat. 17 
 deg. 46 min. N., Long. 73 deg. 15 
 min. E., formerly the stronghold of 
 a celebrated Mahratta xiirate, named 
 Conajee Angria. It was captured 
 by the British in 1756. "Droog" is 
 a conmion termination to the names 
 of hill fortresses; it means "a moun- 
 tain fortress." 
 
 SHABASH! Persian. Well done! 
 admirable ! 
 
 SHAH NAMEH, an heroic poem in 
 the Persian language, containing the 
 history of Persia from the earliest 
 times to the conquest of that empire 
 by the Arabs. It was written by 
 Abool Kasim Ferdoosee. 
 
 SHAMEANA, a lofty awning, sup- 
 ported with jjoles, and open at the 
 sides to let in the evening breeze.' 
 It is iiscd in India and Persia. 
 
 SHA]MPOOING, a gentle pressure of 
 the feet and legs, as also of the arms 
 and hands, or occasionally of the 
 body, between the hands of the ope- 
 rator, who passes, either slowly or 
 rather rapidlj% according to the fancy 
 of his or her master, from one part 
 to anotlier. Considerable relief from 
 pain or fatigue is to be obtained from 
 shampooing. 
 
 SHAN COUNTEY, the, in Asia, con- 
 stitutes an extensive region centrally 
 situated between China, Ava, and 
 Siam, and occupied by a number of 
 tribes; those on the frontier being tri- 
 butary to those three kingdoms, ac- 
 cording to their contiguity, andtliose 
 in the interiorbeing independent. For- 
 mer writers were accustomed to desig- 
 nate this country as the kingdom of 
 Laos, a name derived from that of 
 one of the principal tribes. It is 
 generally divided as follows: — Lao 
 Shan, Yoon Shan, and Taroop Shan, 
 lying in succession between Ava on 
 the west, China on the north, and 
 Tunc^ula on the east; LIrelap Shan, 
 
 situated south of Lao Shan; Lowa 
 or Lawa Shan, occupying the centre; 
 and south-eastward, bordering upon 
 Siara and Cochin China, Laos Shan. 
 It is mountainous and woody, and 
 said to abound in metals, principally 
 silver, lead, copper, antimony, and 
 iron. By the Burmese, the inhabi- 
 tants of this country are called by 
 the general name of Shans, but they 
 style themselves T'hay. They form 
 a number of distinct tribes under 
 chiefs called Chobwas. In appear- 
 ance and dress they bear some re- 
 semblance to the Chinese, and they 
 are believed to be an active and in- 
 genious people. Their religion is 
 supposed to be a modification of 
 Booddhism. Their language is that 
 of Siam, and according to Shan ac- 
 counts, abounds with books, some of 
 very ancient date. 
 
 SHASTRAS, Hindoo sacred books 
 and laws. 
 
 SHATIR, Persian. Running footmen. 
 
 SHEAHS, or " Heretic," the name of 
 the sect of Mahomedans who, re- 
 jecting all traditions, insist upon the 
 sole authority of the Koran, and con- 
 sider Ali alone as the rightful suc- 
 cessor, and equal to IMahomed. 
 The Persians are Sheahs. Both 
 sects, Soounees and Sheahs, exist ia 
 India. 
 
 SHEIKH, Persian. A term signifying 
 " an old man," and is applied not 
 only to heads of tribes, but to 
 men eminent for religion, austerity, 
 and Avisdom; such as Calandus, 
 Dervishes, Fakeers, wandering reli- 
 gious becrcars and fanatics. 
 
 SHEITAUN, Hindostauee. Satan, 
 the devil. 
 
 SHERBET, a beverage composed of 
 the juice of fruits and sugar, tlavoured 
 with musk or rose-Avater, cooled 
 with ice, and much drank in Turkey 
 and in Persia. 
 
 SHIGRAMPO, a four-wheeled car- 
 riage, the body of which is square or 
 somewhat oblong, generally painted 
 a dark green, and furnished with 
 Venetian blinds all roimd. It is in 
 use iu Bombay.
 
 SH 
 
 SI 
 
 207 
 
 SHIHIE, or SHIRE, often cornipted 
 into " Seer,"' signifies a city, and is 
 usually found appended to the names 
 of the founders or builders of great 
 towns in Persia and India. Thus, 
 Ahu-shihir, the city of " Abu;" Bud- 
 dra-seer, the city of " Buddra." 
 
 SHIKAU, game, sport. 
 
 SHIIvARGAH, hunting gi-ounds, pre- 
 served forests. These are scarcely of 
 any extent excepting in Scinde, and 
 these will doubtless be cleared for 
 tuilding or salubrious purposes under 
 the government of the English. 
 
 SHIKARPORE, a town in India, in 
 the province of Scinde, situated a 
 little distance to the westward of the 
 river Indus, in Lat. 27 deg. 36 min. 
 N., Long. 69 deg. 18 min. E. It is 
 the most populous town in Scinde, 
 and carries on an extensive com- 
 merce with the adjacent coimtries. 
 The inhabitants are almost all Hin- 
 doos, termed Shikarpoorees, and 
 speak a dialect of Hindostanee, 
 distinguished by that name. 
 
 SIHKARREE, a sportsman or hunts- 
 man. The word is Indian. The 
 people employed l)y European and 
 other sportsmen in the East Indies 
 to mark down or beat up for game, 
 are called Shikar rees. 
 
 SHOAK, or SHOKE, Hindostanee, for 
 a "taste" or "fancy,"' for any thing. 
 " I have," or " I have not a slioke 
 for so and so," is a phrase in every 
 European's moutli in India. 
 
 SHROEE, money changer. A lucra- 
 tive office in India, where the people 
 being extremely poor, require to con- 
 Tert the silver coins in which they 
 are paid into copper coin and cowries 
 (small shells), for the purchase of 
 the produce of tlie bazar. Slirort's 
 are also of great utility in the pu])]ic 
 offices and bankmg houses in shroff- 
 ing (examining) money, of the coun- 
 terfeit of which there is always a 
 siifficient quantity in India. 
 
 SHUJMiVUL, the Persian and Arabic 
 term for a nortli-west squall. The 
 Arab sailors of tiie Persian Gulf 
 invariably make for a neighbouring 
 harbour when the aspect of the sky 
 
 betokens the advent of a north- 
 wester. 
 SIAM, a country of Asia, bounded on 
 the north by China; east, by the do- 
 minions of Cochin Cliina; soutli, by 
 tlie sea, and by the peninsula of 
 Malaya; and west, by the sea, a 
 range of mountains dividing it from 
 the British province of Tenasserim, 
 and the Saluen river separating it 
 from the dominions of Ava. It con- 
 sists of the following principal di- 
 visions : — northward, the Shan 
 Country ; central, Siam Proper; east- 
 ward, part of Cambodia; southward, 
 part of the Malay peninsula, as far 
 as Lat. 7 deg. IST., where at Trang 
 on the western side, and Sungora on 
 the eastern, commence the posses- 
 sions of the Malay nation; and. 
 westward Junk Ceylon (Jan Silan). 
 It has one great river, the Me- 
 nam, which rises in the Yoonan 
 province of China, and flows 
 southward through Siam into the 
 Gulf of Siam, watering the whole 
 country in its course. Siam Proper 
 may be described as a vast plain, in- 
 tersected by the river Menam, on the 
 banks of which all the principal 
 towns are situated. The other divi- 
 sions are hilly and wooded. The 
 productions of Siam are numerous 
 and valuable. The land in the vici- 
 nity of the river is remarkably fer- 
 tile, and yields rice in such abund- 
 ance that it is i^robably cheaper hero 
 than in any part of the world. It 
 produces also sugar, pepper, tobacco, 
 gum, gamboge, and cardamoms. The 
 Shan districts supply benzoin and 
 sticklac. The fruits are in general 
 the same as in India, as also tlie do- 
 mesticated animals, but their horses 
 are of an inferior description. In 
 the jimgles are tigers, rhinoceroses, 
 and elephants, including those of a 
 white colour, which here, as in Ava, 
 are held in great estimation, and 
 considered a necessary appendage of 
 royalty. The most valuable woods 
 are tlie teak, rose-wood, eagle, and 
 sapan, of the latter of which largo 
 quantities are exported to China, in
 
 208 
 
 SI 
 
 SI 
 
 the interior, to tlie northward, are 
 mines of iron, tin, copper, and gold. 
 In religion the Siamese are Boodd- 
 hists, of the same sect as the Cinga- 
 lese, but all religions are tolerated. 
 Their la n guage is called by Europeans 
 the Siamese, and by themselves the 
 T'hay. It belongs, apparently, to 
 the same general division as the 
 Burmese, and is written from left to 
 right. The names Siam and Sia- 
 mese, Avliich are given to this 
 country and its inhabitants by 
 Europeans, appear to be corruptions 
 of the word shun, the appellation by 
 ■which they are known amongst the 
 Burmese. The natives style it tlie 
 T'hay country, and call themselves 
 T'hay. The Siamese nation, pro- 
 perly so called, consists of two races 
 or tribes of people, the T'hay, and 
 the T'hay J'luu'. By the Burmese 
 they are generally called Slums, and 
 sometimes from the name of tlie 
 ancient capital, Yoodras. In man- 
 ners and customs they greatly re- 
 semble the Burmese, and like them 
 are distinguished by tlie most inor- 
 dinate ideas of their national import- 
 ance. The amount of their popula- 
 tion cannot lie correctly stated. It 
 probably does not exceed 3,000,000, 
 includini,'- 150,000 Chinese. 
 
 SICKLEGHUK, Hindostanee. A 
 polisher of steel. Sicklcghurs are 
 attached to the artillery and cavalry 
 regiments in India, and are employed 
 to polish the harness, swords, stir- 
 rups, &c. 
 
 SIDDEES, or SEEDEES, descendants 
 of Abyssinians, who were formerly 
 much employed under the Moghul 
 government for its naval service, 
 and also in the army. The sailors 
 of the province of Guzerat have 
 always been considered the best in 
 India, especially those of Gogo, and 
 other parts of Kattivad. The Sid- 
 dees profess the Mahomedan religion, 
 and serve much on board the Arab 
 vessels trading to the gulfs of Per- 
 sia and Arabia. 
 
 SIKKOI, one of the Bengal depen- 
 dencies, in the province of Bengal, 
 
 in India, bounded on the north by 
 the Himalaya mountains, which 
 separate it from the Chinese do- 
 mhiions in Thibet; east, by Bootan, 
 from which it is divided by the river 
 Tcesta, and Ivooch Bahar; south, 
 by llungpore and part of Morung; 
 and west, by IMorung. In length it 
 may be estimated at sixty miles, 
 from west to east, by an average 
 breadtli of forty miles from north to 
 south. It is a mountainous district, 
 but fertile and Avell cultivated. Its 
 principal productions are rice, mad- 
 der, or munjeet, bees'-wax, and tim- 
 ber of various kinds. Its towns are 
 few, and none of any importance. 
 The principal are Sikkim, Tasiding, 
 and Bilsee. Sikkim is the capital, 
 and stands in Lat. 27 deg. 16 min. 
 N., Long. 88 deg. 3 min. E., about 
 110 miles northerly from the town 
 of Purnea. A short distance to the 
 south-eastward of Sikkim, and about 
 350 miles from Calcutta, is Darje- 
 ling, a station in the hills, which is 
 resorted to by the English from the 
 low country for change of air, the 
 climate being cold and healthfuL 
 The inhabitants of this district are 
 composed principally of a hill tribe, 
 called Lapches. There are also some 
 Bhootiyas, and the hills are said to 
 contain many of the Limboo tribe. 
 The system of religion most preva- 
 lent in Sikkim is that of Thibet or 
 Lama Booddliism. The dialect is 
 believed to be the Bhootiya. 
 SIM ALEES, natives of theeastem coast 
 of Africa, employed as seamen on 
 board of Arab ships, or as lightermen 
 and stowers of cargo in the Arabian 
 ports. At Aden, on the Red Sea, they 
 are entertained to coal the steamers, 
 'iliey receive twenty shillings a 
 month wages, and work hard in 
 their grimy vocation; but they will 
 only put forth their strength when 
 excited by music and their national 
 dance. " In consequence of this 
 latter peculiarity," says Mrs. Pos- 
 tans, a pleasant writer on Oriental 
 manners," tambourines are incessant- 
 ly beaten on the deck of the vessel
 
 SI 
 
 SI 
 
 209 
 
 which the Simalees accompanj', by 
 clapping their hands and treading a 
 grotesque measui'e in most perfect 
 time. A group of Simalees being 
 assembled on the deck of the steamer 
 near the open hold, in which are de- 
 posited the bags of coal, with a crane 
 and pulley above it, the rope attached 
 is lowered, and the hook fastened to 
 a bag. Meanwhile the Simalees 
 ■with a loud song, chanted to the 
 tune of the tambourines, run towards 
 the forecastle and return dancing in 
 line in the most grotesque way 
 imaginable, clapping their hands, 
 raising one to the ear, and then with 
 a kind of curtseying movement turn- 
 ing slowly round with one leg bent 
 and raised from the ground, changing 
 the foot at intervals; the movements 
 completed, they with one accord 
 seize the rope and rush merrily back, 
 raising the coal-bag as they go." 
 Such is the wild excitement of this 
 labour, and such its lamentable etiect, 
 that it is calculated that, in putting 
 on board every hundred ton of coals, 
 one man at least is sacrificed. The 
 Simalees have short, curly, woolly 
 hair, which the fops of the race are 
 fond of dyeing a bright red. Some- 
 times they shave their heads, and 
 place on them red wigs formed of 
 the long wool of the Abyssinian 
 sheep. 
 
 SJMKIN SHEAUB, a corruption of 
 " (Champagne Shraub" (wine). The 
 new arrival in India will be sur- 
 prised to hear gentlemen at a dinner- 
 party pledge each other in " Sinikin," 
 and still more surprised to find the 
 native attendant serve champagne 
 immediately. 
 
 SIMLA, a station in the province of 
 Sirmoor, in India, on the hills near 
 Subathoo, about 7000 feet aliove the 
 level of the sea, which has been 
 formed by the lOnglish, who resort 
 to it on accoimt of its cool and 
 healthful climate. On the hills of 
 Simla there are upwards of one hun- 
 dred residences, built after the fa- 
 shion of English cottages. As the 
 chosen retreat of goveruyrs-gcucral 
 
 and commanders-in-chief, from the 
 burning plains of India, the place 
 has enjoyed for some years past 
 many considerable advantages. The 
 roads to the residences, and for some 
 distance beyond them, are spacious 
 and elegant. Shopkeepers have 
 been induced to establish themselves, 
 and form emporiums of all the crea- 
 ture comforts. There is a reading- 
 room and billiard-table, an amateur 
 theatre, a church, a school, an ob- 
 servatory, and a pretty valley called 
 Annandale, where fauc}' fairs and 
 races are held, and contribute to the 
 embellishment of existence. As Simla 
 and the neighbouring hills are the 
 property of certain small chieftains, 
 who reside in small townships, a poli- 
 tical agent is stationed at the former 
 place to regulate the respective re- 
 sponsibilities and do the honours in 
 behalf of the British Government. 
 The people of the hills are poor, 
 simple, and tractable, subsisting en- 
 tirely by the produce of their lands;, 
 they are Hindoos, and 400,000 in 
 number. Though polygamj^ pre- 
 vails in some parts, polyandry is a 
 more conmion institution, for the 
 insufficiency of the products of the 
 soil renders it advisable to check 
 the increase of the human race. It 
 is by no means uncommon for one 
 M-oman to reside in the same house 
 with four or five men, and to fulfil 
 the duties of a wife towards all. The 
 Momen are good-looking and strong; 
 they wear a slight cloth covering 
 for the head, not concealing the face 
 as in the plains, a chemise of coarse 
 cloth, and trousers. The commercial 
 products of these hills are iron, Avax, 
 honey, borax, musk, wool, ginger, 
 and opium. The fruits are a] tricots, 
 walnuts, strawberries, raspljcrries, 
 quinces, greengages, red and black 
 currants, rhubarb, wheat, gram, bar- 
 ley, rice, &c., and in the kitchen- 
 garden may be fouml peas, Ijcans, 
 potatoes, cabbages, lettuces, jiarsnips, 
 &c. Access to Sinda from the plains 
 is very easy; a palankeen dawk from 
 the Stations of Kurnaul or UmbalJa
 
 210 
 
 SI 
 
 SI 
 
 brings tlie traveller to Bhar, at the 
 foot of the hills, Avhich is distant 
 about thirty miles from Simla; there 
 are three stage bungaloAvs, situated 
 at Chumbul, Hurreepore, and Syree, 
 •which lead to Simla. The ascent 
 from Bhar to the first of these stages 
 is considerable; the road winds up 
 the tace of an immense mountain, 
 and brings the traveller to the sum- 
 mit, where he finds the first bunga- 
 low. From Chmnbid to the lOmt- 
 war river the descent is steep but 
 not dangerous; the course of the 
 traveller is for some miles along its 
 banks, through a well cultivated 
 valley, when, by a sharp turn of the 
 road, he is suddenly brought to a 
 chasm, flanked by perpendicular 
 rocks about 800 or 1000 feet in 
 height, through which the river 
 Gumber rolls. Passing through this 
 gap, along the banks of the Gumber, 
 the traveller at length advances half 
 a mile up a gentle ascent to the 
 Hurreepore bungalow, and thence, 
 continuing gradually the ascent by 
 a barren but good road, he reaches 
 Syree, whence he proceeds to Simla. 
 The roads are excellent and well 
 fenced in. Previous to ascending 
 the hills, the traveller, as is usual, 
 deposits his carriage, palankeen, or 
 tent, &c., in godowns belonging to 
 a Simla firm at Bhar, and proceeds 
 upwards with such indispensable 
 articles of furniture only as are al)- 
 solutely necessary. The usual mode 
 of travelling is by jampatins, a con- 
 veyance not unlike a large clumsy 
 chair, having a top, from which cur- 
 tains are suspended. They are car- 
 ried by four men, by means of poles 
 fixed to the sides, and are supplied 
 by the agents of the firm, together 
 with bearers and porters. 
 
 SINDWA, a fortress in the province 
 of Candeish, in India, situated in 
 Lat. 21 deg. 34 min. K, Long. 75 
 deg. 7 min. E., which commands one 
 of the principal passes through tlie 
 Satpoora mountains, coramuuicatmg 
 with Malwa. 
 
 SINGAPORE, or SINKAPORE, in 
 
 Asia, a small island at the southern 
 extremity of Malaya. It belongs to 
 the English, who obtained it by pur- 
 chase from its native chief in 1819, 
 and on account of its situation com- 
 manding the navigation of the straits, 
 and its good harbour, it is considered 
 a place of great commercial import- 
 ance. It has a mixed population of 
 about 15,000, of whom one-third or 
 more are Chinese, and it is rapidly 
 increasing. When taken possession 
 of by the British there were not 
 more than 150 persons on the island. 
 
 SINGIIEE, the bayonet fish, so called 
 from its having three spines in its 
 dorsal and lateral fins. It is an in- 
 habitant of the Indian seas. 
 
 SIRCAll, head of affairs. Literally, 
 the state or government. A general 
 division of a province. A head man. 
 This title is now seldom used but by 
 Europeans in Bengal to designate 
 the Hindoo writer and accountant 
 employed by themselves, or in the 
 public oiSces. This functionary, 
 who, in Bengal, is often denominated 
 baboo, is the chancellor of the ex- 
 chequer in a household, and it is not 
 unseldom (in the olden time it was 
 always the case) that his master is 
 his debtor, and then the mastership 
 is but a vox. They are a shrewd 
 intelligent race, of most respectable 
 appearance and demeanour, talk 
 English, and manage every thing for 
 you so easily and so dehghtfully that 
 where you feel you can alwa}' s meet 
 the day of reckoning, a sircar is the 
 most delightful servant you can 
 have. They rarely abscond with 
 your money, because their great 
 profit is made by commissions and 
 small surcharges upon every thing 
 you buy, and dustooree, or custom 
 (per centage taken from the native 
 seller) upon every payment you have 
 to make. They are a strange com- 
 pound of easiness and strictness, 
 usuriousness and libertdity, honesty 
 and fraudulence, patience and im- 
 portunity. 
 
 SIRDAR, "llindostanee. A chieftain, 
 captain, head-man.
 
 SI 
 
 SI 
 
 2U 
 
 SIRDAE-BEARER, the chief of the 
 palankeen bearers, and generally his 
 master's valet -de - chambre. The 
 sirdar-bearer, called sirdar in brevi- 
 ty, prepares (he and his mate, if a 
 mate be kept) the evening lights, a 
 dut}' which naturally involves the 
 furbishment of the candlesticks, 
 glass-shades, and snuflTers. He also 
 polishes shoes, boots, straps, and so 
 forth, rubs tables into brightness 
 •with cocoa-nut shell and wax-cloth, 
 makes the beds (for housemaids are 
 things unknown), and performs a 
 variet}' of little nameless items which 
 need not to be enumerated. He car- 
 ries an immense bunch of keys at 
 his girdle, and whether his master 
 have boxes enough to demand a 
 large bunch or not, such bunch there 
 is sure to be for the dignity of the 
 office. 
 SIRMOOR, a province of Hindostan, 
 bounded on the north by the Hima- 
 laya mountains ; east, the river 
 Jumna, separating it from Gurwal ; 
 south, Delhi ; and Avest, the Sutlej, 
 separating it fi'oni Lahore. It has 
 no divisions of any note. The rivers 
 are, the Sutlej, Paber, Tonse, or 
 Tonsa, and Jumna. "\\'ith the ex- 
 ception of a small portion called the 
 Karda IJoon, the whole of this pro- 
 vince consists of ranges of moun- 
 tains, with narrow A'alleys and 
 ravines. The Karda Doon is a valley 
 in the south-eastern part, bordering 
 upon the river Jimina, consisting 
 principally of marsh and low jungle, 
 but cai)able of being rendered very 
 friiitful. Coal is found near Nahan. 
 The towns are Simla, Subathoo, and 
 Nahan. The inhabitants, usually 
 called Sinnoorees, are Hindoos, in- 
 cluding a large proportion of Raj- 
 poots. The religion of the province 
 is the Rrahminical, and the language 
 is the Khasiya dialect. 
 SIR SHIKUN, Ilindostanee. Literally, 
 broken-headed, land broken or sepa- 
 rated from the capital or liead, 
 granted in charity by zumeendars, 
 chowdries, and canoongoes. It is, 
 liowcver, a graat of parcels or por- 
 
 tions of land to some public function- 
 ary of the village ; the priest, or 
 perhaps the village washerman or 
 plough-maker, to induce him to re- 
 side there. It is taken a little and 
 little from each zumcevdar or head ; i.e., 
 breaking a httle ofi' each head to 
 give for the above purpose : so called 
 head-breaking. 
 
 SISSOO, a kind of Indian wood, pos- 
 sessing a very fine grain, and rather 
 handsomely veined, grows in most of 
 the great forests, intermixed with 
 the saul; but, in lieu of towering up, 
 with a straight stem, seems partial 
 to crooked forms, such as suit it 
 admirably for the knees of ships, 
 and for such parts as require the 
 grain to follow some particular curve. 
 This wood is extremely hard and 
 heavy, of a dark brown, inclining to 
 a purple tint, when polished ; after 
 being properly seasoned, it rarely 
 cracks or warps ; nor is it so subject 
 as saul to be destroyed by either 
 white ants, or river worms. Ihe 
 domestic uses of sissoo are chiefly 
 confined to the construction of fur- 
 niture, especially chairs, tables, te- 
 poys(or tripods) bureaus, book-cases, 
 escritoires, &;c., &.C., for all M'hich 
 purposes it is peculiarly appropriate, 
 with the exception of its being very 
 ponderous. This objection is, how- 
 ever, counterbalanced by its great 
 durability, and by the extraordinary 
 toughness of the tenons, dovetails, 
 &c., necessarily made by the cabinet- 
 maker or joiner. Sissoo is, of late, 
 more employed than formerly for 
 the frame, ribs, knees, &c., of ships, 
 especially those of great burden : 
 for such, it is found to l)e fully as 
 tough and as durable as the best 
 oak. When timbers can be had of 
 this wood long enough for the pur- 
 pose, it is often applied for bends, 
 and, indeed, for a portion of the 
 planking, or casing ; but it is very 
 rarely that a plank of ten feet can 
 be had free from curve. 
 
 SITAH, a kind of guitar, Avith only 
 three strings, used in India and 
 Persia. 
 
 r2
 
 212 
 
 SI 
 
 SI 
 
 SIVA, ]\rAIIADEO, or RUDR A. Tl:e 
 destroyer, in Hindoo mythology, is 
 represented under dilTurent forms. 
 He is usually painted of a white or 
 silver colour, with a third eye, and 
 the crescent (which he obtained attlie 
 churning of the ocean) in the middle 
 of his forehead. Sometimes he is de- 
 cribed with one head, and at others 
 with five : sometimes armed with va- 
 rious instruments of destruction ; at 
 others riding on the bull, Nandi, with 
 Parvati on his knee ; and again, at 
 others, as a mendicant, with in- 
 flamed eyes and besotted counte- 
 nance, soliciting alms from Anna 
 Purna, a form of Parvati. He is 
 also represented vindcr the appear- 
 ance of Kal, or Time, the destroyer 
 of all things. The bull, Nandi, tlie 
 valian of Siva, is held in great re- 
 verence by the Hindoos. This animal 
 is one of the most sacred emblems 
 of Siva, as the Egyptian Apis was 
 of the soul of Osiris. The Egyp- 
 tians believed that, Miien he ate out 
 of the hands of those who went to 
 consult him it was a favourable an- 
 swer. The Hindoos place rice and 
 other articles before their doors as 
 the animal passes along in their 
 processions, and if he stoji to taste 
 them, consider it as a fortunate 
 event. This, at least, he is very 
 prone to do, to the serious injury of 
 the Hindoo shopkeepers, as he wan- 
 ders, not in his most sacred capacity, 
 through the streets of Calcutta and 
 other towns. Siva is principally 
 worshipped under the form of the 
 linga (q.v.) ; some of these emblems, 
 usually of basalt, are of an enormous 
 size ; and they are also made morn- 
 ing and evening of the clay of the 
 Ganges, which, after worship, are 
 thrown into the river. The linga 
 is never carried in procession. The 
 temples dedicated to it are square 
 Gothic buildings, the roofs of Avliich 
 are round, and tapering to a point. 
 In many parts of Hindostan they 
 are more numerous than those dedi- 
 cated to the worship of any other of 
 the Hindoo idols J as are the numbers 
 
 of the worshippers of this symbol, 
 bej'ond comparison, more extensive 
 than the worsldppcrs of the other 
 deities or their emblems. The Bin- 
 lang stone is also sacred to Siva. 
 Besides the daily worship of the 
 Ihuid in the temples, there are several 
 otlier periods in which the image 
 of Siva is worshipped under dif- 
 ferent forms. In the month of Phul- 
 gunu he is worshipped for one day 
 as a mendicant. On the following 
 day the images of him, with a 
 bloated countenance, matted locks, 
 and inflamed eyes, are carried in 
 procession, attended by a large con- 
 course of people, dancing, singing, 
 and playing on various instruments, 
 and thrown into the river. In the 
 month Mughul there is another fes- 
 tival in honour of him, called Hari 
 Gauri, in which he is represented 
 riding on a bull, with Parvati on his 
 knee. But the most celebrated oc- 
 casion of his worship is in the month 
 Choitru, at the time that the cere- 
 mony of the churuka, or swinging by 
 hooks fastened in the flesh of the 
 back, is performed. — (See Ciiuruk 
 PoojA.) Amongst the mendicants 
 who devote themselves to this de- 
 stroying demon the Charuns bear an 
 elevated rank, and are held by the 
 Hindoos in pecuhar sanctity. Ac- 
 cording to their fabled origin, it is 
 said that Mahadeo first created the 
 Bliauts, or sacred minstrels, to attend 
 his lion and bull; but the former 
 killing the latter every day, the god 
 was put to infinite trouble and vex- 
 ation in creating new ones. He, 
 therefore, formed theCharun, equally 
 devout as the Bhaut, but of bolder 
 spirit, and gave him charge of these 
 favourite animals. The influence of 
 the Charun was, therefore, very 
 great amongst a people so ignorant 
 and superstitious as the Hindoos; 
 and it was usual for merchants or 
 travellers to hire one to protect them 
 on their journies; the sanctity of 
 their character being generally suffi- 
 cient for that purpose. If robbers 
 appeared, the Charun interposed his
 
 SI 
 
 so 
 
 213 
 
 ghostly influence between them and 
 liis employers ; but if his denuncia- 
 tion was not enough to deter them 
 from plunder, he Avas bound in ho- 
 nour to stab himself, nay, even to 
 put himself to death, at the same 
 time dooming the marauders to eter- 
 nal punishment, in the event of such 
 a catastrophe. 
 
 SIYA:MB.\LA-GAHA, the tamarind- 
 tree of Ceylon. It grows to a great 
 height, and is of vast extent. Its 
 leaves are very small. The fruit 
 hangs down like the pods of beans, 
 each of which contains four or five 
 seeds, surrounded with an agreeable 
 acid pulp, full of strings, which is 
 sometimes used in medicine. The 
 wood, which is white, hard, and 
 close-grained, is used for making 
 mills, called checkos, for expressing 
 cocoa-nut oil, vast quantities of 
 which are made, and yearly sent to 
 England. 
 
 SOHTA, a Turkish student of Ma- 
 homedan law. 
 
 SOLAPORE, or SIIOLAPORE, a 
 town in India, in the province of 
 Bejapore, is large and flourishing, 
 vith a strongly-built fort, in Lat. 
 17 deg. 40 min. N., Long. 76 deg. 3 
 min. E. It is an important English 
 military station, and is also a 
 place of considerable mlaud com- 
 merce. 
 
 SOLEE, a fish of the Ganges, not un- 
 like tlie pike of English rivers, and 
 equally ravenous. 
 
 SONAII WALLAH. The sonah ivallah 
 is a fellow, wlio, for one shilling aday, 
 will come to your house, in India, and 
 in theverandah,with afewrude tools, 
 will make trinkets and ornaments of 
 any gold which may be given him 
 for the purpose, except English 
 jewellery, whicli is so hard, from 
 the quantity of alloy mixed with it, 
 that the native cannot work it. He 
 uses a pair of long tongs, or rather 
 forceps, to arrange his charcoal fire; 
 at tlie same time, a tin tube placed 
 to his moutli, assisted by his lungs, 
 performs tlie duty of bellows. In 
 spite of the tools used, these people 
 
 work with considerable accuracy 
 and taste, and with great ingenuity 
 The native female servants, who are 
 charmed with trinkets, are deligiited 
 when they receive their mistress's 
 instructions to send for a sonah 
 wallah. Wallah, in Ilindostanec, 
 means fellow; and without inten- 
 tional disrespect, is used for all ranks 
 and classes of people; the general 
 commanding a division, is called a, 
 burrah topee wallah (great hat fellow), 
 the infantry soldiers are always 
 called loll coatee ivallahs (red coated 
 fellows), and there are many hhote 
 acha wallahs (good fellows), and 
 more hurrah carab ivallahs (very bad 
 fellows). 
 
 SONAH, a worker in gold (in India); 
 a goldsmith. 
 
 SOOCUNNY, from SOOCUN, "a 
 rudder;" the quartermaster or 
 steersman of an Indian or Arab 
 vessel. The word is often written 
 and pronounced seacunnij. 
 
 SOOJEE, Hindostanee. The heart ot 
 the wheat, which is very fine 
 ground; a kind of meal, so far from 
 being pulverised as to bear a strong 
 resemblance to rather coarse sand. 
 Soojee is kneaded in the same man- 
 ner as flour, but there being no 
 yeast in the country, it is leavened 
 by means of toddy; which is the 
 juice obtained by making incisions 
 into the taul (or palm-tree). In 
 many parts of India taul trees are 
 very scarce, and are caretully pre- 
 served for the sake of the toddi/, which 
 is sold to the nunbaks (or bakers) 
 at a high price. 
 
 SOOLOO ISLES, in Asia. These are 
 a chain of numerous small islands in 
 the Eastern Archipelago, situated 
 between the Avestern extremity of 
 IMindanao, the soulhermost of the 
 JManillas, and tlie north-eastern 
 extremity of Borneo, and lying be- 
 tween the fourth and seventh de- 
 grees north latitude. Sooloo, which 
 is the principal, and gives its name 
 to the group, is sitiiateil about Lat. 
 6 deg. N., and Long. 121 deg. E., 
 and is about forty miles in length,
 
 214 
 
 so 
 
 so 
 
 by seven, the average breadth. This 
 island is fertile and well cultivated. 
 It produces rice, and the usual tro- 
 pical fruits, and iiossesses the com- 
 mon domestic animals. It is believed 
 to be free from the large sorts of 
 ■wild beasts. The shoals round and 
 between the islands yield abundance 
 of pearls, and mother-of-pearl, which 
 are disposed of chiefly to the Chi- 
 nese. The inhabitants, who are 
 termed Sooloos, are of the Malay 
 race. They are an exceedingly 
 savage and treacherous people, and 
 have always been noted as pirates. 
 They are under the government of a 
 Malay chief, who has the title of 
 sultaun. Their religion is Maho- 
 medanism of the Soonnee sect, and 
 their language a mixture of jMalay, 
 Javanese, and Tagala, written in the 
 Malay character. 
 SOONDERBUNDS, or SUNDER- 
 BUNDS, an immense wilderness, 
 full fifty miles in depth, and in 
 length about a hundred and eighty 
 miles, in the south of Bengal. This 
 wilderness, which borders the coast 
 to the water's edge, forming a strong 
 natural barrier in that quarter, occu- 
 pies the whole of what is called the 
 Delta of the Ganges, everywhere 
 intersected by great rivers, and in- 
 numerable creeks, in whicli the 
 tides arc so intermixed, that a pilot is 
 absolutely necessary, both to tliread 
 the intricacies of the passage, and 
 to point out at what particular 
 parts the currents will, at certain 
 times, be favourable in proceeding 
 either to the eastward, or to the 
 westward. In many places there is 
 scarcely breadth for the passing of a 
 single boat, and even then the boughs 
 of the immense trees, and of the sub- 
 ordinate ./Mn^f/e, frequently are found 
 so to hang over, as nearly to debar 
 the progress of ordinarj^ trading- 
 vessels, fortunately, these narrow 
 creeks are short, or, at least, have in 
 various parts such little bays as 
 enable boats to pass. The water 
 being brackish, or rather absolutely 
 salt, throughout the SunderOunds, it 
 
 is necessary, for all who navigate 
 this x>assage, to take a good stock of 
 fresh water for their own consump- 
 tion ; calculating for at least a fort- 
 night's service. Even the villages, 
 which here and there are to be 
 found on the banks of the great 
 rivers, are sometimes supplied from 
 a great distance; especially during 
 the dry season, when the tides are 
 very powerful. 
 
 SOONNEES, or "orthodox." The 
 name of the sect of INIahomedans, 
 who insist on the supremacy of Ma- 
 homed, and revere equally his first 
 four successors, and acknowledge 
 the authority of various traditions. 
 The Turks are Soonnees. 
 
 SOONTAH-BUKDAR, a staff-bearer 
 in the cortege of an exalted official, 
 or opulent native of India. He bears 
 a baton of about thirty inches in 
 length, generally curved at its upper 
 extremity, so as to resemble the 
 ordinary form of bludgeons. These 
 batons are made of the same mate- 
 rials as the c/iobe, or pole, but while 
 the latter are borne, when their 
 bearers are proceeding with a palan- 
 keen, by a suitable balance near 
 their centres, like trailed arms, the 
 former are held by their lower ex- 
 tremities, which, since they never are 
 rested on the ground, as the cliobes 
 arc, require no ferules, the crooked 
 end of the soontah being carried over 
 the shoulder. Soontah-hurdars are 
 frequently employed by persons in a 
 second or third rate ofhce, or of 
 opulence, where no jemmadar or 
 chohdar is kept. 
 
 SOOl'AREE, the betel-nut. As it is 
 generally used with the paun-leaf, 
 the more frequent word is paun- 
 suuparee. 
 
 SOOR, SOOR-KA-BUTCIIA, abu- 
 sive terms, of which the Ilindosta- 
 nee language is fertile. Soar is a pig, 
 and soor-ka-butcha the offspring of a 
 pig. As the disciples of JNIahomed 
 abominate the imclean animal, these 
 epithets are highly offensive when 
 applied to the IMoslem. 
 
 SOORKY, Hmdostanee. Brick-dust.
 
 so 
 
 su 
 
 215 
 
 To pound soorky is a labour corres- 
 ponding with the beating hemp in 
 English Houses of Correction. 
 
 SOOHMA, a preparation of antimony, 
 with which the gay Hindoos, especi- 
 ally the women of pleasure, nautcli 
 girls, &c., anoint the eye-lids. 
 
 SOUCAE, an Indian merchant or 
 banker, a money-lender. 
 
 SPAHIS, Turkish cavalry. 
 
 SKAD'HA, or SHRADDA, obsequies 
 paid by the Hindoos to the manes 
 of deceased ancestors, to etfect, by 
 means of oblations, the re-embodying 
 of the soul of the deceased after 
 burning his corpse, and to raise his 
 shade from this world (where it 
 would else, according to the notions 
 of the Hindoos, continue to roam 
 among demons and evil spirits,) up 
 to heaven, and then deify him, as it 
 . were, among the manes of departed 
 ancestors. 
 
 SEEENUGGUE, the former capital 
 of the province of Gurwal, or Sree- 
 nuggur, in India, situated in Lat. 30 
 deg. 1 1 min. N., Long. 78 deg. 4-1 
 min. E. In the mountains, on the 
 north-eastern side of the Deyra 
 Doon, are the stations of Landour 
 and Mussoorie ; these have been 
 formed by the English, who resort 
 to them for cliange of air, the cli- 
 mate being cold and healthful. 
 
 SUBAII, or SOCJBAII, tlie term ap- 
 plied by the ^logul Government to 
 a province such as Bemjal. A grand 
 division of a country, wliich is again 
 divided into circars, chuchlalis, per- 
 gunnahs, and villages. N.U. The 
 term, thougli Arubic, is in this sense 
 peculiar to India. Europeans ai'e 
 apt to confound this term with su- 
 hahdar (q. v.) 
 
 SUBAHDAE, the viceroy or governor 
 of a province. (See Suuah.) The 
 title is also used to designate a native 
 military officer, wiiose rank corres- 
 ponds witli tliatofa captain. 
 
 SLJiAli KAUZII5, i'ersian. The ly- 
 ing or false da^vni, a plienonienon 
 common in the East, consisting of a 
 brightness which appears for an 
 hour before the true dawn com- 
 
 mences. " It may be," says Eraser, 
 '• some optical deception, depending 
 upon refraction of the sun's rays, 
 even when he is considerably below 
 the visible horizon." 
 
 SUCH-BAT, Hindostanee. True words ; 
 truth. A common expression among 
 the natives to signify assent. 
 
 SUDDER, Hindostanee, The breast ; 
 the fore court of a house. The chief 
 seat of government, contradistin- 
 guished from mofussil, or interior of 
 the country. Tlie presidency. 
 
 SUDDEE AUMEEN, hterally, "chief 
 arbitrator;" an officer in the local 
 courts of British India. 
 
 SUDDER DEWANNY ADAWLUT, 
 the chief civil court of justice under 
 the East India Company's govern- 
 ment held at the Presidencies of 
 India. 
 
 SUDDOOZYE, the chief division of 
 the whole of the Dooranee tribe of 
 Afghans. 
 
 SUDDYA is little more than a village 
 in the country of Assam, in Asia, 
 situated at the moutli of a small 
 river named the Kondeil nulhi, run- 
 ning into the Brahmapootra river, in 
 about Lat. 57 deg. o2 min. N. 
 
 SUKKUR, a place in India, in the 
 province of Scinde, on the right 
 bank of the Indus, opposite Bukkur, 
 a fortress built upon a rock, in the 
 middle of the river, Lat. 27 deg. 42 
 min. jST. A few miles from Sukkur 
 are the ruins of Alore, in early limes 
 the capital of a mighty kingdom, 
 which extended from the ocean to 
 Cashmere on the north, and from 
 Candahar on the west, to Kanoje on 
 the east, and mentioned by the 
 Greek historians as the Icingdom of 
 Musicanus. 
 
 SUKRA, the name given in Hindoo 
 mythology to the planet Venus ; 
 Sukra is a Brahmun, the preceptor 
 or cjoo/uo of the yian/.s; or ditis, and i3 
 hcid in great estimation by the 
 Hindoos. He is by some calk'd the 
 son, by others the grandson, of Brigu, 
 and is described as variously mounted. 
 In one of the zodiacs he is seated on 
 a camel, with a large ring or hoop
 
 216 
 
 su 
 
 su 
 
 in his hands, and having the appear- 
 ance of a female ; in another, on an 
 animal resemblinp: a rat. He is of 
 a white complexion, middle aged, 
 and of an agreeable countenance. A 
 person horn under this planet Avill 
 be gifted witli the power of omnis- 
 cience, and possess the gifts of for- 
 tmie and the blessings of life, among 
 ■which are many wives. He presides 
 over Sukcrwar, or Friday. 
 
 SULTAN, or SULTAUN, the sovereign 
 of the Turkish empire — the acknow- 
 ledged head of the Mahomedan re- 
 ligion. 
 
 SULTANA. See Odalisque. 
 
 SUMATRA, in Asia, a large island of 
 the group of Sunda Islands, in the 
 Eastern Archipelago, lying obliquely 
 north-west and south-east, between 
 the sixth degree of north latitude and 
 the sixth of south, and longi- 
 tude 95i deg., and 107 deg. E. 
 In length it may be estimated at 
 1000 miles by 150, the average 
 breadth. Its chief divisions are 
 Acheen, the Batta country, Menan- 
 caboo, Palembang, and the Eejangs. 
 It has numerous rivers, some of 
 them large and navigable. Ranges 
 of lofty mountains run through the 
 whole extent of the island; many of 
 them are volcanic, and lava is occa- 
 sionally seen to flow from them. 
 Earthquakes also are frequent, but 
 generally slight. The highest moun- 
 tain visible from the sea has been 
 named by the Europeans Mount 
 Ophir, and is 13,842 feet in height. 
 In addition to all the productions of 
 India which it possesses in remark- 
 able abundance, this island produces 
 camphor, cassia, nutmegs, cloves, 
 benzoin, rattans, sago, the bread- 
 fruit, and the edible birds'-nests. 
 The animals, wild and domestic, are 
 the same as in India, the tiger grow- 
 ing to a very large size. There is 
 also the ourang-outang. The horses 
 are of a small and active breed, 
 generally known in India as the 
 Acheen ponies. In the Batta coun- 
 try they are used for food. Gold is 
 abundant, and there are mines of 
 
 copper, tin, and iron. Earth, oil, 
 and sulphur, are also plentiful. The 
 principal towns are Acheen, Me- 
 nancaboo, Palembang, Padang, and 
 Bencoolen. By the natives this 
 island is usually called Palo, Pari- 
 choo; and by tlie Javanese, Thana 
 Palembang; the origin of its Euro- 
 pean name, Sumatra, is quite un- 
 known. Its inliabitants consist of 
 various tribes, of the brown race, of 
 which the principal are the Malays 
 and Battas. The Battas are ad- 
 dicted to an extraordinary system 
 of cannibalism. According to their 
 laws, all persons put to death for 
 capital offences are cut up and 
 eaten; as are also all enemies killed 
 or taken prisoners during any general 
 war. Notwithstanding this savage 
 practice, the Battas are remarkable 
 as a quiet and timid people. In 
 apiiearance they resemble the Hin- 
 doo. It is a general custom through- 
 out Sumatra for both sexes to file 
 down their teeth, and to stain them 
 jet black ; many also casing the 
 two front teeth in gold. All classes 
 are inveterately given to gaming 
 and cock-fighting, and all are great 
 opium-smokers. Mahomedanism is 
 the religion of the ]\Ialay tribe, but 
 the Battas, and others, are still pa- 
 gans, and without any regular form 
 of religion, as they have no kind 
 of worship, possessing little more 
 than a confused notion of some 
 superior and invisible beings, with 
 very little idea of a future state. 
 The principal languages are the 
 Malay and the Batta. The Batta 
 differs not greatly from the ilalay, 
 but is ■written in characters derived 
 from the Sanscrit, from left to right, 
 upon the inner bark of a tree, and 
 on bamboos. 
 SUM.KJW, a Hindostanee word, lite- 
 rally not to be translated, but most 
 significant in its usage. It comes 
 from Sumujha, to cause to understand, 
 or to persuade; but the means of per- 
 suasion, Avhether argument or force, 
 are ingeniously left to the conception 
 of those whose interests it suits, in
 
 su 
 
 su 
 
 217 
 
 •which case the interpretation rests 
 with the most powerful. Thus orders 
 sent to pohce-officers, to the effect 
 of persuading people to certain ends, 
 occasionally lead to unexpected re- 
 sults, as may be imagined. 
 
 SUNDA ISLANDS, in Asia. The 
 Sunda Islands, or Sumatran chain, 
 form the southern and western line 
 of the Eastern Arcliipelago, compre- 
 hending Timor, Floris, Java, and 
 Sumatra, with some smaller islands. 
 
 SUNNUD, Hindostanee. A prop, or 
 support; a patent, charter, or writ- 
 ten autliority, renewable from year 
 to year, and if not renewed the title 
 ceases. 
 
 SUNNYASSEE, a Hindoo devotee, or 
 fakeer. 
 
 SUPERNA. See Garuda. 
 
 SURASAVATI,the goddess of learning, 
 music, and poetry, is the wife of 
 Brahma. She is also called Brahmi, 
 or Brahmini, the goddess of the 
 sciences; and Bharadi,the goddess of 
 history. She is sometimes seen as 
 a white woman standing on a lotus, 
 or water-lily, holding a lute(or?.'iHa) 
 in her hand, to show that she is also 
 the goddess of music; at others, 
 riding on a peacock, with the same 
 emblem in her hand. Although the 
 worship of Brahma has fallen into 
 disuse, the ammal festival of Suras- 
 wati, in the month JNJaghee, is higldy 
 honoured. On that day she is wor- 
 shipped with ofierings of perfumes, 
 flowers, and rice; and the Hindoos 
 abstain from either reading or wri- 
 ting, as they ascril)e the power of 
 doing both to be derived from this 
 goddess. Offerings are also made to 
 her iu expiation of the sin of lying, 
 or of having given false evidence. 
 
 SUIIAT, or SObllUT, a city in India, 
 in tlie proviu'je of Guzerat, situated 
 on the south l)ank of the river Tup- 
 tee, about twenty miles from its junc- 
 tion with the sea, in Lat. 21 dcg. 11 
 inin. N., Long. 73 deg. 7 min. E. 
 Tills is one of the most ancient cities 
 of llindostan, being mentioned in the 
 Eamayana. After the discovery of 
 the i)assage to ludia, by way of the 
 
 Cape of Good Hope, Surat became 
 the principal resort of European 
 trading vessels. Factories were es- 
 tablished by the different European 
 nations, and its population is said to 
 have increased to 800,000 persons. 
 In latter times the trade of Surat has 
 much declined; other ports having 
 risen into notice, and. its manufac- 
 tures not now being in so much re- 
 quest. It is now the capital of Gu- 
 zerat, and the residence of the prin- 
 cipal British authorities iu the 
 l)rovince. The town is large, but 
 ugly and badly built, and contains 
 about 180,000 inhabitants. 
 
 SURROW, a deer of the Plimalayas, 
 about three feet and a half iu lieight 
 at full growth. He is of dark hue, 
 with short deflected horns, thickly 
 built, and with coarse bristling hair, 
 much like the wild hog. His head 
 and shoulders resemble a donkey 
 ornamented with a horse's mane and 
 goat's horns. This scarce and sin- 
 gular beast has a spirit iu proportion 
 to his deformit}'. 
 
 SUllYA. This deity, a member of the 
 Hindoo mythology, was the son of 
 Kasj-apa and Aditi, and from his 
 mother is called Aditya. He is pic- 
 tured of a deep golden complexion, 
 with his head encircled by golden 
 rays of glory. He has sometimes 
 four, and at others two arms, holding 
 a lotus iu one of his hands and some- 
 times the chukra or Avheel iu an- 
 other; standing or sitting on alotu3 
 pedestal, or seated in his splendid 
 car Avith one wheel, drawn by a seven- 
 headed horse of an emerald colour, 
 or'" the seven coursers green" of the 
 si-in. Surya is the personification of 
 the sun, the orb of light and lieat; 
 but the omnijiotent sim, tlie creator 
 of all things, the god of th.e luiiverse, 
 is Brahm ; ty]iifie(l among the first 
 idolaters liy the visible sun, and by 
 tlie Hindoos by their three ])rincipal 
 deities, Brahma, Vishnu, and Siva, 
 jiersonifications of his attributes, 
 creation, preservation, and destruc- 
 tion. But Surya, as the type also 
 of the deity, is likewise that of his
 
 218 
 
 su 
 
 SY 
 
 attributes. Thus, in the east, morn- 
 ing, lie is Brahma, creation; at noon, 
 Vishnu, i^reservation ; in the west, 
 evening, Siva, destruction. We 
 shall, therefore, have little occasion 
 for surprise at the great veneration 
 in -which this deity is held by all 
 classes of the Hindoos. The Aswi- 
 nikumara, the twins of the Hindoo 
 zodiac, are called the children of 
 Suraya, from Aswmi, a form ofPar- 
 vati in the shape of a mare, into 
 •whose nostrils Surya breathed, and 
 thus impregnated her with sunbeams, 
 and gave birth to the Aswini. Su- 
 raya is, by some writers, called the 
 regent of the south-west. He pre- 
 sides over Adit-war, or Sunday 
 (from Ail it, the first, and Wai; day.) 
 Suraya has various names. In the 
 Gayatrl he is called Savitri, as the 
 symbol of the splendour of the su- 
 preme rider, or the creator of the 
 universe. 
 
 SUTLEJ, or SUTLEDGE, the, a river 
 in India, which issues from two 
 lakes on the north side of the Hima- 
 laya mountains, in about Lat. 31 
 deg. 46 min. N., Long. 80 deg. 43 
 min. E.; passes along the eastern 
 side of Lahore, and through Mooltan, 
 and falls into the Chenab river, a 
 short distance to the northward of 
 Ooch, after a course of between four 
 and five hundred miles. 
 
 SUTTEE, female iiumolation on the 
 funeral pile of a deceased husband. 
 Although the Shastras recommend, 
 and contain regulations for the prac- 
 tice of the rite, the sacred ordinances 
 not only do not expressly, as some 
 have supposed, enjoin it, but dis- 
 tinctly point out in what manner 
 a woman, after the decease of her 
 husband, shall be taken care of; and 
 leave it optional with her, either to 
 burn herself, or live a future life of 
 chastity and respectability. If, they 
 say, after marriage her (the woman's) 
 husband shall die, her /hw/>(/ /«/"*■ rela- 
 tions; or, in default thereof, her fa- 
 ther's ; or, if there be none of either, 
 the magistrate, shall take care of 
 her; and, in every stage of life, if 
 
 the person who has been allotted to 
 take care of a woman, and do not 
 take care of her, each in his re- 
 spective stage, the magistrate shall 
 fine them. The ordinance, never- 
 theless adds, that it is proper for a 
 woman to Ijurn herself with the 
 corpse of her husband ; m wliich case 
 she will live with him in Paradise 
 three crore and fifty lacs, or thirty- 
 five millions of years. If she cannot 
 burn, she must observe an inviolable 
 chastity. If she remain always 
 chaste, she will go to Paradise; if 
 not, she will go to hell. Immediate 
 beatitude, an almost immortal life in 
 heavens of ineffable delight, and 
 other enjoj^ments whose gross sensu- 
 alities are concealed by the dazzling 
 brilliancy of Oriental colouring, are 
 among the irresistible charms which 
 are held forth to enthral the mind, 
 and lead the victim of marital sel- 
 fishness, too often, to become a suttee. 
 In short, it is averred, that the gods 
 themselves reverence and o1)ey the 
 mandates of a woman who becomes 
 one. There is, besides these, another 
 powerful motive which operates in 
 conjunction with them. Among the 
 Hindoos a woman, after the decease 
 of her husband, loses entirely her 
 consequence in his family, and is 
 degraded to a situation little above 
 that of a menial. She is told that if she 
 become a suttee, she will not only es- 
 cape from that life of assured debase- 
 ment and contempt, but M'ill ascend 
 to a state as pre-eminently exalted; 
 and will thus (whatever the crimes 
 of the parties may have been) save 
 both her own soul and the soids of 
 her husband and her husband's fa- 
 mily from purgatory and future 
 transmigration. Tlie practice of self- 
 inunolation has been entirely sup- 
 pressed in British India, but it 
 obtains in several of the native inde- 
 pendent states. 
 SYCE, an Indian groom. He does 
 what his translated name denotes, 
 but in a way very difTerent from his 
 English namesake. Smart and vigo- 
 rous grooming are unknown in India:
 
 SY 
 
 TA 
 
 219 
 
 and judging from the fair condition 
 of the horses, woiild not appear to 
 be needed. The syce, moreover, 
 nms behind the horse, or vehicle, as 
 the case may be, and will keep up 
 frith the latter for miles, Avithout any 
 apparent effort, as also with a horse 
 goingat an easy canter. He is a good, 
 and generally a trustworthy servant. 
 
 SYGWAM, teak. The best timber 
 for building in whatever branch, but 
 its dcarness prevents its general use, 
 especially since naval architecture 
 has been so much an object of specu- 
 lation at Calcutta. Those who build 
 houses of the first class, rarely fail 
 to build all their terraces upon teak 
 joists; botli because they possess 
 superior strength, and that they are 
 far less likely to be attacked by the 
 ■white ants. This has been attri- 
 buted to the quantity of tannin con- 
 tained in teak wood, which some 
 have asserted to be a perfect pre- 
 ventive or antidote. There is in 
 teak wood evidently some propertj^ 
 hitherto occult, that repels the white 
 ant, at least for some years, but 
 which is doubtless diminished by 
 exposure to the air, as we find that 
 very old teak timbers become rather 
 more subject to depredation than new 
 ones. Tlie greater part of the teak 
 used in Bengal and at Madras, is 
 imported from the Pegu coast, in im- 
 mense beams, and in spars, planks, 
 &c., of all sizes. It is by no means 
 unusual to see the squared timbers 
 measuring from forty to fifty feet in 
 length, and averaging from fifteen to 
 twenty inches in diameter. 
 
 SYRAXG, a boatswain. The vessels 
 which trade from India to China, 
 and from port to port in India, are 
 commanded and otficered by Euro- 
 peans and Eurasians, but the crew 
 and petty-officers are natives, gene- 
 rallycallcd Lascars (Lushi/curs). The 
 native terms for the petty officers 
 are invariably used instead of their 
 corresponding English designations. 
 
 SYUDS, descendants of the prophet 
 Mahomet, and therefore considered 
 to partake of his sanctity. 
 
 T. 
 
 TABEEJES, silver cases, enclosing 
 either quotations from the Koran, 
 or some mystical writings, or some 
 rubbish from the animal or vege- 
 table kingdom, worn by the Ilin- 
 dostanee women, strung upon an 
 assemblage of black threads, passing 
 round their necks, and reaching to 
 their middles. Whatever the con- 
 tents may be, great reliance is placed 
 on their efiicacy in repelling disease, 
 and in averting the iiifluence of 
 witchcraft (fhaddoo), of which the 
 people of India, of every sect, enter- 
 tain the most unlimited dread. 
 Hence, it is not uncommon to see 
 half-a-dozen, or more, of these 
 charms strung upon the same 
 threads. The upper parts of the 
 arms are adorned with semi-circular 
 ornaments, made hollow, but filled 
 up with melted rosin ; the ends are 
 furnished with loops of the same 
 metal, generally silver, which admit 
 silken skeins, whereby they are se- 
 cured to their places. The above 
 trinket is called a Banjoo-bund. 
 
 TAJIKS, a tribe of Tartars, of Per- 
 sian origin, chiefly occupied in com- 
 merce and agriculture. 
 
 TAJ MEHAL, a magnificent tomb, 
 constructed at Agra (in India) at 
 the instance of the Mogul Emperor, 
 Sliah Jehan, in commemoration of 
 his beautiful queen, Noor Jehan, 
 the Light of the World. The build- 
 ing was designed by Austin do 
 Bordeu.v, a Frenchman of great ta- 
 lent and merit, in whom the emjieror 
 placed great reliance. It cost 
 3,174,802/., and occupied 20,000 
 labourers and arcliitects for twenty- 
 two years. The building stands 
 upon the north side of a hirge qua- 
 drangle, looking down into the clear 
 lilue stream of the river Jumna, 
 while tlie other three sides are in- 
 closed with a high wall of red sand- 
 stone. The entrance to this qua-
 
 220 
 
 TA 
 
 TA 
 
 drangle is through a magnificent 
 gateway in the south side opposite 
 the tomb, and on the otlier two sides 
 are very beautiful mosques facing 
 inwards, and corresponding exactly 
 with each other in size, design, and 
 execution. 1'hat on tlie left or west 
 side is the only one that can be used 
 as a jilace of worship, because the 
 faces of the audience and those of 
 all Maliomcdans, at their prayers, 
 must be turned towards the tomb of 
 theirprophet tothe west. Themosque 
 on the east side was, therefore, built 
 merely as a companion to the other. 
 The whole area is laid out in square 
 parterres, planted with flowers and 
 shrubs in the centre, chiefly the 
 cypress, all round the borders, form- 
 ing an avenue to every road. These 
 roads, or paths, arc all paved with 
 slabs of freestone, and have, running 
 along the centre, a basin, Avith a row 
 of jets deau in the middle, from one 
 extremity to the other. The qua- 
 drangle is from east to west 964 
 feet, and from north to south 329. 
 The mausoleum itself, the terrace 
 "Upon which it stands, and the mina- 
 rets, are all formed of the finest 
 white marble inlaid with pi'ecious 
 stones. The wall around the qua- 
 drangle, including the river face of 
 the terrace, is made of red sand- 
 stone, witii cupolas and pillars of 
 the same white marble. The inside 
 of the mosques and apartments in 
 and upon the walls are all lined with 
 marble' or with stone work that 
 looks like marble ; but on the out- 
 side the red sandstone reseml)les 
 uncovered bricks. The dazzling 
 white marble of the mausoletnn was 
 brought from the Jeypore teiTito- 
 ries, a distance of 300 miles, upon 
 wheeled carriages. What was figu- 
 ratively said of Augustus may be 
 literally said of Shah Jehan : he 
 foimd cities all brick, and left them 
 all marble. The emperor and his 
 queen lie buried side by side, in a 
 vault beneath the building, to which 
 access is obtained by a flight of 
 steps. Their remains are covered 
 
 by two slabs of marble, and directly 
 over these slabs, upon the floor above, 
 in the great centre room under the 
 dome, stand two other slabs or ceno- 
 taphs of the same marble, exqui- 
 sitely worked in mosaic. Upon that 
 of the queen, amid wreaths of flowers, 
 are worked in black letters, passages 
 from the Koran. Upon the slab over 
 the emperor there are none — merely 
 a mosaic wall of flowers and the date 
 of his death. The cause of the dif- 
 ference is that Shah Jehan had him- 
 self designed the slab over his M'ife, 
 and saw no harm in inscribmg the 
 words of God upon it ; whereas, the 
 slab over himself was designed by 
 his more pious son Aurungzebe, who 
 did not think it right to place there 
 " holy words" upon a stone which 
 the foot of man might some day 
 touch. Noor Jehan, the Light of the 
 World, or, as the inscription on her 
 tomb calls her, Eanoo Begum, the 
 ornament of the palace, died in 1631 ; 
 her husband in 1666. She died in 
 giving birth to a daughter, and oa 
 her death-bed made two requests, 
 first, that Shah Jehan would not 
 marry again after her death, and 
 get children to contend with hers 
 for his favour and dominions; and 
 secondly, that he Avould build for her 
 the tomb with which he had pro- 
 mised to perpetuate her name. Both 
 her dying requests were granted. 
 Her tomb was commenced upon im- 
 mediately. No woman ever pre- 
 tended to supply her place in the 
 palace, nor had Shah Jehan childrea 
 by any other. 
 TALC (mica) may be obtained in al- 
 most any quantity, at the several 
 cities in India, especially towards 
 the frontiers, very extensive deal- 
 ings being carried on in this article, 
 by persons resident chiefly at Luck- 
 now, Benares, and Patna, who im- 
 port it from Thibet, and the coun- 
 tries on the north of the I'unjab, or 
 Sikh territory, in masses, often as 
 large as a (jiuirtern loaf. A seer of 
 talc, that splits well, will sometimes 
 yield a dozen or more panes, of about
 
 TA 
 
 TA 
 
 221 
 
 twelve inches by nine, or of ten by 
 ten; and thus, according to the form 
 of tiie lump, which can only be split 
 in the direction of the lamina. 
 These panes are so far diai)hanous, 
 as to allow ordinary objects to be 
 seen at about twenty or thirty yards 
 tolerably distinct, and, of course, 
 present an excellent substitute for 
 glass. Talc supplies the material 
 for numberless brilliant illusions ; 
 the splendid tazees, carried about at 
 the IMohurrum, are chiefly composed 
 of tlie shining and transparent plates 
 of this mineral, which may be cut 
 into any shape, and made to assume 
 all the colours of the rainbow. When 
 illuminated by the profusion of lamps 
 which are always brouglit in aid of 
 any midnight exhibition, the eflect 
 is perfectly magical. 
 TAL-IFOT, or TALPAT, a tree com- 
 mon in the island of Ceylon, and on 
 the coasts of Malabar and Coro- 
 monde. It grows very straight and 
 lofty, from eighty to 100 feet, and 
 has a large tuft of immense leaves 
 at the top. Tlie wood is seldom 
 put to any other use than that of 
 rafters for buildings. Near the root 
 of the tree the wood is black, very 
 hard, and veined with yellow, but 
 the inside is nothing more than pith, 
 for the sake of which it is sometimes 
 cut down, as the natives make use 
 of it for food, beating it in a mortar 
 till it becomes like flour, when they 
 mix it with water for dough, and 
 bake it. It bears no fruit till the 
 last year of its life. When the 
 flower, which is incased in a sheath 
 (like that of the cocoa-nut), is ripe, 
 the sheatli bursts with a loud noise, 
 and emits a smell that is so dis- 
 agreeable, that the people sometimes 
 cut it down, not being able to live 
 near it. The fruit is round, and 
 about the size of an apple. It con- 
 tains two nuts. Tiie most curious 
 and useful part of this tree are its 
 leaves. Tliese hang down from the 
 top, and are nearly circular, and 
 very large, one of tbem being suf- 
 ficient to cover fifteen or twenty 
 
 men. The leaf folds up in plaits, 
 like a fan, and is cut into triangular 
 pieces, which are used everywhere 
 as umbrellas, for protection against 
 the sun or rain. Every man of con- 
 sequence among the natives of Cey- 
 lon has a taljiat-bearer, to keep off 
 the rain or sun. The leaf, in strips, 
 is used in schools, to teach children 
 to write upon, and as every letter is 
 cut into it by a sharp-pointed style, 
 the writing is indelible, and con- 
 tinues legible as long as the leaf 
 itself lasts. The tents of the Kan- 
 dian kings and others, in time of 
 war, were made of these leaves, and 
 hence were called tal-ge, tal-pat 
 houses. They used to carry Avith 
 them great quantities of these leaves, 
 already prepared, and cut into proper 
 shape, and thus the labour of erect- 
 ing a tent was very small. They 
 are also used to cover carts, palan- 
 keens, or any thing that it is neces- 
 sary to keep from the sun or rain in 
 travelling. 
 
 TALLIAK, a guard or watchman. A 
 village police officer in the peninsula 
 of India, who gives information of 
 crimes and offences, and escorts and 
 protects persons traveUing to neigh- 
 bouring villages. 
 
 TALOOK, the being dependent, de- 
 pendence, a dependency. A dis- 
 trict in India, the revenues of 
 which are under the management 
 of a Tahohdar (q. v.), and are 
 generally accounted for to the 
 Zemindar within whose jurisdictioa 
 it happens to be included; but some- 
 times paid immediately to govern- 
 ment. 
 
 TAMIL, or TA:\IUL, an ancient 
 language of Southern India, which 
 appears to have been the ori- 
 ginal source of the Malayalim,. 
 Kanarcse, Teloogoo, Malirattee, 
 and Ooreea. It has since, together 
 Avith other dialects, received a 
 large admixture of Sanscrit. It 
 is spoken in the island of Cey- 
 lon. 
 
 TAMULIANS, inhabitants of all the 
 eastern coast from J3attakalo, north-
 
 222 
 
 TA 
 
 TA 
 
 ^va^d to Jaffna, in the island of Cey- 
 lon, and from Jatiha southward along 
 the western coast to Putlani. The 
 general opinion respecting them is, 
 that they at tirst came over into the 
 island from the opposite coast of 
 India. They are a more enterpris- 
 ing, active, and industrious people 
 than the Cingalese, and are pos- 
 sessed of equal selfishness. They 
 are divided into four princijial tribes : 
 the Piramas, Katriyas, Vaisyas, and 
 Sudras. The Piramas, besides being 
 alone permitted to oiSciate as priests, 
 are chiefiy engaged in agriculture 
 or commerce. Katriyas constitute 
 the royal race of warriors. This 
 tribe, however, though recognised 
 in their classification, exists not in 
 Ceylon. The Vaisyas constitutes 
 the nobility. They are divided into, 
 1 . ilerchants, commonly called Chet- 
 ties (the most honourable, and in- 
 dustrious, and enterprising race of 
 men on the island); 2. Husband- 
 men and herdsmen. The Sudras, or 
 fourth tribe, perform all the lower 
 offices of life. They are likewise 
 bound to serve the three preceding 
 classes of Vaisyas during the public 
 ceremonies, and are incapable of 
 raising themselves to any superior 
 rank. They are divided into two 
 classes, the one including all kinds 
 of domestic servants, and the other 
 all kinds of town or public servants. 
 The Tamulians in general are a 
 stouter and more active race of men 
 than the Cingalese. TJiey are less 
 cringing in their manner, more in- 
 dependent and adventurous, and 
 more faithful servants and sulyects 
 of government. Many of the Chet- 
 ties are employed by merchants and 
 others in various parts of the island 
 as copolies, that is, collectors of 
 their bills, at a certain per centage; 
 and in this way a great deal of 
 money from time to time passes 
 through their hands, and they are 
 very seldom found dishonest. The 
 native merchants are almost all of 
 this class. They deal largely in 
 cloths, rice, &c. The dress of the 
 
 men is a long piece of white muslin 
 or calico tied round their bodies 
 neatly and gracefully, and reaching 
 down to the ankles, and a jacket 
 somewhat like the one worn by the 
 Cingalese. They wear turbans, and 
 have large bunches of ear-rings, in 
 each ear four or five rings, the 
 smallest about two inches, and the 
 largest about three inches in dia- 
 meter. These sometimes reach as 
 low as their shoulders, and make 
 the aperture in the ear very large. 
 The poorer classes have fewer ear- 
 rings, and those of smaller dimen- 
 sions ; and a great many have none 
 at all. 
 
 TAN. There are very many words in 
 Hindostanee, like this for instance, 
 which the European exile in 
 India has arbitrarily abbreviated. 
 " Tari" is a contraction of the word 
 " 1(171710," " to pull." It is usually 
 applied to the i^ulling of the pimkah, 
 with the appendix of the word '■\joor- 
 say" (strongly), and also sometimes 
 to boatmen. 
 
 TANJORE, a city in India, the ca- 
 pital of the district so named in the 
 province of Southern Carnatic, situ- 
 ated in a fertile plain, in Lat. 10 
 deg. 42 min. N., Long. 79 deg. 11 
 mih. E., about thirty-eight miles 
 easterly from Trichinopoly. It con- 
 sists of two parts; the fortified town, 
 and the fort or citadel, both on the 
 same level, and connected together 
 by a -wall. The city is regularly 
 built, and contains many good edi- 
 fices. In the fort is a celebrated 
 pagoda, one of the finest specimens 
 of the pyramidical temple in India. 
 Its principal tower is 199 feet high. 
 In ancient times, Tanjorewas one of 
 the chief seats of learning in South- 
 ern India. 
 
 TANK, Hindostanee, tullao. An 
 artificial pond, constructed for the 
 purpose of supplying towns and 
 villages with water, and aflfording 
 the people opportunities for bathing. 
 To dig a ta7ik is a work of piety, and 
 therefore often performed by penitent 
 or ostentatiously religious Hindoos,
 
 TA 
 
 TA 
 
 223 
 
 ^vho likeM'ise bequeath money for 
 such puii)oses. 
 
 TANNAH, Hindostanee. A sta- 
 tion; a military post, or station, 
 often protected by a small fort; a 
 petty police jurisdiction, subordinate 
 to that of a darogah (q.v.) 
 
 TANNAHDAlv, the keeper or com- 
 mandaut of a tannah ; a petty police 
 officer, whose jurisdiction is subor- 
 dinate to that of a darogah. 
 
 TxVPASS, propitiatory austerities 
 practised b_v Hindoo fakeers to ob- 
 tain the more especial divine favour 
 and blessings of the gods. This 
 consists in standing on one toe, the 
 shin of the same leg having the heel 
 of the other foot resting upon it. 
 The arms are at the same time raised 
 over tlie head; and the ej^es must, 
 during the day, be constantly gazing 
 upon the sun. 
 
 TAJiEE, palm -wine. It is a beverage 
 derived from the Taul-gatch, or Pal- 
 myra tree, and early in the morning, 
 when just drawn, is cool, salutary, 
 and exhilai'ating ; but when fer- 
 mented by the heat of the sun, it 
 becomes highly intoxicating; its 
 potent and maddening qualities be- 
 ing not uufrequently increased by 
 an infusion of Datura juice, which 
 possesses a strongly narcotic and 
 deleterious quality. Taree is called 
 toddy by the Europeans in India. 
 The natives, owners of the trees, 
 extract it by bleeding a branch of 
 the palm, and attaching thereto an 
 earthen i^ot, with its mouth to the 
 incision, over night. 
 
 TARTAllY, in Asia (properly so 
 called), lies between about S4 deg. 
 and .50 deg. N. Lat., and 50 deg. and 
 75 deg. E. Long. It is bounded on 
 the north by Kussian Tartary; east, 
 by Chinese Tartary; south, by Af- 
 ghanistan anil Persia ; west, by Per- 
 sia, the Caspian Sea, and part of 
 Eussian Tartary. Its divisions are, 
 Toorkistan, Khiva, Kokan, Bokhara, 
 Toorkmania, Koondooz. The prin- 
 cipal rivers are, the Jaxartes, Zur- 
 Ufshan, the Oxus, and the Moor- 
 gliab. The Jaxartes, called by 
 
 Asiatics the Sir, or Sihoon, rises in 
 the Beloot Tagh, and flows -westerly 
 and northerly through Kokan, Bok- 
 hara, and Toorkistan, into the sea of 
 Aral. The Zur-Ufshan (scatterer of 
 gold), called also the Kohuk, rises in 
 the mountains eastward of Samar- 
 cand, and flows westerly and south- 
 erly past Samarcand and Bokhara, 
 some distance to the southward of 
 •which last city, it forms a small lake. 
 The Oxus, called by Asiatics the 
 Jihoon, and more commonly the 
 Amoo, has its source on the northern 
 side of the Hindoo Koosh, and flows 
 westerly, and northerly through 
 Koondooz, Bokhara, and Khiva, into 
 the sea of Aral. The Moorghab, or 
 river of Merve, rises on the northern 
 side of the Paropomisan mountains, 
 and flows north-westerly past Merve, 
 fifty miles beyond which place it 
 falls into a small lake. Between the 
 northern part of Khiva and Toorkis- 
 tan is an inland sea, about 200 miles 
 in length from north to south, by 
 seventy in breadth, named the sea 
 of Aral. It is supposed, by the 
 common people of the coimtry, to 
 flow lielow ground into the Caspian 
 Sea. The principal mountains are 
 the Beloot Tagh, running from north 
 to south along the eastern frontier; 
 and the Ghour mountains, Hindoo 
 Koosh, and Paropomisan on the 
 south. The southern and eastern 
 parts of the country produce rice, 
 wheat, barley, and other grains, with 
 fruits of different kinds in great 
 abundance. Horses, camels, and 
 sheep, are very mmierous through- 
 out, particularly in the northern and 
 western divisions, where each horde 
 has large herds and flocks of them. 
 The horses of Bokhara, called Uz- 
 bekecs, and ; of Toorkistan, and 
 Toorkmania, known as 'J'oorknia- 
 nees, arc particularly celebrated 
 for their great strength, and power 
 of enduring fatigue. The camel is 
 of a large, strong breed, with two 
 humps, connuonly known as the 
 Bactrian camel; the Indian camel, 
 with the single hump, being pro-
 
 224 
 
 TA 
 
 TA 
 
 perly the dromedary. The wild 
 animals are principally tigers, which 
 are ibund in the Eeioot Tagh moun- 
 tains, wolves, horses, asses, and the 
 chamois goat. There are also nu- 
 merous smaller animals, such as er- 
 mines, and others alfording valuable 
 furs. Gold is fomul in the sand of 
 the Oxus, and to a smaller extent in 
 the Zur-Ufshan and other rivers; 
 and the mountainous parts contain 
 silver, copper, iron, vitriol, and dif- 
 ferent kinds of valuable stones and 
 marbles. There are large cotton 
 manufactories at Bokhara, and a 
 considerable trade with the neigh- 
 bouring countries in silk, wool, and 
 lamb-skins. The people of Bokhara 
 make great use of tea, Mhich they 
 obtain from China. The name of 
 Tartary is not known in eastern 
 geography, the general name given 
 by eastern writers to the country 
 north of the Jaxartes being Toor- 
 kistan, and to that part between the 
 Jaxartes and the Oxus, Mawur-ool- 
 Is'uhr. The religion in Tartary is 
 generally Mahomedanism of the 
 Soonnee sect, with the exception of 
 the Kalmuk Tartars, who follow the 
 Lama system. The prevailing lan- 
 guage is the Toorkmanee, and 
 amongst the Tajiks, Tersian. 
 TARTARY, Chinese, in Asia. This 
 country lies between Lat. 35 deg. 
 and 5.5 deg. N., and Long. 70 deg. 
 and 145 deg. E., and is bounded on 
 the north by Siberia; east, by the 
 Gulf of Tartary and the Sea of Ja- 
 l)an; south, by the Yellow Sea, China, 
 and Thibet; and west, by Tartary. 
 it may be divided into the country 
 of the Eliauts, or Kalmuk Tartars, 
 the country of the Mooghuls, and 
 the country of the Manshoors. The 
 Kalmuks occupy the western parts, 
 including Little Bucharia, or Eastern 
 Toorkistan, the Mooghuls the Cen- 
 tral, and the Manshoors the Eastern. 
 Belonging to the Manshoor country, 
 and separated from it by the Gulf of 
 Tartary, and a very narrow strait, 
 is the island of Sagalin. It has 
 several rivers, but none of any im- 
 
 portance. The principal is the Sa- 
 galin, flowing eastward into the Gulf 
 of Tartary. There are also several 
 large lakes. Its principal ranges of 
 mountains are, the Altaian on the 
 north, and Beloot Tagh, dividing it 
 from Tartary, on the west. The 
 Beloot Tagh mountains are named 
 in ancient geography the Imaus. 
 The face of this country is much 
 diversified with moiintain and plain, 
 though with little forest. The 
 greater part consists of a vast plain, 
 supported like a table by the Thibet 
 mountains on the south, and the 
 Altaian on the north, and considered 
 the most elevated level land on the 
 face of the globe. Part of this plain 
 is occupied by two large sandy de- 
 serts, the Desert of Gobi, and the 
 Desert of Sharno. The rest is de- 
 voted to pasturage. The produc- 
 tions of this country, as far as they 
 are known, are few ; the Tartar 
 tribes in general paying little or no 
 attention to agriculture or manufac- 
 tures, but depending chiefly upon their 
 flocks and herds, of which they have 
 great numbers. Horses and cattle 
 are very abundant; they have also 
 the bush-tailed, or grunting ox, and 
 the camel. AVild horses and asses 
 are numerous, and the tiger is also 
 found in different parts. Ginsing 
 root, and sable and other furs, form 
 the principal part of their trade, and 
 in tlie ^Manshoor country pearls are 
 found in some of the rivers. The 
 different tribes in general form Avan- 
 dering hordes, and live in tents, 
 which they remove from place to 
 place, according to the season, or as 
 they find pasturage for their flocks. 
 Except in the western division, in- 
 habited by the Kalmuks, there are 
 consequently few towns. The prin- 
 cipal are Kashgar, Turfan, and 
 Yarkhund,in Little Bucharia; Ilomi, 
 or Chamil, in the Mooghul country; 
 and Sangalin Oula, Tsitchikar, and 
 Chinyang, or Moogden, in the Man- 
 shoor country. The general name 
 of Tartary has been applied to this 
 country by Europeans, hut it has no
 
 TA 
 
 TA 
 
 225 
 
 distinct native appellation, the differ- 
 ent tribes having eacli different 
 names for their respective lands. 
 The inhabitants may be divided into 
 three principal tribes of Kalmuks, 
 Mooghuls, and Manshoors. Their 
 complexion is generally of a reddish, 
 or yellowish brown. The prevailing 
 religion of the tribes is Booddhism, 
 of tlie Lama sect. Many are also 
 followers of what is called Shaman- 
 ism, that is, idolaters who acknow- 
 ledge a Supreme Being, but worship 
 a multitude of inferior deities, lu 
 little Bucharia there are also Ma- 
 homedans of tlie Soonnee sect. The 
 languages of the tribes are distinct; 
 that of the Manshoors is said to 
 "be exceedingly copious, though not 
 vritten till the seventeenth century, 
 ■when the Mooghul character was 
 introduced. 
 
 TASSISUDON, in Asia, a town in the 
 country of Bootan, of which it is the 
 capital. The name is pronounced 
 Tassjung by the natives. It stands 
 in Lat. 27 deg. 5 min. N., Long. 99 
 deg. 40 min. E., about 100 miles 
 ■north from the town of Kooch Bahar. 
 It is pleasantly situated, and has a 
 number of handsome buildings, and 
 has a large manufactory for paper, 
 V'hich is fabricated from the bark of 
 a tree named dea, growing in the 
 neighljourhood. 
 
 TATAE, or TARTAR, a Turkish 
 messenger. These mounted couriers 
 are excellent horsemen, of robust 
 constitutions, capable of travelling, 
 at a quick pace, very considerable 
 distances, upon a small quantity of 
 food. They often travel unarmed, 
 for, being known to the tribes and 
 robbers on their resjiective routes as 
 the emissaries of the Sultan or the 
 pachas, their persons are respected. 
 
 TATTA, the ancient capital of the 
 province of Scinde, in Lidia, stands 
 on the right bank of the river Indus, 
 about 130 miles from the sea, in Lat. 
 24 deg. 44 min. N. It is believed to 
 be the Pattala mentioned by the 
 Greeks, and^vas a place of consider- 
 able importance before the Maho- 
 Q 
 
 medan invasion. During the exist- 
 ence of the Mooghul empire, it con- 
 tinued to be much celebrated as a 
 city of considerable commerce, and 
 was famous for its manufactures of 
 silk. It has since greatly decayed, 
 and does not now contain more tlian 
 15,000 inhabitants. It is still visited 
 by numbers of Hindoos, being on the 
 high road to Ilinglaj, inBeloochistan, 
 a place of pilgrimage much resorted 
 to by the people of the western pro- 
 vinces. 
 TATTIES, screens made of the roots 
 of kuss kuss, a long grass which 
 abounds in most of the jungles in 
 India, and which corresponds exactly 
 with Guinea grass. The fibres are 
 of a rusty brown colour, devious in 
 their direction, and may be from ten 
 to twenty inches in length. Ihe 
 frame in which this material is en- 
 closed to form a screen, is made of 
 split bamboo, chequered into squares 
 of about four inches eacli way, and 
 in the whole sufficiently extensive to 
 overlap the exterior of the door or 
 window to which it is applied, at 
 least six inches, or perhaps a foot, at 
 the sides and above. The huss kuss 
 is then placed very regularly on the 
 bamboo frame, as it lies on the 
 ground, in the same manner as tiles, 
 each layer being bound down, under 
 a thin slip of bamboo, extending the 
 full breadth of the tatty. Tlie great 
 art is to make the tatty neitlier too 
 thick, which would exclude the wind, 
 nor too tliin, as it Avould then let the 
 dust pass tlirough, without rendering 
 the interior sufficiently cool. In the 
 western provinces, and other parts 
 of India, tatties are frequently made 
 of a sliort, prickly bush, that thrives 
 during the hottest months on sandy 
 plains, especially in places inundated 
 during the ramy season. This shrub 
 is csl\c'\ jewasscth; its leaves are not 
 unlike, but not so numerous, nor of 
 so deep a green, as those of rue. It 
 is extremi.'ly prickly, being every- 
 where furnislicd with spines about 
 the size of a pin. The I'^uropcans 
 in India employ a bhccati/, or M'ater-
 
 226 
 
 TA 
 
 TJI 
 
 carrier, to saturate the tatties with 
 •water, for their fragrance is then 
 most powerfully elicited, and the 
 wind passing through them hecomes 
 cooled and discharged of the particles 
 of dust it gathers on its course across 
 the plains. 
 
 TATTOO, the Indian term for a little 
 ponv. 
 
 TAZA-WALAIT, fresh European. A 
 phrase employed by the natives of 
 Eastern India to describe a recent 
 arrival from England. 
 
 TAZEAH, a representation of the 
 shrine of Kerbela, generally formed 
 of paper and lath, painted and gilded, 
 and borne in procession at the Ma- 
 homedan festival of the Mohurrum. 
 
 TCHOCADAR, an attendant upon a 
 Turkish gentleman or nobleman. 
 They generally follow him in the 
 streets, or linger about the house, to 
 perform any service that may be re- 
 quired of them. 
 
 TEERUT, or TEERUTH, a place of 
 pilgrimage and sacred bathingamong 
 the Hindoo Mahrattas. 
 
 TEHSIL, or TEHSEEL, Hindostanee. 
 Acquisition, attainment; collection 
 of tlie public revenues. 
 
 TEHSILDAR, one who has charge of 
 the India revenue collections; a native 
 collector of a district acting under 
 a European, or a Zemindar. 
 
 TEKA-GAHA, the teak-tree, is a 
 large and stately tree, Avhich grows 
 in the island of Ceylon and on the 
 Malabar coast. It is of great value, 
 owing to its hardness and capability 
 of resisting the attacks of all kinds 
 of insects. It has sometimes been 
 called the Indian oak, and in India 
 is frequently used for building ships. 
 The trees have often a ragged ap- 
 pearance, as the soft parts of the 
 large green leaves are eaten away 
 by insects, while the small fibres 
 still remain untouched. It has a 
 small dull white blossom, from which 
 arises a seed as big as the hazel-nut. 
 A kind of red ink is made from its 
 leaves. 
 
 TELLICHERRY, a small sea-port 
 town, in the province of Malabar, in 
 
 India, situated in Lat. 11 deg. 45 
 min. N., Long. 75 deg. 33 min. E. 
 It Avas for many years the principal 
 English settlement on the western 
 coast, a factor}'^ having been estab- 
 lished there in 1G83. It is the 
 principal mart in India for sandal- 
 wood, brought from the forests above 
 the ghauts, and for the cardamoms 
 of "Wynaad, which are considered 
 the best on the coast. 
 
 TELOOGOO, the Gentoo language, 
 peculiar to the Hindoos of the north- 
 eastern provinces of the Indian pe- 
 ninsula. This language is also 
 called " Telinga." 
 
 TESHOO-SOOMBOO, a town in the 
 country of Thibet, in Asia, situated 
 in Lat. 29 dog. 7 min. N., Long. 80 
 deg. 2 min. E., 180 miles north from 
 the frontier of the Rungpore district 
 of Bengal. It is the second town in 
 Thibet, and the residence of the 
 teshoo lama. 
 
 TIIER, the wild goat of the Himalayas. 
 It is the Jemla goat of Hamilton 
 Smith; it is also called Cupra Qua- 
 drimammis, from the circumstance of 
 its having four teats. Besides the 
 Tehr, or Quadrimammis, there are 
 three other wild goats to the north- 
 ward, viz. Capra Ibex ICmodi vel 
 Hkeen, vel SiiJieen; Capra Ophro- 
 phagus vel Marhhor, so called, be- 
 cause he destroys reptiles, has 
 straight flattened horns, like the 
 sheath of a sword, twisted on its 
 axis ; and another Markhor, or 
 Soorliha, Avith round horns, and is a 
 very large animal. These goats are, 
 in some places, so numerous, as to 
 afford food, and their hairy wool, 
 raiment for the people of the coun- 
 try. Hunting days are appointed 
 by the chief, and seventj'^ heads of 
 them is not reckoned an extraordinary 
 day's slaughter. 
 
 THIBET, a country in Asia, lying on 
 the northern frontier of Hindostan. 
 It is bounded on the north by Chi- 
 nese Tartary; east, by China; south, 
 by Assam, 13ootan, and Hindostan; 
 west, by Cashmere and Tartary. In 
 general terms it may be said to be
 
 TH 
 
 TH 
 
 227 
 
 between Long. 74 cleg, and 100 cleg. 
 E., slanting southwards along the 
 Himalaya mountains, from Lat. 28 
 deg. to 37 deg. N. Its chief divisions 
 Lahdak, Undesa, Teshoo-Loomboo, 
 and Lassa. Its principal rivers are 
 the Sanpoo and Mounchoo, and in it 
 are also the sources of several of the 
 principal rivers in Asia. The Indus, 
 Sutlej, Brahmapootra, of the Indian 
 rivers, besides others of China and 
 of Northern Tartary. The Sanpoo 
 is believed to be one of the most con- 
 siderable rivers in Asia; but as yet 
 the information regarding it is very 
 defective. It has two great ranges 
 of mountains, the Himalayas, lying 
 along its southern limits, and the 
 Kailas, nearly parallel to the Hima- 
 layas, in about Lat. 32 deg. N., and 
 of about the same elevation; some of 
 the villages on them being situated 
 at a height of nearly 20,000 feet 
 above the sea. Thibet may be con- 
 sidered as consisting of two portions, 
 the valley between the Himalaya and 
 Kailas mountains, studded with ir- 
 regular hills, and averaging a height 
 of 10,000 feet above the sea, and an 
 exten'jive table-land, beyond the 
 Kailas, of similar elevation, declin- 
 ing towards the north and east. Of 
 tlis interior of Thibet, north of the 
 Kailas, little is known; but it is 
 believed to consist of extensive 
 stony and sandy plains, diversified 
 by hills, and by pastures traversed 
 by small streams. Between the Hi- 
 malayas and Kailas are two remark- 
 able lakes; the Jlanaswarora, in 
 Lat. 31 deg. N., Long. 81 deg. E., 
 and the Rawun Hrood, about ten 
 miles further Avestward. The for- 
 mer is considered by the Hindoos as 
 the most sacred of all tlieir places of 
 pilgrimage. The Ciiinese and Thi- 
 betians of Undesa call it Choo I\Ia- 
 pang, and it is considered by them 
 also a holy place. Kawun Hrood is 
 tiie source of the river Sutlej. In 
 consequence of the great elevation of 
 this countrj', its climate is exceed- 
 ingly cold, particularly in the vicinity 
 of the Himalaya range; where, dur- 
 
 ing winter, the cold is quite as se- 
 vere as in the nortli of Europe; meat 
 and fish being preserved in a frozen 
 state as in Russia. Its vegetable 
 productions are not numerous, its 
 chief riches consisting in its animals 
 and minerals. Barley, coarse peas, 
 and wheat, are the grains ; rice is 
 not cultivated. Turnips and ra- 
 dishes are the only vegetables, and 
 peaches and bynes the only fruits. 
 Thibet, however, abounds in cattle 
 and sheep, and wild-fowl and game 
 of every description. Horses and 
 mules are numerous, the latter being 
 commonly used for carriage. The 
 sheep also are used for the same pur- 
 pose. The horse and the ass are 
 both found wild. The most remark- 
 able animals of Thibet are the yak, 
 or bushy-tailed ox, sometimes called 
 the grunting ox, the musk deer, and 
 the shawl goat. The yak is rather 
 larger than the Malwa bullock, and 
 is covered all over with a long thick 
 hair, from which are manufactured 
 ropes and cloths for tents. Their 
 bushy tails are greatly valued, and 
 are much used as fly-flaps (or chow- 
 ries), or as ornaments for horses and 
 elephants, for which purposes they 
 are in much request in India, China, 
 and Turkey. These oxen are never 
 employed in agriculture, but gene- 
 rally for carriage. The musk-deer 
 is about the size of a common hog, 
 which it resembles a good deal in 
 appearance. The musk is found 
 only in the male, in a little bag at its 
 navel. The shawl goat is so named 
 from its yielding the soft silky hair 
 used for the manufacture of the 
 celebrated Cashmere sliawls. I'his 
 species of goat is found in no otiier 
 country. All the animals of Thiliet 
 are provided with thick coats of hair 
 and fur adapted to tlie coldness of 
 the climate. The dogs arc large and 
 powerful, and the cat of the long- 
 haired kind, known in India by the 
 name of Persian or Lama cats. The 
 minerals are principally gold, quick- 
 silver, nitre, and salt. Firewood is 
 very scarce throughout tlic country 
 y2
 
 228 
 
 TH 
 
 TH 
 
 beyond the Kailas, the dried dunr? 
 of aiiinwls bciiii; ahnost the only 
 fuel. The inhabitants are called by 
 the English Thibetians. They are 
 considered to belong to the same 
 general race as the Tartars, and are 
 entirely distinct in appearance from 
 the natives of Ilindostan. They 
 are described as a mild and con- 
 tented, but indolent people. Their 
 manufactures are chiefly of shawls 
 and woollen cloths, of Avhich they 
 supply large quantities to China, 
 their principal intercourse, both 
 commercijil and political, being "vvith 
 that country. The Thibetians have 
 the singular custom of polyandria, 
 that is, of one wife belonging to 
 several husbands: the elder brother 
 of a family having the right to select 
 a wife for himself and all his brothers. 
 They do not bury their dead, but 
 burn the bodies of the lamas, and 
 expose those of tlie other classes to 
 be devoured by the beasts and birds. 
 Their chief food is mutton, which 
 they are fond of eating raw, and 
 barley prepared in various ways. 
 They use plates of china or copper, 
 ■with knives and forks. The religion 
 of Thibet is that of Bood'h, which 
 appears to liave been introduced 
 from India, and established through- 
 out this country at an early period. 
 The priests are all styled lamas, and 
 amongst these the dalai lama, or 
 grand lama, and terlioo lama are 
 ]ield to be particularly sacred. The 
 Grand Lama is considered to be no 
 less than the deity in a human form, 
 on the dissolution of which he enters 
 a new one. The terhoo lama is 
 also looked upon as an incarnation 
 of Bood'h, and is honoured by the 
 Emperor of China as his religious 
 teacher and guide. There are two 
 sects of the lama Eooddhists, distin- 
 guished from each other by the dress 
 of the lamas, the one wearing a red, 
 and the other a yellow cap. The 
 latter may be considered the prin- 
 cipal, being that of the grand and 
 terhoo lamas and of the Chinese 
 emperor. The red division is 
 
 chiefly established in Bootan. The 
 lama Booddhists entirely reject all 
 distinction of caste, and admit pro- 
 selytes of any nation. The principal 
 idol in their temples is that of Maha 
 IMoenee ((jreat saint), the Bood'h of 
 Hindostan. The language appears 
 to be quite distinct from the lan- 
 guages of India, though the alphabet 
 and character are believed to have 
 been derived from the Sanscrit. It 
 has two dialects; one for works of 
 learning and religion, the other for 
 common purposes. The letters run 
 from right to left. Printing with 
 wooden blocks is practised, and is 
 said to have been known to the Thi- 
 betians from a very early period, 
 but it has been so limited in its use 
 through their superstition, that not 
 the slightest improvement in it seems 
 to have been made, and it therefore 
 remains in a very imperfect state. 
 THUGS, or PHANSEGARS (as they 
 are styled, to distinguish them from 
 common dacoits) consist of a set of 
 abandoned characters, either Moo- 
 sulmans or Hindoos, of various 
 castes, who live for a part of the 
 year in cities or villages, apparently 
 engaged in harmless occupations. 
 These persons resemble Freemasons, 
 so far as they are always kno^vn to 
 each other by some distinguishing 
 sign. At a convenient period, the 
 brotherhood of each district assemble 
 together, and, being formed into 
 bands, disperse themselves over large 
 tracts of country, those of the Dooab 
 moving down towards the central 
 provinces, and in their devastatinj^ 
 progress waylaying, robbing, and 
 murdering every individual who has 
 the misfortune to cross their path. 
 Although, during a considerable 
 period, the existence of T/ntgs (as 
 they are called from their dexterity 
 in strangling) was suspected, the 
 ideas formed concerning them were 
 extremely vague and uncertain. Re- 
 ports went abroad of the ftite of 
 travellers ensnared while walking or 
 riding upon the road, by a silken 
 noose throAvn over their heads in
 
 TH 
 
 TH 
 
 229 
 
 the manner of the lasso, and the per- 
 petrators were supposed to be iso- 
 lated individuals infesting tlie Avild 
 and less frequented parts of India. 
 Many persons imaj^ined that tiiese 
 atrocities ■were eontined to the Kaj- 
 poot States and the kingdom of 
 Oude, districts exhibiting scenes of 
 outrage and bloodshed unknown to 
 the Company's territories ; but, in 
 1S30, the apprehension of a band of 
 depredators was the means of l)ring- 
 ing the whole of an uni)aralleled 
 system of atrocity to light, and the 
 depositions of some of the criminals 
 have proved that, in this instance, 
 rumour, so far from exaggerating 
 the horrors of the deeds committed, 
 has fallen short of the truth. It has 
 never been known that in a single 
 instance has a robbery Ijeen com- 
 mitted by the Thugs without the 
 previous destruction of life, gene- 
 rally by strangulation. This is ef- 
 fected either by means of a roomaul, 
 or shred of cloth, well twisted and 
 ■U'etted, or merely by the hands, 
 though the last is rarely practised, 
 and only in the event of failure in 
 the former and usual mode. On a 
 preconcerted signal being given, the 
 victim, or victims, are immediately 
 overpowered, and the perpetration 
 is the business of a moment. In 
 committing murder it is a strict rule 
 ■with the Thug to avoid shedding 
 blood, as its traces woidd, in many 
 cases, lead to detection. In the hurry, 
 however, in which it is sometimes 
 necessary to provide for the disposal 
 of a more than ordinary number of 
 bodies, the graves cannot be made 
 large enough to contain them entire, 
 in which case they are cut to pieces 
 and closely packed. When buried 
 by the road-side, or any other ex- 
 posed place, it was their practice to 
 kindle fires on the spot, in order to 
 prevent the marks of the newly- 
 turned earth from being too con- 
 spicuous. Murders in the manner 
 thus described are accomplished 
 with equal certainty and despatch, 
 and with the same facility while the 
 
 victims are walking along the roads, 
 as when they have been enticed to 
 their encampment and are sitting 
 amongst them confident and secure, 
 while the}' have every thing carefully 
 and leisurely prepared for their de- 
 struction. These murders are fre- 
 quently perpetrated contiguous to 
 villages, from whence they have in- 
 duced strangers, on their journey 
 from distant parts, to take up quar- 
 ters in their company. They are 
 usually performed before the twilight 
 is completely over; and while the 
 work is going on, a jiart of their 
 band are singing and beating their 
 tomtoms, in order to drown any 
 noise the sufferers might make, and 
 to give the whole cam}) the appear- 
 ance of careless festivity ; thus the 
 victims are despatched with ease and 
 security, even within call of assist- 
 ance, and almost in the face of a 
 whole village. The diflerent persons 
 actually engaged commence their 
 operations simidtaneously, and by a 
 signal given, which, of course, is 
 preconcerted, but at the same time 
 quite arbitrary, generally a common- 
 place expression not likely to excite 
 attention, such as tumhahoo lao (bring 
 tobacco). The roomaul, or twisted 
 shred, is the only implement used 
 by the Thugs. The noose is not 
 made of cord, although the general 
 supposition is that such an instru- 
 ment is employed in the commission 
 of the murders, but if it ever was 
 adopted, its use has been long aban- 
 doned, for this obvious reason, that 
 if in any search so suspicious an 
 article should be found upon them, 
 there would be no difliculty in guess- 
 ing them to be professed Thugs. In 
 passing through a country, the large 
 number of which the bands consist 
 is sufficient in itself to excite in- 
 quiry, and there is always some 
 plausible tale or explanation ready 
 to be given by these people, in order 
 to remove any doubt respecting the 
 peaceableness of their characters 
 and i)ursuits. Few carry arms; 
 amid twenty or thirty persons there
 
 230 
 
 TH 
 
 TO 
 
 will not be above three swords, and 
 they have emissaries at all the 
 kutcherries of tlie diflerent districts, 
 who manage in various ways to 
 screen the parties from detection 
 when the murder of missings persons 
 is suspected. Great efforts have 
 been made by the government to 
 annihilate the race of Thugs, but 
 they still exist in great force. 
 
 TIIUMBOO, a tent. The camp equi- 
 page in India is necessarily of a 
 superior description to that used in 
 Europe. The intense heat of tlie 
 climate suggests the use of flies (or 
 false roofs), kunnauts (double walls ), 
 thick chintz linings, &c. Officers on 
 the line of march, and civilians out 
 on district duty are under canvass, 
 as the phrase runs, for a large por- 
 tion of the year. 
 
 TICCA, hired. As every body in India 
 finds it more convenient to own 
 every thing he uses, and generally 
 more economical, it is seldom that 
 any thing but palankeens, boats, 
 and carriages ai'e hired, and then 
 only by persons of small income, or 
 who have rare occasion for those 
 conveyances. 
 
 TIFFIN, the term in use amongst the 
 English residents in India to signify 
 " luncheon." It is an important meal 
 in India, as people generally dine late. 
 
 TlMOll, an island in Asia, forming 
 one of the Sunda Islands, in the East- 
 ern Archipelago, lies between about 
 Lat. 8 deg. and 11 deg. S., and Long. 
 
 123 deg. and 127 deg. E. Its chief 
 productions arc sandal wood and 
 earth oil. It also yields gold and 
 copper. Rice is also cultivated, and 
 a species of sago, and it has all the 
 common domestic animals. It is 
 inhabited by a pagan race, of dark 
 complexion and frizzled bushy hair, 
 but differing in other respects from 
 the Papuans, and appearing to hold 
 a middle place between them and 
 the brown races. This island belongs 
 to the Datcli, who have a fort at 
 Koopang, at the southern extremity, 
 in Lat. 10 deg. 10 miu. S., Long. 
 
 124 deg. 10 min. E. 
 
 TIXDaL, a boatswain's mate. (See 
 Sauang.) The title is also given to 
 the master or coxswain of the large 
 pier or l)under-boats which ply in 
 the harbour of Bombay. 
 
 TINDOO, the tree which yields 
 ebonv. 
 
 TINNEVELLY, a town in India, the 
 capital of the district so named, in 
 the province of Southern Carnatic, 
 is inland, and situated in Lat. 8 deg. 
 48 min. N., Long. 78 deg. 1 min. E., 
 a little to the westward of the Tum- 
 brapoornee river, about twenty-five 
 miles distant from the Western 
 Ghauts, or Mountains. It is a large 
 and populous place. 
 
 TOBllAH, the nose -bag of a horse. 
 The word is in use in Persia and 
 Afghanistan. 
 
 TODDT, a corruption of Taree, the 
 juice of the taul, or Indian palm- 
 tree, which in a fermenting state is 
 intoxicating. 
 
 TODEAS. See Cooibatore. 
 
 TOFUNCHEE, musketeers in Persia; 
 mercenaries. 
 
 TOKDAK, tlie name given in Hur- 
 reeana to the bustard. The natives 
 call the bird Goorarm, because the 
 male, during the breeding season, 
 growls like a lion. The birds resort 
 together in the cold season in flocks 
 of from three to twenty-five, but in 
 the liot winds and rains they sepa- 
 rate, pair, and breed. The female 
 lays two eggs in a nest on a promi- 
 nent hillock among grass. 
 
 TOLA, the unit of the Britisli Indian 
 ponderary system. It weighs 180 
 grains English troy weight. The 
 tola is chiefly used in weighing the 
 precious metals and coins. 
 
 TOiMAUX, a Persian gold coin, vary- 
 ing in its value according to locality 
 or the temporary necessities of the 
 government. At some places and 
 times it is worth only fifteen or even 
 twelve shillings sterling; while in 
 otliers, particularly in Khorassan, it 
 rises as high as from thirty to thirty- 
 five shillings. 
 
 TONDIMAN'S COUNTRY, or the 
 TONDAMlJND^\XUM, a district
 
 TO 
 
 TO 
 
 231 
 
 of the province of Southern Camatic, 
 in India. This division Avas origi- 
 nally connected with the Hindoo 
 kingdom of the Chola Desum. It 
 subsequently became a distinct zu- 
 meendaree, under the rule of a Hin- 
 doo chief, called by the English the 
 Tondiman, from Tondi, and the 
 English word man, a corruption, 
 probably, of tlie old Hindoo name, 
 ToHf/a-mundalum. Although at 
 present nominally a dependent of 
 the British Govermnent, the Tondi- 
 man is allowed the full possession of 
 his zumeendaree, free from tax or 
 tribute of any kind, as a reward for 
 the remarkable fitlelity exhibited by 
 his family in their connexion with 
 the English through all the changes 
 of fortune, especiall}' during the 
 early wars of the Carnatic. The 
 natives of this district Avere long 
 celebrated as most expert thieves, 
 from Avhich circumstance they de- 
 rived their name of coUaries {kullu- 
 rees, from hiillur, thief), but so much 
 is their character improved, that 
 now a theft is seldom known among 
 them. The instrument commonly 
 called by Europeans the " cholera 
 horn," derives its name from this 
 people, and is properly the " Kullu- 
 ree horn." 
 
 TON.KJN, a large easy chair, sup- 
 ported on men's shoulders by a sin- 
 gle pole, running fore and aft, like 
 that of a palankeen. The Tonjon is 
 chiefly used by ladies in India, 
 ■wherein to take the air in the morn- 
 ing or evening. 
 
 TOOLSEE, the Ilindostanee name for 
 a shrub of sacred basil. 
 
 T0()]\II5U1)]IA, the, a river in In- 
 dia, which is formed by the junction 
 of two other rivers, named tlie Toon- 
 ga and the Budra. The Toonga 
 rises in the "Western Ghauts or 
 Mountains, a little to the south of 
 Nuggur, or Bednore. The Budra 
 rises in a chain of hills, called the 
 Baba Boodun Hills, situated to the 
 eastward of the Western Ghauts, 
 nearly opposite to !Mangalore. The 
 two rivers join at Koorlce, near 
 
 Hoolee Gonnoor, in the province of 
 Jlysore, and form one river, called 
 the Toombudra. From this, the 
 Toombudra Avinds to the north and 
 north-east, and falls into the river 
 Kistna, a little beyond Kurnool. 
 
 TOORKIE, galloways and ponies 
 from Toorkistan, sold at the great 
 fair at Hurdwar. They have been 
 taught to amble, a pace very agree- 
 able to the natives of India, but 
 quite the reverse to Europeans. 
 Thev fetch from 250 to 800 rupees. 
 
 TOORKISTAN, a division of Tartary, 
 in Asia, Avhich occupies tlie northern 
 part of the country. It is generally 
 open, but not cultivated, and devoted 
 chiefly to pasturage. It is inhabited 
 by Avandering tribes of Toorkmans, 
 Avho haA'e large herds and flocks, of 
 horses, camels, cattle, and sheep, 
 with Avhich tliey move from place 
 to place, according to the season. 
 They have no towns, but live in 
 camps formed of tents, made of wool- 
 len, like thick black cumlics. Each 
 tribe or horde is independent. No 
 estimate can be formed of the total 
 population. 
 
 TOORKMANIA, a division of Tar- 
 tary, in Asia, Avhich occupies the 
 southern and Avestern part of the 
 country, from Balkh, to the Caspian 
 Sea; having KluA'a and the river 
 Oxus along its northern frontier, 
 and ranges of mountains separating 
 it from Persia and Afghanistan on 
 the southern. In the north-western 
 parts it is mountainous, but for the 
 rest it consists of sandy desert, A^ery 
 scantily supplied Avith Avater, in 
 some places quite flat, and in others 
 risingup into mounds, some of Avhich, 
 toAvards the Caspian, attain a height 
 of from sixty to eighty feet. There 
 are no toAvns or villages, ]n-operly so 
 called, the Toorkmans being all no- 
 mutlc, that is, Avandering tribes, mov- 
 ing from one Avell to anotlier Avith 
 their flocks and herds, and taking 
 their conical huts, called Ithirgalts, 
 Avith them, in search of Avater and 
 pasture. The only lixed settlement 
 Avorth noticing is Shui'ukhs, situated
 
 232 
 
 TO 
 
 TO 
 
 in Lat. 3G dcir. 31 min. N. It con- 
 sists of a small fort, almost in ruins, 
 and a few mud huts, which have 
 been built by Jews from Meshid, in 
 Persia, the Toorkinans living in 
 their khirgalis. These are huts of 
 a conical form, constructed of wood, 
 surrounded by a mat of reeds, and 
 covered on the roof witli felts. In 
 Lat. 36 deg. N., Long. 61 deg. 1 min. 
 E., stand the ruins of ]\Ierve, for- 
 merly the capital of a principality, 
 said to have been built by Alexander 
 the Great. It is still styled by the 
 natives " Merve Shah-i-Juhan." or 
 Merve the King of the world; and 
 a celebrated epitaph on one of its 
 kings is often quoted by eastern 
 writers. " You have witnessed the 
 graudeur of Alp Arslan exalted to 
 the skies: repair to iMervc, and see 
 it buried in the dust." Under the 
 government of the Persians, Merve 
 "was long a great and opulent city, 
 and the surrounding district was one 
 of the most fertile in the world. 
 But in the latter end of the eigh- 
 teenth century, the district was con- 
 quereil by the King of Bokhara, 
 who destroyed the canals, and drove 
 out the inhabitants; and the country 
 soon became as sterile as the rest of 
 Toorkmania, while its former fixed 
 population has been succeeded by 
 the wandering tribes of Toorkmans. 
 The inhabitants of this province are 
 Toorkmans, divided into a number 
 of independent hordes or tribes ; they 
 have no permanent ruler, and ac- 
 knowledge only the general direction 
 of their Aksukals, or elders. Their 
 life is passed in the most reckless 
 plunder of the neighbouring coun- 
 tries, from which thej' carry off the 
 men and women as slaves. Their 
 children are brought up from their 
 earliest years in the same habits. 
 They have a proverb, which very 
 aptly illustrates their character, 
 namely, that a Toorkman on horse- 
 back knows neither his father nor 
 mother. They have no science nor 
 literature, nor any mosques, though 
 nominally Mahomedans. Their food 
 
 consists of the milk and flesh of their 
 herds and flocks, the milk of the 
 camel especially being a favourite 
 drink. Of mare's milk the northera 
 tribes make a spirituous liquor, 
 called huumis, of which they are ex- 
 ceedingly fond. They carry on some 
 trade with the neighbouring districts, 
 exchanging horses, cattle, wool, and 
 furs, for arms and other manufactured 
 articles ; ])ut their main traffic is in 
 slaves, whom they capture from the 
 Persian and Russian territories. 
 
 TOPE, a grove. There is nothing for 
 which the sylvan scenery of India is 
 more remarkable, than the groves of 
 palm and mango trees planted all 
 over the country, the former in the 
 vicinity of the coasts, the latter in 
 the north-western provinces and 
 Behar. A strong religious feeling 
 influences the Hindoo in these planta- 
 tions. He believes that his soul in 
 tlie next world is benefited by the 
 blessings and grateful feelings of 
 those of his fellow-creatures, who, 
 unmolested, eat the fruit and enjoy 
 the shade of the trees he has planted 
 during his sojourn in this world. 
 The names of the great men who 
 built the castles, palaces, and tombs 
 at Delhi and Agra, liave been almost 
 all forgotten, because no one enjoys 
 any advantage from them; but the 
 names of those who planted the 
 mango groves are still supposed to 
 be remembered by all who eat of 
 their fruit, sit in their shade, and 
 drink of their water, from whatever 
 part of the world they come. 
 
 TOPE-BASHEE, Turkish and Per- 
 sian. Commandant of artillcrv. 
 
 TOPECHEE, the Persianand Turkish 
 artilleryman. 
 
 TOPEKHANAH, Hindostance. The 
 ordnance, the artillery; the place 
 where artillery and military stores 
 are kept. 
 
 TOTA KOHANEE, tales of a parrot. 
 One of the elementary books iu Hin- 
 dostance, put into the hands of tyros 
 by their Moonshees. Many of the 
 tales correspond with the fables of 
 iEsop.
 
 TO 
 
 TR 
 
 233 
 
 TOTIE, a village police-officer in India, 
 whose duties are confined more im- 
 mediately to the village; but who 
 also guards the crops, and assists in 
 measuring them. 
 
 TRANQUEBAR, a town in India, in 
 the district of Tanjore, in the pro- 
 vince of Southern Carnatic, situated 
 on the coast, in Lat. 1 1 deg. N., Long. 
 72 deg. 53 min. E. It is a very neat 
 regularly built town, and belongs to 
 the Danes, who settled there in 1 6 1 6, 
 having purchased the ground from 
 the Rajah of Tanjore. 
 
 TRAVANCORE, a province of India, 
 tounded on the north by Malabar ; 
 east, the Western Ghauts or Moun- 
 tains, separating it from Coimbatore 
 and Southern Carnatic; south and 
 west, the sea. The divisions are. 
 North Travancore, including the 
 small principiility of Cochin, and 
 South Travancore. Of rivers, there 
 are none of any magnitude, but nu- 
 merous small streams. This pro- 
 vince consists of a long strip of land, 
 shut in from the main count rj^ by a 
 lofty range of mountains running 
 from its northern to its southern 
 extremity, terminating at Cape Co- 
 morin. In length it may be estimated 
 at 140 miles, by an average breadth 
 of about forty. Through the moun- 
 tains are three passes. Tlie north- 
 ern, or Chow-ghaut, leading into 
 Coimbatore; the central, or Ariyun- 
 gol, not practicable for carriages, 
 about ten miles in length, leading 
 into Tinnevelly; the southern, or 
 Arumboolce, twelve miles from Cape 
 Comorin, a broad level opening be- 
 tween the mountains into the south 
 of Tinnevell}'. Along the coast, 
 separated from the sea by a narrow 
 strip of sandy soil, is a back-water, 
 or brackish lake, communicating 
 with the sea by creeks at different 
 points, and extending from Chow- 
 ghaut to Quilon, a distance of about 
 140 miles. Its breadth and depth 
 vary very nmch, but it is navigable 
 throughout for boats. From Quilon, 
 a canal connects this back-water 
 with another at iVnjengo, continuing 
 
 the water communication as far as 
 Trivanderam. Travancore is one 
 of the richest and most fertile coun- 
 tries in India. Its surface is beau- 
 tifully varied Avith hill and dale; 
 and winding streams, flowing down 
 the mountains, preserve the valleys 
 in a constant state of verdure. The 
 mountains are covered with lofty 
 forests. The productions of this 
 province are numerous and valuable. 
 Pepper, cardamoms, cassia, betel-nut, 
 cocoa-nut, ginger, mace, nutmegs, 
 bees'-wax, ivory, sandal-wood, ebony, 
 &c. Rice is always in the greatest 
 plenty, a scarcity being quite un- 
 known ; the country generally yield- 
 ing three crops in the year. The 
 cattle are of a small breed, and there 
 are not any sheep, except such as are 
 procured elsewhere. The forests 
 are filled with teak and other valu- 
 able woods, and abound with ele- 
 phants. Buffaloes and tigers are 
 numerous, as are also monkeys, apes, 
 and other wild animals. The black 
 tiger is a native of this province. 
 There are few towns of any conse- 
 quence, the natives preferring to live 
 dispersed over the country upon 
 their farms. The principal are 
 Trichoor, Cranganorc, Cochin, Alep- 
 pie, Quilon, Trivanderam, Ooda- 
 gherry, and Nagracoil. Trichoor is 
 only noted as being situated near 
 tlie Chow-ghaut. It belongs to the 
 Cochin rajah. The inliabitants of 
 this province, called in English wri- 
 tings by the general name of Tra- 
 vancoreans, may be classed as fol- 
 lows: — Namboorees, or Hrahinuns, 
 Nairs, and other Hindoo divisions, 
 as in jMalabar, forming tlie bulk of 
 the population. ]{omanists, that is, 
 followers of the Romish church, 
 consisting chiclly of the fishermen 
 and others dwelling on the coast, 
 and amounting to about 11.5,000 
 persons, Syrians (called by the 
 Hindoos, Sooriance JNIaplay, or Na- 
 zarenc Maplay), so named as being 
 Christians of tiie Syrian church, 
 and amounting to alxmt 125,000, 
 being principally in the inland parts
 
 234 
 
 TR 
 
 TR 
 
 of North Travancore; Jews, in num- 
 ber about 2000, living at Cocliin and 
 Cranganore, and a few thousand 
 Maliomedans. The total population 
 is estimated at about 1,500,000. The 
 religion is Hindooism. There are 
 also in this province, as already no- 
 ticed, a considerable number of Sy- 
 rians and Romanists, and a small 
 proportion of Maliomedans and Jews. 
 The general language of the province 
 is IMalayalim. In the southern 
 parts, bordering upon Tinnevelly, 
 Tamil. 
 TRICHINOPOLY, also called TRI- 
 CHIRAPOORA, a city in India, 
 the capital of the province of South- 
 ern Carnatic, situated on the south 
 side of the river Cavery, is a large 
 and poi>ulous town. By the Malio- 
 medans it is commonly called Nut- 
 hur-Nuggur. Trichinopoly is cele- 
 brated for a memorable siege, which 
 it sustamed from 1751 to 1755, when 
 it-was successfully defended i)y tlie 
 English against the French and 
 their native allies. "Within the for- 
 tified city is a rock, about 300 feet 
 high, in which are a pagoda, and 
 other buildings. In a durgali outside 
 the city, not far from the western 
 ■wall, under a plain slab, lie the bones 
 of Chunda Saliib; and in a sort of 
 choultry adjoining, are the burial- 
 places of Umeer-ood-Oomra and his 
 family. Trichinopoly is one of the 
 principal military stations of the 
 English. Opposite to the town of 
 Trichinopoly, the Cavery separates 
 into two branches, forming an island 
 called Seringam {Sreerunyum). 
 About thirteen miles to tlie eastward 
 of the point of separation, the branches 
 again approach each other, but 
 the northern one is at this spot 
 twenty feet lower than the southern. 
 The northern branch, which takes 
 the name of Coleroon, is allowed to 
 run Avaste to the sea; but the south- 
 ern, which retains the name of Ca- 
 very, is led by numerous channels to 
 irrigate Tanjore. Near the east end 
 ol' Seringam, an immense mound, 
 called the Amiicut, has been formed, 
 
 to prevent tlie waters of the Cavery 
 from descending into the Caleroon. 
 About a mile from the western ex- 
 tremity of the island, at a short dis- 
 tance from the bank of the Coleroon, 
 stands the celebrated pagoda of Se- 
 ringam. It is composed of seven 
 square enclosures, 350 feet distant 
 from each other; and each enclosure 
 has four large gates, with high 
 towers, placed one in the centre of 
 each side, opposite to the four car- 
 dinal points. The outward wall is 
 nearly four miles in circumference. 
 
 TRINCOMALEE (Tirikunamale) lies 
 on the north-east coast of the island 
 of Ceylon, in Lat. 8 deg. 33 iiiiu. N., 
 and Long. 81 deg. 24 rain. E. It is 
 108 miles from Kandy, and ISO from 
 Colombo. The fort occupies an ex- 
 tent of nearly three miles, and in- 
 cludes a high hill immediately over 
 the sea. It has a citadel called Fort; 
 Ostenliurg, erected on a clifl' that 
 projects into the sea. There are a 
 few good houses within the fort, 
 among which may be mentioned the 
 commandant's. A large room in the 
 barracks is used as a churcli. for the 
 military and Europeans. The es- 
 planade separates the Pettah (or 
 town) from the fort; the native 
 houses in the Pettah are mean, low. 
 buildings, and irregularly placed. 
 The bazar is extensive. The houses 
 occupied by the English and the 
 more respectable Dutch and Portu- 
 guese inhabitants are spacious and 
 airy. There are two Roman Ca- 
 thoUc chapels, and several mosques 
 and temples belonging to the Moor- 
 man and the Tamulians. There is 
 also a chapel belonging to the Wes- 
 leyan missionaries, a neat building 
 near the esplanade. Trincomalee is 
 generally considered the least healthy 
 and the hottest jilace in the island. 
 It is the rendezvous of British ships 
 of war. A naval storekeeper is con- 
 sequently stationed there. 
 
 TRINOMALLY (Tiroona Muhje), a 
 place in the province of Central or 
 Middle Carnatic, in India, situated 
 about fifty miles from the coast, in
 
 TR 
 
 TU 
 
 235 
 
 Lat. 12 dcg. 11 mill. Is., Long-. 79 
 deg. 7 mill. E. It is chiefly noted as 
 being a place of pilgrimage for the 
 Hindoos. It consists of a large 
 craggy mountain, on which are 
 several pagodas, and at its base a 
 populous toivn. The principal pa- 
 goda is built at the foot of the moun- 
 tain, and has a large gateway of 
 twelve stories, 222 feet high. 
 
 TRI PETTY, a Hindoo temple in the 
 kingdom of Tanjore. It is situated 
 in tlie Carnatic, about eighty miles 
 from Madras, and is resorted to by 
 pilgrims from everj' part of India. 
 It is dedicated to Vishnu as Ballaji, 
 whose image is here worshipped with 
 those of Lakshmi and the serpent 
 Seslia. It is built of stone, and 
 covered with plates of gilt copper, 
 and stands in a valley in the centre 
 of a range of hills, Avhich are imper- 
 >'ious alike to the Christian and the 
 Mussulman. The very sight of tlie 
 hills, although at the distance of 
 many leagues, is so gratifying to the 
 Hindoo devotees, that iipon first 
 catching a glimpse of these sacreJ 
 rocks they fall prostrate, calling 
 unon the idol's name. 
 
 TElVAXDEilAM, a town in India, 
 the modern capital of the province 
 of Travancorc, situated about three 
 miles from the coast, and about fifty 
 miles from Cape Comorin. It is the 
 usual residence of the rajah, who 
 has here a large palace built in imi- 
 tation of the European style, and 
 decorated with a variety of coarsely- 
 executed paintings, clocks, and other 
 European ornaments. 
 
 TUCKyEEM, division, distribution. 
 The divisions or constituent parts 
 of the assessment in the peninsula 
 of India are called tumar jamma, and 
 comprehending not only the quota 
 of the greater territorial divisions, 
 but of the villages, and of the indi- 
 vidual rr/ots, and applied by some 
 to designate other standard assess- 
 ments. 
 
 TL'KT-E-EOWAN, a litter borne by 
 mules, used only in Persia. 
 
 TULLAO, a tank, or artificial pool 
 
 of water; the grand reservoirs of 
 rain or river water in most of the 
 towns in India. Amongthe Hindoos 
 it is an act of grace and piety to dig 
 a tank, and accordingly wealthy 
 men, aspirants to beatitude, conse- 
 crate large sums to their construc- 
 tion. In a country where good water 
 in abundance is of the highest con- 
 sequence to the health and comfort 
 of the populace, the value of such 
 edifices cannot be overrated. Some 
 of them are of immense extent, and 
 cost from £20,000 to £50,000. 
 
 TULLY, a fiat brass plate, with a 
 border about an inch high, nearly 
 perpendicular. 
 
 TUMAK JA^niA, Hindostanee. The 
 sum total of an assessment enrolled 
 or recorded in the public register. 
 The term is particularly applied to 
 a standard money assessment, by 
 measurement of the land revenues, 
 formed by Turell Mull about a.d. 
 1582, during the reign of Acbar, 
 by collections through the medium 
 of Canongoes, and other inferior 
 officers, the accounts of the rents 
 paid by tlie ryots, which formed the 
 basis of it. It is also used to desig- 
 nate the same standard assessment 
 as it was reformed under Sultan 
 Sujah in 165S. and by JaflSer Khan 
 in 1722, during tlie reign of the 
 emperor Mahomed Shah. 
 
 TU:NGAn, Persian. Literally, "a 
 straight," a word applied to the 
 narrowest and most difficult jiart of 
 a mountain pass. 
 
 TUrSEY, a fish, of the river Ilooghly 
 (Bengal), called by the English 
 " Mmicjo-Jish," on account of its ap- 
 pearing about the time that mangoes 
 first come into season. It comes 
 up from the sea with tlie tide. In 
 appearance it is not milike the smelt, 
 though rather deeper, and with red- 
 dish fins. The flesh of this fish is 
 fine, but its roe is deservedly es- 
 teemed delicious. An immense 
 quantity are cured by being slightly 
 salted and sun-dried; after which 
 they arc smoked for a short time 
 over a fire made of chafi", &c.
 
 236 
 
 TU 
 
 VA 
 
 TUPTEE, the, a river in India, 
 which rises near tlie village of Ba- 
 tool, in the northern mountains of 
 the province of Berar. ]t runs west- 
 ward, through the provinces of Can- 
 deish and Guzerat, and falls into the 
 sea below ISurat, after a course of 
 about 750 miles. 
 
 TUSBEE, the rosary or string of beads 
 of the Hindoos. 
 
 TUSSER, a silk manufactured in Ben- 
 gal. It is produced from the silk- 
 worm found upon the Bair (or egg- 
 plum) tree, and is much worn by 
 both natives and Europeans. 
 
 TUTICOKIN, a town in India, in the 
 district of Tinnevelly, in the pro- 
 vince of Southern Carnatic, situated 
 on the coast, in Lat. 8 deg. 57 min. 
 N., Long. 7G deg. 36 min.^E. It is 
 a large town, and is noted for its 
 pearl fishery, which has existed for 
 many centuries, and still continues 
 productive, though the pearls are 
 considered inferior to those found 
 in the bay of Condatchy, iu Ceylon. 
 
 U. 
 
 ULEMA, a Turkish professor of Ma- 
 liomedan law. 
 
 ULLUIIA SALAAM! Peace be on 
 him! No Mussulman jirofessing 
 common decency, or tolerably edu- 
 cated, ever utters this reverend name 
 without adding the salutation. 
 
 UMBALLAII, a military station in 
 the north-west of India, near the 
 base of the Iliraalava range. 
 
 UMRAPOOKA, in' the country of 
 Ava, in Asia. Both Ava and Umra- 
 poora have been the capital of the 
 Burman empire at different times, 
 according to the caprice of the king. 
 At present the seat of government 
 is Ava. 
 
 UMRITSIR, a city in India, in the 
 province of Lahore, or the Punjab, 
 situated fifty miles north-westerly 
 from Lahore. This is jiroperly the 
 capital of the Sikh nation, being 
 considered by them as their holy 
 city. It derives its name, which 
 
 signifies the pool of immortal it i/, from 
 a small tank, in the centre of which 
 stands a temple dedicated to Gooroo 
 Govind Singh, and containing the 
 book of laws written by him. It is 
 larger than Lahore, and the prin- 
 cipal mart of the province. Many 
 rich merchants and bankers reside 
 here, and amongst its inhabitants 
 are several hundred Akalees. 
 
 UNUEROON, the Persian word for 
 zenana, harem, &c. ; the women's 
 apartments in a Mussulman's dwell- 
 ing. 
 
 URNEE, a wild buffalo in the north 
 of India. 
 
 URZEE, a petition. All great per- 
 sonages in India, from a Nuwaiib or 
 Rajah exercising power, to a judge 
 upon the Bench, are only approached 
 by petition; and so servile a spirit 
 has this usage begotten among the 
 natives, that clerks and servants 
 seldom venture to address their em- 
 ployers excepting through the usual 
 abject form of a petition. Some of 
 these compositions in the English 
 language are exceedingly amusing 
 from the loftiness of the phraseology 
 and the malapropisms with which 
 they abound. 
 
 UZBEKS, a race of Tartar people, 
 partly nomade, but generally living 
 in a settled manner, occupying 
 Bokhara, Kokan, and Koondooz. 
 The Tajiks and the Uzbeks are 
 greatly superior to the other tribes 
 of Tartary in all respects, being in- 
 dustrious and civilised ; they carry 
 on a considerable commerce Avith 
 Persia, India, Thibet, China, and 
 Russia. 
 
 VAHAN, a mythological bull. The 
 vehicle of Siva. 
 
 VAlvliKL, one endued with authority 
 to act for another. An ambassador, 
 agent sent on a special commission, 
 or residing at a court. Native In- 
 dian law pleader under the judicial 
 system of the Company.
 
 VA 
 
 VI 
 
 237 
 
 VAMUNA, the fifth (dwarf) of 
 Vishnu's avatars. Vishnu in this 
 avatar took the form of a Brahniun 
 dwarf, to humble the pride and 
 arroijance of another monarcli. 
 
 VARAHA, the third (boar) of Vishnu's 
 avatars. Vishnu is represented with 
 the head of a monstrous boar, sup- 
 porting the world on liis tusks. 
 
 VARUNA, in Hindoo mythology, is 
 the god of the waters, the Indian 
 Keptune, and the regent of the west 
 division of the earth. He is repre- 
 sented as a white man, four armed, 
 riding on a sea animal, with a rope 
 called pashu in one of his hands, and 
 a club in another. He is worshipped 
 daily, as one of the regents of the 
 earth; and also, by those who farm 
 the lakes in Bengal before they go 
 out fishing. And in times of drought, 
 people repeat his name to obtain 
 rain. His heaven, formed by Viswa- 
 karma, is 800 miles in circumference, 
 in which lie and his queen, Varuni, 
 are seated on a throne of diamonds, 
 attended 1)y Samudra, Gimga, &c. 
 
 VEDANTAS, the Hindoo code of phi- 
 losophy. 
 
 VEDAS, the Vedas are the earliest 
 sacred writings of the Hindoos. The 
 first four, called the immortal Vedas, 
 are the Rig or Rish Veda, the Yajar, 
 or Yajush Veda, the Sama or Saman 
 Veda, and the Atharva or Athar- 
 vana Veda. Thcj^ comprise various 
 sections, which are again divided 
 and subdivided, under the distinc- 
 tions of Mantras, Brahmana, Ita- 
 hasa, I'urana, Upanishad, i^c. They 
 were reduced to order by Vyasa, and 
 prescribed the moral and religious 
 duties of mankind. The original 
 Veda is believed by the Hindoos to 
 liave been revealed by Brahma, and 
 to have been preserved by tradition 
 imtil it was arranged in its present 
 form by a sage, who thence obtained 
 the surname of Vyasa, or Vedavyasa; 
 that is, compiler of the Vedas. 
 Each Veda consists of two parts, de- 
 nominated the ^Mantras and the 
 Erahmanas, or prayers and precepts, 
 The complete collection of the hymns, 
 
 prayers, and invocations, belonging 
 to one Veda is entitled its Sanhita. 
 Every other portion of Indian scrip- 
 ture is included under the general 
 head of divinity (Brahmana). 
 
 VEENA, an instrument of the guitar 
 kind, with seven metal strings. It 
 is the most ancient musical instru- 
 ment of the Hindoos, and in good 
 hands is capable of yielding great 
 melody and expression. 
 
 VELLORE, a place in India, in the 
 province of Central or Middle Car- 
 natic, called by the natives liae- 
 Elloor, situated about ninety miles 
 westerly from Madras. The fort is 
 large and strongly built, and sur- 
 rounded by a deep ditch, which was 
 formerly filled with alligators, but 
 it is completely commanded by the 
 neighbonring hills. It is now a 
 place of little imi^ortance. 
 
 VERANDAH. Almost every house 
 and bungalow in India is furnished 
 with a verandah ; in other words, 
 with an outer wall of Venetian blinds 
 fixed to brick work to keep the muer 
 rooms cool and dark. 
 
 VINUHYA MOUNTAINS, the, in 
 India ; they extend through the 
 provinces of Bahar, Allahabad, and 
 Llalwa, along the north side of the 
 river Nerbudda, almost as far as the 
 western coast of Hindostan. 
 
 VIRA BAURA, or EIIR BADIIR, is 
 an avatar, or by some called a son 
 of Siva, in Hindoo mythology, pro- 
 duced from the jalra, or plaited locks 
 of that deity, which he cut o(f and 
 threw on the ground, in a moment 
 of frenzy, on learning the death of 
 Suti, caused by the curse of Daksha; 
 Vira Badra innnediately attacked 
 Daksha, and cut od'his head, which 
 fell into the fire prepared for a sa- 
 crifice, and was ])nrnt. He is armed 
 with various instruments of destruc- 
 tion; and the representations ot'him 
 are usually seen with the head of a 
 goat (with which that of Daksha 
 was replaced on his body) near them, 
 or accompanied by a human figure 
 with a goat's head. 
 
 VIRAJ, according to the mythology
 
 238 
 
 VI 
 
 VI 
 
 of the Hindoos, the primeval being, 
 represented under a form half male, 
 half female. The terra is usually- 
 applied to Siva and Parvati. Accord- 
 ing to some, Viraj was the first issue 
 of the mighty heing who had thus 
 divided herself; and was conse- 
 quently the first man and the founder 
 of the human race. Swayambhuva 
 is considered to have been his son. 
 There are many accounts respecting 
 their descendants, each at variance 
 with the other. 
 VISHNU, the second named of the 
 Trimerti, or Hindoo triad, and the 
 preserving spirit of the supreme 
 deity, Brahm. This god is repre- 
 sented of a black or blue colour, with 
 four arms, in which he holds a club, 
 to show that he punishes the wicked ; 
 the chanJi, or wreathed shell, blown 
 on days of rejoicing, and at a period 
 of worship; the chukra, or discus, 
 the emblem of his universal domina- 
 tion; and tlie lotus, or water-lily, 
 the type of his creative power. He 
 is variously described: sometimes 
 seated on a throne of tlie sacred lotus, 
 with his favourite wife, Lakshmi, in 
 his arms; or standing on a lotus pe- 
 destal between his two wives, 
 Lakshmi and Satyavama; at others, 
 reclining on a leaf of that flower, or 
 on the serpent Anonta, or eternity', 
 floating on the surface of the i)ri- 
 meval waters; or riding on Garuda, 
 which is represented as a youtli witli 
 the wings and beak of a bird. As 
 each of the deities of the triad is oc- 
 casionally seen possessing the attri- 
 butes of the others, Vishnu is found 
 sometimes as the Creator, and at 
 others, as the god of Destruction, as 
 well as the Preserver. In one of the 
 hypotheses respecting the creation 
 of the world, he appears in his crea- 
 tive attribute, giving birth to Erah- 
 ma, who is springing from his navel 
 to execute his high behests, in pro- 
 ducing the elements, and forming the 
 system of the world. Vishnu had 
 a thousand names; and many awi^ars 
 or incarnations are ascribed to him, 
 in which he is represented in various 
 
 forms, to save the world; to restore 
 the lost Veda, or sacred writings; to 
 destroy the giants; and to punish 
 the wicked. Ten of these avatars 
 compose a large portion of the Hin- 
 doo mythology. Nine of them are 
 already past, but the tenth is yet to 
 come, in which the dissolution of the 
 Avorld will take place. In his tenth 
 incarnation, or the kalki avatar, it is 
 fabled that he will appear at the end 
 of the Calbjoog as an armed warrior, 
 mounted on a white horse, furnished 
 with wings and adorned with jewels, 
 waving over his head with one hand 
 the sword of destruction, and holding 
 in the other a discus, or a ring, or 
 emblem of the perpetually-revolving 
 cycles of time. The horse is repre- 
 sented holding up the right fore-leg; 
 and the Prahmuns say, that ^vhen 
 he stamps on the earth with that, the 
 present period will close, and the 
 dissolution of nature take place. No 
 sanguinary sacrifices are offered to 
 Vishnu. He is considered as a 
 household god, ^and is extensively 
 worshipped. His wives are Lakshmi, 
 the goddess of fortune and beauty, 
 and Satyavama. Vishnu is often 
 invoked by the Hindoos by the cry 
 of Hurree bole ! Hurree bole ! 
 VISTNEE RATHA. See Garuda, 
 VISWAKARMA, according to the 
 mythology of the Hindoos, the archi- 
 tect of the universe, and the fabrica- 
 tor of arms to the gods, is tlie son of 
 Brahma, and the Vulcan of the Hin- 
 doos. He is also called the Soortar, 
 or carpenter, and presides over the 
 arts, manufactures, &c. In paint- 
 ings, he is represented as a wliite 
 man with three eyes, holding a club 
 in his right hand. Some of the most 
 magnificent of the cavern-temples at 
 Ellora, Nassuck, &c., bear the name 
 of this god. One, at the first-men- 
 tioned place, is hewn, 130 feet in 
 depth, out of the solid rock, present- 
 ing the appearance of a vaulted cha- 
 pel, supported by ranges of octangular 
 columns, and adorned by sculptures 
 of beautiful and perfect workman- 
 ship. In the sculptured representa-
 
 VI 
 
 WE 
 
 239 
 
 tions of this deity, he is shown in a 
 sitting posture, Avith his legs per- 
 pendicular, and holding with the 
 fingers of one hand the fore-finger 
 of the other. 
 
 VIZAGArATAlNI, a sea-port, in the 
 district of Chicacole, in the province 
 of the Northern Circars, in India, and 
 a place of considerable coast trade. 
 Cotton cloths, commonly called 
 " piece goods," which are manufac- 
 tured in various places in the district, 
 form the chief articles of export 
 from thence. 
 
 VIZIER, pronounced Wuzeer, a mi- 
 nister. The term is Turkish and 
 Indian. 
 
 VIZIER AZEJI, the Turkish prime 
 minister. 
 
 W. 
 
 WADA-GAHA, the shoe-flower-tree. 
 A shrub growing in the island of 
 Ceylon and in other parts of India, 
 and which attains the height of 
 nearly twenty feet. It is chiefly 
 remarkable for the very beautiful 
 bright red flowers which always 
 abound upon it. It grows thick 
 and bushy. There are some species 
 that bear pale yellow, pink, and 
 light blue flowers. It derives the 
 vulgar appellation of the shoe-flower, 
 from its possessing the property of 
 blacking or polishing leather shoes. 
 
 TV AH, WAH! an expression of sur- 
 prise, common all over India. 
 
 WALLAH ! a Rersian oath, or excla- 
 mation, equivalent to " Heavens !" — 
 " By Heaven!" 
 
 WARUNGOL, a town in India, in 
 the province of Hyderabad, situated 
 about 80 miles north-easterly from 
 Hyderabad (city), in Lat. 17 deg. 
 54 min. N., Long. 79 deg. .34 min. V]. 
 It was built about the year 1067, 
 and was the ancient capital of the 
 Hindoo sovereignty of Tclingana. 
 
 WASIL, what is received; head of re- 
 venue in India under the «.s-.s// tumar 
 jamma, derived from the annexation 
 of territory, discovery of concealed 
 
 sources of rent from the lands, and 
 assumption of jaghires and undue 
 alienations. 
 
 WAZEAT, abatement. Deductions 
 which were allowed in the accoimts 
 of the Zemindars, Sec, from the col- 
 lections under the general heads of 
 Mokharije and Muscorat. 
 
 WEDAHS. In various parts of Cey- 
 lon, but especially in the interior, 
 east of Kandy, in the country of 
 Bintenne, is found a tribe of natives 
 called Weddhs, of whose origin, cus- 
 toms, religion, and language, very 
 little is known. Some of them speak 
 a broken dialect of the Cingalese, 
 which Avoidd lead to the supposition 
 either of their having been Cinga- 
 lese, but for some cause or other 
 been banished into the jungles, and 
 compelled to live separate from the 
 rest of the inhabitants; or that when 
 the rest of the people were cultivat- 
 ing fields, and sowing and planting 
 for their support, and subject to the 
 control of government, they still, to 
 retain their liberty, chose rather to 
 retire into the fastnesses of the 
 country, where for centuries they 
 have remained unmolested either by 
 the Portuguese, the Dutch, or the 
 English, into whose hands the 
 country has successively fallen. 
 They are said to be fairer than the 
 other inhabitants of the island, to 
 be well made, liave long beards, long 
 hair fastened in a knot on the crown 
 of their heads, and to wear scarcely 
 any covering on any part of their 
 bodies. Some, indeed, are said to 
 live entirely destitute of clothing. 
 They have little intercourse with 
 other natives. They live chiefly on 
 the flesh of animals which they take 
 in hunting, or kill with the bow and 
 arrow, and on the fruits of the trees. 
 They build no huts, but sleep cither 
 in the trees, or at the foot of them, 
 or in caves in the ground. It is said, 
 that when they require knives, 
 clothes, or any articles of iron, Ihcy 
 contrive to make their wants known 
 by marking them on the tal^iat leaf, 
 which they deposit by night near
 
 240 
 
 wi 
 
 YA 
 
 some village with a quantity of 
 ivory, wax, or honey, and that on 
 the "following night they find their 
 •wants supplied. Honey forms an 
 article of food among them, and in 
 some respects answers the purposes 
 of salt, as they preserve their food 
 in it. Their dogs are described as 
 being remarkably sagacious, and are 
 of the greatest value to them in 
 their hunting excursions. 
 
 WITTOBA, in the Hindoo mythology, 
 is one of the minor incarnations of 
 Vishnu. This avatar would appear 
 to have been, like some of the other 
 minor avatars of the Hindoo deities, 
 of a circumscribed worship, and not 
 very ancient date. It seems to have 
 occurred at Pandipur, about eighty 
 miles south of Poona, in which town 
 a magnificent temple has been dedi- 
 cated to Vishnu, luuler the name of 
 Wittoba. The images of him and 
 his two wives, Piukniini and Saty- 
 uvhama (the names, also, of the 
 •\vives of Krishna), have commonly a 
 rude and modern appearance, and 
 Tepresent them with their arms 
 akimbo. The Jainas represent the 
 world by the figure of a woman in 
 that position; her waist being the 
 earth, the superior portion of her 
 body the abode of the gods, and the 
 inferior part the infernal regions. 
 The sculptures and paintings of the 
 modern Hindoos possess mucli 
 beauty and richness of colouring, 
 intermixed Avith gold, laid on in a 
 manner peculiar to these people; 
 but the paintings are devoid of 
 perspective, and the sculptures are 
 as clumsy as those of greater anti- 
 quity are generally fine. 
 
 WUKF, or'AVUKOOF, endowment. 
 Land in India granted for some cha- 
 ritable or pious purpose. This te- 
 nure is absolute as to the usufruct, 
 but does not convey the full right of 
 property to the incumbent; though, 
 as the law says, it annuls that rigiit 
 in the endower. The benefice lands, 
 however, even though the endoivmcnt 
 he from the crowv, are lialile to the 
 land-tax. This is a most important 
 
 rule of law as applicable to India; 
 the law says, " if tithe-lands, they are 
 liable to the tithe ; if khuranjee lands, 
 to the hhuranj." " In the above 
 power," says Galloway, " which the 
 Mahomedan's law recognises in the 
 sovereign, of assigning the khuranj 
 of one's own lands to the proprietor, 
 however, I can see the seeds of the 
 variety of anomalous tenures, which 
 are recognised by our government 
 in India as lakhuranjee, or rent-free 
 and permanent, without such tenures 
 having ever been traced to their 
 origin ; and, in fact, without their 
 nature ever having been ascertained; 
 to the enormous diminution of nearly 
 three millions sterling, perhaps, of 
 the public revenue, under the Ben- 
 gal presidency alone." The resump- 
 tion of these tenures came under the 
 consideration of government a few 
 years ago, and although the people 
 resisted the measure, it was carried 
 through, to the large augmentation 
 of the revenue receipts. 
 WULLEE. Mahomedans, whose re- 
 putation for sanctity during their 
 lives is very great, are generally 
 sainted after death by common con- 
 sent, and are termed Peers and Wul- 
 lees. Prayers offered up at tlie tombs 
 of such persons, are by the ignorant 
 considered to derive considerable 
 efficacy from the sanctity of the de- 
 ceased, and his influence. 
 
 YABOO, the name given in Persia to 
 pack horses, or poneys, of almost 
 every size, which do not rank under 
 the more dignified title of " Asp" — 
 horse. 
 
 YAH HYDER ! YAH ALLEE ! O 
 Hyder ! AUee ! Exclamations 
 ever in the mouths of Persians, in 
 extremities. Hyder is a name of 
 Alice, and signifies the " Lion," i.e., 
 of God. 
 
 YAK, a species of cattle inhabiting 
 the Himalayan mountains. The 
 yak is very strong and very hand-
 
 YA 
 
 YO 
 
 241 
 
 some, though rather wild in its ap- 
 pearance, a circumstance prochiced 
 by its coat of long silken hair, which, 
 covering every part of the body, 
 even the legs, gives it a shaggy cha- 
 racter, in keeping with the thick 
 bushy tail; its eyes also have some- 
 what of a fiery aspect, thougli in 
 reality it is a gentle, docile creature, 
 and employed in all agricultural pur- 
 poses. Those iiossessing white tails 
 are considered the most valuable; 
 the white bushy cow-tail being all 
 over India the emblem of greatness 
 and a distinguishing mark of wealth. 
 The black sort, though occasionally 
 to be seen in the plains, is not nearly 
 so much prized, and fetches compa- 
 ratively very small prices. Black 
 tails are, of course, abundant in the 
 birth-place of the yak, but in con- 
 sequence of the prejudice in favour 
 of the white variety, are seldom sent 
 to foreign markets. 
 
 YAMA, the Hindoo Pluto, ruler of the 
 infernal regions. 
 
 YAMA, or DHERMARAJAH, in 
 Hindoo mythology, resembles botli 
 the Grecian Pluto, the king of hell, 
 and ^linos, the judge of departed 
 souls, and is tlie regent of the south, 
 or lower division of world, mytho- 
 logically called Patala, or the in- 
 fernal regions. The Hindoos make 
 daily oblations of water to Yama. 
 The second day of the month Kar- 
 liku is sacred to him and his sister, 
 the river goddess, Yamuna, or Jum- 
 na, who entertained liim on tliat 
 day; in consequence of which an 
 annual festival is held, in which sis- 
 ters entertain their brothers. On 
 this occasion an image of him, of 
 clay, is made and worshipped, and 
 then thrown into the river. He is 
 also worshipped on the fourteenth 
 day of the dark part of the month 
 Aswina. 
 
 YANDABOO, in the country of Ava, 
 in Asia, is noted as l)eing the i)]ace 
 to wjiich the Britisli army had ad- 
 vanced when peace was concluded 
 with the Burmese in February, 1826. 
 It is distant forty-five miles from Ava, 
 
 YATAGHAN, a sort of curved knife 
 or short scimitar, much worn in 
 Turkey. 
 
 YEKDAUNS, travelling-trunks, only 
 used in Persia, where they are 
 thrown across the backs of mules or 
 camels. 
 
 YEMEN, a province of Arabia Felix, 
 stretching along the Red Sea and 
 the Indian Ocean. Sanaa is the 
 capital. 
 
 YERWADDY. Yerwaddy ryots are 
 those Indian villagers who cultivate 
 or occupy land in a neighbouring 
 village in which they do not reside. 
 
 YESSAWUL, Persian. An officer 
 performing the duty of master of 
 the ceremonies in the houses of chiefs 
 and petty sovereigns. 
 
 YOGHIS, or JOGHIS, a sect of religi- 
 ous Hindoos, in India, Avho never 
 marry, nor hold any thing as private 
 property ; but live on alms, and 
 practise strange severities on them- 
 selves. They are subject to a gene- 
 ral, who sends them from one country 
 to another to preach ; they are a 
 kind of penitent iiilgrims, and are 
 supposed to be a branch of the 
 ancient Gymnosophists. These per- 
 sons frequent, principally, such 
 places as j.re consecrated by the de- 
 votion of the people, and pretend to 
 live several days together without 
 eating or drinking. After under- 
 going a course of discipline for a 
 certain time, they consider them- 
 selves as impeccable, and privileged 
 to act as they please ; they then 
 yield to the indulgence of their 
 passions, and lead irregular lives. 
 
 YONI, the symbol of Avonian, wor- 
 shipped by the sect of the Sactis, 
 and, in conjunction witii tlie Linga, 
 by the Saivas. It is the especial 
 emblem of Parvati. In represen- 
 tations of the Linga, it forms the 
 rim or edge of the Argha, Avhich en- 
 circles it. 
 
 YOODIA, a town in the country of 
 Siam, in Asia, situated in Lat. 14 
 deg. 5 min. N., Long. 100 deg. 25 
 min. E., on an island formed by tlie 
 branches of the river Menam. It is
 
 242 
 
 YO 
 
 ZE 
 
 of ?reat extent, and was the ancient 
 capital, until its capture by the Bur- 
 mese in tlic vcar 1767. 
 YOOSOOFZYES, a clan of the Ber- 
 clooranees, or eastern Afghans. 
 
 ZAL, a famous hero, celebrated in the 
 Shah Nameh of Ferdousee. 
 
 ZANZIBAE, a country on the eastern 
 coast of Africa, lying between Lat. 
 3 deg. N., and 18 deg. S. The in- 
 habitants are chiefly Mahoraedans 
 and idolaters. The principal terri- 
 tories are Mombaza, Lamo, Melinda, 
 Quiola, Mosambique, and Sofala. 
 The trade consists of slaves, ivory, 
 gold, ostrich-feathers, wax, and 
 drugs. The productions are much 
 the same as in other j)arts of Africa 
 between the tropics. 
 
 ZEMINDAE, Hindostanee. Land- 
 holder, land-keeper. An officer who 
 under the Mahomedan government of 
 India was charged Avith the superm- 
 tendence of the lands of a district, 
 financially considered, the produc- 
 tion of the cultivators, and the reali- 
 sation of the government's share of 
 its produce, either in money or kind, 
 out of which he was allowed a com- 
 mission, amounting to about ten per 
 cent., and, occasionally, a special 
 grant of the government's share of 
 the produce of the land of a certain 
 number of villages for his subsist- 
 ence, called Nanncar. The ap- 
 pointment was occasionally re- 
 newed, and, as it was generally con- 
 tinued in the same person, so long as 
 he conducted himself to the satis- 
 faction of the ruling power, and even 
 continued to his heirs; so in process 
 of time, and through the decay of 
 that power, and the confusion which 
 ensued, hereditary right (at best pre- 
 scriptive) Avas claimed and tacitly 
 acknowledged; till, at length, the 
 zemindars of Bengal in particular, 
 from being the mere superintendents 
 of the land, have been declared the 
 hereditary proprietors of the soil, and 
 
 the before fluctuating dues of go- 
 vernment have, mider a permanent 
 settlement, been unalterably fixed in 
 ptTpetnitv. 
 
 ZKMINDAllREE, the ofiice or juris- 
 diction of a zemindar, the land of a 
 zemindar. 
 
 ZEM ZEM, the miraculous well at 
 INIecca , so called from the murmur- 
 ing of its waters. It is a jwpular 
 fancy that in the interval between 
 death and resurrection the souls of 
 believers remain in that holy foun- 
 tain. 
 
 ZENANA, the apartments of the la- 
 dies of a Mahomedan family ; the 
 word is also synonymous with " Se- 
 raglio," the secluded abode of the 
 concubines of a Mahomedan. 
 
 ZENDAVESTA, or ZEND, a book 
 ascribed to Zoroaster, containing his 
 pretended revelations ; which the 
 ancient IMagi and modern Parsees, 
 called also Gaiirs, observe and re- 
 verence in the same degree as the 
 Christians do the Bible, and the IVIa- 
 homedans the Koran, making it the 
 sole guide of their faith and cus- 
 toms. The word signifies any in- 
 strument for kindling fire, and is 
 applied to this book to denote its 
 aptitude for kindling the flame of 
 religion in the hearts of those who 
 read it. The Zendavesta is written 
 in the pure old Persian language, 
 and in the character called Peplavi. 
 Four hundred years ago, when the 
 old Persian language had become 
 little understood, one of the dcsiours 
 or high priests among the Parsees 
 composed the Sadda, which is a com- 
 pendium in the modern Persic 
 tongue of those passages in the Zend 
 which relate to rehgion, or a kind of 
 code of canons and precepts drawn 
 from the theological writings of Zo - 
 roaster, serving as an authorised 
 rule of faith and practice for his 
 followers. The Sadda is written in 
 a low kind of Persic verse. The 
 tenets of the Zend maintain the ex- 
 istence of a Supreme Being, eternal, 
 self-existent, who created both light 
 and darkness, out of which he made
 
 ZI 
 
 ZY 
 
 243 
 
 all other things ; that there shall he 
 a general resurrection and judgment, 
 and a just retribution to all men, 
 according to their -works, with ever- 
 lasting punishment for evil deeds, 
 and a state of everlasting light and 
 happiness for the good. The Zend 
 also enjoins the constant mainte- 
 nance of sacred fires, and fire-temples 
 for religious worship; the distinc- 
 tion of clean and unclean beasts; 
 payment of tithes to priests, Avho 
 are to be of one family or tribe ; a 
 multitude of washings and purifica- 
 tions, and a variety of rules and ex - 
 hortations for the exercise of bene- 
 volence and charity. See Zoeoas- 
 
 TEE. 
 
 ZILLAH, Hindostanee. Side, part, 
 district, division. A local division 
 of a country, having reference to 
 personal jurisdiction. 
 
 ZOBEUvS, a tribe of Arabs, mhabit- 
 ing a town eight miles fi'om Bussorali, 
 on the Euphrates. 
 
 ZOHEIR-U-DOWLUT, Persian, A 
 supporter of the state ; a title of 
 honour bestowed by the Shah on a 
 distinguished public ofiBcer. 
 
 ZOHOASTEK, or ZEKDUSHT, a 
 celebrated ancient philosopher, said 
 to have been tlie reformer or the 
 founder of the religion of the Magi. 
 It is uncertain to how many eminent 
 men tlie name of Zoroaster belonged. 
 Some persons have asserted that 
 there Avas but one Zoroaster, and 
 that lie was a Persian; others liave said 
 that tlierc were six eminent founders 
 of philosophy of this name. Many 
 different opinions have also been 
 advanced concerning the time in 
 ■which he floiirished. K, in the 
 midst of so nmch uncertainty, any 
 thing can be advanced with the ap- 
 pearance of probability, it seems to 
 be this: that there was a Zoroaster, 
 a Perso-Median, who lived in the 
 
 time of Darius Hystaspes; and that 
 besides him there was another Zo- 
 roaster, Avho lived in a mucli more 
 remote period among the Babylo- 
 nians, and taught them astronomy. 
 The ancient writers ascribe to a phi- 
 losopher, whom they call Zoroaster, 
 the origin of the Chaldeaji astronomy, 
 wlaich is of a much earlier date than 
 the time of Darius Hystaspes; it 
 would therefore imj^ly that there was 
 a Chaldean Zoroaster distinct from 
 the Persian. Concerning this Zo- 
 roaster, however, nothing more is 
 known than that he flourished to- 
 wards the beginning of the Babylo- 
 nian empire, and was the father of 
 the Chaldean astrology and magic. 
 All the writings that have been 
 ascribed to Zoroaster are unquestion- 
 ably spurious. 
 
 ZUBBERDUST, Zuhherdmfee, force, 
 vi ct armis. The difficulties of ob- 
 taining justice, or rather of procuring 
 the due enforcement of its decrees, in 
 the agricultural districts of India, 
 often drives suitors to take the law 
 in their own hands, and get posses- 
 sion of their property zuhherdiistee. 
 
 ZULF, the love-lock. A lock of hair 
 pendant behind the ear of Persians 
 and Eajpoots. 
 
 ZUMBOORUK, from " Zumbnor," a 
 wasp; a small cannon supported by 
 a swivelled rest on the back of a 
 camel, from Avhence it is fired. 
 There were many such in the Sikh 
 army before its annihilation at 
 Sobraon. 
 
 ZUMEEN, security, pledges, deposits. 
 
 ZUNDEROOD, the river which flows 
 past Ispalian. 
 
 ZYE, the termination of the names of 
 several of the Afghan tribes, or 
 Ooloos, signifying Ao», corresponding 
 with the Mac prefixed to many 
 Scotch names. Sec Afchakistan. 
 
 e2
 
 244 
 
 LONGITUDES AKD LATITUDES 
 
 OP 
 
 PLACES IN INDIA. 
 
 TOWNS. COUNTRIES. 
 
 Agra Agra 
 
 Ahraedabad Guzerat 72 
 
 Ahmednuggur Aurungabad 
 
 Ahtoor Salem 
 
 Ajmere Eajwarra 
 
 Akola Berar 
 
 Akulcote Beeder 
 
 Akyab Arracan 
 
 Allahabad Allahabad 
 
 Alleppee Cochin 
 
 AUyghur Agra 
 
 Allynuggur or Mogulferai Allahabad 
 
 Almorah Kumaon 
 
 Amuluair Candeish 
 
 Anantapore Balaghaut 
 
 Anjunwel Bejapoor 
 
 Anopshuhur Agra 
 
 Arcot Carnatic 
 
 Arnee Carnatic 
 
 Arrah Bahar — 
 
 Aska Circars 84 48 
 
 Asseerghur Candeish 
 
 Avanashy Combatoor 
 
 Aurungabad Aurungabad 75 35 
 
 Azimghur Allahabad 
 
 Backergunge Bengal .... 
 
 Bair Bahar 
 
 Baitool Gundwana. 
 
 Balasore . Orissa 
 
 Bancoorah Bengal .... 
 
 Banda Allahabad . 
 
 Bangalore Mysore .... 
 
 Baraset Bengal .... 
 
 LONG. 
 
 LAT. 
 
 78° 2' 
 
 27= 
 
 ' 11' 
 
 72 
 
 
 
 23 
 
 
 
 73 
 
 
 
 23 
 
 35 
 
 78 
 
 48 
 
 11 
 
 40 
 
 74 
 
 52 
 
 26 
 
 28 
 
 74 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 53 
 
 76 
 
 18 
 
 17 
 
 30 
 
 93 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 13 
 
 81 
 
 48 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 76 
 
 25 
 
 9 
 
 30 
 
 77 
 
 59 
 
 27 
 
 56 
 
 82 
 
 46 
 
 25 
 
 14 
 
 79 
 
 37 
 
 29 
 
 36 
 
 75 
 
 12 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 77 
 
 41 
 
 14 
 
 41 
 
 73 
 
 18 
 
 17 
 
 33 
 
 78 
 
 20 
 
 28 
 
 22 
 
 79 
 
 25 
 
 12 
 
 55 
 
 77 
 
 58 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 84 
 
 40 
 
 25 
 
 35 
 
 84 
 
 48 
 
 19 
 
 35 
 
 76 
 
 24 
 
 21 
 
 30 
 
 77 
 
 21 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 75 
 
 35 
 
 19 
 
 50 
 
 83 
 
 11 
 
 26 
 
 5 
 
 89 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 42 
 
 85 
 
 46 
 
 25 
 
 28 
 
 77 
 
 59 
 
 21 
 
 51 
 
 86 
 
 54 
 
 21 
 
 30 
 
 86 
 
 54 
 
 23 
 
 14 
 
 80 
 
 19 
 
 25 
 
 30 
 
 77 
 
 39 
 
 12 
 
 58 
 
 88 
 
 33 
 
 22 
 
 42
 
 LONGITUDES AND LATITUDES. 245 
 
 TOWNS. COUNTRIES. LONG. LAT. 
 
 Bareilly Delhi 79° 25' 28° 23' 
 
 Baroda Guzerat 73 23 22 21 
 
 Barrackpoor Bengal 88 24 22 44 
 
 Bassein Aurungabad 72 52 19 20 
 
 Bagapilly Balaghaut 78 13 42 
 
 Bagundee Beng'iil 88 51 22 38 
 
 Beana Agra 77 15 26 57 
 
 Beauleah Bengal 89 38 24 6 
 
 Beejapoor Bejapoor 75 48 16 50 
 
 Beerbhoom Bengal 87 36 23 48 
 
 Belgaum Bejapoor 83 26 18 35 
 
 Bellary Balaghaut 76 59 15 9 
 
 Benares Allahabad 82 40 25 20 
 
 Berhampore Bengal 88 20 24 5 
 
 Berhampore Circars 84 30 19 14 
 
 Bewur Ajmere 74 23 26 04 
 
 Bezoarah Circars 80 40 16 .35 
 
 Bhagulpore Behar 87 8 25 11 
 
 Bhewndy Aurungabad 72 53 19 18 
 
 Bhilsah Malwa 77 54 23 37 
 
 Bhoqi Cutch 69 58 23 15 
 
 Bhooiooah, or NoacoUy Bengal 91 12 22 52 
 
 Bhopawur Malwa 75 5 22 36 
 
 Bhobdah Bengal 
 
 Bhopaul Malwa 77 30 23 
 
 Bhurtpore Agra 77 32 27 15 
 
 Binilipatam Circars 83 33 17 52 
 
 Eishnath Assam 79 34 29 54 
 
 Bissly Mysore 75 50 12 42 
 
 Biznore Delhi 78 9 29 23 
 
 Bogra Bengal 89 26 24 50 
 
 Bogwangola Bengal 88 26 24 21 
 
 Bolarum Hyderabad 78 42 17 38 
 
 Bolundshuhur Delhi 77 55 28 24 
 
 Bombay Aurungabad 72 55 18 58 
 
 Bongong Bengal 89 40 23 20 
 
 Boorianpore Khandesh 76 21 20 55 
 
 Boultolly Bengal 88 20 23 37 
 
 Broach Guzerat 73 8 21 47 
 
 Bugwah Bengal 89 40 25 43 
 
 Bugchurah Bengal 
 
 Burdwan Bengal 87 54 23 14 
 
 Burkaghur Behar 85 30 23 19 
 
 Burkee Beliar 85 30 24 17 
 
 Buxar Behar 83 55 25 32 
 
 Cachar Cachar 92 44 24 55 
 
 Calcutta Bengal 88 24 22 36 
 
 CaHcut Malal)ar 75 52 11 15 
 
 Calimere Poiut Carnatic 79 51 10 23 
 
 Callian Balaghaut 77 10 14 33 
 
 Calpee Agra 79 41 26 10 
 
 Cannanore IMaiabar 75 26 H 54 
 
 Carunoly Carnatic 79 59 12 31
 
 246 
 
 LONGITUDES AND LATITUDES. 
 
 TOWNS. COUNTRIES. 
 
 CaYoor Coimbatoor 
 
 Catmandoo Nepaul ... 
 
 Cawiipore Allahabad 
 
 Chandernagorc Bengal 
 
 Cliaudore Khandeish 
 
 Cheybassa Orissa 
 
 Chickacole Circars 
 
 Chingleput ■ Carnatic. 
 
 LON 
 
 78' 
 85 
 80 
 88 
 74 
 86 
 84 
 SO 
 
 Cliirra Poonjec Bengal 91 
 
 Chitwye Malabar 76 
 
 Cliittagong Bengal 91 
 
 Chittledroog ilysore 76 
 
 Chittoor Carnatic 79 
 
 Cliunar Allahabad 82 
 
 Chundpore Delhi 77 
 
 Chuprah Behar 84 
 
 Chutterpore Allahabad 85 
 
 Cochin Cochm 76 
 
 Coel Agra 78 
 
 Coimbatore Coimbatoor 77 
 
 Colgong Behar 87 
 
 Corabaconum Carnatic 79 
 
 CommercoUy Bengal 89 
 
 Condapilly Circars 80 
 
 Conjeverara Carnatic 79 
 
 Contai Bengal 87 
 
 Coochbehar Bengal 89 
 
 Coringa Circars 82 
 
 Coringa Circars g 
 
 Cotamputty Carnatic 79 
 
 Cotapuramba ^Malabar 75 
 
 Cotyam Cochin 76 
 
 Cuddalore Carnatic 79 
 
 78 
 
 88 
 
 89 
 
 79 
 
 86 
 
 Cuddapah Balaghaut 
 
 Culnah Bengal ... 
 
 Culneah Bengal . . . 
 
 Cumbum Balaghaut 
 
 Cuttack , Orissa 
 
 0. 
 
 9' 
 10 
 12 
 30 
 17 
 
 
 55 
 
 3 
 30 
 
 8 
 42 
 40 
 11 
 54 
 39 
 55 
 36 
 17 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 35 
 20 
 36 
 57 
 50 
 22 
 
 18 
 
 LAT, 
 
 10° 50^ 
 
 27 42 
 
 26 30 
 22 40 
 
 20 21 
 22 3& 
 18 15 
 
 12 39 
 25 17 
 
 10 31 
 
 22 22 
 14 14 
 
 13 14 
 25 9 
 30 41 
 25 48 
 
 23 38 
 9 59 
 
 27 53 
 
 11 a 
 
 25 15. 
 10 51 
 23 51 
 16 4(> 
 
 12 51 
 
 21 49 
 
 26 IS 
 16 5(> 
 
 See Tugeram. 
 14 9 59 
 
 38 
 37 
 50 
 54 
 23 
 32 
 11 
 
 11 48 
 
 9 38 
 
 11 40 
 
 14 32 
 23 13 
 22 50 
 
 15 34 
 20 27 
 
 Dacca Bengal 90 
 
 Damaun Guzerat 72 
 
 Dandporc I^engal 89 
 
 Dapoolee Bejapoor 73 
 
 Darampoory Carnatic 78 
 
 Darjecliug Bengal 88 
 
 Decsa Guzerat 96 
 
 Delhi Delhi .., 
 
 Deyrah Dhoon Gurwal 
 
 Dharwar I'ejapoor. 
 
 77' 
 
 77 
 
 78 
 
 Dhoolia Khandeisli 74 
 
 Dhummow iSIalwah 
 
 Diamond Harbour Bengal 
 
 Dinajepore Bengal 
 
 Dinapore Behar 
 
 79 
 
 88 
 
 85 
 
 29 
 54 
 26 
 18 
 15 
 25 
 30 
 16 
 56 
 40 
 59 
 10 
 06 
 41 
 3 
 
 23 43 
 
 20 26. 
 23 10 
 17 5& 
 12 12 
 27 a 
 16 59 
 23 40 
 30 22 
 
 22 22 
 
 21 
 
 23 44 
 
 22 0& 
 25 38 
 25 38
 
 LONGITUDES AND LATITUDES. 
 
 247 
 
 TOWNS. 
 
 COUNTRIES. 
 
 LONG. 
 
 Diudigul Carnatic 78° 2' 
 
 Dowlutpoor Bengal 71 8 
 
 Durandah Behar 85 35 
 
 'Durbangah Behar 85 56 
 
 Dum-Dum Beniral 88 21 
 
 LAT. 
 
 10=^ 18' 
 28 18 
 23 27 
 26 9 
 22 38 
 
 Elliclipore Berar 77 
 
 Ellore Circars 81 
 
 Errode Coimbatoor 77 
 
 Essackapatam Circars 
 
 Eta Agra 78 
 
 Etawah Agra 78 
 
 34 21 14 
 
 9 16 41 
 
 48 1 1 20 
 U. Agra. 
 
 41 27 34 
 
 59 26 45 
 
 Eerozepore Delhi 74 35 30 55 
 
 Furreedpore Bengal 79 38 28 13 
 
 Furruckabad, or Futtyghur Agra 79 38 27 23 
 
 Futtypoor Allahabad 80 49 25 56 
 
 Ganjam Circars 85 10 
 
 Ghazeepore Allahabad 83 33 
 
 Goa Bejapoor 73 59 
 
 Goalparah Assam 90 40 
 
 Goomsoor Circars 84 58 
 
 Goorgong Delhi 75 15 
 
 Gooty Balaghaut 77 43 
 
 Gopaulpore Circars 85 68 
 
 Goruckpore Oiide S3 IS 
 
 Gowahatty Assam 90 40 
 
 Gunga Khair Aiirmigabad? 77 12 
 
 Guntoor Circars 
 
 Gurrawarra G unchvarra 
 
 Guthal Bengal 
 
 Gwalior Agra 
 
 Gyah Behar 
 
 SO 32 
 
 19 21 
 
 25 35 
 15 30 
 
 26 9 
 19 52 
 21 20 
 
 15 8 
 19 09 
 26 44 
 26 
 18 58 
 
 16 21 
 
 See Nursingpore. 
 87 39 22 38 
 78 4 26 17 
 77 58 33 31 
 
 Hameerpore Allaliabad 80 05 
 
 Hansi Delhi 75 57 
 
 Hanper Delhi 77 
 
 Hazareebaugl i Behar 85 
 
 Heerapore Allahabad 79 
 
 Hingolee Buder 77 
 
 Hissar Delhi 75 
 
 Honore Canara 74 
 
 Ilooghly Bengal 88 
 
 Hospet Balaghaut 77 
 
 Hurryhur Mysore 75 
 
 Hursole Gnjerat 73 
 
 Hussingabad Gundwana 75 
 
 Huttah Malwah 79 
 
 Hydrabad llydrabad 78 
 
 50 
 
 U9 
 41 
 33 
 30 
 38 
 59 
 02 
 50 
 38 
 32 
 
 Inchoora Bengal 
 
 Incolloo C i rears 
 
 Indore Mahva 
 
 88 26 
 80 18 
 76 14 
 
 26 00 
 
 29 6 
 
 28 44 
 24 
 26 20 
 19 43 
 
 29 10 
 
 14 18 
 
 22 55 
 
 15 35 
 14 31 
 
 23 21 
 
 22 45 
 
 24 8 
 
 17 22 
 
 23 00 
 
 16 00 
 
 18 49
 
 248 LONGITUDES AND LATITUDES. 
 
 TOWNS. COUNTIilES. LONG. LAT. 
 
 Ingeram, or Coringa Circars 82° S' 16° 45' 
 
 Jaloun Agra 79 19 26 9 
 
 Jaulnah Aurungabad 76 8 13 52 
 
 Jaunpore Allahabad 70 46 29 14 
 
 Jeagunge, or Moorshedabad Bengal 88 15 24 11 
 
 Jelasore Bengal 87 13 21 50 
 
 Jellidabad Delhi 83 23 25 51 
 
 Jessore Bengal 89 15 23 7 
 
 Jeypore Ajmeer 76 23 20 42 
 
 Jhansee Allahabad 79 40 23 2 
 
 Jorehaut Assam 94 7 26 47 
 
 Jubulpore Gundwana 79 59 25 10 
 
 Juggumpet Circars 82 02 17 08 
 
 Jumalpore Bengal 80 55 24 56 
 
 Kaira Guzerat 78 3 25 31 
 
 Kaludghee Bejapoor 75 43 18 54 
 
 Kamptie Gundwana 79 15 21 15 
 
 Karical Carnatic 79 53 10 55 
 
 Kedgeree Bengal 83 38 25 23 
 
 Keranoor Carnatic 78 45 11 34 
 
 Keerpoy Bengal 87 39 22 44 
 
 Ivhandala Aurungabad 73 30 18 45 
 
 Ivhasgunj Agra 78 42 27 50 
 
 Khosaulpore Bengal 88 20 23 43 
 
 Ivliyuk Bhyoo Arracan 93 04 19 12 
 
 Kimedy Circars 84 10 18 40 
 
 Kircurabady Carnatic 79 32 13 37 
 
 Kirkee Aurungabad 73 52 18 35 
 
 Kishore Saugor Ajmeer 76 12 24 51 
 
 K^otah Ajmeer 75 53 25 10 
 
 Kotirgherry Coimbatoor 76 53 11 28 
 
 Kuneir Aurungabad 75 21 20 17 
 
 Kurar Bejapoor? 74 10 17 16 
 
 Kurnal Delhi 76 58 29 30 
 
 Kurnool Balaghaut 78 7 15 50 
 
 Landore Gurhwal? 78 10 30 30 
 
 Lohooghat Kumaon 80 20 29 21 
 
 Loodianah Delhi 75 55 30 54 
 
 Lucheepore Bengal 91 45 23 07 
 
 Lucknow Oude 80 58 26 53 
 
 Maddapollum Circars 81 45 16 24 
 
 Madras Carnatic 80 22 13 4 
 
 Madura Carnatic 78 13 9 57 
 
 Mahableshwur Aurungabad 73 45 17 57 
 
 Mahidpore jMalwa 75 52 23 31 
 
 jMaldah Eengid 88 14 25 08 
 
 Malwan Bejapoor 73 34 le 3 
 
 Mangalore Canara 76 53 12 52 
 
 Manuntoddy Malabar 76 22 II 45 
 
 Masulipatam Circars 81 14 16 10
 
 LONGITUDES AND LATITUDES. 249 
 
 TOWNS. COUNTRIES. LONG. LAT. 
 
 Maunbhoora Bensral 86° 32' 23° 09' 
 
 Meerut Delhi 77 42 28 50 
 
 Methenkote * Mooltan 70 48 28 15 
 
 Mercara Malabar 75 50 12 62 
 
 Mliar Cutch 68 56 23 32 
 
 Mhow Mahva 75 41 22 36 
 
 Mhow BuncUecund Bundelcund 85 29 25 47 
 
 Midnapore Bengal 87 20. 22 26 
 
 Mirzapore Allahabad 90 10 24 05 
 
 Mommabad Beeder 76 50 18 48 
 
 Monegalah Hyderabad 79 46 17 28 
 
 Monghyr Bahar 86 29 25 2 
 
 Moradabad Delhi 80 5 26 57 
 
 Mozuifernuggur Delhi 77 44 29 26 
 
 Muctul Hyderabad 77 35 16 43 
 
 Mulligaum Khandiesh 74 36 20 31 
 
 Mundleysir Mahva 75 47 22 12 
 
 Munnipore Munipore 93 55 24 48 
 
 Muttra Agra 81 20 21 36 
 
 Mymunsing Bengal 90 24 46 
 
 Mynpoorie Agra 78 54 27 14 
 
 Nabobgunge Bengal 90 15 23 39 
 
 Nacricul Hyderabad 79 20 17 40 
 
 NagercoU Caniatic 77 38 8 30 
 
 Nagery Carnatic 79 40 13 20 
 
 Nagore Carnatic 79 54 10 40 
 
 Nagpoor Gundwana 79 8 21 9 
 
 Naidopet Circars 79 55 13 47 
 
 Nalchitty Bengal 90 25 22 50 
 
 Nassick Aurungabad 73 54 19 55 
 
 Neelpelly Circars 82 18 16 44 
 
 Ncemuch Malwa 75 24 29 
 
 Neermiil Beeder 78 26 19 2 
 
 Negapatam Carnatic 79 54 10 45 
 
 Nellore Carnatic 80 3 14 28 
 
 Nepaul Nepaul See Catmandoo. 
 
 Nerumbauk Carnatic 80 15 13 12 
 
 Nohutta Bengal 88 40 24 25 
 
 Nowgong Assam 92 50 26 26 
 
 Nowgaum Circars 84 28 20 03 
 
 Nubbenugur Bahar 84 07 24 30 
 
 Nuddea Bengal 87 22 23 28 
 
 Niuidydroog Mysore 77 46 13 25 
 
 Nujeebad Delia 78 20 29 37 
 
 Nursapore Circars 81 05 17 06 
 
 Nursingpore, or Gurrawarra Gundwana 80 16 23 09 
 
 Nusseerabad Ajniere 75 44 21 5 
 
 Nyasurai Bengal 88 30 22 58 
 
 Odeyporo Ajmeer 74 14 24 58 
 
 Ongole Carnatic 80 7 15 31 
 
 Oojein Malwa 75 52 23 11 
 
 Oonirawutty Berar 77 48 20 52
 
 250 LONGITUDES AND LATITUDES. 
 
 TOWNS. COUNTRIES. LONG. LAT. 
 
 Oorungabad Bengal See Rajmahal. 
 
 Oossoor Mysore 75° 0' 15° 40' 
 
 Ootacamuntl Coimbatore 76 43 11 27 
 
 Padigaum Aurungabad 74 22 17 57 
 
 Palamcotta Carnatic 79 37 8 35 
 
 Palaveram Carnatic 80 20 12 54 
 
 Palghaut Malabar 76 38 10 45 
 
 Palumpore Guzerat 72 22 24 12 
 
 Paniput Delhi 76 45 29 25 
 
 Pamvell Aurungabad 73 15 18 59 
 
 Patna Bahar 85 15 25 37 
 
 Payakerowpet Circars 82 34 17 15 
 
 Pelebeet Delhi 79 42 23 42 
 
 Penn Aurungabad 73 10 18 43 
 
 Periapatam Mysore 76 9 12 20 
 
 Pertabghur Ajmeer 74 57 24 09 
 
 Petoraghur Kuraaoon 80 4 29 36 
 
 Pondicherry Carnatic 79 54 11 57 
 
 Pondigul Hyderabad 79 39 17 04 
 
 Poonah Aurungabad 74 18 31 
 
 Poonamalee Carnatic 80 8 13 02 
 
 Poondy Circars 84 40 18 44 
 
 Pooree Orissa 85 51 19 26 
 
 Poossa Bahar 85 46 26 01 
 
 Porto Navo Carnatic 79 51 11 31 
 
 Pubna Bengal 91 52 24 32 
 
 Pulicat Carnatic 80 23 13 24 
 
 Punderpore Bejapoor 75 24 17 40 
 
 Purneah Bengal 87 32 25 49 
 
 Putealee, or Sirpoorah Agra 78 52 27 50 
 
 Puttahat Bengal 90 58 23 11 
 
 Quilon Travancore 76 39 8 53 
 
 Ragaporc Circars 81 04 17 07 
 
 Eajamundry Circars 81 50 17 01 
 
 Eajcote Gujerat 70 53 22 09 
 
 Eajmahal Bengal 87 43 25 02 
 
 Eamapatam Carnatic 80 07 15 00 
 
 Eamorad Carnatic 78 55 9 13 
 
 Eamree Arracan 93 30 19 00 
 
 Eewah Allahabad 81 19 24 33 
 
 Eewarry Delhi 76 25 28 17 
 
 Ehotuck Delhi 76 36 28 54 
 
 Eogonatlipore Behar 77 00 26 00 
 
 Royacotta Salem 78 06 12 28 
 
 Rudrampore ])elhi 79 22 28 58 
 
 Ruugpore Bengal 89 22 25 43 
 
 Rutnagherry Bejapoor 73 25 17 02 
 
 Ryepore Gundwana 82 13 21 15 
 
 Sadras Carnatic SO 13 12 30 
 
 Sahuswau Agra 78 42 28 OS
 
 LONGITUDES AND LATITUDES. 251 
 
 TOWKS. COUNTRIES. LONG. I>AT. 
 
 Shahanmpore Delhi 77° 26' 29^^ 56' 
 
 St. Thomas' Mount Carnatic 80 20 12 37 
 
 Salem Salem 78 U 11 41 
 
 Sambur Ajmeer 74 57 2G 53 
 
 Saimilcotta Circars 82 17 17 14 
 
 Sandoway Arracan 94 06 18 12 
 
 Santipore Bengal 80 50 26 
 
 Sarsah Bengal 
 
 Sarungporc Malwa 76 35 23 38 
 
 Sasseram Bahar 83 59 24 59 
 
 Saugor Mahva 78 47 23 48 
 
 Secundrabad Hyderabad 78 33 17 30 
 
 Sedashagur Canara 74 09 14 51 
 
 Sehore Malwa 77 11 23 15 
 
 Seonie , Gundwana 79 55 22 03 
 
 Sepree Agra 77 10 25 25 
 
 Serah Mysore 76 58 13 44 
 
 Serampore Bengal 90 35 23 03 
 
 Seringapatam Mysore 76 47 12 30 
 
 Seroor Aurungabad 74 .30 18 50 
 
 Serowie Ajmeer 73 15 24 52 
 
 Setapore Oudc 80 32 27 43 
 
 Sevendroog Bejapoor 73 15 17 46 
 
 Shazadpore Allahabad 81 23 25 40 
 
 Shajehanpore Delhi 78 2 28 52 
 
 Sheally Carnatic 79 53 11 12 
 
 Shergotty Bahar 84 55 24 32 
 
 Shekohabad Agra 78 36 27 07 
 
 Sholapore Aurungabad 76 00 17 42 
 
 Sigouly Bahar 84 48 26 48 
 
 Sirdhanah Dellii 77 37 29 08 
 
 Simla Delhi? 77 09 31 06 
 
 Sittarah Bejapoor 74 12 17 42 
 
 Soomoderghur Bengal 88 17 23 18 
 
 Soorool Bengal 87 42 23 37 
 
 Soorut (Surat) Guzerat 73 07 21 11 
 
 Subathoo J)elhi 76 59 30 57 
 
 Suckreegully Bengal 87 42 25 09 
 
 Sultanpore.B Benares 82 26 25 18 
 
 Sultanpore, Oudo Oude 82 00 26 18 
 
 Sumbulpore Gundwana 83 45 21 21 
 
 Surdah Bengal 88 50 24 18 
 
 SyUiet Bengal 91 40 24 55 
 
 Tanjore Carnatic 79 14 10 49 
 
 Tannah Aurungabad 74 13 15 37 
 
 Tarputry Ualaghaut 78 10 14 49 
 
 Tellecherry Malabar 75 34 11 48 
 
 Tezpore Assam 92 30 26 41 
 
 Tindevanimi Carnatic 79 .50 12 15 
 
 Tippcrah Comillah Bengal 91 02 23 28 
 
 Tirhoot Mozufferporc Bahar 85 27 26 14 
 
 Toticoreen Carnatic 78 30 8 57 
 
 Trauquebar Carnatic 79 54 10 56
 
 252 LONGITUDES AND LATITUDES. 
 
 TOWNS. COUNTRIES. LONG. LAT. 
 
 Trevandnim Travancore 77° 2' 8° 30' 
 
 Trichinopoly Carnatic 78 46 10 52 
 
 Tripasore Carnatic 79 59 13 09 
 
 Tulleh Aurungabad 73 17 18 15 
 
 Tumlook Bengal 88 02 22 17 
 
 Vaniumbaddy Salem 78 45 12 43 
 
 Vellore Salem 80 6 15 24 
 
 Vemboocottah Carnatic 79 37 9 18 
 
 Vencottagherry Salem 79 40 13 58 
 
 Vingorla Bejapoor 73 41 15 52 
 
 Vizadroog Bejapoor 73 28 16 32 
 
 Vizagapatam Circars 83 24 17 42 
 
 Vizanagram Circars 83 32 18 02 
 
 Umballa Delhi 76 44 30 23 
 
 TJndul Bengal 87 06 23 32 
 
 Wallajabad Carnatic 79 55 12 48 
 
 Yanan Circars ,. 82 18 16 49
 
 253 
 
 TABLE OF DISTANCES 
 
 PRINCIPAL STATIONS, AND OTHER PLACES IN INDIA, FROM THE 
 CHIEF TOWN IN THEIR SEVERAL PRESIDENCIES. 
 
 BENGAL PRESIDENCY. 
 
 DISTANCE TROM CALCUTTA. 
 
 British mUes. 
 
 Adoni 1030 
 
 Agra 839 
 
 Ajmeer 1030 
 
 Akyab 520 
 
 Allahabad 495 
 
 AUighur 802 
 
 Almorah 1000 
 
 Arracau 475 
 
 Arrah 350 
 
 Assam 660 
 
 Attock (Punjab) 1700 
 
 Bahar 297 
 
 Balasore 141 
 
 Bancoorah 102 
 
 Bareilly 766 
 
 Barrackpore 16 
 
 Beerbhoom 131 
 
 Benares 420 
 
 Berhampore (Moorsliedabad) ... lis 
 
 Bhopal 892 
 
 Bhurtpore 878 
 
 Bikaneer 1222 
 
 Bogoorah 255 
 
 Bolundshuhur 829 
 
 Burdwan 73 
 
 Buxar 408 
 
 Cawnpore 619 
 
 Cashmere 1564 
 
 Chandcrnagore 21 
 
 Chittagong 317 
 
 Coel 790 
 
 British miles. 
 
 Cuttack 247 
 
 Dacca 186 
 
 Darjeeling 350 
 
 Deeg 898 
 
 Delhi 976 
 
 DeyraDhoon 992 
 
 Dinagepore 356 
 
 Dinapore 350 
 
 Etawah 768 
 
 Ferozepore 1105 
 
 Furruckabad 755 
 
 Futteegliur 662 
 
 Futteepore 572 
 
 Ghazeepore 450 
 
 Gwalior 805 
 
 Hajopore 350 
 
 Ilaupper 852 
 
 Ilurdwa 975 
 
 Iiidore 1030 
 
 Jcssulmere 1337 
 
 Jodjjore 1175 
 
 Jubbuljwre 766 
 
 Kumaon 887 
 
 Kurnoul 895 
 
 Laliorc 1356 
 
 Loodiana 1049 
 
 Lucknow 649 
 
 Madras 1030 
 
 Malda 180 
 
 Mcerutt 869 
 
 Mdruipore 72
 
 254 
 
 TABLE OF DISTANCES. 
 
 British miles. 
 
 Mirzapore 439 
 
 Mhow 1289 
 
 Monghyr 272 
 
 Mooitan 1470 
 
 Moorshedabad 118 
 
 Moradabad 825 
 
 Muttra 874 
 
 Mynpooree 500 
 
 Kagpore 722 
 
 Neennich 1160 
 
 Nepaul 591 
 
 Kusseerabad 1060 
 
 Odeypore 1214 
 
 Oojeeiu 997 
 
 Oude 562 
 
 British miles. 
 
 Patna 340 
 
 Purneah 271 
 
 Rungpore 399 
 
 Saugor (N. W.) 806 
 
 Secmidra G69 
 
 Seliarmipore 951 
 
 Serampore 21 
 
 Shahjehanpore 710 
 
 Sluirgotty 289 
 
 Sikkim 308 
 
 Sirhind 1114 
 
 Smiibulpore 438 
 
 Sylhet 325 
 
 Umballah 999 
 
 BOMBAY PRESIDENCY. 
 
 DISTANCE FROM BOMBAY. 
 
 Amedabad 321 
 
 Amedmigger 181 
 
 Barosa 280 
 
 Bassein 27 
 
 Belgaum 318 
 
 Broach 221 
 
 Calcutta 1310 
 
 CaUian 32 
 
 Cambay 281 
 
 Cochin 780 
 
 Damami 100 
 
 Deesa 451 
 
 Goa 292 
 
 Kaira 384 
 
 Kolapoor 216 
 
 Oojein .500 
 
 Poouah 98 
 
 Sattarah 146 
 
 Surat 180 
 
 Tatta (Sciude) 741 
 
 MADRAS PRESIDENCY. 
 
 DISTANCE FROM MADRAS. 
 
 Arcot 70 
 
 Arnee 81 
 
 Armigabad 689 
 
 Bangalore 208 
 
 Bareepore 416 
 
 Bardanalanka 358 
 
 Beder 470 
 
 Bellary 316 
 
 Bisnaghur 346 
 
 Berhampore (Gayam) 677 
 
 Calicut 422 
 
 Calmacherry 115 
 
 Carangoolee 49 
 
 Caroor 257 
 
 Chatterpore 75 
 
 Chicacole 566 
 
 Chingleput 36 
 
 Chittledroog 350 
 
 Chittoor 80 
 
 Coimbatore 36 
 
 Combaconum 19 
 
 Com1)am 28 
 
 Comorin (Cape) 40 
 
 Condapilly 25
 
 TABLE OF DISTANCES. 
 
 255 
 
 British miles. 
 
 Condaver 255 
 
 Conjaveram 45 
 
 Corinja 343 
 
 Cuddalore 104 
 
 Cuddapat 166 
 
 Diudigul 271 
 
 Elliclipore 751 
 
 Ellore 315 
 
 Ganjam 697 
 
 Golconda 358 
 
 Gooty 264 
 
 Guntoor 255 
 
 Giirramconda 149 
 
 Hurryhur 400 
 
 Hyderabad 388 
 
 Ingeram 340 
 
 Innacoudah 237 
 
 Jaulnah 659 
 
 Kulburga 422 
 
 Kurrool 280 
 
 Madapollam 233 
 
 Madura 292 
 
 Maiiantoddy 365 
 
 Mangolore 440 
 
 Masulipatam 285 
 
 Mysore 294 
 
 Naggeiy 57 
 
 Nagorc 174 
 
 Nagpore 704 
 
 Nandair 529 
 
 Narsingapatam 716 
 
 Negpatam 178 
 
 Nellore Ill 
 
 Nugger (Bidnorc) 422 
 
 Nundydroog 199 
 
 Ongole 150 
 
 British miles. 
 
 Palamcottah 388 
 
 Palaveram 12 
 
 ! Paulghaut cherry 340 
 
 ! Pouciieherry 88 
 
 j Poodoocotta 241 
 
 j Poonamallee 13 
 
 Pulicat 27 
 
 Quilon 448 
 
 Eachore 349 
 
 Eajahmundry 373 
 
 Ramnad 321 
 
 Eaolcondah 382 
 
 Ruttunpore 903 
 
 Pyacottah 183 
 
 Sadras 40 
 
 Salem 210 
 
 Sankerrydroog 245 
 
 Secunderabad 397 
 
 Seringapatam 296 
 
 SuracoUan 267 
 
 Seronj 905 
 
 Tanjore 206 
 
 Tellicherry 412 
 
 Timerycottah 291 
 
 Timievelly 401 
 
 Tranquebar 160 
 
 Travancore 515 
 
 Trichinopoly 207 
 
 Tripassore 31 
 
 Trivanderam 480 
 
 Tutacorin 421 
 
 VeUore 87 
 
 Vizagapatam 498 
 
 Viziapore 534 
 
 Warangole , 414 
 
 Willahjabad 40
 
 HINTS 
 
 TO 
 
 PERSONS PROCEEDING TO INDIA. 
 
 My first recommendation is, that whatever part you are goincf to, or in what* 
 ever capacity, let no one induce you to purchase cheap common-made clothes, 
 under the idea that any thing is good enough for abroad, as nothing can be more 
 fallacious. It is true, that rich expensive clothing is rarely, if ever, required, 
 and it is not such that I Avould recommend ; but the rough usage all things meet 
 with abroad, and the very great difficulty of getting them repaired or replaced, 
 renders it doubly important that every article should be strongly made and of 
 good material. If j'our means are limited, it will be much better to put up with 
 the inconvenience of a short stock of good useful things, than to have an ample 
 supply of the common trash so generally put off for outfits, as, independent of 
 the discomfort of wearing such things, they actually cost more money in the end. 
 
 It is quite absurd to suppose that in London (where competition in every bu- 
 siness is so great) any one house can sell goods of equal quality ranch lower than 
 another ; and, therefore, whenever a tradesman professes to supply you at ten 
 or fifteen per cent, less than any others, you may rely upon it that his goods are 
 very inferior, and his word not be depended upon. The great difference in trades- 
 men, I appreliend, to be this, — that some are striving to do a large business and 
 get money at any risk, while others, equally anxious, iierhaps, for an exten- 
 sive business, are, notwithstanding, more intent upon keeping up an established 
 name than upon the actual money-getting, and you will find men of this class 
 are as careful to maintain the name and standing of their house as any noble- 
 man can be his title ; and hence it is that you are so much better served at a 
 house of respectability. 
 
 When ordering an outfit, I strongly recommend the employment of a respec- 
 table, well-established outfitter. The articles required are so various, and such 
 a thorough knowledge of business is necessary for the selection, that I am quite 
 convinced none l)ut experienced tradesmen can execute such orders jn'operly, 
 and more particularly as the most inferior goods arc now produced so like in 
 appearance to the better kinds, that it is only the most practised eye which can 
 detect them. 
 
 Never have your military things made by an outfitter, as none but military 
 tailors can make them up as they should be made. 8ome of the best outfitters 
 make the white jackets and trousers quite as well as tailors, and nmcli cheaper, 
 but none of them can be depended upon for military clothing; nor would I recom- 
 mend them for any kind of clolh clothes. Should you not be acquainted witli a 
 military tailor, the outfitter you employ can most probably direct you to a good 
 one, and would necessarily be responsible for the order being well executed.
 
 258 HINTS TO PERSONS 
 
 I recommend you, therefore, to employ a tailor for all military and cloth 
 clothes ; but I would advise you, on no account whatever, to order your shirts or 
 any other portion of your outfit from the tailor, as they can only buy tliem from 
 some outfitter or slopseller, and consequently you will either have to pay an 
 extra profit, or what is more frequently the case, have inferior articles ; added 
 to which, not being thoroughly acquainted with the outfitting business, is a most 
 decided bar to your orders being well executed, or your outfit properly arranged 
 by them. 
 
 It is advisable, if possible, to make arrangements with some house in London, 
 that will forward any articles required wliile abroad, as you will thereby effect 
 a considerable saving in many of your future wants. If you have not an agent 
 in London, and employ a respectable outfitter, you can probably make the ar- 
 rangement with him ; but if you adopt the latter, I would strongly recommend 
 you to give no orders until you have proved your outfit to have been well exe- 
 cuted, as, if that is not satisfactory, it will be in vain to expect better success 
 with after orders. 
 
 Having had but little to do Avith agents myself, I liave not much to say upon 
 the subject ; there are many cases, however, where they can render good ser- 
 vice. In procuring a passage, for instance, they can generally make better terms 
 than a private individual ; besides which, their intimate acquaintance with the 
 various ships, and knowledge of the diSerent captains, is often of great advan- 
 tage, as the comfort of a voyage depends very much upon both. I believe some 
 of the agents undertake outfits, or, ut any rate, will recommend you an outfitter. 
 I advise you, however, not to trust too implicitly to such recommendations, but 
 look well to your own outfits, give your own orders, pay your own bills, and 
 keep your own receipts. 
 
 It is commonly observed, that many things may be got quite as good and 
 cheap in India, as in England ; and it is so far true, that in some parts of India 
 you may, by chance (but it is only chance), meet Avith a gun, or pistol, or saddle, 
 or something of the kind, both good and cheap ; but the experience I have iiad 
 in that way will not induce me again to risk such chances, nor would I recom- 
 mend others ; but, on the contrary, I advise all parties to take with them every 
 article they are hkely to want, most particularly those I have enumerated in the 
 several lists. I would urge this especially with writers, cadets, and assistant 
 surgeons, and, in fact, with all j'oung men, as it is very desirable to avoid, if 
 possible, the necessity of any outlay until they are somewhat acquainted with 
 the habit, mode of living, and value of money in India ; for on first landing, 
 with but little knowledge of future expenses, and the command probably of more 
 money than he ever before had in his possession, the youngster is too apt to 
 supply his present Avants without sufiicient regard to the contingencies which 
 await him. 
 
 Saddlery. — The saddlery of this country is much better than can be got iu 
 India, and therefore it is desirable to take out any that may be required. 
 
 Canteens. — Some old officers strongly recommend canteens, and others con- 
 demn them as useless in India. I think that a small breakfast canteen is 
 very useful ; but unquestionably it can be dispensed with. A small case, how- 
 ever, containing two spoons and forks of each size, and knives to match, is very 
 desirable, if not indispensable. 
 
 Books.— I presume that no one would be without his Bible and Prayer-book; 
 others must be a matter of taste ; but I most particularly reconmaend a few 
 well-selected books, and amongst others. Mill's " History of India ;" Wilson's 
 " Continuation of ^liU" (Jas. Madden) ; Emma Roberts' "Scenes and Sketches 
 in Iliiidostan ;" the " History of the Punjaub" (published by Allen & Co.) ; 
 Mrs. Postans' " Western India ;" the " Calcutta Review" (Smith, Elder, & Co.) ;
 
 PROCEEDING TO INDIA. 259 
 
 Orme's " Military History;" Snodgrcass's "Burmese War;" tlie "Memorials of 
 Affghanistan" (Allen & Co.) ; ^Ir. Shore's "Notes on Indian Affairs ;" " Eeal 
 Life in India" (Houlston & Stoneman). 
 
 Flannel Waistcoats. — Whatever may be said upon the subject of wearing 
 flannel in India, I am quite certain that no one thing is more essential to health 
 in warm climates than the continual use of flannel. The thinnest and most 
 gauzy material is desirable ; the important object to obtain being a good ab- 
 sorbent without oppressive heat. An extremely light woollen waistcoat, caUed 
 Thresher's India Gauze, is very highly esteemed in India, and is certainly the 
 most comfortable thing possible for under-waistcoats. 
 
 White Jackets and Trousers.— It is not uncommon to hear some of the 
 learned Indian friends assert, that jackets and trousers can be got cheaper in 
 India than in England ; but this only applies to the common cotton tilings, 
 which no young man would like to appear in on lately leaving England. The 
 fact is, that two dozen of trousers, and at least one dozen jackets, are absolutely 
 necessary immediately on arrival in Lidia, and therefore should be taken from 
 this coimtry, of good quality, and very strongly made. Expenses come on a 
 young man quite fast enough in India, and it is very unwise, and, indeed, cruel, 
 to subject him to positive charges the moment he steps foot in a land many 
 thousand miles from home. 
 
 Socks and Stockings of all kinds are very inferior in all parts of India, and 
 are also very expensive, therefore an ample supply is necessary ; and they 
 should be very good. 
 
 BtTLLOCK Trunks are more suitable for India than any other package what- 
 ever ; from their convenient size, they may be used for travelling in every part 
 of India, and if well made, will last many years ; but the inferior ones become 
 useless in a few months. They should be made very strong, and covered with the 
 material that valises are made of, and should also have brass corners. The 
 leather trunks do not answer, and it is a bad plan to take out common boxes, 
 with the idea of changing them for bullock trunks in India, as a little more cost 
 at the time will procure good ones, and prevent the necessity of buying them in 
 India. For the overland route, there is a very light regulation trunk, made to a 
 particular size, and as any additional weight has to be paid for, it is very 
 desirable to confine j-ourself to these trunks for that route, notwithstanding 
 many will tell you tliat any size may be taken. It is true that large trunks 
 may be taken, but it is often attended with much inconvenience, and always 
 with additional expense. 
 
 Swing Cot or Coucii. — If by ship route, and comfort only be studied, I 
 should recommend a swing cot and a coucli with drawers, the hitter being very 
 convenient in the cabin, altliough rather too cumbersome for much travelling. 
 There is, however, an article combining both, which is called a swing sofa, one 
 of which I have used for some years, and found extreraclj'^ comfortable. A good 
 article of this kind will serve a cadet as sofa and bed for years in India. The 
 best of them are made of cane, with the sides and back to fold up in a strong 
 canvass, and sufficiently light to be carried on men's heads. Mine, with the 
 mattrass and jjillows, cost 6/. lOv. ; but I have since seen them nuich lower in 
 price, and inferior in quality. If expense is an object, I would advise a swing 
 cot in preference, as an article of the kind named will be useless in a few months, 
 if not very well made and strong. 
 
 The following lists (suitable to the classes named) comprise all that is actually 
 necessary for an outfit to India ; and the numbers fixed are the smallest comple- 
 ment that can be taken with any degree of comfort and cleanliness -, for it must be 
 observed, that in warm latitudes, frequent change of linen is absolutely neces- 
 sary. 
 
 s2
 
 260 
 
 HINTS TO PERSONS 
 
 Equipment for a Civilian by Overland Route. 
 
 Thirty-six pairs cotton socks. 
 
 Twelve pairs silk socks. 
 
 Twelve pairs woollen socks. 
 
 Thirty-six shirts. 
 
 Twenty-four Thresher's India gauze 
 
 waistcoats. 
 Twelve pairs calico drawers. 
 Two pairs flannel drawers. 
 Tliirty-six pocket handkerchiefs. 
 Four black silk cravats. 
 Twelve pairs cotton gloves. 
 Twenty-four pairs kid gloves. 
 Four pairs braces. 
 Six pairs pj'jamas. 
 Two pairs woollen pyjamas. 
 One cotton dressing-gown. 
 One flannel dressing-gown. 
 One clotlies bag. 
 One straw hat covered. 
 One cloth cap. 
 
 Twelve pairs white trousers for dress. 
 Twelve pairs white duck trousers for 
 
 riding. 
 Six pairs'holland trousers. 
 Six hollaud long coats. 
 Six white linen coats. 
 Six hoUand Avaistcoats. 
 One dress coat. 
 One pair trousers. 
 One dress waistcoat. 
 One frock coat. 
 Two pairs coloured trousers. 
 
 This equipment is also suited, with very little variation, for all civil appoint- 
 ments, whether clerical, legal, or mercantile. 
 
 Equipment for a Civilian by Ship. 
 
 One shooting coat. 
 
 Twelve wliite jackets. 
 
 Twelve white waistcoats. 
 
 Twenty -four towels, all linen. 
 
 One leather dressing-case. 
 
 Six good tooth-brushes. 
 
 Two hair brushes. 
 
 Two nail-brushes. 
 
 Two combs. 
 
 Tooth-powder and perfumery. 
 
 Two large sponges. 
 
 One bag, with needles, tapes, buttons, 
 
 &c. 
 Shoe ribbon. 
 
 One leather writing-case. 
 Good supply of pens, ink, &c. 
 Two or three knives. 
 One pair dress shoes. 
 One pair dress boots. 
 Two pairs walking boots. 
 Two pairs walking shoes. 
 One pair strong boots. 
 One pair sliijpers. 
 One looking-glass. 
 Case of spoons, knives, and forks. 
 Case of pistols. 
 
 Double-barrelled fowling-piece. 
 Shot or cartridge belt. 
 Two overland regulation trunks. 
 One bag fur cabin. 
 Case of saddlery. 
 
 Forty-eight pairs cotton socks. 
 
 Twelve pairs silk socks. 
 
 Twelve pairs woollen socks. 
 
 Seventy-two shirts. 
 
 Twenty-four Thresher's India gauze 
 
 waistcoats. 
 Twenty-four pairs of calico drawers. 
 Two pairs flannel drawers. 
 Forty -eight pocket handkerchiefs. 
 Twenty-foiu- fine cambric ditto. 
 Six black silk cravats. 
 Twelve pairs cotton gloves. 
 Twenty-four pairs kid gloves. 
 Four pairs braces. 
 
 Six pairs pj'janias. 
 
 Two pairs woollen pyjamas. 
 
 One cotton dressing-gown. 
 
 One flannel dressing-gown. 
 
 One clothes bag. 
 
 One straw hat. 
 
 One clotli cap. 
 
 One cachniere jacket. 
 
 One pair cachmere trousers. 
 
 Twelve pairs white trousers for dress. 
 
 Twelve pairs duck trousers for riding. 
 
 Six pairs lioll.and trousers. 
 
 Twelve wliite jackets. 
 
 Twenty -four white waistcoats.
 
 PROCEEDING TO INDIA. 
 
 261 
 
 Six holland coats. 
 
 Sbc white linen coats. 
 
 Six holland waistcoats. 
 
 Two pairs coloured trousers. 
 
 One frock coat. 
 
 One shooting coat. 
 
 One dress coat. 
 
 Two dress waistcoats. 
 
 One pair dress trousers. 
 
 Eight pairs sheets. 
 
 Eight pillow-cases. 
 
 Three blankets. 
 
 Two quilts. 
 
 Forty-eight towels, all linen. 
 
 One leather dressing-case. 
 
 Six tooth-brushes, good. 
 
 Two hair-brushes. 
 
 Two nail-brushes. 
 
 Two combs. 
 
 Tooth-powder and perfumery. 
 
 Two or three knives. 
 
 Two pairs dress shoes. 
 
 Two pairs dress boots. 
 
 Two pairs walking boots. 
 
 Two pairs walking shoes. 
 
 One pair strong shooting boots. 
 
 One pair slippers. 
 
 One washstand to form table. 
 
 One couch or cot. 
 
 One foot-tub. 
 
 One chest of drawers. 
 
 One looking-glass. 
 
 One chair. 
 
 One cabin lamp. 
 
 Six pounds candles. 
 
 One tin can. 
 
 Eloor-cloth or carpet for cabin. 
 
 Case of pistols. 
 
 Case containing spoons, knives, and 
 
 forks. 
 Double-barreUed fowling-piece. 
 Shot or cartridge belt. 
 Case of saddlery. 
 
 Two large sponges. 
 
 One bag, with needles, tapes, buttons, &c. 
 Shoe ribbon. 
 
 One leather writing-case, and supply 
 of paper, pens, &c. 
 
 This equipment is also suited, with very little variation, for all civil appoint 
 ments, whether clerical, legal, or mercantile. 
 
 Equipment for Infantry and Cavalry Cadets, and Assistatit- Sur^ 
 geons, by the Overland Route. 
 
 Thirty-six pairs cotton socks. 
 Twelve pairs woollen socks. 
 Thirty-six shirts. 
 Twenty-four Thresher's Indian ga 
 
 waistcoats. 
 Twelve pairs calico drawers. 
 Two pairs flannel drawers. 
 Thirty-six pocket-handkerchiefs. 
 Four ])lack silk cravats. 
 Twelve pairs cotton gloves. 
 Four pairs military gloves. 
 Four military stocks. 
 Four pairs braces. 
 Six ])airs pyjamas. 
 Two pairs woollen ditto. 
 One dressing-gown. 
 One clothes bag. 
 One straw hat, covered. 
 One cloth cap. 
 Two holland coats. 
 One shooting coat. 
 Two pairs holland trousers. 
 
 Two pairs coloured trousers. 
 
 Two holland waistcoats. 
 
 Twelve pairs white trousers for dress. 
 
 Twelve pairs white duck trousers for 
 
 riding. 
 Twelve white waistcoats. 
 Twelve white jackets. 
 Twenty-four towels. 
 One dressing-case, leather. 
 Six tooth-brushes, good. 
 Two liair-brushes. 
 Two nail-brushes. 
 Two combs. 
 
 Tooth-powder and perfumery. 
 Two large sponges. 
 Bag, M'ith needles, buttons, &c. 
 Shoe ribbon. 
 
 Leather writing-case and stationery. 
 Two or three knives. 
 One pair dress shoes. 
 One pair dress boots. 
 Two pairs walking boots.
 
 2^2 
 
 HINTS TO PERSONS 
 
 Two pairs walking shoes. 
 
 One pair shooting boots. 
 
 One pair slippers. 
 
 One loolcinji-glass. 
 
 Case of spoons, knives, and forks. 
 
 One case of pistols. 
 
 Fowling-piece, double-barrelled. 
 
 Shot or cartridge belt. 
 
 Two regulation overland trunks. 
 
 One bag for cabin. 
 
 Case of saddlery, 
 
 Military things same as by ship. 
 
 Necessary Equipments for Infantry and Cavalry Cadets and As' 
 sistant- Surgeons, hy Ship. 
 
 One leather dressing-case. 
 Six tooth-brushes, good. 
 Two hair-brushes. 
 
 Porty-eight pairs cotton socks. 
 
 Twelve pairs woollen socks. 
 
 Sixty shirts. 
 
 Twenty-four Thresher's India gauze 
 
 waistcoats. 
 Eighteen pairs calico drawers. 
 Two pairs flannel drawers. 
 Forty-eight pocket handkerchiefs. 
 Twelve fine cambric ditto. 
 Four black silk cravats. 
 Four military stocks. 
 Twelve pairs cotton gloves. 
 Six pairs military gloves. 
 Six pairs dress kid gloves. 
 Four pairs braces. 
 Six pairs pyjamas. 
 Two pairs woollen pyjamas. 
 One cotton dressing-gown. 
 One flannel dressing-gown. 
 One clothes bag. 
 One straw hat, covered. 
 One cloth cap. 
 One pair cachraere trousers. 
 Two holland blouses. 
 Twelve pairs white dress trousers. 
 Twelve pairs white duck trousers for 
 
 riding. 
 Twelve white jackets. 
 Twelve white waistcoats. 
 Eight pairs sheets. 
 Eight pillow-cases. 
 Three blankets. 
 Two quilts, 
 
 Two nail-brushes. 
 
 Two combs. 
 
 Tooth-powder, &c. 
 
 Two large sponges. 
 
 Bag, with needles, buttons, &c. 
 
 Slioe ribbon. 
 
 One leather writing-case. 
 
 Good supply of paper, pens, &c 
 
 Two or tliree knives. 
 
 One pair dress shoes. 
 
 One pair dress boots. 
 
 Two pairs walking boots. 
 
 Two pairs walking shoes. 
 
 One pair , shooting boots. 
 
 One pair slippers. 
 
 One washstand to form table. 
 
 One couch or cot. 
 
 One foot-tub. 
 
 One chest of bullock drawers. 
 
 One looking-glass. 
 
 One chair. 
 
 One cabin lamp. 
 
 Six pounds of candles. 
 
 One tin can. 
 
 Floor-cloth or carpet. 
 
 Case of spoons, knives, and forks. 
 
 One case of pistols. 
 
 Double-barrelled fowling-piece. 
 
 Shot or cartridge belt. 
 
 Case of saddlery. 
 
 Two bullock trunks. 
 
 Forty-eight towels. 
 
 The following Lists comprise all the military clothing and appointments that 
 it is desirable for a young Cadet to take out with him : 
 
 Military Clothing, SfC,,for an Engineer Cadet. 
 
 Full dress coattcc. 
 Pair dress trousers. 
 Blue cloth frock coat. 
 Undress jacket. 
 Pair undress trousers. 
 
 Military cloak. 
 Full-dress cocked hat. 
 Featlier for ditto. 
 Foraging cap, gold band. 
 Regulation sword.
 
 PROCEEDING TO INDIA. 
 
 263 
 
 Steel scabbard. 
 
 Sword knot. 
 
 Leather s^^•ord knot (undress). 
 
 Embroidered belt. 
 
 Crimson silk sash. 
 
 Pair rich gold epaulettes. 
 
 Pair shoTilder scales for frock coat. 
 Pair shell jacket shoulder plates or 
 
 scales. 
 Four military stocks. 
 Cloth for extra jacket. 
 
 Military Clothing, Sfc.,for an Artillery Cadet. 
 
 Full dress coattee. 
 Pair dress trousers. 
 Blue cloth frock coat. 
 Undress jacket. 
 Pair undress trousers. 
 Military cloak. 
 FuU dress cap. 
 Foraging cap, gold band. 
 Regulation sword. 
 Steel scabbard. 
 Sword knot. 
 
 Leather sword ditto (undress). 
 
 BufF shoulder belt with slings and plate. 
 
 Black sling belt and plate. 
 
 Crimson silk sash. 
 
 Pair rich gold epaulettes. 
 
 Pair shoulder scales for frock coat. 
 
 Pair shell jacket slioulder scales or 
 
 plates. 
 Four military stocks. 
 Cloth for extra jacket. 
 
 Military ClotJiing, S)-c.,for a Cavalry Cadet. 
 
 Blue cloth frock coat. 
 
 Undress jacket. 
 
 Pair regimental trousers. 
 
 Undress chaco. 
 
 Foraging cap, silver band. 
 
 Cavalry sword. 
 
 Sword knot. 
 
 Leather sword knot (imdress). 
 
 Set of undress belts, viz. — pouch belt 
 
 waist belt, sabretasche, &c. 
 Barrel sash ; (if for Bengal a gold 
 
 girdle). 
 Pair plated scales. 
 Four military stocks. 
 Cavalry cloak. 
 
 Military ClotJdng, Sjc.^for an Infantry Cadet. 
 
 Undress frock coat. 
 
 Shell jacket. 
 
 Pair regimental trousers. 
 
 Kegimental cloak. 
 
 Regulation full dress cap 
 
 Foraging cap. 
 
 Kegulation sword. 
 
 Waterproof sword bag. 
 
 Steel or brass scabbard, very useful, 
 
 but not absolutely necessary. 
 Sword knot. 
 But!" shoulder belt. 
 Black sling belt. 
 
 Crimson silk sash. 
 
 Pair of skirt ornaments. 
 
 Pair gold epaulettes. 
 
 Pair frock shoulder scales. 
 
 Pair shell jackets shoulder cords. 
 
 Four military stocks. 
 
 Scarlet cloth for dress coattee. 
 
 Gold lace for dress coattee. 
 
 Scarlet cloth or cachmerc for extra 
 
 shell jacket. 
 Blue cloth for regimental frock coat. 
 Kerseymere for regimental trousers. 
 
 Military Clothing,S)C., for an Assistant Surgeon. 
 
 Undress frock coat. 
 
 Shell jacket. 
 
 Pair regimental trousers. 
 
 Regimental cloak. 
 Cocked hat. 
 Foraging cap.
 
 264 
 
 MONETARY SYSTEM OF INDIA. 
 
 Ecgulation sword. 
 Waterproof sword bag. 
 Sword knot. 
 Black slino- belt. 
 
 Pair frock shoulder scales. 
 
 Pair shell jackets, shoulder cords. 
 
 Two military stocks. 
 
 All military clotliing and appointments should be packed in tin, to prevent 
 damage. 
 
 MONETARY SYSTEM OF INDIA. 
 
 The following table exhibits the scheme of the British India Monetary 
 ?ystem : 
 
 GOLD-MOHUB. 
 
 KUPEE. 
 
 ANNA. 
 
 PYSA. 
 
 PIE. 
 
 Calcutta 1 
 
 16 
 
 256 
 
 1024 
 
 3072 
 
 Madras and } . 
 Bombay i' "•^ 
 
 15 
 
 210 
 
 960 
 
 2880 
 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 64 
 
 192 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 12 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 Small shells, called cowries, are also still partially made use of for fractional 
 payments, and are reckoned as follows ; but their value is subject to consider- 
 able fluctuation, and they are now nearly superseded by the copper currency : 
 
 4 Cowries make , 1 Gunda. 
 
 20 Gundas 1 Pun. 
 
 5 Puns 1 Anna. 
 
 EXCHANGES. 
 
 For the conversion of the rupee into the equivalent currency of other nations, 
 it is necessary to take into consideration the fluctuating relative value of the 
 I)recious metals inter sc, from the circumstance of gold being in some, and silver 
 in others, the legal medium of circulation. 
 
 It is also necessary to take account of the mint charge for coining at each 
 place, which adds a flctitious value to the local coin. The pm- of exchange is, for 
 tliesc reasons, a somewhat ambiguous term, requiring to be distinguished under 
 two more definite denominations. 1st, The intrinsic par, which represents that 
 case in which the pure metal contained in the parallel denominations of coins is 
 equal. 2nd, The commercial par, or that case in Avhich the current A'alue of the 
 coin at each place (after deducting the seignorage leviable for coinage) is equal ; 
 or, in other words, " two sums of money of different countries are commercially
 
 MONETARY SYSTEM OF INDIA. 265 
 
 at par, while they can purchase an equal quantity of the same kind of pure 
 metal." 
 
 Thus if silver be taken from India to England, it must be sold to a bvdlion 
 merchant at the market price, the jiroprietor receiving payment in gold (or notes 
 convertible into it). The London mint is closed against the imiJorterof silver; 
 ■which metal has not, therefore, a minimum value in the English market fixed by 
 the mint price, although it has so in Calcutta, where it may always be converted 
 into coin at a charge of 2 per cent. On the other hand, if a remittance in gold 
 be made from India to England, its out-turn there is known and fixed ; the 
 new Calcutta rjold mohur being convertible into 1 66th or 1 2-3rds sovereign 
 nearly ; but the price of the gold mohur fluctuates as considerably in India as 
 that of silver does in England, the natural tendency of commerce being to bring 
 to an equilibrium the operations of exchange in the two metals. 
 
 The exchange between England and India has, therefore, a two-fold expression ; 
 for silver, the price of the sicca rupee in shillings and pence ; for gold, the price 
 of the sovereign in rupees. To calculate the out-turn of a bullion remittance in 
 either metal, recourse may be had to the following. 
 
 Talk of English and Indian Exchanges. 
 
 The data for the calculation of these tables are : 
 
 1st. One 77mn. (or lOOlbs. troy) of silver (l-12ths alloy) is coined into 3200 Com- 
 pany's rupees, of which sixty-four and sixty respectively are taken as mint 
 duty, being at the rate of 2 per cent. 
 
 2nd. lOOlbs. troy of English standard silver (18-240ths alloy) is coined into 
 6600 shillings, of which 400 are taken as seignorage or mint duty, being 4s. per 
 lb. or nearly 6 per cent. ; but the mint is not open to the holders of silver bullion, 
 ■which is only purchased through the bank when required for coinage. 
 
 3rd. The sovereign (l-12ths alloy) weighs 123.25 grains troy, and no duty is 
 charged on its coinage. lOOlbs. of pure gold j-ield 5098.3 sovereigns — 3069.5 
 new gold mohurszzSOilA o\il gold mohuj-szzM90.9 Madras and Bombay moliurs. 
 
 The par of exchange with other countries may be estimated from the intrinsic 
 and mint produce of their coins thus, assuming the Spanish dollar to weigh 416 
 grains troy, and to be 5 dwts. worse in assay, we have for 
 
 Spain and America 
 
 {—231.111 tolahs in Aveight. 
 —225.858 Fd. rupees \ or deducting duty ^ 221.341 Fd. Rs. 
 —211.742 Sa. rupees i of 2 percent. "/ 207.508 Sa. Rs. 
 
 The Spanish dollar forms also the currency of the Straits of Malacca and of 
 Manilla ; and it is extensively known in the colonies of England, Ceylon, the Cape, 
 Australia, &c. 
 
 For the British colonial possessions, however, an Order in Council was pro- 
 mulgated on the 23rd of j\Iarch, 1825, extending to tliem the circulation of 
 British silver and copper money, and directing all public accounts to be kept 
 therein. Where the dollar was, either by law, fact, or practice, still a legal 
 tender, it was to be accounted equivalent to 4.«. Ad., and vice versa. For the Cape 
 of Good Hope, where the circulation consisted of paper rix-dollars, and Ceylon, 
 where it consisted of silver and paper rix-dollars, as well as a variety of other 
 coins, it was provided tliat a tender and payment of 1a-. Gd. in I'ritish silver 
 money should be equivalent to the rix-dollar. The Conqmny's rupee is allowed 
 circulation at Is. l\d., and the five franc-piece at 4*. These regulations are 
 still in force in Ceylon, Australia, Van Diemau's Land, the Cape, Mauritius, 
 and St. Helena.
 
 266 MONETARY SYSTEM OF INDIA. 
 
 France. 
 
 The French kilogramme of standard silver (1-Olth alloy) is coined into 200 
 francs, and the kilogramme weighs 85,744 tolas, therefore, 
 
 f =r42.872 tolas in weight. 
 100 Francs < —42.092 Company's ts.I or deducting duty C 41.250 Fd. Es. 
 (—39.462 Sicca rs. iof2 per cent. 138.673 Sicca Es. 
 
 The coinage duty on silver at Paris is 1^ per cent., or § per cent, less than in 
 India ; hence it will be found that 100 Sa. Es. realise almost precisely 250 francs 
 at the Paris mint. 
 
 Minted gold in France is worth 15^ its weight of minted silver, or the 
 Mogramme is coined into 155 Napoleons or twenty franc-pieces ; the seignorage 
 on gold is only h per cent. 
 
 One kilogramme of pure gold yields 81,457 gold mohurs, or (deducting 2 per 
 cent, mint duty) 79,328 ditto, therefore 
 
 f ^:55.319 tolas in weight. 
 
 I —47.315 old gold mrs. ^or deduct- /46.369 old gold mohurs. 
 100 Napoleons •{ :=47.757 new ditto f ing dut)'! 46.802 new ditto. 
 I IZ54.343 Madras and f of 2 per\ 53.227 Madras and 
 [ Bombay gold rs. 3 cent. \ Bombay gold rupees. 
 
 Note. — In a coin we consider the weight and standard. By standard is meant 
 the proportion of pure gold or silver which it contains ; the rest is alloy. Thus, 
 if we suppose a coin to contain a thousand parts of metal, of which 917 are pure 
 gold or silver, the eighty-three remaining parts being alloy, the 917 represent 
 the standard or relative purity of the coin. 
 
 Suppose we wish to know what is the value in English money of the 
 Eussian Imperial often rubles ; the weight is 13,073 gram., the standard at 
 917 ; deducting the alloy, that is, 108 gram., there remain, in pure gold, 11,988 
 grammes. 
 
 The English sovereign weighs 79,808 gram., the standard is at 917, the aUoy 
 consequently 662 gram., and the weight of pure gold contained in it 73,184 
 grammes. 
 
 Now, by the rule of three, the question will thus be resolved : 7318 gram.: 
 11,988 gram. : : 20 shillings : = \l. 12s. 6rf. 
 
 By this method, we can ascertain the relative value of all coins ; but some- 
 times the value thus ascertained will not exactly agree with the sum allowed in 
 exchange. This difference arises from political causes and commercial vicissi- 
 tudes. Thus, for instance, the value at par of the sovereign in French money 
 is 2of. 26c., yet it rose to 25f. 50c. in the month of August last, after the change 
 of the French Ministry. This fall and rise, in the relative value of money, 
 principally takes place whenever there is a paper currency. 
 
 EGYPTIAN MONEY, WEIGHTS, AND MEASUEES. 
 
 MEASURES OF LENGTH AND LAND. 
 
 The^i?r is a space measured by the extension of the thumb and first finger. 
 The shibr is the common span measured by the extension of the thumb and little 
 
 finger. 
 The Eg'jptian cubit, for measuring linen, is equal to 22l English Inches.
 
 MONETARY SYSTEM OF INDIA. 267 
 
 The Indian cubit (drah belidee), used for measuring Indian 
 goods 25 English In. 
 
 The Turkish cubit (drah stamooke), used for measuring 
 European cloth 264 » » 
 
 Tlie ckub'dahs is the measure of a man's fist with the thumb 
 erect, or about 6i „ „ 
 
 Thefcddan Cabout one-third of an English acre) has twenty- 
 four parts, or clieerets, or 333^ ckub'dalis. 
 
 Tlie malackal, or Egyptian league, is, in Lower Egypt, from 
 
 •2s miles to 3 miles. 
 
 In Upper Egypt from 3| miles to 4i „ 
 
 CORN MEASURES. 
 
 The ardeb, nearly five English bushels. 
 The ivei/beh is the sixth of an ardeb. 
 The rooba is the fourth of a weybeh. 
 
 WEIGHTS FOR GOLD, GEMS, &C. 
 
 The grain (of wheat), about f of a grain. 
 
 The grain (of barley), about I grain. 
 
 Four grains 1 keerat (carat). 
 
 Sixteen grains (49 grains English) 1 derhm (drachm). 
 
 One and a half derhm 1 mitqal. 
 
 Twelvederhms 1 oqeea. 
 
 AVOIRDUPOIS. 
 
 The mitqal 1 derhm, or nearly 72 grains. 
 
 8 mitqals 1 oqeea or oz. av. 
 
 12 oqeea 1 rotl or pound. 
 
 2? rotl 1 equ or wuq'qa. 
 
 110 „ 1 qantar or cwt. 
 
 108 „ „ „ „ for coffee. 
 
 102 „ „ „ „ for pepper, &c. 
 
 120 „ „ „ „ for cotton. 
 
 150 „ „ „ „ forgums,&c. 
 
 EGYPTIAN MONEY. 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 Thefudd'ah (copper and silver mixed), about i of a farthing.* 
 
 The 7ioos'.<i chir'sh (half a piastre), about Isd. 
 
 The cAiVs'A (piastre), about 2f;d. 
 
 The .saaA'tye/i (or small kheyreeyeh, gold) 9?d. 
 
 The khey'reeych (gold) 21;;d. « 
 
 The kees, or purse, is the sum of 500 piastres, or... 5/. sterling. 
 
 The khaz'neh, or treasury, is 1000 purses, or 5000/. sterling. 
 
 The coins of Constantinople are current in Egypt, but scarce. European and 
 American dollars are also current, most of them equivalent to twenty Egyptian 
 piastres. The English sovereign is called gin'yeh (for guinea), and is current in 
 
 * There are pieces of five, ten, and twenty fuddahs.
 
 268 MONETARY SYSTEM OF IMDIA. 
 
 CHINESE MONEY, WEIGHTS, AND MEASUKES. 
 
 China Weights and Money. 
 
 10 hAvuh make asze* 
 
 10 sze a haou.t 
 
 10 haou a a le, or cash. 
 
 10 lef a fun, or candareen.f 
 
 10 fun a tseen, or mace 
 
 10 tseen a leang, ortael. 
 
 16 leang akin, or cattyrrl^lb. avordiipois. 
 
 100 kiu a tan, or pecul:=133^lbs. 
 
 7 mace 2 can a Spanish Dollar. 
 
 As the Chinese have no gold or silver coins, but make payments in those 
 metals by weight, this table applies equally to money and to weights of all 
 kinds, excepting that, in money reckonings, nothing higher than the leang or 
 tael is employed. The only coined money the Chinese have is the le, or cash. 
 It is made of a very base alloy of copper, is round, about the size of an English 
 farthing, and has a square hole in the middle, by which a hundred or more are 
 usually strung together ; on one side are Chinese characters, denoting the 
 reign imder which the cash was cast ; and on the other side, in those of the 
 present dynasty, are either Chinese or Manthchou characters, designating the 
 place of coinage. Under preceding dynasties, two, five, and ten-cash pieces 
 have been in use, as well as other coins of various descriptions ; but the single 
 cash lis the only coin now current throughout the empire. It is cast also in 
 Japan, Corea, and Cochiu-China, and is clandestinely imported from the last- 
 named place, to a large amount. 
 
 Weights. 
 
 In China, almost every thing is sold 1)y weight, not excepting even liquids 
 and live stock. The only weights are those already given above, the principal 
 of which are the pecul, catty, and tael, divided thus : — 
 
 16 taels make a catty. 
 
 100 catties a pecul. 
 
 At Macao, the pecul is distinguished by the Portuguese into three kinds, 
 viz. — 
 
 The pecul balanca of 100 catties rr 133^1bs. avoirdupois ; 
 The pecul seda, of 111-15 do. := 148"ilbs ; and 
 The pecul chapa, of 150 do. =r 200lbs. 
 
 90 catties seda rr a Canton pecul, or pecul balanca. 
 
 * These terms are also applied to designate the parts of a dollar: haou is a 
 tenth, and sze a hundredth part. 
 
 t In money, the value of the candareen varies from ten to thirteen or four- 
 teen copper cash, and hence the mace varies from 100 to 140, and the dollar 
 from 720 to 1000 cash ; but in weight, whether of silver or of any other article, 
 the le, or cash, always continues the same integral part of a candereen. 
 
 X This is the general estimate, made by the government, and the bazaar 
 change for dollars to small amount, seven mace two candereen being the full 
 weight of a good and unmutilated dollar ; but in consequence of the system 
 adopted by all Chinese merchants and shopkeepers, stamping every dollar they 
 pay out, the weight very speedily diniinislies, until the dollar is eventually 
 broken uato pieces, in which state it is melted into sycee.
 
 MONETARY SYSTEM OF INDIA. 269 
 
 By the first, are sold cotton and valuable articles ; by the second, alum, 
 pepper, and coarse goods ; and by the third, rice. 
 
 In transactions between one Chinese and another, goods are weighed by the 
 Chinese dotchin, or balance, which is about 3 per cent, less than the English 
 weights ; the latter are always used in transactions with foreigners. 
 
 Note. At the money standard of 120 oz. 16dwts. English troy weight for 
 100 taels, the pecul, which contains 1600 taels, should weigh, avoirdupois, 
 132,535lbs. The actual standard of the pecul being 1333lbs., a slight discre- 
 pancy thus appears between the money tael and the commercial tael, as the 
 standard assigned to each. But no such diffei'ence is recognised by the Chinese. 
 This is noticed, to account for what will otherwise appear erroneous in some of 
 the following tables. 
 
 Measures. — I. Long Measure. 
 
 10 fun, or parts, make a tsun, or punt. 
 
 10 tsun, or punts a chili, or covid ~ 14f inches. 
 
 10 chill, or covids a chang zz 4 yards nearly. 
 
 10 chang a yin. ^ 
 
 The above are employed in the measurement of all kinds of piece goOTR, &c., 
 as well as of every description of workmanship. The following are employed in 
 measuring distances : — 
 
 5 cliih, or covids, make a poo, or pace zz 5k feet nearly.* 
 
 360 poo, or paces a le, or Chinese mile 3: 959:^ yards. 
 
 250 le, or miles a too, or degrees on the equator. 
 
 The chill, covid, or foot, is of several varying lengths ; according to Milburne, 
 that of the Mathematical Academy is about 13^ English inches ; that of the 
 Tribunal of Public Works, 12.7 inches ; and that employed by tailors and 
 tradesmen, 13^ inches. None, however, of these three, is the same as the ordi- 
 nary covid of Canton, used both in the measurement of vessels, and by trades- 
 men, wliich is about 14| inches. Tiie le, or mile, is likewise a very uncertain 
 measure of length, varying in almost every part of the countrJ^ It also, like 
 the European geographical mile, forms an integral part of a degree, whether of 
 latitude or longitude. But the scientific division of a degree, derived from 
 the European missionaries, is into 60 fun, or minutes, the fun being divided into 
 CO mcaou, or seconds. 
 
 II. — Land Measure. 
 
 5 chil, or covids make a poo, or kuiig. 
 
 240 poo, or kiuig a mow, or acre. 
 
 100 mow, or acres a king. 
 
 This is the present established land measure, which varies considerably from 
 that formerly in use. In scientific calculations, the mow is divided into ten fun, 
 and the fun into 24 le, and so on, tiirough the several fractional terms wliicli 
 have been already given, at the commencement of the table of weights. The 
 poo, or pace, also, is divided decimally, the same terms, fun, Ic, &c., being 
 employed. 
 
 III. — Measure of Contents. 
 
 6 suli make a kwei. 
 
 10 kwei a chaou. 
 
 10 chaou a tsuy. 
 
 * This, being according to the measure of the mathematical academy, differs 
 from the preceding statement.
 
 270 MONETARY SYSTEM OF INDIA. 
 
 10 tsuy a cho. 
 
 10 cho a ho 
 
 10 ho a shing — 31| cubic punts. 
 
 10 shhig a tow — 316 „ „ 
 
 Stow , ahwo ~ 1580 „ „ 
 
 2 hwo a shih —3160 „ „ 
 
 This is the scientific division, established by the reigning dynasty. The 
 common measures are : — 
 
 2 cho make a ho. 
 
 10 ho a shing, or pint. 
 
 10 shing a tow. 
 
 10 tow a hwo. 
 
 This table is employed almost exclusively in the measurement of grain ; all 
 other articles, and even liquids, being sold by weight. In dealings with 
 foreigners, however, and probably, also, in large dealings among themselves, the 
 Chinese sell rice and other grain by the catty and pecul weight, instead of tlie 
 shing,%)w, &c. In the sale of paddy, two-thirds are allowed for the trouble and 
 diminution in weight, which accompany the taking off the husk, or, which is the 
 same thing, paddy is sold at one-third the price of the same weight of rice. 
 
 Numbers. 
 Though not properly included among the subjects now treated of, may be, 
 not inappropriately, here given. The ten units are the following : — 
 
 Atfalllength. ^XurTctlT ^^-*-- ^°"«''- 
 
 1 Yih yat yit* chit 
 
 2 Urh ee je no 
 
 3 San sam sam sua 
 
 4 Sze se soo se 
 
 5 Woo ing ngoe goe 
 
 6 Lew luk leuk lak 
 
 7 Tseih tsat chit chit 
 
 8 Pa pat pat payh 
 
 9 Kew kow kew kaou. 
 10 Shih shap sip chap 
 
 The Chinese term for expressing 100, is pih ; 1000, tseen ; 10,000, wan ; 
 1,000,000, pih wan, "a hundred myriads;" 100,000,000, yih, &c., progressing 
 decunally through the terms chaou, king, hae, te, jang kon, keen, ching, and 
 tsae. To express 12, 13, &c,, the words are figures 10 and 2, 10 and 3 are put 
 together ; thus, shih-urh, 12 ; shih-san, 13, &c. Also urh-shi-yih, "two tens 
 and one," denotes 21, &c. 
 
 In China, almost every trade has a distinct system of secret numbers ; that 
 is, instead of using the proper characters for designating prices, they adopt other 
 characters, by which they arbitrarily express their meaning, so as to be under- 
 stood only by persons of the same trade. The Chinese method of computing is 
 by a kind of abacus, which they call a Swan-pwan, " coimting board." 
 
 • In the Fokien provincial dialect characters have two prommciations, the 
 reading and the spoken or colloquial. The pronunciations here printed in 
 italics are the colloquial
 
 271 
 
 THE BENGAL SEASONS AND THEIR PRODUCE. 
 
 JANUARY. 
 
 This is one of the most pleasant months in the year ; its temperature is cool 
 and refresliing, and extremely congenial to all but the victims of gout and 
 rheumatism. The air at mid-day is generally clear and wholesome, but the 
 mornings and evenings are sometimes damp and foggy. 
 
 The thermometer ranges, in the shade, from 52° in the morning to 65° in the 
 afternoon. 
 
 A northerly wind prevails during this month, but seldom blows with much 
 strength. When it does, and is accompanied with rain, the cold is very dis- 
 agreeable. 
 
 Vegetables of all kmds are now in the highest state of perfection ; the 
 markets abound with green peas, cauliflowers, cabbages, turnips, potatoes, 
 asparagus, yams, carrots, spinach, greens, cucumbers, radishes, celery, let- 
 tuces, young onions, nol-cole, kutchoo, French beans, seem, brinjalls, red and 
 white beet, &c., &c. 
 
 In the meat market there is a plentiful supply of beef, mutton, veal, lamb, 
 pork, kid, poultry, &c., of the superior kinds. 
 
 Game also is to be had in great abundance — snipe, duck, teal, &c. 
 
 The fish market is well supplied at this season, with beckty, or cock-up (the 
 salmon of the liast), moonjee, rowe, cutlah, quoye, sowle, selliah, bholah, eels, 
 soles, and many others of inferior descriptions. 
 
 Fruit trees, in general, begin to show their buds and blossoms this month ; 
 mangoe, peach, pumplenose (shaddock), rose-apples, &c. 
 
 The fruits in season are Sylhet and China oranges, loquats, plantains, pine- 
 apples, long and round plums, large guavas, pumplenose, tipparah, and a few 
 others. 
 
 The following fruits and vegetables are procurable, not only in this month, 
 but throughout the whole year, viz. — plantains, sugar-canes, cocoa-nuts, guavas, 
 pine-apples, papiahs, custard-apples, jack, country almonds, tamarinds, orarah, 
 barbutty, mint, sage, parsley, onions, radishes, lettuce, &c. Sow the lirst crop 
 of melon seeds about the 20th or 25th of this month. 
 
 FEBRUAlir. 
 
 This month is generally cool and comfortable, particularly if the northerly 
 wind prevails ; the weather :ifterwards becomes disagreeable, till a change of 
 season takes place about the end of the month. 
 
 When the weather is variable, the wind blows principally from the N.W., 
 veering round occasionally to the N.E., attended with clouds and drizzling 
 rain ; this continues till about the 2nth, when the southerly wind sets in. 
 The weather now becomes mild and genial; the days, however, sometimes 
 rather hot, and the nights cold, with heavy dews. 
 
 The thermometer, in the shade, ranges, on a medium, from 58^ in the morning 
 to 75° in the evening.
 
 272 BENGAL SEASONS 
 
 Rheumatism and pout become less troublesome after the southerly winds 
 have set in. Warm clothing becomes rather unpleasant to new comers, but not 
 so to old Indians, whose blood is not so easily heated. Sometimes this month 
 is rather showery, which protracts the cold season till the middle of the follow- 
 ing month. 
 
 The fish market has the addition of the small hilsah (the Indian mackerel). 
 
 Meat and vegetables continue good and abundant. 
 
 The additional vegetables are pumpkins and young cucumbers, and the fruits 
 custard-apples, mulberries, and small water-melons. 
 
 The weather, during the greater portion of this month, is but just pleasantly 
 ■warm, at least to old Indians ; towards the latter part of it, however, the heat 
 becomes occasionally rather oppressive, even to them. 
 
 MARCH. 
 
 The thermometer ranges, in the shade, from 68° in the morning to 82° in the 
 afternoon. 
 
 Various operations of husbandry generally commence this month, so soon as 
 the ground is moistened by rain; this, however, sometimes happens at the latter 
 end of Februar}'-, and then it is occasioned by an unusual quantity of rain. 
 
 The meat market continues good. 
 
 Fish to be had in abundance, and the market has the addition of the gooteah, 
 a small, but well-flavoured fish. 
 
 Green peas and turnips disappear at the end of this month ; salad, cabbages, 
 carrots, and celery, are on the decline ; but asparagus and potatoes continue 
 excellent : green mangoes and unripe musk-melons are to be had ; also omrah, 
 greens, and water-cresses. 
 
 Fruit is also plentiful ; large water-melons appear about the middle of the 
 month, and continue in perfection till the middle of June. 
 
 The north-westers, with thunder and lightning, and rain, generally appear 
 towards the end of this month. 
 
 APRIL. 
 
 The beginning of this month is sometimes pleasant, particularly if the north- 
 westers are frequent ; but the middle and latter part are disagreeable in the 
 extreme ; it is one of the worst months in the year. 
 
 The thermometer ranges, in the shade, from 80= in the morning to 90° in 
 the afternoon ; but when exposed to the sun, it rises to 1 10°. 
 
 The wind blows from the south, and is very strong throughout the month ; 
 and when the wind is hot, from the absence of rain, it becomes oppressive. This 
 state of the weather is very unfavourable to vegetation. 
 
 The north-westers are, at times, attended with dreadful storms of thunder 
 and lightning, during which rain and hail fall in torrents ; these storms some- 
 times occasion much damage. The north-westers continue, at intervals, till the 
 beginning, and sometimes till the middle of May. 
 
 This is an unfavourable season for meat, which begins to be flabby and poor, 
 the fat spongy and yellow. 
 
 Thc|fish-market has the addition of the mangoe fish, so called from its annual 
 visit to all the Bengal rivers, at this (the mangoe) season, to spawn : it appears 
 us soon as the mangoe is formed on the tree, and disappears at the close of the 
 season — that is, about the middle of July. This fish has, perhaps the most 
 agreeable flavour of any in the world, and is so much sought after (by natives as 
 Avell as Europeans), that, although not so large as a middle-sized whitmg, they
 
 AND THEIR PRODUCE. 273 
 
 are sold, at the beginning of the month, at from two to four rupees per score. 
 Before the end of May, as they become plentiful, tliey are sold at one rupee per 
 score ; and in June, two to three score may be had for a rupee. The fish 
 market has also the addition of the carp and magoor. 
 
 Potatoes, asparagus, onions, cucumbers, and a few cabbage sprouts, are the 
 only vegetables to be procured. 
 
 Water-melons and musk-melons are in great perfection ; but there is not 
 much fruit now to be had in the market. Green mangoes for pickling, and 
 corinda for tarts, are m great abundance. 
 
 MAY. 
 
 The present is considered a very bad month, the weather being parching hot, 
 Avith no rain. 
 
 The thermometer ranges in the shade, on a medium, from 85° in the morning 
 to 98° in the afternoon : if exposed to the full Lnllueace of the sun-beams, it will 
 rise to 140 degrees, and sometimes higher. 
 
 The weather, as we have already said, is most oppressive, especially the latter 
 half of the month : the wind continues soutlierly, and the heat is scarcely bear- 
 able. Of all months in the year, the present is the most trying, particularly to 
 those whose avocations compel them to be much out of doors. To be exposed 
 to the sun without a covering, is extremely dangerous at any hour ; from ten 
 to five o'clock, it would be ruin to any constitution except to that of a native, 
 inured to the climate by birth and practice ; and even natives sometimes fall a 
 sacrifice to the powerful influence of the sun. The heat in the first half of the 
 month is sometimes relieved by north-westers, accompanied by refreshing 
 showers ; vivid lightning and loud thunder at times attend the north-westers. 
 
 Grapes of the largest size, peaches, pine apples, limes, rose-apples, lichees, 
 jambrules, wampees, mangoes, jack, together with water-melons, musk-melons, 
 pomegranates, custard-apples, and a great variety of inferior fruits, are in 
 season. 
 
 The meat market is very inferior to that of last month. 
 
 Fish continues good and abundant, the beckty excepted, which from the diffi- 
 culty of its reaching the market in a firm state, becomes scarce. Mangoe fish is 
 in great perfection this month. 
 
 Asparagus, potatoes, and cabbage sprouts, with indifferent turnips, sweet 
 potatoes, cucumbers and onions are nearly all the vegetables now in the market. 
 Pumpkins and several roots are, however, procurable. 
 
 JUNE. 
 
 The periodical rains set in about the middle of this month. Eefreshing showers 
 fall occasionally, which cool the air and encourage vegetation. 
 
 Tlie thermometer during the first half of this month, frequently rises to 99°, 
 in the shade, at noon, but in general the rains, which commence about the 15th, 
 keep the temperature much below this. 
 
 The wcatlier throughout the whole of this month is oppressiv in proportion 
 to the quantity of rain which fidls ; if the weather be dry the heat is scarcely 
 bearable ; it is generally very close ; not a breath of air from any quarter. 
 
 Meat, as must be expected, is now very indifferent. 
 
 The fish market is much the same as during last month. 
 
 Mangoes and mangoe-fish are in great abundance and perfection. Tlie IMaldah 
 mangoes arrive in Calcutta about tlie middle or latter end of this month, and 
 they are considered to be the best that can be procured in B3ngal. Grapes, 
 
 T
 
 274 BENGAL SEASONS 
 
 peaches, lichees, &c., disappear towards the end of this month. Custard-apples, 
 pine-apples, and guavas are in great perfection. 
 Asparagus, potatoes, and onions, are the principal vegetables that remain. 
 
 JULY. 
 
 This month is attended with much rain ; the winds are light and variable ; 
 the weather frequently gloomy and sometimes stormy, with heavy falls of rain, 
 whilst at intervals it is fair and mild. 
 
 The thermometer ranges in the shade from 80° in the morning to 89° in the 
 afternoon. 
 
 The showery weather of the present and preceding month, is productive of the 
 most beneficial effects to the grain. 
 
 Meat continues lean and poor. 
 
 Tlie fish market continues good. The moonjee, the rowe, the cutlah, the 
 quoye, the sowle, the magoor, the chingree, the tangrah, and the choonah, are 
 procurable in this month, and indeed all the year round. The hilsa (or sable) 
 fish now makes its appearance. This fish is delicious, either boiled, baked, or 
 fried ; but it is generally considered very unwholesome. The natives devour it 
 in such quantities as to occasion great mortality among them. The fish on being 
 cured with tamarinds, forms a good substitute for herrings. It is then known 
 by the appellation of the tamarind fish. 
 
 Mangoes and mangoe fish disappear this month. 
 
 Pine-apples, custard-apples, and guavas continue in season. 
 
 The vegetable market is very indifierent — asparagus is in perfection, but po- 
 tatoes become poor and watery. Young lettuces, cucumbers, and sweet potatoes 
 are now procurable ; also the cumrunga and corinda. 
 
 AUGUST. 
 
 In the present month also there is abundance of rain ; the weather continues 
 much the same as last. This and the preceding month are remarkable for heavy 
 falls of rain, being the wettest in the whole year. 
 
 The thermometer ranges in the shade from 80° in the morning to 90° in the 
 afternoon. 
 
 Light and variable winds and cloudy weather, with smart and light rain, 
 prevail at the beginning of the month ; the middle is sometimes fair, and tole- 
 rably cool ; the remainder variable, attended at times with strong winds and 
 heavy rain. 
 
 From the combined heat and moisture, in this month and the preceding, ve- 
 getation springs up and spreads with astonishing rapidity. 
 
 The meat and fish markets are much the same as last month. 
 
 Pmiiplenose (shaddock) appear this month ; pine-apples, custard-apples, and 
 guavas continue in perfection. 
 
 The vegetables procurable arc salad, asparagus, cucmnber, brinjalls, kidney 
 beans, radishes, turnips, cabbage sprouts, and indifferent potatoes. Indian 
 corn, cucumbers, and spinach, are to be had now and all the year round, but 
 they are tasteless, except at this season, when they become firm, good, and very 
 palatable. The avigato pear is sometimes procurable at this period. 
 
 SEPTEMBER. 
 
 The rains subside considerably during this month. 
 
 The wind continues light and variable, attended with occasional cloudy wea- 
 ther. The days are sometimes fair, mild, and bright, and the temperature 
 agreeable.
 
 AND THEIR PRODUCE. 275 
 
 The thermometer ranges from 78° in the morning to 85° in the afternoon. 
 
 The meat market is much the same as in last month. 
 
 The fish market experiences but slight improvement, for although there is 
 abundance of fish, yet it is not always firm and good, except the beckty, which 
 becomes larger and better flavoured. The following are also in the market : — 
 the bholah, dessy tangrah, kontch, bhengirs, gungtorah, kowell, toontee, pyrah 
 chondah, and crawfish. 
 
 Vegetables and potatoes are very indifferent ; yams come in season about 
 this time. 
 
 In the fruit market small oranges make their appearance, but they are very 
 acid. Custard-apples, pine-apples, guavas, and pumplenose continue in season. 
 
 OCTOBER. 
 
 The first half of this month generally yields a good supply of rain, and intro- 
 duces the powerful influence of a second spring season upon all vegetating bodies. 
 
 The rainy season breaks up generally between the lOtli and 20th of this 
 month ; sometimes, however, it continues a little longer, but this is seldom the 
 case ; the concluding showers are frequently heavy, continuing from six to 
 twenty -four hoiirs incessantly, after which the weather becomes fair, calm, and 
 settled. 
 
 The thermometer ranges in the shade from 75° m the morning to 80° in the 
 afternoon. 
 
 The winds are in general light and variable during this month, veering from 
 south to north-west, thence to north and north-east. 
 
 The monsoon changes about the '2lst of this month, after which light breezes 
 set in from the north and north-east. 
 
 As soon as the weather sets in fair, the season becomes propitious for pre- 
 paring the kitchen garden. 
 
 The meat markets begin to revive, and the fish market to improve ; the 
 beckty becomes firm, and the other fish proportionably good ; snipes make 
 their appearance. 
 
 Vegetables and fruit continue much the same as last month till the latter end 
 of the present month, when, if the season is favourable, both experience a con- 
 siderable improvement. Oranges become larger and better flavoured, and cus- 
 tard-apples are in great perfection. 
 
 Young potatoes, sometimes, make their appearance this month, but they have 
 very little flavour ; they are small and watery. Pomegranates are procurable, 
 also sour wood-apples. 
 
 NOVE^IBER. 
 
 Tlie weather is clear and settled and the thermometer temperate. Sometimes 
 the days are warm, but the mornings and evenings are cool and agreeable. 
 
 K the rains cease early in Octol)er, and the cold weather follows shortly after, 
 November becomes a beautiful and delightful month. Nothing can ))e more 
 favourable than this season for tlie renovation of the health of the valetudina- 
 rian, after having experienced the debilitating effects of the hot weather. 
 
 Light northerly winds prevail this month. 
 
 The thermometer ranges from 70° in the morning to 75° in the afternoon. 
 
 The seeds committed to the soil during the last and present month start into 
 life with a vigour unknown to other climes. 
 
 The meat market looks wliolcsome ; beef, mutton, veal, pork, and poultry, 
 become firm and good. 
 
 t2
 
 276 gardener's calendar. 
 
 Game comes in also this month, in considerable quantities ; wild ducks, snipe, 
 teal, &c. 
 
 Abundance of fish is procurable, also firm and good, such as beckty, banspa- 
 tah, gungtorah, mirgal, carp, and mangoe-fish without roes. 
 
 The vegetable market begins afresh this inontli by tlie introduction of green 
 peas, new potatoes, lettuces, greens of different kinds, spinach, radishes, and 
 turnips. 
 
 In the fruit market may be had oranges, limes, lemons, pumplenose, pine- 
 apples, custard-apples, papiah, plantains, cocoa-nuts, coimtry almonds, pome- 
 granates, sour wood-apples, &c. 
 
 DECEMBER. 
 
 The weather continues fair, cool, and, on the whole, extremely fine, through- 
 out the month, with a light northerly wind. 
 
 The days and nights are cold and clear, and the morning and evenings foggy, 
 particularly at the latter end of the month. 
 
 Tiie tliermometer ranges from 58^ in the morning to 65° in the afternoon. 
 
 The meat and fish markets are in great perfection, both as to quantity and 
 quality; game of all kinds in abundance. 
 
 The vegetable market is excellent, yielding green peas, young potatoes, let- 
 tuces, young onions, radishes, small salad, sweet potatoes, French beans, seem, 
 brini.ills, yam, carrots, turnips, greens, young cabbages, and cauliflowers. 
 
 The fruit market continues much the same as last month ; Brazil currants 
 (tipparahs), make their appearance this month, together with wood apples and 
 other fruits. 
 
 GARDENER'S CALENDAR. 
 
 JANUARY. 
 
 TuE season is too far advanced to sow the generality of vegetables with much 
 prospect of success, but turnips, carrots, love-apples, vegetable marrow, all sorts 
 of pumpkins, lettuce, endive, radish, mustard and cress, spinach and Nepaul 
 spinach, may be sown during all this month ; also successive crops of late cab- 
 bage and knol-khole every fortnight. Turnips are said to succeed best when 
 placed in rows ; they should be thinned to a distance of six inches from each 
 other. Carrots rarely succeed well when planted at this season ; they should 
 be thinned but not transplanted, except when reqiiired for seed. Love-apples, 
 when two or three inches high, should be planted out in beds at five inches 
 apart, afterwards transplanted in rows two feet from each other, with a frame- 
 work to run upon. Vegetable marrow should be sown in rich light soil ; earth 
 up the stems as they increase, and peg down the leading branches at a joint. 
 Lettuce and endive should be planted in boxes or beds, and transplanted at one 
 foot apart from each other ; they may also be sown in beds, and thinned to the 
 proper distance — a few days before use they should be blanched by tying the 
 tops of the outer leaves over the rest. Radish, mustard, and cress may be sown 
 every week or ten days : the two last throughout the year. Spinach to be sown in
 
 gardener's calendar. 277 
 
 beds and thinned until the plants are one foot apart. Nepaul spinach should 
 be planted in rows, witli trellis work to run over. This vegetable continues to 
 flower and bring forth fresh leaves throughout the year, and requires no care. 
 Cabbage and knol-khole should be planted in boxes or beds, and transplanted 
 into other beds about three or four inches apart in three weeks or a month. 
 They may be transplanted a second or third time, especially the latter. When 
 transplanted for the last time they should be put in well manured trenches at 
 two feet from each other. Horse manure and ground bones are strongly recom- 
 mended for all the cabbage tribe. With care common cabbage and knol-khole 
 may be procured during every month in the year ; but those produced from the 
 end of October to the middle of February are far superior to any others. 
 
 Potatoes may be planted during the first week of this month also, and if the 
 season prove cool they may be expected to arrive at considerable perfection. 
 From the middle of July to the early part of September is the most favourable 
 time for j)lanting potatoes. 
 
 In this month the following vegetables and fruits are procurable in the market, 
 in large quantities and at very cheap prices : — carrots, tiirnips, cabbage, knol- 
 Ifhole, beetroot, Bombay and country onions, beans, country beans, double 
 beans, French beans, white beans, and peas. Pumplenose, Sylhet oranges, 
 country oranges, pomegranates, guavas, custard-apples, limes, plantain, loquots, 
 long plums, tipi)areah or Brazil gooseberries, and several other kinds of common 
 fruits and vegetables. 
 
 Peach trees should be slightly pruned during this month, and the small fruit 
 thinned wliere too tliick. 
 
 The finest flowers are now in bloom, and at the end of the month the collection 
 of flower seeds should commence. Indeed early mignionette and larkspur seeds 
 may be collected in the beginning of the month. Sow early melon and water- 
 melon seeds, also the last crop of red pumpkins. 
 
 FEBRUARY. 
 
 The remarks on last month apply generally to this ; but there is less chance 
 ■of success in rearing vegetables, as they seldom acqiiire much strength before the 
 hot winds set in. Turnips and carrots rarely succeed ; but radish, mustard and 
 cress, lettuce, endive, spinach, and some of the cabbage tribe may all be planted 
 in this month and throughout the year. Throughout this mouth the collection 
 of flower seeds is carried on rapidly. 
 
 All the fruits, vegetables, and flowers mentioned as procurable in the market 
 in January, may be had in as great perfection and as cheap or cheaper during 
 this month. 
 
 In this month peas are plentiful, and the following may be obtained of good 
 quality : — Jerusalem artichokes, asparagus, dulin beans, French beans, scarlet 
 runners, beet root, brocoli, cabbage, carrots, cauliflowers, celery, endive, lettuce, 
 knol-khole, onions, parsnips, spinach, turnips, and yams. Also the following 
 fruits : — custard-apple, Brazil gooseberries, guavas, lemons, mulberries, pum- 
 plenose, raspberries, strawberries, peaches, pine-apples, and a few otlicr kinds. 
 Melons and cucumbers should be sown during this month. Gatlier winter flower 
 seeds. Lay bare, for a fortnight or three weeks, the roots of peach trees, to 
 liartlen, and iireserve tliom from being destroyed by white ants. Use house- 
 plaster rubbish as manure when closing the roots. 
 
 MARCH. 
 
 But few vegetables come to any perfection that are sown in this month, but 
 it is desirable to sow successive crops of cabbage and lettuce, Mhich may be
 
 278 gardener's calendar. 
 
 planted in beds which are partly protected from the sun, and transplanted into 
 rows as required. 
 
 In the market, brinjal, carrots, and turnips may be procured in considerable 
 quantities and pretty good. Turnips are generally very stringy towards the 
 end of ?.Iarch. Country radish and all kinds of coimtry greens may be had in 
 large quantities, and all the kinds of fruit procurable in February are obtain- 
 able, with the addition of green mangoes and jakes, a few dates, and blackber- 
 ries. Young plants should be weeded in this month, and encircled with a slight 
 embankment, to retain the water which they must be afforded during the 
 greater part of this and the two succeeding months. Melons and cucumbers 
 should be sown during this month also, as well as grape and apple seeds, Indian 
 corn and sugar-cane. StiU gather winter flower seeds. 
 
 APRIL. 
 
 The remarks on March apply equally to this mouth ; but as the hot season 
 advances, the chances of success in rearing most kinds of vegetables diminish. 
 Late melons and cucumbers may be sown during this month likewise. Sow 
 melons in rich light soil, giving the plants plenty of room to run. When they 
 have thrown out four leaves, stop them by pinchmg off the leading bud : they 
 will then produce two lateral shoots, which stop in a similar manner ; and so 
 continue to treat each new-formed shoot, stopping it at the second or third 
 joint. When the plants begin to show fruit, stop the fruiting branches two 
 joints before the fruit. Cover the ground with leaves or straw to keep the roots 
 •cool, and to prevent the fruit from becoming spotted. 
 
 In this month plantains, jjine-apples, pumplenose, blackberries, ripe mangoes, 
 peaches, lichees, and all the other fruits procurable in INIarch, are abundant in 
 the market. Carrots, turnips, beans, and cabbages, are reduced in quantity 
 and their prices are considerably increased, when good. Brinjal, radish, water 
 pumpkins, aud greens in plent}', are to be had. ]Musk-melons, and several 
 other country melons, come into season about the middle of this month. 
 
 In the latter part of this month plant all the amaryllis or lily tribe, and, in 
 fact, all bulbous roots and plants should be sown or planted. Sow early 
 cucumbers, okra, Indian corn, sugar-cane, grape, apple, and all country fruit 
 seeds, so that the plants may have the advantage of the rain to grow up 
 vigorously. Gather winter flower seeds, and commence grafting and budding. 
 Plentifully water yoimg plants. 
 
 MAY. 
 
 ^Mangoes, pine-apples, pumplenose, plantains, and all the fruits procurable 
 last month, are supplied abundantly. Brinjals, greens, and summer flowers of 
 almost all sorts, are to be had plentifully in tlie market. Melons, water-melons, 
 &c., are plentifully supplied to the market about the end of this month. 
 
 Grafting and budding of all kinds should be performed during this month, 
 which is, though the hottest, yet the most favourable for such operations. And 
 the gathering of the seeds of winter flowers should be finished at its end. 
 Water young plants. Licliees and peaches get scarce at the end of this 
 month ; but wampees. wild lichees, and melons, continue plentiful. Sow long 
 cucumbers and white pumpkin seeds, grape seeds, peach stones, and fruit seeds 
 generally. 
 
 JUNE. 
 
 Asparagus seed should be sown in boxes towards the latter end of the month, 
 and transplanted in November, in rows two feet apart, and the plants one foot
 
 gardener's calendar. 279 
 
 from each other. The soil should be mixed with a large portion of rotten 
 horse manure : it is scarcely possible to make the ground too rich for aspa- 
 ragus. Fresh asparagus seed should be sown whenever procurable, and espe- 
 cially between the end of June and the beginning of December. 
 
 In this month mangoes, oranges, pine-apples, pumplenoses, plantains, pome- 
 granates, cucumbers, melons, limes, wild lichees, jake, monkey-jake, and a 
 great variety of berries and other fruits, are abundantly supplied at low prices 
 in the market. Carrots, turnips, cabbages, and other European vegetables, are 
 very scarce and dear ; but country greens and brinjals are procurable m small 
 quantities. About the end of the month melons disappear. 
 
 Young and tender plants should be carefully watered every evening during 
 this month, and chillies, oakra, Indian corn, pea-sticks, jute, red spinach, 
 China spinach, and the common native greens in general, including pulbul, 
 kurrala, jhingah, burbuttee, and chichingah, should be sown. The planting of 
 cuttings of all kinds of fruits and flowers, should be commenced at the end of 
 this month. Sow peach-stones and fruit seeds generally. Sow long cucumber 
 seeds at the end of the month. 
 
 JULY. 
 
 At the end of this month it is desirable to sow seeds for early parsley, beet, 
 knol khole, cabbage, cauliflower, brocoli, asparagus, endive, lettuce, carrots, 
 turnips, and other winter vegetables. 
 
 Celery. — Sow in boxes in this and the five following months. Remove to beds 
 when about three inches high, and into trenches, as required, after being a 
 month in the beds. The trenches sliould be 2^ feet deep, filled up with a foot 
 of light soil and stable manure, and afterwards gradually, as the jilant grows, 
 with light soil, till withm about six inches of the top. Water for the first two 
 months with the hand, after which they may be occasionally flooded. 
 
 Another way. — Having sown and transi)lanted as above, remove into trenches 
 four feet apart, and about eighteen inches deep, nearly fiUed with horse ma- 
 nure and rich earth. As the plant grows, bank up into ridges with light soil. 
 By this method the root of the plant, and not the stem, is watered when 
 flooded. 
 
 Knol-khole, cabbage, cauliflower, and brocoli. — Sow in boxes during this and 
 five following months. Remove in beds when two inches high, and transplant 
 the cabbage and knol khole twice, and cauliflower and brocoli at least three 
 times, allowing the growth of a couple of new leaves between each planting. 
 
 Asparagus. — Sow in beds in July, and remove the plants in November, into 
 raised beds of one or two rows. When the berries become red, cut the plants 
 two inches above the ground, and top dress, when they will be ready to cut 
 in ten days. By dressing the beds in succession, asftaragus may be iiroduccd 
 for the table all the year. Stable manure is the best, and the plant sliould 
 invariably be watered by the hand, and never flooded, except in very hot 
 weather. Plants, if taken care of, will produce for eight or ten years. They 
 should, however, bo wintered (roots cleared of the earth, and exposed for some 
 days), and the ground dressed every second year. 
 
 Lettuce and llndive. — Sow in boxes or pots surrounded with water, till the 
 plants appear, otherwise the small red ant will destroy them. Plant out as re- 
 quired, and tie up a few days before you cut for use. 
 
 Carrots. — Sow in a light, deep, sandy soil. 
 
 Turnips. — Sow in a rich soil, well manured. 
 
 In tlie market all European vegetables are very scarce and dear this month, 
 Brinjal, greens, and other native vegetables are sui)plied. Pine-apples and
 
 280 gardener's calendar. 
 
 melons are getting out of season. Plantains, pumpkins, and cucumbers, are 
 plentiful. 
 
 Mangoes continue till towards the end of the month. Pine-apples, jakes, 
 monkey-jakes, bonch, and guavas, are very abundant. Young plants and 
 grafts should be all planted out during this month, and the trees pruned as 
 soon as they have done bearing, as that is the only time when it can be done 
 with benefit to them. Cuttings of all trees and shrubs should be put in this 
 month, as M-ell as slips of artichokes, which, as soon as they have established 
 themselves, should be cut down close to the ground. Standard flower and 
 dahlia seeds should be sown. Balsam seeds should be sown in the beginning 
 of the month, and until the end of October. 
 
 All grafting and budding should be finished this month, so that the rains 
 of the two succeeding months may cause them to shoot up with vigour 
 when planted out. Wampees, blackberries, and wild-lichees, go out of season 
 during the early part of this month. Sow mangoe, jake, blackberry, date, and 
 all kinds of summer fruit seeds, during tliis month — tliey will thrive well — like- 
 wise sow gooseberries. Expose the roots of young plants from the middle of 
 this month to the middle of September, to harden them, or they may fall sacri- 
 fices to v/hite ants. Sow the irregular earhj crop of potatoes. 
 
 AUGUST. 
 
 Successive crops of all the vegetables sown in July should be planted at the 
 end of this mouth, more especially celery and beet, wliich should be fit to trans- 
 plant a second time before the monsoon. These two vegetables are less likely 
 to sufier by excessive rain than most others. Artichokes should be sown in 
 beds during this month, three inches between each seed, so as to allow the 
 removal of the plants in November, without disturbing the roots. To propa- 
 gate by suckers, take oflT the suckers, and prick them out six inches apart ; 
 and when they become well rooted, transplant into deep rich soil, setting them 
 two feet apart. If large, suckers may be planted at once where they are in- 
 tended to remain. 
 
 To prevent artichokes running to leaf, and producing small heads, when the 
 plants are from ten to fifteen inches high, cut them ofi' close to the ground, and 
 cover them over with light dry old manure : when they have advanced a few 
 inches, repeat the operation. If the yotmg plants are tied up for a few days 
 before being cut off, they will become blanched, and may be eaten as salad. 
 
 Prench beans and scarlet runners may be sown during this month, and until 
 February. They should be planted in rows two feet apart, north and south, 
 and be well supported with sticks, or with an arched bamboo trellis, which is 
 very ornamental. Sow also early radish, turnips, cabbage, cauliflower, parsley, 
 celery, onions, tobacco, and early flower and vegetable seeds, generally at the 
 end of this month. Sow the first regular crop of potatoes. 
 
 Mangoes are very scarce. Plantains, pine-apples, aud guavas continue in 
 abundance, and custard-apples, kumrungahs, punniallas and avigato pears, 
 corrondas, come into season. 
 
 Insects are excessively numerous and destructive. The orange tribe should 
 be budded and inarched, and propagated by seeds. Continue grafting mangoes. 
 Transplant cotton. Propagate carnations and pinks by layers. Finish cutting 
 peach and lichee grafts. About the end of this month sow dahlia, balsam, 
 and early mignionette sunflower, coxcomb, polyanthus, hybiscus, hollyhock 
 larkspur, lupin, poppy, sweet sultan, onion, cabbage, salsofy, cauliflower, lettuce, 
 and all the other seeds sown last month.
 
 gardener's calendar. 281 
 
 september. 
 
 Continue to sow all the vegetables mentioned for August. Transplant early 
 cabbage, cauliflower, brocoli, beet, celery, endive, and lettuce. Two or three 
 crops of peas may be sown during this month if the weather is favourable, but 
 not with much prospect of success unless sown at the latter end. 
 
 Peas should be planted in trenches, in double rows, about two feet apart. 
 The}' should be watered by hand for the first fortnight, and afterwards flooded 
 until they are two or three feet high, by which time tlie winter dews will be 
 sufficient to separate them. Peas require no manure, but should be planted in 
 good soil. Sunflower seeds for the winter should be planted now, but this flower 
 grows all the year round. Coxcomb, larkspur, and mignionette seeds might be 
 sown. 
 
 Avigato pears still continue, and early loquots and sour oranges begin to 
 make their appearance about the end of this month. A species of hard, taste- 
 less, musk melon is procurable in abundance. Sow avigato pear stones. Young 
 potatoes in season. The American cotton sown early in full fruit. Plant Cape 
 bulbs, either in the ground or ia very deep pots well drained. The turnips and 
 cabbages are much infested by a small dark caterpillar, which may be destroyed 
 by sprinkling the plants with powdered lime. The rice begins to flower. Put 
 down cuttings of geraniums, roses, violets, hearts ease, &c. Flowers in great 
 perfection. As most of the peach trees will have lost their leaves, the roots 
 should be opened and exposed for fourteen days, and then strongly manured. 
 Potatoes should be sown during this month. The whole of the grafts should be 
 cut this month if possible, so that they might still benefit by the showers of 
 rain that fall at this time. 
 
 OCTOBER. 
 
 The remarks on last month apply equally to this. Continue to sow all kinds 
 of vegetable seeds in boxes ; transplant from the boxes into beds, and immedi- 
 ately after the first heavy fall of rain remove into beds, rows, and trenches, more 
 particularly celery, beet, cabbage, knol-khole, cauliflower, and brocoli. Care 
 should be taken in finally transplanting all the ca])bage tribe this month, to 
 provide against heavy falls of rain, by making trenches to carry off the water. 
 Crops of peas should be sown every week or ten days from the beginning of this 
 month until the end of December ; peas sown after that time seldom pod. 
 
 Onions and leeks should be sown during this montli also, in light rich earth, 
 carefully covering the seed. When leeks are a few inches high, plant them in 
 drills eighteen inches apart, and nine inches plant from plant. As they increase 
 in size draw up the cartli to their stems, in order to blanch them, as leeks are 
 much improved by blanching. 
 
 Sow parsnips in rich deep soil. Trench the ground two feet deep, sow the 
 seeds in drills one foot apart, and thin the plants so as to leave eight inches 
 from each other. 
 
 The main beds for strawberries should be planted. Oranges begin to get pa- 
 latable this month, and the cutting of the sugar-cane commences. Brinjals and 
 native greens become jilentiful, and the last crop of Indian corn is gatlicred. 
 The last of the grafts should jiositively be cut, and suckers transi)lanted. Plant 
 larkspur, marigold, sweet sultan, mignionette, pinks, carnation, asters, and all 
 annual plants during this month. Propagate geraniums by slips, and sow all 
 kinds of vegetable and flower seeds every six or eight days throughout the 
 month.
 
 282 gardener's calendar. 
 
 november. 
 
 This is the month for activity in the vegetable gardens, as but few things ar- 
 rive at much perfection whicli are not planted before the end of this month. 
 The principal crop of peas should be sown during the first week, and continued 
 every six days during the month ; also French beans, scarlet runners, broad 
 beans, and Windsor beans. Sow beet, knol-khole, cabbage, brocoli, and cauli- 
 flowers in beds, and remove from beds into rows. Transplant celery and re- 
 move into trenches. Plant out artichokes and asparagus. 
 
 The middle crop of potatoes should be sown about the middle of this month. 
 They should be planted in light soil in which no horse-dung is mixed. The 
 potato should be cut according to the number of eyes, taking care that each 
 piece is of sufficient size to nourish the eye until it roots. Twice the size of a 
 man's thumb nail of full, round the eye will do well. "When planted not more 
 than one inch, or one and a half inch, of soil should be placed over it, and it 
 should not be watered oftener than once in four days, even during the hottest 
 weather. As it grows up the soil should be banked up to the stalk. Great 
 care should be taken not to give too much water, and not to put too much soil 
 upon the potato when first planted. 
 
 This is the last month in which the generality of vegetables can be sown 
 •with advantage. Sow winter fruit seeds of all kinds except oranges. Oranges, 
 guavas, and plantains, and all European and Cape vegetables are abundant. 
 
 DECEMBER. 
 
 In the beginning of the month sow French beans, scarlet rmmers, broad and 
 Y/indsor beans. Teas sown in this month produce scantily. Plant out latL3 
 celery from boxes to beds, and remove from beds to trenches. Sow late cab- 
 bages and knol-khole, and transplant as above. Vegetable marrow may be 
 sown in the early part of this month in light rich soil. Earth up the stems of 
 the plants as they increase in growth, and peg the leading branches down at a 
 joint and they will strike root. 
 
 Potatoes may be planted until the end of this month, but those sown during 
 the first fortnight are most likely to succeed. When potatoes are planted 
 whole, the produce is finer than when they are divided into two or three pieces, 
 but the same number of potatoes yield a far larger crop by the latter than by 
 the former method. Potatoes should be planted in beds fully exposed to the 
 sun. In rather shady places the crop is small, and when altogether excluded 
 from the direct rays of the sun they produce nothing. 
 
 European and native vegetables are plentiful during this month, and also all 
 sorts of brinjals, sweet potato, yams. Fruits are scarce, except plantains, 
 plums, gooseberries, guavas, and oranges. Flowers of all kinds are abundant. 
 
 A good month for sowing early musk melon and dwarf cucumber seeds, as 
 well as peas, radish, and spinach, but very few other vegetable seeds. Most of 
 the exotic plants Avill also now be flowering. 
 
 Strawberries come in at the middle of this month, and last through all the 
 next.
 
 283 
 THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA. 
 
 From " Real Life in India.'" 
 
 The local government of India is separated into five divisions, three of which 
 being controlled by a governor and council, are called Presidencies. The first 
 and largest division of the empire is that portion which comprises the provinces 
 of Bengal and Behar, the whole of British India east and south-east of those 
 provinces, including the coast of Arracan and other provinces of Tenasserim, 
 the Ganges — all the country eastward thereof, the provinces to the west as far 
 as Neemutch in Central India, and the districts north and north-west of Alla- 
 habad as far as the recently ceded portions of the Pmijaub. This immense tract 
 of territory is under the jurisdiction of 
 
 A Governor- General President. 
 
 A Commander-in-Chief, and Four Members, > n/r i ^ ^i. r^ •? 
 one of whom is a miUtary man { ^^^^« ''f '^^ <^°'''''''^- 
 
 To assist in the local administration of affairs in the upper provinces, which 
 it is not possible a government located in Bengal can effectively conduct, there is a 
 Lieutenant-Governor of the north-western provinces, whose locale is the city of 
 Agra. But when the Governor-General is in the north-west, his lordship 
 assumes the entire control of affairs, while the direction of the concerns of 
 Lower Bengal devolves upon the senior member of the Council as Deputy 
 Governor of that province. 
 
 The Presidency of Madras is managed by 
 
 A Governor President, 
 
 A Commander-in-Chief, and Two Civil) jit i r ^-l f-i •? 
 Officers X -^^•^"'^^'■^ ^J '"^ Council, 
 
 whose administration embraces the whole of the peninsula of India, as far 
 north as the river Godavery, to Carwar in the west. To the north of the 
 Godavery lies the state of Nagpore, governed by a Eajah ; and for about one 
 Imndred miles to the south, the territories belong to the Nizam of Hyderabad ; 
 but these principahties are subsidised by the British, who exercise, through 
 the Madras Government, a certain control over their affairs. 
 The Bombay Government consists of — 
 
 A Governor President, 
 
 ^ Officer?. ™^^^^^^^^ ^''''^''' "f *^' ^°^''''^' 
 
 who direct the affairs of Western India, as far as the Gulf of Cutch in the north- 
 west, and Dharwar on the south-east, including the whole of the country east 
 of the Gulf of Cutch, as far as Baroda. 
 
 The province of Scinde is under the exclusive management of a Governor, 
 unaided by a Coimcil. 
 
 Each government is aided by a corps of secretaries, and agents exercising 
 diplomatic functions in recently-acquired districts, together with a large body 
 of civil officers ; and subject to their orders for the protection of the country 
 from external foes and internal disorders, is a considerable army, and a small 
 naval force ; in addition to which, a squadron of British men-of-war sweeps the 
 Indian seas, and acts under the orders of the Govcrnmont. 
 
 It should be added, that some of the islands in the Eastern Archipelago and
 
 284 THE CIVIL SERVICE OF 
 
 the island of Ceylon, south of the peninsula of India, are under British rule ; 
 the former being managed by senior officers in the East India Company's ser- 
 vice, and the latter by an individual selected by Her Majesty's Ministers, Ceylon 
 not being included in the limits of the East India Gompany's charter. 
 
 The Governor-General of India is usually a nobleman chosen by the East India 
 Directors, and approved by the ministers, who form a Board of Commissioners 
 for the affairs of India, with a president, commonly called the President of the 
 Board of Control) ; and the Governors of the two Presidencies are similarly 
 nominated. The CJommanders-in-Chief are old and distinguished officers of the 
 royal army, and the Members of Council are selected from among the seniors 
 in the civil services most distinguished by their wisdom, talents, and ex- 
 perience. 
 
 The Ecclesiastical Establishment of India consists of three bishops, one to 
 each Presidency, the incumbent of the Calcutta or Metropolitan see exercising 
 a sort of control over the others. There is a considerable number of ministers 
 of the Protestant Establishment in each diocese, who are distributed over the 
 principal military and civil stations, the senior chaplaincies being located at 
 the several Presidencies of Calcutta, Madras, and Bombay, where also there is 
 an archdeacon. The whole of the clergy and ecclesiastical officers are paid by 
 the State, out of the revenues of the country. The fees on marriage, baptism, 
 and interment, are the perquisites of the clergy. 
 
 The Presbyterian Church of Scotland, of which there are many disciples in 
 India, is likewise endowed by the Government ; and there is a Roman Catholic 
 Bishop, and a numerous priesthood, who administer religious aid and teaching 
 to the large number of descendants of the ancient Portuguese conquerors and. 
 visitors — but these, of course, have no support from Government. 
 
 THE CIVIL SERVICE 
 
 OF 
 
 THE EAST INDIA COMPANY. 
 
 A Writership is the greatest prize in the East India lottery. It is the first 
 step in the ladder of preferment to the highest civil offices in India. It is, 
 therefore, the most valuable gift at the disposal of a Director, and is reserved 
 for the highest claims of friendship or reciprocal service. A writer is in the 
 receipt of 300/. i^er annum from the moment he sets foot in India ; and he is 
 allowed for one whole year the privilege of studying a language before he 
 enters upon the duties for whicli he is destined. Preparatory to his departure 
 for India, however, he must undergo a certain course of instruction at the East 
 India College, at Haileybury, in Hertford ; and the following are the rules of 
 that institution : — 
 
 NOMINATION OF STUDENTS. 
 
 Jiegulations and Preparatory Instructions. 
 
 " No candidate for the college can be nominated thereto,whose age is less than 
 seventeen or above twenty-one years. And no person who has been dismissed
 
 THE EAST INDIA COMPANY. 285 
 
 from the army or navy, or expelled from any place of education, will be nomi- 
 nated to the college. 
 
 " The parents or guardian of every candidate for the college will be re 
 quired to address the following letter to the nominating Director: — 
 
 " ' Sir, — I beg to assure you, on my honour, that my , to whom you 
 
 have been so good as to give a nomination to the college, has not been dis- 
 missed from the army or the navy, and that he has never been expelled froni 
 any place of education 
 
 " ' I have the honour to be,' &c. 
 
 " Candidates for the college must produce the under-mentioned documents, 
 previously to their being nominated as students. 
 
 " An extract from the parish register of their birth or baptism, properly 
 signed by the minister, churchwarden, or elders ; and, in addition thereto, 
 
 " A certificate, agreeably to the following form, signed by the parent, guar- 
 dian, or near relation : — 
 
 " ' I do hereby certify, that the foregoing extract from the register of bap- 
 tisms of the parish of , in the county of , contains the date of the 
 
 birth of my , who is the bearer of this, and presented for a nomination as 
 
 a student at the East India College, by , Esq.; and I do further declare, 
 
 that I received the said presentation for gratuitously; and that no money, 
 
 or other valuable consideration, has been or is to be paid, either directly or in- 
 directly, for the same, and that I will not pay, or cause to be paid, either 
 
 by myself, by my , or by the hands of au)^ other person, any pecuniary or 
 
 valuable consideration whatsoever, to any person or persons who have inte- 
 rested themselves in procuring the said presentation for my , from the 
 
 Director above mentioned. 
 
 " 'Witness my hand, this day of , in the year of our Lord .' 
 
 " In the event of no parish register existing or to be found, a declaration of 
 such circumstance is to be made before a magistrate to the following effect, 
 viz. : — 
 
 ' I. , presented as a student for the East-India College by , do declare, 
 
 that I have caused search to be made for a parish register whereby to ascertain 
 my age, but am unable to produce the same, there being none to be found ; and, 
 further, I declare, that from the information of my parents (and other rela- 
 tions), which information I verily believe to be true, I was born in the parish of 
 
 , in the county of , on , in the year , and that I am not at this 
 
 time imfler the age of sixteen, or above twenty-one years. 
 
 ' Witness my hand, this day of , in the year of our Lord .' 
 
 " The parent, gtiardian, or near relation, must then add his certificate as to 
 the truth of the declaration, which must be similar to that ordered to be annexed 
 to the extract from the parish register. 
 
 " The above-mentioned certificate (and declaration, in cases Avhcre a declara- 
 tion shall be required) are to be annexed to the petition to be written by the 
 candidate, and they are to sign a declaration thereon, that they have read these 
 printed instructions. The same declaration is to be signed by the parent, guar- 
 dian, or near relation of the candidates respectively. 
 
 " Candidates will be interrogated in an open connnittcc as to their character, 
 connexions, and qualifications, C()nf()rmal)ly to the General Court's resolution of 
 the 6th July, ISU'J. The nature of this interi-ogation may be known on appli-
 
 286 THE CIVIL SERVICE OF 
 
 cation to the Clerk of the College department. And the following Rules and 
 Regulations are to be observed with respect to the examination of candidates:— 
 
 " Each candidate shall produce testimonials of good moral conduct, under the 
 hand of the principal or superior authority of the college or public institution in 
 which he may have been educated, or xmder the hand of the private instructor 
 to whose care he may have been confided; and the said testimonials shall have 
 reference to his conduct during the two years imviediately preceding his presentation 
 for admission. 
 
 "■ Each candidate shall be examined in the Four Gospels of the Greek Testa- 
 ment, and shall not be deemed duly qualified for admission to Haileybury Col- 
 lege, unless he be found to possess a competent knowledge thereof; nor unless he 
 be able to render into English some portion of the works of one of the following 
 Greek authors, — Homer, Herodotus, Xenophon, Tlnicydides, Sophocles, and 
 Euripides ; nor unless he can render into English some portion of the works of 
 one of the following Latin authors, — Livy, Terence, Cicero, Tacitus, Virgil, and 
 Horace ; and this part of the examination will include questions in ancient his- 
 tory, geography, and philosophy. 
 
 " Each candidate shall also be examined in English history and geography, 
 and in the elements of mathematical science, including the common rules of 
 arithmetic, vulgar and decimal fractions, and the first four books of Euclid. He 
 shall also be examined in the first part of Paley's ' Evidences of Christianity.' 
 
 " It is, however, to be miderstood, that superior attauiments in one of the de- 
 partments of literature or science, comprised in the foregoing plan of examina- 
 tion, shall, at the discretion of the examiners, be considered to compensate for 
 comparate deficiency in other qualifications. 
 
 " The examinations are held at the East India House half-yearly, in the months 
 of January and July. 
 
 " A student publicly expelled the College will not be admitted into the Com- 
 pany's civil or military service in India, or into the Company's Military Seminary. 
 
 •' No person can be appointed a member of the Company's civil service whose 
 age is less than eighteen or more than twenty-three years, nor until he shall have 
 resided four terms at least in the College, and shall have obtained a certificate, 
 signed by the Principal, of his having conformed himself to the statutes and re- 
 gulations of the College. 
 
 " On a student's appointment to he a member of the civil service, he will be re- 
 quired to attend at the Secretary's office, East India House, to make the neces- 
 sary arrangements for entering into convenant, and for giving a bond for lOOOi 
 jointly with two sureties for the due fulfilment of the same ; and a legal instru- 
 ment is to be entered into by some one person (to be approved by the Court of 
 Directors), binding himself to pay the sum of 3000/. as liquidated damages to 
 the Company, for breach of a covenant to be entered into that the student's no- 
 mination hath not been in any Avay bought, or sold, or exchanged for any thing 
 convertible into a pecuniary benefit. 
 
 " The rank of students leaving the College is determined by the certificate of 
 the Principal, which is granted with reference to the industry, proficiency, and 
 general good behaviour of the students. 
 
 " Such rank to take effect only in the event of the students proceeding to India 
 within six months after they are so ranked, whether they proceed via Egypt or 
 the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 Terms of Admission for Students. 
 
 *' One hundred guineas per annum for each student ; a moiety whereof to be 
 paid at the commencement of each term, there being two in the year, besides the 
 expense of books and stationery.
 
 THE EAST INDIA COMPANY. ^^^ 287 
 
 "Students to provide themselves with a table-spoon, tea-spoon, knife and 
 silver fork, half-a-dozen towels, tea equipage, and a looking-glass ; also, with 
 not less than two pair of sheets, two pillow-cases, and two breakfast cloths. 
 
 " Ten guineas to be paid on leaving College, by each student, for the use of 
 the library. 
 
 COLLEGE TERMS. 
 
 "First, commences 19th January, and ends 30th June ; second, commences 
 10th September, and ends 15th December in each year. 
 
 "N.B. The students are to provide themselves with proper academical 
 habits." 
 
 CIVIL SERVICE.— FUELOUGH REGULATIONS. 
 
 Civil servants coming to England under the absentee regulations, or on spe- 
 cial leave, shall, immediately on their arrival, report themselves with their 
 address by letter to the Secretary, forwarding at the same time the certificates 
 which they received in India. 
 
 That in aU cases of leave, civil servants be required to join the establishment 
 to which they belong at the expiration of the term for which leave may have 
 been granted, unless they shall have obtained an extension of it from the Court 
 six months before the expiration of the said leave. 
 
 That extensions of leave be not in future granted except in cases of sickness, 
 certified to the Court's satisfaction, or in cases in which it shall be proved that 
 a furtlier residence in Europe is indispensably necessary. 
 
 That when under any such circumstances a civil servant shall have obtained 
 an extension of leave to a given period, he must, at the expiration thereof, apply 
 for and obtain permission either to return to his duty or to reside a further 
 time in Europe ; failing in which he shall be liable to be struck off the list of 
 civil servants. 
 
 That the Act of the 33rd Geo. III., cap. 52, sect 70, as it respects civil ser- 
 vants, applies only to cases of sickness or infirmity, and that no civil servant 
 be hereafter considered eligible to return to the service after five years' absence 
 under that enactment, who has failed to obtain, agreeably to the foregoing regu- 
 lations, an extension of leave under the circumstances referred to in the act. 
 
 Arrived in India, and duly quaUfied for the earhest stage of employment by 
 the acquisition of the vernacular language, the civil servant is despatched into 
 the Mofussil, or interior of the country, where he serves a sort of apprenticeship 
 as an assistant magistrate, or deputy collector, or assistant secretary, or junior 
 commissioner, or some sucli subordinate officer. Thenceforward, his advance- 
 ment depends upon his talents, his industry, and the interest he may have with 
 the Governor for the time being. The latter qualification often renders the others 
 quite superfluous. An act of Parliament has regulated the maximum of the 
 civilian's income, but compared with the salaries of functionaries in England, it 
 is princely ; and when he gets to the top of the tree — that is to say, becomes a 
 Resident, a Sudder Judge, a Conmiissioner, a Chief Secretary, or a Member of 
 Council, his receipts range from 5000/. to 10,000/. per annum. Annuity and 
 other funds, to which he contributes a per centage during his service, provide 
 him with the means of proceeding to England on furlough for a time, and of 
 ultimately retiring in comfort ; and it is seldom, if he is in the receipt of a 
 handsome salary, at an inexpensive station, that he does not lay by a sufficiency 
 to constitute, with his annuity or pension, a comfortable independence.
 
 288 
 
 MILITARY SERVICES IN INDIA. 
 
 A Cadetship is the next best appointment in the gift of the East India Direc- 
 tors. Tliere are degrees in its value, however. An infantry or cavalry appoint- 
 ment is positively good ; an artillery cadetship is better, but one in the engineers 
 is the best. To obtain either of these latter, a preparation at Addiscombe 
 College is indispensable ; and the youth whose parents or friends naay place him 
 there, has the satisfaction of knowing that even if his indolence or the want of 
 natural capacity prevents his obtaining the superior cadetships, he is still sure 
 of his infantry appointment, and may at some later period turn his modicum of 
 acquired knowledge to account. 
 
 The rules of the Addiscombe College are as follows: — 
 
 TERMS OP ADmSSION. 
 Conditions and Qualifications for a Candidate. 
 
 " 1. No candidate can be admitted under the age of fourteen, or above the age 
 of eighteen years. 
 
 " 2. No person can be admitted who has been dismissed or obliged to retire, 
 from the array or navy, the Eoyal Military College at Sandhurst, the Royal 
 Military Academy at Woolwich, or from any other public institution. 
 
 " 3. Every candidate must produce a certificate of his birth, taken from the 
 parish register, and signed by the minister, and countersigned by the church- 
 wardens ; or if born in Scotland, by the Sessions clerk and two elders, accompa- 
 nied by a declaration from his father, mother, or nearest of kin, the forms of 
 which may be had at the cadet-office in the military department. In the event 
 of there being no register of his birth or baptism, the candidate will be furnished 
 •with the form of a declaration to be taken by him previously to his being 
 appointed. 
 
 " 4. No candidate will be admitted without a certificate that he has had the 
 smaU-pox, or has been vaccinated ; nor without a certificate, in the prescribed 
 form, to be given by two practising surgeons, that he has no mental or bodily 
 defect whatever to disqualify him for military service. 
 
 "5. Every candidate must produce a certificate of good conduct from the 
 master under whom he has last studied. 
 
 " 6. Every candidate must deliver the names and addresses of two persons 
 residing in London or its vicinity, who engage to receive him if he shall be dis- 
 missed from the seminary, or removed from sickness or any other cause. 
 
 " Test of Admission — 7. Every candidate is required to write a good legible 
 hand ; and to write English correctly from dictation. He is also required to 
 construe and parse Caesar's ' Commentaries' correctly. He must likewise pos- 
 sess a correct knowledge of all the rules of arithmetic usually taught in schools, 
 especially the rule of three, compound proportion, practice, interest, vulgar and 
 decimal fractions, and the extraction of the square root. If a candidate is defi- 
 cient in any part of the preceding test, his reception into the institution will be 
 deferred for such length of time as the head master shall report to be necessary. 
 
 "8. The qualifications mentioned in the last article are all that are absolutely 
 requisite for the admission of a cadet into the ^Military Seminary. Parents and 
 guardians are, however, informed, that it will be of great advantage to a cadet 
 in his future studies at this establishment, if, before being admitted, he make
 
 MILITARY SERVICES IN INDIA. 289 
 
 himself well acquainted with the following portions of the second edition of 
 Cape's ' Course of Mathematics,' in the order in wliich they are given below. 
 viz : — 
 
 1. Algebra. Parti. 
 
 2. Geometry. Chaps. L II. III., and the Problems, page 338. 
 
 3. The Use of Logarithms. 
 
 4. Trigonometr3^ Arts. 1 — 79. 
 
 5. Analytical Conic Sections, omitting the Hyperbola. 
 
 6. Statics. Sections I. II. HI., omitting Arts. 45 — 63, and those articles 
 
 dependent on the Differential Calculus. 
 
 " It is also very desirable that a cadet, on joining the Seminary, be able to 
 draw witli facility in pencil and shade with Indian ink. 
 
 " 9. Every cadet, upon liis admission, is considered a Frohationary pupil for 
 the first six months ; at the end of which i^eriod the public examiner will Ije re- 
 quired to report to the Military Committee, on the probability of the cadet being 
 able to pass for the artillery or infantry in the required period of four terms. 
 Should this appear improbable, eitlier from want of talent or diligence, the cadet 
 will then be returned to his friends. 
 
 " Pcnjments, S^'c. — 10. The parents or guardians of the gentleman cadet are 
 required to pay 50/. per term (of which there are two in a year), towards defray- 
 ing the expense of his board, lodging, and education ; also an entrance subscrip- 
 tion of 2/. 2s. to the public library ; which payments include every charge, 
 except for uniform clothes, books, and pocket-money, as licreafter specified. 
 
 " II. The pajmient for the fixed charges for eacli term is to be made in ad- 
 vance ; and the payment for clothes, pocket-monej^ and books for the pre- 
 ceding term, is to be made previous to the cadet's return to the seminary. 
 
 " 12. A cadet entering in a term, at whatever part of it, must pay tlie regulated 
 sum for the whole term in which lie enters, which will count as one of the four 
 terms of liis residence ; and no return of any portion of the advance will be 
 made in tlie event of a cadet's quitting tlie seminary. 
 
 " 13. Such articles of imiform dress* as may be considered by the Military 
 Committee to be necessary, shall be provided at the cost of the cadet. The 
 amount of pocket-money issued to him at the ratesf fixed by the rules of the 
 seminary is also to be defrayed by his parents or guardians. 
 
 " 14. The following class-books will be provided at the public expense, the 
 mutilation or destruction of which to be chargeable to the cadets, viz. : — 
 
 Shakespear's Hindustani Dictionary. 
 Latin Dictionary. 
 
 " 15. The cadets will, on their first joming Addiscombe, be supplied with 
 the following books, the cost of which will be charged to their parents or 
 guardians, viz.: — 
 
 Cape's IMathematics. 
 Straitli's Treatise on Fortification. 
 Shakespear's Hindustani Grammar. 
 Do. First Vol. Hindu Selections. 
 
 * Viz., jackets, waistcoats, stocks, foraging caps, trousers, shoes, gloves, 
 together with a proportionate share of the expense of any otlier periodic;d sup- 
 plies, and tlie repairs of the same. The average cost is O/. C>s. per term. 
 
 t Viz., 2,s-. G(/. a week, with Is. additional to censors, and 2a'. GJ. additional 
 to corporals.
 
 290 MILITARY SERVICES IN INDIA. 
 
 Fielding's Perspective. 
 
 French Grammar. 
 
 De la Voye's French and English Lexicon. 
 
 De la Voye's French Instructions. 
 
 Ca'sar's Commentaries. 
 
 " Any hooks not included in the above enumeration, or which may he here- 
 after required at the seminary, to he paid for bj- the cadets. 
 
 " 16. Previous to the cadet's admission, his parents or guardians shall fur- 
 nish him -with the following articles (to be repaired, or, if necessary, to he re- 
 newed by the parents or guardians at the vacation), viz.: 
 
 " Two combs and a brush, twelve shirts (including three night shirts), eight 
 pair of cotton stockings, six ditto worsted ditto, six towels, six night-caps, 
 eiglit pocket-handkerchiefs, one pair of white trousers, a tooth-brush, a Bible 
 and Prayer-hook, a case of mathematical instruments of an approved pattern, 
 to be seen at Messrs. Troughton & Simms', 136, Fleet-street ; Mr. Jones's, 62, 
 Charing-cross ; and at Messrs. Reeves & Sons, 150, Cheapside. 
 
 " Prohibition. — 17. The cadet must not join the seminary with a greater sum 
 in his possession than one guinea, and a further supply from any of his rela- 
 tions during his term may subject him to dismission from the seminary. 
 
 " Vacations. — IS. Midsummer commences about the middle of June, ends 31st 
 July. Christmas commences about the middle of December, ends 31st January. 
 
 " 19. Before the close of every vacation, the cadet must apply at the Cadet- 
 office, Military department. East India House, for an order for his re-admission, 
 and all sums then due to the Company must be paid up. This order Avill ex- 
 press that he is only to be re-admitted upon hisretiu'nmg with the same number of 
 books and instruments which he took home with him, that his linen is put into 
 proper repair, and that he is in a fit state of health to renew his duties. 
 
 " Notice to Parents and Guardians. — The friends of every cadet are hereby in- 
 formed, that provision being made for furnishing him with every requisite, he 
 cannot really want a supply of money to be placed at his disposal while at the 
 seminary ; and if they do, notwithstanding, think proper to furnish him with 
 money, the}' put it in his power to commit irregularities, which must always 
 retard his studies, and may eventually lead to his removal from the institution. 
 
 " The parents and friends are further particularly desired not to attend to any 
 application from the cadet for money, under the pretence of his having incurred 
 any debts at Croydon, or elsewhere, or for the purpose of subscribing to the 
 public charities, or any other pretence whatever. 
 
 " It having become known that cadets have been in the habit of writing to 
 their friends for money, under the pretence that there were so many stoppages 
 from their weekly allowance, that they had scarcely any money left, the com- 
 mittee have ascertained that these stoppages have arisen, not only from Avilful 
 and wanton destruction of public property, but in a consider.ible degree from 
 the postage of letters and the carriage of parcels addressed to the cadets. It 
 has in consequence been ordered, that no letter or parcel shall be admitted into 
 the seminary imless the postage or carriage of such letter or parcel shall have 
 been previously fully paid for by the person sending the same. It has also been or- 
 dered, that ever}' parcel sliall be opened in the presence of one of the orderly 
 officers and the cadet to whom it is sent ; that should it contaia wine, or any 
 thing prohibited in the regulations, the parcel, upon the first offence, will be re- 
 turned to the i)erson sending the same ; and that upon the second offence, the 
 cadet will be ordered home, and will not be re-admitted until a written apology 
 has been sent to the committee by the person who has committed a breach of 
 this regulation.
 
 MILITARY SERVICES IN INDIA. 291 
 
 EXTRACT FROM THE STANDING REGULATIONS 
 OF THE SEMINART. 
 
 Sect 1, Clause 1. 
 
 " ' No professor, master, or other person in the institution, shall receive from 
 the cadet, or the parents or friends of any cadet, any pecuniary present or con- 
 sideration, on any pretence Avhatever.' 
 
 "By resolutions of the Court of Directors, dated on the 14th March, 1786; 
 8th April, 1807; 30th August, 1826; and Sth January, 1836, all cadets appointed 
 to the Company's service in Bengal, are required to become subscribers to the 
 Military Orphan Society, and to the Military Widows' Fund at that Presi- 
 dency. 
 
 "By a resolution of the CoUrt of Directors, dated on the 30th April, 1823, all 
 cadets appointed to the Company's service at Fort St. George and Bombay, are 
 requu'cd to become subscriljers to the Military Fund at their respective Presi- 
 dencies. 
 
 " The engineer cadets are required to embark and sail for their respective 
 destinations within three months after quitting Chatham, and the artillery and 
 infantry cadets within three months after passing their public examination. 
 
 " Memoranda. — The gentlemen cadets educated at the Military Seminary are 
 eligible for the corps of engineers, artillery, and infontry. Admission to the 
 two first of these branches, viz., the engineers and artillery, is only to be 
 obtained by these cadets, none others being eligible. Those who are most dis- 
 tinguished are selected for the engineers, according to the vacancies in that 
 branch. Those immediately following in order of succession are promoted to 
 the corps of horse and foot artillery. 
 
 "Those cadets for whom there is no room in the engineers, l)ut who are 
 reported to have attained to a high degree of qualification, receive honorary 
 certificates, and their names are announced to the governments in India, and 
 published in general orders to the army, as meriting particular notice. They 
 have the privilege of choosing the Presidency in India to which they shall be 
 stationed. The cadets not appointed to the engineers or artUlery are, Avhen 
 reported qualified, posted to tlie infantry, and rank together according to the 
 rank Avhich they obtained at the seminary. 
 
 " The gentlemen cadets may pass tln-ough the seminary as rapidly as their 
 attainments and qualifications will enable them to pass after a year's residence, 
 provided that they are of the age of sixteen years on or before the day of their 
 final examination. Their stay at the institution is limited to four terms. 
 
 " The cadets educated at this institution take rank in the army above all 
 other cadets who are appointed from the commencement of three months pre- 
 viously to the date of the seminary cadets being reported qualified ; and all the 
 time passed by them at the institution after they attain the age of sixteen, 
 counts as so much time passed in India, in calculating their period of service 
 for retiring pensions on full pay." 
 
 CAVALRY OR INFANTRY CADETS. 
 
 " Cadets nominated for either of the above corps must be sixteen years of 
 age, and under twenty- two, unless they have held a commission in her Majesty's 
 service for one year, or in the militia or fencibles when embodied, and have 
 been called into actual service, or from the company of cadets in the royal regi- 
 
 u2
 
 292 MILITARY SERVICES IN INDIA. 
 
 ment of artillery ; they are then eligihle if not more than twenty-five years of 
 ajre ; and they must procure similar certificates and vouchers to those pre- 
 scribed for cadets entering the seminary. 
 
 " No person who has been dismissed the array or navy, the Iloyal Military 
 College at Sandhm-st, the Royal ililitary Academy at Woolwich, or who has 
 been obliged to retire from any public institution for immoral or ungentlemanly 
 conduct, will be appointed a cadet direct for India. 
 
 "No x^erson will be appointed a cadet direct for India, without producing 
 to the Military Committee a certificate, signed by two practising surgeons, 
 that he has no mental or bodily defect whatever to disqualify him for military 
 service. 
 
 " N. B. Candidates for military appointments whose age may exceed twenty- 
 two years are not eligible for the Company's service in consequence of their 
 having held a commission for twelve months and upwards in the Guernsey 
 Militia, or in other corps similarly circumstanced, granted after the 3rd April, 
 1844, the date of the Court's resolution to this effect. 
 
 CADETS AND ASSISTANT SURGEONS. 
 
 "At a Court of Directors, held on Friday, the 27th of February, 1818:— 
 Resolved, That cadets and assistant-surgeons be in future ranked according to 
 the seniority of the Directors nominating them, from the date of sailing of 
 the several ships from Gravesend, by Lloyd's List, and that those who may 
 embark at any of the out-ports be likewise ranked upon the same priuciiile from 
 the date of the ship's departure from such out-ports by Lloyd's List. 
 
 "At a Court of Directors, hold on the 21st of May, 1828:— Resolved, That 
 all the cavalry and infantry cadets, and assistant-surgeons, who shall fail to 
 apply at the Cadet Department for their orders within three months from the 
 date of their being passed and sworn before the Committee, or shall not actually 
 proceed imder such orders, be considered as having forfeited their appoint- 
 ments unless special circumstances shall justify the Court's departure from 
 this regulation. 
 
 " By a resolution of the Court, of the 4th December, 1833, all direct cadets 
 appointed or sworn in between the 10th INIarch and 10th June, or between 10th 
 September and 10th December (or the days which may be fixed on for the public 
 examination of the seminary cadets), do rank after the seminary cadets who may 
 pass tlieir said examinations, provided the latter sail for their respective desti- 
 nations within three months after passing said examinations. 
 
 OFFICERS RETIRING FROM SERVICE. 
 
 Jicgulations respecting Htlilitary and other Officers retiring from the Compa7ii/'s 
 
 Service. 
 
 " Officers who have served less than three 5-ears in India, and have lost their 
 health there, are entitled to an allowance from Lord Clive's fund, if the Court 
 of Directors shall adjudge them to be proper objects of that bounty, to the ex- 
 tent of: — 
 
 " If a second lieutenant, cornet, or ensign, 2s. a-day, or 3G/. 10s. a-year ; if a 
 lieutenant, 2s. Gd. a-day, or 45/. 12.s. 6d. a-year; provided they are not possessed 
 of, or entitled to, real or personal property, to the extent of, if an ensign, 750/., 
 if a lieutenant, 1000/. 
 
 " Officers who are compelled to quit the service by wounds received in action, 
 or by ill-health contracted on duty after three years' service in India, are per- 
 mitted to retire on the half-pay of their rank, viz.: —
 
 MILITARY SERVICES IN INDIA. 293 
 
 *'Tf a second lieutenant, cornet, or ensign, 35. a-day, or 54Z. 15s. per annum ; 
 if a lieutenant, 4s. a-day, or 73/. per annum. 
 
 "A subaltern officer, or assistant-surgeon, having served six years in India, 
 is permitted to retire on tlie half-pay of ensign, if liis constitution should be so 
 impaired as to prevent tlie possibility of his continuing in India. 
 
 "A lieutenant, having served thirteen, or a second lieutenant, cornet, or 
 ensign, nine years in India (including three years for a furlouuh), may retire 
 on the half-pay of his rank, in case his health shall not permit him to serve in 
 India. 
 
 " Kegimental captains, majors, and lieutenant-colonels, who have not served 
 EUflBcicntly long in India to entitle tliem to retire on full-pay, and whose ill state 
 of healtli renders it impossible for them to continue to serve in India, are allowed 
 to retire from tlie service on the half-pay of their respective ranks, viz. : — 
 
 "Captains, 7s. a-day, or 127/. 15s. per annum ; major, 9s. 6(/. a-day, or 173/. 
 7s. Gd. per annum; lieutenant-colonel, lis. a-day, or 200/. 15s. per annum. 
 
 " All officers who have actually served twenty-two years in India, or twenty- 
 five years, including three years for a furlough, are allowed to retire on the full 
 pay of their respective ranks. 
 
 " Officers are also allowed to retire on the following pensions without refer- 
 ence to the rank they may have attained, if they have served to the imdermen- 
 tioned periods, viz. : — 
 
 "After twenty- three years' service in India, including three years for a 
 furlough, on the full paj' of captain, viz., 191/. 12s. 6^. per annum; after 
 twenty-seven years' service in India, including three years for a furlougli, on 
 the full pay of major, 292/. per annum; after tliirty-one j'ears' service in India, 
 including three years' for a furlough, on the full pay of lieutenant-colonel, 365/. 
 per annum; after thirty-five j-ears' service in India, including three years for a 
 furlougli, on the full pay of colonel, 456/. 5s. per annum. 
 
 " Members of the Medical Board, who have been in that station not less than 
 two years, and not less than twenty years in India, including three years for 
 one furlough, are permitted to retire from the service, and allowed 500/. per an- 
 num, or, in the event of ill-health, they may retire on that pension, after any 
 period of service as member of the Medical Eoard. If they have served ^ye 
 years, or are obliged after three years' service in that station to retire from ill- 
 health, they are allowed 700/. per annum. 
 
 " Superintending surgeons, who have been in that station not less than two 
 years, and whose period of service has been not less than twenty j'ears, including 
 three years for one furlough, are jierinitted to retire from the service and 
 allowed 300/. per annum; or in the event of ill-health, they may retire on that 
 pension after any period of service as su]ierintcnding surgeon. If they have 
 served five years, or are obliged after three years' service in that station to 
 retire from ill-health, they are allowed 365/. per annum. 
 
 Surgeons after 20 years' service, 3 years' furlougli 
 
 included 
 
 24 do. do. 
 
 28 do. do. 
 
 32 do. do. 
 
 35 do. do. 
 
 38 do. do. 
 
 " The present regulations by which superintending surgeons arc entitled as 
 ■such to retiring pensions of 300/. and 365/. a-year, and members of the Medical 
 Board, to pensions of 500/. and 700/. a-year, according to period of service in 
 those ranks respectively, will cease to be the rule of the service for medical offi- 
 
 
 . £191 a-ycar. 
 
 do. 
 
 250 do. 
 
 do. 
 
 300 do. 
 
 do. 
 
 365 do. 
 
 do. 
 
 500 do. 
 
 do. 
 
 700 do.
 
 294 MILITARY SERVICES IN INDIA. 
 
 cers after the date of the introduction of the ne^v arrangement; but individuals 
 then ill the service, and who may be appointed to offices of superintendinti- sur- 
 geon and member of the Board within ten years from tliat date, will be allowed 
 the option of retiring upon pensions upon the old scale of length of service in 
 those ranks, instead of the new scale of length of service in India. 
 
 " When officers on furlough retire upon the pay or half-pay of their rank, 
 they are only entitled to claim the benefit of the rank held by them at the ex- 
 piration of one year from the date of their landing in tlie United Kingdom. 
 
 " A veterinary surgeon is allowed to retire after six years' service in India, 
 provided his health shall not permit him to serve in India, on 4s.6d. a-day; after 
 ten years' service in India, provided his health shall not permit him to serve in 
 India, 5s. 6d. a-day. 
 
 After 20 years' service, 3 years' furlough included, 7s. a day. 
 25 do. „ „ do. „ „ „ 8s. do. 
 30 do. „ „ do. „ „ „ 12s. do. 
 
 " A commissary or deputy commissary of ordnance, not being acommissioned 
 officer, is allowed to retire on full pay if he has served twenty-seven years in 
 India, of which twelve must have been in the ordnance department ; twenty- 
 five years, fourteen of which in that department ; or twenty-two years, seven- 
 teen years of which in the ordnance department. 
 
 " A conductor of stores is allowed to retire on 60/. per annum after twenty- 
 five years' actual service in India. 
 
 " Officers retiring from the service will be considered to have retired from the 
 date of their application for leave to retire ; or from the expiration of two years 
 and a half from their quitting India, whichever shall happen first. 
 
 FURLOUGH REGULATIONS. 
 
 Mililarj/. 
 
 " Officers (of whatever rank) must be ten years in India before they can be 
 entitled (except in case of certified sickness, and as hereafter specified) to their 
 rotation to be absent on furlough, and the same rule is applicable to assistant- 
 surgeons and veterinary-surgeons. The furlough to be granted by the Com- 
 mander-in-Chief at each Presidency, with the approbation of the respective 
 governments. 
 
 " Officers who have not served ten years in India, but whose presence in 
 England is required by urgent private affairs, may be allowed a furlough for 
 one year without pay. 
 
 " A conductor of stores is allowed furlough pay only in case of coming home 
 from sickness. 
 
 " Officers coming to England on furlough are required immediately to report 
 their arrival by letter to the secretary, stating the name of the ship in which 
 they came, and their address, forwarding at the same time the certificates they 
 received in India. 
 
 " The period of furlough is three years, reckoning from its date to the day of 
 the return of the officer to his Presidency. 
 
 " Officers are required to join the establishment to which they belong at the 
 expiration of the three years' furlougli, unless they shall have obtained an ex- 
 tension of leave from the court, six months before the expiration of that period. 
 No furlough Avill be extended, except in cases of sickness, certified in the man- 
 ner hereafter mentioned ; or in cases in which it shall be proved to the court 
 that a further residence in Europe is indispensably uecessary. 
 
 " All officers finding it necessary to solicit a further leave of absence on ac-
 
 MILITARY SERVICES IN INDIA. 295 
 
 coimt of sickness, must, if resident in London or its vicinity, appear before the 
 Company's examining physician, Dr. Jolin Scott, 13, Stratton-street, mIio will 
 report to the Court of Directors his opinion on the state of such officer's health. 
 And if resident in the coimtry in any part of the United Kingdom, they must 
 transmit, with letter of application for such leave, a certificate according to the 
 following form, signed by at least two gentlemen, eminent in the medical jiro- 
 fession, viz: — 
 
 " ' I hereby certify, that I have carefully examined [state the nature of the 
 case, as well as the name of the party], and I declare, upon my honour, that, 
 
 accordmg to the best of my judgment and belief, is at present 
 
 unfit for militar}' duty, and that it is absolutely necessary, for the recovery of 
 his health, that he should remain at least longer in this country.' 
 
 " Also previously to such extension of furlough being granted, such further 
 proof shall be adduced by personal examination, or by such other evidence as 
 shall be deemed satisfactory. 
 
 " Oflicers abroad in any part of Europe, applying to remain a further time 
 from their duty on account of sickness, are to furnish a certificate of two emi- 
 nent physicians, in the above form, with the attestation of a magistate, that the 
 persons who signed the certificate are physicians. 
 
 " Officers having obtained an extension of furlough to a given period, must 
 at its expiration apply for permission, either to return to their duty or to reside 
 a further time in England. 
 
 " In every case in whicli an officer has had his furlough extended beyond the 
 prescribed period on the ground of his health not being sufliciently restored, 
 and shall apply for permission to return to his duty, he shall produce a certi- 
 ficate from the examining pln'sician that his health is completely re-established, 
 and that there is every probability of his being able to perform the active duties 
 of his profession in India. 
 
 " No oSicer who has failed to obtain an extension of furlough Avill be consi- 
 dered eligible to return to the service after five j^ears' absence, under the act of 
 33 Geo. III. call. 52, sect. 70. 
 
 " Every officer upon leaving India will receive a printed copy of the general 
 order on this subject, publislied agreeably to the court's instruction, and the 
 plea of ignorance of the regulations will not be admitted as any justification of 
 the breach of tliem ; officers, therefore, who shall come home on furlough, and 
 ■who shall not in due time apply, so as to effect their return to the Presidency 
 to which they belong within the period of tliree years from the commencement 
 of their furlough, will subject themselves to the loss of the service, unless they 
 shall 1)0 permitted by tlie court to remain a further time in Europe. 
 
 " No officer on furlough can receive pay for more than two years and a half 
 from the period of his quitting India until he returns, excepting colonels of re- 
 giments, and those of the rank of lieutenant-colonel rcgimentally, when pro- 
 moted to that of major-general ; the latter are then allowed to draw the jiay of 
 their brevet rank beyond the above period. 
 
 OFFICERS RETURNING TO INDIA. 
 Iteguladons as to the Charge of liccruits. 
 
 " "\Mienevcr a detachment of Company's recruits, to tlie extent of thirty men, 
 shall be embarked on any one ship, tlic}' be placed in charge of the senior Com- 
 pany's officer, not exceeding the rank of a field-officer, who shall have obtained 
 permission to return to his duty on the sliip, within at least seven days of the
 
 296 MILITARY SERVICES IN INDIA. 
 
 period fixed for embarkation : — that the officer proceed with the men from the 
 depot : — that, as a remuneration for this service, he be granted the passage- 
 money of his rank, payable to the commander of the ship. 
 
 LORD CLIVE'S FUND. 
 
 Regulations for Uie Admission of Pensioners. 
 
 " Every petitioning officer and soldier must produce a certificate from his com- 
 manding officer of his being an invalid, and rendered incapable of further ser- 
 vice in India, together Avith an approbation of such certificate by the Governor 
 and Council of the Presidency where he shall liave served. 
 
 " Every commissioned officer must previously make oath before the Governor 
 and Council, viz., a colonel, that he is not possessed of, or entitled to, real and 
 personal property to the value of 4000/. ; a lieutenant-colonel, 3000?. ; a major, 
 2500/. ; a captain, 2000/. ; a lieutenant, lOOOZ. ; an ensign, 750/. Officers' wi- 
 dows must produce proof, on affidavit, that their husbands did not die possessed 
 of property as above. 
 
 " Petitioners residing in England may be admitted if the Court shall adjudge 
 them to be ^iroper objects. 
 
 '• All commissioned, staff, or warrant officers, to have half the ordinary pay 
 they enjoyed whilst in service, viz. : — 
 
 Colonels and members of Medical Board 
 
 Lieut.-cols. and sup. surgeons . 
 
 Majors and chaplains (15 years' service) 
 
 Captains, (chaplains, 7 years' service,) sur- 
 geons and vet. surgeons (20 years' service 
 
 Lieutenants, assistant-surgeons, and vete- 
 rinary surgeons under 20 years' 
 
 Ensigns 
 
 Conductors of ordnance .... 
 
 Their widows one-half the above, to continue during their widowhood. 
 
 " Serjeants of artillery to have ninepence per day, and those that have lost a 
 limb one shilling per day. Gunners of the artiUery sixpence per day, and those 
 that have lost a limb ninepence per day. 
 
 " All other non-commissioned officers and bombarders to have fourpence three 
 farthings per daj-. 
 
 " Officers and privates to be entitled from the period of then- landing in 
 England. 
 
 "Pensioners neglecting to claim the pension for three half-years will be con- 
 sidered as dead; and no arrears for a longer period than two years back from 
 the date of application for admission or re-admission, as the case may be, will 
 be allowed either to claimants or to pensioners after admission." 
 
 Per ann. 
 
 £ s. d. 
 228 2 6 
 182 10 
 136 17 6 
 
 Per day, 
 
 s. d. 
 
 or 12 6 
 
 10 
 
 7 6 
 
 91 5 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 45 12 
 36 10 
 36 10 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 2 6 
 2 
 2
 
 297 
 
 THE MEDICAL SERVICE OF INDIA. 
 
 An Assistant- surgeoncy is a desirable oflBcc, botli on account 'of the 
 immediate advantages which it offers, and the prospective benefit with Avhich 
 it is frauglit. An assistant-surgeon becomes at once the recipient of an income 
 of between two and three hundred pounds a-year, and if attached to a regiment 
 where there is no fiUl surgeon, or where the surgeon, from illness or other 
 causes, is often absent, may soon be in the receipt of a much larger income. 
 In former times, so little care was taken about the selection of the medical 
 officers of the East India Company, that it was facetiously said, a man need 
 only sleep upon a medicine chest for a single night to become perfectly qualified 
 for the oflQce. Now-a-days a stricter system is in force, and if a candidate for 
 service should even pass the usual ordeals in England with success, his career 
 in India will entirely depend upon the manner in which he may acfiuit himself 
 on t)ie spot. 
 
 The reports of every medical officer undergo a severe scrutiny by the super- 
 tending surgeon of the division in Avhich he may serve, and afterwards by the 
 Medical Board at the Presidency ; and on these evidences of his professional 
 capacity will depend his selection for office, involving higher responsibility, and 
 its usual accompaniment — higlier emoluments. 
 
 Chance and interest have, of course, a share in promoting the views of a 
 medical oflicer; but they Avill not much avail him without accompanying 
 talent, and those personal qualities which render a man acceptable to suliering 
 patients. 
 
 Til A CTICE, independently of official employment, is the grand source of com- 
 petency (irrespective of the funds), and this can only be assured by the exercise 
 of undoubted professional skill. 
 
 The rules affecting the nomination of a medical gentleman to an assistant- 
 surgeoncy in the Company's service are as follows : 
 
 ASSISTANT-SUKGEONS. 
 
 Regulations for their Admission into the Compam/s Service. 
 
 " Age. — The assistant-surgeon must not be under twenty-two years, in proof 
 of which he must produce an extract from the register of the parish in wliich 
 he was born, or his own declaration pursuant to the act of tlio 5tli and (jtii 
 Gulielmi TV., cap. 02, and other certificates, agreeably to forms to be obtained 
 in tlie ofiice for cadets and assistant-surgeons. 
 
 " Qualijications in Surgery. — The assistant-surgeon, upon receiving a nomina- 
 tion, will 1)0 furnislied with a letter to the Court of Examiners of tlie lloyal 
 College of Surgeons, to be examined in surgery, and their certificate will l)e 
 deemed a satisfactory testimonial of Ids qualification: but should tlic assistant- 
 Burgeon be previously in possession of a diploma from the lioyal College of 
 Surgeons of London, or of the Colleges of Surgeons of J)u]jlin or Edinburgh, 
 or of the College and University of Glasgow, or of tlie Faculty of I'hysicians 
 and Surgeons of Glasgow, either of them will be deemed satisfactory as to his 
 knowledge of surgcr}', without any further examination. He is also required 
 to produce a certificate from the cupper of a public hosi)ital in London of 
 having acquired and being capable of practismg, with proper dexterity, the art 
 of cupping. 
 
 " (Qualijications in Physic. — The assistant-surgcon will also be required to pass
 
 298 THE INDIAN NAVY. 
 
 an examination by the Company's examining physician in the practice of phy- 
 sic, in wliich examination -will be included as much anatomy and physiology as 
 is necessary for imderstanding the causes and treatment of internal diseases, 
 as well as the art of prescribing and compounding medicines ; and Dr. Scott 
 "will then require him to produce satisfactory proof of his having attended at 
 least two courses of lectures on the practice of physic, and, above all, that he 
 should produce a certificate of having attended diligently the practice of the 
 physicians at some general hospital in London for six months ; or at some 
 general hospital in the country (within the United Kingdom) for six months, 
 provided such provincial hospital contain at least, on an aA'crage, one hundi-ed 
 in-patients, and have attached to it a regular establishment of physicians as 
 well as surgeons. No attendance on the practice of a physician at any dispen- 
 sary will be admitted, 
 
 " The assistant-surgeon is also required, as a condition to his appointment, 
 to subscribe to the Military or Medical Retiring Fund at his respective Pre- 
 sidency, and also to the Military Orphan Society, if appointed to Bengal. 
 
 "The assistant-surgeon is required, by resolution of Court of the 21st of 
 May, 1828, to apply at the Cadet OfSce, and actually proceed within three 
 months from the date of being passed and sworn before the Military Com- 
 mittee; he will then be furnished with an order to obtain the certificate of his 
 appointment, signed by the Secretary, for which he will pay a fee of 5/. in the 
 Secretary's office." 
 
 IFor certain additional Bejulations regarding Bank and Betiring Pension, see 
 pages 292 and 293.] 
 
 THE INDIAN NAVY. 
 
 The Indian Navy is by no means so desirable a service as either of those 
 enumerated above, but it has its advantages, which become the more apparent as 
 its members advance up the ladder of preferment. The officers of this service 
 are employed in the steamers which ply between the Red Sea and the island of 
 Bombay; in the Company's schooners and small frigates emploj^ed in the 
 Persian Gulf, China, and the straits of IMalacca, and in the surveys of the 
 seas and coasts in the East. Entering as midshipmen, they rise to the rank 
 of captain, and have comfortable retiring allowances on quitting the service. 
 There are certain valuable shore appointments distributed among the senior 
 officers, but the entire command or superintendence of the Indian navy is in- 
 trusted to a Captain of Her Majesty's miyy. The following are the rules 
 regulating admission to the service : — tka^^^^iil 
 
 Begulations for Appohitment. ^ 
 
 " Tliat nominees shall not be under fifteen years, or above eighteen years of 
 age, unless they shall have served on board a steam- vessel, or under an engineer 
 in a factory or foundry from the completion of their eighteenth year up to 
 the time of their being put in nomination; and that in such case the nominees 
 shall not exceed nineteen years. 
 
 " That no person who has been dismissed the army or navy, or who has 
 been obliged to quit any school or institution for immoral or ungentlemanly 
 conduct, will be appointed to the Indian navy.
 
 ECCLESIASTICAL ESTABLISHMENTS. 299 
 
 " Tliat volunteers for the Indian navy be required to proceed to India within 
 three months after their appointment shall be completed, or their appointment 
 will be considered as forfeited; and that they be ranked from the date of sailing 
 from Gravesend. 
 
 " That all volunteers appointed to the Indian navy subscribe to the Indian 
 Navy Fund. 
 
 Regulations respecting Jletirement and Furlough. 
 
 " Retirement. — Every officer who has actually served twenty-two years or 
 upwards in India, is permitted to retire from the service witli the following 
 pay:— 
 
 " A captain, 360?.; commander, 290/.; lieutenant, 190/.; purser, 190/. 
 
 " Every officer retiring from ill health, after ten years' service, and before 
 they have completed that of twenty-two years, is granted the following retiring 
 allowance: — 
 
 " A captain, 200/.; commander, 170/.; lieutenant, 125/.; purser, 125/. 
 
 " Furlough. — A certain proportion of the officers (to be determined by the 
 Government, with a due regard to the exigencies of the service) are allowed to 
 come home on furlough for three years, with the pay only of their rank. .-.i 
 
 " No officer under the rank of captain who has not actually served ten years, 
 can be permitted to come home on furlough, unless in cases of ill health, under 
 the like certificates as required from military officers. 
 
 " The regulations for drawing pay on furlough and retirement by the officers 
 are, as far as circumstances will admit, the same as those for the military 
 officers." 
 
 ECCLESIASTICAL ESTABLISHMENT OF INDIA. 
 
 The Chaplaincies in India are far better pad than three-fourths of the 
 curacies in England, and equal many livings ; the lowest salary for the 
 " assistant chaplains," — the title of the junior ministers— being five hundred 
 rupees per mensem. The rise to the higher appointment is by seniority, but 
 the selection of stations is in the discretion of the archdeacon, under the sanction 
 of the bishop. Partiality and interest have, of course, their influence in ob- 
 taining the largest stations for certain chaplains, but in these the advantage of 
 extra tees is more than counterl)alanced by tlie heavier duties devolving on the 
 incumbent, and the severer tax imposed upon his charitable inclinations. At 
 every station there are schools, institutions, religious and charitable societies, 
 hospitals, &c., and to the support of these the minister is invariably expected 
 to contribute. The private demands upon his benevolence are likewise consi- 
 derable. 
 
 Regulations for the Admission of Chaplains into the Company s Service. 
 
 " Candidates for ai>pointments as assistant chaplains must have been two 
 years in orders, and must not exceed fortj^ years of age ; and at the time of 
 appointment are required to produce their letters of orders, deacon and priest, 
 as well as a testimonial, signed by three beneficed clergymen, and a medical 
 certificate ; the appointments are made subject to tlic approval of the Arch- 
 bishop of Canterbury or the Bishop of London.
 
 300 ROUTES TO INDIA. 
 
 " Chaplains are reqinred to enter into covenant, and to give a bond of 5007. 
 jointly Avith two sureties, for the due fulfilment of the same. 
 
 " Under the deed of covenant, chaplains are required to subscribe to the 
 Military Fund of the Presidency to which they may be attached. 
 
 " Chaplains must proceed to their destination within six months from the 
 date of the Court's resolution by which they were nominated ; and in failure 
 thereof, without leave obtained from the Court, their appointments will lapse." 
 
 KEGULATIONS REGARDING CHAPLAINS. 
 
 A chaplain (appointed previously to the 1st September, 1836), after eighteen 
 years' service in India, including three years for one furlough, is allowed to re- 
 tire on the pay of lieutenant-colonel, 365/. per annum; after ten years (if com- 
 pelled by ill-health to quit the service), on the half-pay of lieutenant-colonel, 
 200Z. 155. per annum; after seven years, on the half-pay of major, 173/. 7s. Gd. 
 per annum. 
 
 If appointed subsequently to that date, according to the following scale, viz.: 
 after eighteen years' service, including three years for one furlough, the pay of 
 major, viz., 292/. per annum; after ten years' service (if compelled by ill-health 
 to quit the service), on the half-pay of major, viz., 173/. 7s. 6fZ. per amium; 
 after seven years, the half-pay of captain, viz., 127/. 15s. per annum. 
 
 A chaplain (appointed previously to the 1st September, 1836 J, after seven 
 years' residence in India, is allowed to come home home on furlough and receive 
 the pay of major, 292/. per annum. Should he come home from sickness prior 
 to this period of service, he is allowed the pay of captain only, viz., 191/. 12s. 6c?. 
 per annum. 
 
 If appointed subsequently to that date, after seven years' residence in India, 
 the pay of captain, viz., 19i/. 12s. 6d. per annum; and if compelled by ill-health 
 to come home prior to this period of service, the half-pay of captain, or 
 127/. 15s. per annum. 
 
 THE CHOICE OF ROUTES TO INDIA. 
 
 The number of routes by which an individual may proceed from England to 
 India are three, not taking into account the digressions that may be made ad 
 libitum on the European half of the trip. These— the routes throughout— are as 
 follow, viz. : — 
 
 1. Round the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 2. Via the Red Sea. 
 
 3. Via the Persian Gulf. 
 
 The first involves a voyage of from three to four months' duration. The 
 second may be accomplished (according to the Presidency to be reached) in 
 thirty-five to fifty days. The third 7nai/ be achieved in three months, and has 
 been known to occupy seven or eight. 
 
 The route round the Cape is commended by its comparative economy and its 
 great comfort. The passage-money of two persons in one of the best of Messrs. 
 Smith's, or Wigram's, or Green's ships, does not amount to more than the 
 charge for a single individual in one of the steamers of the Peninsular Company. 
 The intimacy of the several captains of the free-traders with the navigation of
 
 ROUTES TO INDIA. 301 
 
 the seas to be traversed, the beauty of the \veather wliile the trade-winds 
 prevail, the general serenity of the tropics, the excellence of the arrangements 
 for the accommodation and luxurious entertainment of the passengers, altoge- 
 ther make a vo3'age to India a perfect pleasure-trip. It is by no means uncom- 
 mon to find the termination of a voyage a subject of regret with every body on 
 board. For four months there has been a continual round of social intercourse 
 altogL'ther divested of care. Regular and abundant meals, opportunities of 
 uninterrupted study, rational and instructive conversation, with such recrea- 
 tions as walking, music, dancing, card-playing, chess, backgammon, sea-bird 
 shooting, shark-catching, and dolphin-harpooning, afford, have contributed to 
 beguile the time and cheat the passengers of all the cares arising from home- 
 sickness, sea-sickness, and the vague fears which beset the stranger to a ship. 
 It is not often that outward-bound vessels touch at any port, or even make the 
 land during the whole voyage. Sometimes, however, a stay of a day or so is 
 made at Madeira; and occasionally an unexpected deficiency of provisions or 
 ■water, an injury to the ship of a character not to be repaired at sea, the hope 
 of getting passengers, or the obligation to land them, and, possibly, a portion 
 of the cargo, will carry a vessel to the Cape of Good Hope, and these incidents 
 serve to break and to vary the voyage agreeably. 
 
 The great advantage of the Red Sea route — commonly and erroneously called 
 the Ocerland route — to India, consists in the comparatively brief duration of the 
 trip. Transported in twelve or thirteen days to Alexandria, in Egypt, touching 
 at Gibraltar, Malta, and, possibly, one or two places on the Spanish coast, the 
 outward-bound traveller will have an opportunity of seeing Cairo, the Pyramids, 
 and other objects of interest. His baggage being carried across the Suez desert 
 on the backs of camels, he follows in a small omnibus, and in ten or twelve 
 hours reaches Suez, where another steamer waits to convey him to Bombay, 
 Ceylon, INIadras, or Calcutta. If he goes to the last-named place, he has the 
 advantage of touching at the two preceding ones, together with the little port 
 and town of Aden in the Red Sea, The table on board the steamers is as 
 excellent and liberal as any round-the-Cape free-trader can boast; but in other 
 respects, of course, the accommodation is very inferior to that of the sailing 
 vessels. From the immense space occupied by machinery, fuel, baggage, cargo, 
 provisions, &c., it necessarily follows that the cabuis of the steamers must be 
 of very confined dimensions. 
 
 Few persons, \inless they be of a peculiarly adventurous or inquiring tempe- 
 rament, care to attempt the Persian Gulf route. It is all very easy and pleasant 
 to get to Trebisond, on the Black Sea, or to St. Petersburg, in Russia, for the 
 steamers and the railway will assist the traveller to those points : thencefor- 
 ward, whether the route be taken through Armenia, or through the Caucasus 
 to Tabreez, in Persia, and thence to Bushire, in the Persian Gulf, the journey 
 is tedious, not particularly interesting, nor always safe ; and when Bushire is 
 reached, the chances are at least five to one against any vessel being found pre- 
 pared to return to India. 
 
 ADDITIONAL ROUTES TO INDIA. 
 
 We have said that there are three ways of getting to India ; but we took the 
 precaution of adding that the route by the Red Sea admitted of a variety of
 
 302 
 
 ROUTES TO INDIA. 
 
 means of travelling through Europe. "We may suggest the follo\ving as the 
 most easy of adoption, and as embracing the greatest number of interesting 
 lilaces: — 
 
 Boutes to India, via the Continent of Europe and the Red Sea. 
 
 I. 
 
 II. 
 
 m. 
 
 London. 
 
 London. 
 
 London. 
 
 Boulogne. 
 
 Ustend. 
 
 Eotterdam. 
 
 Paris. 
 
 Antwerp. 
 
 Amsterdam. 
 
 Troyes. 
 
 Brussels. 
 
 Hanover. 
 
 Mulhouse. 
 
 Liege. 
 
 Berlin. 
 
 Basle. 
 
 Aix-la-Chapelle. 
 
 Dresden. 
 
 Lucerne. 
 
 Cologne. 
 
 Prague. 
 
 Altorf. 
 
 The Rhme. 
 
 Eatisbon. 
 
 St. Gothard. 
 
 Strasburg. 
 
 Linz. 
 
 Bellenzona. 
 
 Basle. 
 
 Vienna. 
 
 Lago Maggiore. 
 
 Lucerne. 
 
 Gratz. 
 
 Lugano. 
 
 Altorf 
 
 Adelsberg. 
 
 Como. 
 
 St. Gothard. 
 
 Padua. 
 
 Bologna (or Genoa). 
 
 Bellenzona. 
 
 Venice.* 
 
 Padua. 
 
 Lago Maggiore. 
 
 Trieste (down the 
 
 Venice. 
 
 Lugano. 
 
 Adriatic). 
 
 Eome. 
 
 Como. 
 
 Ancona. 
 
 Naples, 
 
 Milan. 
 
 Corfu. 
 
 Ancona. 
 
 Parma. 
 
 Patras. 
 
 Corfu. 
 
 Bologna. 
 
 Lepanto. 
 
 Patras. 
 
 Florence. 
 
 Corinth. 
 
 Lepanto. 
 
 Leghorn. 
 
 Egina. 
 
 Corinth. 
 
 Eome. 
 
 Athens. 
 
 Egina. 
 
 Naples. 
 
 Trieste. 
 
 Athens. 
 
 Sicily. 
 
 Sj'ra. 
 
 Trieste. 
 
 Malta. 
 
 Alexandria. 
 
 Syra.f 
 
 Alexandria. 
 
 
 Alexandria. 
 
 
 
 Or the traveller may go straight through Prance via the Seine and Ehone to 
 Marseilles, thence to Genoa; but (after leaving Paris) until he reaches the 
 coast of Italy, he will find little to interest him. 
 
 We have seen a great variety of extracts from the note-books, account- 
 books, journals, and memoranda of persons who have proceeded by the above 
 routes (varying them, perhaps, by going a few miles to the right or left to \'isit 
 some particular town), and the conclusion we come to is, that the expense to 
 India overland, anj/ way and every way, averages 150/. 
 
 The traveller should take sovereigns all the way. The buDc of his luggage 
 must, of course, be sent to India, via the Cape or the Red Sea, to await his 
 arrival. 
 
 * Hence the route to Eome may be adopted. 
 
 t Hence, if he has time, the traveller may pay a flying visit to Constan- 
 tinople, returning to Syra.
 
 303 
 PRECEDENCE IN THE EAST INDIES. 
 
 Under Warrmit dated 2%th June, 1841. 
 
 The Governor-General, or Governor-General for the time being. 
 
 The Deputy- Governor of BengaL 
 
 The Governor of Madras. 
 
 The Governor of Bombay. 
 
 The Governor (or Lieutenant-Governor) of Agra. 
 
 The Chief-Justice of Bengal. 
 
 The Bishop of Calcutta. 
 
 The Chief-Justice, Madras. 
 
 Tlie Bishop of IMadras. 
 
 The Chief-Justice, Bombay. 
 
 The Bishop of Bombay. 
 
 The Commander-in-Chief in India, when also a ilember of the Supreme Council. 
 
 Members of the Supreme CouncU, accordhig to their situation therein. 
 
 Members of Council, Bengal, according to their situation therein. 
 
 The Commander-in-Chief at Madras, when also a IMember of Council. 
 
 Members of Council at Madras, according to their situation therein. 
 
 The Commander-in-Chief at Bombay, when also a JNIcmber of Council. 
 
 Members of Council at Bombay, according to their situation therein. 
 
 The Puisne Judges of the Supreme Court at Calcutta, according to date. 
 
 The Puisne Judges of the Supreme Court at Madras, according to date. 
 
 The Puisne Judges of the Supreme Court at Bombay, according to date. 
 
 The Eecorder of l^rince of Wales' Island. 
 
 The Commander-in-Chief in India. 
 
 The Commander-in Chief of Her IMajesty's naval forces, and the Commander- 
 in-Chief of the army at the several Presidencies (not being Commanders-in- 
 Chief in India), according to relative rank in their respective services. 
 
 Naval and military officers aboA'e the rank of major-general. 
 
 Members of the Sudder Adawlut, according to their situation therein. 
 
 Members of the law commission, according to their situation therein. 
 
 Civilians, with Reference to their Bank and Precedence, to he divided into six- 
 Classes. 
 
 Civilians of thirty-five years' standing, from the date of rank assigned to them 
 
 on their arrival, to form Class I., and from date of entering such class to 
 
 rank with — 
 Major-Generals, according to date of Commission. 
 Civilians of twenty years' standing, from date of rank assigned to them on 
 
 their arrival, to form Class II., and from date of entermg such class to rank 
 
 with — 
 Colonels, according to date of commission. 
 Archdeacons of Calcutta, Madras, and Bombay. 
 Civilians of twelve years' standing, from date of rank assigned to them on 
 
 their arrival, to form Class III., and from date of enterhig such class to rank 
 
 with — 
 Lieutenant-colonels, according to date of commission. 
 Civilians of eight years' standing, from date of rank assigned to tbem on
 
 304 PRECEDENCE IN THE EAST INDIES. 
 
 their arrival, to form Class IV., and from date of entering such class to rank 
 with — 
 
 Majors, according to date of commission. 
 
 Civilians of four years' standing, from date of rank assigned to them on 
 their arrival, to form Class V., and from date of entering such class, to rank 
 with — 
 
 Captains, according to date of commission. 
 
 Civilians under four years' standing, from date of rank assigned to them on 
 their arrival, to form Class VI., and to rank with — 
 
 Subalterns, according to date of commission. 
 
 All officers not mentioned in the above table, whose rank is regulated by com- 
 parison with rank in the armj% to have the same rank with reference to civil 
 servants, as is enjoyed by military officers of equal grades. 
 
 All other persons who may not be mentioned in this table, to take rank accord- 
 ing to general usage, which is to be explained and determined by the Gover- 
 nor-General in Council, in case any question shall arise. 
 
 Note. — The Governor-General's order of the 19th of January, 1842, assigns 
 pi'ecedence to the advocates-general, who are to rank with the first class of 
 civil servants ; also to chaplains, who are to rank with civilians of the 
 fourth class and majors ; assistant-chaplains with civilians of the fifth class 
 and captains. 
 
 All ladies to take place according to the rank assigned to their respective hus- 
 bands, with the exception of ladies having precedence in England, Avho are 
 to take place according to their several ranks, with reference to such prece- 
 dence, after the wives of the members of Council at the Presidencies in 
 India. 
 
 Relative Eanli. 
 
 Admirals with generals. 
 
 Vice-admirals with lieutenant-generals. 
 
 Eear-admirals with major-generals. 
 
 Commodore and first captain to com-? . , i,ricn,lipr-crpnprils 
 
 mander-in-chief i ^"'^ brigadier generals. 
 
 Captains of three years' post with colonels. 
 
 Other post captains with lieutenant-colonels. 
 
 Commanders with majors. 
 
 Lieutenants with captains. 
 
 Physicians-general, surgeons-general, > .,, b-io-adier-crcnerals 
 
 and inspectors-general of hospitals i ^"'^ Dngamer-generais. 
 
 Superintending surgeons with lieutenant-colonels. 
 
 Senior surgeons with majors. 
 
 Surgeons with captains. 
 
 Assistant-surgeons with lieutenants. 
 
 //
 
 #
 
 RNIA LIBRARY 
 
 t date stamped below.
 
 
 B 
 
 ^^H 
 
 S^^^^^M' 
 
 ^^m 
 
 B^H 
 
 VirVfM 
 
 W'r^^^^, 
 
 3 1158 00718 2503 
 
 DS 
 
 S5680 
 
 UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 AA 001 137 770 2